This is a modern-English version of Encyclopaedia Britannica, 11th Edition, "Cincinnatus" to "Cleruchy": Volume 6, Slice 4, originally written by Various. It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.


Transcriber's note: A few typographical errors have been corrected. They appear in the text like this, and the explanation will appear when the mouse pointer is moved over the marked passage. Sections in Greek will yield a transliteration when the pointer is moved over them, and words using diacritic characters in the Latin Extended Additional block, which may not display in some fonts or browsers, will display an unaccented version.

Links to other EB articles: Links to articles residing in other EB volumes will be made available when the respective volumes are introduced online.
 

THE ENCYCLOPÆDIA BRITANNICA

A DICTIONARY OF ARTS, SCIENCES, LITERATURE AND GENERAL INFORMATION

ELEVENTH EDITION

 

VOLUME VI SLICE IV

Cincinnatus to Cleruchy


 

Articles in This Slice

Articles in This Section

CINCINNATUS, LUCIUS QUINCTIUS CLARINA
CINDERELLA CLARINET
CINEAS CLARK, SIR ANDREW
CINEMATOGRAPH CLARK, FRANCIS EDWARD
CINERARIA CLARK, GEORGE ROGERS
CINGOLI CLARK, SIR JAMES
CINNA (Roman family) CLARK, JOHN BATES
CINNA, GAIUS HELVIUS CLARK, JOSIAH LATIMER
CINNABAR CLARK, THOMAS
CINNAMIC ACID CLARK, WILLIAM GEORGE
CINNAMON CLARKE, ADAM
CINNAMON-STONE CLARKE, SIR ANDREW
CINNAMUS CLARKE, CHARLES COWDEN
CINNOLIN CLARKE, EDWARD DANIEL
CINO DA PISTOIA CLARKE, SIR EDWARD GEORGE
CINQ-MARS, D’EFFIAT CLARKE, JAMES FREEMAN
CINQUE CENTO CLARKE, JOHN SLEEPER
CINQUE PORTS CLARKE, MARCUS ANDREW HISLOP
CINTRA CLARKE, MARY ANNE
CIPHER CLARKE, SAMUEL
CIPPUS CLARKE, THOMAS SHIELDS
CIPRIANI, GIOVANNI BATTISTA CLARKE, WILLIAM BRANWHITE
CIRCAR CLARKSON, THOMAS
CIRCASSIA CLARKSVILLE
CIRCE CLASSICS
CIRCEIUS MONS CLASSIFICATION
CIRCLE CLASTIDIUM
CIRCLEVILLE CLAUBERG, JOHANN
CIRCUIT CLAUDE, JEAN
CIRCULAR NOTE CLAUDE OF LORRAINE
CIRCULUS IN PROBANDO CLAUDET, ANTOINE FRANÇOIS JEAN
CIRCUMCISION CLAUDIANUS, CLAUDIUS
CIRCUMVALLATION, LINES OF CLAUDIUS (Nero Germanicus)
CIRCUS CLAUDIUS (famous Roman gens.)
CIRENCESTER CLAUDIUS, MARCUS AURELIUS
CIRILLO, DOMENICO CLAUDIUS, MATTHIAS
CIRQUE CLAUSEL
CIRTA CLAUSEN, GEORGE
CISSEY, ERNEST COURTOT DE CLAUSEWITZ, KARL VON
CISSOID CLAUSIUS, RUDOLF EMMANUEL
CIS-SUTLEJ STATES CLAUSTHAL
CIST CLAVECIN
CISTERCIANS CLAVICEMBALO
CITATION CLAVICHORD
CÎTEAUX CLAVICYTHERIUM
CITHAERON CLAVIE, BURNING THE
CITHARA CLAVIÈRE, ÉTIENNE
CITIUM CLAVIJO, RUY GONZALEZ DE
CITIZEN CLAVIJO Y FAJARDO, JOSÉ
CITOLE CLAY, CASSIUS MARCELLUS
CITRIC ACID CLAY, CHARLES
CITRON CLAY, FREDERIC
CITTADELLA CLAY, HENRY
CITTÀ DELLA PIEVE CLAY (substance)
CITTÀ DI CASTELLO CLAY CROSS
CITTÀ VECCHIA CLAYMORE
CITTERN CLAYS, PAUL JEAN
CITY CLAYTON, JOHN MIDDLETON
CIUDAD BOLÍVAR CLAYTON-BULWER TREATY
CIUDAD DE CURA CLAY-WITH-FLINTS
CIUDAD JUAREZ CLAZOMENAE
CIUDAD PORFIRIO DIAZ CLEANTHES
CIUDAD REAL (province of Spain) CLEARCHUS
CIUDAD REAL (city in Spain) CLEARFIELD
CIUDAD RODRIGO CLEARING-HOUSE
CIVERCHIO, VINCENZO CLEAT
CIVET CLEATOR MOOR
CIVIDALE DEL FRIULI CLEAVERS
CIVILIS, CLAUDIUS CLEBURNE
CIVILIZATION CLECKHEATON
CIVIL LAW CLEETHORPES
CIVIL LIST CLEFT PALATE
CIVIL SERVICE CLEISTHENES
CIVITA CASTELLANA CLEITARCHUS
CIVITA VECCHIA CLEITHRAL
CLACKMANNAN CLEITOR
CLACKMANNANSHIRE CLELAND, WILLIAM
CLACTON-ON-SEA CLEMATIS
CLADEL, LÉON CLEMENCEAU, GEORGES
CLAFLIN, HORACE BRIGHAM CLEMENCÍN, DIEGO
CLAIRAULT CLEMENT (popes)
CLAIRON, LA CLEMENT OF ALEXANDRIA
CLAIRVAUX CLÉMENT, FRANÇOIS
CLAIRVOYANCE CLÉMENT, JACQUES
CLAMECY CLEMENTI, MUZIO
CLAN CLEMENTINE LITERATURE
CLANRICARDE, DE BURGH (Earl) CLEOBULUS
CLANRICARDE, DE BURGH (Marquess) CLEOMENES
CLANVOWE, SIR THOMAS CLEON
CLAPARÈDE, JEAN LOUIS CLEOPATRA
CLAPPERTON, HUGH CLEPSYDRA
CLAQUE CLERESTORY
CLARA, SAINT CLERFAYT
CLARE (English family) CLERGY
CLARE, JOHN (English poet) CLERGY, BENEFIT OF
CLARE, JOHN FITZGIBBON CLERGY RESERVES
CLARE (county in Ireland) CLERK
CLAREMONT CLERKE, AGNES MARY
CLARENCE, DUKES OF CLERKENWELL
CLARENDON, EDWARD HYDE CLERMONT-EN-BEAUVAISIS
CLARENDON, GEORGE VILLIERS CLERMONT-FERRAND
CLARENDON, HENRY HYDE CLERMONT-GANNEAU, CHARLES SIMON
CLARENDON, CONSTITUTIONS OF CLERMONT-L’HERAULT
CLARES, POOR CLERMONT-TONNERRE (French family)
CLARET CLERMONT-TONNERRE, STANISLAS
CLARETIE, JULES ARNAUD CLERUCHY
CLARI, GIOVANNI CARLO MARIA  
 

374

374

CINCINNATUS,1 LUCIUS QUINCTIUS, (b. c. 519 B.C.), one of the heroes of early Rome, a model of old Roman virtue and simplicity. A persistent opponent of the plebeians, he resisted the proposal of Terentilius Arsa (or Harsa) to draw up a code of written laws applicable equally to patricians and plebeians. He was in humble circumstances, and lived and worked on his own small farm. The story that he became impoverished by paying a fine incurred by his son Caeso is an attempt to explain the needy position of so distinguished a man. Twice he was called from the plough to the dictatorship of Rome in 458 and 439. In 458 he defeated the Aequians in a single day, and after entering Rome in triumph with large spoils returned to his farm. The story of his success, related five times under five different years, possibly rests on an historical basis, but the account given in Livy of the achievements of the Roman army is obviously incredible.

Cincinnatus,1 LUCIUS QUINCTIUS, (b. c. 519 BCE), one of the early heroes of Rome, a symbol of old Roman values and simplicity. A staunch opponent of the plebeians, he opposed Terentilius Arsa's proposal to create a written code of laws that would apply equally to both patricians and plebeians. He lived modestly, working on his small farm. The tale that he fell into poverty after paying a fine for his son Caeso serves to explain the difficult situation of such a distinguished man. He was called away from farming to serve as dictator of Rome twice, in 458 and 439. In 458, he achieved a victory over the Aequians in one day, and after celebrating his triumph in Rome with significant spoils, he returned to his farm. The story of his success, recounted five times in five different years, may have some historical basis, but Livy's account of the Roman army's accomplishments is clearly exaggerated.

See Livy iii. 26-29; Dion. Halic. x. 23-25; Florus i. 11. For a critical examination of the story see Schwegler, Römische Geschichte, bk. xxviii. 12; Sir G. Cornewall Lewis, Credibility of early Roman History, ch. xii. 40; W. Ihne, History of Rome, i.; E. Pais, Storia di Roma, i. ch. 4 (1898).

See Livy iii. 26-29; Dion. Halic. x. 23-25; Florus i. 11. For a critical examination of the story, see Schwegler, Römische Geschichte, bk. xxviii. 12; Sir G. Cornewall Lewis, Credibility of Early Roman History, ch. xii. 40; W. Ihne, History of Rome, i.; E. Pais, Storia di Roma, i. ch. 4 (1898).


1 I.e. the “curly-haired.”

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ I.e. the "curly-haired."


CINDERELLA (i.e. little cinder girl), the heroine of an almost universal fairy-tale. Its essential features are (1) the persecuted maiden whose youth and beauty bring upon her the jealousy of her step-mother and sisters, (2) the intervention of a fairy or other supernatural instrument on her behalf, (3) the prince who falls in love with and marries her. In the English version, a translation of Perrault’s Cendrillon, the glass slipper which she drops on the palace stairs is due to a mistranslation of pantoufle en vair (a fur slipper), mistaken for en verre. It has been suggested that the story originated in a nature-myth, Cinderella being the dawn, oppressed by the night-clouds (cruel relatives) and finally rescued by the sun (prince).

Cinderella (i.e. little cinder girl), the main character in a nearly universal fairy tale. Its key elements are (1) the mistreated girl whose youth and beauty spark jealousy from her stepmother and stepsisters, (2) the help of a fairy or another supernatural being on her behalf, and (3) the prince who falls in love with her and marries her. In the English version, a translation of Perrault’s Cendrillon, the glass slipper that she leaves behind on the palace stairs is due to a mistranslation of pantoufle en vair (a fur slipper), incorrectly taken to mean en verre. It has been suggested that the story comes from a nature myth, with Cinderella representing the dawn, oppressed by the night clouds (cruel relatives) and ultimately saved by the sun (the prince).

See Marian Rolfe Cox, Cinderella; Three Hundred and Forty-five Variants (1893); A Lang, Perrault’s Popular Tales (1888).

See Marian Rolfe Cox, Cinderella; Three Hundred and Forty-five Variants (1893); A Lang, Perrault’s Popular Tales (1888).


CINEAS, a Thessalian, the chief adviser of Pyrrhus, king of Epirus. He studied oratory in Athens, and was regarded as the most eloquent man of his age. He tried to dissuade Pyrrhus from invading Italy, and after the defeat of the Romans at Heraclea (280 B.C.) was sent to Rome to discuss terms of peace. These terms, which are said by Appian (De Rebus Samniticis, 10, 11) to have included the freedom of the Greeks in Italy and the restoration to the Bruttians, Apulians and Samnites of all that had been taken from them, were rejected chiefly through the vehement and patriotic speech of the aged Appius Claudius Caecus the censor. The withdrawal of Pyrrhus from Italy was demanded, and Cineas returned to his master with the report that Rome was a temple and its senate an assembly of kings. Two years later Cineas was sent to renew negotiations with Rome on easier terms. The result was a cessation of hostilities, and Cineas crossed over to Sicily, to prepare the ground for Pyrrhus’s campaign. Nothing more is heard of him. He is said to have made an epitome of the Tactica of Aeneas, probably referred to by Cicero, who speaks of a Cineas as the author of a treatise De Re Militari.

CINEAS was a Thessalian and the chief adviser to Pyrrhus, king of Epirus. He studied public speaking in Athens and was considered the most eloquent man of his time. He attempted to persuade Pyrrhus against invading Italy, and after the Romans were defeated at Heraclea (280 BCE), he was sent to Rome to negotiate peace. These proposed terms, which Appian mentions in De Rebus Samniticis, 10, 11, included granting freedom to the Greeks in Italy and returning all that had been taken from the Bruttians, Apulians, and Samnites. However, they were largely rejected due to the passionate and patriotic speech of the elderly Appius Claudius Caecus, the censor. They called for Pyrrhus to withdraw from Italy, and Cineas returned to his leader with the impression that Rome was a temple and its senate was like a gathering of kings. Two years later, Cineas was sent back to reopen negotiations with Rome, this time on more favorable terms. This led to a halt in hostilities, and Cineas went to Sicily to set the stage for Pyrrhus’s campaign. After that, he disappears from records. He is said to have created a summary of Aeneas's Tactica, which Cicero seems to reference when mentioning a Cineas as the author of a work De Re Militari.

See Plutarch, Pyrrhus, 11-21; Justin xviii. 2; Eutropius ii. 12; Cicero, Ad Fam. ix. 25.

See Plutarch, Pyrrhus, 11-21; Justin xviii. 2; Eutropius ii. 12; Cicero, Ad Fam. ix. 25.


CINEMATOGRAPH, or Kinematograph (from κίνημα, motion, and γράφειν, to depict), an apparatus in which a series of views representing closely successive phases of a moving object are exhibited in rapid sequence, giving a picture which, owing to persistence of vision, appears to the observer to be in continuous motion. It is a development of the zoetrope or “wheel of life,” described by W.G. Horner about 1833, which consists of a hollow cylinder turning on a vertical axis and having its surface pierced with a number of slots. Round the interior is arranged a series of pictures representing successive stages of such a subject as a galloping horse, and when the cylinder is rotated an observer looking through one of the slots sees the horse apparently in motion. The pictures were at first drawn by hand, but photography was afterwards applied to their production. E. Muybridge about 1877 obtained successive pictures of a running horse by employing a row of cameras, the shutters of which were opened and closed electrically by the passage of the horse in front of them, and in 1883 E.J. Marey of Paris established a studio for investigating the motion of animals by similar photographic methods.

Cinematography, or Motion picture (from movement, motion, and write, to depict), is a device that shows a series of images representing closely successive phases of a moving object in quick succession, creating an image that, due to persistence of vision, appears to be in continuous motion to the viewer. It evolved from the zoetrope or “wheel of life,” described by W.G. Horner around 1833, which is a hollow cylinder that rotates on a vertical axis with several slots cut into its surface. Inside, a series of pictures depict successive stages of a subject, like a galloping horse, and when the cylinder spins, a viewer looking through one of the slots sees the horse seeming to move. Initially, the pictures were hand-drawn, but later photography was used to create them. E. Muybridge, around 1877, captured consecutive images of a running horse using a series of cameras, whose shutters opened and closed electronically as the horse passed in front of them. In 1883, E.J. Marey from Paris set up a studio to study the motion of animals using similar photographic techniques.

The modern cinematograph was rendered possible by the invention of the celluloid roll film (employed by Marey in 1890), on which the serial pictures are impressed by instantaneous photography, a long sensitized film being moved across the focal plane of a camera and exposed intermittently. In one apparatus for making the exposures a cam jerks the film across the field once for each picture, the slack being gathered in on a drum at a constant rate. In another four lenses are rotated so as to give four images for each rotation, the film travelling so as to present a new portion in the field as each lens comes in place. Sixteen to fifty pictures may be taken per second. The films are developed on large drums, within which a ruby electric light may be fixed to enable the process to be watched. A positive is made from the negative thus obtained, and is passed through an optical lantern, the images being thus successively projected through an objective lens upon a distant screen. For an hour’s exhibition 50,000 to 165,000 pictures are needed. To regulate the feed in the lantern a hole is punched in the film for each picture. These holes must be extremely accurate in position; when they wear the feed becomes irregular, and the picture dances or vibrates in an unpleasant manner. Another method of exhibiting cinematographic effects is to bind the pictures together in book form by one edge, and then release them from the other in rapid succession by means of the thumb or some mechanical device as the book is bent backwards. In this case the subject is viewed, not by projection, but directly, either with the unaided eye or through a magnifying glass.

The modern film projector was made possible by the invention of celluloid film (used by Marey in 1890), on which a series of images are captured using instant photography. This involves moving a long strip of sensitized film across a camera's focal plane and exposing it at intervals. In one method for taking pictures, a cam moves the film across the frame once for each shot, collecting the slack on a drum at a steady rate. In another method, four lenses spin to create four images with each rotation, while the film moves to show a new segment as each lens comes into position. You can capture between 16 to 50 frames per second. The films are developed on large drums, where a ruby electric light can be installed to monitor the process. A positive image is created from the resulting negative and is projected through an optical lantern, successively displaying the images through a lens onto a distant screen. For an hour-long show, you need between 50,000 to 165,000 frames. To control the film feed in the lantern, each picture has a hole punched in the film. These holes must be precisely located; if they wear down, the feed becomes erratic, causing the image to jiggle or shake unpleasantly. Another way to show movie effects is to bind the images together along one edge in book form and then flip them quickly with your thumb or a mechanical device as the book is bent backwards. In this case, the images are viewed directly, either with the naked eye or through a magnifying glass.

Cinematograph films produced by ordinary photographic processes, being in black and white only, fail to reproduce the colouring of the subjects they represent. To some extent this defect has been remedied by painting them by hand, but this method is too expensive for general adoption, and moreover does not yield very satisfactory results. Attempts to adapt three-colour photography, by using simultaneously three films, each with a source of light of appropriate colour, and combining the three images on the screen, have to overcome great difficulties in regard to maintenance of register, because very minute errors of adjustment between the pictures on the films are magnified to an intolerable extent by projection. In a process devised by G.A. Smith, the results of which were exhibited at the Society of Arts, London, in December 1908, the number of colour records was reduced to two. The films were specially treated to increase their sensitiveness to red. The photographs were taken through two colour filters alternately interposed in front of the film; both admitted white and yellow, but one, of red, was in addition specially concerned with the orange and red of the subject, and the other, of blue-green, with the green, blue-green, blue and violet. The camera was arranged to take not less than 16 pictures a second through each filter, or 32 a second in all. The positive transparency made from the negative thus obtained 375 was used in a lantern so arranged that beams of red (composed of crimson and yellow) and of green (composed of yellow and blue) issued from the lens alternately, the mechanism presenting the pictures made with the red filter to the red beam, and those made with the green filter to the green beam. A supplementary shutter was provided to introduce violet and blue, to compensate for the deficiency in those colours caused by the necessity of cutting them out in the camera owing to the over-sensitiveness of the film to them, and the result was that the successive pictures, blending on the screen by persistence of vision, gave a reproduction of the scene photographed in colours which were sensibly the same as those of the original.

Cinematographic films made with standard photographic techniques, being only in black and white, do not capture the colors of the subjects they depict. This limitation has been somewhat addressed by hand-painting them, but this technique is too costly for widespread use and also doesn’t produce very satisfactory results. Efforts to use three-color photography, by employing three films simultaneously with light sources of the right colors and combining the three images on the screen, face significant challenges in maintaining alignment since even tiny adjustment errors between the film pictures are amplified by projection. In a method developed by G.A. Smith, showcased at the Society of Arts in London in December 1908, the number of color records was reduced to two. The films were specially treated to enhance their sensitivity to red. The photographs were taken through two color filters that were alternately placed in front of the film; both allowed white and yellow light, but one, red, specifically focused on the orange and red aspects of the subject, while the other, blue-green, focused on the green, blue-green, blue, and violet. The camera was set up to capture at least 16 frames per second through each filter, totaling 32 frames per second overall. The positive transparency created from the resulting negative was used in a lantern that alternately projected beams of red (made from crimson and yellow) and green (made from yellow and blue) from the lens, with the mechanism showing the images taken with the red filter to the red beam, and those taken with the green filter to the green beam. A supplementary shutter was added to introduce violet and blue, compensating for the lack of those colors due to the need to filter them out in the camera because the film was overly sensitive to them. The outcome was that the successive images, blending on the screen due to persistence of vision, provided a color reproduction of the scene photographed that closely resembled the original colors.

The cinematograph enables “living” or “animated pictures” of such subjects as an army on the march, or an express train at full speed, to be presented with marvellous distinctness and completeness of detail. Machines of this kind have been devised in enormous numbers and used for purposes of amusement under names (bioscope, biograph, kinetoscope, mutograph, &c.) formed chiefly from combinations of Greek and Latin words for life, movement, change, &c., with suffixes taken from such words as σκοπεῖν, to see, γράφειν, to depict; they have also been combined with phonographic apparatus, so that, for example, the music of a dance and the motions of the dancer are simultaneously reproduced to ear and eye. But when they are used in public places of entertainment, owing to the extreme inflammability of the celluloid film and its employment in close proximity to a powerful source of light and heat, such as is required if the pictures are to show brightly on the screen, precautions must be taken to prevent, as far as possible, the heat rays from reaching it, and effective means must be provided to extinguish it should it take fire. The production of films composed of non-inflammable material has also engaged the attention of inventors.

The cinematograph allows for "living" or "animated pictures" of things like an army marching or an express train speeding by to be shown with amazing clarity and detail. A ton of machines like this have been created and used for entertainment under names like bioscope, biograph, kinetoscope, mutograph, etc., which are mainly made from combinations of Greek and Latin words for life, movement, change, etc., along with suffixes from words like σκοπεῖν, meaning to see, and write, meaning to depict. They have also been combined with phonographic devices, so that, for instance, the music of a dance and the dancer's movements can be experienced together by both ear and eye. However, when used in public entertainment venues, due to the high flammability of celluloid film and its use near powerful sources of light and heat necessary for bright images on the screen, precautions must be taken to minimize the heat rays from reaching it, and effective measures must be in place to extinguish it if it catches fire. Inventors have also focused on creating films made from non-flammable materials.

See H.V. Hopwood, Living Pictures (London, 1899), containing a bibliography and a digest of the British patents, which is supplemented in the Optician, vol. xviii. p. 85; Eugène Trutat, La Photographie animée (1899), which contains a list of the French patents. For the camera see also Photography: Apparatus.

See H.V. Hopwood, Living Pictures (London, 1899), which includes a bibliography and a summary of British patents, further detailed in the Optician, vol. xviii. p. 85; Eugène Trutat, La Photographie animée (1899), which lists the French patents. For the camera, see also Photography: Apparatus.


CINERARIA. The garden plants of this name have originated from a species of Senecio, S. cruentus (nat. ord. Compositae), a native of the Canary Isles, introduced to the royal gardens at Kew in 1777. It was known originally as Cineraria cruenta, but the genus Cineraria is now restricted to a group of South African species, and the Canary Island species has been transferred to the large and widespread genus Senecio. Cinerarias can be raised freely from seeds. For spring flowering in England the seeds are sown in April or May in well-drained pots or pans, in soil of three parts loam to two parts leaf-mould, with one-sixth sand; cover the seed thinly with fine soil, and press the surface firm. When the seedlings are large enough to handle, prick them out in pans or pots of similar soil, and when more advanced pot them singly in 4-in. pots, using soil a trifle less sandy. They should be grown in shallow frames facing the north, and, if so situated that the sun shines upon the plants in the middle of the day, they must be slightly shaded; give plenty of air, and never allow them to get dry. When well established with roots, shift them into 6-in. pots, which should be liberally supplied with manure water as they get filled with roots. In winter remove to a pit or house, where a little heat can be supplied whenever there is a risk of their getting frozen. They should stand on a moist bottom, but must not be subjected to cold draughts. When the flowering stems appear, give manure water at every alternate watering. Seeds sown in March, and grown on in this way, will be in bloom by Christmas if kept in a temperature of from 40° to 45° at night, with a little more warmth in the day; and those sown in April and May will succeed them during the early spring months, the latter set of plants being subjected to a temperature of 38° or 40° during the night. If grown much warmer than this, the Cineraria maggot will make its appearance in the leaves, tunnelling its way between the upper and lower surfaces and making whitish irregular markings all over. Such affected leaves must be picked off and burned. Green fly is a great pest on young plants, and can only be kept down by fumigating or vaporizing the houses, and syringing with a solution of quassia chips, soft soap and tobacco.

Cineraria. The garden plants with this name come from a species of Senecio, specifically S. cruentus (family Compositae), which is native to the Canary Islands and was introduced to the royal gardens at Kew in 1777. It was originally named Cineraria cruenta, but now the genus Cineraria is limited to a group of South African species, while the Canary Island species has been moved to the larger and more widespread genus Senecio. Cinerarias can be easily grown from seeds. For spring flowering in England, sow the seeds in April or May in well-drained pots or trays, using a soil mix of three parts loam to two parts leaf-mold, with one-sixth sand; lightly cover the seeds with fine soil and press the surface down firmly. When the seedlings are big enough to handle, transfer them to trays or pots with similar soil, and once they are more established, pot them individually in 4-inch pots, using a slightly less sandy soil. They should be grown in shallow frames facing north, and if they get direct sunlight in the middle of the day, they need some shading; provide plenty of airflow and ensure they never dry out. Once they have well-established roots, move them into 6-inch pots, which should receive plenty of manure water as they become root-bound. In winter, transfer them to a pit or greenhouse where you can provide a little heat if there's a risk of freezing. They should sit on a damp base but must not be exposed to cold drafts. When flowering stems appear, give them manure water every other watering. Seeds sown in March and grown this way will bloom by Christmas if kept at temperatures of 40° to 45° at night, with slightly warmer temps during the day; those sown in April and May will bloom in early spring, needing a nighttime temperature of 38° or 40°. If grown much warmer, the Cineraria maggot will infest the leaves, tunneling between the upper and lower surfaces and creating whitish, irregular marks all over. Affected leaves must be removed and burned. Greenflies are a significant pest on young plants and can only be controlled by fumigating or vaporizing the greenhouse, and spraying with a solution of quassia chips, soft soap, and tobacco.


CINGOLI (anc. Cingulum), a town of the Marches, Italy, in the province of Macerata, about 14 m. N.W. direct, and 17 m. by road, from the town of Macerata. Pop. (1901) 13,357. The Gothic church of S. Esuperanzio contains interesting works of art. The town occupies the site of the ancient Cingulum, a town of Picenum, founded and strongly fortified by Caesar’s lieutenant T. Labienus (probably on the site of an earlier village) in 63 B.C. at his own expense. Its lofty position (2300 ft.) made it of some importance in the civil wars, but otherwise little is heard of it. Under the empire it was a municipium.

Cingoli (formerly Cingulum), a town in the Marche region of Italy, in the province of Macerata, located about 14 miles northwest straight, and 17 miles by road, from the town of Macerata. Population (1901) was 13,357. The Gothic church of S. Esuperanzio features interesting works of art. The town is built on the site of the ancient Cingulum, a town in Picenum, founded and heavily fortified by Caesar's lieutenant T. Labienus (likely on the site of an earlier village) in 63 BCE at his own expense. Its high elevation (2300 ft.) gave it some significance during the civil wars, but otherwise, little is mentioned about it. Under the empire, it was a municipium.


CINNA, a Roman patrician family of the gens Cornelia. The most prominent member was Lucius Cornelius Cinna, a supporter of Marius in his contest with Sulla. After serving in the war with the Marsi as praetorian legate, he was elected consul in 87 B.C. Breaking the oath he had sworn to Sulla that he would not attempt any revolution in the state, Cinna allied himself with Marius, raised an army of Italians, and took possession of the city. Soon after his triumphant entry and the massacre of the friends of Sulla, by which he had satisfied his vengeance, Marius died. L. Valerius Flaccus became Cinna’s colleague, and on the murder of Flaccus, Cn. Papirius Carbo. In 84, however, Cinna, who was still consul, was forced to advance against Sulla; but while embarking his troops to meet him in Thessaly, he was killed in a mutiny. His daughter Cornelia was the wife of Julius Caesar, the dictator; but his son, L. Cornelius Cinna, praetor in 44 B.C., nevertheless sided with the murderers of Caesar and publicly extolled their action.

CINNA was a Roman patrician family from the Cornelia clan. The most notable member was Lucius Cornelius Cinna, who supported Marius in his struggle against Sulla. After serving as praetorian legate in the war with the Marsi, he was elected consul in 87 BCE Cinna broke the oath he had taken to Sulla not to incite any upheaval in the state, formed an alliance with Marius, recruited an army of Italians, and seized control of the city. Shortly after his victorious entry and the massacre of Sulla's allies, which satisfied his thirst for revenge, Marius passed away. L. Valerius Flaccus became Cinna’s colleague, and following Flaccus's murder, Cn. Papirius Carbo took his place. In 84, Cinna, still serving as consul, was compelled to confront Sulla; however, while he was boarding his troops for a campaign in Thessaly, he was killed during a mutiny. His daughter Cornelia was married to Julius Caesar, the dictator; yet his son, L. Cornelius Cinna, who was praetor in 44 BCE, sided with Caesar's assassins and publicly praised their actions.

The hero of Corneille’s tragedy Cinna (1640) was Cn. Cornelius Cinna, surnamed Magnus (after his maternal grandfather Pompey), who was magnanimously pardoned by Augustus for conspiring against him.

The hero of Corneille’s tragedy Cinna (1640) was Cn. Cornelius Cinna, nicknamed Magnus (after his maternal grandfather Pompey), who was graciously forgiven by Augustus for plotting against him.


CINNA, GAIUS HELVIUS, Roman poet of the later Ciceronian age. Practically nothing is known of his life except that he was the friend of Catullus, whom he accompanied to Bithynia in the suite of the praetor Memmius. The circumstances of his death have given rise to some discussion. Suetonius, Valerius Maximus, Appian and Dio Cassius all state that, at Caesar’s funeral, a certain Helvius Cinna was killed by mistake for Cornelius Cinna, the conspirator. The last three writers mentioned above add that he was a tribune of the people, while Plutarch, referring to the affair, gives the further information that the Cinna who was killed by the mob was a poet. This points to the identity of Helvius Cinna the tribune with Helvius Cinna the poet. The chief objection to this view is based upon two lines in the 9th eclogue of Virgil, supposed to have been written 41 or 40 B.C. Here reference is made to a certain Cinna, a poet of such importance that Virgil deprecates comparison with him; it is argued that the manner in which this Cinna, who could hardly have been any one but Helvius Cinna, is spoken of implies that he was then alive; if so, he could not have been killed in 44. But such an interpretation of the Virgilian passage is by no means absolutely necessary; the terms used do not preclude a reference to a contemporary no longer alive. It has been suggested that it was really Cornelius, not Helvius Cinna, who was slain at Caesar’s funeral, but this is not borne out by the authorities. Cinna’s chief work was a mythological epic poem called Smyrna, the subject of which was the incestuous love of Smyrna (or Myrrha) for her father Cinyras, treated after the manner of the Alexandrian poets. It is said to have taken nine years to finish. A Propempticon Pollionis, a send-off to [Asinius] Pollio, is also attributed to him. In both these poems, the language of which was so obscure that they required special commentaries, his model appears to have been Parthenius of Nicaea.

Cinna, Gaius Helvius, Roman poet from the later Ciceronian era. Almost nothing is known about his life, except that he was a friend of Catullus and traveled with him to Bithynia with the praetor Memmius. The details of his death have sparked some debate. Suetonius, Valerius Maximus, Appian, and Dio Cassius all report that, at Caesar’s funeral, a certain Helvius Cinna was mistakenly killed thinking he was Cornelius Cinna, the conspirator. The last three writers mentioned further specify that he was a tribune of the people, while Plutarch, commenting on the incident, adds that the Cinna killed by the mob was a poet. This suggests that Helvius Cinna the tribune and Helvius Cinna the poet are the same person. The main objection to this view is based on two lines in the 9th eclogue of Virgil, which are thought to have been written in 41 or 40 BCE In these lines, a certain Cinna is referenced as a poet of such significance that Virgil avoids comparing himself to him; it is suggested that the way this Cinna—who could only have been Helvius Cinna—is talked about implies he was still alive at that time; if that’s true, he couldn’t have been killed in 44. However, this interpretation of Virgil's passage is not strictly necessary; the language doesn’t rule out referring to a contemporary who had already died. It has been proposed that it was actually Cornelius, not Helvius Cinna, who was killed at Caesar’s funeral, but this is not supported by the sources. Cinna’s main work was a mythological epic poem called Smyrna, which tells the story of the incestuous love of Smyrna (or Myrrha) for her father Cinyras, written in the style of Alexandrian poets. It reportedly took nine years to complete. A Propempticon Pollionis, a farewell piece for [Asinius] Pollio, is also attributed to him. Both of these poems were so obscure in language that they needed special commentaries; his model appears to have been Parthenius of Nicaea.

See A. Weichert, Poëtarum Latinorum Vitae (1830); L. Müller’s edition of Catullus (1870), where the remains of Cinna’s poems are printed; A. Kiessling, “De C. Helvio Cinna Poëta” in Commentationes Philologicae in honorem T. Mommsen (1878); O. Ribbeck, Geschichte der römischen Dichtung, i. (1887); Teuffel-Schwabe, Hist. of Roman Lit. (Eng. tr. 213, 2-5); Plessis, Poésie latine (1909).

See A. Weichert, Poëtarum Latinorum Vitae (1830); L. Müller’s edition of Catullus (1870), where the remains of Cinna’s poems are printed; A. Kiessling, “De C. Helvio Cinna Poëta” in Commentationes Philologicae in honorem T. Mommsen (1878); O. Ribbeck, Geschichte der römischen Dichtung, i. (1887); Teuffel-Schwabe, Hist. of Roman Lit. (Eng. tr. 213, 2-5); Plessis, Poésie latine (1909).

376

376


CINNABAR (Ger. Zinnober), sometimes written cinnabarite, a name applied to red mercuric sulphide (HgS), or native vermilion, the common ore of mercury. The name comes from the Greek κιννάβαρι, used by Theophrastus, and probably applied to several distinct substances. Cinnabar is generally found in a massive, granular or earthy form, of bright red colour, but it occasionally occurs in crystals, with a metallic adamantine lustre. The crystals belong to the hexagonal system, and are generally of rhombohedral habit, sometimes twinned. Cinnabar presents remarkable resemblance to quartz in its symmetry and optical characters. Like quartz it exhibits circular polarization, and A. Des Cloizeaux showed that it possessed fifteen times the rotatory power of quartz (see Polarization of Light). Cinnabar has higher refractive power than any other known mineral, its mean index for sodium light being 3.02, whilst the index for diamond—a substance of remarkable refraction—is only 2.42 (see Refraction). The hardness of cinnabar is 3, and its specific gravity 8.998.

CINNABAR (Ger. Zinnober), sometimes spelled cinnabarite, is a name for red mercuric sulfide (HgS), or natural vermilion, which is the common ore of mercury. The term comes from the Greek κιννάβαρι, used by Theophrastus, and was likely applied to several different substances. Cinnabar is typically found in massive, granular, or earthy forms with a bright red color, but it can occasionally appear in crystals that have a metallic, brilliant luster. These crystals belong to the hexagonal system and usually have a rhombohedral shape, sometimes appearing twinned. Cinnabar bears a strong resemblance to quartz in its symmetry and optical properties. Similar to quartz, it shows circular polarization, and A. Des Cloizeaux demonstrated that it has fifteen times the rotatory power of quartz (see Polarization of Light). Cinnabar has a higher refractive power than any other known mineral, with a mean index for sodium light of 3.02, while the index for diamond—a substance with significant refraction—is only 2.42 (see Refraction). Cinnabar has a hardness of 3 and a specific gravity of 8.998.

Cinnabar is found in all localities which yield quicksilver, notably Almaden (Spain), New Almaden (California), Idria (Austria), Landsberg, near Ober-Moschel in the Palatinate, Ripa, at the foot of the Apuan Alps (Tuscany), the mountain Avala (Servia), Huancavelica (Peru), and the province of Kweichow in China, whence very fine crystals have been obtained. Cinnabar is in course of deposition at the present day from the hot waters of Sulphur Bank, in California, and Steamboat Springs, Nevada.

Cinnabar is found in all places that produce quicksilver, especially in Almaden (Spain), New Almaden (California), Idria (Austria), Landsberg near Ober-Moschel in the Palatinate, Ripa at the base of the Apuan Alps (Tuscany), the mountain Avala (Servia), Huancavelica (Peru), and the province of Kweichow in China, where very fine crystals have been sourced. Cinnabar is currently being deposited from the hot springs at Sulphur Bank in California and Steamboat Springs in Nevada.

Hepatic cinnabar is an impure variety from Idria in Carniola, in which the cinnabar is mixed with bituminous and earthy matter.

Hepatic cinnabar is a mixed form from Idria in Carniola, where the cinnabar is combined with bituminous and earthy materials.

Metacinnabarite is a cubic form of mercuric sulphide, this compound being dimorphous.

Metacinnabarite is a cubic form of mercuric sulfide, and this compound has two different forms.

For a general description of cinnabar, see G.F. Becker’s Geology of the Quicksilver Deposits of the Pacific Slope, U.S. Geol. Surv. Monographs, No. xiii. (1888).

For a general description of cinnabar, see G.F. Becker’s Geology of the Quicksilver Deposits of the Pacific Slope, U.S. Geol. Surv. Monographs, No. xiii. (1888).

(F. W. R.*)

CINNAMIC ACID, or Phenylacrylic Acid, C9H8O2 or C6H6.CH:CH.COOH, an acid found in the form of its benzyl ester in Peru and Tolu balsams, in storax and in some gum-benzoins. It can be prepared by the reduction of phenyl propiolic acid with zinc and acetic acid, by heating benzal malonic acid, by the condensation of ethyl acetate with benzaldehyde in the presence of sodium ethylate or by the so-called “Perkin reaction”; the latter being the method commonly employed. In making the acid by this process benzaldehyde, acetic anhydride and anhydrous sodium acetate are heated for some hours to about 1800 C, the resulting product is made alkaline with sodium carbonate, and any excess of benzaldehyde removed by a current of steam. The residual liquor is filtered and acidified with hydrochloric acid, when cinnamic acid is precipitated, C6H5CHO+CH3COONa = C6H5CH:CH.COONa + H2O. It may be purified by recrystallization from hot water. Considerable controversy has taken place as to the course pursued by this reaction, but the matter has been definitely settled by the work of R. Fittig and his pupils (Annalen, 1883, 216, pp. 100, 115; 1885, 227, pp. 55, 119), in which it was shown that the aldehyde forms an addition compound with the sodium salt of the fatty acid, and that the acetic anhydride plays the part of a dehydrating agent. Cinnamic acid crystallizes in needles or prisms, melting at 133°C; on reduction it gives phenyl propionic acid, C6H5.CH2.CH2.COOH. Nitric acid oxidizes it to benzoic acid and acetic acid. Potash fusion decomposes it into benzoic and acetic acids. Being an unsaturated acid it combines directly with hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, bromine, &c. On nitration it gives a mixture of ortho and para nitrocinnamic acids, the former of which is of historical importance, as by converting it into orthonitrophenyl propiolic acid A. Baeyer was enabled to carry out the complete synthesis of indigo (q.v.). Reduction of orthonitrocinnamic acid gives orthoaminocinnamic acid, C6H4(NH2)CH:CH.COOH, which is of theoretical importance, as it readily gives a quinoline derivative. An isomer of cinnamic acid known as allo-cinnamic acid is also known.

Cinnamic acid, or Phenylacrylic Acid, C9H8O2 or C6H6.CH:CH.COOH, is an acid that appears as its benzyl ester in Peru and Tolu balsams, in storax, and in some gum benzoins. It can be made by reducing phenyl propiolic acid with zinc and acetic acid, by heating benzal malonic acid, by condensing ethyl acetate with benzaldehyde in the presence of sodium ethylate, or by the so-called “Perkin reaction”—the method most commonly used. To create the acid through this process, benzaldehyde, acetic anhydride, and anhydrous sodium acetate are heated for several hours at around 180°C. The resulting product is made alkaline with sodium carbonate, and any extra benzaldehyde is removed using steam. The remaining liquid is filtered and acidified with hydrochloric acid, causing cinnamic acid to precipitate, C6H5CHO+CH3COONa = C6H5CH:CH.COONa + H2O. It can be purified by recrystallizing from hot water. There's been a lot of debate about how this reaction works, but the issue has been definitively resolved by research from R. Fittig and his team (Annalen, 1883, 216, pp. 100, 115; 1885, 227, pp. 55, 119), which demonstrated that the aldehyde forms an addition compound with the sodium salt of the fatty acid, and that acetic anhydride acts as a dehydrating agent. Cinnamic acid crystallizes in needle-like or prism shapes and melts at 133°C; upon reduction, it produces phenyl propionic acid, C6H5.CH2.CH2.COOH. Nitric acid oxidizes it into benzoic acid and acetic acid. Potash fusion breaks it down into benzoic and acetic acids. Being an unsaturated acid, it directly combines with hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, bromine, etc. When nitrated, it yields a mix of ortho and para nitrocinnamic acids, the former of which is historically significant, as converting it into orthonitrophenyl propiolic acid allowed A. Baeyer to successfully synthesize indigo (q.v.). Reducing orthonitrocinnamic acid results in orthoaminocinnamic acid, C6H4(NH2)CH:CH.COOH, which is theoretically important as it can easily produce a quinoline derivative. An isomer of cinnamic acid known as allo-cinnamic acid is also recognized.

For the oxy-cinnamic adds see Coumarin.

For the oxy-cinnamic acids, see Coumarin.


CINNAMON, the inner bark of Cinnamomum zeylanicum, a small evergreen tree belonging to the natural order Lauraceae, native to Ceylon. The leaves are large, ovate-oblong in shape, and the flowers, which are arranged in panicles, have a greenish colour and a rather disagreeable odour. Cinnamon has been known from remote antiquity, and it was so highly prized among ancient nations that it was regarded as a present fit for monarchs and other great potentates. It is mentioned in Exod. xxx. 23, where Moses is commanded to use both sweet cinnamon (Kinnamon) and cassia, and it is alluded to by Herodotus under the name κιννάμωμον, and by other classical writers. The tree is grown at Tellicherry, in Java, the West Indies, Brazil and Egypt, but the produce of none of these places approaches in quality that grown in Ceylon. Ceylon cinnamon of fine quality is a very thin smooth bark, with a light-yellowish brown colour, a highly fragrant odour, and a peculiarly sweet, warm and pleasing aromatic taste. Its flavour is due to an aromatic oil which it contains to the extent of from 0.5 to 1%. This essential oil, as an article of commerce, is prepared by roughly pounding the bark, macerating it in sea-water, and then quickly distilling the whole. It is of a golden-yellow colour, with the peculiar odour of cinnamon and a very hot aromatic taste. It consists essentially of cinnamic aldehyde, and by the absorption of oxygen as it becomes old it darkens in colour and develops resinous compounds. Cinnamon is principally employed in cookery as a condiment and flavouring material, being largely used in the preparation of some kinds of chocolate and liqueurs. In medicine it acts like other volatile oils and has a reputation as a cure for colds. Being a much more costly spice than cassia, that comparatively harsh-flavoured substance is frequently substituted for or added to it. The two barks when whole are easily enough distinguished, and their microscopical characters are also quite distinct. When powdered bark is treated with tincture of iodine, little effect is visible in the case of pure cinnamon of good quality, but when cassia is present a deep-blue tint is produced, the intensity of the coloration depending on the proportion of the cassia.

CINNAMON is the inner bark of Cinnamomum zeylanicum, a small evergreen tree from the Lauraceae family, native to Sri Lanka. The leaves are large and oval-shaped, while the flowers, which grow in clusters, are greenish and have a somewhat unpleasant smell. Cinnamon has been known since ancient times and was so valued by early civilizations that it was considered a gift suitable for kings and other powerful figures. It is mentioned in Exodus 30:23, where Moses is instructed to use both sweet cinnamon (Kinnamon) and cassia, and it is referred to by Herodotus as cinnamon, along with other classical authors. The tree is cultivated in Tellicherry, Java, the West Indies, Brazil, and Egypt, but none of these places produce cinnamon of the same quality as that from Sri Lanka. High-quality Ceylon cinnamon has a very thin, smooth bark with a light yellowish-brown color, a strong fragrant smell, and a sweet, warm, and pleasing aromatic flavor. Its taste comes from an aromatic oil that makes up about 0.5% to 1% of the bark. This essential oil is extracted through a process of roughly grinding the bark, soaking it in seawater, and then quickly distilling it. The oil is golden-yellow with a distinctive cinnamon scent and a very strong aromatic flavor. It mainly consists of cinnamic aldehyde and darkens in color as it ages, developing resinous compounds due to oxygen absorption. Cinnamon is primarily used in cooking as a spice and flavoring agent, often added to certain chocolates and liqueurs. In medicine, it acts like other volatile oils and is known to help with colds. Since it is a more expensive spice than cassia, which has a harsher flavor, cassia is frequently used as a substitute or added to cinnamon. The two types of bark can be easily distinguished when they are whole, and their microscopic features are also quite different. When powdered cinnamon is mixed with iodine tincture, there is little visible reaction in the case of high-quality pure cinnamon, but if cassia is present, a deep blue color appears, with the intensity depending on the amount of cassia.


CINNAMON-STONE, a variety of garnet, belonging to the lime-alumina type, known also as essonite or hessonite, from the Gr. ἣσσων, “inferior,” in allusion to its being less hard and less dense than most other garnet. It has a characteristic red colour, inclining to orange, much like that of hyacinth or jacinth. Indeed it was shown many years ago, by Sir A.H. Church, that many gems, especially engraved stones, commonly regarded as hyacinth, were really cinnamon-stone. The difference is readily detected by the specific gravity, that of hessonite being 3.64 to 3.69, whilst that of hyacinth (zircon) is about 4.6. Hessonite is rather a soft stone, its hardness being about that of quartz or 7, whilst the hardness of most garnet reaches 7.5. Cinnamon-stone comes chiefly from Ceylon, where it is found generally as pebbles, though its occurrence in its native matrix is not unknown.

CINNAMON-STONE is a type of garnet that falls under the lime-alumina category, also known as essonite or hessonite. The name comes from the Greek word lesser, meaning “inferior,” referring to its lower hardness and density compared to most other garnets. It features a distinct red hue that leans towards orange, similar to that of hyacinth or jacinth. In fact, many years ago, Sir A.H. Church demonstrated that a lot of gems, especially engraved stones, commonly thought to be hyacinth, were actually cinnamon-stone. The difference can be easily identified by specific gravity: hessonite has a gravity of 3.64 to 3.69, while hyacinth (zircon) has a gravity of about 4.6. Hessonite is relatively soft, with a hardness around that of quartz at 7, while most garnets can reach 7.5. Cinnamon-stone primarily comes from Ceylon, where it is usually found as pebbles, although it can also occur in its native matrix.


CINNAMUS [Kinnamos], JOHN, Byzantine historian, flourished in the second half of the 12th century. He was imperial secretary (probably in this case a post connected with the military administration) to Manuel I. Comnenus (1143-1180), whom he accompanied on his campaigns in Europe and Asia Minor. He appears to have outlived Andronicus I., who died in 1185. Cinnamus was the author of a history of the period 1118-1176, which thus continues the Alexiad of Anna Comnena, and embraces the reigns of John II. and Manuel I., down to the unsuccessful campaign of the latter against the Turks, which ended with the disastrous battle of Myriokephalon and the rout of the Byzantine army. Cinnamus was probably an eye-witness of the events of the last ten years which he describes. The work breaks off abruptly; originally it no doubt went down to the death of Manuel, and there are indications that, even in its present form, it is an abridgment. The text is in a very corrupt state. The author’s hero is Manuel; he is strongly impressed with the superiority of the East to the West, and is a determined opponent of the pretensions of the papacy. But he cannot be reproached with undue bias; he writes with the 377 straightforwardness of a soldier, and is not ashamed on occasion to confess his ignorance. The matter is well arranged, the style (modelled on that of Xenophon) simple, and on the whole free from the usual florid bombast of the Byzantine writers.

Cinnamon [Kinnamos], JOHN, was a Byzantine historian who thrived in the second half of the 12th century. He served as the imperial secretary—likely a role connected to military administration—to Manuel I. Comnenus (1143-1180), accompanying him on campaigns in Europe and Asia Minor. He seems to have outlived Andronicus I., who died in 1185. Cinnamus authored a history covering the period from 1118 to 1176, continuing the Alexiad of Anna Comnena, and detailing the reigns of John II. and Manuel I. up to the unsuccessful campaign of Manuel against the Turks, which culminated in the disastrous battle of Myriokephalon and the defeat of the Byzantine army. Cinnamus likely witnessed the events of the last ten years he describes. The work ends abruptly; it likely originally included details up to Manuel’s death, and there are signs that, even in its current form, it is an abridgment. The text is in a very corrupt state. The author’s main focus is Manuel, and he is strongly impressed by the East’s superiority over the West, staunchly opposing the claims of the papacy. However, he cannot be accused of excessive bias; he writes with the straightforwardness of a soldier and is not afraid to admit when he doesn't know something. The content is well-organized, the style (influenced by Xenophon) is simple, and overall it avoids the typical flowery language of Byzantine writers.

Editio princeps, C. Tollius (1652); in Bonn, Corpus Scriptorum Hist. Byz., by A. Meineke (1836), with Du Cange’s valuable notes; Migne, Patrologia Graeca, cxxxiii.; see also C. Neumann, Griechische Geschichtsschreiber im 12. Jahrhundert (1888); H. von Kap-Herr, Die abendländische Politik Kaiser Manuels (1881); C. Krumbacher, Geschichte der byzantinischen Litteratur (1897).

Editio princeps, C. Tollius (1652); in Bonn, Corpus Scriptorum Hist. Byz., by A. Meineke (1836), featuring Du Cange’s valuable notes; Migne, Patrologia Graeca, cxxxiii.; see also C. Neumann, Griechische Geschichtsschreiber im 12. Jahrhundert (1888); H. von Kap-Herr, Die abendländische Politik Kaiser Manuels (1881); C. Krumbacher, Geschichte der byzantinischen Litteratur (1897).


CINNOLIN, C8H6N2, a compound isomeric with phthalazine, prepared by boiling dihydrocinnolin dissolved in benzene with freshly precipitated mercuric oxide. The solution is filtered and the hydrochloride of the base precipitated by alcoholic hydrochloric acid; the free base is obtained as an oil by adding caustic soda. It may be obtained in white silky needles, melting at 24-25°C. and containing a molecule of ether of crystallization by cooling the oil dissolved in ether. The free base melts at 39°C. It is a strong base, forming stable salts with mineral acids, and is easily soluble in water and in the ordinary organic solvents. It has a taste resembling that of chloral hydrate, and leaves a sharp irritation for some time on the tongue; it is also very poisonous (M. Busch and A. Rast, Berichte, 1897, 30, p. 521). Cinnolin derivatives are obtained from oxycinnolin carboxylic acid, which is formed by digesting orthophenyl propiolic acid diazo chloride with water. Oxycinnolin carboxylic acid on heating gives oxycinnolin, melting at 225°, which with phosphorus pentachloride gives chlorcinnolin. This substance is reduced by iron filings and sulphuric acid to dihydrocinnolin.

Cinnolin, C8H6N2, is an isomer of phthalazine, created by boiling dihydrocinnolin dissolved in benzene with freshly made mercuric oxide. The solution is filtered, and the hydrochloride of the base is separated using alcoholic hydrochloric acid; the free base is obtained as an oil by adding caustic soda. It can be crystallized into white silky needles that melt at 24-25°C and contain a molecule of ether of crystallization when the oil is cooled in ether. The free base melts at 39°C. It is a strong base that forms stable salts with mineral acids, and it is readily soluble in water and common organic solvents. It has a taste similar to chloral hydrate and causes a sharp irritation on the tongue for some time; it is also highly toxic (M. Busch and A. Rast, Berichte, 1897, 30, p. 521). Cinnolin derivatives are produced from oxycinnolin carboxylic acid, which forms by digesting orthophenyl propiolic acid diazo chloride with water. When oxicinnolin carboxylic acid is heated, it yields oxycinnolin, which melts at 225° and reacts with phosphorus pentachloride to produce chlorcinnolin. This substance is then reduced using iron filings and sulfuric acid to form dihydrocinnolin.

The relations of these compounds are here shown:—

The relationships between these compounds are displayed here:—


CINO DA PISTOIA (1270-1336), Italian poet and jurist, whose full name was Guittoncino de’ Sinibaldi, was born in Pistoia, of a noble family. He studied law at Bologna under Dinus Muggelanus (Dino de Rossonis: d. 1303) and Franciscus Accursius, and in 1307 is understood to have been assessor of civil causes in his native city. In that year, however, Pistoia was disturbed by the Guelph and Ghibelline feud. The Ghibellines, who had for some time been the stronger party, being worsted by the Guelphs, Cino, a prominent member of the former faction, had to quit his office and the city of his birth. Pitecchio, a stronghold on the frontiers of Lombardy, was yet in the hands of Filippo Vergiolesi, chief of the Pistoian Ghibellines; Selvaggia, his daughter, was beloved by Cino (who was probably already the husband of Margherita degli Unghi); and to Pitecchio did the lawyer-poet betake himself. It is uncertain how long he remained at the fortress; it is certain, however, that he was not with the Vergiolesi at the time of Selvaggia’s death, which happened three years afterwards (1310), at the Monte della Sambuca, in the Apennines, whither the Ghibellines had been compelled to shift their camp. He visited his mistress’s grave on his way to Rome, after some time spent in travel in France and elsewhere, and to this visit is owing his finest sonnet. At Rome Cino held office under Louis of Savoy, sent thither by the Ghibelline leader Henry of Luxemburg, who was crowned emperor of the Romans in 1312. In 1313, however, the emperor died, and the Ghibellines lost their last hope. Cino appears to have thrown up his party, and to have returned to Pistoia. Thereafter he devoted himself to law and letters. After filling several high judicial offices, a doctor of civil law of Bologna in his forty-fourth year, he lectured and taught from the professor’s chair at the universities of Treviso, Siena, Florence and Perugia in succession; his reputation and success were great, his judicial experience enabling him to travel out of the routine of the schools. In literature he continued in some sort the tradition of Dante during the interval dividing that great poet from his successor Petrarch. The latter, besides celebrating Cino in an obituary sonnet, has coupled him and his Selvaggia with Dante and Beatrice in the fourth capitolo of his Trionfi d’ Amore.

CINO DA PISTOIA (1270-1336), an Italian poet and lawyer, whose full name was Guittoncino of the Sinibaldi, was born in Pistoia to a noble family. He studied law at Bologna under Dinus Muggelanus (Dino de Rossonis: d. 1303) and Franciscus Accursius, and by 1307, he was serving as an assessor for civil cases in his hometown. However, that year, Pistoia experienced turmoil due to the ongoing Guelph and Ghibelline conflict. The Ghibellines, who had been the dominant faction for some time, were defeated by the Guelphs, forcing Cino, a key member of the Ghibelline side, to leave both his position and the city where he was born. Pitecchio, a stronghold on the border of Lombardy, was still in the hands of Filippo Vergiolesi, leader of the Pistoian Ghibellines; his daughter, Selvaggia, was loved by Cino (who was likely already married to Margherita degli Unghi). Cino sought refuge in Pitecchio. It’s unclear how long he stayed there, but it is known that he was not with the Vergiolesi when Selvaggia passed away three years later (in 1310) at Monte della Sambuca, where the Ghibellines had to relocate their camp. He visited her grave on his way to Rome after spending some time traveling in France and other places, and this visit inspired his finest sonnet. In Rome, Cino worked under Louis of Savoy, who was sent by Ghibelline leader Henry of Luxemburg, crowned emperor of the Romans in 1312. However, the emperor died in 1313, and the Ghibellines lost their last hope. Cino seems to have abandoned his faction and returned to Pistoia. From then on, he focused on law and literature. After holding several high judicial positions, he became a doctor of civil law in Bologna at the age of forty-four, and he lectured and taught at the universities of Treviso, Siena, Florence, and Perugia in succession; he gained a great reputation and was successful, drawing from his judicial experience to enrich his teaching. In literature, he continued some aspects of the tradition established by Dante during the time between that great poet and his successor, Petrarch. The latter not only honored Cino in an obituary sonnet but also paired him and his Selvaggia with Dante and Beatrice in the fourth capitolo of his Trionfi d’ Amore.

Cino, the master of Bartolus, and of Joannes Andreae the celebrated canonist, was long famed as a jurist. His commentary on the statutes of Pistoia, written within two years, is said to have great merit; while that on the code (Lectura Cino Pistoia super codice, Pavia, 1483; Lyons, 1526) is considered by Savigny to exhibit more practical intelligence and more originality of thought than are found in any commentary on Roman law since the time of Accursius. As a poet he also distinguished himself greatly. He was the friend and correspondent of Dante’s later years, and possibly of his earlier also, and was certainly, with Guido Cavalcanti and Durante da Maiano, one of those who replied to the famous sonnet A ciascun’ alma presa e gentil core of the Vita Nuova. In the treatise De Vulgari Eloquio Dante refers to him as one of “those who have most sweetly and subtly written poems in modern Italian,” but his works, printed at Rome in 1559, do not altogether justify the praise. Strained and rhetorical as many of his outcries are, however, Cino is not without moments of true passion and fine natural eloquence. Of these qualities the sonnet in memory of Selvaggia, Io fui in sull’ alto e in sul beato monte, and the canzone to Dante, Avegnachè di omaggio più per tempo, are interesting examples.

Cino, the student of Bartolus and Joannes Andreae, the well-known canonist, was celebrated for his legal expertise. His commentary on the statutes of Pistoia, written in just two years, is said to have great value; while his work on the code (Lectura Cino Pistoia super codice, Pavia, 1483; Lyons, 1526) is regarded by Savigny as showing more practical insight and originality than any other commentary on Roman law since Accursius. He also made a name for himself as a poet. He was a friend and correspondent of Dante in his later years, and possibly in his earlier years as well. He, along with Guido Cavalcanti and Durante da Maiano, responded to the famous sonnet A ciascun’ alma presa e gentil core from the Vita Nuova. In the treatise De Vulgari Eloquio, Dante refers to him as one of “those who have written the sweetest and most subtly composed poems in modern Italian,” although his works, published in Rome in 1559, don’t entirely live up to that praise. Many of his more dramatic expressions are strained and rhetorical; however, Cino does have moments of genuine passion and fine natural eloquence. Notable examples of these qualities can be found in the sonnet dedicated to Selvaggia, Io fui in sull’ alto e in sul beato monte, and the canzone to Dante, Avegnachè di omaggio più per tempo.

The text-book for English readers is D.G. Rossetti’s Early Italian Poets, wherein will be found not only a memoir of Cino da Pistoia, but also some admirably translated specimens of his verse—the whole wrought into significant connexion with that friendship of Cino’s which is perhaps the most interesting fact about him. See also Ciampi, Vita e poesie di messer Cino da Pistoia (Pisa, 1813).

The textbook for English readers is D.G. Rossetti’s Early Italian Poets, which includes not only a biography of Cino da Pistoia but also some wonderfully translated examples of his poetry—all tied into the significant connection with Cino’s friendship, which is arguably the most fascinating aspect of his life. Also, check out Ciampi’s Vita e poesie di messer Cino da Pistoia (Pisa, 1813).


CINQ-MARS, HENRI COIFFIER RUZÉ D’EFFIAT, Marquis de (1620-1642), French courtier, was the second son of Antoine Coiffier Ruzé, marquis d’Effiat, marshal of France (1581-1632), and was introduced to the court of Louis XIII. by Richelieu, who had been a friend of his father and who hoped he would counteract the influence of the queen’s favourite Mlle. de Hautefort. Owing to his handsome appearance and agreeable manners he soon became a favourite of the king, and was made successively master of the wardrobe and master of the horse. After distinguishing himself at the siege of Arras in 1640, Cinq-Mars wished for a high military command, but Richelieu opposed his pretensions and the favourite talked rashly about overthrowing the minister. He was probably connected with the abortive rising of the count of Soissons in 1641; however that may be, in the following year he formed a conspiracy with the duke of Bouillon and others to overthrow Richelieu. This plot was under the nominal leadership of the king’s brother Gaston of Orleans. The plans of the conspirators were aided by the illness of Richelieu and his absence from the king, and at the siege of Narbonne Cinq-Mars almost induced Louis to agree to banish his minister. Richelieu, however, recovered, became acquainted with the attempt of Cinq-Mars to obtain assistance from Spain, and laid the proofs of his treason before the king, who ordered his arrest. Cinq-Mars was brought to trial, admitted his guilt, and was condemned to death. He was executed at Lyons on the 12th of September 1642. It is possible that Cinq-Mars was urged to engage in this conspiracy by his affection for Louise Marie de Gonzaga (1612-1667), afterwards queen of Poland, who was a prominent figure at the court of Louis XIII.; and this tradition forms part of the plot of Alfred de Vigny’s novel Cinq-Mars.

CINQ-MARS, HENRI COIFFIER RUZÉ D’EFFIAT, Marquis de (1620-1642), was a French courtier and the second son of Antoine Coiffier Ruzé, marquis d’Effiat, a marshal of France (1581-1632). He was introduced to the court of Louis XIII. by Richelieu, who had been a friend of his father and hoped he would balance the influence of the queen’s favorite, Mlle. de Hautefort. Due to his good looks and charming personality, he quickly became a favorite of the king and was successively made master of the wardrobe and master of the horse. After making a name for himself during the siege of Arras in 1640, Cinq-Mars sought a high military position, but Richelieu opposed his ambitions, and the favorite carelessly talked about overthrowing the minister. He was likely involved in the failed uprising led by the count of Soissons in 1641; regardless, the following year he conspired with the duke of Bouillon and others to take down Richelieu. This plot was nominally led by the king’s brother, Gaston of Orleans. The conspirators' plans were aided by Richelieu's illness and absence from the king, and during the siege of Narbonne, Cinq-Mars nearly persuaded Louis to agree to banish his minister. However, Richelieu recovered, learned about Cinq-Mars's attempt to get support from Spain, and presented evidence of his treason to the king, who ordered his arrest. Cinq-Mars was tried, admitted his guilt, and was sentenced to death. He was executed in Lyons on September 12, 1642. It's possible that Cinq-Mars was motivated to join this conspiracy by his feelings for Louise Marie de Gonzaga (1612-1667), who later became queen of Poland and was a prominent figure at Louis XIII's court; this story is part of the narrative in Alfred de Vigny’s novel Cinq-Mars.

See Le P. Griffet, Histoire de Louis XIII; A. Bazin, Histoire de Louis XIII (1846); L. D’Astarac de Frontrailles, Relations des choses particulières de la cour pendant la faveur de M. de Cinq-Mars.

See Le P. Griffet, Histoire de Louis XIII; A. Bazin, Histoire de Louis XIII (1846); L. D’Astarac de Frontrailles, Relations des choses particulières de la cour pendant la faveur de M. de Cinq-Mars.


CINQUE CENTO (Italian for five hundred; short for 1500), in architecture, the style which became prevalent in Italy in the century following 1500, now usually called “16th-century work.” It was the result of the revival of classic architecture known as Renaissance, but the change had commenced already a century earlier, in the works of Ghiberti and Donatello in sculpture, and of Brunelleschi and Alberti in architecture.

CINQUE CENTO (Italian for five hundred; short for 1500), in architecture, refers to the style that became popular in Italy during the century after 1500, now often referred to as “16th-century work.” It emerged from the revival of classical architecture known as the Renaissance, but this shift actually began about a century earlier with the works of Ghiberti and Donatello in sculpture, as well as Brunelleschi and Alberti in architecture.


CINQUE PORTS, the name of an ancient jurisdiction in the south of England, which is still maintained with considerable modifications and diminished authority. As the name implies, 378 the ports originally constituting the body were only five in number—Hastings, Romney, Hythe, Dover and Sandwich; but to these were afterwards added the “ancient towns” of Winchelsea and Rye with the same privileges, and a good many other places, both corporate and non-corporate, which, with the title of limb or member, held a subordinate position. To Hastings were attached the corporate members of Pevensey and Seaford, and the non-corporate members of Bulvarhythe, Petit Iham (Yham or Higham), Hydney, Bekesbourn, Northeye and Grenche or Grange; to Romney, Lydd, and Old Romney, Dengemarsh, Orwaldstone, and Bromehill or Promehill; to Dover, Folkestone and Faversham, and Margate, St John’s, Goresend (now Birchington), Birchington Wood (now Woodchurch), St Peter’s, Kingsdown and Ringwould; to Sandwich, Fordwich and Deal, and Walmer, Ramsgate, Reculver, Stonor (Estanor), Sarre (or Serre) and Brightlingsea (in Essex). To Rye was attached the corporate member of Tenterden, and to a Hythe the non-corporate member of West Hythe. The jurisdiction thus extends along the coast from Seaford in Sussex to Birchington near Margate in Kent; and it also includes a number of inland districts, at a considerable distance from the ports with which they are connected. The non-incorporated members are within the municipal jurisdiction of the ports to which they are attached; but the corporate members are as free within their own liberties as the individual ports themselves.

CINQUE PORTS is the name of an ancient jurisdiction in southern England, which still exists but with significant changes and reduced power. As the name suggests, 378 the original ports that made up this body were only five—Hastings, Romney, Hythe, Dover, and Sandwich. Later, the “ancient towns” of Winchelsea and Rye were added along with the same privileges, along with many other places, both corporate and non-corporate, that held a subordinate status under the titles of limb or member. Hastings included the corporate members of Pevensey and Seaford, as well as the non-corporate members of Bulvarhythe, Petit Iham (Yham or Higham), Hydney, Bekesbourn, Northeye, and Grenche or Grange. Romney had Lydd and Old Romney, Dengemarsh, Orwaldstone, and Bromehill or Promehill; Dover had Folkestone, Faversham, Margate, St John’s, Goresend (now Birchington), Birchington Wood (now Woodchurch), St Peter’s, Kingsdown, and Ringwould; Sandwich included Fordwich, Deal, Walmer, Ramsgate, Reculver, Stonor (Estanor), Sarre (or Serre), and Brightlingsea (in Essex). Rye was connected to the corporate member of Tenterden, and Hythe had the non-corporate member of West Hythe. This jurisdiction stretches along the coast from Seaford in Sussex to Birchington near Margate in Kent, and it also includes several inland districts located far from the ports they are linked to. The non-incorporated members fall under the municipal jurisdiction of the ports to which they are connected, but the corporate members enjoy the same freedoms within their own areas as the individual ports themselves.

The incorporation of the Cinque Ports had its origin in the necessity for some means of defence along the southern seaboard of England, and in the lack of any regular navy. Up to the reign of Henry VII. they had to furnish the crown with nearly all the ships and men that were needful for the state; and for a long time after they were required to give large assistance to the permanent fleet. The oldest charter now on record is one belonging to the 6th year of Edward I.; and it refers to previous documents of the time of Edward the Confessor and William the Conqueror. In return for their services the ports enjoyed extensive privileges. From the Conquest or even earlier they had, besides various lesser rights—(1) exemption from tax and tallage; (2) soc and sac, or full cognizance of all criminal and civil cases within their liberties; (3) tol and team, or the right of receiving toll and the right of compelling the person in whose hands stolen property was found to name the person from whom he received it; (4) blodwit and fledwit, or the right to punish shedders of blood and those who were seized in an attempt to escape from justice; (5) pillory and tumbrel; (6) infangentheof and outfangentheof, or power to imprison and execute felons; (7) mundbryce (the breaking into or violation of a man’s mund or property in order to erect banks or dikes as a defence against the sea); (8) waives and strays, or the right to appropriate lost property or cattle not claimed within a year and a day; (9) the right to seize all flotsam, jetsam, or ligan, or, in other words, whatever of value was cast ashore by the sea; (10) the privilege of being a gild with power to impose taxes for the common weal; and (11) the right of assembling in portmote or parliament at Shepway or Shepway Cross, a few miles west of Hythe (but afterwards at Dover), the parliament being empowered to make by-laws for the Cinque Ports, to regulate the Yarmouth fishery, to hear appeals from the local courts, and to give decision in all cases of treason, sedition, illegal coining or concealment of treasure trove. The ordinary business of the ports was conducted in two courts known respectively as the court of brotherhood and the court of brotherhood and guestling,—the former being composed of the mayors of the seven principal towns and a number of jurats and freemen from each, and the latter including in addition the mayors, bailiffs and other representatives of the corporate members. The court of brotherhood was formerly called the brotheryeeld, brodall or brodhull; and the name guestling seems to owe its origin to the fact that the officials of the “members” were at first in the position of invited guests.

The creation of the Cinque Ports originated from the need for defense along the southern coast of England and the absence of a regular navy. Until the reign of Henry VII, they were required to provide the crown with almost all the ships and men necessary for the state's needs. Even for a long time afterward, they had to offer substantial support to the permanent fleet. The oldest charter currently recorded dates back to the 6th year of Edward I; it references earlier documents from the time of Edward the Confessor and William the Conqueror. In exchange for their services, the ports enjoyed extensive privileges. Since the Conquest or even earlier, they had several rights, including—(1) exemption from taxes; (2) soc and sac, or full authority over all criminal and civil cases within their jurisdiction; (3) tol and team, or the right to collect tolls and to compel anyone found with stolen property to reveal the person from whom they received it; (4) blodwit and fledwit, or the right to punish those who shed blood and those fleeing from justice; (5) pillory and tumbrel; (6) infangentheof and outfangentheof, or the power to imprison and execute felons; (7) mundbryce (the violation of a person’s property to build banks or dikes as protection against the sea); (8) waives and strays, or the right to claim lost property or livestock not reclaimed within a year and a day; (9) the right to seize flotsam, jetsam, or ligan, meaning anything of value washed ashore by the sea; (10) the privilege of forming a guild with the authority to impose taxes for the common good; and (11) the right to assemble in portmote or parliament at Shepway or Shepway Cross, a few miles west of Hythe (later at Dover). This parliament was given the power to create by-laws for the Cinque Ports, regulate the Yarmouth fishery, hear appeals from local courts, and make decisions in cases of treason, sedition, illegal coining, or concealment of treasure. The everyday business of the ports was managed in two courts known as the court of brotherhood and the court of brotherhood and guestling—the former made up of the mayors of the seven main towns along with various jurats and freemen from each, and the latter additionally including the mayors, bailiffs, and other representatives from the corporate members. The court of brotherhood was formerly called the brotheryeeld, brodall, or brodhull, and the name guestling seems to stem from the fact that the officials of the “members” initially held the position of invited guests.

The highest office in connexion with the Cinque Ports is that of the lord warden, who also acts as governor of Dover Castle, and has a maritime jurisdiction (vide infra) as admiral of the ports. His power was formerly of great extent, but he has now practically no important duty to exercise except that of chairman of the Dover harbour board. The emoluments of the office are confined to certain insignificant admiralty droits. The patronage attached to the office consists of the right to appoint the judge of the Cinque Ports admiralty court, the registrar of the Cinque Ports and the marshal of the court; the right of appointing salvage commissioners at each Cinque Port and the appointment of a deputy to act as chairman of the Dover harbour board in the absence of the lord warden. Walmer Castle was for long the official residence of the lord warden, but has, since the resignation of Lord Curzon in 1903, ceased to be so used, and those portions of it which are of historic interest are now open to the public. George, prince of Wales (lord warden, 1903-1907), was the first lord warden of royal blood since the office was held by George, prince of Denmark, consort of Queen Anne.

The highest position associated with the Cinque Ports is the lord warden, who also serves as the governor of Dover Castle and has maritime authority (see below) as the admiral of the ports. His power used to be quite extensive, but now he basically has no significant duties apart from being the chairman of the Dover Harbour Board. The benefits of the position are limited to a few minor admiralty rights. The patronage linked to the role includes the right to appoint the judge of the Cinque Ports admiralty court, the registrar of the Cinque Ports, and the court marshal; the right to appoint salvage commissioners at each Cinque Port; and the ability to designate a deputy to chair the Dover Harbour Board when the lord warden is absent. For a long time, Walmer Castle was the official residence of the lord warden, but since Lord Curzon resigned in 1903, it has stopped being used for that purpose, and the parts of it that have historical significance are now open to the public. George, Prince of Wales (lord warden, 1903-1907), was the first lord warden of royal descent since George, Prince of Denmark, consort of Queen Anne.

Admiralty Jurisdiction.—The court of admiralty for the Cinque Ports exercises a co-ordinate but not exclusive admiralty jurisdiction over persons and things found within the territory of the Cinque Ports. The limits of its jurisdiction were declared at an inquisition taken at the court of admiralty, held by the seaside at Dover in 1682, to extend from Shore Beacon in Essex to Redcliff, near Seaford, in Sussex; and with regard to salvage, they comprise all the sea between Seaford in Sussex to a point five miles off Cape Grisnez on the coast of France, and the coast of Essex. An older inquisition of 1526 is given by R.G. Marsden in his Select Pleas of the Court of Admiralty, II. xxx. The court is an ancient one. The judge sits as the official and commissary of the lord warden, just as the judge of the high court of admiralty sat as the official and commissary of the lord high admiral. And, as the office of lord warden is more ancient than the office of lord high admiral (The Lord Warden v. King in his office of Admiralty, 1831, 2 Hagg. Admy. Rep. 438), it is probable that the Cinque Ports court is the more ancient of the two.

Admiralty Jurisdiction.—The court of admiralty for the Cinque Ports has a parallel but not exclusive admiralty jurisdiction over individuals and possessions found within the Cinque Ports area. The boundaries of its jurisdiction were established during an investigation conducted at the admiralty court by the seaside at Dover in 1682, which extends from Shore Beacon in Essex to Redcliff, near Seaford, in Sussex; and concerning salvage, it encompasses all the waters between Seaford in Sussex and a point five miles off Cape Grisnez on the French coast, as well as the Essex coast. An earlier investigation from 1526 is provided by R.G. Marsden in his Select Pleas of the Court of Admiralty, II. xxx. The court is quite old. The judge acts as the official and commissary of the lord warden, similar to how the judge of the high court of admiralty acted as the official and commissary of the lord high admiral. Since the position of lord warden predates that of lord high admiral (The Lord Warden v. King in his office of Admiralty, 1831, 2 Hagg. Admy. Rep. 438), it is likely that the Cinque Ports court is the older of the two.

The jurisdiction of the court has been, except in one matter of mere antiquarian curiosity, unaffected by statute. It exercises only, therefore, such jurisdiction as the high court of admiralty exercised, apart from restraining statutes of 1389 and 1391 and enabling statutes of 1840 and 1861. Cases of collision have been tried in it (the “Vivid,” 1 Asp. Maritime Law Cases, 601). But salvage cases (the “Clarisse,” Swabey, 129; the “Marie,” Law. Rep. 7 P.D. 203) are the principal cases now tried. It has no prize jurisdiction. The one case in which jurisdiction has been given to it by statute is to enforce forfeitures under the statute of 1538.

The court's jurisdiction has remained unchanged by statute, except for one matter of mere historical interest. It only has the same jurisdiction as the high court of admiralty did, aside from the restraining statutes from 1389 and 1391 and the enabling statutes from 1840 and 1861. Cases involving collisions have been handled in this court (the “Vivid,” 1 Asp. Maritime Law Cases, 601). However, salvage cases (the “Clarisse,” Swabey, 129; the “Marie,” Law. Rep. 7 P.D. 203) are the main cases being tried now. It has no prize jurisdiction. The only case where it has been granted jurisdiction by statute is to enforce forfeitures under the statute of 1538.

Dr (afterwards the Right Hon. Robert Joseph) Phillimore succeeded his father as judge of the court from 1855 to 1875, being succeeded by Mr Arthur Cohen, K.C. As Sir R. Phillimore was also the last judge of the high court of admiralty, from 1867 (the date of his appointment to the high court) to 1875, the two offices were, probably for the first time in history, held by the same person. Dr Phillimore’s patent had a grant of the “place or office of judge official and commissary of the court of admiralty of the Cinque Ports, and their members and appurtenances, and to be assistant to my lieutenant of Dover castle in all such affairs and business concerning the said court of admiralty wherein yourself and assistance shall be requisite and necessary.” Of old the court sat sometimes at Sandwich, sometimes at other ports. But the regular place for the sitting of the court has for a long time been, and still is, the aisle of St James’s church, Dover. For convenience the judge often sits at the royal courts of justice. The office of marshal in the high court is represented in this court by a serjeant, who also bears a silver oar. There is a registrar, as in the high court. The appeal is to the king in council, and is heard by the judicial committee of the privy council. The court can hear appeals from the Cinque Ports salvage commissioners, such appeals being final (Cinque Ports Act 1821). Actions may be transferred to it, and appeals made to it, from the county courts in all cases, arising within the jurisdiction of the Cinque Ports as defined by that act. At the solemn installation of the lord warden the judge as the next principal officer installs him.

Dr. (later known as the Right Hon. Robert Joseph) Phillimore took over as judge of the court from 1855 to 1875, after his father, and was followed by Mr. Arthur Cohen, K.C. Sir R. Phillimore was also the last judge of the High Court of Admiralty, serving from 1867 (when he was appointed to the High Court) until 1875, making it likely the first time in history that both positions were held by the same person. Dr. Phillimore’s patent included the “position of judge official and commissary of the court of admiralty of the Cinque Ports and their members and appurtenances, and to assist my lieutenant of Dover Castle in all matters and business related to the said court of admiralty where your help shall be needed.” Historically, the court met at Sandwich and other ports, but the regular location has been, and still is, the aisle of St. James’s Church, Dover. For convenience, the judge often sits at the Royal Courts of Justice. The marshal's role in the High Court is represented in this court by a serjeant, who carries a silver oar. There is a registrar, similar to the High Court. Appeals can be made to the king in council and are heard by the Judicial Committee of the Privy Council. The court has the authority to hear appeals from the Cinque Ports salvage commissioners, with such appeals being final (Cinque Ports Act 1821). Cases may be transferred to this court, and appeals can be filed from county courts for issues arising within the Cinque Ports jurisdiction as defined by that act. During the official installation of the Lord Warden, the judge, as the next principal officer, carries out the installation.

379

379

The Cinque Ports from the earliest times claimed to be exempt from the jurisdiction of the admiral of England. Their early charters do not, like those of Bristol and other seaports, express this exemption in terms. It seems to have been derived from the general words of the charters which preserve their liberties and privileges.

The Cinque Ports have claimed since ancient times to be exempt from the authority of the admiral of England. Their early charters don’t explicitly state this exemption like those of Bristol and other seaports do. It appears to have come from the general language of the charters that protect their rights and privileges.

The lord warden’s claim to prize was raised in, but not finally decided by, the high court of admiralty in the “Ooster Ems,” 1 C. Rob. 284, 1783.

The lord warden's claim to the prize was brought up but not ultimately resolved by the high court of admiralty in the "Ooster Ems," 1 C. Rob. 284, 1783.

See S. Jeake, Charters of the Cinque Ports (1728); Boys, Sandwich and Cinque Ports; Knocker, Grand Court of Shepway (1862); M, Burrows, Cinque Ports (1895); F.M. Hueffer, Cinque Ports (1900); Indices of the Great White and Black Books of the Cinque Ports (1905).

See S. Jeake, Charters of the Cinque Ports (1728); Boys, Sandwich and Cinque Ports; Knocker, Grand Court of Shepway (1862); M. Burrows, Cinque Ports (1895); F.M. Hueffer, Cinque Ports (1900); Indices of the Great White and Black Books of the Cinque Ports (1905).


CINTRA, a town of central Portugal, in the district of Lisbon, formerly included in the province of Estramadura; 17 m. W.N.W. of Lisbon by the Lisbon-Caçem-Cintra railway, and 6 m. N. by E. of Cape da Roca, the westernmost promontory of the European mainland. Pop. (1900) 5914. Cintra is magnificently situated on the northern slope of the Serra da Cintra, a rugged mountain mass, largely overgrown with pines, eucalyptus, cork and other forest trees, above which the principal summits rise in a succession of bare and jagged grey peaks; the highest being Cruz Alta (1772 ft.), marked by an ancient stone cross, and commanding a wonderful view southward over Lisbon and the Tagus estuary, and north-westward over the Atlantic and the plateau of Mafra. Few European towns possess equal advantages of position and climate; and every educated Portuguese is familiar with the verses in which the beauty of Cintra is celebrated by Byron in Childe Harold (1812), and by Camoens in the national epic Os Lusiadas (1572). One of the highest points of the Serra is surmounted by the Palacio da Pena, a fantastic imitation of a medieval fortress, built on the site of a Hieronymite convent by the prince consort Ferdinand of Saxe-Coburg (d. 1885); while an adjacent part of the range is occupied by the Castello des Mouros, an extensive Moorish fortification, containing a small ruined mosque and a very curious set of ancient cisterns. The lower slopes of the Serra are covered with the gardens and villas of the wealthier inhabitants of Lisbon, who migrate hither in spring and stay until late autumn.

CINTRA is a town in central Portugal, located in the Lisbon district. It used to be part of the province of Estramadura and is about 17 miles northwest of Lisbon by the Lisbon-Caçem-Cintra railway, and 6 miles north by east of Cape da Roca, the westernmost point of mainland Europe. The population in 1900 was 5,914. Cintra is beautifully positioned on the northern slope of the Serra da Cintra, a rugged mountain area mostly covered with pines, eucalyptus, cork, and other forest trees. The main peaks rise in a series of bare, jagged gray formations, with the highest being Cruz Alta (1,772 ft.), which has an ancient stone cross and offers stunning views south over Lisbon and the Tagus estuary, and northwest over the Atlantic and the Mafra plateau. Few European towns have such advantageous locations and climates, and every educated Portuguese knows the verses by Byron in Childe Harold (1812) and Camoens in the national epic Os Lusiadas (1572) that praise Cintra's beauty. One of the highest points of the Serra hosts the Palacio da Pena, a whimsical replica of a medieval fortress built on the site of a Hieronymite convent by Prince Ferdinand of Saxe-Coburg (who died in 1885). Nearby, the Castello des Mouros, a large Moorish fortification, features a small ruined mosque and a fascinating set of ancient cisterns. The lower slopes of the Serra are filled with gardens and villas belonging to the wealthier residents of Lisbon, who come here in the spring and stay until late autumn.

In the town itself the most conspicuous building is a 14th-15th-century royal palace, partly Moorish, partly debased Gothic in style, and remarkable for the two immense conical chimneys which rise like towers in the midst. The 18th-century Palacio de Seteaes, built in the French style then popular in Portugal, is said to derive its name (“Seven Ahs”) from a sevenfold echo; here, on the 22nd of August 1808, was signed the convention of Cintra, by which the British and Portuguese allowed the French army to evacuate the kingdom without molestation. Beside the road which leads for 3½ m. W. to the village of Collares, celebrated for its wine, is the Penha Verde, an interesting country house and chapel, founded by João de Castro (1500-1548), fourth viceroy of the Indies. De Castro also founded the convent of Santa Cruz, better known as the Convento de Cortiça or Cork convent, which stands at the western extremity of the Serra, and owes its name to the cork panels which formerly lined its walls. Beyond the Penha Verde, on the Collares road, are the palace and park of Montserrate. The palace was originally built by William Beckford, the novelist and traveller (1761-1844), and was purchased in 1856 by Sir Francis Cook, an Englishman who afterwards obtained the Portuguese title viscount of Montserrate. The palace, which contains a valuable library, is built of pure white stone, in Moorish style; its walls are elaborately sculptured. The park, with its tropical luxuriance of vegetation and its variety of lake, forest and mountain scenery, is by far the finest example of landscape gardening in the Iberian Peninsula, and probably among the finest in the world. Its high-lying lawns, which overlook the Atlantic, are as perfect as any in England, and there is one ravine containing a whole wood of giant tree-ferns from New Zealand. Other rare plants have been systematically collected and brought to Montserrate from all parts of the world by Sir Francis Cook, and afterwards by his successor, Sir Frederick Cook, the second viscount. The Praia das Maçãs, or “beach of apples,” in the centre of a rich fruit-bearing valley, is a favourite sea-bathing station, connected with Cintra by an extension of the electric tramway which runs through the town.

In the town itself, the most noticeable building is a royal palace from the 14th-15th centuries, featuring a mix of Moorish and simplified Gothic styles, and is notable for the two massive conical chimneys that rise like towers in the center. The 18th-century Palacio de Seteaes, built in the French style that was popular in Portugal at the time, is thought to get its name (“Seven Ahs”) from a sevenfold echo; here, on August 22, 1808, the convention of Cintra was signed, allowing the French army to leave the kingdom without interference from the British and Portuguese. Along the road that leads 3½ miles west to the village of Collares, known for its wine, lies the Penha Verde, an interesting country house and chapel founded by João de Castro (1500-1548), the fourth viceroy of the Indies. De Castro also established the convent of Santa Cruz, better known as the Convento de Cortiça or Cork convent, located at the western edge of the Serra, named for the cork panels that once lined its walls. Beyond the Penha Verde, on the road to Collares, are the palace and park of Montserrate. The palace was initially built by William Beckford, the novelist and traveler (1761-1844), and was bought in 1856 by Sir Francis Cook, an Englishman who later received the Portuguese title of viscount of Montserrate. The palace, which has a valuable library, is made of pure white stone in Moorish style, with intricately sculpted walls. The park, with its lush tropical vegetation and diverse lake, forest, and mountain scenery, is by far the best example of landscape gardening in the Iberian Peninsula and likely among the finest in the world. Its elevated lawns, which overlook the Atlantic, are as beautiful as any in England, and there is one ravine filled with a whole grove of giant tree-ferns from New Zealand. Other rare plants have been systematically collected and brought to Montserrate from around the globe by Sir Francis Cook and later by his successor, Sir Frederick Cook, the second viscount. The Praia das Maçãs, or “beach of apples,” located in the middle of a fertile fruit-growing valley, is a popular sea-bathing spot, connected to Cintra by an extension of the electric tramway that runs through the town.


CIPHER, or Cypher (from Arab, şifr, void), the symbol 0, nought, or zero; and so a name for symbolic or secret writing (see Cryptography), or even for shorthand (q.v.), and also in elementary education for doing simple sums (“ciphering”).

CIPHER, or Cipher (from Arabic, şifr, meaning void), refers to the symbol 0, nought, or zero; it's also a term for symbolic or secret writing (see Cryptography), shorthand (q.v.), and is used in basic education for performing simple calculations (“ciphering”).


CIPPUS (Lat. for a “post” or “stake”), in architecture, a low pedestal, either round or rectangular, set up by the Romans for various purposes such as military or mile stones, boundary posts, &c. The inscriptions on some in the British Museum show that they were occasionally funeral memorials.

CIPPUS (Latin for a “post” or “stake”), in architecture, refers to a low pedestal, either round or rectangular, established by the Romans for various purposes like military markers, mile stones, boundary posts, etc. Some of the inscriptions found in the British Museum indicate that they were sometimes used as funeral memorials.


CIPRIANI, GIOVANNI BATTISTA (1727-1785), Italian painter and engraver, Pistoiese by descent, was born in Florence in 1727. His first lessons were given him by an Englishman, Ignatius Heckford or Hugford, and under his second master, Antonio Domenico Gabbiani, he became a very clever draughtsman. He was in Rome from 1750 to 1753, where he became acquainted with Sir William Chambers, the architect, and Joseph Wilton, the sculptor, whom he accompanied to England in August 1755. He had already painted two pictures for the abbey of San Michele in Pelago, Pistoia, which had brought him reputation, and on his arrival in England he was patronized by Lord Tilney, the duke of Richmond and other noblemen. His acquaintance with Sir William Chambers no doubt helped him on, for when Chambers designed the Albany in London for Lord Holland, Cipriani painted a ceiling for him. He also painted part of a ceiling in Buckingham Palace, and a room with poetical subjects at Standlynch in Wiltshire. Some of his best and most permanent work was, however, done at Somerset House, built by his friend Chambers, upon which he lavished infinite pains. He not only prepared the decorations for the interior of the north block, but, says Joseph Baretti in his Guide through the Royal Academy (1780), “the whole of the carvings in the various fronts of Somerset Place—excepting Bacon’s bronze figures—were carved from finished drawings made by Cipriani.” These designs include the five masks forming the keystones to the arches on the courtyard side of the vestibule, and the two above the doors leading into the wings of the north block, all of which are believed to have been carved by Nollekens. The grotesque groups flanking the main doorways on three sides of the quadrangle and the central doorway on the terrace appear also to have been designed by Cipriani. The apartments in Sir William Chambers’s stately palace that were assigned to the Royal Academy, into which it moved in 1780, owed much to Cipriani’s graceful, if mannered, pencil. The central panel of the library ceiling was painted by Sir Joshua Reynolds, but the four compartments in the coves, representing Allegory, Fable, Nature and History, were Cipriani’s. These paintings still remain at Somerset House, together with the emblematic painted ceiling, also his work, of what was once the library of the Royal Society. It was natural that Cipriani should thus devote himself to adorning the apartments of the academy, since he was an original member (1768) of that body, for which he designed the diploma so well engraved by Bartolozzi. In recognition of his services in this respect the members presented him in 1769 with a silver cup with a commemorative inscription. He was much employed by the publishers, for whom he made drawings in pen and ink, sometimes coloured. His friend Bartolozzi engraved most of them. Drawings by him are in both the British Museum and Victoria and Albert Museum. His best autograph engravings are “The Death of Cleopatra,” after Benvenuto Cellini; “The Descent of the Holy Ghost,” after Gabbiani; and portraits for Hollis’s memoirs, 1780. He painted allegorical designs for George III.’s state coach—which is still in use—in 1782, and repaired Verrio’s paintings at Windsor and Rubens’s ceiling in the Banqueting House at Whitehall. If his pictures were often weak, his decorative treatment of children was usually exceedingly happy. Some of his most pleasing work was that which, directly or indirectly, he executed for the decoration of furniture. He designed many groups of nymphs and amorini and medallion subjects to form 380 the centre of Pergolesi’s bands of ornament, and they were continually reproduced upon the elegant satin-wood furniture which was growing popular in his later days and by the end of the 18th century became a rage. Sometimes these designs were inlaid in marqueterie, but most frequently they were painted upon the satin-wood by other hands with delightful effect, since in the whole range of English furniture there is nothing more enchanting than really good finished satin-wood pieces. There can be little doubt that some of the beautiful furniture designed by the Adams was actually painted by Cipriani himself. He also occasionally designed handles for drawers and doors. Cipriani died at Hammersmith in 1785 and was buried at Chelsea, where Bartolozzi erected a monument to his memory. He had married an English lady, by whom he had two sons.

Cipriani, Giovanni Battista (1727-1785), an Italian painter and engraver from Pistoia, was born in Florence in 1727. He received his first art lessons from an Englishman named Ignatius Heckford or Hugford, and under his second teacher, Antonio Domenico Gabbiani, he became a skilled draftsman. He was in Rome from 1750 to 1753, where he got to know Sir William Chambers, the architect, and Joseph Wilton, the sculptor, whom he accompanied to England in August 1755. By then, he had already painted two works for the abbey of San Michele in Pelago, Pistoia, which gained him some recognition. Upon arriving in England, he was supported by Lord Tilney, the Duke of Richmond, and other nobles. His connection with Sir William Chambers was certainly beneficial, as when Chambers designed the Albany in London for Lord Holland, Cipriani painted a ceiling for it. He also contributed to a ceiling in Buckingham Palace and decorated a room with poetic themes at Standlynch in Wiltshire. However, some of his finest and most lasting work was at Somerset House, built by his friend Chambers, to which he dedicated immense effort. He not only prepared the decorations for the interior of the north block but, as noted by Joseph Baretti in his Guide through the Royal Academy (1780), “the entire carvings on the various fronts of Somerset Place—except for Bacon’s bronze figures—were carved from completed drawings made by Cipriani.” These designs included the five masks that function as keystones for the arches on the courtyard side of the vestibule and the two above the doors leading into the north block wings, all believed to have been carved by Nollekens. The whimsical groups flanking the main doorways on three sides of the courtyard and the central doorway on the terrace also seem to have been designed by Cipriani. The rooms in Sir William Chambers’s grand palace assigned to the Royal Academy, which moved there in 1780, greatly benefited from Cipriani’s elegant, albeit stylized, designs. The central panel of the library ceiling was painted by Sir Joshua Reynolds, but Cipriani created the four sections in the coves representing Allegory, Fable, Nature, and History. These paintings still exist at Somerset House, along with the emblematic painted ceiling, also his work, from what was once the library of the Royal Society. It was only natural that Cipriani would devote himself to decorating the academy's halls, as he was an original member (1768) of that body, for which he designed the diploma that was beautifully engraved by Bartolozzi. In appreciation of his contributions, the members presented him with a silver cup in 1769, inscribed to commemorate his work. He was frequently commissioned by publishers for whom he created pen-and-ink drawings, often colored. His friend Bartolozzi engraved most of these pieces. His drawings can be found in both the British Museum and the Victoria and Albert Museum. His best known engravings include “The Death of Cleopatra,” after Benvenuto Cellini; “The Descent of the Holy Ghost,” after Gabbiani; and portraits for Hollis’s memoirs, 1780. He painted allegorical designs for George III’s state coach—which is still in use—in 1782, and restored Verrio’s paintings at Windsor as well as Rubens’s ceiling in the Banqueting House at Whitehall. While some of his pictures may have lacked strength, his decorative portrayals of children were often quite charming. Some of his most delightful work was done for the embellishment of furniture. He designed many groups of nymphs and amorini and medallion subjects to fit at the center of Pergolesi’s ornamental bands, which were frequently reproduced on the elegant satin-wood furniture that gained popularity in his later years and became highly fashionable by the end of the 18th century. Sometimes these designs were inlaid in marquetry, but more often they were painted on the satin-wood by others, creating delightful effects, as there is nothing more enchanting in English furniture than well-crafted satin-wood pieces. There’s little doubt that some of the exquisite furniture designed by the Adams was actually painted by Cipriani himself. He also occasionally designed drawer and door handles. Cipriani passed away in Hammersmith in 1785 and was buried in Chelsea, where Bartolozzi erected a monument in his honor. He was married to an Englishwoman, with whom he had two sons.


CIRCAR, an Indian term applied to the component parts of a subah or province, each of which is administered by a deputy-governor. In English it is principally employed in the name of the Northern Circars, used to designate a now obsolete division of the Madras presidency, which consisted of a narrow slip of territory lying along the western side of the Bay of Bengal from 15° 40′ to 20° 17′ N. lat. These Northern Circars were five in number, Chicacole, Rajahmundry, Ellore, Kondapalli and Guntur, and their total area was about 30,000 sq. m.

CIRCAR is an Indian term referring to the different parts of a subah or province, each managed by a deputy-governor. In English, it's mostly used in the name of the Northern Circar, which designated a now outdated division of the Madras presidency. This division consisted of a narrow strip of land along the western side of the Bay of Bengal, from 15° 40′ to 20° 17′ N latitude. There were five Northern Circars: Chicacole, Rajahmundry, Ellore, Kondapalli, and Guntur, covering a total area of about 30,000 square miles.

The district corresponds in the main to the modern districts of Kistna, Godavari, Vizagapatam, Ganjam and a part of Nellore. It was first invaded by the Mahommedans in 1471; in 1541 they conquered Kondapalli, and nine years later they extended their conquests over all Guntur and the districts of Masulipatam. But the invaders appear to have acquired only an imperfect possession of the country, as it was again wrested from the Hindu princes of Orissa about the year 1571, during the reign of Ibrahim, of the Kutb Shahi dynasty of Hyderabad or Golconda. In 1687 the Circars were added, along with the empire of Hyderabad, to the extensive empire of Aurangzeb. Salabat Jang, the son of the nizam ul mulk Asaf Jah, who was indebted for his elevation to the throne to the French East India Company, granted them in return for their services the district of Kondavid or Guntur, and soon afterwards the other Circars. In 1759, by the conquest of the fortress of Masulipatam, the dominion of the maritime provinces on both sides, from the river Gundlakamma to the Chilka lake, was necessarily transferred from the French to the British. But the latter left them under the administration of the nizam, with the exception of the town and fortress of Masulipatam, which were retained by the English East India Company. In 1765 Lord Clive obtained from the Mogul emperor Shah Alam a grant of the five Circars. Hereupon the fort of Kondapalli was seized by the British, and on the 12th of November 1766 a treaty of alliance was signed with Nizam Ali by which the Company, in return for the grant of the Circars, undertook to maintain troops for the nizam’s assistance. By a second treaty, signed on the 1st of March 1768, the nizam acknowledged the validity of Shah Alam’s grant and resigned the Circars to the Company, receiving as a mark of friendship an annuity of £50,000. Guntur, as the personal estate of the nizam’s brother Basalat Jang, was excepted during his lifetime under both treaties. He died in 1782, but it was not till 1788 that Guntur came under British administration. Finally, in 1823, the claims of the nizam over the Northern Circars were bought outright by the Company, and they became a British possession.

The district mainly aligns with the modern districts of Kistna, Godavari, Vizagapatam, Ganjam, and part of Nellore. The area was first invaded by the Muslims in 1471; by 1541, they had taken Kondapalli, and nine years later, they expanded their control over all of Guntur and the districts of Masulipatam. However, it seems the invaders only gained partial control, as it was recaptured from the Hindu princes of Orissa around 1571, during Ibrahim's reign of the Kutb Shahi dynasty of Hyderabad or Golconda. In 1687, the Circars were added, along with the Hyderabad empire, to Aurangzeb's vast empire. Salabat Jang, the son of the nizam ul mulk Asaf Jah, who rose to power thanks to the French East India Company, granted them the district of Kondavid or Guntur in exchange for their services, along with the other Circars shortly after. In 1759, following the conquest of the fortress of Masulipatam, control of the coastal provinces from the Gundlakamma river to Chilka lake shifted from the French to the British. However, the British allowed the nizam to still manage them, except for the town and fortress of Masulipatam, which remained with the English East India Company. In 1765, Lord Clive secured a grant of the five Circars from the Mughal emperor Shah Alam. Consequently, the British seized the Kondapalli fort, and on November 12, 1766, an alliance treaty was signed with Nizam Ali, whereby the Company agreed to maintain troops for the nizam's support in return for the Circars. In a second treaty, signed on March 1, 1768, the nizam accepted the validity of Shah Alam's grant and handed over the Circars to the Company, in return receiving an annual payment of £50,000 as a gesture of goodwill. Guntur, which belonged to the nizam’s brother Basalat Jang, was exempted under both treaties during his lifetime. He passed away in 1782, but it wasn't until 1788 that Guntur fell under British administration. Finally, in 1823, the Company's claims over the Northern Circars were fully purchased from the nizam, making them a British possession.


CIRCASSIA, a name formerly given to the north-western portion of the Caucasus, including the district between the mountain range and the Black Sea, and extending to the north of the central range as far as the river Kuban. Its physical features are described in the article on the Russian province of Kuban, with which it approximately coincides. The present article is confined to a consideration of the ethnographical relations and characteristics of the people, their history being treated under Caucasia.

CIRCASSIA, a name previously used for the northwestern area of the Caucasus, which includes the region between the mountain range and the Black Sea, extending north of the central range to the river Kuban. Its physical features are detailed in the article on the Russian province of Kuban, which it closely resembles. This article focuses on the ethnographical relations and characteristics of the people, while their history is discussed under Caucasia.

The Cherkesses or Circassians, who gave their name to this region, of which they were until lately the sole inhabitants, are a peculiar race, differing from the other tribes of the Caucasus in origin and language. They designate themselves by the name of Adigheb, that of Cherkesses being a term of Russian origin. By their long-continued struggles with the power of Russia, during a period of nearly forty years, they attracted the attention of the other nations of Europe in a high degree, and were at the same time an object of interest to the student of the history of civilization, from the strange mixture which their customs exhibited of chivalrous sentiment with savage customs. For this reason it may be still worth while to give a brief summary of their national characteristics and manners, though these must now be regarded as in great measure things of the past.

The Cherkesses, or Circassians, who named this region and were its only inhabitants until recently, are a unique group, distinct from other Caucasus tribes in both origin and language. They refer to themselves as Adigheb, while the term Cherkesses comes from Russian. Their long struggles against Russian power, which lasted almost forty years, drew significant attention from other European nations and piqued the interest of those studying civilization history, due to the unusual blend of chivalrous ideals and brutal customs in their traditions. For this reason, it’s still worthwhile to provide a brief overview of their national traits and customs, even though these are now largely seen as a thing of the past.

In the patriarchal simplicity of their manners, the mental qualities with which they were endowed, the beauty of form and regularity of feature by which they were distinguished, they surpassed most of the other tribes of the Caucasus. At the same time they were remarkable for their warlike and intrepid character, their independence, their hospitality to strangers, and that love of country which they manifested in their determined resistance to an almost overwhelming power during the period of a long and desolating war. The government under which they lived was a peculiar form of the feudal system. The free Circassians were divided into three distinct ranks, the princes or pshi, the nobles or uork (Tatar usden), and the peasants or hokotl. Like the inhabitants of the other regions of the Caucasus, they were also divided into numerous families, tribes or clans, some of which were very powerful, and carried on war against each other with great animosity. The slaves, of whom a large proportion were prisoners of war, were generally employed in the cultivation of the soil, or in the domestic service of some of the principal chiefs.

In the straightforward way they lived, the mental abilities they had, and their striking looks and features, they were better than most other tribes in the Caucasus. They were also known for their courageous and brave nature, their independence, their hospitality to outsiders, and their strong love for their homeland, which they showed in their fierce resistance against a nearly overwhelming force during a long and devastating war. The government they lived under was a unique version of the feudal system. The free Circassians were divided into three distinct classes: the princes or pshi, the nobles or uork (Tatar usden), and the peasants or hokotl. Like the people in other parts of the Caucasus, they were also split into numerous families, tribes, or clans, some of which were very powerful and fought against each other with intense hatred. The slaves, many of whom were prisoners of war, were mostly used for farming or served in the households of some of the main chiefs.

The will of the people was acknowledged as the supreme source of authority; and every free Circassian had a right to express his opinion in those assemblies of his tribe in which the questions of peace and war, almost the only subjects which engaged their attention, were brought under deliberation. The princes and nobles, the leaders of the people in war and their rulers in peace, were only the administrators of a power which was delegated to them. As they had no written laws, the administration of justice was regulated solely by custom and tradition, and in those tribes professing Mahommedanism by the precepts of the Koran. The most aged and respected inhabitants of the various auls or villages frequently sat in judgment, and their decisions were received without a murmur by the contending parties. The Circassian princes and nobles were professedly Mahommedans; but in their religious services many of the ceremonies of their former heathen and Christian worship were still preserved. A great part of the people had remained faithful to the worship of their ancient gods—Shible, the god of thunder, of war and of justice; Tleps, the god of fire; and Seosseres, the god of water and of winds. Although the Circassians are said to have possessed minds capable of the highest cultivation, the arts and sciences, with the exception of poetry and music, were completely neglected. They possessed no written language. The wisdom of their sages, the knowledge they had acquired, and the memory of their warlike deeds were preserved in verses, which were repeated from mouth to mouth and descended from father to son.

The will of the people was recognized as the ultimate source of authority, and every free Circassian had the right to share his opinion in the tribal assemblies where issues of peace and war, the main topics of their concern, were discussed. The princes and nobles, who led the people in war and governed them in peace, merely managed a power that was given to them. Since there were no written laws, the administration of justice relied solely on customs and traditions, and in the tribes practicing Islam, on the principles of the Koran. The oldest and most respected members of the various auls or villages often served as judges, and their decisions were accepted without complaint by those involved. The Circassian princes and nobles identified as Muslims, but many of the rituals from their earlier pagan and Christian practices were still part of their religious ceremonies. A significant portion of the population remained devoted to the worship of their ancient gods—Shible, the god of thunder, war, and justice; Tleps, the god of fire; and Seosseres, the god of water and winds. Although the Circassians are said to have had minds capable of great development, the arts and sciences, aside from poetry and music, were wholly neglected. They lacked a written language. The wisdom of their elders, the knowledge they had gained, and the memories of their heroic deeds were preserved in verses that were passed down orally from generation to generation.

The education of the young Circassian was confined to riding, fencing, shooting, hunting, and such exercises as were calculated to strengthen his frame and prepare him for a life of active warfare. The only intellectual duty of the atalik or instructor, with whom the young men lived until they had completed their education, was that of teaching them to express their thoughts shortly, quickly and appropriately. One of their marriage ceremonies was very strange. The young man who had been approved by the parents, and had paid the stipulated price in money, horses, oxen, or sheep for his bride, was expected to come with his friends fully armed, and to carry her off by force from her father’s house. Every free Circassian had unlimited right over the lives of his wife and children. Although polygamy was allowed by the laws of the Koran, the custom of the country forbade it, and the Circassians were generally faithful to the 381 marriage bond. The respect for superior age was carried to such an extent that the young brother used to rise from his seat when the elder entered an apartment, and was silent when he spoke. Like all the other inhabitants of the Caucasus, the Circassians were distinguished for two very opposite qualities—the most generous hospitality and implacable vindictiveness. Hospitality to the stranger was considered one of the most sacred duties. Whatever were his rank in life, all the members of the family rose to receive him on his entrance, and conduct him to the principal seat in the apartment. The host was considered responsible with his own life for the security of his guest, upon whom, even although his deadliest enemy, he would inflict no injury while under the protection of his roof. The chief who had received a stranger was also bound to grant him an escort of horse to conduct him in safety on his journey, and confide him to the protection of those nobles with whom he might be on friendly terms. The law of vengeance was no less binding on the Circassian. The individual who had slain any member of a family was pursued with implacable vengeance by the relatives, until his crime was expiated by death. The murderer might, indeed, secure his safety by the payment of a certain sum of money, or by carrying off from the house of his enemy a newly-born child, bringing it up as his own, and restoring it when its education was finished. In either case, the family of the slain individual might discontinue the pursuit of vengeance without any stain upon its honour. The man closely followed by his enemy, who, on reaching the dwelling of a woman, had merely touched her hand, was safe from all other pursuit so long as he remained under the protection of her roof. The opinions of the Circassians regarding theft resembled those of the ancient Spartans. The commission of the crime was not considered so disgraceful as its discovery; and the punishment of being compelled publicly to restore the stolen property to its original possessor, amid the derision of his tribe, was much dreaded by the Circassian who would glory in a successful theft. The greatest stain upon the Circassian character was the custom of selling their children, the Circassian father being always willing to part with his daughters, many of whom were bought by Turkish merchants for the harems of Eastern monarchs. But no degradation was implied in this transaction, and the young women themselves were generally willing partners in it. Herds of cattle and sheep constituted the chief riches of the inhabitants. The princes and nobles, from whom the members of the various tribes held the land which they cultivated, were the proprietors of the soil. The Circassians carried on little or no commerce, and the state of perpetual warfare in which they lived prevented them from cultivating any of the arts of peace.

The education of young Circassians focused on skills like riding, fencing, shooting, hunting, and other activities designed to strengthen their bodies and prepare them for a life of combat. The primary intellectual responsibility of the atalik or instructor, with whom the young men lived until finishing their education, was to teach them to express their thoughts briefly, quickly, and appropriately. One of their marriage ceremonies was quite unusual. The young man, approved by the parents and having paid the required price in money, horses, oxen, or sheep for his bride, was expected to arrive with his friends fully armed and forcibly take her from her father’s house. Every free Circassian had complete authority over the lives of his wife and children. While polygamy was permitted by the laws of the Koran, local customs prohibited it, and Circassians were generally faithful to the marriage bond. Respect for elders was highly valued; younger brothers would stand up when an older sibling entered a room and would remain silent while they spoke. Like other people in the Caucasus, Circassians were known for two very contrasting traits—extreme hospitality and relentless vengeance. Welcoming strangers was seen as a sacred duty. Regardless of the visitor's social status, all family members would rise to greet him upon arrival and guide him to the best seat in the room. The host was held responsible for the safety of his guest, and even if the visitor were his enemy, he would not harm him while under his roof. A chief who welcomed a stranger was also required to provide an escort on horseback to ensure a safe journey and introduce him to trustworthy nobles. The obligation of vengeance was equally strong among the Circassians. Anyone who killed a member of a family would face relentless pursuit by the victim’s relatives until his crime was avenged by death. However, the murderer could secure his safety by paying a certain amount of money or by taking a newborn child from his enemy's house, raising it as his own, and returning it once it was grown. In either scenario, the family of the slain person could cease pursuit without any loss of honor. A man closely followed by his enemy who simply touched a woman’s hand would be safe from any further pursuit as long as he remained under her roof. Circassian views on theft were similar to those of the ancient Spartans. The crime itself was not seen as disgraceful, but being caught was the real shame; the punishment of being forced to publicly return stolen goods to their owner amid the ridicule of his tribe was feared by Circassians who took pride in successful thefts. The worst mark on a Circassian's reputation was the practice of selling their children; fathers were often willing to part with their daughters, many of whom were purchased by Turkish merchants for the harems of Eastern kings. Yet, this transaction implied no shame, and the young women were typically willing participants. The main wealth of the people derived from herds of cattle and sheep. The princes and nobles, from whom the members of various tribes held the land they farmed, owned the land itself. Circassians engaged in little to no trade, and their constant state of warfare prevented them from developing any peaceful arts.


CIRCE (Gr. Κίρκη), in Greek legend, a famous sorceress, the daughter of Helios and the ocean nymph Perse. Having murdered her husband, the prince of Colchis, she was expelled by her subjects and placed by her father on the solitary island of Aeaea on the coast of Italy. She was able by means of drugs and incantations to change human beings into the forms of wolves or lions, and with these beings her palace was surrounded. Here she was found by Odysseus and his companions; the latter she changed into swine, but the hero, protected by the herb moly (q.v.), which he had received from Hermes, not only forced her to restore them to their original shape, but also gained her love. For a year he relinquished himself to her endearments, and when he determined to leave, she instructed him how to sail to the land of shades which lay on the verge of the ocean stream, in order to learn his fate from the prophet Teiresias. Upon his return she also gave him directions for avoiding the dangers of the journey home (Homer, Odyssey, x.-xii.; Hyginus, Fab. 125). The Roman poets associated her with the most ancient traditions of Latium, and assigned her a home on the promontory of Circei (Virgil, Aeneid, vii. 10). The metamorphoses of Scylla and of Picus, king of the Ausonians, by Circe, are narrated in Ovid (Metamorphoses, xiv.).

CIRCE (Gr. Κίρκη), in Greek mythology, a renowned sorceress, the daughter of Helios and the sea nymph Perse. After killing her husband, the prince of Colchis, she was banished by her people and placed by her father on the isolated island of Aeaea, off the coast of Italy. She had the ability to use potions and spells to transform humans into wolves or lions, and her palace was surrounded by these creatures. Odysseus and his crew discovered her there; she turned his companions into pigs, but Odysseus, protected by the herb moly (q.v.), which he received from Hermes, forced her to change them back and won her affection. For a year, he indulged in her affections, and when he decided to leave, she instructed him on how to sail to the land of the dead, located at the edge of the ocean, to learn his fate from the prophet Teiresias. Upon his return, she also provided him with guidance on avoiding the dangers of his journey home (Homer, Odyssey, x.-xii.; Hyginus, Fab. 125). Roman poets connected her to the earliest traditions of Latium, placing her home on the promontory of Circei (Virgil, Aeneid, vii. 10). The transformations of Scylla and Picus, the king of the Ausonians, by Circe are recounted in Ovid (Metamorphoses, xiv.).

The Myth of Kirke, by R. Brown (1883), in which Circe is explained as a moon-goddess of Babylonian origin, contains an exhaustive summary of facts, although many of the author’s speculations may be proved untenable (review by H. Bradley in Academy, January 19, 1884); see also J.E. Harrison, Myths of the Odyssey (1882); C. Seeliger in W.H. Roscher’s Lexikon der Mythologie.

The Myth of Kirke, by R. Brown (1883), explains Circe as a moon goddess from Babylon. It presents a thorough summary of facts, though many of the author's theories might not hold up (review by H. Bradley in Academy, January 19, 1884); see also J.E. Harrison, Myths of the Odyssey (1882); C. Seeliger in W.H. Roscher’s Lexikon der Mythologie.


CIRCEIUS MONS (mod. Monte Circeo), an isolated promontory on the S.W. coast of Italy, about 80 m. S.E. of Rome. It is a ridge of limestone about 3½ m. long by 1 m. wide at the base, running from E. to W. and surrounded by the sea on all sides except the N. The land to the N. of it is 53 ft. above sea-level, while the summit of the promontory is 1775 ft. The origin of the name is uncertain: it has naturally been connected with the legend of Circe, and Victor Bérard (in Les Phéniciens et l’Odyssée, ii. 261 seq.) maintains in support of the identification that Αἰαίη, the Greek name for the island of Circe, is a faithful transliteration of a Semitic name, meaning “island of the hawk,” of which νῆσος Κίρκης is the translation. The difficulty has been raised, especially by geologists, that the promontory ceased to be an island at a period considerably before the time of Homer; but Procopius very truly remarked that the promontory has all the appearance of an island until one is actually upon it. Upon the E. end of the ridge of the promontory are the remains of an enceinte, forming roughly a rectangle of about 200 by 100 yds. of very fine polygonal work, on the outside, the blocks being very carefully cut and jointed and right angles being intentionally avoided. The wall stands almost entirely free, as at Arpinum—polygonal walls in Italy are as a rule embanking walls—and increases considerably in thickness as it descends. The blocks of the inner face are much less carefully worked both here and at Arpinum. It seems to have been an acropolis, and contains no traces of buildings, except for a subterranean cistern, circular, with a beehive roof of converging blocks. The modern village of S. Felice Circeo seems to occupy the site of the ancient town, the citadel of which stood on the mountain top, for its medieval walls rest upon ancient walls of Cyclopean work of less careful construction than those of the citadel, and enclosing an area of 200 by 150 yds.

CIRCEIUS MONS (mod. Monte Circeo), is an isolated promontory on the southwest coast of Italy, about 80 miles southeast of Rome. It is a limestone ridge around 3½ miles long and 1 mile wide at the base, stretching from east to west and surrounded by the sea on all sides except the north. The land to the north is 53 feet above sea level, while the summit of the promontory reaches 1,775 feet. The origin of the name is unclear; it has often been linked to the legend of Circe. Victor Bérard (in Les Phéniciens et l’Odyssée, ii. 261 seq.) argues that Αἰαίη, the Greek name for the island of Circe, is a faithful transliteration of a Semitic name that means “island of the hawk,” and that island of Circe is the translation. There is a challenge, particularly from geologists, that the promontory stopped being an island a long time before Homer’s era; however, Procopius accurately noted that the promontory looks like an island until you're actually on it. At the eastern end of the ridge are the remnants of a fortification, roughly rectangular, measuring about 200 by 100 yards, made of very fine polygonal work. On the outside, the blocks are meticulously cut and fitted, intentionally avoiding right angles. The wall stands almost completely free, like in Arpinum—polygonal walls in Italy are generally embanking walls—and gets significantly thicker as it descends. The blocks on the inner face are much less carefully shaped both here and at Arpinum. It seems to have served as an acropolis and has no signs of buildings aside from a circular underground cistern with a beehive roof made of converging blocks. The modern village of S. Felice Circeo appears to be on the site of the ancient town, where the citadel once stood on the mountaintop. Its medieval walls rest on ancient Cyclopean walls that are less carefully built than those of the citadel, enclosing an area of 200 by 150 yards.

Circei was founded as a Roman colony at an early date—according to some authorities in the time of Tarquinius Superbus, but more probably about 390 B.C. The existence of a previous population, however, is very likely indicated by the revolt of Circei in the middle of the 4th century B.C., so that it is doubtful whether the walls described are to be attributed to the Romans or the earlier Volscian inhabitants. At the end of the republic, however, or at latest at the beginning of the imperial period, the city of Circei was no longer at the E. end of the promontory, but on the E. shores of the Lago di Paola (a lagoon—now a considerable fishery—separated from the sea by a line of sandhills and connected with it by a channel of Roman date: Strabo speaks of it as a small harbour) one mile N. of the W. end of the promontory. Here are the remains of a Roman town, belonging to the 1st and 2nd centuries, extending over an area of some 600 by 500 yards, and consisting of fine buildings along the lagoons, including a large open piscina or basin, surrounded by a double portico, while farther inland are several very large and well-preserved water-reservoirs, supplied by an aqueduct of which traces may still be seen. An inscription speaks of an amphitheatre, of which no remains are visible. The transference of the city did not, however, mean the abandonment of the E. end of the promontory, on which stand the remains of several very large villas. An inscription, indeed, cut in the rock near S. Felice, speaks of this part of the promunturium Veneris (the only case of the use of this name) as belonging to the city of Circei. On the S. and N. sides of the promontory there are comparatively few buildings, while, at the W. end there is a sheer precipice to the sea. The town only acquired municipal rights after the Social War, and was a place of little importance, except as a seaside resort. For its villas Cicero compares it with Antium, and probably both Tiberius and Domitian possessed residences there. The beetroot and oysters of Circei had a certain reputation. The view from the highest summit of the promontory (which is occupied by ruins of a platform attributed with great probability to a temple of Venus or Circe) is of remarkable beauty; the whole mountain is covered with fragrant 382 shrubs. From any point in the Pomptine Marshes or on the coast-line of Latium the Circeian promontory dominates the landscape in the most remarkable way.

Circei was established as a Roman colony quite early—some say during the time of Tarquinius Superbus, but it's more likely around 390 B.C. There’s a good chance that a previous population existed, as indicated by Circei's revolt in the mid-4th century BCE, so it’s uncertain whether the walls mentioned were built by the Romans or the earlier Volscian people. By the end of the Republic, or at the latest, at the beginning of the Imperial period, the city of Circei was no longer at the eastern end of the promontory but rather on the eastern shores of Lago di Paola (a lagoon—now a significant fishing area—separated from the sea by a stretch of sand dunes and linked to it by a channel from Roman times; Strabo referred to it as a small harbor) about a mile north of the western end of the promontory. The remains of a Roman town from the 1st and 2nd centuries can be found here, covering an area of roughly 600 by 500 yards, featuring impressive buildings along the lagoons, including a large open piscina or basin surrounded by a double portico. Further inland, there are several large, well-preserved water reservoirs fed by an aqueduct, traces of which are still visible. An inscription mentions an amphitheater, though no remains are currently seen. The move of the city did not, however, lead to the abandonment of the eastern end of the promontory, where the ruins of several large villas still stand. An inscription carved in the rock near S. Felice refers to this area of the promunturium Veneris (the only known instance of this name) as belonging to Circei. On the south and north sides of the promontory, there are relatively few structures, while the western end drops sharply to the sea. The town gained municipal rights only after the Social War and was of little significance, aside from being a seaside resort. Cicero compared its villas to those in Antium, and it's likely that both Tiberius and Domitian had residences there. The beets and oysters from Circei were quite well-known. The view from the highest point of the promontory (which is occupied by the ruins of a platform believed with high probability to be a temple of Venus or Circe) is stunning; the entire mountain is adorned with fragrant 382 shrubs. From any location in the Pomptine Marshes or along the coastline of Latium, the Circeian promontory strikingly dominates the landscape.

See T. Ashby, “Monte Circeo,” in Mélanges de l’école française de Rome, xxv. (1905) 157 seq.

See T. Ashby, “Monte Circeo,” in Mélanges de l’école française de Rome, xxv. (1905) 157 seq.

(T. As.)

CIRCLE (from the Lat. circulus, the diminutive of circus, a ring; the cognate Gr. word is κιρκος, generally used in the form κρίκος), a plane curve definable as the locus of a point which moves so that its distance from a fixed point is constant.

CIRCLE (from the Latin circulus, which is a smaller form of circus, meaning a ring; the related Greek word is κιρκος, usually seen as ring), is a flat curve defined as the path of a point that moves in such a way that its distance from a fixed point remains the same.

The form of a circle is familiar to all; and we proceed to define certain lines, points, &c., which constantly occur in studying its geometry. The fixed point in the preceding definition is termed the “centre” (C in fig. 1); the constant distance, e.g. CG, the “radius.” The curve itself is sometimes termed the “circumference.” Any line through the centre and terminated at both extremities by the curve, e.g. AB, is a “diameter”; any other line similarly terminated, e.g. EF, a “chord.” Any line drawn from an external point to cut the circle in two points, e.g. DEF, is termed a “secant”; if it touches the circle, e.g. DG, it is a “tangent.” Any portion of the circumference terminated by two points, e.g. AD (fig. 2), is termed an “arc”; and the plane figure enclosed by a chord and arc, e.g. ABD, is termed a “segment”; if the chord be a diameter, the segment is termed a “semicircle.” The figure included by two radii and an arc is a “sector,” e.g. ECF (fig. 2). “Concentric circles” are, as the name obviously shows, circles having the same centre; the figure enclosed by the circumferences of two concentric circles is an “annulus” (fig. 3), and of two non-concentric circles a “lune,” the shaded portions in fig. 4; the clear figure is sometimes termed a “lens.”

The shape of a circle is familiar to everyone, so let's define some lines, points, etc., that regularly come up when studying its geometry. The fixed point in the previous definition is called the "center" (C in fig. 1); the constant distance, e.g., CG, is the "radius." The curve itself is sometimes referred to as the "circumference." Any line passing through the center and ending at both ends on the curve, e.g., AB, is a "diameter"; any other line that has the same endpoints, e.g., EF, is a "chord." A line drawn from an external point that intersects the circle at two points, e.g., DEF, is called a "secant"; if it only touches the circle, e.g., DG, it is a "tangent." Any part of the circumference defined by two points, e.g., AD (fig. 2), is referred to as an "arc"; and the flat shape enclosed by a chord and an arc, e.g., ABD, is called a "segment"; if the chord is a diameter, the segment is called a "semicircle." The figure formed by two radii and an arc is a "sector," e.g., ECF (fig. 2). "Concentric circles" are, as the name suggests, circles with the same center; the area enclosed by the circumferences of two concentric circles is an "annulus" (fig. 3), and for two non-concentric circles, it's referred to as a "lune," represented by the shaded areas in fig. 4; the clear area is sometimes called a "lens."

The circle was undoubtedly known to the early civilizations, its simplicity specially recommending it as an object for study. Euclid defines it (Book I. def. 15) as a “plane figure enclosed by one line, all the straight lines drawn to which from one point within the figure are equal to one another.” In the succeeding three definitions the centre, diameter and the semicircle are defined, while the third postulate of the same book demands the possibility of describing a circle for every “centre” and “distance.” Having employed the circle for the construction and demonstration of several propositions in Books I. and II. Euclid devotes his third book entirely to theorems and problems relating to the circle, and certain lines and angles, which he defines in introducing the propositions. The fourth book deals with the circle in its relations to inscribed and circumscribed triangles, quadrilaterals and regular polygons. Reference should be made to the article Geometry: Euclidean, for a detailed summary of the Euclidean treatment, and the elementary properties of the circle.

The circle was clearly recognized by early civilizations, with its simplicity making it a great subject for exploration. Euclid defines it (Book I. def. 15) as a “flat shape enclosed by one line, where all the straight lines drawn from one point inside the shape are equal to each other.” In the next three definitions, he explains the center, diameter, and semicircle, while the third postulate of the same book states that it’s possible to draw a circle for every “center” and “distance.” After using the circle to construct and demonstrate several propositions in Books I and II, Euclid dedicates his third book entirely to theorems and problems related to the circle, along with certain lines and angles, which he defines when introducing the propositions. The fourth book discusses the circle in relation to inscribed and circumscribed triangles, quadrilaterals, and regular polygons. For a detailed summary of the Euclidean approach and the basic properties of the circle, refer to the article Geometry: Euclidean.

Analytical Geometry of the Circle.

Geometry of the Circle.

In the article Geometry: Analytical, it is shown that the general equation to a circle in rectangular Cartesian co-ordinates is x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0, i.e. in the general equation of the second degree the co-efficients of x2 and y2 are Cartesian co-ordinates. equal, and of xy zero. The co-ordinates of its centre are -g/c, -f/c; and its radius is (g2 + f2 - c)½. The equations to the chord, tangent and normal are readily derived by the ordinary methods.

In the article Geometry: Analytical, it shows that the general equation of a circle in rectangular Cartesian coordinates is x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0. This means that in the general second-degree equation, the coefficients of x2 and y2 are equal, and the coefficient of xy is zero. The coordinates of the circle's center are -g/c, -f/c, and its radius is (g2 + f2 - c)½. The equations for the chord, tangent, and normal can be easily derived using standard methods.

Consider the two circles:—

Consider the two circles:—

x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0,  x2 + y2 + 2g′x + 2f′y + c’ = 0.

x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0,  x2 + y2 + 2g′x + 2f′y + c’ = 0.

Obviously these equations show that the curves intersect in four points, two of which lie on the intersection of the line, 2(g - g′)x + 2(f - f′)y + c - c′ = 0, the radical axis, with the circles, and the other two where the lines x² + y² = (x + iy) (x - iy) = 0 (where i = √-1) intersect the circles. The first pair of intersections may be either real or imaginary; we proceed to discuss the second pair.

Clearly, these equations demonstrate that the curves intersect at four points. Two of these points are located at the intersection of the line, 2(g - g′)x + 2(f - f′)y + c - c′ = 0, known as the radical axis, with the circles. The other two points are where the lines represented by x² + y² = (x + iy) (x - iy) = 0 (with i = √-1) intersect the circles. The first pair of intersections can be either real or imaginary; we will now discuss the second pair.

The equation x² + y² = 0 denotes a pair of perpendicular imaginary lines; it follows, therefore, that circles always intersect in two imaginary points at infinity along these lines, and since the terms x² + y² occur in the equation of every circle, it is seen that all circles pass through two fixed points at infinity. The introduction of these lines and points constitutes a striking achievement in geometry, and from their association with circles they have been named the “circular lines” and “circular points.” Other names for the circular lines are “circulars” or “isotropic lines.” Since the equation to a circle of zero radius is x² + y² = 0, i.e. identical with the circular lines, it follows that this circle consists of a real point and the two imaginary lines; conversely, the circular lines are both a pair of lines and a circle. A further deduction from the principle of continuity follows by considering the intersections of concentric circles. The equations to such circles may be expressed in the form x² + y² = α², x² + y² = β². These equations show that the circles touch where they intersect the lines x² + y² = 0, i.e. concentric circles have double contact at the circular points, the chord of contact being the line at infinity.

The equation x² + y² = 0 represents a pair of perpendicular imaginary lines. Therefore, circles always intersect at two imaginary points at infinity along these lines. Since the terms x² + y² appear in the equation of every circle, it's clear that all circles pass through two fixed points at infinity. The introduction of these lines and points is a remarkable achievement in geometry, and due to their connection with circles, they are called “circular lines” and “circular points.” Other names for the circular lines include “circulars” or “isotropic lines.” Since the equation of a circle with zero radius is x² + y² = 0, meaning it is identical to the circular lines, it follows that this circle consists of a real point and the two imaginary lines; conversely, the circular lines can be seen as both a pair of lines and a circle. Additionally, we can derive further insights from the principle of continuity by looking at the intersections of concentric circles. The equations for these circles can be written as x² + y² = α² and x² + y² = β². These equations reveal that the circles touch at the points where they intersect the lines x² + y² = 0, meaning concentric circles have double contact at the circular points, with the chord of contact being the line at infinity.

In various systems of triangular co-ordinates the equations to circles specially related to the triangle of reference assume comparatively simple forms; consequently they provide elegant algebraical demonstrations of properties concerning a triangle and the circles intimately associated with its geometry. In this article the equations to the more important circles—the circumscribed, inscribed, escribed, self-conjugate—will be given; reference should be made to the article Triangle for the consideration of other circles (nine-point, Brocard, Lemoine, &c.); while in the article Geometry: Analytical, the principles of the different systems are discussed.

In various systems of triangular coordinates, the equations for circles specifically related to the reference triangle take on relatively simple forms; as a result, they offer elegant algebraic demonstrations of properties related to a triangle and the circles closely tied to its geometry. In this article, the equations for the most important circles—the circumcircle, incircle, ex-circle, and self-conjugate circle—will be provided; for more on other circles (nine-point, Brocard, Lemoine, etc.), refer to the article Triangle; meanwhile, in article Geometry: Analytical, the principles of the various systems are discussed.

The equation to the circumcircle assumes the simple form aβγ + bγα + cαβ = 0, the centre being cos A, cos B, cos C. The inscribed circle is cos ½A √(α) cos ½B √(β) + cos ½C √(γ) = 0, with centre α = β = γ; while the escribed circle opposite the angle A Trilinear co-ordinates. is cos ½A √(-α) + sin ½B √(β) + sin ½C √(γ) = 0, with centre -α = β = γ. The self-conjugate circle is α² sin 2A + β² sin 2B + γ² sin 2C = 0, or the equivalent form a cosA α² + b cos B β² + c cos C γ² = 0, the centre being sec A, sec B, sec C.

The equation for the circumcircle takes the simple form aβγ + bγα + cαβ = 0, with the center at cos A, cos B, cos C. The inscribed circle is given by cos ½A √(α) cos ½B √(β) + cos ½C √(γ) = 0, with the center at α = β = γ; while the escribed circle opposite angle A Triangular coordinates. is cos ½A √(-α) + sin ½B √(β) + sin ½C √(γ) = 0, with the center at -α = β = γ. The self-conjugate circle is α² sin 2A + β² sin 2B + γ² sin 2C = 0, or the equivalent form a cosA α² + b cos B β² + c cos C γ² = 0, with the center at sec A, sec B, sec C.

The general equation to the circle in trilinear co-ordinates is readily deduced from the fact that the circle is the only curve which intersects the line infinity in the circular points. Consider the equation

The general equation for a circle in trilinear coordinates can be easily derived from the fact that the circle is the only curve that intersects the line at infinity at the circular points. Consider the equation

aβγ + bγα + Cαβ + (lα + mβ + nγ) (aα + bβ + cγ) = 0  (1).

aβγ + bγα + Cαβ + (lα + mβ + nγ) (aα + bβ + cγ) = 0  (1).

This obviously represents a conic intersecting the circle aβγ + bγα + cαβ = 0 in points on the common chords lα + mβ + nγ = 0, aα + bβ + cγ = 0. The line lα + mβ + nγ is the radical axis, and since aα + bβ + cγ = 0 is the line infinity, it is obvious that equation (1) represents a conic passing through the circular points, i.e. a circle. If we compare (1) with the general equation of the second degree uα² + vβ² + wγ² + 2u′βγ + 2v′γα + 2w′αβ = 0, it is readily seen that for this equation to represent a circle we must have

This clearly shows a conic intersecting the circle aβγ + bγα + cαβ = 0 at points on the common chords lα + mβ + nγ = 0, aα + bβ + cγ = 0. The line lα + mβ + nγ is the radical axis, and since aα + bβ + cγ = 0 represents the line at infinity, it’s clear that equation (1) represents a conic that passes through the circular points, i.e. a circle. When we compare (1) with the general equation of the second degree uα² + vβ² + wγ² + 2u′βγ + 2v′γα + 2w′αβ = 0, it becomes obvious that for this equation to represent a circle, we need to have

-kabc = vc² + wb² - 2u′bc = wa² + uc² - 2v′ca = ub² + va² - 2w′ab.

-kabc = vc² + wb² - 2u'bc = wa² + uc² - 2v'ca = ub² + va² - 2w'ab.

The corresponding equations in areal co-ordinates are readily derived by substituting x/a, y/b, z/c for α, β, γ respectively in the trilinear equations. The circumcircle is thus seen Areal co-ordinates. to be a²yz + b²zx + c²xy = 0, with centre sin 2A, sin 2B, sin 2C; the inscribed circle is √(x cot ½A) + √(y cot ½B) + √(z cot ½C) = 0, with centre sin A, sin B, sin C; the escribed circle opposite the angle A is √(-x cot ½A) + √(y tan ½B) + √(z tan ½C)=0, with centre - sin A, sin B, sin C; and the self-conjugate circle is x² cot A + y² cot B + z² cot C = 0, with centre tan A, tan B, tan C. Since in areal co-ordinates the line infinity is represented by the equation x + y + z = 0 it is seen that every circle is of the form a²yz + b²zx + c²xy + (lx + my + nz)(x + y + z) = 0. Comparing this equation with ux² + vy² + wz² + 2u′yz + 2v′zx + 2w′xy = 0, we obtain as the condition for the general equation of the second degree to represent a circle:—

The corresponding equations in areal coordinates are easily derived by replacing x/a, y/b, z/c with α, β, γ in the trilinear equations. The circumcircle is then expressed as a²yz + b²zx + c²xy = 0, with center at sin 2A, sin 2B, sin 2C; the inscribed circle is √(x cot ½A) + √(y cot ½B) + √(z cot ½C) = 0, with center at sin A, sin B, sin C; the escribed circle opposite angle A is √(-x cot ½A) + √(y tan ½B) + √(z tan ½C) = 0, with center at -sin A, sin B, sin C; and the self-conjugate circle is x² cot A + y² cot B + z² cot C = 0, with center at tan A, tan B, tan C. Since in areal coordinates the line at infinity is represented by the equation x + y + z = 0, it shows that every circle is of the form a²yz + b²zx + c²xy + (lx + my + nz)(x + y + z) = 0. By comparing this equation with ux² + vy² + wz² + 2u′yz + 2v′zx + 2w′xy = 0, we find the condition for the general equation of the second degree to represent a circle:—

(v + w - 2u′)/a² = (w + u - 2v′)/b² = (u + v - 2w′)/c².

(v + w - 2u’)/a² = (w + u - 2v’)/b² = (u + v - 2w’)/c².

In tangential (p, q, r) co-ordinates the inscribed circle has for its equation (s - a)qr + (s - b)rp + (s - c)pq = 0, s being equal to ½(a + b + c); an alternative form is qr cot ½A + rp cot ½B + pq cot ½C = 0; the centre is ap + bq + cr = 0, or p sin A + q sin B + r sin C = 0. Tangential co-ordinates. The escribed circle opposite the angle A is -sqr + (s - c)rp + (s - b)pq = 0 or -qr cot ½A + rp tan ½B + pq tan ½C = 0, with centre -ap + bq + cr = 0. The circumcircle is a √(p) + b √(q) + c √(r) = 0, the centre being p sin 2A + q sin 2B + r sin 2C = 0. The general equation to a circle in this system of co-ordinates is deduced as follows: If ρ be the radius and lp + mq + nr = 0 the centre, we have ρ = (lp1 - mq1 + nr1/(l + m + n), in which p1, q1, r1 is a line distant ρ from the point lp + mq + nr = 0. Making this equation homogeneous 383 by the relation Σa²(p - q) (p - r) = 4Δ² (see Geometry: Analytical), which is generally written {ap, bq, cr}² = 4Δ², we obtain {ap, bq, cr}²ρ² = 4Δ² {(lp + mq + nr)/(l + m + n)}², the accents being dropped, and p, q, r regarded as current co-ordinates. This equation, which may be more conveniently written {ap, bq, cr}² = (λp + μq + νr)², obviously represents a circle, the centre being λp + μq + νr = 0, and radius 2Δ/(λ + μ + ν). If we make λ = μ = ν = 0, ρ is infinite, and we obtain {ap, bq, cr}² = 0 as the equation to the circular points.

In tangential (p, q, r) coordinates, the equation of the inscribed circle is (s - a)qr + (s - b)rp + (s - c)pq = 0, where s equals ½(a + b + c); an alternative form is qr cot ½A + rp cot ½B + pq cot ½C = 0; the center is ap + bq + cr = 0, or p sin A + q sin B + r sin C = 0. Tangent coordinates. The escribed circle opposite angle A is -sqr + (s - c)rp + (s - b)pq = 0 or -qr cot ½A + rp tan ½B + pq tan ½C = 0, with the center given by -ap + bq + cr = 0. The circumcircle is a √(p) + b √(q) + c √(r) = 0, with its center at p sin 2A + q sin 2B + r sin 2C = 0. The general equation for a circle in this coordinate system can be derived as follows: If ρ is the radius and lp + mq + nr = 0 is the center, we have ρ = (lp1 - mq1 + nr1)/(l + m + n), where p1, q1, r1 is a line that is a distance ρ from the point lp + mq + nr = 0. Making this equation homogeneous 383 by the relation Σa²(p - q)(p - r) = 4Δ² (see Geometry: Analytical), which is generally expressed as {ap, bq, cr}² = 4Δ², we get {ap, bq, cr}²ρ² = 4Δ² {(lp + mq + nr)/(l + m + n)}², dropping the accents and treating p, q, r as current coordinates. This equation, which can be simplified to {ap, bq, cr}² = (λp + μq + νr)², clearly represents a circle, with the center at λp + μq + νr = 0, and radius 2Δ/(λ + μ + ν). If we set λ = μ = ν = 0, then ρ becomes infinite, and we derive {ap, bq, cr}² = 0 as the equation for the circular points.

Systems of Circles.

Circle Systems.

Centres and Circle of Similitude.—The “centres of similitude” of two circles may be defined as the intersections of the common tangents to the two circles, the direct common tangents giving rise to the “external centre,” the transverse tangents to the “internal centre.” It may be readily shown that the external and internal centres are the points where the line joining the centres of the two circles is divided externally and internally in the ratio of their radii.

Centres and Circle of Similitude.—The “centres of similitude” of two circles can be defined as the points where the common tangents to the two circles intersect. The direct common tangents create the “external centre,” while the transverse tangents create the “internal centre.” It can be easily demonstrated that the external and internal centres are the points where the line connecting the centres of the two circles is divided externally and internally in the ratio of their radii.

The circle on the line joining the internal and external centres of similitude as diameter is named the “circle of similitude.” It may be shown to be the locus of the vertex of the triangle which has for its base the distance between the centres of the circles and the ratio of the remaining sides equal to the ratio of the radii of the two circles.

The circle along the line connecting the internal and external centers of similitude serves as the diameter and is called the "circle of similitude." It can be demonstrated that this circle is the path traced by the vertex of the triangle, which has its base as the distance between the centers of the circles, with the ratios of the other two sides matching the ratios of the circles' radii.

With a system of three circles it is readily seen that there are six centres of similitude, viz. two for each pair of circles, and it may be shown that these lie three by three on four lines, named the “axes of similitude.” The collinear centres are the three sets of one external and two internal centres, and the three external centres.

With a system of three circles, it's easy to see that there are six centers of similarity, specifically two for each pair of circles. It's possible to demonstrate that these lie three at a time on four lines, known as the “axes of similarity.” The collinear centers consist of three sets: one external center and two internal centers, along with the three external centers.

Coaxal Circles.—A system of circles is coaxal when the locus of points from which tangents to the circles are equal is a straight line. Consider the case of two circles, and in the first place suppose them to intersect in two real points A and B. Then by Euclid iii. 36 it is seen that the line joining the points A and B is the locus of the intersection of equal tangents, for if P be any point on AB and PC and PD the tangents to the circles, then PA·PB = PC² = PD², and therefore PC = PD. Furthermore it is seen that AB is perpendicular to the line joining the centres, and divides it in the ratio of the squares of the radii. The line AB is termed the “radical axis.” A system coaxal with the two given circles is readily constructed by describing circles through the common points on the radical axis and any third point; the minimum circle of the system is obviously that which has the common chord of intersection for diameter, the maximum is the radical axis—considered as a circle of infinite radius. In the case of two non-intersecting circles it may be shown that the radical axis has the same metrical relations to the line of centres.

Coaxal Circles.—A system of circles is coaxal when the set of points from which tangents to the circles are equal forms a straight line. Let's look at two circles. First, let's assume they intersect at two points, A and B. According to Euclid iii. 36, the line connecting points A and B is the locus of the intersection of equal tangents. If P is any point on line AB, and PC and PD are the tangents to the circles, then PA·PB = PC² = PD², which means PC = PD. Additionally, it can be seen that AB is perpendicular to the line connecting the centers and divides it in the ratio of the squares of the radii. This line AB is called the "radical axis." A system coaxal with the two given circles can easily be created by drawing circles through the common points on the radical axis and any third point; the smallest circle in this system obviously has the common chord of intersection as its diameter, while the largest is the radical axis—considered as a circle with infinite radius. In the case of two circles that do not intersect, it can be shown that the radical axis maintains the same geometric relationships with the line of centers.

There are several methods of constructing the radical axis in this case. One of the simplest is: Let P and P′ (fig. 5) be the points of contact of a common tangent; drop perpendiculars PL, P′L′, from P and P’ to OO′, the line joining the centres, then the radical axis bisects LL’ (at X) and is perpendicular to OO′. To prove this let AB, AB¹ be the tangents from any point on the line AX. Then by Euc. i. 47, AB² = AO² - OB² = AX² + OX² + OP²; and OX² = OD² - DX² = OP² + PD² - DX². Therefore AB² = AX² - DX² + PD². Similarly AB′² = AX² - DX² + DP′². Since PD = PD′, it follows that AB = AB′.

There are several ways to construct the radical axis in this case. One of the simplest methods is: Let P and P' (fig. 5) be the points where a common tangent touches. Draw perpendiculars PL and P'L' from P and P' to OO', the line connecting the centers. The radical axis bisects LL' (at X) and is perpendicular to OO'. To prove this, let AB and AB' be the tangents from any point on the line AX. According to Euclid i. 47, AB² = AO² - OB² = AX² + OX² + OP²; and OX² = OD² - DX² = OP² + PD² - DX². Therefore, AB² = AX² - DX² + PD². Similarly, AB'² = AX² - DX² + DP'². Since PD = PD', it follows that AB = AB'.

To construct circles coaxal with the two given circles, draw the tangent, say XR, from X, the point where the radical axis intersects the line of centres, to one of the given circles, and with centre X and radius XR describe a circle. Then circles having the intersections of tangents to this circle and the line of centres for centres, and the lengths of the tangents as radii, are members of the coaxal system.

To create circles that are coaxial with the two given circles, draw the tangent, let's say XR, from point X, where the radical axis meets the line of centers, to one of the given circles. With center X and radius XR, draw a circle. Then, circles that have the intersection points of the tangents to this circle and the line of centers as centers, and the lengths of the tangents as radii, are part of the coaxial system.

In the case of non-intersecting circles, it is seen that the minimum circles of the coaxal system are a pair of points I and I′, where the orthogonal circle to the system intersects the line of centres; these points are named the “limiting points.” In the case of a coaxal system having real points of intersection the limiting points are imaginary. Analytically, the Cartesian equation to a coaxal system can be written in the form x² + y² + 2ax ± k² = 0, where a varies from member to member, while k is a constant. The radical axis is x = 0, and it may be shown that the length of the tangent from a point (0, h) is h² ± k², i.e. it is independent of a, and therefore of any particular member of the system. The circles intersect in real or imaginary points according to the lower or upper sign of k², and the limiting points are real for the upper sign and imaginary for the lower sign. The fundamental properties of coaxal systems may be summarized:—

In the case of non-intersecting circles, it's evident that the minimum circles of the coaxal system are two points I and I', where the orthogonal circle to the system intersects the line of centers; these points are referred to as the “limiting points.” When a coaxal system has real intersection points, the limiting points become imaginary. Analytically, the Cartesian equation of a coaxal system can be expressed as x² + y² + 2ax ± k² = 0, where a changes from one member to another, while k remains constant. The radical axis is x = 0, and it can be demonstrated that the length of the tangent from a point (0, h) is h² ± k², i.e., it is independent of a and thus of any specific member of the system. The circles intersect in real or imaginary points depending on whether k² takes the lower or upper sign, with the limiting points being real for the upper sign and imaginary for the lower sign. The fundamental properties of coaxal systems can be summarized:—

1. The centres of circles forming a coaxal system are collinear;

1. The centers of circles that make up a coaxial system are in a straight line;

2. A coaxal system having real points of intersection has imaginary limiting points;

2. A coaxial system with real intersection points has imaginary limiting points;

3. A coaxal system having imaginary points of intersection has real limiting points;

3. A coaxial system with imaginary points of intersection has actual limiting points;

4. Every circle through the limiting points cuts all circles of the system orthogonally;

4. Every circle that passes through the limiting points intersects all circles in the system at right angles;

5. The limiting points are inverse points for every circle of the system.

5. The limiting points are inverse points for every circle in the system.

The theory of centres of similitude and coaxal circles affords elegant demonstrations of the famous problem: To describe a circle to touch three given circles. This problem, also termed the “Apollonian problem,” was demonstrated with the aid of conic sections by Apollonius in his book on Contacts or Tangencies; geometrical solutions involving the conic sections were also given by Adrianus Romanus, Vieta, Newton and others. The earliest analytical solution appears to have been given by the princess Elizabeth, a pupil of Descartes and daughter of Frederick V. John Casey, professor of mathematics at the Catholic university of Dublin, has given elementary demonstrations founded on the theory of similitude and coaxal circles which are reproduced in his Sequel to Euclid; an analytical solution by Gergonne is given in Salmon’s Conic Sections. Here we may notice that there are eight circles which solve the problem.

The theory of centers of similarity and coaxial circles provides elegant proofs for the well-known problem: to draw a circle that touches three given circles. This problem, also known as the "Apollonian problem," was demonstrated using conic sections by Apollonius in his book on Contacts or Tangencies; geometric solutions involving conic sections were also presented by Adrianus Romanus, Vieta, Newton, and others. The earliest analytical solution seems to be attributed to Princess Elizabeth, a student of Descartes and daughter of Frederick V. John Casey, a mathematics professor at the Catholic University of Dublin, has provided basic proofs based on the theory of similarity and coaxial circles, which are included in his Sequel to Euclid; an analytical solution by Gergonne is found in Salmon’s Conic Sections. It is worth noting that there are eight circles that solve this problem.

Mensuration of the Circle.

Measuring the Circle.

All exact relations pertaining to the mensuration of the circle involve the ratio of the circumference to the diameter. This ratio, invariably denoted by π, is constant for all circles, but it does not admit of exact arithmetical expression, being of the nature of an incommensurable number. Very early in the history of geometry it was known that the circumference and area of a circle of radius r could be expressed in the forms 2πr and πr². The exact geometrical evaluation of the second quantity, viz. πr², which, in reality, is equivalent to determining a square equal in area to a circle, engaged the attention of mathematicians for many centuries. The history of these attempts, together with modern contributions to our knowledge of the value and nature of the number π, is given below (Squaring of the Circle).

All exact relationships involving the measurement of a circle depend on the ratio of the circumference to the diameter. This ratio, commonly represented by π, is constant for all circles, but it cannot be expressed exactly in arithmetic terms, as it is an incommensurable number. Early in the development of geometry, it was established that the circumference and area of a circle with a radius r can be expressed as 2πr and πr², respectively. The precise geometric evaluation of the second quantity, πr², which essentially means finding a square that has the same area as a circle, captured the interest of mathematicians for many centuries. The history of these endeavors, along with recent insights into the value and properties of the number π, is detailed below (Squaring of the Circle).

The following table gives the values of this constant and several expiessions involving it:—

The following table shows the values of this constant and several expressions that involve it:—

  Number. Logarithm.   Number. Logarithm.
π 3.1415927 0.4971499 π² 9.8696044 0.9942997
6.2831858 0.7981799
12.5663706 1.0992099 1 0.0168869 2.2275490
½π 1.5707963 0.1961199 6π²
13π 1.0471976 0.0200286 √π 1.7724539 0.2485750
¼π 0.7853982 1.8950899
16π 0.5235988 1.7189986 3√π 1.4645919 0.1657166
18π 0.3926991 1.5940599
112π 0.2617994 1.4179686 1 0.5641896 1.7514251
43π 4.1887902 0.6220886 √π
π 0.0174533 2.2418774 2 1.1283792 0.0524551
180 √π
1 0.3183099 1.5028501 1 0.2820948 1.4503951
π 2√π
4 1.2732395 0.1049101 3√(6π) 0.2820948 1.4503951
π
1 0.0795775 2.9097901 3√(3) 0.6203505 1.7926371
180 57.2957795 1.7581226 loge π 1.1447299 0.0587030
π

Useful fractional approximations are 227 and 355113.

Helpful fractional approximations are 227 and 355113.

A synopsis of the leading formula connected with the circle will now be given.

A summary of the main formula related to the circle will now be provided.

1. Circle.—Data: radius = a.  Circumference = 2πa.  Area = πa².

1. Circle.—Data: radius = a.  Circumference = 2πa.  Area = πa².

2. Arc and Sector.—Data: radius = a; θ = circular measure of angle subtended at centre by arc; c = chord of arc; c2 = chord of semi-arc; c4 = chord of quarter-arc.

2. Arc and Sector.—Data: radius = a; θ = angle in circular measure subtended at the center by the arc; c = chord of the arc; c2 = chord of semi-arc; c4 = chord of quarter-arc.

384

384

Exact formulae are:—Arc = aθ, where θ may be given directly, or indirectly by the relation c = 2a sin ½θ. Area of sector = ½a²θ = ½ radius × arc.

Exact formulae are:—Arc = aθ, where θ may be given directly, or indirectly by the relation c = 2a sin ½θ. Area of sector = ½a²θ = ½ radius × arc.

Approximate formulae are:—Arc = 13(8c2 - c) (Huygen’s formula); arc = 145(c - 40c2 + 256c4).

Approximate formulas are:—Arc = 13(8c2 - c) (Huygen’s formula); arc = 145(c - 40c2 + 256c4).

3. Segment.—Data: a, θ, c, c2, as in (2); h = height of segment, i.e. distance of mid-point of arc from chord.

3. Segment.—Data: a, θ, c, c2, as in (2); h = height of segment, i.e. distance from the midpoint of the arc to the chord.

Exact formulae are:—Area = ½a²(θ - sin θ) = ½a²θ - ¼c² cot ½θ = ½a² - ½c √(a² - ¼c²). If h be given, we can use c² + 4h² = 8ah, 2h = c tan ¼θ to determine θ.

Exact formulas are:—Area = ½a²(θ - sin θ) = ½a²θ - ¼c² cot ½θ = ½a² - ½c √(a² - ¼c²). If h is provided, we can use c² + 4h² = 8ah, 2h = c tan ¼θ to find θ.

Approximate formulae are:—Area = 115(6c + 8c2)h; = 23 √(c² + 8/5h²)·h; = 115(7c + 3α)h, α being the true length of the arc.

Approximate formulas are:—Area = 115(6c + 8c2)h; = 23 √(c² + 8/5h²)·h; = 115(7c + 3α)h, where α is the true length of the arc.

From these results the mensuration of any figure bounded by circular arcs and straight lines can be determined, e.g. the area of a lune or meniscus is expressible as the difference or sum of two segments, and the circumference as the sum of two arcs.

From these results, you can determine the measurements of any shape bordered by circular arcs and straight lines. For example, the area of a lune or meniscus can be represented as the difference or sum of two segments, and the circumference as the sum of two arcs.

(C. E.*)

Squaring of the Circle.

Squaring the Circle.

The problem of finding a square equal in area to a given circle, like all problems, may be increased in difficulty by the imposition of restrictions; consequently under the designation there may be embraced quite a variety of geometrical problems. It has to be noted, however, that, when the “squaring” of the circle is especially spoken of, it is almost always tacitly assumed that the restrictions are those of the Euclidean geometry.

The problem of finding a square with the same area as a given circle, like all problems, can become more complicated with added restrictions; therefore, this can include a range of geometric challenges. It's important to note, however, that when people specifically talk about "squaring" the circle, they almost always assume that the restrictions are based on Euclidean geometry.

Since the area of a circle equals that of the rectilineal triangle whose base has the same length as the circumference and whose altitude equals the radius (Archimedes, Κύκλου μέτρησις, prop. 1), it follows that, if a straight line could be drawn equal in length to the circumference, the required square could be found by an ordinary Euclidean construction; also, it is evident that, conversely, if a square equal in area to the circle could be obtained it would be possible to draw a straight line equal to the circumference. Rectification and quadrature of the circle have thus been, since the time of Archimedes at least, practically identical problems. Again, since the circumferences of circles are proportional to their diameters—a proposition assumed to be true from the dawn almost of practical geometry—the rectification of the circle is seen to be transformable into finding the ratio of the circumference to the diameter. This correlative numerical problem and the two purely geometrical problems are inseparably connected historically.

Since the area of a circle is equal to that of a triangle with a base the same length as the circumference and a height equal to the radius (Archimedes, Measurement of a circle, prop. 1), it follows that if you could draw a straight line that's the same length as the circumference, you could find the square needed through a regular Euclidean construction. Also, it's clear that if you could create a square with an area equal to the circle's, it would be possible to draw a straight line equal to the circumference. Since the time of Archimedes, the rectification and squaring of the circle have essentially been the same problem. Furthermore, since the circumferences of circles are proportional to their diameters—a fact assumed to be true since the early days of practical geometry—the process of rectifying the circle can be transformed into finding the ratio of circumference to diameter. These related numerical issues and the two purely geometric problems are historically interconnected.

Probably the earliest value for the ratio was 3. It was so among the Jews (1 Kings vii. 23, 26), the Babylonians (Oppert, Journ. asiatique, August 1872, October 1874), the Chinese (Biot, Journ. asiatique, June 1841), and probably also the Greeks. Among the ancient Egyptians, as would appear from a calculation in the Rhind papyrus, the number (43)4, i.e. 3.1605, was at one time in use.1 The first attempts to solve the purely geometrical problem appear to have been made by the Greeks (Anaxagoras, &c.)2, one of whom, Hippocrates, doubtless raised hopes of a solution by his quadrature of the so-called meniscoi or lune.3

Probably the earliest value for the ratio was 3. It was so among the Jews (1 Kings vii. 23, 26), the Babylonians (Oppert, Journ. asiatique, August 1872, October 1874), the Chinese (Biot, Journ. asiatique, June 1841), and likely also the Greeks. Among the ancient Egyptians, as indicated by a calculation in the Rhind papyrus, the number (43)4, i.e. 3.1605, was once in use.1 The first attempts to solve the purely geometrical problem seem to have been made by the Greeks (Anaxagoras, &c.)2, one of whom, Hippocrates, surely raised hopes of a solution with his quadrature of the so-called meniscoi or lune.3

[The Greeks were in possession of several relations pertaining to the quadrature of the lune. The following are among the more interesting. In fig. 6, ABC is an isosceles triangle right angled at C, ADB is the semicircle described on AB as diameter, AEB the circular arc described with centre C and radius CA = CB. It is easily shown that the areas of the lune ADBEA and the triangle ABC are equal. In fig. 7, ABC is any triangle right angled at C, semicircles are described on the three sides, thus forming two lunes AFCDA and CGBEC. The sum of the areas of these lunes equals the area of the triangle ABC.]

[The Greeks had several insights related to the squaring of the lune. Here are some of the more interesting ones. In fig. 6, ABC is an isosceles triangle with a right angle at C, and ADB is the semicircle drawn using AB as its diameter, while AEB represents the circular arc centered at C with a radius of CA = CB. It's easy to demonstrate that the areas of the lune ADBEA and triangle ABC are the same. In fig. 7, ABC is any triangle with a right angle at C, and semicircles are drawn on all three sides, which creates two lunes AFCDA and CGBEC. The total area of these lunes is equal to the area of triangle ABC.]

As for Euclid, it is sufficient to recall the facts that the original author of prop. 8 of book iv. had strict proof of the ratio being < 4, and the author of prop. 15 of the ratio being > 3, and to direct attention to the importance of book x. on incommensurables and props. 2 and 16 of book xii., viz. that “circles are to one another as the squares on their diameters” and that “in the greater of two concentric circles a regular 2n-gon can be inscribed which shall not meet the circumference of the less,” however nearly equal the circles may be.

As for Euclid, it's enough to remember that the original author of proposition 8 in book IV had solid proof that the ratio is less than 4, and the author of proposition 15 proved that the ratio is greater than 3. We should also pay attention to the significance of book X on incommensurables and propositions 2 and 16 of book XII, which state that “circles are to each other as the squares of their diameters” and that “in the larger of two concentric circles, a regular 2n-gon can be inscribed that won't touch the circumference of the smaller one,” no matter how closely the circles may be sized.

With Archimedes (287-212 B.C.) a notable advance was made. Taking the circumference as intermediate between the perimeters of the inscribed and the circumscribed regular n-gons, he showed that, the radius of the circle being given and the perimeter of some particular circumscribed regular polygon obtainable, the perimeter of the circumscribed regular polygon of double the number of sides could be calculated; that the like was true of the inscribed polygons; and that consequently a means was thus afforded of approximating to the circumference of the circle. As a matter of fact, he started with a semi-side AB of a circumscribed regular hexagon meeting the circle in B (see fig. 8), joined A and B with O the centre, bisected the angle AOB by OD, so that BD became the semi-side of a circumscribed regular 12-gon; then as AB:BO:OA::1: √3:2 he sought an approximation to √3 and found that AB:BO > 153:265. Next he applied his theorem4 BO + OA:AB::OB:BD to calculate BD; from this in turn he calculated the semi-sides of the circumscribed regular 24-gon, 48-gon and 96-gon, and so finally established for the circumscribed regular 96-gon that perimeter:diameter < 317:1. In a quite analogous manner he proved for the inscribed regular 96-gon that perimeter:diameter > 31071:1. The conclusion from these therefore was that the ratio of circumference to diameter is < 317 and > 31071. This is a most notable piece of work; the immature condition of arithmetic at the time was the only real obstacle preventing the evaluation of the ratio to any degree of accuracy whatever.5

With Archimedes (287-212 BCE), significant progress was made. By considering the circumference as an average between the perimeters of the inscribed and circumscribed regular n-gons, he demonstrated that, given the radius of the circle and the perimeter of a specific circumscribed regular polygon, one could calculate the perimeter of the circumscribed regular polygon with double the number of sides. The same was true for inscribed polygons, providing a method to approximate the circumference of the circle. Specifically, he started with a half-side AB of a circumscribed regular hexagon that touched the circle at point B (see fig. 8), drew a line from A to B with O as the center, and bisected the angle AOB with OD, making BD the half-side of a circumscribed regular 12-gon. Then, using the ratio AB:BO:OA::1: √3:2, he sought an approximation for √3 and found that AB:BO > 153:265. Next, he applied his theorem4 BO + OA:AB::OB:BD to calculate BD; from this, he derived the half-sides of the circumscribed regular 24-gon, 48-gon, and 96-gon, ultimately establishing that for the circumscribed regular 96-gon, the perimeter:diameter < 317:1. In a similar way, he proved for the inscribed regular 96-gon that perimeter:diameter > 31071:1. The conclusion from this was that the ratio of circumference to diameter is < 317 and > 31071. This represents a remarkable achievement; the underdeveloped state of arithmetic at the time was the only real barrier to accurately determining the ratio. 5

No advance of any importance was made upon the achievement of Archimedes until after the revival of learning. His immediate successors may have used his method to attain a greater degree of accuracy, but there is very little evidence pointing in this direction. Ptolemy (fl. 127-151), in the Great Syntaxis, gives 3.141552 as the ratio6; and the Hindus (c. A.D. 500), who were very probably indebted to the Greeks, used 6283220000, that is, the now familiar 3.1416.7

No significant progress was made on Archimedes' findings until the Renaissance. His immediate successors might have used his methods to achieve more accurate results, but there’s very little evidence to support this. Ptolemy (active 127-151) in the Great Syntaxis, presents 3.141552 as the ratio6; and the Hindus (circa CE 500), who likely borrowed from the Greeks, used 6283220000, which is the now familiar 3.1416.7

It was not until the 15th century that attention in Europe began to be once more directed to the subject, and after the resuscitation a considerable length of time elapsed before any progress was made. The first advance in accuracy was due to a certain Adrian, son of Anthony, a native of Metz (1527), and father of the better-known Adrian Metius of Alkmaar. In refutation of Duchesne(Van der Eycke), he showed that the ratio was < 317120 and > 315106, and thence made the exceedingly lucky step of taking a mean between the two by the quite unjustifiable process of halving the sum of the two numerators for a new numerator and halving the sum of the two denominators for a new denominator, thus arriving at the now well-known approximation 316113 or 335113, which, being equal to 3.1415929..., is correct to the sixth fractional place.8

It wasn't until the 15th century that Europe started to focus on the subject again, and even after that revival, it took a significant amount of time before any real progress was made. The first significant improvement in accuracy came from a man named Adrian, son of Anthony, who was from Metz (1527) and the father of the more famous Adrian Metius from Alkmaar. In response to Duchesne (Van der Eycke), he demonstrated that the ratio was < 317120 and > 315106, and he made the quite fortunate move of finding a mean between the two by an arguably unjustified method: he averaged the numerators and denominators to create a new fraction, arriving at the now well-known approximation 316113 or 335113, which equals 3.1415929..., accurate to six decimal places.8

385

385

The next to advance the calculation was Francisco Vieta. By finding the perimeter of the inscribed and that of the circumscribed regular polygon of 393216 (i.e. 6 × 216) sides, he proved that the ratio was > 3.1415926535 and < 3.1415926537, so that its value became known (in 1579) correctly to 10 fractional places. The theorem for angle-bisection which Vieta used was not that of Archimedes, but that which would now appear in the form 1 - cos θ = 2 sin² ½θ. With Vieta, by reason of the advance in arithmetic, the style of treatment becomes more strictly trigonometrical; indeed, the Universales Inspectiones, in which the calculation occurs, would now be called plane and spherical trigonometry, and the accompanying Canon mathematicus a table of sines, tangents and secants.9 Further, in comparing the labours of Archimedes and Vieta, the effect of increased power of symbolical expression is very noticeable. Archimedes’s process of unending cycles of arithmetical operations could at best have been expressed in his time by a “rule” in words; in the 16th century it could be condensed into a “formula.” Accordingly, we find in Vieta a formula for the ratio of diameter to circumference, viz. the interminate product10

The next to advance the calculation was Francisco Vieta. By finding the perimeter of the inscribed and circumscribed regular polygon with 393,216 sides (i.e., 6 × 216), he demonstrated that the ratio was > 3.1415926535 and < 3.1415926537, so its value became accurately known (in 1579) to 10 decimal places. The method for angle bisection that Vieta used was not Archimedes', but one that would now be expressed as 1 - cos θ = 2 sin² (½θ). With Vieta, due to advances in arithmetic, the approach became more strictly trigonometric; indeed, the Universales Inspectiones, where the calculation occurs, would now be referred to as plane and spherical trigonometry, and the accompanying Canon mathematicus a table of sines, tangents, and secants. Further, when comparing the work of Archimedes and Vieta, the impact of enhanced symbolic expression is quite noticeable. Archimedes’s process of endless cycles of arithmetic operations could only have been expressed in his time as a “rule” in words; in the 16th century, it could be summarized into a “formula.” Therefore, we find in Vieta a formula for the ratio of diameter to circumference, namely the interminate product.

½√½ · √½ + ½√½ · √½ + ½√(½ + ½√½) ...

½√½ · √½ + ½√½ · √½ + ½√(½ + ½√½) ...

From this point onwards, therefore, no knowledge whatever of geometry was necessary in any one who aspired to determine the ratio to any required degree of accuracy; the problem being reduced to an arithmetical computation. Thus in connexion with the subject a genus of workers became possible who may be styled “π-computers or circle-squarers”—a name which, if it connotes anything uncomplimentary, does so because of the almost entirely fruitless character of their labours. Passing over Adriaan van Roomen (Adrianus Romanus) of Louvain, who published the value of the ratio correct to 15 places in his Idea mathematica (1593),11 we come to the notable computer Ludolph van Ceulen (d. 1610), a native of Germany, long resident in Holland. His book, Van den Circkel (Delft, 1596), gave the ratio correct to 20 places, but he continued his calculations as long as he lived, and his best result was published on his tombstone in St Peter’s church, Leiden. The inscription, which is not known to be now in existence,12 is in part as follows:—

From this point onward, no knowledge of geometry was needed for anyone who wanted to determine the ratio to any required degree of accuracy; the problem was reduced to a mathematical calculation. This led to the emergence of a group of workers who could be called "π-computers or circle-squarers"—a term that, if it implies anything critical, does so because of the largely unproductive nature of their work. Skipping over Adriaan van Roomen (Adrianus Romanus) of Louvain, who published the value of the ratio accurate to 15 decimal places in his Idea mathematica (1593),11 we come to the notable computer Ludolph van Ceulen (d. 1610), a German who lived in Holland for a long time. His book, Van den Circkel (Delft, 1596), provided the ratio correct to 20 decimal places, but he continued his calculations for the rest of his life, and his best result was published on his tombstone in St. Peter's church, Leiden. The inscription, which is not currently known to exist,12 is partially as follows:—

... Qui in vita sua multo labore circumferentiae circuli proximam rationem ad diametrum invenit sequentem—

... He, in his lifetime, found through much effort that the circumference of a circle is closely related to its diameter—

  quando diameter est 1
tum circuli circumferentia plus est
quam 314159265358979323846264338327950288
100000000000000000000000000000000000
  et minus
quam 314159265358979323846264338327950289
100000000000000000000000000000000000 ...

This gives the ratio correct to 35 places. Van Ceulen’s process was essentially identical with that of Vieta. Its numerous root extractions amply justify a stronger expression than “multo labore,” especially in an epitaph. In Germany the “Ludolphische Zahl” (Ludolph’s number) is still a common name for the ratio.13

This provides the ratio accurate to 35 decimal places. Van Ceulen's method was basically the same as Vieta's. His many root extractions definitely warrant a stronger phrase than "with much labor," especially for an epitaph. In Germany, "Ludolphische Zahl" (Ludolph's number) is still a well-known term for the ratio.13

Up to this point the credit of most that had been done may be set down to Archimedes. A new departure, however, was made by Willebrord Snell of Leiden in his Cyclometria, published in 1621. His achievement was a closely approximate geometrical solution of the problem of rectification (see fig. 9): ACB being a semicircle whose centre is O, and AC the arc to be rectified, he produced AB to D, making BD equal to the radius, joined DC, and produced it to meet the tangent at A in E; and then his assertion (not established by him) was that AE was nearly equal to the arc AC, the error being in defect. For the purposes of the calculator a solution erring in excess was also required, and this Snell gave by slightly varying the former construction. Instead of producing AB (see fig. 10) so that BD was equal to r, he produced it only so far that, when the extremity D′ was joined with C, the part D′F outside the circle was equal to r; in other words, by a non-Euclidean construction he trisected the angle AOC, for it is readily seen that, since FD′ = FO = OC, the angle FOB = 13AOC.14 This couplet of constructions is as important from the calculator’s point of view as it is interesting geometrically. To compare it on this score with the fundamental proposition of Archimedes, the latter must be put into a form similar to Snell’s. AMC being an arc of a circle (see fig. 11) whose centre is O, AC its chord, and HK the tangent drawn at the middle point of the arc and bounded by OA, OC produced, then, according to Archimedes, AMC < HK, but > AC. In modern trigonometrical notation the propositions to be compared stand as follows:—

Up to this point, most of the credit for what had been accomplished goes to Archimedes. However, a new direction was taken by Willebrord Snell of Leiden in his Cyclometria, published in 1621. His achievement was a closely approximate geometric solution to the problem of rectification (see fig. 9): ACB is a semicircle with center O, and AC is the arc to be rectified. He extended AB to D, making BD equal to the radius, connected DC, and extended it to meet the tangent at A in E; his assertion (which he didn’t prove) was that AE was nearly equal to the arc AC, with the error being slight. For the purposes of the calculator, a solution that overshot was also needed, and Snell provided this by slightly changing the earlier construction. Instead of extending AB (see fig. 10) to make BD equal to r, he extended it just enough that when the endpoint D′ was connected to C, the segment D′F outside the circle was equal to r; in other words, by a non-Euclidean method, he trisected the angle AOC, since it’s clear that FD′ = FO = OC, the angle FOB = 13AOC.14 This pair of constructions is as significant from the calculator’s perspective as it is interesting geometrically. To compare it on this basis with Archimedes' fundamental proposition, the latter must be expressed in a form similar to Snell’s. AMC is an arc of a circle (see fig. 11) with center O, AC is its chord, and HK is the tangent drawn at the midpoint of the arc and bounded by OA and OC extended. According to Archimedes, AMC < HK, but > AC. In modern trigonometric notation, the propositions to compare are as follows:—

2 tan ½θ > θ > 2 sin ½θ   (Archimedes);

2 tan ½θ > θ > 2 sin ½θ   (Archimedes);

tan 13θ + 2 sin 13θ > θ > 3 sin θ (Snell).
2 + cos θ

It is readily shown that the latter gives the best approximation to θ; but, while the former requires for its application a knowledge of the trigonometrical ratios of only one angle (in other words, the ratios of the sides of only one right-angled triangle), the latter requires the same for two angles, θ and 13θ.

It’s clear that the latter provides the best approximation of θ; however, while the former only needs you to know the trigonometric ratios of one angle (in other words, the ratios of the sides of just one right triangle), the latter requires you to know the same for two angles, θ and 13θ.

Grienberger, using Snell’s method, calculated the ratio correct to 39 fractional places.15 C. Huygens, in his De Circuli Magnitudine Inventa, 1654, proved the propositions of Snell, giving at the same time a number of other interesting theorems, for example, two inequalities which may be written as follows16

Grienberger, using Snell’s method, calculated the ratio accurate to 39 decimal places. C. Huygens, in his De Circuli Magnitudine Inventa, 1654, proved the propositions of Snell, while also presenting several other interesting theorems, such as two inequalities that can be expressed as follows—

chd θ + 4 chd θ + sin θ . 13(chd θ - sin θ) > θ > chd θ + 13(chd θ - sin θ).
2 chd θ + 3 sin θ

As might be expected, a fresh view of the matter was taken by René Descartes. The problem he set himself was the exact converse of that of Archimedes. A given straight line being viewed as equal in length to the circumference of a circle, he sought to find the diameter of the circle. His construction is as follows (see fig. 12). Take AB equal to one-fourth of the given line; on AB describe a square ABCD; join AC; in AC produced find, by a known process, a point C1 such that, when C1B1 is drawn perpendicular to AB produced and C1D1 perpendicular to BC produced, the rectangle BC1 will be equal to ¼ABCD; by the same process find a point C2 such that the rectangle B1C2 will be equal to ¼BC1; and so on ad infinitum. The diameter sought is the straight line from A to the limiting position of the series of B’s, say the straight line AB. As in the case of the process of 386 Archimedes, we may direct our attention either to the infinite series of geometrical operations or to the corresponding infinite series of arithmetical operations. Denoting the number of units in AB by ¼c, we can express BB1, B1B2, ... in terms of ¼c, and the identity AB = AB + BB1 + B1B2 + ... gives us at once an expression for the diameter in terms of the circumference by means of an infinite series.17 The proof of the correctness of the construction is seen to be involved in the following theorem, which serves likewise to throw new light on the subject:—AB being any straight line whatever, and the above construction being made, then AB is the diameter of the circle circumscribed by the square ABCD (self-evident), AB1 is the diameter of the circle circumscribed by the regular 8-gon having the same perimeter as the square, AB2 is the diameter of the circle circumscribed by the regular 16-gon having the same perimeter as the square, and so on. Essentially, therefore, Descartes’s process is that known later as the process of isoperimeters, and often attributed wholly to Schwab.18

As expected, René Descartes took a fresh perspective on the issue. His goal was the exact opposite of Archimedes' problem. Given a straight line that is equal in length to the circumference of a circle, he aimed to find the diameter of that circle. His construction is as follows (see fig. 12). Take AB equal to one-fourth of the given line; on AB draw a square ABCD; connect AC; extend AC and find, using a known method, a point C1 such that when C1B1 is drawn perpendicular to the extended AB and C1D1 is perpendicular to the extended BC, the rectangle BC1 will equal ¼ABCD; using the same method, find a point C2 such that the rectangle B1C2 equals ¼BC1; and so on ad infinitum. The sought diameter is the straight line from A to the limit of the series of B’s, denoted as the straight line AB. As in Archimedes' process, we can focus on either the infinite series of geometric operations or the corresponding infinite series of arithmetic operations. If we denote the number of units in AB as ¼c, we can express BB1, B1B2, ... in terms of ¼c, and the identity AB = AB + BB1 + B1B2 + ... gives us an expression for the diameter in terms of the circumference using an infinite series.17 The proof of the correctness of the construction is linked to the following theorem, which also sheds new light on the topic:—If AB is any straight line, and the above construction is performed, then AB is the diameter of the circle circumscribed by the square ABCD (self-evident), AB1 is the diameter of the circle circumscribed by the regular 8-gon with the same perimeter as the square, AB2 is the diameter of the circle circumscribed by the regular 16-gon with the same perimeter as the square, and so on. Essentially, Descartes’ process is what came to be known later as the process of isoperimeters, often attributed solely to Schwab.18

In 1655 appeared the Arithmetica Infinitorum of John Wallis, where numerous problems of quadrature are dealt with, the curves being now represented in Cartesian co-ordinates, and algebra playing an important part. In a very curious manner, by viewing the circle y = (1 - x²)½ as a member of the series of curves y = (1 - x²)¹, y = (1 - x²)², &c., he was led to the proposition that four times the reciprocal of the ratio of the circumference to the diameter, i.e. 4π;, is equal to the infinite product

In 1655, John Wallis published the Arithmetica Infinitorum, where he tackled many problems of area calculation using Cartesian coordinates and emphasized the role of algebra. Interestingly, by considering the circle y = (1 - x²)½ as part of the series of curves y = (1 - x²)¹, y = (1 - x²)², etc., he arrived at the idea that four times the reciprocal of the ratio of the circumference to the diameter, i.e. 4π, equals an infinite product.

3 · 3 · 5 · 5 · 7 · 7 · 9 ... ;
2 · 4 · 4 · 6 · 6 · 8 · 8 ...

and, the result having been communicated to Lord Brounker, the latter discovered the equally curious equivalent continued fraction

and, after sharing the result with Lord Brounker, he found the equally interesting equivalent continued fraction.

1 +       ...
2 + 2 + 2 + 2

The work of Wallis had evidently an important influence on the next notable personality in the history of the subject, James Gregory, who lived during the period when the higher algebraic analysis was coming into power, and whose genius helped materially to develop it. He had, however, in a certain sense one eye fixed on the past and the other towards the future. His first contribution19 was a variation of the method of Archimedes. The latter, as we know, calculated the perimeters of successive polygons, passing from one polygon to another of double the number of sides; in a similar manner Gregory calculated the areas. The general theorems which enabled him to do this, after a start had been made, are

The work of Wallis clearly had a significant impact on the next key figure in the subject's history, James Gregory, who lived during the time when higher algebraic analysis was gaining traction, and whose talent significantly advanced it. However, he had, in a way, one eye on the past and the other on the future. His first contribution19 was a variation of Archimedes’ method. Archimedes, as we know, calculated the perimeters of successive polygons by moving from one polygon to another with double the number of sides; similarly, Gregory calculated the areas. The general theorems that allowed him to do this, after an initial foundation had been established, are

A2n = √AnA′n (Snell’s Cyclom.),

A2n = √AnA′n (Snell’s Cyclom.),

A′2n = 2An A′n  or   2A′n A2n (Gregory),
An + A′2n A′n + A2n

where An, A′n are the areas of the inscribed and the circumscribed regular n-gons respectively. He also gave approximate rectifications of circular arcs after the manner of Huygens; and, what is very notable, he made an ingenious and, according to J.E. Montucla, successful attempt to show that quadrature of the circle by a Euclidean construction was impossible.20 Besides all this, however, and far beyond it in importance, was his use of infinite series. This merit he shares with his contemporaries N. Mercator, Sir I. Newton and G.W. Leibnitz, and the exact dates of discovery are a little uncertain. As far as the circle-squaring functions are concerned, it would seem that Gregory was the first (in 1670) to make known the series for the arc in terms of the tangent, the series for the tangent in terms of the arc, and the secant in terms of the arc; and in 1669 Newton showed to Isaac Barrow a little treatise in manuscript containing the series for the arc in terms of the sine, for the sine in terms of the arc, and for the cosine in terms of the arc. These discoveries formed an epoch in the history of mathematics generally, and had, of course, a marked influence on after investigations regarding circle-quadrature. Even among the mere computers the series

where An, A′n are the areas of the inscribed and circumscribed regular n-gons, respectively. He also provided approximate rectifications of circular arcs in the style of Huygens; and, notably, he made a clever and, according to J.E. Montucla, successful attempt to demonstrate that squaring the circle with a Euclidean construction was impossible.20 Beyond all this, and even more importantly, was his use of infinite series. He shares this achievement with his contemporaries N. Mercator, Sir I. Newton, and G.W. Leibnitz, though the exact dates of their discoveries are somewhat uncertain. Regarding the functions for squaring the circle, it seems that Gregory was the first (in 1670) to present the series for the arc in terms of the tangent, the series for the tangent in terms of the arc, and the secant in terms of the arc; while in 1669, Newton showed Isaac Barrow a manuscript that contained the series for the arc in terms of the sine, the sine in terms of the arc, and the cosine in terms of the arc. These discoveries marked a significant turning point in the history of mathematics and naturally had a substantial impact on later research related to squaring the circle. Even among mere calculators, the series

θ = tan - 13 tan3 θ + 15 tan5 θ - ...,

θ = tan - 13 tan3 θ + 15 tan5 θ - ...,

specially known as Gregory’s series, has ever since been a necessity of their calling.

specially known as Gregory’s series, has since become essential to their profession.

The calculator’s work having now become easier and more mechanical, calculation went on apace. In 1699 Abraham Sharp, on the suggestion of Edmund Halley, took Gregory’s series, and, putting tan θ = 13√3, found the ratio equal to

The calculator's job has now become simpler and more mechanical, so calculations progressed quickly. In 1699, Abraham Sharp, following Edmund Halley's suggestion, used Gregory’s series and set tan θ = 13√3, finding the ratio equal to

12 ( 1 - 1 + 1 - 1 + ... Please provide a phrase for me to modernize.,
3 · 3 5 · 3² 7 · 3³

from which he calculated it correct to 71 fractional places.21 About the same time John Machin calculated it correct to 100 places, and, what was of more importance, gave for the ratio the rapidly converging expression

from which he calculated it correct to 71 decimal places.21 About the same time, John Machin calculated it to 100 decimal places, and, what was more significant, provided the rapidly converging expression for the ratio

16 Please provide the text you would like me to modernize. 1 - 1 + 1 - 1 + ... ) - 4 Your input appears incomplete. Please provide the text you want modernized. 1 - 1 + 1 - ... ),
5 3 · 5² 5 · 54 7 · 56 239 3 · 239² 5 · 2394

which long remained without explanation.22 Fautet de Lagny, still using tan 30°, advanced to the 127th place.23

which long remained without explanation.22 Fautet de Lagny, still using a 30° tan, moved up to the 127th spot.23

Leonhard Euler took up the subject several times during his life, effecting mainly improvements in the theory of the various series.24 With him, apparently, began the usage of denoting by π the ratio of the circumference to the diameter.25

Leonhard Euler revisited this topic multiple times throughout his life, primarily making advancements in the theory of different series.24 He seems to have been the one who started using π to represent the ratio of the circumference to the diameter.25

The most important publication, however, on the subject in the 18th century was a paper by J.H. Lambert,26 read before the Berlin Academy in 1761, in which he demonstrated the irrationality of π. The general test of irrationality which he established is that, if

The most important publication, however, on the subject in the 18th century was a paper by J.H. Lambert,26 read before the Berlin Academy in 1761, in which he demonstrated that π is irrational. The general test of irrationality that he established is that, if

a1   a2   a3   ...
b1 ± b2 ± b3 ±

be an interminate continued fraction, a1, a2, ..., b1, b2 ... be integers, a1/b1, a2/b2, ... be proper fractions, and the value of every one of the interminate continued fractions

be an endless continued fraction, a1, a2, ..., b1, b2 ... be integers, a1/b1, a2/b2, ... be proper fractions, and the value of each of the endless continued fractions

a1   a2   ...
b1 ± ..., b2 ± ...,

be < 1, then the given continued fraction represents an irrational quantity. If this be applied to the right-hand side of the identity

be < 1, then the given continued fraction represents an irrational number. If this is applied to the right-hand side of the identity

tan m = m     ...
n n - 3n - 5n

it follows that the tangent of every arc commensurable with the radius is irrational, so that, as a particular case, an arc of 45°, having its tangent rational, must be incommensurable with the radius; that is to say, π4 is an incommensurable number.27

it follows that the tangent of every arc that can be measured with the radius is irrational, so that, as a specific example, an arc of 45°, which has a rational tangent, must be incompatible with the radius; in other words, π4 is an incompatible number.27

This incontestable result had no effect, apparently, in repressing the π-computers. G. von Vega in 1789, using series like Machin’s, viz. Gregory’s series and the identities

This undeniable result seemed to have no impact on limiting the π-computers. G. von Vega in 1789, using series such as Machin’s, specifically Gregory’s series and the identities

π4 = 5 tan-1 17 + 2 tan-1 379 (Euler, 1779),

π4 = 5 tan-1 17 + 2 tan-1 379 (Euler, 1779),

π4 =   tan-1 17 + 2 tan-1 13 (Hutton, 1776),

π4 =   tan-1 17 + 2 tan-1 13 (Hutton, 1776),

neither of which was nearly so advantageous as several found by Charles Hutton, calculated π correct to 136 places.28 This achievement was anticipated or outdone by an unknown calculator, whose manuscript was seen in the Radcliffe library, Oxford, by Baron von Zach towards the end of the century, and contained the ratio correct to 152 places. More astonishing still have been the deeds of the π-computers of the 19th century. 387 A condensed record compiled by J.W.L. Glaisher (Messenger of Math. ii. 122) is as follows:—

neither of which was nearly as impressive as several found by Charles Hutton, who calculated π accurately to 136 places.28 This accomplishment was matched or surpassed by an unknown calculator, whose manuscript was seen in the Radcliffe library, Oxford, by Baron von Zach towards the end of the century, and contained the ratio accurate to 152 places. Even more incredible were the achievements of the π-computers of the 19th century. 387 A condensed record compiled by J.W.L. Glaisher (Messenger of Math. ii. 122) is as follows:—

Date. Computer. No. of
fr. digits
calcd.
No. of
fr. digits
correct.
Place of Publication.
1842 Rutherford 208 152 Trans. Roy. Soc. (London, 1841), p. 283.
1844 Dase 205 200 Crelle’s Journ.. xxvii. 198.
1847 Clausen 250 248 Astron. Nachr. xxv. col. 207.
1853 Shanks 318 318 Proc. Roy. Soc. (London, 1853), 273.
1853 Rutherford 440 440 Ibid.
1853 Shanks 530 .. Ibid.
1853 Shanks 607 .. W. Shanks, Rectification of the Circle (London, 1853).
1853 Richter 333 330 Grunert’s Archiv, xxi. 119.
1854 Richter 400 330 Ibid. xxii. 473.
1854 Richter 400 400 Ibid. xxiii. 476.
1854 Richter 500 500 Ibid. xxv. 472.
1873 Shanks 707 .. Proc. Roy. Soc. (London), xxi.

By these computers Machin’s identity, or identities analogous to it, e.g.

By these computers, Machin's identity, or identities similar to it, e.g.

π4 =   tan-1 ½ + tan-1 15 + tan-1 18 (Dase, 1844),

π4 = tan-1 ½ + tan-1 15 + tan-1 18 (Dase, 1844),

π4 = 4tan-1 15 - tan-1 170 + tan-1 199 (Rutherford),

π4 = 4tan-1 15 - tan-1 170 + tan-1 199 (Rutherford),

and Gregory’s series were employed.29

and Gregory’s series were used.__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

A much less wise class than the π-computers of modern times are the pseudo-circle-squarers, or circle-squarers technically so called, that is to say, persons who, having obtained by illegitimate means a Euclidean construction for the quadrature or a finitely expressible value for π, insist on using faulty reasoning and defective mathematics to establish their assertions. Such persons have flourished at all times in the history of mathematics; but the interest attaching to them is more psychological than mathematical.30

A much less knowledgeable group than today's π-computers are the pseudo-circle-squarers, or those technically called circle-squarers. These are people who, through illegitimate means, have found a Euclidean method for squaring the circle or a finite expression for π, yet insist on using flawed reasoning and faulty math to back up their claims. Such individuals have always existed throughout the history of mathematics; however, the interest in them is more psychological than mathematical.30

It is of recent years that the most important advances in the theory of circle-quadrature have been made. In 1873 Charles Hermite proved that the base η of the Napierian logarithms cannot be a root of a rational algebraical equation of any degree.31 To prove the same proposition regarding π is to prove that a Euclidean construction for circle-quadrature is impossible. For in such a construction every point of the figure is obtained by the intersection of two straight lines, a straight line and a circle, or two circles; and as this implies that, when a unit of length is introduced, numbers employed, and the problem transformed into one of algebraic geometry, the equations to be solved can only be of the first or second degree, it follows that the equation to which we must be finally led is a rational equation of even degree. Hermite32 did not succeed in his attempt on π; but in 1882 F. Lindemann, following exactly in Hermite’s steps, accomplished the desired result.33 (See also Trigonometry.)

In recent years, we've seen the most significant developments in the theory of circle quadrature. In 1873, Charles Hermite proved that the base η of natural logarithms cannot be a root of any rational polynomial equation, no matter the degree.31 Proving the same for π means showing that a Euclidean method for circle quadrature is impossible. In such a construction, every point of the figure is found by the intersection of two straight lines, a straight line and a circle, or two circles. This means that when a unit of length is introduced, the numbers used, and the problem reformulated as one of algebraic geometry, the equations to be solved can only be of the first or second degree. It follows that the equation we ultimately reach is a rational equation of even degree. Hermite32 did not succeed in proving this for π; however, in 1882, F. Lindemann, following Hermite's approach, achieved the desired result.33 (See also Trigonometry.)

References.—Besides the various writings mentioned, see for the history of the subject F. Rudio, Geschichte des Problems von der Quadratur des Zirkels (1892); M. Cantor, Geschichte der Mathematik (1894-1901); Montucla, Hist. des. math. (6 vols., Paris, 1758, 2nd ed. 1799-1802); Murhard, Bibliotheca Mathematica, ii. 106-123 (Leipzig, 1798); Reuss, Repertorium Comment. vii. 42-44 (Göttingen, 1808). For a few approximate geometrical solutions, see Leybourn’s Math. Repository, vi. 151-154; Grunert’s Archiv, xii. 98, xlix. 3; Nieuw Archief v. Wisk. iv. 200-204. For experimental determinations of π, dependent on the theory of probability, see Mess. of Math. ii. 113, 119; Casopis pro pïstováni math. a fys. x. 272-275; Analyst, ix. 176.

Sources.—In addition to the various writings mentioned, for the history of the topic see F. Rudio, History of the Circle Squaring Problem (1892); M. Cantor, History of Mathematics (1894-1901); Montucla, History of Mathematics (6 vols., Paris, 1758, 2nd ed. 1799-1802); Murhard, Mathematical Bibliography, ii. 106-123 (Leipzig, 1798); Reuss, Commentary Repertory vii. 42-44 (Göttingen, 1808). For some approximate geometric solutions, refer to Leybourn’s Mathematical Repository, vi. 151-154; Grunert’s Archive, xii. 98, xlix. 3; New Archive of Mathematics iv. 200-204. For experimental determinations of π, based on probability theory, see Messages of Mathematics ii. 113, 119; Journal for Mathematical and Physical Research x. 272-275; Analyst, ix. 176.

(T. MU.)

1 Eisenlohr, Ein math. Handbuch d. alten Ägypter, übers. u. erklärt (Leipzig, 1877); Rodet, Bull. de la Soc. Math. de France, vi. pp. 139-149.

1 Eisenlohr, A Mathematical Handbook of the Ancient Egyptians, translated and explained (Leipzig, 1877); Rodet, Bulletin of the Mathematical Society of France, vi. pp. 139-149.

2 H. Hankel, Zur Gesch. d. Math. im Alterthum, &c., chap, v (Leipzig, 1874); M. Cantor, Vorlesungen über Gesch. d. Math. i. (Leipzig, 1880); Tannery, Mém. de la Soc., &c., à Bordeaux; Allman, in Hermathena.

2 H. Hankel, History of Mathematics in Antiquity, &c., chap. v (Leipzig, 1874); M. Cantor, Lectures on the History of Mathematics i. (Leipzig, 1880); Tannery, Memoirs of the Society, &c., in Bordeaux; Allman, in Hermathena.

3 Tannery. Bull. des sc. math. [2], x. pp. 213-226.

3 Tannery. Bull. des sc. math. [2], x. pp. 213-226.

4 In modern trigonometrical notation, 1 + sec θ:tan θ::1:tan ½θ.

4 In today's trigonometry notation, 1 + sec θ : tan θ :: 1 : tan ½θ.

5 Tannery, “Sur la mesure du cercle d’Archimède,” in Mém....Bordeaux[2], iv. pp. 313-339; Menge, Des Archimedes Kreismessung (Coblenz, 1874).

5 Tannery, “On the Measurement of the Circle by Archimedes,” in Mém....Bordeaux[2], iv. pp. 313-339; Menge, Archimedes' Measurement of the Circle (Coblenz, 1874).

6 De Morgan, in Penny Cyclop, xix. p. 186.

6 De Morgan, in Penny Cyclop, xix. p. 186.

7 Kern, Aryabhattíyam (Leiden, 1874), trans. by Rodet (Paris,1879).

7 Kern, Aryabhattíyam (Leiden, 1874), translated by Rodet (Paris, 1879).

8 De Morgan, art. “Quadrature of the Circle,” in English Cyclop.; Glaisher, Mess. of Math. ii. pp. 119-128, iii. pp. 27-46; de Haan, Nieuw Archief v. Wisk. i. pp. 70-86, 206-211.

8 De Morgan, article “Squaring the Circle,” in English Cyclopedia; Glaisher, Messenger of Mathematics ii. pp. 119-128, iii. pp. 27-46; de Haan, New Archive of Mathematics i. pp. 70-86, 206-211.

9 Vieta, Opera math. (Leiden, 1646); Marie, Hist. des sciences math. iii. 27 seq. (Paris, 1884).

9 Vieta, Math Works. (Leiden, 1646); Marie, History of Mathematics iii. 27 seq. (Paris, 1884).

10 Klügel, Math. Wörterb. ii. 606, 607.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Klügel, Math. Dictionary ii. 606, 607.

11 Kästner, Gesch. d. Math. i. (Göttingen, 1796-1800).

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Kästner, History of Mathematics i. (Göttingen, 1796-1800).

12 But see Les Délices de Leide (Leiden, 1712); or de Haan, Mess. of Math. iii. 24-26.

12 But check out Les Délices de Leide (Leiden, 1712); or de Haan, Mess. of Math. iii. 24-26.

13 For minute and lengthy details regarding the quadrature of the circle in the Low Countries, see de Haan, “Bouwstoffen voor de geschiedenis, &c.,” in Versl. en Mededeel. der K. Akad. van Wetensch. ix., x., xi., xii. (Amsterdam); also his “Notice sur quelques quadrateurs, &c.,” in Bull. di bibliogr. e di storia delle sci. mat. e fis. vii. 99-144.

13 For detailed and extensive information about the quadrature of the circle in the Low Countries, check out de Haan, “Bouwstoffen voor de geschiedenis, &c.,” in Versl. en Mededeel. der K. Akad. van Wetensch. ix., x., xi., xii. (Amsterdam); also his “Notice sur quelques quadrateurs, &c.,” in Bull. di bibliogr. e di storia delle sci. mat. e fis. vii. 99-144.

14 It is thus manifest that by his first construction Snell gave an approximate solution of two great problems of antiquity.

14 It’s clear that with his initial approach, Snell provided an approximate solution to two major problems from ancient times.

15 Elementa trigonometrica (Rome, 1630); Glaisher, Messenger of Math. iii. 35 seq.

15 Trigonometric Elements (Rome, 1630); Glaisher, Math Messenger iii. 35 seq.

16 See Kiessling’s edition of the De Circ. Magn. Inv. (Flensburg, 1869); or Pirie’s tract on Geometrical Methods of Approx. to the Value of π (London, 1877).

16 Check out Kiessling’s edition of the De Circ. Magn. Inv. (Flensburg, 1869); or Pirie’s paper on Geometrical Methods of Approx. to the Value of π (London, 1877).

17 See Euler, “Annotationes in locum quendam Cartesii,” in Nov. Comm. Acad. Petrop. viii.

17 See Euler, “Notes on a Certain Work by Descartes,” in New Communications of the St. Petersburg Academy. viii.

18 Gergonne, Annales de math. vi.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Gergonne, Annales de math. vol. vi.

19 See Vera Circuli et Hyperbolae Quadratura (Padua, 1667); and the Appendicula to the same in his Exercitationes geometricae (London, 1668).

19 See Vera Circuli et Hyperbolae Quadratura (Padua, 1667); and the Appendicula to the same in his Exercitationes geometricae (London, 1668).

20 Penny Cyclop. xix. 187.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Penny Cyclopaedia. xix. 187.

21 See Sherwin’s Math. Tables (London, 1705), p. 59.

21 See Sherwin’s Math. Tables (London, 1705), p. 59.

22 See W. Jones, Synopsis Palmariorum Matheseos (London, 1706); Maseres, Scriptores Logarithmici (London, 1791-1796), iii. 159 seq.; Hutton, Tracts, i. 266.

22 See W. Jones, Synopsis of Palmariorum Mathematics (London, 1706); Maseres, Logarithmic Writers (London, 1791-1796), iii. 159 seq.; Hutton, Essays, i. 266.

23 See Hist. de l’Acad. (Paris, 1719); 7 appears instead of 8 in the 113th place.

23 See Hist. de l’Acad. (Paris, 1719); 7 shows up instead of 8 in the 113th spot.

24 Comment. Acad. Petrop. ix., xi.; Nov. Comm. Ac. Pet. xvi.; Nova Acta Acad. Pet. xi.

24 Comment. Acad. Petrop. ix., xi.; Nov. Comm. Ac. Pet. xvi.; Nova Acta Acad. Pet. xi.

25 Introd. in Analysin Infin. (Lausanne, 1748), chap. viii.

25 Introduction to Infinite Analysis (Lausanne, 1748), chap. viii.

26 Mém. sur quelques propriétés remarquables des quantités transcendantes, circulaires, et logarithmiques.

26 Memoir on some remarkable properties of transcendental, circular, and logarithmic quantities.

27 See Legendre, Eléments de géométrie (Paris, 1794), note iv.; Schlömilch, Handbuch d. algeb. Analysis (Jena, 1851), chap. xiii.

27 See Legendre, Elements of Geometry (Paris, 1794), note iv.; Schlömilch, Handbook of Algebraic Analysis (Jena, 1851), chap. xiii.

28 Nova Acta Petrop. ix. 41; Thesaurus Logarithm. Completus, 633.

28 Nova Acta Petrop. ix. 41; Thesaurus Logarithm. Completus, 633.

29 On the calculations made before Shanks, see Lehmann, “Beitrag zur Berechnung der Zahl π,” in Grunert’s Archiv, xxi. 121-174.

29 For the calculations done before Shanks, see Lehmann, “Contribution to the Calculation of the Number π,” in Grunert’s Archive, xxi. 121-174.

30 See Montucla, Hist. des rech. sur la quad. du cercle (Paris, 1754, 2nd ed. 1831); de Morgan, Budget of Paradoxes (London, 1872).

30 See Montucla, Hist. des rech. sur la quad. du cercle (Paris, 1754, 2nd ed. 1831); de Morgan, Budget of Paradoxes (London, 1872).

31 “Sur la fonction exponentielle,” Comples rendus (Paris), lxxvii. 18, 74, 226, 285.

31 “On the Exponential Function,” Comples rendus (Paris), lxxvii. 18, 74, 226, 285.

32 See Crelle’s Journal, lxxvi. 342.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See *Crelle's Journal*, lxxvi. 342.

33 See “Über die Zahl π,” in Math. Ann. xx. 213.

33 See "About the Number π," in Math. Ann. xx. 213.


CIRCLEVILLE, a city and the county-seat of Pickaway county, Ohio, U.S.A., about 26 m. S. by E. of Columbus, on the Scioto river and the Ohio Canal. Pop. (1890) 6556; (1900) 6991 (551 negroes); (1910) 6744. It is served by the Cincinnati & Muskingum Valley (Pennsylvania lines) and the Norfolk & Western railways, and by the Scioto Valley electric line. Circleville is situated in a farming region, and its leading industries are the manufacture of straw boards and agricultural implements, and the canning of sweet corn and other produce. The city occupies the site of prehistoric earth-works, from one of which, built in the form of a circle, it derived its name. Circleville, first settled about 1806, was chosen as the county-seat in 1810. The court-house was built in the form of an octagon at the centre of the circle, and circular streets were laid out around it; but this arrangement proved to be inconvenient, the court-house was destroyed by fire in 1841, and at present no trace of the ancient landmarks remains. Circleville was incorporated as a village in 1814, and was chartered as a city in 1853.

CIRCLEVILLE is a city and the county seat of Pickaway County, Ohio, USA, located about 26 miles southeast of Columbus, along the Scioto River and the Ohio Canal. Population: (1890) 6,556; (1900) 6,991 (551 African Americans); (1910) 6,744. It has services from the Cincinnati & Muskingum Valley (Pennsylvania lines) and the Norfolk & Western railways, as well as the Scioto Valley electric line. Circleville is in a farming area, with key industries including the manufacture of straw boards and agricultural tools, along with the canning of sweet corn and other produce. The city is on the site of ancient earthworks, one of which, shaped like a circle, gave it its name. Circleville was first settled around 1806 and became the county seat in 1810. The courthouse was designed as an octagon at the center of the circle, with circular streets surrounding it; however, this layout turned out to be impractical. The courthouse was destroyed by fire in 1841, and there are currently no remnants of the old landmarks. Circleville became a village in 1814 and was chartered as a city in 1853.


CIRCUIT (Lat. circuitus, from circum, round, and ire, to go), the act of moving round; so circumference, or anything encircling or encircled. The word is particularly known as a law term, signifying the periodical progress of a legal tribunal for the purpose of carrying out the administration of the law in the several provinces of a country. It has long been applied to the journey or progress which the judges have been in the habit of making through the several counties of England, to hold courts and administer justice, where recourse could not be had to the king’s court at Westminster (see Assize).

CIRCUIT (Lat. circuitus, from circum, meaning around, and ire, to go), the act of moving in a circle; hence, circumference, or anything that encircles or is encircled. The term is especially recognized in law, referring to the regular travel of a legal court to facilitate the administration of justice in various regions of a country. It has been traditionally used to describe the journeys judges have taken through different counties in England to hold courts and deliver justice where access to the king’s court at Westminster was not possible (see Assize).

In England, by sec. 23 of the Judicature Act 1875, power was conferred on the crown, by order in council, to make regulations respecting circuits, including the discontinuance of any circuit, and the formation of any new circuit, and the appointment of the place at which assizes are to be held on any circuit. Under this power an order of council, dated the 5th of February 1876, was made, whereby the circuit system was remodelled. A new circuit, called the North-Eastern circuit, was created, consisting of Newcastle and Durham taken out of the old Northern circuit, and York and Leeds taken out of the Midland circuit. Oakham, Leicester and Northampton, which had belonged to the Norfolk circuit, were added to the Midland. The Norfolk circuit and the Home circuit were abolished and a new South-Eastern circuit was created, consisting of Huntingdon, Cambridge, Ipswich, Norwich, Chelmsford, Hertford and Lewes, taken partly out of the old Norfolk circuit and partly out of the Home circuit. The counties of Kent and Surrey were left out of the circuit system, the assizes for these counties being held by the judges remaining in London. Subsequently Maidstone and Guildford were united under the revived name of the Home circuit for the purpose of the summer and winter assizes, and the assizes in these towns were held by one of the judges of the Western circuit, who, after disposing of the business there, rejoined his colleague in Exeter. In 1899 this arrangement was abolished, and Maidstone and Guildford were added to the South-Eastern circuit. Other minor changes in the assize towns were made, which it is unnecessary to particularize. Birmingham first became a circuit town in the year 1884, and the work there became, by arrangement, the joint property of the Midland and Oxford circuits. There are alternative assize towns in the following counties, viz.:—On the Western circuit, Salisbury and Devizes for Wiltshire, and Wells and Taunton for Somerset; on the South-Eastern, Ipswich and Bury St Edmunds for Suffolk; on the North Wales circuit, Welshpool and Newtown for Montgomery; and on the South Wales circuit, Cardiff and Swansea for Glamorgan.

In England, under section 23 of the Judicature Act 1875, the crown was given the authority, through an order in council, to create regulations concerning circuits, including ending any circuit, establishing new ones, and deciding where assizes would take place for those circuits. Using this authority, an order of council was issued on February 5, 1876, which reorganized the circuit system. A new circuit named the North-Eastern circuit was set up, made up of Newcastle and Durham from the old Northern circuit, along with York and Leeds from the Midland circuit. Oakham, Leicester, and Northampton, previously part of the Norfolk circuit, were moved to the Midland. The Norfolk circuit and the Home circuit were eliminated, and a new South-Eastern circuit was established, incorporating Huntingdon, Cambridge, Ipswich, Norwich, Chelmsford, Hertford, and Lewes, partially taken from the old Norfolk circuit and partially from the Home circuit. The counties of Kent and Surrey were excluded from the circuit system, with judges in London handling the assizes for these counties. Later on, Maidstone and Guildford were brought together under the revived name of the Home circuit for summer and winter assizes, with one judge from the Western circuit overseeing the assizes there, and then returning to his colleague in Exeter. In 1899, this setup was discontinued, and Maidstone and Guildford were included in the South-Eastern circuit. Other minor adjustments to the assize towns occurred, which don't need to be detailed. Birmingham became a circuit town for the first time in 1884, and the work there was shared between the Midland and Oxford circuits. There are alternative assize towns in the following counties: on the Western circuit, Salisbury and Devizes for Wiltshire, and Wells and Taunton for Somerset; on the South-Eastern, Ipswich and Bury St Edmunds for Suffolk; on the North Wales circuit, Welshpool and Newtown for Montgomery; and on the South Wales circuit, Cardiff and Swansea for Glamorgan.

According to the arrangements in force in 1909 there are four assizes in each year. There are two principal assizes, viz. the winter assizes, beginning in January, and the summer assizes, beginning at the end of May. At these two assizes criminal and civil business is disposed of in all the circuits. There are two other assizes, viz. the autumn assizes and the Easter assizes. The autumn assizes are regulated by acts of 1876 and 1877 (Winter Assizes Acts 1876 and 1877), and orders of council made under the former act. They are held for the whole of England and Wales, but for the purpose of these assizes the work is to a large extent “grouped,” so that not every county has a separate assize. For example, on the South-Eastern circuit Huntingdon 388 is grouped with Cambridge; on the Midland, Rutland is grouped with Lincoln; on the Northern, Westmorland is grouped with Cumberland; and the North Wales and South Wales circuits are united, and no assizes are held at some of the smaller towns. At these assizes criminal business only is taken, except at Manchester, Liverpool, Swansea, Birmingham and Leeds. The Easter assizes are held in April and May on two circuits only, viz. at Manchester and Liverpool on the Northern and at Leeds on the North-Eastern. Both civil and criminal business is taken at Manchester and Liverpool, but criminal business only at Leeds.

According to the rules in place in 1909, there are four court sessions each year. There are two main sessions: the winter sessions, starting in January, and the summer sessions, starting at the end of May. During these two sessions, both criminal and civil cases are handled across all circuits. There are also two other sessions: the autumn sessions and the Easter sessions. The autumn sessions follow laws from 1876 and 1877 (Winter Assizes Acts 1876 and 1877) and council orders made under the earlier act. They are conducted for all of England and Wales, but the cases are largely “grouped” so that not every county has its own session. For example, in the South-Eastern circuit, Huntingdon is grouped with Cambridge; in the Midland circuit, Rutland is grouped with Lincoln; in the Northern circuit, Westmorland is grouped with Cumberland; and the North Wales and South Wales circuits are combined, meaning no sessions are held in some of the smaller towns. Only criminal cases are heard at these sessions, except in Manchester, Liverpool, Swansea, Birmingham, and Leeds. The Easter sessions take place in April and May on only two circuits: at Manchester and Liverpool in the Northern circuit, and at Leeds in the North-Eastern circuit. Both civil and criminal cases are handled in Manchester and Liverpool, but only criminal cases are heard in Leeds.

Other changes were made, with a view to preventing the complete interruption of the London sittings in the common law division by the absence of the judges on circuit. The assizes were so arranged as to commence on different dates in the various circuits. For example, the summer assizes begin in the South-Eastern and Western circuits on the 29th of May; in the Northern circuit on the 28th of June; in the Midland and Oxford circuits on the 16th of June; in the North-Eastern circuit on the 6th of July; in the North Wales circuit on the 7th of July; and in the South Wales circuit on the 11th of July. Again, there has been a continuous development of what may be called the single-judge system. In the early days of the new order the members of the court of appeal and the judges of the chancery division shared the circuit work with the judges in the common law division. This did not prove to be a satisfactory arrangement. The assize work was not familiar and was uncongenial to the chancery judges, who had but little training or experience to fit them for it. Arrears increased in chancery, and the appeal court was shorn of much of its strength for a considerable part of the year. The practice was discontinued in or about the year 1884. The appeal and chancery judges were relieved of the duty of going on circuit, and an arrangement was made by the treasury for making an allowance for expenses of circuit to the common law judges, on whom the whole work of the assizes was thrown. In order to cope with the assize work, and at the same time keep the common law sittings going in London, an experiment, which had been previously tried by Lord Cairns and Lord Cross (then home secretary) and discontinued, was revived. Instead of two judges going together to each assize town, it was arranged that one judge should go by himself to certain selected places—practically, it may be said, to all except the more important provincial centres. The only places to which two judges now go are Exeter, Winchester, Bristol, Manchester, Liverpool, Nottingham, Stafford, Birmingham, Newcastle, Durham, York, Leeds, Chester, and Cardiff or Swansea.

Other changes were made to prevent the complete halt of the London sittings in the common law division due to judges being absent on circuit. The assizes were scheduled to start on different dates in various circuits. For instance, the summer assizes begin in the South-Eastern and Western circuits on May 29; in the Northern circuit on June 28; in the Midland and Oxford circuits on June 16; in the North-Eastern circuit on July 6; in the North Wales circuit on July 7; and in the South Wales circuit on July 11. Additionally, there has been ongoing development of what can be called the single-judge system. In the early days of the new order, the members of the court of appeal and the judges of the chancery division shared the circuit work with the common law judges. This arrangement turned out to be unsatisfactory. The assize work was unfamiliar and unappealing to the chancery judges, who lacked the training or experience necessary for it. As a result, arrears increased in chancery, and the appeal court lost much of its effectiveness for a large part of the year. This practice was discontinued around 1884. The appeal and chancery judges were relieved of the duty to go on circuit, and the treasury arranged to provide allowances for the circuit expenses of the common law judges, upon whom the entire assize workload was shifted. To handle the assize work while still maintaining the common law sittings in London, an experiment previously attempted by Lord Cairns and Lord Cross (then home secretary) and later discontinued was revived. Instead of sending two judges to each assize town, it was decided that one judge would go alone to certain selected locations—essentially, to all except the more significant provincial centers. The only places where two judges now go are Exeter, Winchester, Bristol, Manchester, Liverpool, Nottingham, Stafford, Birmingham, Newcastle, Durham, York, Leeds, Chester, and Cardiff or Swansea.

It could scarcely be said that, even with the amendments introduced under orders in council, the circuit system was altogether satisfactory or that the last word had been pronounced on the subject. In the first report of the Judicature Commission, dated March 25th, 1869, p. 17 (Parl. Papers, 1868-1869), the majority report that “the necessity for holding assizes in every county without regard to the extent of the business to be transacted in such county leads, in our judgment, to a great waste of judicial strength and a great loss of time in going from one circuit town to another, and causes much unnecessary cost and inconvenience to those whose attendance is necessary or customary at the assizes.” And in their second report, dated July 3rd, 1872 (Parl. Papers, 1872, vol. xx.), they dwell upon the advisability of grouping or a discontinuance of holding assizes “in several counties, for example, Rutland and Westmorland, where it is manifestly an idle waste of time and money to have assizes.” It is thought that the grouping of counties which has been effected for the autumn assizes might be carried still further and applied to all the assizes; and that the system of holding the assizes alternately in one of two towns within a county might be extended to two towns in adjoining counties, for example, Gloucester and Worcester. The facility of railway communication renders this reform comparatively easy, and reforms in this direction have been approved by the judges, but ancient custom and local patriotism, interests, or susceptibility bar the way. The Assizes and Quarter Sessions Act 1908 contributed something to reform by dispensing with the obligation to hold assizes at a fixed date if there is no business to be transacted. Nor can it be said that the single-judge system has been altogether a success. When there is only one judge for both civil and criminal work, he properly takes the criminal business first. He can fix only approximately the time when he can hope to be free for the civil business. If the calendar is exceptionally heavy or one or more of the criminal cases prove to be unexpectedly long (as may easily happen), the civil business necessarily gets squeezed into the short residue of the allotted time. Suitors and their solicitors and witnesses are kept waiting for days, and after all perhaps it proves to be impossible for the judge to take the case, and a “remanet” is the result. It is the opinion of persons of experience that the result has undoubtedly been to drive to London much of the civil business which properly belongs to the provinces, and ought to be tried there, and thus at once to increase the burden on the judges and jurymen in London, and to increase the costs of the trial of the actions sent there. Some persons advocate the continuous sittings of the high court in certain centres, such as Manchester, Liverpool, Leeds, Newcastle, Birmingham and Bristol, or (in fact) a decentralization of the judicial system. There is already an excellent court for chancery cases for Lancashire in the county palatine court, presided over by the vice-chancellor, and with a local bar which has produced many men of great ability and even eminence. The Durham chancery court is also capable of development. Another suggestion has been made for continuous circuits throughout the legal year, so that a certain number of the judges, according to a rota, should be continuously in the provinces while the remaining judges did the London business. The value of this suggestion would depend on an estimate of the number of cases which might thus be tried in the country in relief of the London list. This estimate it would be difficult to make. The opinion has also been expressed that it is essential in any changes that may be made to retain the occasional administration by judges of the high court of criminal jurisdiction, both in populous centres and in remote places. It promotes a belief in the importance and dignity of justice and the care to be given to all matters affecting a citizen’s life, liberty or character. It also does something, by the example set by judges in country districts, to check any tendency to undue severity of sentences in offences against property.

It’s hard to say that, even with the changes made through orders in council, the circuit system was entirely satisfactory or that the final word had been said on the topic. In the first report of the Judicature Commission, dated March 25, 1869, p. 17 (Parl. Papers, 1868-1869), the majority stated that “the requirement to hold assizes in every county, regardless of the amount of business to be handled there, leads to a significant waste of judicial resources and a considerable loss of time traveling from one circuit town to another, along with causing unnecessary costs and inconveniences for those who need to be present at the assizes.” In their second report, dated July 3, 1872 (Parl. Papers, 1872, vol. xx.), they emphasized the need to group or stop holding assizes “in several counties, like Rutland and Westmorland, where it is obviously a pointless waste of time and money to hold assizes.” It is believed that the grouping of counties implemented for the autumn assizes could go further and apply to all assizes, and that the practice of holding the assizes alternately in one of two towns within a county could be expanded to two towns in neighboring counties, like Gloucester and Worcester. The ease of railway travel makes this reform relatively simple, and these changes have been endorsed by the judges, but old traditions and local pride, interests, or sensitivities stand in the way. The Assizes and Quarter Sessions Act 1908 made some progress by eliminating the requirement to hold assizes on a fixed date if there is no business to conduct. However, the single-judge system has not been completely successful. When there is only one judge for civil and criminal cases, he naturally prioritizes the criminal cases first. He can only estimate approximately when he will be available for civil cases. If the calendar is particularly full or if some criminal cases turn out to be unexpectedly lengthy (which happens easily), the civil cases end up getting crammed into the limited time left. Plaintiffs, their lawyers, and witnesses often have to wait for days, and it may eventually be impossible for the judge to hear the case, resulting in a “remanet.” Experienced individuals believe this has undoubtedly pushed a lot of civil cases that should be handled in the provinces to London, increasing the workload for judges and jurors there and raising the costs of trials for cases sent to London. Some suggest that high courts should have continuous sessions in specific centers like Manchester, Liverpool, Leeds, Newcastle, Birmingham, and Bristol, or effectively decentralize the judicial system. There is already an excellent chancery court for Lancashire in the county palatine court, led by the vice-chancellor and supported by a local bar that has produced many talented and even distinguished individuals. The Durham chancery court also has potential for growth. Another proposal has been to establish continuous circuits throughout the legal year, so a certain number of judges, on a rotating basis, would consistently be in the provinces while the remaining judges handled London cases. The value of this suggestion would depend on estimating how many cases could be tried outside London to ease the load there, which would be a challenging estimate to make. It has also been suggested that any changes should ensure that judges of the high court occasionally handle criminal cases, both in populated areas and remote locations. This maintains the belief in the importance and dignity of justice and the attention necessary for all matters concerning a citizen's life, freedom, or reputation. Additionally, the presence of judges in rural areas does help mitigate any tendency towards overly harsh sentences for property offenses.

Counsel are not expected to practise on a circuit other than that to which they have attached themselves, unless they receive a special retainer. They are then said to “go special,” and the fee in such a case is one hundred guineas for a king’s counsel, and fifty guineas for a junior. It is customary to employ one member of the circuit on the side on which the counsel comes special. Certain rules have been drawn up by the Bar Committee for regulating the practice as to retainers on circuit. (1) A special retainer must be given for a particular assize (a circuit retainer will not, however, make it compulsory upon counsel retained to go the circuit, but will give the right to counsel’s services should he attend the assize and the case be entered for trial); (2) if the venue is changed to another place on the same circuit, a fresh retainer is not required; (3) if the action is not tried at the assize for which the retainer is given, the retainer must be renewed for every subsequent assize until the action is disposed of, unless a brief has been delivered; (4) a retainer may be given for a future assize, without a retainer for an intervening assize, unless notice of trial is given for such intervening assize. There are also various regulations enforced by the discipline of the circuit bar mess.

Counsel are not expected to practice on a circuit other than the one they are attached to, unless they receive a special retainer. When that happens, they are said to “go special,” and the fee in such cases is one hundred guineas for a king's counsel and fifty guineas for a junior. It's common to hire one member of the circuit for the side on which the counsel goes special. The Bar Committee has established certain rules for regulating practice regarding retainers on circuit. (1) A special retainer must be given for a specific assize (a circuit retainer does not make it mandatory for counsel to go to the circuit but entitles counsel to offer their services if they attend the assize and the case is set for trial); (2) if the venue changes to another place in the same circuit, a new retainer is not needed; (3) if the action is not tried at the assize for which the retainer is given, the retainer must be renewed for each subsequent assize until the action is resolved, unless a brief has been delivered; (4) a retainer can be given for a future assize, without needing a retainer for an intervening assize, unless a notice of trial is provided for that intervening assize. There are also various regulations enforced by the discipline of the circuit bar mess.

In the United States the English circuit system still exists in some states, as in Massachusetts, where the judges sit in succession in the various counties of the state. The term circuit courts applies distinctively in America to a certain class of inferior federal courts of the United States, exercising jurisdiction, concurrently with the state courts, in certain matters where the United States is a party to the litigation, or in cases of crime against the United States. The circuit courts act in 389 nine judicial circuits, divided as follows: 1st circuit, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island; 2nd circuit, Connecticut, New York, Vermont; 3rd circuit, Delaware, New Jersey, Pennsylvania; 4th circuit, Maryland, North Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia, West Virginia; 5th circuit, Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, Mississippi, Texas; 6th circuit, Kentucky, Michigan, Ohio, Tennessee; 7th circuit, Illinois, Indiana, Wisconsin; 8th circuit, Arkansas, Colorado, Oklahoma, Iowa, Kansas, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, New Mexico, North Dakota, South Dakota, Utah, Wyoming; 9th circuit, Alaska, Arizona, California, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, Oregon, Washington, and Hawaii. A circuit court of appeals is made up of three judges of the circuit court, the judges of the district courts of the circuit, and the judge of the Supreme Court allotted to the circuit.

In the United States, the English circuit system is still in place in some states, like Massachusetts, where judges travel to different counties. The term circuit courts specifically refers in America to a certain type of lower federal courts that share jurisdiction with state courts in specific cases where the United States is involved or in crimes against the United States. The circuit courts operate in 389 nine judicial circuits, which are divided as follows: 1st circuit, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island; 2nd circuit, Connecticut, New York, Vermont; 3rd circuit, Delaware, New Jersey, Pennsylvania; 4th circuit, Maryland, North Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia, West Virginia; 5th circuit, Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, Mississippi, Texas; 6th circuit, Kentucky, Michigan, Ohio, Tennessee; 7th circuit, Illinois, Indiana, Wisconsin; 8th circuit, Arkansas, Colorado, Oklahoma, Iowa, Kansas, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, New Mexico, North Dakota, South Dakota, Utah, Wyoming; 9th circuit, Alaska, Arizona, California, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, Oregon, Washington, and Hawaii. A circuit court of appeals consists of three judges from the circuit court, the judges of the district courts in the circuit, and the Supreme Court judge assigned to that circuit.

In Scotland the judges of the supreme criminal court, or high court of justiciary, form also three separate circuit courts, consisting of two judges each; and the country, with the exception of the Lothians, is divided into corresponding districts, called the Northern, Western and Southern circuits. On the Northern circuit, courts are held at Inverness, Perth, Dundee and Aberdeen; on the Western, at Glasgow, Stirling and Inveraray; and on the Southern, at Dumfries, Jedburgh and Ayr.

In Scotland, the judges of the highest criminal court, or high court of justiciary, also create three separate circuit courts, each made up of two judges. The country, except for the Lothians, is divided into corresponding districts known as the Northern, Western, and Southern circuits. Courts on the Northern circuit are held in Inverness, Perth, Dundee, and Aberdeen; on the Western circuit, in Glasgow, Stirling, and Inveraray; and on the Southern circuit, in Dumfries, Jedburgh, and Ayr.

Ireland is divided into the North-East and the North-West circuits, and those of Leinster, Connaught and Munster.

Ireland is split into the North-East and North-West circuits, along with those of Leinster, Connacht, and Munster.


CIRCULAR NOTE, a documentary request by a bank to its foreign correspondents to pay a specified sum of money to a named person. The person in whose favour a circular note is issued is furnished with a letter (containing the signature of an official of the bank and the person named) called a letter of indication, which is usually referred to in the circular note, and must be produced on presentation of the note. Circular notes are generally issued against a payment of cash to the amount of the notes, but the notes need not necessarily be cashed, but may be returned to the banker in exchange for the amount for which they were originally issued. A forged signature on a circular note conveys no right, and as it is the duty of the payer to see that payment is made to the proper person, he cannot recover the amount of a forged note from the banker who issued the note. (See also Letter of Credit.)

CIRCULAR NOTE, a document issued by a bank to its foreign partners requesting them to pay a specific amount of money to a designated individual. The individual named in the circular note receives a letter (featuring the signature of a bank official and the person mentioned) known as a letter of indication, which is typically referenced in the circular note and must be presented when redeeming the note. Circular notes are usually issued in exchange for cash equivalent to the sum of the notes, but they don't have to be cashed immediately; they can be returned to the bank in exchange for the original amount for which they were issued. A forged signature on a circular note grants no rights, and since it's the payer's responsibility to ensure payment goes to the right person, they cannot recover the funds from the bank that issued a note with a forgery. (See also Letter of Credit.)


CIRCULUS IN PROBANDO (Lat. for “circle in proving”), in logic, a phrase used to describe a form of argument in which the very fact which one seeks to demonstrate is used as a premise, i.e. as part of the evidence on which the conclusion is based. This argument is one form of the fallacy known as petitio principii, “begging the question.” It is most common in lengthy arguments, the complicated character of which enables the speaker to make his hearers forget the data from which he began. (See Fallacy.)

CIRCULUS IN PROBANDO (Latin for “circle in proving”), in logic, refers to a type of argument where the very fact being argued is used as a premise, i.e. as part of the evidence supporting the conclusion. This argument represents one version of the fallacy known as petitio principii, or “begging the question.” It often appears in lengthy arguments, where the complexity allows the speaker to make the audience forget the original data they started with. (See Fallacy.)


CIRCUMCISION (Lat. circum, round, and caedere, to cut), the cutting off of the foreskin. This surgical operation, which is commonly prescribed for purely medical reasons, is also an initiation or religious ceremony among Jews and Mahommedans, and is a widespread institution in many Semitic races. It remains, with Jews, a necessary preliminary to the admission of proselytes, except in some Reformed communities. The origin of the rite among the Jews is in Genesis (xvii.) placed in the age of Abraham, and at all events it must have been very ancient, for flint stones were used in the operation (Exodus iv. 25; Joshua v. 2). The narrative in Joshua implies that the custom was introduced by him, not that it had merely been in abeyance in the Wilderness. At Gilgal he “rolled away the reproach of the Egyptians” by circumcising the people. This obviously means that whereas the Egyptians practised circumcision the Jews in the land of the Pharaohs did not, and hence were regarded with contempt. It was an old theory (Herodotus ii. 36) that circumcision originated in Egypt; at all events it was practised in that country in ancient times (Ebers, Egypten und die Bücher Mosis, i. 278-284), and the same is true at the present day. But it is not generally thought probable that the Hebrews derived the rite directly from the Egyptians. As Driver puts it (Genesis, p. 190): “It is possible that, as Dillmann and Nowack suppose, the peoples of N. Africa and Asia who practised the rite adopted it from the Egyptians, but it appears in so many parts of the world that it must at any rate in these cases have originated independently.” In another biblical narrative (Exodus iv. 25) Moses is subject to the divine anger because he had not made himself “a bridegroom of blood,” that is, had not been circumcised before his marriage.

CIRCUMCISION (Lat. circum, round, and caedere, to cut), the removal of the foreskin. This surgical procedure is often done for medical reasons, but it also serves as an initiation or religious ceremony among Jews and Muslims, and is widely practiced among various Semitic peoples. For Jews, it remains a crucial step for accepting converts, except in some Reformed communities. The practice's roots among the Jews date back to Genesis (xvii.), placing it in the time of Abraham, and it is undoubtedly very ancient, as flint stones were used for the procedure (Exodus iv. 25; Joshua v. 2). The account in Joshua suggests that this practice was established by him, rather than simply being neglected during the Wilderness period. At Gilgal, he “rolled away the reproach of the Egyptians” by circumcising the people. This clearly indicates that while the Egyptians practiced circumcision, the Jews living in Egypt did not and were looked down upon as a result. An earlier theory (Herodotus ii. 36) suggested that circumcision came from Egypt; at the very least, it was practiced in that region in ancient times (Ebers, Egypten und die Bücher Mosis, i. 278-284), and this holds true today as well. However, it's generally not believed that the Hebrews directly adopted the rite from the Egyptians. As Driver states (Genesis, p. 190): “It is possible that, as Dillmann and Nowack suggest, the peoples of North Africa and Asia who practiced the rite took it from the Egyptians, but given its occurrence in so many parts of the world, it must have independently originated in these cases.” In another biblical account (Exodus iv. 25), Moses faces God's anger for not making himself “a bridegroom of blood,” meaning he had not been circumcised before his marriage.

The rite of circumcision was practised by all the inhabitants of Palestine with the exception of the Philistines. It was an ancient custom among the Arabs, being presupposed in the Koran. The only important Semitic peoples who most probably did not follow the rite were the Babylonians and Assyrians (Sayce, Babyl. and Assyrians, p. 47). Modern investigations have brought to light many instances of the prevalence of circumcision in various parts of the world. These facts are collected by Andrée and Ploss, and go to prove that the rite is not only spread through the Mahommedan world (Turks, Persians, Arabs, &c.), but also is practised by the Christian Abyssinians and the Copts, as well as in central Australia and in America. In central Australia (Spencer and Gillen, pp. 212-386) circumcision with a stone knife must be undergone by every youth before he is reckoned a full member of the tribe or is permitted to enter on the married state. In other parts, too (e.g. Loango), no uncircumcised man may marry. Circumcision was known to the Aztecs (Bancroft, Native Races, vol. iii.), and is still practised by the Caribs of the Orinoco and the Tacunas of the Amazon. The method and period of the operation vary in important particulars. Among the Jews it is performed in infancy, when the male child is eight days old. The child is named at the same time, and the ceremony is elaborate. The child is carried in to the godfather (sandek, a hebraized form of the Gr. σύντεκνος, “godfather,” post-class.), who places the child on a cushion, which he holds on his knees throughout the ceremony. The operator (mohel) uses a steel knife, and pronounces various benedictions before and after the rite is performed (see S. Singer, Authorized Daily Prayer Book, pp. 304-307; an excellent account of the domestic festivities and spiritual joys associated with the ceremony among medieval and modern Jews may be read in S. Schechter’s Studies in Judaism, first series, pp. 351 seq.). Some tribes in South America and elsewhere are said to perform the rite on the eighth day, like the Jews. The Mazequas do it between the first and second months. Among the Bedouins the rite is performed on children of three years, amid dances and the selection of brides (Doughty, Arabia Deserta, i. 340); among the Somalis the age is seven (Reinisch, Somalisprache, p. 110). But for the most part the tribes who perform the rite carry it out at the age of puberty. Many facts bearing on this point are given by B. Stade in Zeitschrift für die alttest. Wissenschaft, vi. (1886) pp. 132 seq.

The practice of circumcision was common among all the people in Palestine, except for the Philistines. It was an ancient tradition among Arabs, as mentioned in the Koran. The only significant Semitic groups likely not to have observed this practice were the Babylonians and Assyrians (Sayce, Babyl. and Assyrians, p. 47). Recent research has uncovered numerous examples of circumcision being practiced in various parts of the world. Andrée and Ploss have compiled these findings, showing that the rite is not only prevalent in the Muslim world (Turks, Persians, Arabs, etc.) but is also performed by Christian Abyssinians and Copts, as well as among some groups in central Australia and in America. In central Australia (Spencer and Gillen, pp. 212-386), every young man must undergo circumcision with a stone knife before being considered a full member of the tribe or allowed to marry. In other regions, such as Loango, no uncircumcised man is allowed to marry. The Aztecs were also aware of circumcision (Bancroft, Native Races, vol. iii.), and it continues to be practiced by the Caribs of the Orinoco and the Tacunas of the Amazon. The techniques and timing of the procedure differ significantly. Among the Jews, it is done in infancy, specifically when the male child is eight days old. The child is named during the ceremony, which is quite elaborate. The child is brought to the godfather (sandek, a Hebrew form of the Greek brother-in-law, meaning "godfather," post-classical) who holds the child on a cushion in his lap throughout the ritual. The participant performing the circumcision (mohel) uses a steel knife and recites various blessings before and after the procedure (see S. Singer, Authorized Daily Prayer Book, pp. 304-307; a detailed account of the family celebrations and spiritual significance related to the ceremony among medieval and modern Jews can be found in S. Schechter’s Studies in Judaism, first series, pp. 351 seq.). Some tribes in South America and elsewhere are said to perform the rite on the eighth day, similar to the Jews. The Mazequas do it between the first and second months. Among the Bedouins, the ceremony is held for three-year-old children, accompanied by dances and the selection of brides (Doughty, Arabia Deserta, i. 340); among the Somalis, the age is seven (Reinisch, Somalisprache, p. 110). However, most tribes that practice circumcision do so at puberty. Many details about this practice are discussed by B. Stade in Zeitschrift für die alttest. Wissenschaft, vi. (1886) pp. 132 seq.

The significance of the rite of circumcision has been much disputed. Some see in it a tribal badge. If this be the true origin of circumcision, it must go back to the time when men went about naked. Mutilations (tattooing, removal of teeth and so forth) were tribal marks, being partly sacrifices and partly means of recognition (see Mutilation). Such initiatory rites were often frightful ordeals, in which the neophyte’s courage was severely tested (Robertson Smith, Religion of the Semites, p. 310). Some regard circumcision as a substitute for far more serious rites, including even human sacrifice. Utilitarian explanations have also been suggested. Sir R. Burton (Memoirs Anthrop. Soc. i. 318) held that it was introduced to promote fertility, and the claims of cleanliness have been put forward (following Philo’s example, see ed. Mangey, ii. 210). Most probably, however, circumcision (which in many tribes is performed on both sexes) was connected with marriage, and was a preparation for connubium. It was in Robertson Smith’s words “originally a preliminary to marriage, and so a ceremony of introduction to the full prerogative of manhood,” the transference to infancy among the Jews being a later change. On this view, the decisive Biblical reference would be the Exodus passage (iv. 25), in which Moses is represented as being in danger of his life because he had neglected the proper preliminary to marriage. In Genesis, on the other hand, circumcision is an 390 external sign of God’s covenant with Israel, and later Judaism now regards it in this symbolical sense. Barton (Semitic Origins, p. 100) declares that “the circumstances under which it is performed in Arabia point to the origin of circumcision as a sacrifice to the goddess of fertility, by which the child was placed under her protection and its reproductive powers consecrated to her service.” But Barton admits that initiation to the connubium was the primitive origin of the rite.

The significance of the circumcision ritual has been widely debated. Some view it as a tribal symbol. If that's the true origin of circumcision, it must date back to a time when people were often unclothed. Body modifications (like tattoos, tooth removal, and so on) served as tribal markers, being partly sacrifices and partly ways of identification (see Mutilation). These initiatory rituals were often intense challenges, severely testing the courage of the initiates (Robertson Smith, Religion of the Semites, p. 310). Some see circumcision as a replacement for much more serious rites, including human sacrifice. Practical explanations have also been proposed. Sir R. Burton (Memoirs Anthrop. Soc. i. 318) argued that it was introduced to enhance fertility, and claims about hygiene have been mentioned (following Philo’s example, see ed. Mangey, ii. 210). Most likely, though, circumcision (which in many tribes is performed on both genders) was associated with marriage, serving as a preparation for union. In Robertson Smith’s words, it was “originally a preliminary to marriage, and thus a ceremony of introduction to the full rights of manhood,” with its later practice among Jewish infants being a subsequent development. From this perspective, the key Biblical reference would be in Exodus (iv. 25), where Moses is portrayed as being at risk because he overlooked the necessary pre-marital ritual. In Genesis, on the other hand, circumcision is an 390 external symbol of God’s covenant with Israel, and modern Judaism interprets it in this symbolic manner. Barton (Semitic Origins, p. 100) states that “the circumstances under which it is performed in Arabia suggest the origin of circumcision as a sacrifice to the goddess of fertility, through which the child was placed under her protection and its reproductive abilities dedicated to her service.” However, Barton acknowledges that initiation into marriage was the fundamental origin of the ritual.

As regards the non-ritual use of male circumcision, it may be added that in recent years the medical profession has been responsible for its considerable extension among other than Jewish children, the operation being recommended not merely in cases of malformation, but generally for reasons of health.

As for the non-religious use of male circumcision, it's worth noting that in recent years, the medical field has significantly increased its use among non-Jewish children. The procedure is now recommended not just for cases of abnormalities but generally for health reasons.

Authorities.—On the present diffusion of circumcision see H. Ploss, Das Kind im Brauch und Sitte der Völker, i. 342 seq., and his researches in Deutsches Archiv für Geschichte der Medizin, viii. 312-344; Andrée, “Die Beschneidung” in Archiv für Anthropologie, xiii. 76; and Spencer and Gillen, Tribes of Central Australia. The articles in the Encyclopaedia Biblica and Dictionary of the Bible contain useful bibliographies as well as historical accounts of the rite and its ceremonies, especially as concerns the Jews. The Jewish Encyclopedia in particular gives an extensive list of books on the Jewish customs connected with circumcision, and the various articles in that work are full of valuable information (vol. iv. pp. 92-102). On the rite among the Arabs, see Wellhausen, Reste arabischen Heidentums, 154.

Authorities.—For current information on circumcision, refer to H. Ploss, Das Kind im Brauch und Sitte der Völker, i. 342 seq., and his studies in Deutsches Archiv für Geschichte der Medizin, viii. 312-344; Andrée, “Die Beschneidung” in Archiv für Anthropologie, xiii. 76; and Spencer and Gillen, Tribes of Central Australia. The articles in the Encyclopaedia Biblica and Dictionary of the Bible provide useful bibliographies along with historical accounts of the rite and its ceremonies, especially regarding the Jews. The Jewish Encyclopedia specifically offers a comprehensive list of books about Jewish customs related to circumcision, and the various articles in that work are packed with valuable information (vol. iv. pp. 92-102). For details on the rite among the Arabs, see Wellhausen, Reste arabischen Heidentums, 154.

(I. A.)

CIRCUMVALLATION, LINES OF (from Lat. circum, round, and vallum, a rampart), in fortification, a continuous circle of entrenchments surrounding a besieged place. “Lines of Contravallation” were similar works by which the besieger protected himself against the attack of a relieving army from any quarter. These continuous lines of circumvallation and contravallation were used only in the days of small armies and small fortresses, and both terms are now obsolete.

CIRCUMVALLATION, LINES OF (from Lat. circum, round, and vallum, a rampart), in fortification, a continuous circle of trenches surrounding a besieged area. “Lines of Contravallation” were similar structures that allowed the besieger to defend against attacks from a relief army coming from any direction. These continuous lines of circumvallation and contravallation were only used during the times of small armies and minor fortresses, and both terms are now outdated.


CIRCUS (Lat. circus, Gr. κίρκος or κρίκος, a ring or circle; probably “circus” and “ring” are of the same origin), a space, in the strict sense circular, but sometimes oval or even oblong, intended for the exhibition of races and athletic contests generally. The circus differs from the theatre inasmuch as the performance takes place in a central circular space, not on a stage at one end of the building.

CIRCUS (Lat. circus, Gr. κίρκος or ring, meaning a ring or circle; likely “circus” and “ring” have the same roots), a space, typically circular but sometimes oval or even elongated, designed for showcasing races and athletic competitions. The circus is different from the theatre because the performance happens in a central circular area, not on a stage at one end of the venue.

1. In Roman antiquities the circus was a building for the exhibition of horse and chariot races and other amusements. It consisted of tiers of seats running parallel with the sides of the course, and forming a crescent round one of the ends. The other end was straight and at right angles to the course, so that the plan of the whole had nearly the form of an ellipse cut in half at its vertical axis. Along the transverse axis ran a fence (spina) separating the return course from the starting one. The straight end had no seats, but was occupied by the stalls (carceres) where the chariots and horses were held in readiness. This end constituted also the front of the building with the main entrance. At each end of the course were three conical pillars (metae) to mark its limits.

1. In ancient Rome, the circus was a structure designed for showcasing horse and chariot races and various other entertainments. It featured rows of seats running parallel to the sides of the track, forming a crescent shape at one end. The opposite end was straight and perpendicular to the track, so the overall layout resembled an ellipse cut in half along its vertical axis. A barrier (spina) ran along the transverse axis, separating the return track from the starting line. The straight end didn't have any seats but was occupied by the stalls (carceres) where chariots and horses were kept ready. This end also served as the front of the building with the main entrance. At each end of the track, there were three conical pillars (metae) to mark its boundaries.

The oldest building of this kind in Rome was the Circus Maximus, in the valley between the Palatine and Aventine hills, where, before the erection of any permanent structure, races appear to have been held beside the altar of the god Consus. The first building is assigned to Tarquin the younger, but for a long time little seems to have been done to complete its accommodation, since it is not till 329 B.C. that we hear of stalls being erected for the chariots and horses. It was not in fact till under the empire that the circus became a conspicuous public resort. Caesar enlarged it to some extent, and also made a canal 10 ft. broad between the lowest tier of seats (podium) and the course as a precaution for the spectators’ safety when exhibitions of fighting with wild beasts, such as were afterwards confined to the amphitheatre, took place. When these exhibitions were removed, and the canal (euripus) was no longer necessary, Nero had it filled up. Augustus is said to have placed an obelisk on the spina between the metae, and to have built a new pulvinar, or imperial box; but if this is taken in connexion with the fact that the circus had been partially destroyed by fire in 31 B.C., it may be supposed that besides this he had restored it altogether. Only the lower tiers of seats were of stone, the others being of wood, and this, from the liability to fire, may account for the frequent restorations to which the circus was subject; it would also explain the falling of the seats by which a crowd of people were killed in the time of Antoninus Pius. In the reign of Claudius, apparently after a fire, the carceres of stone (tufa) were replaced by marble, and the metae of wood by gilt bronze. Under Domitian, again, after a fire, the circus was rebuilt and the carceres increased to 12 instead of 8 as before. The work was finished by Trajan. See further for seating capacity, &c., Rome: Archaeology, § “Places of Amusement.”

The oldest building of its kind in Rome was the Circus Maximus, located in the valley between the Palatine and Aventine hills, where races seem to have taken place next to the altar of the god Consus before any permanent structure was built. The first construction is attributed to Tarquin the Younger, but for a long time, not much was done to complete its facilities, since we only hear about the construction of stalls for chariots and horses in 329 BCE It wasn't until the empire era that the circus became a major public venue. Caesar somewhat expanded it and built a 10 ft. wide canal between the lowest tier of seats (podium) and the track as a safety precaution for spectators during exhibitions of wild animal fights, which were later restricted to the amphitheater. After these events were moved, and the canal (euripus) was no longer needed, Nero filled it in. Augustus reportedly placed an obelisk on the spina between the metae and constructed a new pulvinar, or imperial box; but since the circus had been partially destroyed by fire in 31 B.C., it is likely he restored it entirely. Only the lower tiers of seats were made of stone, while the others were wood, which may explain the frequent restorations due to fire risk; this would also clarify the collapse of the seats that resulted in the deaths of many during the time of Antoninus Pius. In Claudius's reign, apparently after a fire, the stone carceres (tufa) were replaced with marble, and the wooden metae were changed to gilt bronze. Under Domitian, again following a fire, the circus was rebuilt, and the carceres were increased to 12 from the previous 8. The work was completed by Trajan. For more details on seating capacity, etc., see Rome: Archaeology, § “Places of Amusement.”

The circus was the only public spectacle at which men and women were not separated. The lower seats were reserved for persons of rank; there were also various state boxes, e.g. for the giver of the games and his friends (called cubicula or suggestus). The principal object of attraction apart from the racing must have been the spina or low wall which ran down the middle of the course, with its obelisks, images and ornamental shrines. On it also were seven figures of dolphins and seven oval objects, one of which was taken down at every round made in a race, so that spectators might see readily how the contest proceeded. The chariot race consisted of seven rounds of the course. The chariots started abreast, but in an oblique line, so that the outer chariot might be compensated for the wider circle it had to make at the other end. Such a race was called a missus, and as many as 24 of these would take place in a day. The competitors wore different colours, originally white and red (albata and russata), to which green (prasina) and blue (veneta) were added. Domitian introduced two more colours, gold and purple (purpureus et auratus pannus), which probably fell into disuse after his death. To provide the horses and large staff of attendants it was necessary to apply to rich capitalists and owners of studs, and from this there grew up in time four select companies (factiones) of circus purveyors, which were identified with the four colours, and with which those who organized the races had to contract for the proper supply of horses and men. The drivers (aurigae, agitatores), who were mostly slaves, were sometimes held in high repute for their skill, although their calling was regarded with contempt. The horses most valued were those of Sicily, Spain and Cappadocia, and great care was taken in training them. Chariots with two horses (bigae) or four (quadrigae) were most common, but sometimes also they had three (trigae), and exceptionally more than four horses. Occasionally there was combined with the chariots a race of riders (desultores), each rider having two horses and leaping from one to the other during the race. At certain of the races the proceedings were opened by a pompa or procession in which images of the gods and of the imperial family deified were conveyed in cars drawn by horses, mules or elephants, attended by the colleges of priests, and led by the presiding magistrate (in some cases by the emperor himself) seated in a chariot in the dress and with the insignia of a triumphator. The procession passed from the capitol along the forum, and on to the circus, where it was received by the people standing and clapping their hands. The presiding magistrate gave the signal for the races by throwing a white flag (mappa) on to the course.

The circus was the only public event where men and women mixed. The lower seats were reserved for people of high status, along with various state boxes, like those for the organizer of the games and his friends (called cubicula or suggestus). Aside from the races, the main attraction was the spina, a low wall running down the center of the track, decorated with obelisks, images, and ornamental shrines. It featured seven dolphin figures and seven oval objects, with one being removed after each lap so spectators could easily track the race's progress. The chariot race consisted of seven laps around the course. The chariots started side by side but at an angle to compensate for the outer chariot's longer route. This type of race was called a missus, and up to 24 of these could happen in a single day. The competitors wore different colors, originally white and red (albata and russata), with green (prasina) and blue (veneta) added later. Domitian introduced two more colors, gold and purple (purpureus et auratus pannus), which likely fell out of use after his death. To provide the horses and a large staff of helpers, they needed to reach out to wealthy investors and stud owners, leading to the creation of four major companies (factiones) associated with the four colors, which race organizers had to contract for the necessary horses and crew. The drivers (aurigae, agitatores), mostly slaves, were sometimes well-respected for their skill, despite their profession being looked down upon. The most prized horses came from Sicily, Spain, and Cappadocia, and significant effort was put into training them. Chariots typically had two horses (bigae) or four (quadrigae), but sometimes they had three (trigae), and occasionally even more than four horses. At times, there would also be a race of riders (desultores), where each rider had two horses and would leap from one to the other during the race. The races often began with a pompa or procession, showcasing images of the gods and of deified members of the imperial family in carriages drawn by horses, mules, or elephants, accompanied by priests and led by the presiding magistrate (and sometimes the emperor himself) in a chariot, dressed and adorned like a triumphator. The procession moved from the Capitol through the forum to the circus, where the crowd stood and applauded. The presiding magistrate signaled the start of the races by throwing a white flag (mappa) onto the track.

Next in importance to the Circus Maximus in Rome was the Circus Flaminius, erected 221 B.C., in the censorship of C. Flaminius, from whom it may have taken its name; or the name may have been derived from Prata Flaminia, where it was situated, and where also were held plebeian meetings. The only games that are positively known to have been celebrated in this circus were the Ludi Taurii and Plebeii. There is no mention of it after the 1st century. Its ruins were identified in the 16th century at S. Catarina dei Funari and the Palazzo Mattei.

Next in importance to the Circus Maximus in Rome was the Circus Flaminius, built in 221 BCE during the tenure of C. Flaminius, who it may have been named after; or the name could have come from Prata Flaminia, the area where it was located and where plebeian meetings also took place. The only games that we know for sure were held in this circus were the Ludi Taurii and Plebeii. There’s no record of it after the 1st century. Its ruins were identified in the 16th century at S. Catarina dei Funari and the Palazzo Mattei.

A third circus in Rome was erected by Caligula in the gardens of Agrippina, and was known as the Circus Neronis, from the notoriety which it obtained through the Circensian pleasures of Nero. A fourth was constructed by Maxentius outside the Porta Appia near the tomb of Caecilia Metella, where its ruins 391 are still, and now afford the only instance from which an idea of the ancient circi in Rome can be obtained. It was traced to Caracalla, till the discovery of an inscription in 1825 showed it to be the work of Maxentius. Old topographers speak of six circi, but two of these appear to be imaginary, the Circus Florae and the Circus Sallustii.

A third circus in Rome was built by Caligula in the gardens of Agrippina and was known as the Circus Neronis, due to the fame it gained from Nero's games. A fourth was constructed by Maxentius outside the Porta Appia near the tomb of Caecilia Metella, where its ruins 391 still exist and provide the only example of the ancient circuses in Rome. It was originally attributed to Caracalla, until the discovery of an inscription in 1825 revealed that it was actually built by Maxentius. Old scholars mention six circuses, but two of these, the Circus Florae and the Circus Sallustii, seem to be fictional.

Circus races were held in connexion with the following public festivals, and generally on the last day of the festival, if it extended over more than one day:—(1) The Consualia, August 21st, December 15th; (2) Equirria, February 27th, March 14th; (3) Ludi Romani, September 4th-19th; (4) Ludi Plebeii, November 4th-17th; (5) Cerialia, April 12th-19th; (6) Ludi Apollinares, July 6th-13th; (7) Ludi Megalenses, April 4th-10th; (8) Floralia, April 28th-May 3rd.

Circus races were held in connection with the following public festivals, usually on the last day of the festival if it lasted more than one day:—(1) The Consualia, August 21st, December 15th; (2) Equirria, February 27th, March 14th; (3) Ludi Romani, September 4th-19th; (4) Ludi Plebeii, November 4th-17th; (5) Cerialia, April 12th-19th; (6) Ludi Apollinares, July 6th-13th; (7) Ludi Megalenses, April 4th-10th; (8) Floralia, April 28th-May 3rd.

In addition to Smith’s Dictionary of Antiquities (3rd ed., 1890), see articles in Daremberg and Saglio’s Dictionnaire des antiquités, Pauly-Wissowa’s Realencyclopädie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft, iii. 2 (1899), and Marquardt, Römische Staatsverwaltung, iii. (2nd ed., 1885), p. 504. For existing remains see works quoted under Rome: Archaeology.

In addition to Smith’s Dictionary of Antiquities (3rd ed., 1890), check out the articles in Daremberg and Saglio’s Dictionnaire des antiquités, Pauly-Wissowa’s Realencyclopädie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft, iii. 2 (1899), and Marquardt, Römische Staatsverwaltung, iii. (2nd ed., 1885), p. 504. For existing remains, see the works listed under Rome: Archaeology.

2. The Modern Circus.—The “circus” in modern times is a form of popular entertainment which has little in common with the institution of classical Rome. It is frequently nomadic in character, the place of the permanent building known to the ancients as the circus being taken by a tent, which is carried from place to place and set up temporarily on any site procurable at country fairs or in provincial towns, and in which spectacular performances are given by a troupe employed by the proprietor. The centre of the tent forms an arena arranged as a horse-ring, strewn with tan or other soft substance, where the performances take place, the seats of the spectators being arranged in ascending tiers around the central space as in the Roman circus. The traditional type of exhibition in the modern travelling circus consists of feats of horsemanship, such as leaping through hoops from the back of a galloping horse, standing with one foot on each of two horses galloping side by side, turning somersaults from a springboard over a number of horses standing close together, or accomplishing acrobatic tricks on horseback. These performances, by male and female riders, are varied by the introduction of horses trained to perform tricks, and by drolleries on the part of the clown, whose place in the circus is as firmly established by tradition as in the pantomime.

2. The Modern Circus.—The “circus” today is a type of popular entertainment that has little in common with the ancient Roman version. It often travels from place to place, using a tent instead of the permanent structures known to the ancients. This tent is set up temporarily in areas like country fairs or provincial towns, where a troupe performs spectacular shows for the owner. The center of the tent features an arena designed like a horse ring, covered with tan or other soft materials, where the performances happen. The audience sits in ascending tiers around the central area, similar to the Roman circus. A typical modern traveling circus showcases stunts involving horsemanship, like jumping through hoops from the back of a galloping horse, standing with one foot on each of two horses moving side by side, performing somersaults from a springboard over closely packed horses, or doing acrobatic tricks while riding. These acts, performed by both male and female riders, are complemented by trained horses that do tricks and by the antics of the clown, who holds a traditional role in the circus much like in a pantomime.

The popularity of the circus in England may be traced to that kept by Philip Astley (d. 1814) in London at the end of the 18th century. Astley was followed by Ducrow, whose feats of horsemanship had much to do with establishing the traditions of the circus, which were perpetuated by Hengler’s and Sanger’s celebrated shows in a later generation. In America a circus-actor named Ricketts is said to have performed before George Washington in 1780, and in the first half of the 19th century the establishments of Purdy, Welch & Co., and of van Amburgh gave a wide popularity to the circus in the United States. All former circus-proprietors were, however, far surpassed in enterprise and resource by P.T. Barnum (q.v.), whose claim to be the possessor of “the greatest show on earth” was no exaggeration. The influence of Barnum, however, brought about a considerable change in the character of the modern circus. In arenas too large for speech to be easily audible, the traditional comic dialogue of the clown assumed a less prominent place than formerly, while the vastly increased wealth of stage properties relegated to the background the old-fashioned equestrian feats, which were replaced by more ambitious acrobatic performances, and by exhibitions of skill, strength and daring, requiring the employment of immense numbers of performers and often of complicated and expensive machinery. These tendencies are, as is natural, most marked in shows given in permanent buildings in large cities, such as the London Hippodrome, which was built as a combination of the circus, the menagerie and the variety theatre, where wild animals such as lions and elephants from time to time appeared in the ring, and where convulsions of nature such as floods, earthquakes and volcanic eruptions have been produced with an extraordinary wealth of realistic display. At the Hippodrome in Paris—unlike its London namesake, a circus of the true classical type in which the arena is entirely surrounded by the seats of the spectators—chariot races after the Roman model were held in the latter part of the 19th century, at which prizes of considerable value were given by the management.

The popularity of the circus in England can be traced back to Philip Astley (d. 1814), who ran one in London at the end of the 18th century. After Astley came Ducrow, whose impressive horsemanship played a big role in shaping circus traditions that were carried on by Hengler’s and Sanger’s famous shows in the next generation. In America, a circus performer named Ricketts is said to have entertained George Washington in 1780, and in the first half of the 19th century, the circus gained popularity in the United States thanks to the efforts of Purdy, Welch & Co., and van Amburgh. However, all previous circus owners were outdone in ambition and resourcefulness by P.T. Barnum (q.v.), who truly had a claim to "the greatest show on earth." Barnum’s influence led to significant changes in the nature of the modern circus. In larger venues where it was hard to hear, the traditional comedic dialogue of clowns became less significant, while the wealth of stage props pushed aside classic riding acts in favor of more ambitious acrobatic performances and displays of skill, strength, and bravery, often needing a large number of performers and complex, costly equipment. These trends are most evident in shows held in permanent buildings in big cities, like the London Hippodrome, which was designed as a mix of circus, menagerie, and variety theater, featuring wild animals like lions and elephants in the ring, as well as recreations of natural disasters like floods, earthquakes, and volcanic eruptions with stunningly realistic effects. The Hippodrome in Paris—unlike its London counterpart, which is a true classical circus with the arena surrounded by spectator seats—hosted chariot races modeled after Roman ones in the late 19th century, offering valuable prizes from the management.


CIRENCESTER (traditionally pronounced Ciceter), a market town in the Cirencester parliamentary division of Gloucestershire, England, on the river Churn, a tributary of the Thames, 93 m. W.N.W. of London. Pop. of urban district (1901) 7536. It is served by a branch of the Great Western railway, and there is also a station on the Midland and South-Western Junction railway. This is an ancient and prosperous market town of picturesque old houses clustering round a fine parish church, with a high embattled tower, and a remarkable south porch with parvise. The church is mainly Perpendicular, and among its numerous chapels that of St Catherine has a beautiful roof of fan-tracery in stone dated 1508. Of the abbey founded in 1117 by Henry I. there remain a Norman gateway and a few capitals. There are two good museums containing mosaics, inscriptions, carved and sculptured stones, and many smaller remains, for the town was the Roman Corinium or Durocornovium Dobunorum. Little trace of Corinium, however, can be seen in situ, except the amphitheatre and some indications of the walls. To the west of the town is Cirencester House, the seat of Earl Bathurst. The first Lord Bathurst (1684-1775) devoted himself to beautifying the fine demesne of Oakley Park, which he planted and adorned with remarkable artificial ruins. This nobleman, who became baron in 1711 and earl in 1772, was a patron of art and literature no less than a statesman; and Pope, a frequent visitor here, was allowed to design the building known as Pope’s Seat, in the park, commanding a splendid prospect of woods and avenues. Swift was another appreciative visitor. The house contains portraits by Lawrence, Gainsborough, Romney, Lely, Reynolds, Hoppner, Kneller and many others. A mile west of the town is the Royal Agricultural College, incorporated by charter in 1845. Its buildings include a chapel, a dining hall, a library, a lecture theatre, laboratories, classrooms, private studies and dormitories for the students, apartments for resident professors, and servants’ offices; also a museum containing a collection of anatomical and pathological preparations, and mineralogical, botanical and geological specimens. The college farm comprises 500 acres, 450 of which are arable; and on it are the well-appointed farm-buildings and the veterinary hospital. Besides agriculture, the course of instruction at the college includes chemistry, natural and mechanical philosophy, natural history, mensuration, surveying and drawing, and other subjects of practical importance to the farmer, proficiency in which is tested by means of sessional examinations. The industries of Cirencester comprise various branches of agriculture. It has connexion by a branch canal with the Thames and Severn canal.

CIRENCESTER (traditionally pronounced Ciceter) is a market town in the Cirencester parliamentary division of Gloucestershire, England, situated on the river Churn, a tributary of the Thames, 93 miles west-northwest of London. The population of the urban district in 1901 was 7,536. It is served by a branch of the Great Western Railway, and there’s also a station on the Midland and South-Western Junction Railway. This is an ancient and prosperous market town filled with picturesque old houses surrounding a fine parish church, which features a high embattled tower and a remarkable south porch with parvise. The church is mostly in the Perpendicular style, and among its many chapels, the chapel of St. Catherine boasts a beautiful fan-tracery stone roof dating back to 1508. Of the abbey founded in 1117 by Henry I, only a Norman gateway and a few capitals remain. There are two excellent museums housing mosaics, inscriptions, carved and sculpted stones, and many smaller artifacts, as this town was the Roman Corinium or Durocornovium Dobunorum. However, little trace of Corinium can be seen in situ, aside from the amphitheatre and some remnants of the walls. To the west of the town is Cirencester House, the residence of Earl Bathurst. The first Lord Bathurst (1684-1775) dedicated himself to beautifying the splendid estate of Oakley Park, which he landscaped with remarkable artificial ruins. This nobleman, who became a baron in 1711 and an earl in 1772, was as much a patron of art and literature as he was a statesman; Pope, a frequent visitor, was permitted to design the building known as Pope’s Seat in the park, which offers a stunning view of woods and avenues. Swift was another appreciative guest. The house contains portraits by Lawrence, Gainsborough, Romney, Lely, Reynolds, Hoppner, Kneller, and many others. A mile west of the town lies the Royal Agricultural College, incorporated by charter in 1845. Its buildings include a chapel, a dining hall, a library, a lecture theatre, laboratories, classrooms, private studies, and dormitories for students, as well as apartments for resident professors and offices for staff; there’s also a museum with a collection of anatomical and pathological specimens, along with mineralogical, botanical, and geological collections. The college farm spans 500 acres, 450 of which are arable, and it includes well-equipped farm buildings and a veterinary hospital. Besides agriculture, the college’s curriculum covers chemistry, natural and mechanical philosophy, natural history, mensuration, surveying and drawing, and other practical subjects relevant to farmers, proficiency in which is assessed through sessional examinations. The industries of Cirencester encompass various branches of agriculture. It has a connection via a branch canal to the Thames and Severn Canal.

Corinium was a flourishing Romano-British town, at first perhaps a cavalry post, but afterwards, for the greater part of the Roman period, purely a civilian city. At Chedworth, 7 m. N.E., is one of the most noteworthy Roman villas in England. Cirencester (Cirneceaster, Cyrenceaster, Cyringceaster) is described in Domesday as ancient demesne of the crown. The manor was granted by William I. to William Fitzosbern; on reverting to the crown it was given in 1189, with the township, to the Augustinian abbey founded here by Henry I. The struggle of the townsmen to prove that Cirencester was a borough probably began in the same year, when they were amerced for a false presentment. Four inquisitions during the 13th century supported the abbot’s claims, yet in 1343 the townsmen declared in a chancery bill of complaint that Cirencester was a borough distinct from the manor, belonging to the king but usurped by the abbot, who since 1308 had abated their court of provostry. Accordingly they produced a copy of a forged charter from Henry I. to the town; the court ignored this and the abbot obtained a new charter and a writ of supersedeas. For their success against the earls of Kent and Salisbury Henry IV. in 1403 gave the townsmen a gild merchant, although two 392 inquisitions reiterated the abbot’s rights. These were confirmed in 1408-1409 and 1413; in 1418 the charter was annulled, and in 1477 parliament declared that Cirencester was not corporate. After several unsuccessful attempts to re-establish the gild merchant, the government in 1592 was vested in the bailiff of the lord of the manor. Cirencester became a parliamentary borough in 1572, returning two members, but was deprived of representation in 1885. Besides the “new market” of Domesday Book the abbots obtained charters in 1215 and 1253 for fairs during the octaves of All Saints and St Thomas the Martyr. The wool trade gave these great importance; in 1341 there were ten wool merchants in Cirencester, and Leland speaks of the abbots’ cloth-mill, while Camden calls it the greatest market for wool in England.

Corinium was a thriving Romano-British town, originally perhaps a cavalry post, but for most of the Roman period, it was a civilian city. Just 7 miles northeast at Chedworth is one of the most notable Roman villas in England. Cirencester (Cirneceaster, Cyrenceaster, Cyringceaster) is referred to in the Domesday Book as ancient crown land. William I granted the manor to William Fitzosbern; when it returned to the crown, it was given in 1189, along with the township, to the Augustinian abbey established here by Henry I. The townspeople's efforts to prove that Cirencester was a borough likely began that same year when they were fined for a false representation. Four inquiries in the 13th century backed the abbot’s claims, but in 1343, the townspeople stated in a chancery bill that Cirencester was a borough separate from the manor, owned by the king but taken over by the abbot, who had since 1308 suppressed their court of provostry. They presented a copy of a forged charter from Henry I. to the town; the court ignored this, and the abbot secured a new charter and a writ of supersedeas. For their victory against the earls of Kent and Salisbury, Henry IV granted the townsmen a gild merchant in 1403, although two inquiries reiterated the abbot’s rights. These were confirmed in 1408-1409 and 1413; in 1418, the charter was annulled, and in 1477, Parliament declared that Cirencester was not a corporate entity. After several failed attempts to re-establish the gild merchant, in 1592, the government was placed in the hands of the bailiff of the lord of the manor. Cirencester became a parliamentary borough in 1572, returning two members, but lost representation in 1885. Besides the "new market" mentioned in the Domesday Book, the abbots received charters in 1215 and 1253 for fairs during the octaves of All Saints and St. Thomas the Martyr. The wool trade was very significant, with ten wool merchants in Cirencester by 1341, and Leland noted the abbots’ cloth mill, while Camden called it the largest wool market in England.

See Transactions of the Bristol and Gloucestershire Archaeological Society, vols. ii., ix., xviii.

See Transactions of the Bristol and Gloucestershire Archaeological Society, vols. ii., ix., xviii.


CIRILLO, DOMENICO (1739-1799), Italian physician and patriot, was born at Grumo in the kingdom of Naples. Appointed while yet a young man to a botanical professorship, Cirillo went some years afterwards to England, where he was elected fellow of the Royal Society, and to France. On his return to Naples he was appointed successively to the chairs of practical and theoretical medicine. He wrote voluminously and well on scientific subjects and secured an extensive medical practice. On the French occupation of Naples and the proclamation of the Parthenopean republic (1799), Cirillo, after at first refusing to take part in the new government, consented to be chosen a representative of the people and became a member of the legislative commission, of which he was eventually elected president. On the abandonment of the republic by the French (June 1799), Cardinal Ruffo and the army of King Ferdinand IV. returned to Naples, and the Republicans withdrew, ill-armed and inadequately provisioned, to the forts. After a short siege they surrendered on honourable terms, life and liberty being guaranteed them by the signatures of Ruffo, of Foote, and of Micheroux. But the arrival of Nelson changed the complexion of affairs, and he refused to ratify the capitulation. Secure under the British flag, Ferdinand and his wife, Caroline of Austria, showed themselves eager for revenge, and Cirillo was involved with the other republicans in the vengeance of the royal family. He asked Lady Hamilton (wife of the British minister to Naples) to intercede on his behalf, but Nelson wrote in reference to the petition: “Domenico Cirillo, who had been the king’s physician, might have been saved, but that he chose to play the fool and lie, denying that he had ever made any speeches against the government, and saying that he only took care of the poor in the hospitals” (Nelson and the Neapolitan Jacobins, Navy Records Society, 1903). He was condemned and hanged on the 29th of October 1799. Cirillo, whose favourite study was botany, and who was recognized as an entomologist by Linnaeus, left many books, in Latin and Italian, all of them treating of medical and scientific subjects, and all of little value now. Exception must, however, be made in favour of the Virtù morali dell’ Asino, a pleasant philosophical pamphlet remarkable for its double charm of sense and style. He introduced many medical innovations into Naples, particularly inoculation for smallpox.

CIRILLO, DOMENICO (1739-1799), an Italian doctor and patriot, was born in Grumo in the kingdom of Naples. When he was still quite young, he was appointed to a botanical professorship. A few years later, Cirillo went to England, where he was elected as a fellow of the Royal Society, and then to France. Upon returning to Naples, he was successively appointed to the positions of practical and theoretical medicine. He wrote extensively and well on scientific topics, building a large medical practice. When the French occupied Naples and the Parthenopean republic was proclaimed in 1799, Cirillo initially refused to participate in the new government but eventually agreed to be selected as a representative of the people and became a member of the legislative commission, where he was ultimately elected president. After the French abandoned the republic in June 1799, Cardinal Ruffo and King Ferdinand IV's army returned to Naples, forcing the Republicans, poorly armed and supplied, to retreat to the forts. After a brief siege, they surrendered under honorable conditions, with life and liberty guaranteed by the signatures of Ruffo, Foote, and Micheroux. However, when Nelson arrived, the situation changed, and he refused to approve the surrender. Protected by the British flag, Ferdinand and his wife, Caroline of Austria, sought revenge, and Cirillo found himself among the other Republicans facing the royal family's wrath. He asked Lady Hamilton, the British minister’s wife in Naples, to plead for him, but Nelson remarked regarding the petition: “Domenico Cirillo, who had been the king’s physician, might have been saved, but he chose to act foolishly and lie, denying that he had ever made any speeches against the government, and claiming that he only cared for the poor in the hospitals” (Nelson and the Neapolitan Jacobins, Navy Records Society, 1903). He was condemned and executed on October 29, 1799. Cirillo, who had a passion for botany and was recognized as an entomologist by Linnaeus, left behind many books in Latin and Italian, all focusing on medical and scientific topics, most of which hold little value today. However, an exception should be made for the Virtù morali dell’ Asino, a delightful philosophical pamphlet notable for its double appeal of meaning and style. He introduced many medical innovations in Naples, especially smallpox inoculation.

See C. Giglioli, Naples in 1799 (London, 1903); L. Conforti, Napoli nel 1799 (Naples, 1889); C. Tivaroni, L’ Italia durante il dominio francese, vol. ii. pp. 179-204. Also under Naples; Nelson and Ferdinand Iv. Of Naples.

See C. Giglioli, Naples in 1799 (London, 1903); L. Conforti, Napoli nel 1799 (Naples, 1889); C. Tivaroni, L’Italia durante il dominio francese, vol. ii. pp. 179-204. Also under Naples; Nelson and Ferdinand Iv. Of Naples.


CIRQUE (Lat. circus, ring), a French word used in physical geography to denote a semicircular crater-like amphitheatre at the head of a valley, or in the side of a glaciated mountain. The valley cirque is characteristic of calcareous districts. In the Chiltern Hills especially, and generally along the chalk escarpments, a flat-bottomed valley with an intermittent stream winds into the hill and ends suddenly in a cirque. There is an excellent example at Ivinghoe, Buckinghamshire, where it appears as though an enormous flat-bottomed scoop had been driven into the hillside and dragged outwards to the plain. In all cases it is found that the valley floor consists of hard or impervious rock above which lies a permeable or soluble stratum of considerable thickness. In the case of the chalk hills the upper strata are very porous, and the descending water with atmospheric and humous acids in solution has great solvent power. During the winter this upper layer becomes saturated and some of the water drains away along joints in the escarpment. An underground stream is thus developed carrying away a great deal of material in solution, and in consequence the ground above slowly collapses over the stream, while the cirque at the head, where the stream issues, gradually works backward and may pass completely through the hills, leaving a gap of which another drainage system may take possession. In the limestone country of the Cotteswold Hills, many small intermittent tributary streams are headed by cirques, and some of the longer dry valleys have springs issuing from beneath their lower ends, the dry valleys being collapsed areas above underground streams not yet revealed. In this case the pervious limestone is underlain by beds of impervious clay. There are many of these in the Jura Mountains. The Cirque de St Sulpice is a fine example where the impervious bed is a marly clay.

CIRQUE (Lat. circus, ring) is a French term used in physical geography to refer to a semicircular crater-like amphitheater at the head of a valley or on the side of a glaciated mountain. Valley cirques are typical in limestone regions. In the Chiltern Hills, particularly along the chalk escarpments, a flat-bottomed valley with an intermittent stream winds into the hill and ends abruptly in a cirque. A great example of this can be seen at Ivinghoe, Buckinghamshire, where it looks as if a massive flat-bottomed scoop has been carved into the hillside and pulled out toward the plain. In all cases, the valley floor is made up of hard or non-permeable rock, with a thicker layer of permeable or soluble material above it. In the chalk hills, the upper layers are highly porous, and the descending water, which contains atmospheric and organic acids, has strong dissolving abilities. During winter, this upper layer becomes saturated, and some of the water drains away along cracks in the escarpment. This creates an underground stream that carries away a significant amount of dissolved material, causing the ground above to gradually cave in over the stream. Meanwhile, the cirque at the top, where the stream emerges, slowly erodes backward and can eventually cut completely through the hills, creating a gap that may be taken over by another drainage system. In the limestone region of the Cotteswold Hills, many small intermittent tributary streams originate in cirques, and some of the longer dry valleys have springs at their lower ends, as these dry valleys are collapsed areas over underground streams that have not yet surfaced. In this case, the permeable limestone is underlaid by layers of non-permeable clay. There are many examples of this in the Jura Mountains, with the Cirque de St Sulpice being a notable case where the non-permeable layer is a marly clay.

The origin of the glacial cirque is entirely different and is said by W.D. Johnson (Journal of Geology, xii. No. 7, 1904) to be due to basal sapping and erosion under the bergschrund of the glacier. In this he is supported by G.K. Gilbert in the same journal, who produces some remarkable examples from the Sierra Nevada in California, where the mountain fragments have been left behind “like a sheet of dough upon a board after the biscuit tin has done its work”; so that above the head of the glaciers “the rock detail is rugged and splintered but its general effect is that of a great symmetrical arc.” Descending one of the bergschrunds of Mt. Lyell to a depth of 150 ft., Johnson found a rock floor cumbered with ice and blocks of rock and the rock face a literally vertical cliff “much riven, its fracture planes outlining sharp angular masses in all stages of displacement and dislodgment.” Judging from these facts, he interprets the deep valleys with cirques at their head in formerly glaciated regions where at the head there is a “reversed grade” of slope, as due to ice-erosion at valley-heads where scour is impossible at the sides of the mountain but strongest under the glacier head where the ice is deepest. The opponents of ice-erosion nevertheless recognize the very frequent occurrence of glacial cirques often containing small lakes such as that under Cader Idris in Wales, or at the head of Little Timber Creek, Montana, and numerous examples in Alpine districts.

The origin of the glacial cirque is completely different and is noted by W.D. Johnson (Journal of Geology, xii. No. 7, 1904) to result from basal sapping and erosion beneath the bergschrund of the glacier. He is backed by G.K. Gilbert in the same journal, who provides some striking examples from the Sierra Nevada in California, where the leftover mountain fragments are described as “like a sheet of dough on a board after the biscuit tin has done its job”; thus, above the glaciers, “the rock detail is rugged and splintered, but its overall effect is that of a great symmetrical arc.” After descending one of the bergschrunds of Mt. Lyell to a depth of 150 ft., Johnson found a rock floor covered with ice and rock blocks, and the rock face was a literally vertical cliff “heavily riven, with fracture planes outlining sharp angular masses in various stages of displacement and dislodgment.” Based on these observations, he interprets the deep valleys with cirques at their ends in previously glaciated areas where there’s a “reversed grade” of slope, as resulting from ice erosion at valley-heads where scouring is impossible at the mountain sides but strongest under the glacier head where the ice is thickest. However, those against the ice-erosion theory still acknowledge the common occurrence of glacial cirques, often containing small lakes like the one beneath Cader Idris in Wales or at the head of Little Timber Creek, Montana, as well as numerous examples in Alpine regions.


CIRTA (mod. Constantine, q.v.), an ancient city of Numidia, in Africa, in the country of the Massyli. It was regarded by the Romans as the strongest position in Numidia, and was made by them the converging point of all their great military roads in that country. By the early emperors it was allowed to fall into decay, but was afterwards restored by Constantine, from whom it took its modern name.

CIRTA (mod. Constantine, q.v.), an ancient city of Numidia, in Africa, in the region of the Massyli. The Romans saw it as the most fortified location in Numidia and used it as the central hub for all their major military roads in the area. Although it was neglected by the early emperors, it was later rebuilt by Constantine, who gave it its present name.


CISSEY, ERNEST LOUIS OCTAVE COURTOT DE (1810-1882), French general, was born at Paris on the 23rd of September 1810, and after passing through St Cyr, entered the army in 1832, becoming captain in 1839. He saw active service in Algeria, and became chef d’escadron in 1849 and lieutenant-colonel in 1850. He took part as a colonel in the Crimean War, and after the battle of Inkerman received the rank of general of brigade. In 1863 he was promoted general of division. When the Franco-German War broke out in 1870, de Cissey was given a divisional command in the Army of the Rhine, and he was included in the surrender of Bazaine’s army at Metz. He was released from captivity only at the end of the war, and on his return was at once appointed by the Versailles government to a command in the army engaged in the suppression of the Commune, a task in the execution of which he displayed great rigour. From July 1871 de Cissey sat as a deputy, and he had already become minister of war. He occupied this post several times during the critical period of the reorganization of the French army. In 1880, whilst holding the command of the XI. corps at Nantes, he was accused of having relations with a certain Baroness Kaula, who was said to be a spy in the pay of Germany, and 393 he was in consequence relieved from duty. An inquiry subsequently held resulted in de Cissey’s favour (1881). He died on the 15th of June 1882 at Paris.

CISSEY, ERNEST LOUIS OCTAVE COURTOT DE (1810-1882), French general, was born in Paris on September 23, 1810. After attending St Cyr, he joined the army in 1832 and became a captain in 1839. He served actively in Algeria and became chef d’escadron in 1849 and lieutenant-colonel in 1850. As a colonel, he participated in the Crimean War and received the rank of brigadier general after the battle of Inkerman. In 1863, he was promoted to division general. When the Franco-German War started in 1870, de Cissey was given divisional command in the Army of the Rhine and was part of the surrender of Bazaine’s army at Metz. He was released from captivity only at the end of the war. Upon his return, the Versailles government immediately assigned him to a command in the army tasked with suppressing the Commune, where he showed great rigor. From July 1871, de Cissey served as a deputy, and he had already become the minister of war. He held this position several times during the crucial period of reorganizing the French army. In 1880, while commanding the XI. corps in Nantes, he was accused of having connections with a certain Baroness Kaula, who was alleged to be a German spy, and 393 he was subsequently relieved of his duties. An inquiry held later ruled in de Cissey’s favor (1881). He died on June 15, 1882, in Paris.


CISSOID (from the Gr. κισσός, ivy, and εἰδος, form), a curve invented by the Greek mathematician Diocles about 180 B.C., for the purpose of constructing two mean proportionals between two given lines, and in order to solve the problem of duplicating the cube. It was further investigated by John Wallis, Christiaan Huygens (who determined the length of any arc in 1657), and Pierre de Fermat (who evaluated the area between the curve and its asymptote in 1661). It is constructed in the following manner. Let APB be a semicircle, BT the tangent at B, and APT a line cutting the circle in P and BT at T; take a point Q on AT so that AQ always equals PT; then the locus of Q is the cissoid. Sir Isaac Newton devised the following mechanical construction. Take a rod LMN bent at right angles at M, such that MN = AB; let the leg LM always pass through a fixed point O on AB produced such that OA = CA, where C is the middle point of AB, and cause N to travel along the line perpendicular to AB at C; then the midpoint of MN traces the cissoid. The curve is symmetrical about the axis of x, and consists of two infinite branches asymptotic to the line BT and forming a cusp at the origin. The cartesian equation, when A is the origin and AB = 2a, is y²(2a - x) = x³; the polar equation is r = 2a sin θ tan θ. The cissoid is the first positive pedal of the parabola y² + 8ax = 0 for the vertex, and the inverse of the parabola y² = 8ax, the vertex being the centre of inversion, and the semi-latus rectum the constant of inversion. The area between the curve and its asymptote is 3πa², i.e. three times the area of the generating circle.

CISSOID (from the Greek ivy, meaning ivy, and type, meaning form) is a curve created by the Greek mathematician Diocles around 180 BCE. It was designed to construct two mean proportionals between two given lines and to tackle the problem of duplicating the cube. Further studies were conducted by John Wallis, Christiaan Huygens (who calculated the length of any arc in 1657), and Pierre de Fermat (who determined the area between the curve and its asymptote in 1661). The construction is done as follows: Let APB be a semicircle, BT the tangent at B, and APT a line that intersects the circle at P and BT at T; choose a point Q on AT such that AQ always equals PT; then the path of Q is the cissoid. Sir Isaac Newton developed a mechanical construction. Take a rod LMN bent at a right angle at M, where MN = AB; let the leg LM always go through a fixed point O on the extended line AB such that OA = CA, with C being the midpoint of AB, and allow N to slide along the line that is perpendicular to AB at C; then the midpoint of MN will trace the cissoid. The curve is symmetrical around the x-axis and consists of two infinite branches that approach the line BT and create a cusp at the origin. The Cartesian equation, when A is the origin and AB = 2a, is y²(2a - x) = x³; the polar equation is r = 2a sin θ tan θ. The cissoid is the first positive pedal of the parabola y² + 8ax = 0 for the vertex, and the inverse of the parabola y² = 8ax, with the vertex as the center of inversion and the semi-latus rectum as the constant of inversion. The area between the curve and its asymptote is 3πa², i.e. three times the area of the generating circle.

The term cissoid has been given in modern times to curves generated in similar manner from other figures than the circle, and the form described above is distinguished as the cissoid of Diocles.

The term cissoid is now used to refer to curves created in a similar way from shapes other than the circle, and the shape described above is specifically known as the cissoid of Diocles.

A cissoid angle is the angle included between the concave sides of two intersecting curves; the convex sides include the sistroid angle.

A cissoid angle is the angle formed between the inward-curving sides of two intersecting curves; the outward-curving sides form the sistroid angle.

See John Wallis, Collected Works, vol. i.; T.H. Eagles, Plane Curves (1885).

See John Wallis, Collected Works, vol. i.; T.H. Eagles, Plane Curves (1885).


CIS-SUTLEJ STATES, the southern portion of the Punjab, India. The name, now obsolete, came into use in 1809, when the Sikh chiefs south of the Sutlej passed under British protection, and was generally applied to the country south of the Sutlej and north of the Delhi territory, bounded on the E. by the Himalayas, and on the W. by Sirsa district. Before 1846 the greater part of this territory was independent, the chiefs being subject merely to control from a political officer stationed at Umballa, and styled the agent of the governor-general for the Cis-Sutlej states. After the first Sikh War the full administration of the territory became vested in this officer. In 1849 occurred the annexation of the Punjab, when the Cis-Sutlej states commissionership, comprising the districts of Umballa, Ferozepore, Ludhiana, Thanesar and Simla, was incorporated with the new province. The name continued to be applied to this division until 1862, when, owing to Ferozepore having been transferred to the Lahore, and a part of Thanesar to the Delhi division, it ceased to be appropriate. Since then, the tract remaining has been known as the Umballa division. Patiala, Jind and Nabha were appointed a separate political agency in 1901. Excluding Bahawalpur, for which there is no political agent, and Chamba, the other states are grouped under the commissioners of Jullunder and Delhi, and the superintendent of the Simla hill states.

CIS-SUTLEJ STATES, the southern part of Punjab, India. This name, which is now outdated, started being used in 1809 when the Sikh leaders south of the Sutlej came under British protection. It generally referred to the region south of the Sutlej and north of the Delhi area, bordered on the east by the Himalayas and on the west by Sirsa district. Before 1846, most of this territory was independent, with the chiefs only under the supervision of a political officer stationed in Umballa, known as the agent of the governor-general for the Cis-Sutlej states. After the first Sikh War, full administration of the territory was given to this officer. The annexation of Punjab happened in 1849, at which point the Cis-Sutlej states commissionership, including the districts of Umballa, Ferozepore, Ludhiana, Thanesar, and Simla, was integrated into the new province. The name remained associated with this division until 1862, when it became inappropriate due to Ferozepore being moved to Lahore and part of Thanesar being transferred to the Delhi division. Since then, the remaining area has been known as the Umballa division. Patiala, Jind, and Nabha were designated a separate political agency in 1901. Aside from Bahawalpur, which has no political agent, and Chamba, the other states are grouped under the Jullunder and Delhi commissioners, as well as the superintendent of the Simla hill states.


CIST (Gr. κίστη, Lat. cista, a box; cf. Ger. Kiste, Welsh kistvaen, stone-coffin, and also the other Eng. form “chest”), in Greek archaeology, a wicker-work receptacle used in the Eleusinian and other mysteries to carry the sacred vessels; also, in the archaeology of prehistoric man, a coffin formed of flat stones placed edgeways with another flat stone for a cover. The word is also used for a sepulchral chamber cut in the rock (see Coffin).

CIST (Gr. κίστη, Lat. cista, meaning box; cf. Ger. Kiste, Welsh kistvaen, stone-coffin, and also the other English form “chest”), in Greek archaeology, refers to a woven container used in the Eleusinian and other mysteries to transport sacred vessels; additionally, in prehistoric archaeology, it describes a coffin made of flat stones arranged on their sides with another flat stone serving as a lid. The term is also applied to a burial chamber carved into rock (see Coffin).

“Cistern,” the common term for a water-tank, is a derivation of the same word (Lat. cisterna; cf. “cave” and “cavern”).

“Cistern,” the common term for a water tank, comes from the same word (Lat. cisterna; cf. “cave” and “cavern”).


CISTERCIANS, otherwise Grey or White Monks (from the colour of the habit, over which is worn a black scapular or apron). In 1098 St Robert, born of a noble family in Champagne, at first a Benedictine monk, and then abbot of certain hermits settled at Molesme near Châtillon, being dissatisfied with the manner of life and observance there, migrated with twenty of the monks to a swampy place called Cîteaux in the diocese of Châlons, not far from Dijon. Count Odo of Burgundy here built them a monastery, and they began to live a life of strict observance according to the letter of St Benedict’s rule. In the following year Robert was compelled by papal authority to return to Molesme, and Alberic succeeded him as abbot of Cîteaux and held the office till his death in 1109, when the Englishman St Stephen Harding became abbot, until 1134. For some years the new institute seemed little likely to prosper; few novices came, and in the first years of Stephen’s abbacy it seemed doomed to failure. In 1112, however, St Bernard and thirty others offered themselves to the monastery, and a rapid and wonderful development at once set in. The next three years witnessed the foundation of the four great “daughter-houses of Cîteaux”—La Ferté, Pontigny, Clairvaux and Morimond. At Stephen’s death there were over 30 Cistercian houses; at Bernard’s (1154) over 280; and by the end of the century over 500; and the Cistercian influence in the Church more than kept pace with this material expansion, so that St Bernard saw one of his monks ascend the papal chair as Eugenius III.

Cistercians, also known as Gray or White Monks (named for the color of their habit, which is worn over a black scapular or apron). In 1098, St. Robert, who came from a noble family in Champagne and was initially a Benedictine monk and then the abbot of some hermits living at Molesme near Châtillon, became unhappy with the way of life and practices there. He moved with twenty monks to a marshy area called Cîteaux in the diocese of Châlons, not far from Dijon. Count Odo of Burgundy built them a monastery there, and they began living a life of strict adherence to St. Benedict’s rule. The following year, Robert was forced by papal authority to go back to Molesme, and Alberic took over as abbot of Cîteaux, holding the position until his death in 1109, after which the Englishman St. Stephen Harding became abbot until 1134. For a few years, the new community seemed unlikely to succeed; few novices came, and during the early years of Stephen’s leadership, it looked like it would fail. However, in 1112, St. Bernard and thirty others joined the monastery, and incredible growth began immediately. The next three years saw the establishment of the four major “daughter-houses of Cîteaux”—La Ferté, Pontigny, Clairvaux, and Morimond. At Stephen’s death, there were over 30 Cistercian houses; by Bernard’s death in 1154, there were over 280; and by the end of the century, more than 500 had been established. The Cistercian impact on the Church grew alongside this expansion, leading St. Bernard to witness one of his monks becoming pope as Eugenius III.

The keynote of Cistercian life was a return to a literal observance of St Benedict’s rule—how literal may be seen from the controversy between St Bernard and Peter the Venerable, abbot of Cluny (see Maitland, Dark Ages, § xxii.). The Cistercians rejected alike all mitigations and all developments, and tried to reproduce the life exactly as it had been in St Benedict’s time, indeed in various points they went beyond it in austerity. The most striking feature in the reform was the return to manual labour, and especially to field-work, which became a special characteristic of Cistercian life. In order to make time for this work they cut away the accretions to the divine office which had been steadily growing during three centuries, and in Cluny and the other Black Monk monasteries had come to exceed greatly in length the regular canonical office: one only of these accretions did they retain, the daily recitation of the Office of the Dead (Edm. Bishop, Origin of the Primer, Early English Text Society, original series, 109, p. xxx.).

The main focus of Cistercian life was a return to strictly following St. Benedict’s rule—just how strictly can be seen in the disagreement between St. Bernard and Peter the Venerable, the abbot of Cluny (see Maitland, Dark Ages, § xxii.). The Cistercians rejected all softening and all developments, and aimed to recreate life exactly as it had been in St. Benedict’s time; in fact, in many ways, they took it further in terms of strictness. The most notable aspect of the reform was the emphasis on manual labor, particularly in fieldwork, which became a distinct feature of Cistercian life. To make time for this work, they eliminated the additions to the divine office that had been gradually accumulating over three centuries, which had become significantly longer than the standard canonical office in Cluny and other Black Monk monasteries: they retained only one of these additions, the daily recitation of the Office of the Dead (Edm. Bishop, Origin of the Primer, Early English Text Society, original series, 109, p. xxx.).

It was as agriculturists and horse and cattle breeders that, after the first blush of their success and before a century had passed, the Cistercians exercised their chief influence on the progress of civilization in the later middle ages: they were the great farmers of those days, and many of the improvements in the various farming operations were introduced and propagated by them; it is from this point of view that the importance of their extension in northern Europe is to be estimated. The Cistercians at the beginning renounced all sources of income arising from benefices, tithes, tolls and rents, and depended for their income wholly on the land. This developed an organized system for selling their farm produce, cattle and horses, and notably contributed to the commercial progress of the countries of western Europe. Thus by the middle of the 13th century the export of wool by the English Cistercians had become a feature in the commerce of the country. Farming operations on so extensive a scale could not be carried out by the monks alone, whose choir and religious duties took up a considerable portion of their time; and so from the beginning the system of lay brothers was introduced on a large scale. The lay brothers were recruited from the peasantry and were simple uneducated men, whose function consisted in carrying out the various field-works and plying all sorts of useful trades; they formed a body 394 of men who lived alongside of the choir monks, but separate from them, not taking part in the canonical office, but having their own fixed round of prayer and religious exercises. A lay brother was never ordained, and never held any office of superiority. It was by this system of lay brothers that the Cistercians were able to play their distinctive part in the progress of European civilization. But it often happened that the number of lay brothers became excessive and out of proportion to the resources of the monasteries, there being sometimes as many as 200, or even 300, in a single abbey. On the other hand, at any rate in some countries, the system of lay brothers in course of time worked itself out; thus in England by the close of the 14th century it had shrunk to relatively small proportions, and in the 15th century the régime of the English Cistercian houses tended to approximate more and more to that of the Black Monks.

It was as farmers and breeders of horses and cattle that, after their initial success and before a century had passed, the Cistercians had their biggest impact on the development of civilization in the later middle ages: they were the leading farmers of that time, and many advancements in various farming practices were introduced and spread by them; it is from this perspective that we should assess the significance of their expansion in northern Europe. At the start, the Cistercians gave up all types of income from benefices, tithes, tolls, and rents, relying solely on the land for their income. This led to an organized system for selling their agricultural products, cattle, and horses, which significantly contributed to the commercial growth of the western European countries. By the mid-13th century, the export of wool by the English Cistercians had become a key aspect of the country's trade. Such large-scale farming operations couldn't be managed by the monks alone, as their choir and religious duties consumed a significant portion of their time; thus, the system of lay brothers was introduced early on. The lay brothers were recruited from the peasantry and were generally uneducated men whose role was to handle various fieldwork and engage in various useful trades; they formed a group of men who lived alongside the choir monks but separately from them, not participating in the canonical office but having their own regular schedule of prayer and religious activities. A lay brother was never ordained and never held any position of authority. It was through this system of lay brothers that the Cistercians were able to play their unique role in the advancement of European civilization. However, it often happened that the number of lay brothers became excessive and disproportionate to the monasteries' resources, with sometimes as many as 200 or even 300 in a single abbey. On the flip side, in some countries, the system of lay brothers eventually diminished; for example, in England, by the end of the 14th century it had significantly reduced, and in the 15th century, the governance of the English Cistercian houses began to increasingly resemble that of the Black Monks.

The Cistercian polity calls for special mention. Its lines were adumbrated by Alberic, but it received its final form at a meeting of the abbots in the time of Stephen Harding, when was drawn up the Carta Caritatis (Migne, Patrol. Lat. clxvi. 1377), a document which arranged the relations between the various houses of the Cistercian order, and exercised a great influence also upon the future course of western monachism. From one point of view, it may be regarded as a compromise between the primitive Benedictine system, whereby each abbey was autonomous and isolated, and the complete centralization of Cluny, whereby the abbot of Cluny was the only true superior in the body. Cîteaux, on the one hand, maintained the independent organic life of the houses—each abbey had its own abbot, elected by its own monks; its own community, belonging to itself and not to the order in general; its own property and finances administered by itself, without interference from outside. On the other hand, all the abbeys were subjected to the general chapter, which met yearly at Cîteaux, and consisted of the abbots only; the abbot of Cîteaux was the president of the chapter and of the order, and the visitor of each and every house, with a predominant influence and the power of enforcing everywhere exact conformity to Cîteaux in all details of the exterior life—observance, chant, customs. The principle was that Cîteaux should always be the model to which all the other houses had to conform. In case of any divergence of view at the chapter, the side taken by the abbot of Cîteaux was always to prevail (see F.A. Gasquet, Sketch of Monastic Constitutional History, pp. xxxv-xxxviii, prefixed to English trans, of Montalembert’s Monks of the West, ed. 1895).

The governance of the Cistercian order deserves special attention. It was initially outlined by Alberic, but it took its final shape during a meeting of the abbots in Stephen Harding's time, where the Carta Caritatis (Migne, Patrol. Lat. clxvi. 1377) was created. This document established the relationships among the various Cistercian houses and significantly influenced the future of Western monasticism. It can be seen as a compromise between the early Benedictine system, where each abbey was independent and isolated, and the complete centralization of Cluny, where the abbot of Cluny was the sole true authority in the organization. On one hand, Cîteaux preserved the independent and organic life of its houses—each abbey had its own abbot, elected by its own monks; its own community, self-contained and not part of the wider order; and its own property and finances managed independently, without outside interference. On the other hand, all abbeys were subject to the general chapter, which convened annually at Cîteaux and consisted solely of abbots; the abbot of Cîteaux served as the president of the chapter and the order, and visited every house, wielding substantial influence and authority to enforce strict adherence to Cîteaux's standards in all aspects of external life—observance, chant, customs. The principle was that Cîteaux would always serve as the model for all other houses to follow. If there was ever a disagreement at the chapter, the perspective of the abbot of Cîteaux was always to be the deciding factor (see F.A. Gasquet, Sketch of Monastic Constitutional History, pp. xxxv-xxxviii, prefixed to English trans. of Montalembert’s Monks of the West, ed. 1895).

By the end of the 12th century the Cistercian houses numbered 500; in the 13th a hundred more were added; and in the 15th, when the order attained its greatest extension, there were close on 750 houses: the larger figures sometimes given are now recognized as apocryphal. Nearly half of the houses had been founded, directly or indirectly, from Clairvaux, so great was St Bernard’s influence and prestige: indeed he has come almost to be regarded as the founder of the Cistercians, who have often been called Bernardines. The order was spread all over western Europe,—chiefly in France, but also in Germany, England, Scotland, Ireland, Sweden, Poland, Hungary, Italy and Sicily, Spain and Portugal,—where some of the houses, as Alcobaça, were of almost incredible magnificence. In England the first foundation was Furness (1127), and many of the most beautiful monastic buildings of the country, beautiful in themselves and beautiful in their sites, were Cistercian,—as Tintern, Rievaulx, Byland, Fountains. A hundred were established in England in the next hundred years, and then only one more up to the Dissolution (for list, see table and map in F.A. Gasquet’s English Monastic Life, or Catholic Dictionary, art. “Cistercians”).

By the end of the 12th century, there were 500 Cistercian houses; in the 13th century, a hundred more were added; and by the 15th century, when the order reached its peak, there were close to 750 houses. The larger numbers sometimes reported are now seen as exaggerated. Nearly half of these houses were founded, either directly or indirectly, from Clairvaux, highlighting St. Bernard’s immense influence and prestige. He is often regarded as the founder of the Cistercians, who have frequently been referred to as Bernardines. The order spread throughout Western Europe—mainly in France, but also in Germany, England, Scotland, Ireland, Sweden, Poland, Hungary, Italy and Sicily, Spain, and Portugal—where some houses, like Alcobaça, were remarkably magnificent. In England, the first foundation was Furness (1127), and many of the most beautiful monastic buildings in the country, striking both in design and location, were Cistercian, including Tintern, Rievaulx, Byland, and Fountains. A hundred were established in England in the following hundred years, with only one more founded before the Dissolution (for the list, see table and map in F.A. Gasquet’s English Monastic Life, or Catholic Dictionary, art. “Cistercians”).

For a hundred years, till the first quarter of the 13th century, the Cistercians supplanted Cluny as the most powerful order and the chief religious influence in western Europe. But then in turn their influence began to wane, chiefly, no doubt, because of the rise of the mendicant orders, who ministered more directly to the needs and ideas of the new age. But some of the reasons of Cistercian decline were internal. In the first place, there was the permanent difficulty of maintaining in its first fervour a body embracing hundreds of monasteries and thousands of monks, spread all over Europe; and as the Cistercian very raison d’être consisted in its being a “reform,” a return to primitive monachism, with its field-work and severe simplicity, any failures to live up to the ideal proposed worked more disastrously among Cistercians than among mere Benedictines, who were intended to live a life of self-denial, but not of great austerity. Relaxations were gradually introduced in regard to diet and to simplicity of life, and also in regard to the sources of income, rents and tolls being admitted and benefices incorporated, as was done among the Benedictines; the farming operations tended to produce a commercial spirit; wealth and splendour invaded many of the monasteries, and the choir monks abandoned field-work.

For a hundred years, until the early 13th century, the Cistercians replaced Cluny as the most powerful order and the main religious influence in western Europe. But then their influence started to fade, largely due to the rise of the mendicant orders, who addressed the needs and ideas of the new age more directly. However, there were also internal reasons for the Cistercian decline. First, there was the ongoing challenge of keeping the initial enthusiasm alive in a group of hundreds of monasteries and thousands of monks spread across Europe. Since the Cistercian order was founded as a “reform” aimed at returning to early monasticism characterized by hard work and strict simplicity, any failure to live up to that ideal had a more significant negative impact on the Cistercians than on the Benedictines, who were meant to live a life of self-denial but not extreme austerity. Gradually, they relaxed their rules regarding diet and lifestyle, and also their sources of income, allowing rents and tolls and incorporating benefices, similar to the Benedictines. The farming activities began to create a commercial mindset; wealth and luxury crept into many monasteries, and the choir monks stopped participating in fieldwork.

The later history of the Cistercians is largely one of attempted revivals and reforms. The general chapter for long battled bravely against the invasion of relaxations and abuses. In 1335 Benedict XII., himself a Cistercian, promulgated a series of regulations to restore the primitive spirit of the order, and in the 15th century various popes endeavoured to promote reforms. All these efforts at a reform of the great body of the order proved unavailing; but local reforms, producing various semi-independent offshoots and congregations, were successfully carried out in many parts in the course of the 15th and 16th centuries. In the 17th another great effort at a general reform was made, promoted by the pope and the king of France; the general chapter elected Richelieu (commendatory) abbot of Cîteaux, thinking he would protect them from the threatened reform. In this they were disappointed, for he threw himself wholly on the side of reform. So great, however, was the resistance, and so serious the disturbances that ensued, that the attempt to reform Cîteaux itself and the general body of the houses had again to be abandoned, and only local projects of reform could be carried out. In 1598 had arisen the reformed congregation of the Feuillants, which spread widely in France and Italy, in the latter country under the name of “Improved Bernardines.” The French congregation of Sept-Fontaines (1654) also deserves mention. In 1663 de Rancé reformed La Trappe (see Trappists).

The later history of the Cistercians is mainly about efforts to revive and reform the order. The general chapter fought hard against the relaxation of rules and various abuses. In 1335, Benedict XII, who was a Cistercian himself, introduced a series of regulations aimed at restoring the original spirit of the order, and in the 15th century, several popes tried to encourage reforms. Despite these attempts to reform the larger body of the order being unsuccessful, local reforms led to the creation of several semi-independent offshoots and congregations that thrived in many regions during the 15th and 16th centuries. In the 17th century, there was another significant push for a general reform, backed by the pope and the king of France; the general chapter elected Richelieu as the commendatory abbot of Cîteaux, hoping he would shield them from the impending reforms. However, they were disappointed, as he fully supported the reform efforts. The resistance was so strong, and the resulting turmoil so serious, that the attempt to reform Cîteaux and the overall body of houses had to be abandoned again, leaving only local reform projects feasible. In 1598, the reformed congregation of the Feuillants was established, gaining ground in France and Italy, where it was known as the “Improved Bernardines.” The French congregation of Sept-Fontaines, founded in 1654, also deserves mention. In 1663, de Rancé reformed La Trappe (see Trappists).

The Reformation, the ecclesiastical policy of Joseph II., the French Revolution, and the revolutions of the 19th century, almost wholly destroyed the Cistercians; but some survived, and since the beginning of the last half of the 19th century there has been a considerable recovery. They are at present divided into three bodies: (1) the Common Observance, with about 30 monasteries and 800 choir monks, the large majority being in Austria-Hungary; they represent the main body of the order and follow a mitigated rule of life; they do not carry on field-work, but have large secondary schools, and are in manner of life little different from fairly observant Benedictine Black monks; of late years, however, signs are not wanting of a tendency towards a return to older ideas; (2) the Middle Observance, embracing some dozen monasteries and about 150 choir monks; (3) the Strict Observance, or Trappists (q.v.), with nearly 60 monasteries, about 1600 choir monks and 2000 lay brothers.

The Reformation, Joseph II's church policies, the French Revolution, and the revolutions of the 19th century nearly wiped out the Cistercians; however, some managed to survive, and since the mid-19th century, there has been a significant revival. They are currently divided into three groups: (1) the Common Observance, with about 30 monasteries and 800 choir monks, mostly in Austria-Hungary; they represent the main body of the order and follow a more relaxed rule of life; they don't engage in agricultural work but operate large secondary schools, and their way of life is quite similar to that of fairly observant Benedictine Black monks; in recent years, though, there have been indications of a move back to older practices; (2) the Middle Observance, which includes around a dozen monasteries and about 150 choir monks; (3) the Strict Observance, or Trappists (q.v.), with nearly 60 monasteries, about 1600 choir monks, and 2000 lay brothers.

In all there are about 100 Cistercian monasteries and about 4700 monks, including lay brothers. There have always been a large number of Cistercian nuns; the first nunnery was founded at Tart in the diocese of Langres, 1125; at the period of their widest extension there are said to have been 900 nunneries, and the communities were very large. The nuns were devoted to contemplation and also did field-work. In Spain and France certain Cistercian abbesses had extraordinary privileges. Numerous reforms took place among the nuns. The best known of all Cistercian convents was probably Port-Royal (q.v.), reformed by Angélique Arnaud, and associated with the story of the Jansenist controversy. After all the troubles of the 19th century there still exist 100 Cistercian nunneries with 3000 nuns, choir and lay; of these, 15 nunneries with 900 nuns are Trappist.

There are about 100 Cistercian monasteries and around 4,700 monks, including lay brothers. Cistercian nuns have always been numerous; the first convent was established in Tart in the diocese of Langres in 1125. At their peak, there are said to have been 900 nunneries, with very large communities. The nuns focused on contemplation and also worked in the fields. In Spain and France, some Cistercian abbesses held extraordinary privileges. There were many reforms among the nuns. The most well-known Cistercian convent was likely Port-Royal (q.v.), which was reformed by Angélique Arnaud and is linked to the Jansenist controversy. After all the unrest of the 19th century, there are still 100 Cistercian nunneries with 3,000 nuns, both choir and lay; of these, 15 nunneries with 900 nuns are Trappist.

Accounts of the beginnings of the Cistercians and of the primitive life and spirit will be found in the lives of St Bernard, the best 395 whereof is that of Abbé E. Vacandard (1895); also in the Life of St Stephen Harding, in the English Saints. See also Henry Collins (one of the Oxford Movement, who became a Cistercian), Spirit and Mission of the Cistercian Order (1866). The facts are related in Helyot, Hist. des ordres religieux (1792), v. cc. 33-46, vi cc. 1, 2. Useful sketches, with references to the literature, are supplied in Herzog, Realencyklopädie (ed. 3), art. “Cistercienser”; Wetzer und Welte, Kirchenlexikon (ed. 2), art. “Cistercienserorden”; Max Heimbucher, Orden und Kongregationen (1896), i. §§ 33, 34. Prof. Brewer’s discriminating, yet on the whole sympathetic, Preface to vol. iv. of the Works of Giraldus Cambrensis (Rolls Series of Chronicles and Memorials) is very instructive. Denis Murphy’s Triumphalia Monasterii S. Crucis (1891) contains a general sketch, with a particular account of the Irish Cistercians.

Accounts of the beginnings of the Cistercians and their early life and spirit can be found in the lives of St. Bernard, especially the one by Abbé E. Vacandard (1895); there's also the Life of St. Stephen Harding in the English Saints. Additionally, check out Henry Collins (part of the Oxford Movement who became a Cistercian) in Spirit and Mission of the Cistercian Order (1866). The facts are detailed in Helyot’s Hist. des ordres religieux (1792), vol. v, chapters 33-46, and vol. vi, chapters 1 and 2. Useful summaries, along with references to further literature, are provided in Herzog’s Realencyklopädie (3rd ed.), article “Cistercienser”; Wetzer und Welte’s Kirchenlexikon (2nd ed.), article “Cistercienserorden”; and Max Heimbucher’s Orden und Kongregationen (1896), vol. i, sections 33 and 34. Prof. Brewer’s insightful yet generally supportive Preface to volume iv of the Works of Giraldus Cambrensis (Rolls Series of Chronicles and Memorials) is very informative. Denis Murphy’s Triumphalia Monasterii S. Crucis (1891) provides a general overview, along with a specific account of the Irish Cistercians.

(E. C. B.)

CITATION (Lat. citare, to cite), in law, a summons to appear, more particularly applied in England to process in the probate and divorce division of the high court. In the ecclesiastical courts, citation was a method of commencing a probate suit, answering to a writ of summons at common law, and it is now in English probate practice an instrument issuing from the principal probate registry, chiefly used when a person, having the superior right to take a grant, delays or declines to do so, and another having an inferior right desires to obtain a grant; the party having the prior right is cited to appear and either to renounce the grant or show cause why it should not be decreed to the citator. In divorce practice, when a petitioner has filed his petition and affidavit, he extracts a citation, i.e. a command drawn in the name of the sovereign and signed by one of the registrars of the court, calling upon the alleged offender to appear and make answer to the petition. In Scots law, citation is used in the sense of a writ of summons. The word in its more general literary sense means the act of quoting, or the referring to an authority in support of an argument.

CITATION (Lat. citare, to cite), in law, is a formal request to appear, particularly used in England for processes in the probate and divorce divisions of the high court. In ecclesiastical courts, citation was a way to start a probate case, similar to a writ of summons in common law. Nowadays, in English probate practice, it’s a document that comes from the main probate registry, mainly used when someone with the primary right to obtain a grant delays or refuses to do so, and another person with a lesser right wants to secure the grant. The individual with the prior right is summoned to appear and either give up the grant or explain why it shouldn’t be granted to the person who requested it. In divorce cases, after a petitioner has submitted their petition and affidavit, they request a citation, i.e. a directive issued in the name of the sovereign and signed by one of the court's registrars, requiring the alleged violator to appear and respond to the petition. In Scots law, citation refers to a writ of summons. More generally, the term means the act of quoting or referencing an authority to support an argument.


CÎTEAUX, a village of eastern France, in the department of Côte d’Or, 16 m. S.S.E. of Dijon by road. It is celebrated for the great abbey founded by Robert, abbot of Molesme, in 1098, which became the headquarters of the Cistercian order. The buildings which remain date chiefly from the 18th century and are of little interest. The church, destroyed in 1792, used to contain the tombs of the earlier dukes of Burgundy.

Cîteaux is a village in eastern France, located in the Côte d’Or department, 16 miles southeast of Dijon by road. It's famous for the large abbey established by Robert, the abbot of Molesme, in 1098, which became the main center of the Cistercian order. The remaining buildings mainly date back to the 18th century and aren't particularly noteworthy. The church, which was destroyed in 1792, used to house the tombs of the earlier dukes of Burgundy.


CITHAERON, now called from its pine forests Elatea, a famous mountain range (4626 ft.) in the south of Boeotia, separating that state from Megaris and Attica. It was famous in Greek mythology, and is frequently mentioned by the great poets, especially by Sophocles. It was on Cithaeron that Aetaeon was changed into a stag, that Pentheus was torn to pieces by the Bacchantes whose orgies he had been watching, and that the infant Oedipus was exposed. This mountain, too, was the scene of the mystic rites of Dionysus, and the festival of the Daedala in honour of Hera. The carriage-road from Athens to Thebes crosses the range by a picturesque defile (the pass of Dryoscephalae, “Oak-heads”), which was at one time guarded on the Attic side by a strong fortress, the ruins of which are known as Ghyphto-kastro (“Gipsy Castle”). Plataea is situated on the north slope of the mountain, and the strategy of the battle of 479 B.C. was considerably affected by the fact that it was necessary for the Greeks to keep their communications open by the passes (see Plataea). The best known of these is that of Dryoscephalae, which must then, as now, have been the direct route from Athens to Thebes. Two other passes, farther to the west, were crossed by the roads from Plataea to Athens and to Megara respectively.

Cithaeron, now called Elatea because of its pine forests, is a famous mountain range (4626 ft.) in southern Boeotia, separating that region from Megaris and Attica. It was well-known in Greek mythology and is frequently mentioned by great poets, especially Sophocles. Cithaeron was the place where Actaeon was transformed into a stag, where Pentheus was torn apart by the Bacchae whose rites he had been watching, and where the infant Oedipus was abandoned. This mountain was also the site of Dionysus’ mystic rites and the Daedala festival in honor of Hera. The carriage road from Athens to Thebes crosses the range through a scenic pass (the pass of Dryoscephalae, “Oak-heads”), which was once protected on the Attic side by a strong fortress, the ruins of which are known as Ghyphto-kastro (“Gipsy Castle”). Plataea is located on the northern slope of the mountain, and the strategy of the battle of 479 BCE was significantly impacted by the need for the Greeks to maintain open communication through the passes (see Plataea). The most well-known of these is Dryoscephalae, which must have been the direct route from Athens to Thebes, just as it is today. Two other passes, further to the west, were traversed by the roads from Plataea to Athens and Megara, respectively.

(E. GR.)

Fig. 1.—Nero Citharoedus (Mus. Pio-Clementino), showing back of a Roman Cithara.

CITHARA (Assyrian chetarah; Gr. κιθάρα; Lat. cithara; perhaps Heb. kinura, kinnor), one of the most ancient stringed instruments, traced back to 1700 B.C. among the Semitic races, in Egypt, Assyria, Asia Minor, Greece and the Roman empire, whence the use of it spread over Europe. The main feature of the Greek kithara, its shallow sound-chest, being the most important part of it, is also that in which developments are most noticeable; its contour varied considerably during the many musical ages, but the characteristic in respect of which it fore-shadowed the precursors of the violin family, and by which they were distinguished from other contemporary stringed instruments of the middle ages, was preserved throughout in all European descendants bearing derived names. This characteristic box sound-chest (fig. 1) consisted of two resonating tables, either flat or delicately arched, connected by ribs or sides of equal width. The cithara may be regarded as an attempt by a more skilful craftsman or race to improve upon the lyre (q.v.), while retaining some of its features. The construction of the cithara can fortunately be accurately studied from two actual specimens found in Egypt and preserved in the museums of Berlin and Leiden. The Leiden cithara (fig. 2), which forms part of the d’Anastasy Collection in the Museum of Antiquities, is in a very good state of preservation. The sound-chest, in the form of an irregular square (17 cm. × 17 cm.), is hollowed out of a solid block of wood from the base, which is open; the little bar, seen through the open base and measuring 2½ cm. (1 in.), is also of the same piece of wood. The arms, one short and one long, are solid and are fixed to the body by means of wooden pins; they are glued as well for greater strength. W. Pleyte, through whose courtesy the sketch was revised and corrected, states that there are no indications on the instrument of any kind of bridge or attachment for strings except the little half-hoop of iron wire which passes through the base from back to front. To this the strings were probably attached, and the little bar performed the double duty of sound-post and support for strengthening the tail-piece and enabling it to resist the tension of the strings. The oblique transverse bar, rendered necessary by the increasing length of the strings, was characteristic of the Egyptian cithara,1 whereas the Asiatic and Greek instruments were generally constructed with horizontal bars resting on arms of equal length, the pitch of the strings being varied by thickness and tension, instead of by length. (For the Berlin cithara see Lyre.)

Cithara (Assyrian chetarah; Gr. guitar; Lat. cithara; possibly Heb. kinura, kinnor), one of the oldest stringed instruments, dating back to 1700 BCE among the Semitic peoples, in Egypt, Assyria, Asia Minor, Greece, and the Roman Empire, from where its use spread across Europe. A key feature of the Greek kithara, its shallow soundbox, is its most important part, showing the most noticeable developments; its shape changed significantly through various musical eras, but the characteristic that hinted at the origins of the violin family, distinguishing them from other string instruments of the Middle Ages, was consistently maintained in all European descendants with derived names. This trait soundbox (fig. 1) consisted of two resonating surfaces, either flat or slightly arched, connected by solid ribs or sides of equal width. The cithara can be seen as an attempt by a more skilled craftsman or culture to enhance the lyre (q.v.), while keeping some of its traits. Fortunately, the construction of the cithara can be closely examined from two actual examples found in Egypt and preserved in the museums of Berlin and Leiden. The Leiden cithara (fig. 2), part of the d’Anastasy Collection in the Museum of Antiquities, is very well-preserved. The soundbox, shaped like an irregular square (17 cm. × 17 cm.), is carved from a solid piece of wood from the base, which is open; the small bar visible through the open base, measuring 2½ cm. (1 in.), is also from the same piece of wood. The arms, one short and one long, are solid and attached to the body using wooden pins; they are also glued for added durability. W. Pleyte, who kindly helped revise and correct the sketch, notes that there are no signs on the instrument of any kind of bridge or string attachment other than a small half-hoop of iron wire that runs through the base from front to back. The strings were likely attached to this, and the small bar acted as both a sound post and a support to strengthen the tailpiece, allowing it to withstand the tension of the strings. The slanted transverse bar, needed because of the increasing string length, was typical of the Egyptian cithara, while Asian and Greek instruments were generally built with horizontal bars resting on arms of equal length, adjusting the pitch of the strings by thickness and tension, rather than by length. (For the Berlin cithara see Lyre.)

 
Fig. 2.—Ancient Egyptian Cithara from Thebes. Museum of Antiquities, Leiden.

The number of strings with which the cithara was strung varied from 4 to 19 or 20 at different times; they were added less for the purpose of increasing the compass in the modern sense than to enable the performer to play in the different modes of the Greek musical system. Terpander is credited with having increased the number of strings to seven; Euclid, quoting him as his authority, states that “loving no more the tetrachordal chant, we will sing aloud new hymns to a seven-toned phorminx.”

The number of strings on the cithara ranged from 4 to 19 or 20 at different times; these were added not so much to expand the range in the modern sense but to allow the performer to play in various modes of the Greek musical system. Terpander is said to have increased the number of strings to seven; Euclid, citing him as his source, states that “no longer loving the tetrachordal chant, we will sing aloud new hymns to a seven-toned phorminx.”

What has been said of the scale of the lyre applies also to the cithara, and need therefore not be repeated here. The strings were vibrated by means of the fingers or plectrum (πλῆκτρον, from πλήσσειν, to strike; Lat. plectrum, from plango, I strike). Twanging with the fingers for strings of gut, hemp or silk was undoubtedly the more artistic method, since the player was able to command various shades of expression which are impossible 396 with a rigid plectrum.2 Loudness of accent and great brilliancy of tone, however, can only be obtained by the use of the plectrum.

What has been said about the range of the lyre also applies to the cithara, so it doesn’t need to be repeated here. The strings were played using either the fingers or a plectrum (pḗklēkron, from πλήσσειν, which means to strike; Lat. plectrum, from plango, meaning I strike). Plucking the strings with fingers made of gut, hemp, or silk was definitely the more artistic technique, as the player could achieve various shades of expression that are impossible with a stiff plectrum.396 However, loudness and brilliance of tone can only be achieved by using the plectrum.

Quotations from the classics abound to show what was the practice of the Greeks and Romans in this respect. The plectrum was held in the right hand, with elbow outstretched and palm bent inwards, and the strings were plucked with the straightened fingers of the left hand.3 Both methods were used with intention according to the dictates of art for the sake of the variation in tone colour obtainable thereby.4

Quotations from the classics are plentiful to illustrate what the Greeks and Romans practiced in this regard. The plectrum was held in the right hand, with the elbow extended and the palm facing inward, while the strings were plucked with the straightened fingers of the left hand.3 Both techniques were employed purposefully according to artistic principles to achieve the variations in tone color that could be obtained.4

The strings of the cithara were either knotted round the transverse tuning bar itself (zugon) or to rings threaded over the bar, which enabled the performer to increase or decrease the tension by shifting the knots or rings; or else they were wound round pegs,5 knobs6 or pins7 fixed to the zugon. The other end of the strings was secured to a tail-piece after passing over a flat bridge, or the two were combined in the curious high box tail-piece which acted as a bridge. Plutarch8 states that this contrivance was added to the cithara in the days of Cepion, pupil of Terpander. These boxes were hinged in order to allow the lid to be opened for the purpose of securing the strings to some contrivance concealed therein. It is a curious fact that no sculptured cithara provided with this box tail-piece is represented with strings, and in many cases there could never have been any, for the hand and arm9 are visible across the space that would be filled by the strings, which are always carved in a solid block.

The strings of the cithara were either tied around the transverse tuning bar itself (zugon) or to rings threaded over the bar, which allowed the performer to adjust the tension by moving the knots or rings; alternatively, they were wrapped around pegs, 5 knobs 6 or pins 7 attached to the zugon. The other end of the strings was secured to a tailpiece after passing over a flat bridge, or the two were combined in the unique high box tailpiece that acted as a bridge. Plutarch 8 mentions that this device was added to the cithara during the time of Cepion, a student of Terpander. These boxes were hinged to allow the lid to be opened for securing the strings to some mechanism hidden inside. Interestingly, no sculpted cithara equipped with this box tailpiece shows strings, and in many instances, there couldn't have been any, since the hand and arm 9 are visible across the area where the strings would be, which are always carved from a solid block.

 
Fig. 3.—Apollo Citharoedus, showing Cithara with box tail-pieces.

Like the lyre the cithara was made in many sizes, conditioned by the pitch and the use to which the instrument was to be put. These instruments may have been distinguished by different names; the pectis, for instance, is declared by Sappho (22nd fragment) to have been small and shrill; the phorminx, on the other hand, seems to have been identical with the cithara.10

Like the lyre, the cithara was made in various sizes, depending on the pitch and the purpose of the instrument. These instruments might have had different names; for example, Sappho (22nd fragment) describes the pectis as small and shrill, while the phorminx appears to be the same as the cithara.10

The Greek kithara was the instrument of the professional singer or citharoedus (κιθαρῳδός) and of the instrumentalist or citharista (κιθαριστής), and thus served the double purpose of (1) accompanying the voice—a use placed by the Greeks far above mere instrumental music—in epic recitations and rhapsodies, in odes and lyric songs; and (2) of accompanying the dance; it was also used for playing solos at the national games, at receptions and banquets and at trials of skill. The costume of the citharoedus and citharista was rich and recognized as being distinctive; it varied but little throughout the ages, as may be deduced from a comparison of representations of the citharoedus on a coin and on a Greek vase of the best period (fig. 4). The costume consisted of a palla or long tunic with sleeves embroidered with gold and girt high above the waist, falling in graceful folds to the feet. This palla must not be confounded with the mantle of the same name worn by women. Over one shoulder, or hanging down the back, was the purple chlamys or cloak, and on his brow a golden wreath of laurels. All the citharoedi bear instruments of the type here described as the cithara, and never one of the lyre type. The records of the citharoedi extend over more than thirteen centuries and fall into two natural divisions: (1) The mythological period, approximately from the 13th century B.C. to the first Olympiad, 776 B.C.; and (2) the historical period to the days of Ptolemy, A.D. 161. One of the very few authentic Greek odes extant is a Pythian ode by Pindar, in which the phorminx of Apollo is mentioned; the solo is followed by a chorus of citharoedi. The scope of the solemn games and processions, called Panathenaea, held every four years in honour of the goddess Athena, which originally consisted principally of athletic sports and horse and chariot races, was extended under Peisistratus (c. 540 B.C.), and the celebration made to include contests of singers and instrumentalists, recitations of portions of the Iliad and Odyssey, such as are represented on the frieze of the Parthenon (in the Elgin Room at the British Museum) and later on friezes by Pheidias. It was at the same period that the first contests for solo-playing on the cithara (κιθαριστύς) and for solo aulos-playing were instituted at the 8th Pythian Games.11 One of the principal items at these contests for aulos and cithara was the Nomos Pythikos, descriptive of the victory of Apollo over the python and of the defeat of the monster.12

The Greek kithara was the instrument of the professional singer, known as citharoedus (κιθαριστής), and of the instrumentalist, or citharista (guitarist). It served two main purposes: (1) to accompany the voice—a function highly valued by the Greeks, far above simple instrumental music—in epic recitations, rhapsodies, odes, and lyric songs; and (2) to accompany the dance. It was also used for solo performances at national games, receptions, banquets, and skill competitions. The attire of the citharoedus and citharista was elaborate and distinct, remaining largely consistent throughout the ages, as seen in comparisons of the citharoedus depicted on coins and Greek vases from the best period (fig. 4). The costume consisted of a palla, a long tunic with sleeves embroidered in gold, cinched high above the waist and flowing gracefully to the feet. This palla should not be confused with the female mantle of the same name. Draped over one shoulder or hanging down the back was the purple chlamys or cloak, and a golden wreath of laurels adorned his brow. All the citharoedi are shown with instruments like the cithara, never with ones resembling the lyre. The records of the citharoedi span more than thirteen centuries and can be divided into two main periods: (1) The mythological period, approximately from the 13th century BCE to the first Olympiad in 776 BCE; and (2) the historical period, extending to the time of Ptolemy in CE 161. One of the very few authentic Greek odes that still exist is a Pythian ode by Pindar, which mentions Apollo's phorminx; the solo is followed by a chorus of citharoedi. The Panathenaea, solemn games and processions held every four years in honor of the goddess Athena, originally focused mainly on athletic sports and horse and chariot races. However, under Peisistratus (circa 540 BCE), the celebration expanded to include contests for singers and instrumentalists, as well as recitations from the Iliad and Odyssey, like those depicted on the frieze of the Parthenon (in the Elgin Room at the British Museum) and later friezes by Pheidias. It was during this time that the first competitions for solo playing on the cithara (guitarist) and for solo aulos-playing were established at the 8th Pythian Games.11 A key event at these contests for aulos and cithara was the Nomos Pythikos, which describes Apollo's victory over the python and the defeat of the monster.12

 
Fig. 4.—Cithara or Phorminx, from a vase in the British Museum.

The Pythian Games survived the classic Greek period and were continued under Roman sway until about A.D. 394. Not only were these games held at Delphi, but smaller contests, called Pythia, modelled on the great Pythian, were instituted in various provinces of the empire, and more especially in Asia Minor. The games lasted for several days, the first being devoted to music. To the games at Delphi came musicians from all parts of the civilized world; and the Spaniards, at the beginning of our era, had attained to such a marvellous proficiency in playing the cithara, an instrument which they had learnt to know from the Phoenician colonists before the conquest by the Romans, that some of their citharoedi easily carried off the honours at the musical contests. The consul Metellus was so charmed with the music of the Spanish competitors that he sent some to Rome for the festivals, where the impression created was so great that the Spanish citharoedi obtained a permanent footing in Rome. Aulus Gellius (Noct. Att.) describes an incident at a banquet which corroborates this statement.

The Pythian Games lasted beyond the classic Greek era and were continued under Roman rule until around CE 394. These games took place in Delphi, and smaller competitions called Pythia, inspired by the main Pythian Games, were set up in various regions of the empire, especially in Asia Minor. The games spanned several days, with the first day dedicated to music. Musicians from all over the civilized world traveled to Delphi for the games, and by the beginning of our era, the Spaniards had developed an incredible skill in playing the cithara, an instrument they had learned from the Phoenician settlers before the Roman conquest. Some of their citharoedi (cithara players) easily won top honors in the musical contests. The consul Metellus was so impressed by the Spanish musicians that he brought some to Rome for the festivals, where they made such a big impact that Spanish citharoedi established a lasting presence in the city. Aulus Gellius (Noct. Att.) recounts an incident at a banquet that supports this claim.

The degeneration of music as an art among the Romans, and its gradual degradation by association with the sensual amusements of corrupt Rome, nearly brought about its extinction at the end of the 4th century, when the condemnation of the Church closed the theatres, and the great national games came to an end. Instrumental music was banished from civil life and from religious rites, and thenceforth the slender threads which connect the musical instruments of Greeks and Romans with those of 397 the middle ages must be sought among the unconverted barbarians of northern and western Europe, who kept alive the traditions taught them by conquerors and colonists; but as civilization was in its infancy with them the instruments sent out from their workshops must have been crude and primitive. Asia, the cradle of the cithara, also became its foster-mother; it was among the Greeks of Asia Minor that the several steps in the transition from cithara into guitar13 (q.v.) took place.

The decline of music as an art form among the Romans, along with its gradual fall due to its association with the sensual entertainment of corrupt Rome, nearly led to its extinction by the end of the 4th century when the Church's condemnation shut down the theaters, and the major national games were discontinued. Instrumental music was removed from public life and religious ceremonies, and from that point on, the faint connections between the musical instruments of the Greeks and Romans and those of the Middle Ages can be found among the unconverted barbarians of northern and western Europe, who preserved the traditions passed down to them by conquerors and colonists; however, since civilization was still in its early stages among them, the instruments produced in their workshops were likely crude and primitive. Asia, the birthplace of the cithara, also became its nurturing land; it was among the Greeks of Asia Minor that the various stages of the transition from cithara to guitar took place.

 
Fig. 5.—Asiatic Cithara in transition (or rotta). From a fresco at Beni-Hasan (c. 1700 BCE). Fig. 6.—Roman Cithara in transition, of the Lycian Apollo (Rome Mus. Capit.).

The first of these steps produced the rotta (q.v.), by the construction of body, arms and transverse bar in one piece. The Semitic races used the rotta at a very remote period (1700 B.C.), as we know from a fresco at Beni-Hasan, dating from the reign of Senwosri II., which depicts a procession of strangers bringing tribute; among them is a bearded musician of Semitic type bearing a rotta which he holds horizontally in front of him in the Assyrian manner, and quite unlike the Greeks, who always played the lyre and cithara in an upright position. A unique specimen of this rectangular rotta was found in an Alamannic tomb of the 5th or 6th century at Oberflacht in the Black Forest. The instrument was clasped in the arms of an armed knight; it is now preserved in the Völker Museum in Berlin. This old German rotta is an exact counterpart of instruments pictured in illuminated MSS. of the 8th century, and is derived from the cithara with rectangular body, while from the cithara with a body having the curve of the lower half of the violin was produced a rotta with the outline of the body of the guitar. Both types were common in Europe until the 14th century, some played with a bow, others twanged by the fingers, and bearing indifferently both names, cithara and rotta. The addition of a finger-board, stretching like a short neck from body to transverse bar, leaving on each side of the finger-board space for the hand to pass through in order to stop the strings, produced the crwth or crowd (q.v.), and brought about the reduction in the number of the strings to three or four. The conversion of the rotta into the guitar (q.v.) was an easy transition effected by the addition of a long neck to a body derived from the oval rotta. When the bow was applied the result was the guitar or troubadour fiddle. At first the instrument called cithara in the Latin versions of the Psalms was glossed citran, citre in Anglo-Saxon, but in the 11th century the same instrument was rendered hearpan, and in French and English harpe or harp, and our modern versions have retained this translation. The cittern (q.v.), a later descendant of the cithara, although preserving the characteristic features of the cithara, the shallow sound-chest with ribs, adopted the pear-shaped outline of the Eastern instruments of the lute tribe.

The first of these steps created the rotta (q.v.), by constructing the body, arms, and transverse bar as one piece. The Semitic people used the rotta a long time ago (1700 BCE), as shown by a fresco at Beni-Hasan from the reign of Senwosri II, which depicts a procession of foreigners bringing tribute; among them is a bearded musician of Semitic descent holding a rotta horizontally in front of him, similar to the Assyrian style, and quite different from the Greeks, who always played the lyre and cithara vertically. A unique example of this rectangular rotta was discovered in a 5th or 6th-century Alamannic tomb in Oberflacht in the Black Forest. The instrument was clasped in the arms of a knight, and is now displayed in the Völker Museum in Berlin. This ancient German rotta closely resembles instruments shown in illuminated manuscripts from the 8th century, and is derived from the cithara with a rectangular body, while the cithara with the curve of the lower half of the violin led to the creation of a rotta with a body shape like that of a guitar. Both types were common in Europe until the 14th century, with some played with a bow and others strummed with the fingers, both referred to as cithara and rotta interchangeably. Adding a fingerboard, extending like a short neck from the body to the transverse bar and allowing space on either side for the hand to pass through to stop the strings, produced the crwth or crowd (q.v.) and reduced the number of strings to three or four. Transitioning the rotta into the guitar (q.v.) was straightforward, achieved by adding a long neck to a body derived from the oval rotta. When played with a bow, this resulted in the guitar or troubadour fiddle. Initially, the instrument referred to as cithara in the Latin versions of the Psalms was glossed as citran or citre in Anglo-Saxon, but by the 11th century, the same instrument was labeled hearpan, and in French and English harpe or harp, and modern versions have kept this translation. The cittern (q.v.), a later descendant of the cithara, while retaining the characteristic features of the cithara, like its shallow sound-chest with ribs, adopted the pear-shaped shape common to Eastern instruments of the lute family.

(K. S.)

1 A drawing of an Egyptian cithara, similar to the Leiden specimen, may be seen in Champollion, Monuments de l’Égypte et de la Nubie, ii. pl. 175.

1 You can find a drawing of an Egyptian cithara, like the one in Leiden, in Champollion's Monuments de l’Égypte et de la Nubie, ii. pl. 175.

2 See Plutarch, Apophthegm. Lacon.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See Plutarch, Sayings of the Laconians.

3 Philostratus the Elder, Imagines, No. 10, “Amphion,” and Philostratus the Younger, Imagines, No. 7, “Orpheus,” p. 403.

3 Philostratus the Elder, Imagines, No. 10, “Amphion,” and Philostratus the Younger, Imagines, No. 7, “Orpheus,” p. 403.

4 Tibullus, Eleg. iii. 4. 39.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Tibullus, Eleg. 3. 4. 39.

5 Le Antichità de Ercolano, vol. iii. p. 5.

5 The Antiquities of Herculaneum, vol. iii. p. 5.

6 Idem, vol. iv. p. 201.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Same, vol. iv. p. 201.

7 Thomas Hope, Costumes of the Ancients, vol. ii. p. 193; also Edward Buhle, Die musikalischen Instrumente in den Miniaturen des frühen Mittelalters (Leipzig, 1903), frontispiece.

7 Thomas Hope, Costumes of the Ancients, vol. ii. p. 193; also Edward Buhle, Die musikalischen Instrumente in den Miniaturen des frühen Mittelalters (Leipzig, 1903), frontispiece.

8 See De Musica, ch. vi.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See *De Musica*, ch. vi.

9 See Visconti, Museo Clementino, pl. 22, Erato’s cithara, and in the same work that of Apollo Citharoedus (fig. 3 above).

9 See Visconti, Museo Clementino, pl. 22, Erato’s lyre, and in the same work, that of Apollo Citharoedus (fig. 3 above).

10 See Od. i. 153, 155; Il. xviii. 569-570. In Homer the form is always κἰθαρις.

10 See Od. i. 153, 155; Il. xviii. 569-570. In Homer, the term is always κἰθαρις.

11 See Pausanias x. 7, § 4 et seq.

11 See Pausanias x. 7, § 4 et seq.

12 For a description of the Nomos Pythikos in its relation to Greek music see Kathleen Schlesinger, “Researches into the Origin of the Organs of the Ancients,” Intern. Mus. Ges. Sbd. ii. (1901), 2, p. 177, and Strabo ix. p. 421.

12 For a description of the Nomos Pythikos and its connection to Greek music, see Kathleen Schlesinger, “Researches into the Origin of the Organs of the Ancients,” Intern. Mus. Ges. Vol. ii. (1901), 2, p. 177, and Strabo ix. p. 421.

13 For a discussion of this question see Kathleen Schlesinger, The Instruments of the Orchestra, part ii., and especially chapters on the cithara in transition during the middle ages, and the question of the origin of the Utrecht Psalter, in which the evolution of the cithara is traced at some length.

13 For a discussion of this question, see Kathleen Schlesinger, The Instruments of the Orchestra, part ii., especially the chapters on the cithara in transition during the Middle Ages and the origins of the Utrecht Psalter, where the evolution of the cithara is explored in detail.


CITIUM (Gr. Kition), the principal Phoenician city in Cyprus, situated at the north end of modern Larnaca, on the bay of the same name on the S.E. coast of the island. Converging currents from E. and W. meet and pass seawards off Cape Kiti a few miles south, and greatly facilitated ancient trade. To S. and W. the site is protected by lagoons, the salt from which was one of the sources of its prosperity. The earliest remains near the site go back to the Mycenaean age (c. 1400-1100 B.C.) and seem to mark an Aegean colony.1 but in historic times Citium is the chief centre of Phoenician influence in Cyprus. That this was still a recent settlement in the 7th century is suggested by an allusion in a list of the allies of Assur-bani-pal of Assyria in 668 B.C. to a King Damasu of Ķartihadasti (Phoenician for “New-town”), where Citium would be expected. A Phoenician dedication to “Baal of Lebanon” found here, and dated also to the 7th century, suggests that Citium may have belonged to Tyre. The biblical name Kittim, derived from Citium, is in fact used quite generally for Cyprus as a whole;2 later also for Greeks and Romans in general.3 The discovery here of an official monument of Sargon II. suggests that Citium was the administrative centre of Cyprus during the Assyrian protectorate (700-668 B.C.).4 During the Greek revolts of 500, 386 foll. and 352 B.C., Citium led the side loyal to Persia and was besieged by an Athenian force in 449 B.C.; its extensive necropolis proves that it remained a considerable city even after the Greek cause triumphed with Alexander. But like other cities of Cyprus, it suffered repeatedly from earthquake, and in medieval times when its harbour became silted the population moved to Larnaca, on the open roadstead, farther south. Harbour and citadel have now quite disappeared, the latter having been used to fill up the former shortly after the British occupation; some gain to health resulted, but an irreparable loss to science. Traces remain of the circuit wall, and of a sanctuary with copious terra-cotta offerings; the large necropolis yields constant loot to illicit excavation.

CITIUM (Gr. Kition), the main Phoenician city in Cyprus, is located at the north end of modern Larnaca, on the bay of the same name on the southeastern coast of the island. Converging currents from the east and west come together and flow out to sea off Cape Kiti just a few miles to the south, making ancient trade much easier. To the south and west, the site is protected by lagoons, and the salt from these lagoons was one of the sources of its wealth. The earliest remains found near the site date back to the Mycenaean period (around 1400-1100 BCE) and appear to indicate an Aegean colony.1 However, in historic times, Citium became the main center of Phoenician influence in Cyprus. Evidence suggests that this was still a relatively new settlement in the 7th century, as indicated by a mention in a list of allies of Assur-bani-pal of Assyria in 668 BCE referring to a King Damasu of Ķartihadasti (Phoenician for “New-town”), where Citium would be expected. A Phoenician dedication to “Baal of Lebanon,” also found here and dated to the 7th century, implies that Citium may have been connected to Tyre. The biblical name Kittim, which comes from Citium, is actually used generally to refer to Cyprus as a whole;2 and later it referred to Greeks and Romans in general as well.3 The discovery of an official monument of Sargon II here indicates that Citium served as the administrative center of Cyprus during the Assyrian protectorate (700-668 BCE).4 During the Greek revolts of 500, 386 onwards, and 352 B.C., Citium sided with Persia and was besieged by an Athenian force in 449 B.C.; its extensive necropolis shows that it remained a significant city even after the Greek cause was victorious with Alexander. However, like other cities in Cyprus, it experienced frequent earthquakes, and during medieval times, when its harbor became silted, the population relocated to Larnaca, on the open roadstead, further south. Both the harbor and citadel have now largely disappeared, with the latter being used to fill in the former shortly after British occupation; this led to some improvements in public health but resulted in an irreparable loss to science. Remains of the circuit wall and a sanctuary with numerous terra-cotta offerings can still be seen; the large necropolis consistently provides illicit excavators with valuable artifacts.

Bibliography.—W.H. Engel, Kypros (Berlin, 1841), (classical allusions); J.L. Myres, Journ. Hellenic Studies, xvii. 147 ff. (excavations); Cyprus Museum Catalogue (Oxford, 1899), p. 5-6; 153-155; Index (Antiquities); G.F. Hill, Brit. Mus. Cat. Coins of Cyprus (London, 1904), (Coins).

References.—W.H. Engel, Kypros (Berlin, 1841), (classical references); J.L. Myres, Journ. Hellenic Studies, xvii. 147 ff. (excavations); Cyprus Museum Catalogue (Oxford, 1899), pp. 5-6; 153-155; Index (Antiquities); G.F. Hill, Brit. Mus. Cat. Coins of Cyprus (London, 1904), (Coins).

(J. L. M.)

1 Cf. the name Kathian in a Ramessid list of cities of Cyprus, Oberhummer, Die Insel Cypern (Munich, 1903), p. 4.

1 See the name Kathian in a Ramessid list of cities in Cyprus, Oberhummer, The Island of Cyprus (Munich, 1903), p. 4.

2 Gen. x. 4; Num. xxiv. 24; Is. xxiii. 1, 12; Jer. ii. 10; Ezek. xxvii. 6.

2 Gen. 10:4; Num. 24:24; Is. 23:1, 12; Jer. 2:10; Ezek. 27:6.

3 Dan. xi. 30; I Macc. i. 1; viii. 5.

3 Dan. xi. 30; I Macc. i. 1; viii. 5.

4 Schrader, “Die Sargonstele des Berliner Museums,” in Abh. d. k. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. (1881); Zur Geogr. d. assyr. Reiches (Berlin, 1890), pp. 337-344.

4 Schrader, “The Sargon Stele of the Berlin Museum,” in Proceedings of the Prussian Academy of Sciences (1881); On the Geography of the Assyrian Empire (Berlin, 1890), pp. 337-344.


CITIZEN (a form corrupted in Eng., apparently by analogy with “denizen,” from O. Fr. citeain, mod. Fr. citoyen), etymologically the inhabitant of a city, cité or civitas (see City), and in England the term still used primarily of persons possessing civic rights in a borough; thus used also of a townsman as opposed to a countryman. The more extended use of the word, however, corresponding to civitas, gives “citizen” the meaning of one who is a constituent member of a state in international relations and as such has full national rights and owes a certain allegiance (q.v.) as opposed to an “alien”; in republican countries the term is then commonly employed as the equivalent of “subject” in monarchies of feudal origin. For the rules governing the obtaining of citizenship in this latter sense in the United States and elsewhere see Naturalization.

CITIZEN (a term altered in English, likely influenced by “denizen,” from Old French citeain, modern French citoyen), originally refers to an inhabitant of a city, cité or civitas (see City), and in England, the term is still mostly used for individuals who have civic rights in a borough; it can also refer to a townsman as contrasted with a countryman. However, the broader understanding of the word, akin to civitas, gives “citizen” the implication of someone who is a constituent member of a state in international relations, thus enjoying full national rights and owing certain allegiance (q.v.) as opposed to an “alien”; in republics, the term is often used as the equivalent of “subject” in monarchies with a feudal background. For the rules governing the acquisition of citizenship in this sense in the United States and elsewhere, see Naturalization.


CITOLE, also spelled Sytole, Cythole, Gytolle, &c. (probably a Fr. diminutive form of cithara, and not from Lat. cista, a box), an obsolete musical instrument of which the exact form is uncertain. It is frequently mentioned by poetical writers of the 13th to the 15th centuries, and is found in Wycliffe’s Bible (1360) in 2 Samuel vi. 5, “Harpis and sitols and tympane.” The Authorized Version has “psaltiries,” and the Vulgate “lyrae.” It has been supposed to be another name for the psaltery (q.v.), a box-shaped instrument often seen in the illuminated missals of the middle ages.

CITOL, also spelled Sytole, Cythole, Gytolle, etc. (most likely a French diminutive of cithara, rather than from the Latin cista, meaning a box), is an outdated musical instrument with an uncertain exact form. It is often referenced by poets from the 13th to the 15th centuries and appears in Wycliffe’s Bible (1360) in 2 Samuel vi. 5, stating, “Harpis and sitols and tympane.” The Authorized Version calls it “psaltiries,” and the Vulgate refers to it as “lyrae.” It has been thought to be another term for the psaltery (q.v.), a box-shaped instrument frequently depicted in the illuminated missals of the Middle Ages.


CITRIC ACID, Acidum citricum, or Oxytricarballylic Acid, C3H4(OH) (CO·OH)3, a tetrahydroxytribasic acid, first obtained in the solid state by Karl Wilhelm Scheele, in 1784, from the juice of lemons. It is present also in oranges, citrons, currants, gooseberries and many other fruits, and in several bulbs and tubers. It is made on a large scale from lime or lemon juice, and also by the fermentation of glucose under the influence of Citromycetes pfefferianus, C. glaber and other ferments. Lemon juice is fermented for some time to free it from mucilage, then boiled 398 and filtered, and neutralized with powdered chalk and a little milk of lime; the precipitate of calcium citrate so obtained is decomposed with dilute sulphuric acid, the solution filtered, evaporated to remove calcium sulphate and concentrated, preferably in vacuum pans. The acid is thus obtained in colourless rhombic prisms of the composition C6H8O7 + H2O. Crystals of a different form are deposited from a strong boiling solution of the acid. About 20 gallons of lemon juice should yield about 10 lb of crystallized citric acid. The acid may also be prepared from the juice of unripe gooseberries. Calcium citrate must be manufactured with care to avoid an excess of chalk or lime, which would precipitate constituents of the juice that cause the fermentation of the citrate and the production of calcium acetate and butyrate.

CITRIC ACID, Acidum citricum, or Oxytricarballylic Acid, C3H4(OH) (CO·OH)3, is a tetrahydroxytribasic acid that was first isolated in solid form by Karl Wilhelm Scheele in 1784 from lemon juice. It is also found in oranges, citrons, currants, gooseberries, and many other fruits, as well as in various bulbs and tubers. It’s produced on a large scale from lime or lemon juice, and through the fermentation of glucose with the help of Citromycetes pfefferianus, C. glaber, and other ferments. Lemon juice is fermented for a period to remove mucilage, then boiled 398 and filtered, and neutralized with powdered chalk and a bit of milk of lime. The resulting precipitate of calcium citrate is then treated with dilute sulfuric acid, filtered to remove solids, and evaporated to eliminate calcium sulfate, followed by concentration, preferably in vacuum pans. The acid is obtained as colorless rhombic prisms with the formula C6H8O7 + H2O. Crystals of a different shape can form from a strong boiling solution of the acid. About 20 gallons of lemon juice can yield around 10 pounds of crystallized citric acid. The acid may also be produced from the juice of unripe gooseberries. Care must be taken in manufacturing calcium citrate to avoid excess chalk or lime, which could precipitate components of the juice that cause fermentation of the citrate, leading to the formation of calcium acetate and butyrate.

The synthesis of citric acid was accomplished by L.E. Grimaux and P. Adam in 1881. Glycerin when treated with hydrochloric acid gives propenyl dichlorhydrin, which may be oxidized to s-dichloracetone. This compound combines with hydrocyanic acid to form a nitrile which hydrolyses to dichlor-hydroxy iso-butyric acid. Potassium cyanide reacts with this acid to form the corresponding dinitrile, which is converted by hydrochloric acid into citric acid. This series of operations proves the constitution of the acid. A. Haller and C.A. Held synthesized the acid from ethyl chlor-acetoacetate (from chlorine and acetoacetic ester) by heating with potassium cyanide and saponifying the resulting nitrile. The acetone dicarboxylic acid, CO(CH2CO2H)2, so obtained combines with hydrocyanic acid, and this product yields citric acid on hydrolysis.

The synthesis of citric acid was achieved by L.E. Grimaux and P. Adam in 1881. When glycerin is treated with hydrochloric acid, it produces propenyl dichlorhydrin, which can be oxidized to s-dichloracetone. This compound reacts with hydrocyanic acid to form a nitrile that hydrolyzes to dichlor-hydroxy iso-butyric acid. Potassium cyanide interacts with this acid to create the corresponding dinitrile, which is then converted into citric acid by hydrochloric acid. This series of processes demonstrates the structure of the acid. A. Haller and C.A. Held synthesized the acid from ethyl chlor-acetoacetate (derived from chlorine and acetoacetic ester) by heating it with potassium cyanide and then saponifying the resulting nitrile. The acetone dicarboxylic acid, CO(CH2CO2H)2, obtained from this reaction combines with hydrocyanic acid, and this product yields citric acid upon hydrolysis.

Citric acid has an agreeable sour taste. It is soluble in ¾ths of its weight of cold, and in half its weight of boiling water, and dissolves in alcohol, but not in ether. At 150°C. it melts, and on the continued application of heat boils, giving off its water of crystallization. At 175° C. it is resolved into water and aconitic acid, C6H6O6, a substance found in Equisetum fluviatile, monks-hood and other plants. A higher temperature decomposes this body into carbon dioxide and itaconic acid, C5H6C4, which, again, by the expulsion of a molecule of water, yields citraconic anhydride, C5H4O3. Citric acid digested at a temperature below 40°C. with concentrated sulphuric acid gives off carbon monoxide and forms acetone dicarboxylic acid. With fused potash it forms potassium oxalate and acetate. It is a strong acid, and dissolved in water decomposes carbonates and attacks iron and zinc.

Citric acid has a pleasant sour taste. It dissolves in three-quarters of its weight in cold water and half its weight in boiling water, and it can dissolve in alcohol, but not in ether. At 150°C, it melts, and with continued heat, it boils, releasing its water of crystallization. At 175°C, it breaks down into water and aconitic acid, C6H6O6, a compound found in Equisetum fluviatile, monkshood, and other plants. A higher temperature breaks this down into carbon dioxide and itaconic acid, C5H6C4, which, by losing a molecule of water, produces citraconic anhydride, C5H4O3. When citric acid is heated below 40°C with concentrated sulfuric acid, it releases carbon monoxide and forms acetone dicarboxylic acid. With fused potash, it produces potassium oxalate and acetate. It is a strong acid and when dissolved in water, it reacts with carbonates and corrodes iron and zinc.

The citrates are a numerous class of salts, the most soluble of which are those of the alkaline metals; the citrates of the alkaline earth metals are insoluble. Citric acid, being tribasic, forms either acid monometallic, acid dimetallic or neutral trimetallic salts; thus, mono-, di- and tri-potassium and sodium citrates are known. On warming citric acid with an excess of lime-water a precipitate of calcium citrate is obtained which is redissolved as the liquid cools.

The citrates are a large group of salts, with the alkaline metal citrates being the most soluble; the citrates of the alkaline earth metals are not soluble. Citric acid, which has three acidic protons, can form acid monometallic, acid dimetallic, or neutral trimetallic salts; therefore, mono-, di-, and tri-potassium and sodium citrates are recognized. When citric acid is heated with extra lime water, a precipitate of calcium citrate forms, which dissolves again as the liquid cools.

The impurities occasionally present in commercial citric acid are salts of potassium and sodium, traces of iron, lead and copper derived from the vessels used for its evaporation and crystallization, and free sulphuric, tartaric and even oxalic acid. Tartaric acid, which is sometimes present in large quantities as an adulterant in commercial citric acid, may be detected in the presence of the latter, by the production of a precipitate of acid potassium tartrate when potassium acetate is added to a cold solution. Another mode of separating the two acids is to convert them into calcium salts, which are then treated with a perfectly neutral solution of cupric chloride, soluble cupric citrate and calcium chloride being formed, while cupric tartrate remains undissolved. Citric acid is also distinguished from tartaric acid by the fact that an ammonia solution of silver tartrate produces a brilliant silver mirror when boiled, whereas silver citrate is reduced only after prolonged ebullition.

The impurities sometimes found in commercial citric acid include potassium and sodium salts, small amounts of iron, lead, and copper from the containers used for evaporation and crystallization, along with free sulfuric, tartaric, and even oxalic acids. Tartaric acid, which can often be present in significant amounts as an adulterant in commercial citric acid, can be detected alongside citric acid by adding potassium acetate to a cold solution, resulting in a precipitate of acid potassium tartrate. Another way to separate the two acids is by converting them into calcium salts, which are then treated with a completely neutral solution of cupric chloride. This forms soluble cupric citrate and calcium chloride, while cupric tartrate remains undissolved. Citric acid can also be differentiated from tartaric acid by the fact that an ammonia solution of silver tartrate produces a shiny silver mirror when boiled, whereas silver citrate is only reduced after a long boiling period.

Citric acid is used in calico printing, also in the preparation of effervescing draughts, as a refrigerant and sialogogue, and occasionally as an antiscorbutic, instead of fresh lemon juice. In the form of lime juice it has long been known as an antidote for scurvy. Several of the citrates are much employed as medicines, the most important being the scale preparations of iron. Of these iron and ammonium citrate is much used as a haematinic, and as it has hardly any tendency to cause gastric irritation or constipation it can be taken when the ordinary forms of iron are inadmissible. Iron and quinine citrate is used as a bitter stomachic and tonic. In the blood citrates are oxidized into carbonates; they therefore act as remote alkalis, increasing the alkalinity of the blood and thereby the general rate of chemical change within the body (see Acetic Acid).

Citric acid is used in calico printing, in making fizzy drinks, as a cooling agent, and sometimes as a remedy for scurvy instead of fresh lemon juice. In the form of lime juice, it's known as an antidote for scurvy. Several citrates are commonly used as medications, with the most important being the iron preparations. Among these, iron and ammonium citrate is frequently used as a blood builder, and since it causes minimal gastric irritation or constipation, it can be taken when other forms of iron aren’t suitable. Iron and quinine citrate is used as a bitter stomach aid and tonic. In the blood, citrates are converted into carbonates; they act as remote alkalis, increasing the alkalinity of the blood and thus boosting the overall rate of chemical reactions in the body (see Acetic Acid).


CITRON, a species of Citrus (C. medica), belonging to the tribe Aurantieae, of the botanical natural order Rutaceae; the same genus furnishes also the orange, lime and shaddock. The citron is a small evergreen tree or shrub growing to a height of about 10 ft.; it has irregular straggling spiny branches, large pale-green broadly oblong, slightly serrate leaves and generally unisexual flowers purplish without and white within. The large fruit is ovate or oblong, protuberant at the tip, and from 5 to 6 in. long, with a rough, furrowed, adherent rind, the inner portion of which is thick, white and fleshy, the outer, thin, greenish-yellow and very fragrant. The pulp is sub-acid and edible, and the seeds are bitter. There are many varieties of the fruit, some of them of great weight and size. The Madras citron has the form of an oblate sphere; and in the “fingered citron” of China the lobes are separated into finger-like divisions formed by separation of the constituent carpels, as occurs sometimes in the orange.

CITRON is a type of Citrus (C. medica), part of the tribe Aurantieae, in the Rutaceae family. This genus also includes oranges, limes, and shaddocks. The citron is a small evergreen tree or shrub that grows about 10 ft tall. It has irregular, spiny branches, large pale-green leaves that are broadly oblong and slightly serrated, and generally unisexual flowers that are purplish outside and white inside. The large fruit is ovate or oblong, with a bulge at the tip, measuring 5 to 6 inches long. It has a rough, bumpy, and firmly attached rind; the inner part is thick, white, and fleshy, while the outer part is thin, greenish-yellow, and very fragrant. The pulp is slightly sour and edible, while the seeds are bitter. There are many varieties of the fruit, some quite large and heavy. The Madras citron is shaped like a flattened sphere, and in the “fingered citron” from China, the lobes are split into finger-like sections due to the separation of the carpels, similar to what can happen in oranges.

The citron-tree thrives in the open air in China, Persia, the West Indies, Madeira, Sicily, Corsica, and the warmer parts of Spain and Italy; and in conservatories it is often to be seen in more northerly regions. Sir Joseph Hooker (Flora of British India, i. 514) regards it as a native of the valleys at the foot of the Himalaya, and of the Khasia hills and the Western Ghauts; Dr Bonavia, however, considers it to have originated in Cochin China or China, and to have been introduced into India, whence it spread to Media and Persia. It was described by Theophrastus as growing in Media, three centuries before Christ, and was early known to the ancients, and the fruit was held in great esteem by them; but they seem to have been acquainted with no other member of the Aurantieae, the introduction of oranges and lemons into the countries of the Mediterranean being due to the Arabs, between the 10th and 15th centuries. Josephus tells us that “the law of the Jews required that at the feast of tabernacles every one should have branches of palm-tree and citron-tree” (Antiq. xiii. 13. 5); and the Hebrew word tappuach, rendered “apples” and “apple-tree” in Cant. ii. 3, 5, Prov. xxv. 11, &c., probably signifies the citron-tree and its fruit. Oribasius in the 4th century describes the fruit, accurately distinguishing the three parts of it. About the 3rd century the tree was introduced into Italy; and, as Gallesio informs us, it was much grown at Salerno in the 11th century. In China citrons are placed in apartments to make them fragrant. The rind of the citron yields two perfumes, oil of cedra and oil of citron, isomeric with oil of turpentine; and when candied it is much esteemed as a dessert and in confectionery. The lemon (q.v.) is now generally regarded as a subspecies Limonum of Citrus medica.

The citron tree grows well outdoors in China, Persia, the West Indies, Madeira, Sicily, Corsica, and the warmer areas of Spain and Italy; it can also be found in conservatories in more northern regions. Sir Joseph Hooker (Flora of British India, i. 514) thinks it's native to the valleys at the foot of the Himalayas, as well as the Khasia hills and the Western Ghats. However, Dr. Bonavia believes it originated in Cochin China or China and was introduced to India, from where it spread to Media and Persia. Theophrastus described it growing in Media three centuries before Christ, and it was known to the ancients, who greatly valued the fruit; however, they didn't seem to know about any other members of the Aurantieae, as the introduction of oranges and lemons into Mediterranean countries occurred due to the Arabs between the 10th and 15th centuries. Josephus mentions that "the law of the Jews required that at the feast of tabernacles everyone should have branches of palm trees and citron trees" (Antiq. xiii. 13. 5); and the Hebrew word tappuach, translated as "apples" and "apple tree" in Cant. ii. 3, 5, Prov. xxv. 11, etc., likely refers to the citron tree and its fruit. Oribasius in the 4th century describes the fruit, accurately differentiating its three parts. The tree was introduced to Italy around the 3rd century; as Gallesio informs us, it was widely cultivated in Salerno in the 11th century. In China, citrons are placed in rooms to make them smell nice. The rind of the citron produces two perfumes, oil of cedra and oil of citron, which are isomeric with oil of turpentine; when candied, it is highly valued as a dessert and in confectionery. The lemon (q.v.) is now generally considered a subspecies Limonum of Citrus medica.

Oribasii Sardiani, Collectorum Medicinalium Libri XVII. i. 64 (De citrio); Gallesio, Traité du citrus (1811); Darwin, Animals and Plants under Domestication, i. 334-336 (1868); Brandis, Forest Flora of North-West and Central India, p. 51 (1874); E. Bonavia, The Cultivated Oranges and Lemons, &c., of India and Ceylon (1890).

Oribasii Sardiani, Collectorum Medicinalium Libri XVII. i. 64 (De citrio); Gallesio, Traité du citrus (1811); Darwin, Animals and Plants under Domestication, i. 334-336 (1868); Brandis, Forest Flora of North-West and Central India, p. 51 (1874); E. Bonavia, The Cultivated Oranges and Lemons, & c., of India and Ceylon (1890).


CITTADELLA, a town of Venetia, Italy, in the province of Padua, 20 m. N.W. by rail from the town of Padua; 160 ft. above sea-level. Pop. (1901) town, 3616; commune, 9686. The town was founded in 1220 by the Paduans to counterbalance the fortification of Castelfranco, 8 m. to the E., in 1218 by the Trevisans, and retains its well-preserved medieval walls, surrounded by a wet ditch. It was always a fortress of importance, and in modern times is a centre for the agricultural produce of the district, being the junction of the lines from Padua to Bassano and from Vicenza to Treviso.

Cittadella is a town in Venetia, Italy, located in the province of Padua, 20 miles northwest by rail from Padua. It's 160 feet above sea level. The population in 1901 was 3,616 for the town and 9,686 for the commune. The town was founded in 1220 by the people of Padua to balance out the fortification of Castelfranco, which was established by the Trevisans in 1218, 8 miles to the east. Cittadella still has its well-preserved medieval walls, surrounded by a wet ditch. It has always been an important fortress and nowadays serves as a hub for the agricultural produce of the region, as it is the junction for the railway lines from Padua to Bassano and from Vicenza to Treviso.


CITTÀ DELLA PIEVE, a town and episcopal see of Umbria, Italy, in the province of Perugia, situated 1666 ft. above the sea, 399 3 m. N.E. of its station on the railway between Chiusi and Orvieto. Pop. (1901) 8381. Etruscan tombs have been found in the neighbourhood, but it is not certain that the present town stands on an ancient site. It was the birthplace of the painter Pietro Vannucci (Perugino), and possesses several of his works, but none of the first rank.

Città della Pieve is a town and the seat of an episcopal see in Umbria, Italy, located 1,666 feet above sea level, 399 3 miles northeast of its railway station on the line between Chiusi and Orvieto. As of 1901, the population was 8,381. Etruscan tombs have been discovered in the area, but it's unclear if the current town is built on an ancient site. It's known as the birthplace of the painter Pietro Vannucci (Perugino) and has several of his artworks, though none are considered to be of the highest quality.


CITTÀ DI CASTELLO, a town and episcopal see of Umbria, Italy, in the province of Perugia, 38 m. E. of Arezzo by rail (18 m. direct), situated on the left bank of the Tiber, 945 ft. above sea-level. Pop. (1901) of town, 6096; of commune, 26,885. It occupies, as inscriptions show, the site of the ancient Tifernum Tiberinum, near which Pliny had a villa (Epist. v. 6; cf. H. Winnefeld in Jahrbuch des deutschen archäologischen Instituts, vi. Berlin, 1891, 203), but no remains exist above ground. The town was devastated by Totila, but seems to have recovered. We find it under the name of Castrum Felicitatis at the end of the 8th century. The bishopric dates from the 7th century. The town went through various political vicissitudes in the middle ages, being subject now to the emperor, now to the Church, until in 1468 it came under the Vitelli: but when they died out it returned to the allegiance of the Church. It is built in the form of a rectangle and surrounded by walls of 1518. It contains fine buildings of the Renaissance, especially the palaces of the Vitelli, and the cathedral, originally Romanesque. The 12th-century altar front of the latter in silver is fine. The Palazzo Comunale is of the 14th century. Some of Raphael’s earliest works were painted for churches in this town, but none of them remains there. There is, however, a small collection of pictures.

Città di Castello is a town and episcopal see in Umbria, Italy, located in the province of Perugia, 38 miles east of Arezzo by rail (18 miles direct), situated on the left bank of the Tiber River, 945 feet above sea level. The population in 1901 was 6,096 for the town and 26,885 for the commune. It occupies what inscriptions indicate was the site of the ancient Tifernum Tiberinum, where Pliny had a villa (Epist. v. 6; cf. H. Winnefeld in Jahrbuch des deutschen archäologischen Instituts, vi. Berlin, 1891, 203), but there are no visible remains above ground. The town was destroyed by Totila but seems to have bounced back. It appears under the name Castrum Felicitatis at the end of the 8th century. The bishopric originated in the 7th century. Throughout the Middle Ages, the town experienced various political changes, being ruled by the emperor at times and by the Church at others, until it came under the control of the Vitelli in 1468. However, when they became extinct, it returned to the Church's authority. The town is laid out in a rectangular shape and is surrounded by walls built in 1518. It features beautiful Renaissance buildings, notably the palaces of the Vitelli and the cathedral, which was originally Romanesque. The 12th-century silver altar front of the cathedral is impressive. The Palazzo Comunale dates back to the 14th century. Some of Raphael’s earliest works were painted for churches in this town, but none of them remain there now. However, there is a small collection of paintings.

See Magherini Graziani, L’Arte a Città di Castello (1897).

See Magherini Graziani, L’Arte a Città di Castello (1897).


CITTÀ VECCHIA, or Città Notabile, a fortified city of Malta, 7 m. W. of Valletta, with which it is connected by railway. Pop. (1901) 7515. It lies on high, sharply rising ground which affords a view of a large part of the island. It is the seat of a bishop, and contains an ornate cathedral, overthrown by an earthquake in 1693, but rebuilt, which is said by an acceptable tradition to occupy the site of the house of the governor Publius, who welcomed the apostle Paul. It contains some rich stalls of the 15th century and other objects of interest. In the rock beneath the city there are some remarkable catacombs in part of pre-Christian origin, but containing evidence of early Christian burial; and a grotto, reputed to have given shelter to the apostle, is pointed out below the church of San Paolo. Remains of Roman buildings have been excavated in the town. About 2 m. E. of the town is the residence of the English governor, known as the palace of S. Antonio; and at a like distance to the south is the ancient palace of the grand masters of the order of St John, with an extensive public garden called Il Boschetto. Città Vecchia was called Civitas Melita by the Romans and oldest writers, Medina (i.e. the city) by the Saracens, Notabile (locale notabile, et insigne coronae regiae, as it is called in a charter by Alphonso, 1428) under the Sicilian rule, and Città Vecchia (old city) by the knights. It was the capital of the island till its supersession by Valletta in 1570. (See also Malta.)

Città Vecchia, or Notable City, is a fortified city in Malta, 7 miles west of Valletta, connected by railway. Population (1901) was 7,515. It sits on elevated ground, offering views of much of the island. It serves as the seat of a bishop and features an ornate cathedral that was destroyed by an earthquake in 1693 but later rebuilt. According to a well-known tradition, it occupies the site of the home of Governor Publius, who welcomed the apostle Paul. The cathedral contains impressive 15th-century stalls and other items of interest. Beneath the city, there are notable catacombs, some of which date back to before Christianity but show signs of early Christian burials, while a grotto, believed to have sheltered the apostle, is located under the church of San Paolo. Remains of Roman structures have been excavated within the town. About 2 miles east of the town is the residence of the English governor, known as the palace of S. Antonio; and about the same distance to the south is the historic palace of the grand masters of the Order of St. John, with a large public garden called Il Boschetto. Città Vecchia was referred to as Civitas Melita by the Romans and early writers, Medina (meaning the city) by the Saracens, Notabile (as referred to in a charter by Alphonso in 1428) under Sicilian rule, and Città Vecchia (old city) by the knights. It was the capital of the island until Valletta took its place in 1570. (See also Malta.)


CITTERN (also Cithern, Cithron, Cythren, Citharen, &c.; Fr. citre, cistre, cithre, guitare allemande or anglaise; Ger. Cither, Zither (mit Hals, with neck); Ital. cetera, cetra), a medieval stringed instrument with a neck terminating in a grotesque and twanged by fingers or plectrum. The popularity of the cittern was at its height in England and Germany during the 16th and 17th centuries. The cittern consisted of a pear-shaped body similar to that of the lute but with a flat back and sound-board joined by ribs. The neck was provided with a fretted finger-board; the head was curved and surmounted by a grotesque head of a woman or of an animal.1 The strings were of wire in pairs of unisons, known as courses, usually four in number in England. A peculiarity of the cittern lay in the tuning of the courses, the third course known as bass being lower than the fourth styled tenor.

CITTERN (also Cithern, Cithron, Cythren, Citharen, etc.; Fr. citre, cistre, cithre, guitare allemande or anglaise; Ger. Cither, Zither (mit Hals, with neck); Ital. cetera, cetra), is a medieval stringed instrument with a neck that ends in a grotesque design and is played with fingers or a plectrum. The cittern was especially popular in England and Germany during the 16th and 17th centuries. It had a pear-shaped body similar to a lute but featured a flat back and a soundboard attached with ribs. The neck had a fretted fingerboard; the head was curved and topped with a grotesque figure of a woman or an animal.1 The strings were made of wire and came in pairs called courses, usually totaling four in England. One distinctive feature of the cittern was the tuning of the courses, with the third course, known as bass, being lower than the fourth course, called tenor.

According to Vincentio Galilei (the father of the great astronomer) England was the birthplace of the cittern.2 Several lesson books for this popular instrument were published during the 17th century in England. A very rare book (of which the British Museum does not possess a copy), The Cittharn Schoole, written by Anthony Holborne in 1597, is mentioned in Sir P. Leycester’s manuscript commonplace book3 dated 1656, “For the little Instrument called a Psittyrne Anthony Holborne and Tho. Robinson were most famous of any before them and have both of them set out a booke of Lessons for this Instrument. Holborne has composed a Basse-parte for the Viole to play unto the Psittyrne with those Lessons set out in his booke. These lived about Anno Domini 1600.” Thomas Robinson’s New Citharen Lessons with perfect tunings for the same from Foure course of strings to Fourteene course, &c. (printed London, 1609, by William Barley), contains illustrations of both kinds of instruments. The fourteen-course cittern was also known in England as Bijuga; the seven courses in pairs were stretched over the finger-board, and the seven single strings, fastened to the grotesque head, were stretched as in the lyre à vide alongside the neck; all the strings rested on the one flat bridge near the tail-piece. Robinson gives instructions for learning to play the cittern and for reading the tablature. John Playford’s Musick’s Delight on the Cithren (London, 1666) also contains illustrations of the instrument as well as of the viol da Gamba and Pochette; he claims to have revived the instrument and restored it to what it was in the reign of Queen Mary.

According to Vincentio Galilei (the father of the famous astronomer), England was the birthplace of the cittern. 2 Several lesson books for this popular instrument were published in England during the 17th century. A very rare book (which the British Museum does not have a copy of), The Cittharn Schoole, written by Anthony Holborne in 1597, is mentioned in Sir P. Leycester’s manuscript commonplace book 3 dated 1656. “For the little instrument called a Psittyrne, Anthony Holborne and Tho. Robinson were the most famous of anyone before them and both of them published a book of lessons for this instrument. Holborne composed a bass part for the viola to play along with the psittyrne using the lessons in his book. They lived around the year 1600.” Thomas Robinson’s New Citharen Lessons with perfect tunings for the same from Four courses of strings to Fourteen courses, etc. (printed in London, 1609, by William Barley), includes illustrations of both types of instruments. The fourteen-course cittern was also known in England as Bijuga; the seven paired courses were stretched over the fingerboard, while the seven single strings were attached to the ornate head and stretched like in the lyre à vide alongside the neck; all the strings rested on a single flat bridge near the tailpiece. Robinson provides instructions for learning to play the cittern and for reading tablature. John Playford’s Musick’s Delight on the Cithren (London, 1666) also features illustrations of the instrument as well as the viol da gamba and pochette; he claims to have revived the instrument and restored it to how it was during Queen Mary's reign.

From Thomas Robinson’s New Citharen Lessons, 1609.
Four-course Cittern.

The cittern probably owed its popularity at this time to the ease with which it might be mastered and used to accompany the voice; it was one of four instruments generally found in barbers’ shops, the others being the gittern, the lute and the virginals. The customers while waiting took down the instrument from its peg and played a merry tune to pass the time.4 We read that when Konstantijn Huygens came over to England and was received by James I. at Bagshot, he played to the king on the cittern (cithara), and that his performance was duly appreciated and applauded. He tells us that, although he learnt to play the barbiton in a few weeks with skill, he had lessons from a master for two years on the cittern.5 On the occasion of a third visit he witnessed the performance of some fine musicians and was astonished to hear a lady, mother of twelve, singing in divine fashion, accompanying herself on the cittern; one of these artists he calls Lanivius, the British Orpheus, whose performance was really enchanting.

The cittern likely became popular at this time because it was easy to learn and could be used to accompany singing. It was one of four instruments typically found in barbers’ shops, along with the gittern, the lute, and the virginals. Customers, while waiting, would take the instrument off the peg and play a cheerful tune to pass the time.4 It's noted that when Konstantijn Huygens traveled to England and was welcomed by James I. at Bagshot, he performed for the king on the cittern (cithara), and his playing was well received and applauded. He mentions that, although he mastered the barbiton in just a few weeks, he took lessons from a master for two years to learn the cittern.5 During a third visit, he witnessed some talented musicians and was amazed to hear a lady, a mother of twelve, singing beautifully while accompanying herself on the cittern; one of these performers he referred to as Lanivius, the British Orpheus, whose performance was truly enchanting.

Michael Praetorius6 gives various tunings for the cittern as 400 well as an illustration (sounded an octave higher than the notation).

Michael Praetorius6 provides different tunings for the cittern and includes an illustration (sounded an octave higher than the notation). 400

During the 18th century the cittern, citra or English guitar, had twelve wire strings in six pairs of unisons tuned thus:

During the 18th century, the cittern, citra, or English guitar had twelve wire strings in six pairs of unisons tuned like this:

The introduction of the Spanish guitar, which at once leapt into favour, gradually displaced the English variety. The Spanish guitar had gut strings twanged by the fingers. The last development of the cittern before its disappearance was the addition of keys. The keyed cithara7 was first made by Claus & Co. of London in 1783. The keys, six in number, were placed on the left of the sound-board, and on being depressed they acted on hammers inside the sound-chest, which rising through the rose sound-hole struck the strings. Sometimes the keys were placed in a little box right over the strings, the hammers striking from above. M.J.B. Vuillaume of Paris possessed an Italian cetera (not keyed) by Antoine Stradivarius,8 1700 (now in the Museum of the Conservatoire, Paris), with twelve strings tuned in pairs of unisons to E, D, G, B, C, A, which was exhibited in London in 1871.

The Spanish guitar quickly became popular and gradually replaced the English version. The Spanish guitar had gut strings plucked by fingers. The last version of the cittern before it faded away was the addition of keys. The keyed cithara7 was first made by Claus & Co. of London in 1783. There were six keys placed on the left side of the soundboard, and when pressed, they activated hammers inside the sound chest, which rose through the rose sound hole to hit the strings. Sometimes the keys were positioned in a small box right above the strings, with the hammers striking from above. M.J.B. Vuillaume of Paris owned an Italian cetera (not keyed) by Antoine Stradivarius,8 1700 (now in the Museum of the Conservatoire, Paris), with twelve strings tuned in pairs to E, D, G, B, C, A, which was displayed in London in 1871.

The cittern of the 16th century was the result of certain transitions which took place during the evolution of the violin from the Greek kithara (see Cithara).

The cittern of the 16th century was a product of specific changes that occurred during the development of the violin from the Greek kithara (see Cithara).

Genealogical Table of the Cittern.

Family Tree of the Cittern.

The cittern has retained the following characteristics of the archetype. (1) The derivation of the name, which after the introduction of the bow was used to characterize various instruments whose strings were twanged by fingers or plectrum, such as the harp and the rotta (both known as cithara), the citola and the zither. In an interlinear Latin and Anglo-Saxon version of the Psalms, dated A.D. 700 (Brit. Mus., Vesp. A. 1), cithara is translated citran, from which it is not difficult to trace the English cithron, citteran, cittarn, of the 16th century. (2) The construction of the sound-chest with flat back and sound-board connected by ribs. The pear-shaped outline was possibly borrowed from the Eastern instruments, both bowed as the rebab and twanged as the lute, so common all over Europe during the middle ages, or more probably derived from the kithara of the Greeks of Asia Minor, which had the corners rounded. These early steps in the transition from the cithara may be seen in the miniatures of the Utrecht Psalter,9 a unique and much-copied Carolingian MS. executed at Reims (9th century), the illustrations of which were undoubtedly adapted from an earlier psalter from the Christian East. The instruments which remained true to the prototype in outline as well as in construction and in the derivation of the name were the ghittern and the guitar, so often confused with the cittern. It is evident that the kinship of cittern and guitar was formerly recognized, for during the 18th century, as stated above, the cittern was known as the English guitar to distinguish it from the Spanish guitar. The grotesque head, popularly considered the characteristic feature of the cittern, was probably added in the 12th century at a time when this style of decoration was very noticeable in other musical instruments, such as the cornet or Zinck, the Platerspiel, the chaunter of the bagpipe, &c. The cittern of the middle ages was also to be found in oval shape. From the 13th century representations of the pear-shaped instrument abound in miniatures and carvings.10

The cittern has kept the following characteristics of the original model. (1) The origin of the name, which, after the bow was introduced, was used to describe different instruments whose strings were plucked by fingers or a pick, such as the harp and the rotta (both called cithara), the citola, and the zither. In an interlinear Latin and Old English version of the Psalms, dated CE 700 (Brit. Mus., Vesp. A. 1), cithara is translated as citran, from which it's easy to trace the English cithron, citteran, cittarn from the 16th century. (2) The design of the soundbox with a flat back and soundboard connected by ribs. The pear-shaped outline may have been borrowed from Eastern instruments, both bowed like the rebab and plucked like the lute, that were common throughout Europe during the Middle Ages, or more likely derived from the kithara of the Greeks in Asia Minor, which had rounded corners. These early stages in the transition from the cithara can be seen in the miniatures of the Utrecht Psalter,9 an exclusive and widely copied Carolingian manuscript made in Reims (9th century), whose illustrations were likely adapted from an earlier psalter from the Christian East. The instruments that stayed true to the original design in shape, construction, and name were the ghittern and the guitar, which are frequently confused with the cittern. It's clear that the relationship between the cittern and guitar was previously acknowledged, as during the 18th century, as mentioned earlier, the cittern was referred to as the English guitar to differentiate it from the Spanish guitar. The grotesque head, commonly regarded as the defining feature of the cittern, was probably added in the 12th century when this style of decoration was quite prominent in other musical instruments, such as the cornet or Zinck, the Platerspiel, the chanter of the bagpipe, etc. The cittern in the Middle Ages could also be found in an oval shape. From the 13th century onward, representations of the pear-shaped instrument are abundant in miniatures and carvings.10

A very clearly drawn cittern of the 14th century occurs in a MS. treatise on astronomy (Sloane MS. 3983, Brit. Mus.) translated from the Persian of Albumazar into Latin by Georgius Zothari Zopari Fenduli, priest and philosopher, with a prologue and numerous illustrations by his own hand; the cittern is here called giga in an inscription at the side of the drawing.

A well-defined cittern from the 14th century appears in a manuscript treatise on astronomy (Sloane MS. 3983, Brit. Mus.) that was translated from the Persian of Albumazar into Latin by Georgius Zothari Zopari Fenduli, a priest and philosopher, with a prologue and many illustrations by his own hand; the cittern is referred to as giga in an inscription next to the drawing.

References to the cittern are plentiful in the literature of the 16th and 17th centuries. Robert Fludd11 describes it thus: “Cistrona quae quatuor tantum chordas duplicatas habet easque cupreas et ferreas de quibus aliquid dicemus quo loco.” Others are given in the New English Dictionary, “Cittern,” and in Godefroy’s Dict. de l’anc. langue franç. du IXe au XVe siècle.

References to the cittern are abundant in the literature of the 16th and 17th centuries. Robert Fludd11 describes it like this: “Cistrona quae quatuor tantum chordas duplicatas habet easque cupreas et ferreas de quibus aliquid dicemus quo loco.” Additional information can be found in the New English Dictionary, “Cittern,” and in Godefroy’s Dict. de l’anc. langue franç. du IXe au XVe siècle.

(K. S.)

1 See Shakespeare, Love’s Labour’s Lost, act v. sc. 2, where Boyet compares the countenance of Holofernes to a cittern head; John Forde, Lovers’ Melancholy (1629), act ii. sc. 1, “Barbers shall wear thee on their citterns.”

1 See Shakespeare, Love’s Labour’s Lost, act v. sc. 2, where Boyet compares Holofernes' face to a cittern head; John Forde, Lovers’ Melancholy (1629), act ii. sc. 1, “Barbers will have you on their citterns.”

2 Dialogo della musica (Florence, 1581), p. 147.

2 Dialogue on Music (Florence, 1581), p. 147.

3 The musical extracts from the commonplace book were prepared by Dr Rimbault for the Early English Text Society. Holborne’s work is mentioned in his Bibliotheca Madrigaliana. The descriptive list of the musical instruments in use in England during Leycester’s lifetime (about 1656) has been extracted and published by Dr F.J. Furnivall, in Captain Cox, his Ballads and Books, or Robert Laneham’s Letter (1575), (London, 1871), pp. 65-68.

3 The musical excerpts from the commonplace book were compiled by Dr. Rimbault for the Early English Text Society. Holborne’s work is referenced in his Bibliotheca Madrigaliana. The detailed list of musical instruments used in England during Leycester’s lifetime (around 1656) has been extracted and published by Dr. F.J. Furnivall in Captain Cox, his Ballads and Books, or Robert Laneham’s Letter (1575), (London, 1871), pp. 65-68.

4 See Knight’s London, i. 142.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See Knight’s London, vol. 1, p. 142.

5 See De Vita propria sermonum inter liberos libri duo (Haarlem, 1817) and E. van der Straeten, La Musique aux Pays-Bas, ii. 348-35O.

5 See De Vita propria sermonum inter liberos libri duo (Haarlem, 1817) and E. van der Straeten, La Musique aux Pays-Bas, ii. 348-35O.

6 Syntagma Musicum (1618). See also M. Mersenne, Harmonie universelle (Paris, 1636), livre ii. prop. xv., who gives different accordances.

6 Syntagma Musicum (1618). See also M. Mersenne, Harmonie universelle (Paris, 1636), book ii. proposition xv., who provides different tunings.

7 See Carl Engel, Catalogue of the Exhibition of Ancient Musical Instruments (London, 1872), Nos. 289 and 290.

7 See Carl Engel, Catalogue of the Exhibition of Ancient Musical Instruments (London, 1872), Nos. 289 and 290.

8 See note above. Illustration in A.J. Hipkins, Musical Instruments; Historic, Rare and Unique (Edinburgh, 1888).

8 See note above. Illustration in A.J. Hipkins, Musical Instruments; Historic, Rare and Unique (Edinburgh, 1888).

9 For a résumé of the question of the origin of this famous psalter, and an inquiry into its bearing on the history of musical instruments with illustrations and facsimile reproductions, see Kathleen Schlesinger, The Instruments of the Orchestra, part ii. “The Precursors of the Violin Family,” pp. 127-166 (London, 1908-1909).

9 For a summary of the question about the origin of this famous psalter, and an exploration of its impact on the history of musical instruments with illustrations and facsimile reproductions, see Kathleen Schlesinger, The Instruments of the Orchestra, part ii. “The Precursors of the Violin Family,” pp. 127-166 (London, 1908-1909).

10 An oval cittern and a ghittern, side by side, occur in the beautiful 13th-century Spanish MS. known as Cantigas de Santa Maria in the Escorial. For a fine facsimile in colours see marquis de Valmar, Real. Acad. Esq., publ. by L. Aguado (Madrid, 1889). Reproductions in black and white in Juan F. Riaño, Critical and Bibliog. Notes on Early Spanish Music (London, 1887). See also K. Schlesinger, op. cit. fig. 167, p. 223, also boat-shaped citterns, figs. 155 and 156, p. 197. Cittern with woman’s head, 15th century, on one of six bas-reliefs on the under parts of the seats of the choir of the Priory church, Great Malvern, reproduced in J. Carter’s Ancient Sculptures, &c., vol. ii. pl. following p. 12. Another without a head, ibid. pl. following p. 16, from a brass monumental plate in St Margaret’s, King’s Lynn.

10 An oval cittern and a ghittern, positioned next to each other, appear in the beautiful 13th-century Spanish manuscript known as Cantigas de Santa Maria at the Escorial. For a nice colored facsimile, see marquis de Valmar, Real. Acad. Esq., published by L. Aguado (Madrid, 1889). There are black and white reproductions in Juan F. Riaño's Critical and Bibliog. Notes on Early Spanish Music (London, 1887). Also, check K. Schlesinger, op. cit. fig. 167, p. 223, along with boat-shaped citterns, figs. 155 and 156, p. 197. A cittern with a woman's head from the 15th century is illustrated in one of six bas-reliefs on the underside of the choir seats of the Priory church, Great Malvern, reproduced in J. Carter’s Ancient Sculptures, & c., vol. ii. pl. following p. 12. Another one without a head can be found in ibid. pl. following p. 16, from a brass memorial plate in St. Margaret’s, King’s Lynn.

11 Historia utriusque Cosmi (Oppenheim, ed. 1617) i. 226.

11 History of Both Worlds (Oppenheim, ed. 1617) i. 226.


CITY (through Fr. cité, from Lat. civitas). In the United Kingdom, strictly speaking, “city” is an honorary title, officially applied to those towns which, in virtue of some preeminence (e.g. as episcopal sees, or great industrial centres), have by traditional usage or royal charter acquired the right to the designation. In the United Kingdom the official style of “city” does not necessarily involve the possession of municipal power greater than those of the ordinary boroughs, nor indeed the possession of a corporation at all (e.g. Ely). In the United States and the British colonies, on the other hand, the official application of the term “city” depends on the kind and extent of the municipal privileges possessed by the corporations, and charters are given raising towns to the rank of cities. Both in France and England the word is used to distinguish the older and central nucleus of some of the large towns, e.g. the Cité in Paris, and the “square mile” under the jurisdiction of the lord mayor which is the “City of London.”

CITY (from Fr. cité, and Lat. civitas). In the United Kingdom, “city” is basically an honorary title given to certain towns that, due to their significance (like being episcopal sees or major industrial hubs), have traditionally been recognized or granted by royal charter to use this designation. In the UK, being officially called a “city” doesn’t necessarily mean it has more municipal authority than regular boroughs, and some cities don’t even have corporations at all (like Ely). In the United States and British colonies, however, the use of the term “city” is based on the type and extent of municipal powers held by the corporations, and towns are granted charters that elevate them to city status. In both France and England, the term is used to refer to the older central part of some large towns, for example, the Cité in Paris and the “square mile” ruled by the lord mayor, known as the “City of London.”

In common usage, however, the word implies no more than a somewhat vague idea of size and dignity, and is loosely applied to any large centre of population. Thus while, technically, the City of London is quite small, London is yet properly described as the largest city in the world. In the United States this use of the word is still more loose, and any town, whether technically a city or not, is usually so designated, with little regard to its actual size or importance.

In everyday terms, though, the word suggests just a somewhat vague idea of size and dignity, and it's often used to refer to any large population center. So, while the City of London is technically quite small, London is still accurately referred to as the largest city in the world. In the United States, this usage of the word is even more relaxed, and any town, regardless of whether it's technically a city or not, is typically called a city, with little regard for its actual size or significance.

It is clear from the above that the word “city” is incapable of any very clear and inclusive definition, and the attempt to show that historically it possesses a meaning that clearly differentiates it from “town” or “borough” has led to some controversy. As the translation of the Greek πόλις or Latin civitas it involves the ancient conception of the state or “city-state,” i.e. of the state as not too large to prevent its government through the body of the citizens assembled in the agora, and is applied not to the place but to the whole body politic. From this conception both the word and its dignified connotation are without doubt historically derived. On the occupation of Gaul the Gallic states and tribes were called civitates by the Romans, 401 and subsequently the name was confined to the chief towns of the various administrative districts. These were also the seats of the bishops. It is thus affirmed that in France from the 5th to the 15th century the name civitas or cité was confined to such towns as were episcopal sees, and Du Cange (Gloss. s.v. civitas) defines that word as urbs episcopalis, and states that other towns were termed castra or oppida. How far any such distinction can be sharply drawn may be doubted. With regard to England no definite line can be drawn between those towns to which the name civitas or cité is given in medieval documents and those called burgi or boroughs (see J.H. Round, Feudal England, p. 338; F.W. Maitland, Domesday Book and After, p. 183). It was, however, maintained by Coke and Blackstone that a city is a town incorporate which is or has been the see of a bishop. It is true, indeed, that the actual sees in England all have a formal right to the title; the boroughs erected into episcopal sees by Henry VIII. thereby became “cities”; but towns such as Thetford, Sherborne and Dorchester are never so designated, though they are regularly incorporated and were once episcopal sees. On the other hand, it has only been since the latter part of the 19th century that the official style of “city” has, in the United Kingdom, been conferred by royal authority on certain important towns which were not episcopal sees, Birmingham in 1889 being the first to be so distinguished. It is interesting to note that London, besides 27 boroughs, now contains two cities, one (the City of London) outside, the other (the City of Westminster) included in the administrative county.

It’s clear from the above that the term “city” doesn’t have a clear and all-encompassing definition, and efforts to show that it has a historical meaning that sets it apart from “town” or “borough” have sparked some debate. As the translation of the Greek city or Latin civitas, it reflects the ancient idea of the state or “city-state,” meaning a state that isn’t too large to be governed by the citizens gathering in the agora, and it refers not just to a location but to the entire political body. This concept has undoubtedly shaped both the word and its respected meaning throughout history. When Gaul was conquered, the Romans referred to the Gallic states and tribes as civitates, 401 and over time, the term was limited to the main towns of various administrative regions. These towns also served as the homes of bishops. Thus, it’s established that in France from the 5th to the 15th century, the term civitas or cité was specifically used for towns that were episcopal sees, and Du Cange (Gloss. s.v. civitas) defines this word as urbs episcopalis while stating that other towns were called castra or oppida. Whether a clear distinction can be drawn is debatable. In England, there isn’t a definite boundary between towns labeled civitas or cité in medieval documents and those referred to as burgi or boroughs (see J.H. Round, Feudal England, p. 338; F.W. Maitland, Domesday Book and After, p. 183). However, Coke and Blackstone argued that a city is an incorporated town that is or has been an episcopal see. It is indeed true that all actual sees in England hold a formal right to the title; the boroughs elevated to episcopal sees by Henry VIII. automatically became “cities”; but towns like Thetford, Sherborne, and Dorchester are never called cities even though they are regularly incorporated and were once episcopal sees. On the other hand, it has only been since the late 19th century that the official label of “city” has been granted by royal authority in the United Kingdom to certain significant towns that were not episcopal sees, with Birmingham being the first to receive this distinction in 1889. It’s also interesting to note that London, in addition to 27 boroughs, now includes two cities, one (the City of London) outside and the other (the City of Westminster) within the administrative county.

For the history of the origin and development of modern city government see Borough and Commune: Medieval.

For the history of how modern city government began and evolved, see Borough and Commune: Medieval.


CIUDAD BOLÍVAR, an inland city and river port of Venezuela, capital of the state of Bolívar, on the right bank of the Orinoco river, 240 m. above its mouth. Pop. (1891) 11,686. It stands upon a small hill about 187 ft. above sea-level, and faces the river where it narrows to a width of less than half a mile. The city is largely built upon the hillside. It is the seat of the bishopric of Guayana (founded in 1790), and is the commercial centre of the great Orinoco basin. Among its noteworthy edifices are the cathedral, federal college, theatre, masonic temple, market, custom-house, and hospital. The mean temperature is 83°. The city has a public water-supply, a tramway line, telephone service, subfluvial cable communication with Soledad near the mouth of the Orinoco, where connexion is made with the national land lines, and regular steamship communication with the lower and upper Orinoco. Previous to the revolution of 1901-3 Ciudad Bolívar ranked fourth among the Venezuelan custom-houses, but the restrictions placed upon transit trade through West Indian ports have made her a dependency of the La Guaira custom-house to a large extent. The principal exports from this region include cattle, horses, mules, tobacco, cacáo, rubber, tonka beans, bitters, hides, timber and many valuable forest products. The town was founded by Mendoza in 1764 as San Tomás de la Nueva Guayana, but its location at this particular point on the river gave to it the popular name of Angostura, the Spanish term for “narrows.” This name was used until 1849, when that of the Venezuelan liberator was bestowed upon it. Ciudad Bolívar played an important part in the struggle for independence and was for a time the headquarters of the revolution. The town suffered severely in the struggle for its possession, and the political disorders which followed greatly retarded its growth.

CIUDAD BOLÍVAR is an inland city and river port in Venezuela, the capital of the Bolívar state, located on the right bank of the Orinoco River, 240 meters above its mouth. Population (1891) was 11,686. It sits on a small hill about 187 feet above sea level and faces the river where it narrows to less than half a mile wide. The city is mostly built on the hillside. It serves as the seat of the bishopric of Guayana (established in 1790) and is the commercial hub of the great Orinoco basin. Notable buildings include the cathedral, federal college, theater, Masonic temple, market, customs house, and hospital. The average temperature is 83°F. The city has a public water supply, a tramway, telephone services, a subsurface cable connection to Soledad near the mouth of the Orinoco, where it connects to the national land lines, and regular steamship services with both the lower and upper Orinoco. Before the revolution of 1901-03, Ciudad Bolívar was the fourth-ranked customs house in Venezuela, but restrictions on transit trade through West Indian ports have largely made it dependent on the La Guaira customs house. The main exports from this region include cattle, horses, mules, tobacco, cacao, rubber, tonka beans, bitters, hides, timber, and many valuable forest products. The town was founded by Mendoza in 1764 as San Tomás de la Nueva Guayana, but its location on the river led to it being popularly known as Angostura, which means “narrows” in Spanish. This name was used until 1849 when it was renamed in honor of the Venezuelan liberator. Ciudad Bolívar played a significant role in the fight for independence and was for a time the headquarters of the revolution. The town suffered greatly during the struggle for control, and the political unrest that followed significantly hindered its growth.


CIUDAD DE CURA, an inland town of the state of Aragua, Venezuela, 55 m. S.W. of Carácas, near the Lago de Valencia. Pop. (1891) 12,198. The town stands in a broad, fertile valley, between the sources of streams running southward to the Guárico river and northward to the lake, with an elevation above sea-level of 1598 ft. Traffic between Puerto Cabello and the Guárico plains has passed through this town since early colonial times, and has made it an important commercial centre, from which hides, cheese, coffee, cacao and beans are sent down to the coast for export; it bears a high reputation in Venezuela for commercial enterprise. Ciudad de Cura was founded in 1730, and suffered severely in the war of independence.

CIUDAD DE CURA, an inland town in the state of Aragua, Venezuela, is located 55 miles southwest of Caracas, near Lake Valencia. Population (1891) 12,198. The town sits in a wide, fertile valley between the sources of streams flowing south to the Guárico River and north to the lake, with an elevation of 1,598 feet above sea level. Since early colonial times, traffic between Puerto Cabello and the Guárico plains has passed through this town, making it an important commercial center where hides, cheese, coffee, cacao, and beans are shipped to the coast for export; it is well-known in Venezuela for its commercial activity. Ciudad de Cura was founded in 1730 and experienced significant hardships during the war of independence.


CIUDAD JUAREZ, formerly El Paso del Norte, a northern frontier town of Mexico, in the state of Chihuahua, 1223 m. by rail N.N.W. of Mexico City. Pop. (1895) 6917. Ciudad Juarez stands 3800 ft. above sea-level on the right bank of the Rio Grande del Norte, opposite the city of El Paso, Texas, with which it is connected by two bridges. It is the northern terminus of the Mexican Central railway, and has a large and increasing transit trade with the United States, having a custom-house and a United States consulate. It is also a military post with a small garrison. The town has a straggling picturesque appearance, a considerable part of the habitations being small adobe or brick cabins. In the fertile neighbouring district cattle are raised, and wheat, Indian corn, fruit and grapes are grown, wine and brandy being made. The town was founded in 1681-1682; its present importance is due entirely to the railway. It was the headquarters of President Juarez in 1865, and was renamed in 1885 because of its devotion to his cause.

CIUDAD JUAREZ, formerly known as El Paso del Norte, is a northern border town in Mexico, located in the state of Chihuahua, 1223 miles by rail N.N.W. of Mexico City. Population (1895) 6917. Ciudad Juarez is situated 3800 feet above sea level on the right bank of the Rio Grande del Norte, directly across from El Paso, Texas, which it connects to via two bridges. It serves as the northern terminal of the Mexican Central railway and has a growing transit trade with the United States, complete with a customs house and a U.S. consulate. Additionally, it is a military post with a small garrison. The town has a sprawling, charming look, with many of the buildings being small adobe or brick houses. In the fertile surrounding areas, cattle are raised, and wheat, corn, fruits, and grapes are cultivated, with wine and brandy being produced. The town was founded in 1681-1682; its current significance is entirely attributed to the railway. It was the headquarters of President Juarez in 1865 and was renamed in 1885 in honor of his commitment to the cause.


CIUDAD PORFIRIO DIAZ, formerly Piedras Negras, a northern frontier town of Mexico in the state of Coahuila, 1008 m. N. by W. from Mexico City, on the Rio Grande del Norte, 720 ft. above sea-level, opposite the town of Eagle Pass, Texas. Pop. (1900, estimate) 5000. An international bridge connects the two towns, and the Mexican International railway has its northern terminus in Mexico at this point. The town has an important transfer trade with the United States, and is the centre of a fertile district devoted to agriculture and stock-raising. Coal is found in the vicinity. The Mexican government maintains a custom-house and military post here. The town was founded in 1849.

CIUDAD PORFIRIO DIAZ, previously known as Piedras Negras, is a northern border town in Mexico's Coahuila state, located 1008 m. N by W from Mexico City, along the Rio Grande del Norte, at an elevation of 720 ft. above sea level, directly across from Eagle Pass, Texas. The population is estimated to be around 5,000 as of 1900. An international bridge links the two towns, and the Mexican International railway ends here. The town plays a significant role in trade with the United States and is at the heart of a fertile area focused on farming and livestock production. There are coal deposits nearby. The Mexican government operates a customs office and military post in the town, which was established in 1849.


CIUDAD REAL, a province of central Spain, formed in 1833 of districts taken from New Castile, and bounded on the N. by Toledo, E. by Albacete, S. by Jaen and Cordova and W. by Badajoz. Pop. (1900) 321,580; area, 7620 sq. m. The surface of Ciudad Real consists chiefly of a level or slightly undulating plain, with low hills in the north-east and south-west; but along the south-western frontier the Sierra de Alcudia rises in two parallel ridges on either side of the river Alcudia, and is continued in the Sierra Madrona on the east. The river Guadiana drains almost the entire province, which it traverses from east to west; only the southernmost districts being watered by tributaries of the Guadalquivir. Numerous smaller streams flow into the Guadiana, which itself divides near Herencia into two branches,—the northern known as the Giguela, the southern as the Zancara. The eastern division of Ciudad Real forms part of the region known as La Mancha, a flat, thinly-peopled plain, clothed with meagre vegetation which is often ravaged by locusts. La Mancha (q.v.) is sometimes regarded as coextensive with the whole province. Severe drought is common here, although some of the rivers, such as the Jabalon and Azuer, issue fully formed from the chalky soil, and from their very sources give an abundant supply of water to the numerous mills. Towards the west, where the land is higher, there are considerable tracts of forest.

CIUDAD REAL is a province in central Spain, established in 1833 from areas taken from New Castile, bordered to the north by Toledo, to the east by Albacete, to the south by Jaen and Cordova, and to the west by Badajoz. Population (1900) was 321,580; area is 7,620 square miles. The landscape of Ciudad Real is primarily a flat or gently rolling plain, with low hills in the northeast and southwest. However, along the southwestern border, the Sierra de Alcudia rises in two parallel ridges along the river Alcudia and continues into the Sierra Madrona to the east. The river Guadiana drains almost the entire province, flowing from east to west; only the southernmost areas are fed by tributaries of the Guadalquivir. Several smaller streams flow into the Guadiana, which splits near Herencia into two branches: the northern branch is known as the Giguela, and the southern is the Zancara. The eastern part of Ciudad Real is part of the region called La Mancha, a flat area with sparse population and little vegetation, often affected by locusts. La Mancha (q.v.) is sometimes considered to be the same as the entire province. Severe droughts are common here, although some rivers, like the Jabalon and Azuer, emerge fully formed from the chalky soil and provide a plentiful water supply to the many mills from their very sources. To the west, where the land is elevated, there are significant areas of forest.

The climate is oppressively hot in summer, and in winter the plains are exposed to violent and bitterly cold winds; while the cultivation of grain, the vine and the olive is further impeded by the want of proper irrigation, and the general barrenness of the soil. Large flocks of sheep and goats find pasture in the plains; and the swine which are kept in the oak and beech forests furnish bacon and hams of excellent quality. Coal is mined chiefly at Puertollano, lead in various districts, mercury at Almadén. There are no great manufacturing towns. The roads are insufficient and ill-kept, especially in the north-east where they form the sole means of communication; and neither the Guadiana nor its tributaries are navigable. The main railway from Madrid to Lisbon passes through the capital, Ciudad Real, and through Puertollano; farther east, the Madrid-Lináres line passes through Manzanares and Valdepeñas. Branch railways also connect the capital with Manzanares, and Valdepeñas with the neighbouring town of La Calzada.

The summer climate is extremely hot, and in winter, the plains are hit by harsh and freezing winds. Growing grains, grapes, and olives is made more difficult by the lack of proper irrigation and the overall dryness of the soil. Large herds of sheep and goats graze in the plains, and pigs raised in the oak and beech forests provide high-quality bacon and ham. Coal is mainly extracted in Puertollano, lead comes from various areas, and mercury is mined in Almadén. There aren't any major manufacturing cities. The roads are inadequate and poorly maintained, especially in the northeast, where they are the only way to get around, and neither the Guadiana nor its tributaries can be navigated. The main railway from Madrid to Lisbon runs through the capital, Ciudad Real, and Puertollano; further east, the Madrid-Lináres line goes through Manzanares and Valdepeñas. There are also branch railways linking the capital with Manzanares and Valdepeñas to the nearby town of La Calzada.

The principal towns, Alcázar de San Juan (11,499), Almadén (7375), Almodóvar del Campo (12,525), Ciudad Real (15,255), Manzanares (11,229) and Valdepeñas (21,015), are described in 402 separate articles. Almagro (7974) and Daimiel (11,825), in the district of La Mancha known as the Campo de Calatrava, belonged in the later middle ages to the knightly Order of Calatrava, which was founded in 1158 to keep the Moors in check. Almagro was long almost exclusively inhabited by monks and knights, and contains several interesting churches and monasteries, besides the castle of the knights, now used as barracks. Almagro is further celebrated for its lace, Daimiel for its medicinal salts. Tomelloso (13,929) is one of the chief market towns of La Mancha. Education is very backward, largely owing to the extreme poverty which has frequently brought the inhabitants to the verge of famine. (See also Castile.)

The main towns, Alcázar de San Juan (11,499), Almadén (7,375), Almodóvar del Campo (12,525), Ciudad Real (15,255), Manzanares (11,229), and Valdepeñas (21,015), are detailed in separate articles. Almagro (7,974) and Daimiel (11,825), located in the La Mancha district known as Campo de Calatrava, were part of the knightly Order of Calatrava in the later Middle Ages, which was established in 1158 to manage the Moors. Almagro was primarily inhabited by monks and knights and features several interesting churches and monasteries, along with the knights' castle, now used as barracks. Almagro is also famous for its lace, while Daimiel is known for its medicinal salts. Tomelloso (13,929) is one of the main market towns in La Mancha. Education is quite lacking, mainly due to the extreme poverty that often pushes residents to the brink of famine. (See also Castile.)


CIUDAD REAL, the capital formerly of La Mancha, and since 1833 of the province described above; 107 m. S. of Madrid, on the Madrid-Badajoz-Lisbon and Ciudad Real-Manzanares railways. Pop. (1900) 15,255. Ciudad Real lies in the midst of a wide plain, watered on the north by the river Guadiana, and on the south by its tributary the Jabalon. Apart from the remnants of its 13th-century fortifications, and one Gothic church of immense size, built without aisles, the town contains little of interest; its public buildings—town-hall, barracks, churches, hospital and schools—being in no way distinguished above those of other provincial capitals. There are no important local manufactures, and the trade of the town consists chiefly in the weekly sales of agricultrural produce and live-stock. Ciudad Real was founded by Alphonso X. of Castile (1252-1284), and fortified by him as a check upon the Moorish power. Its original name of Villarreal was changed to Ciudad Real by John VI. in 1420. During the Peninsular War a Spanish force was defeated here by the French, on the 27th of March 1809.

CIUDAD REAL, the capital that was once part of La Mancha and since 1833 has been the capital of the described province; 107 miles south of Madrid, on the Madrid-Badajoz-Lisbon and Ciudad Real-Manzanares railways. Population (1900) 15,255. Ciudad Real is located in the center of a vast plain, with the Guadiana River to the north and its tributary, the Jabalon, to the south. Aside from the remains of its 13th-century fortifications and a large Gothic church built without aisles, the town doesn't have much of interest; its public buildings—including the town hall, barracks, churches, hospital, and schools—aren't particularly notable compared to those in other provincial capitals. There are no significant local industries, and the town's trade mainly consists of weekly sales of agricultural products and livestock. Ciudad Real was founded by Alfonso X of Castile (1252-1284) and fortified by him to counter Moorish power. Its original name, Villarreal, was changed to Ciudad Real by John VI in 1420. During the Peninsular War, a Spanish force was defeated here by the French on March 27, 1809.


CIUDAD RODRIGO, a town of western Spain, in the province of Salamanca, situated 8 m. E. of the Portuguese frontier, on the right bank of the river Agueda, and the railway from Salamanca to Coimbra in Portugal. Pop. (1900) 8930. Ciudad Rodrigo is an episcopal see, and was for many centuries an important frontier fortress. Its cathedral dates from 1190, but was restored in the 15th century. The remnants of a Roman aqueduct, the foundations of a bridge across the Agueda, and other remains, seem to show that Ciudad Rodrigo occupies the site of a Roman settlement. It was founded in the 12th century by Count Rodrigo Gonzalez, from whom its name is derived. During the Peninsular War, it was captured by the French under Marshal Ney, in 1810; but on the 19th of January 1812 it was retaken by the British under Viscount Wellington, who, for this exploit, was created earl of Wellington, duke of Ciudad Rodrigo, and marquess of Torres Vedras, in Portugal.

CIUDAD RODRIGO is a town in western Spain, located in the province of Salamanca, just 8 miles east of the Portuguese border, on the right bank of the Agueda River and along the railway connecting Salamanca to Coimbra in Portugal. The population was 8,930 in 1900. Ciudad Rodrigo serves as an episcopal see and has been a significant frontier fortress for many centuries. Its cathedral, which dates back to 1190, was restored in the 15th century. The remains of a Roman aqueduct, the foundations of a bridge over the Agueda, and other artifacts suggest that Ciudad Rodrigo is built on the site of a Roman settlement. It was founded in the 12th century by Count Rodrigo Gonzalez, after whom it is named. During the Peninsular War, it was taken by the French led by Marshal Ney in 1810; however, it was retaken by the British under Viscount Wellington on January 19, 1812. For this achievement, Wellington was made Earl of Wellington, Duke of Ciudad Rodrigo, and Marquess of Torres Vedras in Portugal.


CIVERCHIO, VINCENZO, an early 16th-century Italian painter, born at Crema. There are altar-pieces by him at Brescia, and at Crema the altar-piece at the duomo (1509). His “Birth of Christ” is in the Brera, Milan; and at Lovere are other of his works dating from 1539 and 1540.

CIVERCHIO, VINCENZO, was an Italian painter from the early 16th century, born in Crema. He has altar pieces in Brescia, and in Crema there's the altar piece at the duomo (1509). His “Birth of Christ” is located in the Brera, Milan; and at Lovere, there are other works of his from 1539 and 1540.


CIVET, or properly Civet-cat, the designation of the more typical representatives of the mammalian family Viverridae (see Carnivora). Civets are characterized by the possession of a deep pouch in the neighbourhood of the genital organs, into which the substance known as civet is poured from the glands by which it is secreted. This fatty substance is at first semifluid and yellow, but afterwards acquires the consistency of pomade and becomes darker. It has a strong musky odour, exceedingly disagreeable to those unaccustomed to it, but “when properly diluted and combined with other scents it produces a very pleasing effect, and possesses a much more floral fragrance than musk, indeed it would be impossible to imitate some flowers without it.” The African civet (Viverra civetta) is from 2 to 3 ft. in length, exclusive of the tail, which is half the length of the body, and stands from 10 to 12 in. high. It is covered with long hair, longest on the middle line of the back, where it is capable of being raised or depressed at will, of a dark-grey colour, with numerous transverse black bands and spots. In habits it is chiefly nocturnal, and by preference carnivorous, feeding on birds and the smaller quadrupeds, in pursuit of which it climbs trees, but it is said also to eat fruits, roots and other vegetable matters. In a state of captivity the civet is never completely tamed, and only kept for the sake of its perfume, which is obtained in largest quantity from the male, especially when in good condition and subjected to irritation, being scraped from the pouch with a small spoon usually twice a week. The zibeth (Viverra zibetha) is a widely distributed species extending from Arabia to Malabar, and throughout several of the larger islands of the Indian Archipelago. It is smaller than the true civet, and wants the dorsal crest. In the wild state it does great damage among poultry, and frequently makes off with the young of swine and sheep. When hunted it makes a determined resistance, and emits a scent so strong as even to sicken the dogs, who nevertheless are exceedingly fond of the sport, and cannot be got to pursue any other game while the stench of the zibeth is in their nostrils. In confinement, it becomes comparatively tame, and yields civet in considerable quantity. In preparing this for the market it is usually spread out on the leaves of the pepper plant in order to free it from the hairs that have become detached from the pouch. On the Malabar coast this species is replaced by V. civettina. The small Indian civet or rasse (Viverricula malaccensis) ranges from Madagascar through India to China, the Malay Peninsula, and the islands of the Archipelago. It is almost 3 ft. long including the tail, and prettily marked with dark longitudinal stripes, and spots which have a distinctly linear arrangement. The perfume, which is extracted in the same way as in the two preceding species, is highly valued and much used by the Javanese. Although this animal is said to be an expert climber it usually inhabits holes in the ground. It is frequently kept in captivity in the East, and becomes tame. Fossil remains of extinct civets are found in the Miocene strata of Europe.

CIVET, or more accurately, Civet cat, refers to the typical members of the mammal family Viverridae (see Carnivora). Civets have a deep pouch near their genital area, which holds a substance known as civet that is secreted by their glands. This fatty substance starts off as a semi-fluid yellow and later becomes thicker like pomade and darker in color. It has a strong musky smell that many find unpleasant if they’re not used to it, but “when properly diluted and combined with other scents, it creates a very pleasant effect and has a much more floral fragrance than musk; in fact, some flowers would be impossible to replicate without it.” The African civet (Viverra civetta) measures between 2 to 3 feet in length, not including its tail, which is about half the body length, and stands between 10 to 12 inches tall. Its fur is long and dark grey, with numerous black stripes and spots. Primarily nocturnal, it prefers a carnivorous diet, hunting birds and small mammals, and it can climb trees to pursue its prey. It is also reported to eat fruits, roots, and other plants. In captivity, the civet doesn't fully tame, and is mainly kept for its perfume, which is collected mostly from the male, especially when it’s in good health and agitated, by scraping it from the pouch with a small spoon about twice a week. The zibeth (Viverra zibetha) is a species found from Arabia to Malabar and across many larger islands in the Indian Archipelago. It is smaller than the true civet and lacks the dorsal crest. In the wild, it can cause significant damage to poultry and often captures young pigs and sheep. When hunted, it puts up a strong fight and produces such a potent scent that it can even make dogs sick, although the dogs love the chase and won’t pursue any other game while they can smell the zibeth. When kept in confinement, it becomes quite tame and produces a good amount of civet. To prepare this for market, it is typically spread on pepper plant leaves to remove the hairs that have come off the pouch. On the Malabar coast, this species is replaced by V. civettina. The small Indian civet or rasse (Viverricula malaccensis) is found from Madagascar through India to China, the Malay Peninsula, and the islands of the Archipelago. It is almost 3 feet long, including the tail, and has attractive dark stripes and spots in a linear pattern. The perfume extracted in the same way as the previous two species is highly sought after and widely used by the Javanese. Although this animal is said to be a skilled climber, it generally lives in ground burrows. It is often kept as a pet in the East and can become tame. Fossil remains of extinct civets have been discovered in the Miocene layers of Europe.


CIVIDALE DEL FRIULI (anc. Forum Iulii), a town of Venetia, Italy, in the province of Udine, 10 m. E. by N. by rail from the town of Udine; 453 ft. above sea-level. Pop. (1001) town, 4143; commune, 9061. It is situated on the river Natisone, which forms a picturesque ravine here. It contains some interesting relics of the art of the 8th century. The cathedral of the 15th century contains an octagonal marble canopy with sculptures in relief, with a font below it belonging to the 8th century, but altered later. The high altar has a fine silver altar front of 1185. The museum contains various Roman and Lombard antiquities, and valuable MSS. and works of art in gold, silver and ivory formerly belonging to the cathedral chapter. The small church of S. Maria in Valle belongs to the 8th century, and contains fine decorations in stucco which probably belong to the 11th or 12th century. The fine 15th-century Ponte del Diavolo leads to the church of S. Martino, which contains an altar of the 8th century with reliefs executed by order of the Lombard king Ratchis. At Cividale were born Paulus Diaconus, the historian of the Lombards in the time of Charlemagne, and the actress Adelaide Ristori (1822-1906).

Cividale del Friuli (formerly Forum Iulii), a town in Venetia, Italy, located in the province of Udine, 10 miles east-northeast by rail from Udine; 453 feet above sea level. Population (1001) town, 4,143; commune, 9,061. It sits on the river Natisone, which creates a scenic gorge here. The town has some interesting remnants of 8th-century art. The cathedral, built in the 15th century, features an octagonal marble canopy with sculpted reliefs and an 8th-century font beneath it, which was modified later. The high altar showcases a beautiful silver altar front from 1185. The museum holds various Roman and Lombard artifacts, along with valuable manuscripts and artworks in gold, silver, and ivory that were once part of the cathedral chapter. The small church of S. Maria in Valle, dating back to the 8th century, boasts exquisite stucco decorations likely from the 11th or 12th century. The impressive 15th-century Ponte del Diavolo leads to the church of S. Martino, which houses an 8th-century altar with reliefs commissioned by the Lombard king Ratchis. Notable people born in Cividale include Paulus Diaconus, the historian of the Lombards during Charlemagne's era, and actress Adelaide Ristori (1822-1906).

The Roman town (a municipium) of Forum Iulii was founded either by Julius Caesar or by Augustus, no doubt at the same time as the construction of the Via Iulia Augusta, which passed through Utina (Udine) on its way north. After the decay of Aquileia and Iulium Carnicum (Zuglio) it became the chief town of the district of Friuli and gave its name to it. The patriarchs of Aquileia resided here from 773 to 1031, when they returned to Aquileia, and finally in 1238 removed to Udine. This last change of residence was the origin of the antagonism between Cividale and Udine, which was only terminated by their surrender to Venice in 1419 and 1420 respectively.

The Roman town (a municipium) of Forum Iulii was founded either by Julius Caesar or Augustus, likely around the same time the Via Iulia Augusta was built, which went through Utina (Udine) on its way north. After the decline of Aquileia and Iulium Carnicum (Zuglio), it became the main town in the Friuli region and gave its name to the area. The patriarchs of Aquileia lived here from 773 to 1031, when they returned to Aquileia, and eventually moved to Udine in 1238. This final relocation led to the rivalry between Cividale and Udine, which only ended when they both surrendered to Venice in 1419 and 1420, respectively.


CIVILIS, CLAUDIUS, or more correctly, Julius, leader of the Batavian revolt against Rome (A.D. 69-70). He was twice imprisoned on a charge of rebellion, and narrowly escaped execution. During the disturbances that followed the death of Nero, he took up arms under pretence of siding with Vespasian and induced the inhabitants of his native country to rebel. The Batavians, who had rendered valuable aid under the early emperors, had been well treated in order to attach them to the cause of Rome. They were exempt from tribute, but were obliged to supply a large number of men for the army, and the 403 burden of conscription and the oppressions of provincial governors were important incentives to revolt. The Batavians were immediately joined by several neighbouring German tribes, the most important of whom were the Frisians. The Roman garrisons near the Rhine were driven out, and twenty-four ships captured. Two legions under Mummius Lupercus were defeated at Castra Vetera (near the modern Xanten) and surrounded. Eight cohorts of Batavian veterans joined their countrymen, and the troops sent by Vespasian to the relief of Vetera threw in their lot with them. The result of these accessions to the forces of Civilis was a rising in Gaul. Hordeonius Flaccus was murdered by his troops (70), and the whole of the Roman forces were induced by two commanders of the Gallic auxiliaries—Julius Classicus and Julius Tutor—to revolt from Rome and join Civilis. The whole of Gaul thus practically declared itself independent, and the foundation of a new kingdom of Gaul was contemplated. The prophetess Velleda predicted the complete success of Civilis and the fall of the Roman Empire. But disputes broke out amongst the different tribes and rendered co-operation impossible; Vespasian, having successfully ended the civil war, called upon Civilis to lay down his arms, and on his refusal resolved to take strong measures for the suppression of the revolt. The arrival of Petillius Cerialis with a strong force awed the Gauls and mutinous troops into submission; Civilis was defeated at Augusta Treverorum (Trier, Trèves) and Vetera, and forced to withdraw to the island of the Batavians. He finally came to an agreement with Cerialis whereby his countrymen obtained certain advantages, and resumed amicable relations with Rome. From this time Civilis disappears from history.

CIVILIS, CLAUDIUS, or more accurately, Julius, was the leader of the Batavian revolt against Rome ( AD 69-70). He was imprisoned twice on charges of rebellion and narrowly escaped execution. During the chaos that followed Nero's death, he took up arms, claiming to support Vespasian, and urged his fellow countrymen to revolt. The Batavians, who had provided valuable support during the early emperors' reign, had been treated well to keep them loyal to Rome. They were exempt from taxes but required to provide a large number of soldiers for the army, and the burden of conscription along with the harsh treatment by provincial governors spurred them to rebel. The Batavians quickly gained the support of several neighboring German tribes, the most significant being the Frisians. Roman garrisons near the Rhine were expelled, and twenty-four ships were captured. Two legions under Mummius Lupercus were defeated at Castra Vetera (near modern Xanten) and surrounded. Eight cohorts of Batavian veterans joined their fellow Batavians, and the troops sent by Vespasian to support Vetera allied with them. This influx of forces for Civilis sparked a revolt in Gaul. Hordeonius Flaccus was killed by his own troops (70), and the entirety of the Roman forces were persuaded by two commanders of the Gallic auxiliaries—Julius Classicus and Julius Tutor—to rebel against Rome and join Civilis. Thus, the whole of Gaul essentially declared itself independent, and plans for a new kingdom in Gaul began to emerge. The prophetess Velleda foretold the total success of Civilis and the downfall of the Roman Empire. However, disagreements arose among the various tribes, making unity impossible; Vespasian, having successfully concluded the civil war, demanded that Civilis surrender, and upon his refusal decided to take decisive action to crush the revolt. The arrival of Petillius Cerialis with a substantial force intimidated the Gauls and the rebellious troops into submission; Civilis was defeated at Augusta Treverorum (Trier, Trèves) and Vetera, and was forced to retreat to the Batavian island. He ultimately reached an agreement with Cerialis that secured certain benefits for his people and restored friendly relations with Rome. After this, Civilis disappears from history.

The chief authority for the history of the insurrection is Tacitus, Historiae, iv., v., whose account breaks off at the beginning of Civilis’s speech to Cerialis; see also Josephus, Bellum Judaicum, vii. 4. There is a monograph by E. Meyer, Der Freiheitskrieg der Bataver unter Civilis (1856); see also Merivale, Hist. of the Romans under the Empire, ch. 58; H. Schiller, Geschichte der römischen Kaiserzeit, bk. ii. ch. 2, § 54 (1883).

The main source for the history of the uprising is Tacitus, Historiae, iv., v., whose account ends at the beginning of Civilis’s speech to Cerialis; also refer to Josephus, Bellum Judaicum, vii. 4. There is a monograph by E. Meyer, Der Freiheitskrieg der Bataver unter Civilis (1856); also see Merivale, Hist. of the Romans under the Empire, ch. 58; H. Schiller, Geschichte der römischen Kaiserzeit, bk. ii. ch. 2, § 54 (1883).


CIVILIZATION. The word “civilization” is an obvious derivative of the Lat. civis, a citizen, and civilis, pertaining to a citizen. Etymologically speaking, then, it would be putting no undue strain upon the word to interpret it as having to do with the entire period of human progress since mankind attained sufficient intelligence and social unity to develop a system of government. But in practice “civilization” is usually interpreted in a somewhat narrower sense, as having application solely to the most recent and comparatively brief period of time that has elapsed since the most highly developed races of men have used systems of writing. This restricted usage is probably explicable, in part at least, by the fact that the word, though distinctly modern in origin, is nevertheless older than the interpretation of social evolution that now finds universal acceptance. Only very recently has it come to be understood that primitive societies vastly antedating the historical period had attained relatively high stages of development and fixity, socially and politically. Now that this is understood, however, nothing but an arbitrary and highly inconvenient restriction of meanings can prevent us from speaking of the citizens of these early societies as having attained certain stages of civilization. It will be convenient, then, in outlining the successive stages of human progress here, to include under the comprehensive term “civilization” those long earlier periods of “savagery” and “barbarism” as well as the more recent period of higher development to which the word “civilization” is sometimes restricted.

CIVILIZATION. The word “civilization” clearly comes from the Latin civis, meaning a citizen, and civilis, which relates to a citizen. So, etymologically speaking, it wouldn’t be too much of a stretch to interpret it as referring to the entire period of human progress since people developed enough intelligence and social unity to create a system of government. However, in practice, “civilization” is usually understood in a narrower sense, typically referring only to the relatively short period that has passed since the most advanced human societies began using writing systems. This limited definition is likely a result of the fact that, while the word is modern in origin, it predates the accepted interpretations of social evolution we have today. Recently, it has become clear that primitive societies, which existed long before recorded history, had reached relatively advanced levels of social and political organization. Now that this is recognized, only an arbitrary and quite inconvenient restriction of meanings prevents us from considering the citizens of these early societies as having achieved certain levels of civilization. Therefore, when outlining the various stages of human progress here, it will be helpful to include under the broad term “civilization” those much earlier periods of “savagery” and “barbarism,” alongside the more recent, higher stages of development to which the term “civilization” is sometimes limited.

Adequate proof that civilization as we now know it is the result of a long, slow process of evolution was put forward not long after the middle of the 19th century by the students of palaeontology and of prehistoric archaeology. Savagery and barbarism. A recognition of the fact that primitive man used implements of chipped flint, of polished stone, and of the softer metals for successive ages, before he attained a degree of technical skill and knowledge that would enable him to smelt iron, led the Danish archaeologists to classify the stages of human progress under these captions: the Rough Stone Age; the Age of Polished Stone; the Age of Bronze; and the Age of Iron. These terms acquired almost universal recognition, and they retain popularity as affording a very broad outline of the story of human progress. It is obviously desirable, however, to fill in the outlines of the story more in detail. To some extent it has been possible to do so, largely through the efforts of ethnologists who have studied the social conditions of existing races of savages. A recognition of the principle that, broadly speaking, progress has everywhere been achieved along the same lines and through the same sequence of changes, makes it possible to interpret the past history of the civilized races of to-day in the light of the present-day conditions of other races that are still existing under social and political conditions of a more primitive type. Such races as the Maoris and the American Indians have furnished invaluable information to the student of social evolution; and the knowledge thus gained has been extended and fortified by the ever-expanding researches of the palaeontologist and archaeologist.

Adequate proof that modern civilization is the result of a long, gradual process of evolution was presented not long after the mid-19th century by paleontology and prehistoric archaeology students. Brutality and savagery. Recognizing that early humans used tools made of chipped flint, polished stone, and softer metals for various ages, long before mastering the skills to smelt iron, led Danish archaeologists to categorize stages of human progress as follows: the Rough Stone Age, the Age of Polished Stone, the Age of Bronze, and the Age of Iron. These terms gained almost universal acceptance and remain popular for providing a broad outline of human progress. However, it is obviously desirable to elaborate on this story in more detail. To some extent, this has been possible, largely through the work of ethnologists who have examined the social conditions of existing primitive cultures. Acknowledging the principle that, generally speaking, progress has occurred similarly across different societies allows us to interpret the history of today’s civilized races by looking at the current conditions of other races still living in more primitive social and political systems. Cultures such as the Maoris and the American Indians have provided invaluable insights to students of social evolution; this knowledge has been further enhanced by the ongoing research of paleontologists and archaeologists.

Thus it has become possible to present with some confidence a picture showing the successive stages of human development during the long dark period when our prehistoric ancestor was advancing along the toilsome and tortuous but on the whole always uprising path from lowest savagery to the stage of relative enlightenment at which we find him at the so-called “dawnings of history.” That he was for long ages a savage before he attained sufficient culture to be termed, in modern phraseology, a barbarian, admits of no question. Equally little in doubt is it that other long ages of barbarism preceded the final ascent to civilization. The precise period of time covered by these successive “Ages” is of course only conjectural; but something like one hundred thousand years may perhaps be taken as a safe minimal estimate. At the beginning of this long period, the most advanced race of men must be thought of as a promiscuous company of pre-troglodytic mammals, at least partially arboreal in habit, living on uncooked fruits and vegetables, and possessed of no arts and crafts whatever—nor even of the knowledge of the rudest implement. At the end of the period, there emerges into the more or less clear light of history a large-brained being, living in houses of elaborate construction, supplying himself with divers luxuries through the aid of a multitude of elaborate handicrafts, associated with his fellows under the sway of highly organized governments, and satisfying aesthetic needs through the practice of pictorial and literary arts of a high order. How was this amazing transformation brought about?

Thus it has become possible to confidently present a picture showing the successive stages of human development during the long dark period when our prehistoric ancestors progressed steadily along a difficult and winding path from the lowest savagery to the stage of relative enlightenment that we find them in at the so-called “dawn of history.” There is no doubt that they were savages for many ages before they reached a level of culture that could be called, in modern terms, barbarism. Similarly, it is also clear that long ages of barbarism came before the final rise to civilization. The exact time span covered by these successive “Ages” is, of course, only a guess; but something like one hundred thousand years could be considered a safe minimal estimate. At the beginning of this long period, the most advanced people must be imagined as a mixed group of pre-humans, at least partially living in trees, feeding on uncooked fruits and vegetables, and having no crafts or tools whatsoever—nor even knowledge of the simplest implement. By the end of the period, a large-brained being emerges into the more or less clear light of history, living in intricately built houses, obtaining various luxuries through a wide array of skilled crafts, interacting with others under well-organized governments, and fulfilling aesthetic needs through the practice of high-level pictorial and literary arts. How did this incredible transformation occur?

If an answer can be found to that query, we shall have a clue to all human progress, not only during the prehistoric but also during the historic periods; for we may well believe that recent progress has not departed from the scheme Crucial developments. of development impressed on humanity during that long apprenticeship. Ethnologists believe that an answer can be found. They believe that the metamorphosis from beast-like savage to cultured civilian may be proximally explained (certain potentialities and attributes of the species being taken for granted) as the result of accumulated changes that found their initial impulses in a half-dozen or so of practical inventions. Stated thus, the explanation seems absurdly simple. Confessedly it supplies only a proximal, not a final, analysis of the forces impelling mankind along the pathway of progress. But it has the merit of tangibility; it presents certain highly important facts of human history vividly: and it furnishes a definite and fairly satisfactory basis for marking successive stages of incipient civilization.

If we can find an answer to that question, we’ll have a clue to all human progress, not just during prehistoric times but also throughout history; we can reasonably assume that recent advancements haven’t strayed from the pattern of development that shaped humanity during that long learning period. Ethnologists believe an answer is possible. They think the transformation from primitive savage to cultured citizen can be primarily explained (assuming certain potential traits of the species) as a result of accumulated changes that began with a handful of practical inventions. Put this way, the explanation seems overly simplistic. Admittedly, it provides only a preliminary, not a comprehensive, analysis of the forces driving humanity along the path of progress. However, it has the advantage of being tangible; it highlights certain crucial facts of human history vividly and provides a clear and fairly satisfactory foundation for identifying successive stages of early civilization.

In outlining the story of primitive man’s advancement, upon such a basis, we may follow the scheme of one of the most philosophical of ethnologists, Lewis H. Morgan, who made a provisional analysis of the prehistoric period that still remains among the most satisfactory attempts in this direction. Morgan divides the entire epoch of man’s progress from bestiality to civilization into six successive periods, which he names respectively the Older, Middle and Later periods of Savagery, and the Older, Middle and Later periods of Barbarism.

In describing the story of early human advancement, we can follow the framework of one of the most thoughtful ethnologists, Lewis H. Morgan, who created a preliminary analysis of prehistoric times that still stands as one of the best attempts in this area. Morgan divides the entire span of human progress from primitive existence to civilization into six consecutive periods, which he labels as the Early, Middle, and Late periods of Savagery, and the Early, Middle, and Late periods of Barbarism.

404

404

The first of these periods, when mankind was in the lower status of savagery, comprises the epoch when articulate speech was being developed. Our ancestors of this epoch Speech. inhabited a necessarily restricted tropical territory, and subsisted upon raw nuts and fruits. They had no knowledge of the uses of fire. All existing races of men had advanced beyond this condition before the opening of the historical period.

The first of these periods, when humanity was at a lower level of savagery, includes the time when spoken language was being developed. Our ancestors during this time Talk. lived in a limited tropical area and survived on raw nuts and fruits. They didn't know how to use fire. By the start of the historical period, all existing human races had moved beyond this stage.

The Middle Period of Savagery began with a knowledge of the uses of fire. This wonderful discovery enabled the developing race to extend its habitat almost indefinitely, and to include flesh, and in particular fish, in its regular Fire. dietary. Man could now leave the forests, and wander along the shores and rivers, migrating to climates less enervating than those to which he had previously been confined. Doubtless he became an expert fisher, but he was as yet poorly equipped for hunting, being provided, probably, with no weapon more formidable than a crude hatchet and a roughly fashioned spear. The primitive races of Australia and Polynesia had not advanced beyond this middle status of savagery when they were discovered a few generations ago. It is obvious, then, that in dealing with the further progress of nascent civilization we have to do with certain favoured portions of the race, which sought out new territories and developed new capacities while many tribes of their quondam peers remained static and hence by comparison seemed to retrograde.

The Middle Period of Savagery started with the discovery of fire. This amazing breakthrough allowed humans to expand their living areas almost without limit and to regularly include meat, especially fish, in their diet. People could now leave the forests and travel along coasts and rivers, moving to less exhausting climates than the ones they had previously occupied. It's likely they became skilled fishermen, but they were still poorly equipped for hunting, probably only having a basic hatchet and a roughly made spear. The primitive peoples of Australia and Polynesia hadn't progressed beyond this middle level of savagery when they were found a few generations ago. It's clear that when looking at the further development of early civilization, we are dealing with certain favored groups who explored new lands and developed new skills, while many tribes of their former peers stayed stagnant and thus seemed to regress by comparison.

The next great epochal discovery, in virtue of which a portion of the race advanced to the Upper Status of Savagery, was that of the bow and arrow,—a truly wonderful implement. The possessor of this device could bring down the Bow and arrow. fleetest animal and could defend himself against the most predatory. He could provide himself not only with food but with materials for clothing and for tent-making, and thus could migrate at will back from the seas and large rivers, and far into inhospitable but invigorating temperate and sub-Arctic regions. The meat diet, now for the first time freely available, probably contributed, along with the stimulating climate, to increase the physical vigour and courage of this highest savage, thus urging him along the paths of progress. Nevertheless many tribes came thus far and no further, as witness the Athapascans of the Hudson’s Bay Territory and the Indians of the valley of the Columbia.

The next major groundbreaking discovery, which allowed part of humanity to progress to the Upper Status of Savagery, was the bow and arrow—a truly amazing tool. The person who owned this device could take down the fastest animals and defend against the most dangerous predators. They could not only secure food but also gather materials for clothing and tent-making, enabling them to migrate at will away from the seas and large rivers, and deep into challenging but revitalizing temperate and sub-Arctic areas. The availability of a meat-based diet for the first time, likely combined with the invigorating climate, probably boosted the physical strength and bravery of this advanced savage, pushing them further along the path of progress. However, many tribes reached this point and then stopped, as seen with the Athapascans of the Hudson’s Bay Territory and the tribes of the Columbia River valley.

We now come to the marvellous discovery that enabled our ancestor to make such advances upon the social conditions of his forbears as to entitle him, in the estimate of his remote descendants, to be considered as putting Pottery. savagery behind him and as entering upon the Lower Status of Barbarism. The discovery in question had to do with the practice of the art of making pottery (see Ceramics). Hitherto man had been possessed of no permanent utensils that could withstand the action of fire. He could not readily boil water except by some such cumbersome method as the dropping of heated stones into a wooden or skin receptacle. The effect upon his dietary of having at hand earthen vessels in which meat and herbs could be boiled over a fire must have been momentous. Various meats and many vegetables become highly palatable when boiled that are almost or quite inedible when merely roasted before a fire. Bones, sinews and even hides may be made to give up a modicum of nutriment in this way; and doubtless barbaric man, before whom starvation always loomed threateningly, found the crude pot an almost perennial refuge. And of course its use as a cooking utensil was only one of many ways in which the newly discovered mechanism exerted a civilizing influence.

We now come to the amazing discovery that allowed our ancestors to improve their social conditions far beyond those of their predecessors, earning them the respect of future generations as they left savagery behind and entered the Lower Status of Barbarism. This discovery was related to the art of making pottery (see Ceramics). Until then, humans had no permanent tools that could withstand fire. They couldn’t easily boil water except by the awkward method of dropping heated stones into a wooden or skin container. The impact on their diet of having earthen vessels for boiling meat and herbs over a fire must have been significant. Many meats and vegetables become really tasty when boiled that would be inedible or much less appealing when just roasted over a fire. Bones, sinews, and even hides could be made to release some nutrients this way; and undoubtedly, early humans, who often faced the threat of starvation, found these basic pots to be a reliable source of food. Of course, their use as cooking tools was just one of the many ways this newfound technique contributed to civilization.

The next great progressive movement, which carried man into the Middle Status of Barbarism, is associated with the domestication of animals in the Eastern hemisphere, and with the use of irrigation in cultivating the soil and Domestic animals. of adobe bricks and stone in architecture in the Western hemisphere. The dog was probably the first animal to be domesticated, but the sheep, the ox, the camel and the horse were doubtless added in relatively rapid succession, so soon as the idea that captive animals could be of service had been clearly conceived. Man now became a herdsman, no longer dependent for food upon the precarious chase of wild animals. Milk, procurable at all seasons, made a highly important addition to his dietary. With the aid of camel and horse he could traverse wide areas hitherto impassable, and come in contact with distant peoples. Thus commerce came to play an extended rôle in the dissemination of both commodities and ideas. In particular the nascent civilization of the Mediterranean region fell heir to numerous products of farther Asia,—gums, spices, oils, and most important of all, the cereals. The cultivation of the latter gave the finishing touch to a comprehensive and varied diet, while emphasizing the value of a fixed abode. For the first time it now became possible for large numbers of people to form localized communities. A natural consequence was the elaboration of political systems, which, however, proceeded along lines already suggested by the experience of earlier epochs. All this tended to establish and emphasize the idea of nationality, based primarily on blood-relationship; and at the same time to develop within the community itself the idea of property,—that is to say, of valuable or desirable commodities which have come into the possession of an individual through his enterprise or labour, and which should therefore be subject to his voluntary disposal. At an earlier stage of development, all property had been of communal, not of individual, ownership. It appears, then, that our mid-period barbarian had attained—if the verbal contradiction be permitted—a relatively high stage of civilization.

The next significant progressive movement that took humans into a more advanced state of Barbarism is linked to the domestication of animals in the Eastern hemisphere and the use of irrigation for farming in the Western hemisphere. The dog was likely the first animal to be domesticated, followed quickly by sheep, oxen, camels, and horses, as people realized that keeping animals could be beneficial. Humans became herdsmen, no longer solely relying on the uncertain hunt for wild animals. Milk, available throughout the year, became a crucial part of their diet. With the help of camels and horses, they could travel across vast areas that were previously unreachable and connect with distant communities. This led to a broadening of commerce, which played a significant role in the exchange of goods and ideas. The emerging civilization in the Mediterranean region began to receive many products from further Asia—gums, spices, oils, and most importantly, cereals. The farming of these crops completed a diverse and nutritious diet while highlighting the importance of having a permanent home. For the first time, large groups of people could establish settled communities. A natural consequence was the development of political systems, which, however, followed patterns already hinted at by experiences from earlier times. All of this helped to establish and reinforce the concept of nationality, primarily based on kinship; simultaneously, it fostered the concept of property within communities—that is, valuable items or resources that individuals acquired through their efforts or labor and should therefore have the right to manage as they wish. In earlier stages, all property was considered communal rather than individual. It seems that our mid-period barbarian had reached—if we can allow for the contradiction in terms—a relatively advanced stage of civilization.

There remained, however, one master craft of which he had no conception. This was the art of smelting iron. When, ultimately, his descendants learned the wonderful secrets of that art, they rose in consequence to the Iron. Upper Status of Barbarism. This culminating practical invention, it will be observed, is the first of the great discoveries with which we have to do that was not primarily concerned with the question of man’s food supply. Iron, to be sure, has abundant uses in the same connexion, but its most direct and obvious utilities have to do with weapons of war and with implements calculated to promote such arts of peace as house-building, road-making and the construction of vehicles. Wood and stone could now be fashioned as never before. Houses could be built and cities walled with unexampled facility; to say nothing of the making of a multitude of minor implements and utensils hitherto quite unknown, or at best rare and costly. Nor must we overlook the aesthetic influence of edged implements, with which wood and stone could readily be sculptured when placed in the hands of a race that had long been accustomed to scratch the semblance of living forms on bone or ivory and to fashion crude images of clay. In a word, man, the “tool-making animal,” was now for the first time provided with tools worthy of his wonderful hands and yet more wonderful brain.

There was still one key skill that he didn't grasp at all: the art of smelting iron. Eventually, when his descendants discovered the incredible secrets of this craft, they advanced significantly to the Iron. Upper Status of Barbarism. This important practical invention, it should be noted, is the first of the major discoveries we've encountered that wasn’t mainly about food production. Of course, iron has many uses related to food as well, but its most immediate and obvious benefits relate to weapons of war and tools designed to support peaceful activities like building houses, constructing roads, and making vehicles. Wood and stone could now be shaped in ways never seen before. Buildings could be constructed and cities fortified with unprecedented ease; not to mention the creation of countless small tools and utensils that were previously rare or expensive. We also shouldn't overlook the artistic impact of sharp tools, which allowed for carving wood and stone more skillfully by a people who had long been used to representing living forms on bone or ivory and shaping primitive figures from clay. In short, humans, the “tool-making animal,” were finally equipped with tools deserving of their remarkable hands and even more remarkable minds.

Thus through the application of one revolutionary invention after another, the most advanced races of men had arrived, after long ages of effort, at a relatively high stage of development. A very wide range of experiences had enabled man to evolve a complex body politic, based on a fairly secure social basis, and his brain had correspondingly developed into a relatively efficient and stable organ of thought. But as yet he had devised no means of communicating freely with other people at a distance except through the medium of verbal messages; nor had he any method by which he could transmit his experiences to posterity more securely than by fugitive and fallible oral traditions. A vague symbolization of his achievements was preserved from generation to generation in myth-tale and epic, but he knew not how to make permanent record of his history. Until he could devise a means to make such record, he must remain, in the estimate of his descendants, a barbarian, though he might be admitted to have become a highly organized and even in a broad sense a cultured being.

Thus, through the application of one groundbreaking invention after another, the most advanced human races had reached, after long ages of effort, a relatively high stage of development. A wide range of experiences had allowed humans to evolve a complex political system, based on a fairly stable social foundation, and their brains had likewise developed into relatively efficient and stable organs of thought. However, they still had no way to communicate freely with others at a distance except through spoken messages; nor did they have any method to securely pass on their experiences to future generations other than through fleeting and unreliable oral traditions. A vague representation of their achievements was handed down from generation to generation in myths and epics, but they did not know how to create a permanent record of their history. Until they could figure out a way to make such records, they would remain, in the eyes of their descendants, barbarians, even if they might be recognized as highly organized and, in a broad sense, cultured individuals.

At length, however, this last barrier was broken. Some race or races devised a method of symbolizing events and ultimately of making even abstruse ideas tangible by means of graphic signs. In other words, a system of writing Writing. was developed. Man thus achieved a virtual conquest over time 405 as he had earlier conquered space. He could now transmit the record of his deeds and his thoughts to remote posterity. Thus he stood at the portals of what later generations would term secure history. He had graduated out of barbarism, and become in the narrower sense of the word a civilized being. Henceforth, his knowledge, his poetical dreamings, his moral aspirations might be recorded in such form as to be read not merely by his contemporaries but by successive generations of remote posterity. The inspiring character of such a message is obvious. The validity of making this great culminating intellectual achievement the test of “civilized” existence need not be denied. But we should ill comprehend the character of the message which the earlier generations of civilized beings transmit to us from the period which we term the “dawning of history” did we not bear constantly in mind the long series of progressive stages of “savagery” and “barbarism” that of necessity preceded the final stage of “civilization” proper. The achievements of those earlier stages afforded the secure foundation for the progress of the future. A multitude of minor arts, in addition to the important ones just outlined, had been developed; and for a long time civilized man was to make no other epochal addition to the list of accomplishments that came to him as a heritage from his barbaric progenitor. Indeed, even to this day the list of such additions is not a long one, nor, judged in the relative scale, so important as might at first thought be supposed. Whoever considers the subject carefully must admit the force of Morgan’s suggestion that man’s achievements as a barbarian, considered in their relation to the sum of human progress, “transcend, in relative importance, all his subsequent works.”

Eventually, this final barrier was broken. Some group or groups developed a way to symbolize events and ultimately made even complex ideas understandable through graphic signs. In other words, a system of writing was created. Humans thus gained a significant control over time, just as they had previously conquered space. They could now pass on the record of their actions and thoughts to future generations. In doing so, they stood at the threshold of what later generations would call secure history. They had moved beyond barbarism and had become, in a narrower sense, civilized beings. From then on, their knowledge, creative dreams, and moral hopes could be recorded in a way that would be read not only by their contemporaries but also by successive generations far into the future. The uplifting nature of such a message is clear. The necessity of recognizing this major intellectual achievement as a sign of "civilized" existence cannot be disputed. However, we would misunderstand the nature of the message that earlier generations of civilized individuals send us from what we call the “dawning of history” if we do not keep in mind the long progression of “savagery” and “barbarism” that inevitably came before the final stage of “civilization.” The accomplishments of those earlier stages laid the solid groundwork for future progress. Many smaller arts, in addition to the key ones mentioned, had been developed; and for a long time, civilized humans wouldn’t make any other major contributions beyond what they inherited from their barbaric ancestors. In fact, even today, the number of such additions is still not extensive, nor is it as significant as one might initially think. Anyone who examines the topic closely must acknowledge the validity of Morgan’s suggestion that man's achievements as a barbarian, when viewed in relation to the totality of human progress, "transcend, in relative importance, all his subsequent works."

Without insisting on this comparison, however, let us ask what discoveries and inventions man has made within the historical period that may fairly be ranked with the half-dozen great epochal achievements that have been put forward as furnishing the keys to all the progress of the prehistoric periods. In other words, let us sketch the history of progress during the ten thousand years or so that have elapsed since man learned the art of writing, adapting our sketch to the same scale which we have already applied to the unnumbered millenniums of the prehistoric period. The view of world-history thus outlined will be a very different one from what might be expected by the student of national history; but it will present the essentials of the progress of civilization in a suggestive light.

Without pushing this comparison too hard, let's consider the discoveries and inventions humans have made throughout history that could reasonably be compared to the half-dozen major achievements that have been identified as key to all the advancements of prehistoric times. In other words, let's outline the history of progress over the past ten thousand years or so since humans mastered writing, adjusting our outline to the same scale we've used for the countless millennia of prehistoric times. The perspective on world history that emerges will be quite different from what a national history student might expect, but it will highlight the core elements of civilization's progress in an insightful way.

Without pretending to fix an exact date,—which the historical records do not at present permit,—we may assume that the most advanced race of men elaborated a system of writing not less than six thousand years before the Civilization proper. beginning of the Christian era. Holding to the terminology already suggested for the earlier periods, we may speak of man’s position during the ensuing generations as that of the First or Lowest Status of civilization. If we review the history of this period we shall find that it extends unbroken over a stretch of at least four or five thousand years. During the early part of this period such localized civilizations as those of the Egyptians, the Sumerians, the Babylonians and the Hittites rose, grew strong and passed beyond their meridian. This suggests that we must now admit the word “civilization” to yet another definition, within its larger meaning: we must speak of “a civilization,” as that of Egypt, of Babylonia, of Assyria, and we must understand thereby a localized phase of society bearing the same relation to civilization as a whole that a wave bears to the ocean or a tree to the forest. Such other localized civilizations as those of Phoenicia, Carthage, Greece, Rome, Byzantium, the Sassanids, in due course waxed and waned, leaving a tremendous imprint on national history, but creating only minor and transitory ripples in the great ocean of civilization. Progress in the elaboration of the details of earlier methods and inventions took place as a matter of course. Some nation, probably the Phoenicians, gave a new impetus to the art of writing by developing a phonetic alphabet; but this achievement, remarkable as it was in itself, added nothing fundamental to human capacity. Literatures had previously flourished through the use of hieroglyphic and syllabic symbols; and the Babylonian syllabics continued in vogue throughout western Asia for a long time after the Phoenician alphabet had demonstrated its intrinsic superiority.

Without trying to pin down an exact date—which historical records currently don’t allow—we can assume that the most advanced people created a writing system at least six thousand years before the Civilization as it should be. beginning of the Christian era. Using the terminology we've already suggested for earlier periods, we can refer to humanity's status during the following generations as the First or Lowest Status of civilization. If we look back at this period's history, we'll find that it stretches uninterrupted over at least four or five thousand years. During the early part of this period, localized civilizations like those of the Egyptians, the Sumerians, the Babylonians, and the Hittites emerged, thrived, and eventually declined. This indicates that we should now accept another definition of the word "civilization" within its broader meaning: we should refer to “a civilization,” like that of Egypt, Babylon, or Assyria, and understand it as a localized phase of society, similar to how a wave relates to the ocean or a tree to the forest. Other localized civilizations, such as those of Phoenicia, Carthage, Greece, Rome, Byzantium, and the Sassanids, also rose and fell over time, leaving a significant mark on national history but creating only minor and temporary ripples in the vast ocean of civilization. Progress in refining earlier methods and inventions happened naturally. Some nation, likely the Phoenicians, gave a new boost to writing by developing a phonetic alphabet; however, this achievement, impressive as it was, didn’t fundamentally change human capability. Literature had already thrived using hieroglyphic and syllabic symbols, and Babylonian syllabics continued to be popular throughout western Asia long after the Phoenician alphabet had proven its inherent superiority.

Similarly the art of Egyptian and Assyrian and Greek was but the elaboration and perfection of methods that barbaric man had practised away back in the days when he was a cave-dweller. The weapons of warfare of Greek and Roman were the spear and the bow and arrow that their ancestors had used in the period of savagery, aided by sword and helmet dating from the upper period of barbarism. Greek and Roman government at their best were founded upon the system of gentes that barbaric man had profoundly studied,—as witness, for example, the federal system of the barbaric Iroquois Indians existing in America before the coming of Columbus. And if the Greeks had better literature, the Romans better roads and larger cities, than their predecessors, these are but matters of detailed development, the like of which had marked the progress of the more important arts and the introduction of less important ancillary ones in each antecedent period. The axe of steel is no new implement, but a mere perfecting of the axe of chipped flint. The Iliad represents the perfecting of an art that unnumbered generations of barbarians practised before their camp-fires.

Similarly, the art of the Egyptians, Assyrians, and Greeks was just an elaboration and refinement of techniques that primitive people had used long ago when they lived in caves. The weapons of warfare for the Greeks and Romans were the spear and the bow and arrow that their ancestors used during their savage times, complemented by swords and helmets from the later stage of barbarism. The best forms of Greek and Roman government were based on the system of gentes that primitive people had studied extensively—evidenced, for instance, by the federal system of the Iroquois Indians in America before Columbus arrived. And while the Greeks had better literature and the Romans better roads and larger cities than their predecessors, these are simply examples of more detailed development, similar to the progress seen in the key arts and the introduction of less critical supportive ones in earlier periods. The steel axe isn’t a new tool but just a refinement of the chipped flint axe. The Iliad is the culmination of an art that countless generations of barbarians practiced around their campfires.

Thus for six or seven thousand years after man achieved civilization there was rhythmic progress in many lines, but there came no great epochal invention to usher in a new ethnic period. Then, towards the close of what Great inventions of the middle ages. historians of to-day are accustomed to call the middle ages, there appeared in rapid sequence three or four inventions and a great scientific discovery that, taken together, were destined to change the entire aspect of European civilization. The inventions were gunpowder, the mariner’s compass, paper and the printing-press, three of which appear to have been brought into Europe by the Moors, whether or not they originated in the remote East. The scientific discovery which must be coupled with these inventions was the Copernican demonstration that the sun and not the earth is the centre of our planetary system. The generations of men that found themselves (1) confronted with the revolutionary conception of the universe given by the Copernican theory; (2) supplied with the new means of warfare provided by gunpowder; (3) equipped with an undreamed-of guide across the waters of the earth; and (4) enabled to promulgate knowledge with unexampled speed and cheapness through the aid of paper and printing-press—such generations of men might well be said to have entered upon a new ethnic period. The transition in their mode of thought and in their methods of practical life was as great as can be supposed to have resulted, in an early generation, from the introduction of iron, or in a yet earlier from the invention of the bow and arrow. So the Europeans of about the 15th century of the Christian era may be said to have entered upon the Second or Middle Status of civilization.

For six or seven thousand years after humanity developed civilization, there was steady progress in various areas, but no major groundbreaking invention marked the beginning of a new cultural era. Then, toward the end of what Great inventions of the Middle Ages. historians today refer to as the Middle Ages, several significant inventions and a major scientific discovery appeared in quick succession that were set to transform European civilization completely. The inventions included gunpowder, the mariner's compass, paper, and the printing press, with three of them likely introduced to Europe by the Moors, regardless of their origins in the distant East. The scientific breakthrough that must accompany these inventions was the Copernican revelation that the sun, not the earth, is at the center of our solar system. The generations of people who faced (1) the revolutionary idea of the universe introduced by the Copernican theory; (2) the new means of warfare provided by gunpowder; (3) an unprecedented navigational tool across the world's oceans; and (4) the ability to spread knowledge rapidly and affordably through paper and the printing press—such generations could be seen as having entered a new cultural era. The shift in their way of thinking and in their practical methods of living was as significant as what might have happened in earlier times with the introduction of iron or even earlier with the invention of the bow and arrow. Therefore, the Europeans around the 15th century of the Christian era can be said to have entered the Second or Middle Stage of civilization.

The new period was destined to be a brief one. It had compassed only about four hundred years when, towards the close of the 18th century, James Watt gave to the world the perfected steam-engine. Almost contemporaneously Steam machinery. Arkwright and Hargreaves developed revolutionary processes of spinning and weaving by machinery. Meantime James Hutton and William Smith and their successors on the one hand, and Erasmus Darwin, François Lamarck, and (a half-century later) Charles Darwin on the other, turned men’s ideas topsy-turvy by demonstrating that the world as the abiding-place of animals and man is enormously old, and that man himself instead of deteriorating from a single perfect pair six thousand years removed, has ascended from bestiality through a slow process of evolution extending over hundreds of centuries. The revolution in practical life and in the mental life of our race that followed these inventions and this new presentation of truth probably exceeded in suddenness and in its far-reaching effects the metamorphosis effected at any previous transition from one ethnic period to another. The men of the 19th century, living now in the period that may be termed the Upper Status 406 of civilization, saw such changes effected in the practical affairs of their everyday lives as had not been wrought before during the entire historical period. Their fathers had travelled in vehicles drawn by horses, quite as their remoter ancestors had done since the time of higher barbarism. It may be doubted whether there existed in the world in the year 1800 a postal service that could compare in speed and efficiency with the express service of the Romans of the time of Caesar; far less was there a telegraph service that could compare with that of the ancient Persians. Nor was there a ship sailing the seas that a Phoenician trireme might not have overhauled. But now within the lifetime of a single man the world was covered with a network of steel rails on which locomotives drew gigantic vehicles, laden with passengers at an hourly speed almost equalling Caesar’s best journey of a day; over the land and under the seas were stretched wires along which messages coursed from continent to continent literally with the speed of lightning; and the waters of the earth were made to teem with gigantic craft propelled without sail or oar at a speed which the Phoenician captain of three thousand years ago and the English captain of the 18th century would alike have held incredible.

The new era was meant to be a short one. It lasted only about four hundred years when, towards the end of the 18th century, James Watt introduced the perfected steam engine to the world. Almost at the same time, Arkwright and Hargreaves created groundbreaking methods of spinning and weaving using machines. Meanwhile, James Hutton, William Smith, and their followers, along with Erasmus Darwin, François Lamarck, and (half a century later) Charles Darwin, completely changed people's understanding by proving that the Earth as a home for animals and humans is extremely old, and that humans, instead of having declined from a perfect pair six thousand years ago, have evolved from primitive forms through a slow process extending over hundreds of centuries. The transformations in practical life and in the intellectual life of our species that followed these inventions and this new understanding of truth were probably more sudden and impactful than any change seen during previous transitions from one cultural period to another. The people of the 19th century, living in what might be called the Upper Status of civilization, experienced changes in their everyday lives that had never happened before in the entire course of history. Their parents traveled in horse-drawn vehicles just like their ancestors had since the time of greater barbarism. It is questionable whether there was a postal service in the year 1800 that could match the speed and efficiency of the Romans' express service during Caesar's time; let alone a telegraph service that could compete with the ancient Persians. No ship sailing the seas was faster than a Phoenician trireme could catch up to. Yet now, within a single person's lifetime, the world was covered with a network of steel tracks on which locomotives pulled massive vehicles filled with passengers at speeds nearly equal to Caesar’s best journey in a day; wires stretched across land and under seas, allowing messages to travel from continent to continent at the speed of lightning; and the oceans were filled with enormous ships that moved without sails or oars at speeds that would have seemed unbelievable to a Phoenician captain from three thousand years ago or an English captain from the 18th century.

There is no need to give further details here of the industrial revolutions that have been achieved in this newest period of civilization, since in their broader outlines at least they are familiar to every one. Nor need we dwell Social and political organization. upon the revolution in thought whereby man has for the first time been given a clear inkling as to his origin and destiny. It suffices to point out that such periods of fermentation of ideas as this suggests have probably always been concomitant with those outbursts of creative genius that gave the world the practical inventions upon which human progress has been conditioned. The same attitude of receptivity to new ideas is pre-requisite to one form of discovery as to the other. Nor, it may be added, can either form of idea become effective for the progress of civilization except in proportion as a large body of any given generation are prepared to receive it. Doubtless here and there a dreamer played with fire, in a literal sense, for generations before the utility of fire as a practical aid to human progress came to be recognized in practice. And—to seek an illustration at the other end of the scale—we know that the advanced thinkers of Greece and Rome believed in the antiquity of the earth and in the evolution of man two thousand years before the coming of Darwin. We have but partly solved the mysteries of the progress of civilization, then, when we have pointed out that each tangible stage of progress owed its initiative to a new invention or discovery of science. To go to the root of the matter we must needs explain how it came about that a given generation of men was in mental mood to receive the new invention or discovery.

There’s no need to elaborate further on the industrial revolutions that have taken place during this latest era of civilization, since their general outlines are familiar to everyone. We also don’t need to focus on the shift in thinking that has given people their first real understanding of their origins and future. It’s enough to note that periods of idea fermentation, like this one, have likely always coincided with bursts of creative genius that produced the practical inventions essential for human progress. The same open-mindedness toward new ideas is necessary for one type of discovery as it is for the other. Additionally, neither type of idea can effectively contribute to the progress of civilization unless a significant portion of a given generation is ready to embrace it. Certainly, there were always dreamers who toyed with fire, in a literal sense, long before its usefulness as a tool for human advancement was recognized. And—looking at the other end of the spectrum—we know that the forward-thinking individuals of Greece and Rome understood the earth's age and the evolution of humans two thousand years before Darwin. Therefore, we have only partially unraveled the mysteries of civilization's progress when we acknowledge that each concrete step forward was initiated by a new invention or scientific discovery. To truly understand the issue, we must explain how it came to be that a particular generation was in the right mindset to accept the new invention or discovery.

The pursuit of this question would carry us farther into the realm of communal and racial psychology—to say nothing of the realm of conjecture—than comports with the purpose of this article. It must suffice to point out that alertness of mind—that all mentality—is, in the last analysis, a reaction to the influences of the environment. It follows that man may subject himself to new influences and thus give his mind a new stimulus by changing his habitat. A fundamental secret of progress is revealed in this fact. Man probably never would have evolved from savagery had he remained in the Tropics where he doubtless originated. But successive scientific inventions enabled him, as has been suggested, to migrate to distant latitudes, and thus more or less involuntarily to become the recipient of new creative and progressive impulses. After migrations in many directions had resulted in the development of divers races, each with certain capacities and acquirements due to its unique environment, there was opportunity for the application of the principle of environmental stimulus in an indirect way, through the mingling and physical intermixture of one race with another. Each of the great localized civilizations of antiquity appears to have owed its prominence in part at least—perhaps very largely—to such intermingling of two or more races. Each of these civilizations began to decay so soon as the nation had remained for a considerable number of generations in its localized environment, and had practically ceased to receive accretions from distant races at approximately the same stage of development. There is a suggestive lesson for present-day civilization in that thought-compelling fact. Further evidence of the application of the principle of environmental stimulus, operating through changed habitat and racial intermixture, is furnished by the virility of the colonial peoples of our own day. The receptiveness to new ideas and the rapidity of material progress of Americans, South Africans and Australians are proverbial. No one doubts, probably, that one or another of these countries will give a new stimulus to the progress of civilization, through the promulgation of some great epochal discovery, in the not distant future. Again, the value of racial intermingling is shown yet nearer home in the long-continued vitality of the British nation, which is explicable, in some measure at least, by the fact that the Celtic element held aloof from the Anglo-Saxon element century after century sufficiently to maintain racial integrity, yet mingled sufficiently to give and receive the fresh stimulus of “new blood.” It is interesting in this connexion to examine the map of Great Britain with reference to the birthplaces of the men named above as being the originators of the inventions and discoveries that made the close of the 18th century memorable as ushering in a new ethnic era. It may be added that these names suggest yet another element in the causation of progress: the fact, namely, that, however necessary racial receptivity may be to the dynamitic upheaval of a new ethnic era, it is after all individual genius that applies its detonating spark.

The pursuit of this question would take us deeper into the realm of community and racial psychology—not to mention the realm of speculation—than the purpose of this article allows. It’s enough to point out that awareness of the mind—that all thought—is ultimately a response to the influences of the environment. This means that humans can expose themselves to new influences and thus spark their minds by changing their surroundings. A key secret to progress lies in this fact. Humans likely would not have evolved from savagery if they had stayed in the Tropics where they probably originated. However, successive scientific inventions allowed them, as suggested, to migrate to distant regions, and thus more or less involuntarily become open to new creative and progressive ideas. After migrations in many directions resulted in the development of diverse races, each with specific abilities and experiences due to their unique environments, the principle of environmental stimulation was applied indirectly through the mingling and mixing of different races. Each of the great localized civilizations of ancient times seems to owe its prominence, at least in part—perhaps significantly—to this intermingling of two or more races. Each of these civilizations began to decline once the nation had stayed in its localized environment for many generations and had essentially stopped receiving contributions from distant races at roughly the same stage of development. There is a meaningful lesson for modern civilization in this thought-provoking fact. Additional evidence of the principle of environmental stimulation, through changed habitats and racial mixing, is shown by the dynamism of colonial peoples in our time. The openness to new ideas and the speed of material progress among Americans, South Africans, and Australians are well-known. No one probably doubts that one of these countries will soon provide a new boost to the progress of civilization through some major groundbreaking discovery. Furthermore, the value of racial mixing is also evident closer to home in the long-lasting vitality of the British nation, which can be partially explained by the fact that the Celtic element maintained its distance from the Anglo-Saxon element for centuries enough to uphold racial integrity while mingling enough to share and gain the fresh energy of “new blood.” It’s interesting in this context to examine the map of Great Britain regarding the birthplaces of the individuals named above as the creators of the inventions and discoveries that made the late 18th century memorable for ushering in a new ethnic era. It can also be noted that these names suggest another factor in the causation of progress: the fact that, while racial receptivity may be essential to the dynamic upheaval of a new ethnic era, it is still individual genius that ignites its detonating spark.

Without further elaboration of this aspect of the subject it may be useful to recapitulate the analysis of the evolution of civilization above given, prior to characterizing it from another standpoint. It appears that the entire Nine periods of progress. period of human progress up to the present may be divided into nine periods which, if of necessity more or less arbitrary, yet are not without certain warrant of logic. They may be defined as follows: (1) The Lower Period of Savagery, terminating with the discovery and application of the uses of fire. (2) The Middle Period of Savagery, terminating with the invention of the bow and arrow. (3) The Upper Period of Savagery, terminating with the invention of pottery. (4) The Lower Period of Barbarism, terminating with the domestication of animals. (5) The Middle Period of Barbarism, terminating with the discovery of the process of smelting iron ore. (6) The Upper Period of Barbarism, terminating with the development of a system of writing meeting the requirements of literary composition. (7) The First Period of Civilization (proper) terminating with the introduction of gunpowder. (8) The Second Period of Civilization, terminating with the invention of a practical steam-engine. (9) The Upper Period of Civilization, which is still in progress, but which, as will be suggested in a moment, is probably nearing its termination.

Without going into more detail on this aspect of the topic, it might be helpful to summarize the earlier analysis of the evolution of civilization before looking at it from a different perspective. It seems that the entire span of human progress up to now can be divided into nine periods, which, while they may be somewhat arbitrary, do have a certain logic behind them. They can be defined as follows: (1) The Lower Period of Savagery, ending with the discovery and use of fire. (2) The Middle Period of Savagery, ending with the invention of the bow and arrow. (3) The Upper Period of Savagery, ending with the invention of pottery. (4) The Lower Period of Barbarism, ending with the domestication of animals. (5) The Middle Period of Barbarism, ending with the discovery of how to smelt iron ore. (6) The Upper Period of Barbarism, ending with the development of a writing system that meets the needs of literary composition. (7) The First Period of Civilization (proper), ending with the introduction of gunpowder. (8) The Second Period of Civilization, ending with the invention of a practical steam engine. (9) The Upper Period of Civilization, which is still happening, but as will be suggested shortly, is probably close to its end.

It requires but a glance at the characteristics of these successive epochs to show the ever-increasing complexity of the inventions that delimit them and of the conditions of life that they connote. Were we to attempt to characterize in a few phrases the entire story of achievement thus outlined, we might say that during the three stages of Savagery man was attempting to make himself master of the geographical climates. His unconscious ideal was, to gain a foothold and the means of subsistence in every zone. During the three periods of Barbarism the ideal of conquest was extended to the beasts of the field, the vegetable world, and the mineral contents of the earth’s crust. During the three periods of Civilization proper the ideal of conquest has become still more intellectual and subtle, being now extended to such abstractions as an analysis of speech-sounds, and to such intangibles as expanding gases and still more elusive electric currents: in other words, to the forces of nature, no less than to tangible substances. Hand in hand with this growing complexity of man’s relations with the external world has gone a like increase of complexity in the social and political organizations that characterize man’s relations with his fellowmen. 407 In savagery the family expanded into the tribe; in barbarism the tribe developed into the nation. The epoch of civilization proper is aptly named, because it has been a time in which citizenship, in the narrower national significance, has probably been developed to its apogee. Throughout this period, in every land, the highest virtue has been considered to be patriotism,—by which must be understood an instinctive willingness on the part of every individual to defend even with his life the interests of the nation into which he chances to be born, regardless of whether the national cause in which he struggles be in any given case good or bad, right or wrong. The communal judgment of this epoch pronounces any man a traitor who will not uphold his own nation even in a wrong cause—and the word “traitor” marks the utmost brand of ignominy.

It takes just a quick look at the features of these different eras to reveal the ever-growing complexity of the inventions that define them and the living conditions they imply. If we were to sum up the entire story of achievements in a few phrases, we might say that during the three stages of Savagery, humans were trying to gain control over the various geographical environments. Their unconscious goal was to establish a presence and find ways to survive in every region. During the three periods of Barbarism, this notion of conquest expanded to include the animals in the fields, the plant world, and the minerals found in the earth’s crust. In the three periods of true Civilization, the idea of conquest has become even more intellectual and nuanced, now extending to things like the analysis of speech sounds and intangible concepts such as expanding gases and elusive electric currents: in other words, it concerns both natural forces and physical materials. Along with this growing complexity in humanity's relationship with the outside world has come a similar increase in the complexity of the social and political organizations that define human relationships with one another. 407 In savagery, the family grew into the tribe; in barbarism, the tribe evolved into the nation. The era of true civilization is fittingly named because it has been a time when citizenship, in the narrower sense of the nation, has likely reached its peak. Throughout this period, across all lands, the highest virtue has been seen as patriotism—which means an inherent willingness for each person to defend the interests of the nation where they were born, even with their life, regardless of whether the national cause they support is good or bad, right or wrong. The community’s judgment during this era labels anyone a traitor who refuses to support their own nation, even when it's unjust—and the term "traitor" carries the highest stigma of disgrace.

But while the idea of nationality has thus been accentuated, there has been a never-ending struggle within the bounds of the nation itself to adjust the relations of one citizen to another. The ideas that might makes right, that the Nationality and cosmopolitanism. strong man must dominate the weak, that leadership in the community properly belongs to the man who is physically most competent to lead—these ideas were a perfectly natural, and indeed an inevitable, outgrowth of the conditions under which man fought his way up through savagery and barbarism. Man in the first period of civilization inherited these ideas, along with the conditions of society that were their concomitants. So throughout the periods when the oriental civilizations of Egypt and Babylonia and Assyria and Persia were dominant, a despotic form of government was accepted as the natural order of things. It does not appear that any other form was even considered as a practicality. A despot might indeed be overthrown, but only to make way for the coronation of another despot. A little later the Greeks and Romans modified the conception of a heaven-sent individual monarch; but they went no further than to substitute a heaven-favoured community, with specially favoured groups (Patricii) within the community. With this, national egoism reached its climax; for each people regarded its own citizens as the only exemplars of civilization, openly branding all the rest of the world as “barbarians,” fit subjects for the exaction of tribute or for the imposition of the bonds of actual slavery. During the middle ages there was a reaction towards individualism as opposed to nationalism: but the entire system of feudalism, with its clearly recognized conditions of over-lordship and of vassaldom, gave expression, no less clearly than oriental despotism and classical “democracy” had done, to the idea of individual inequality; of divergence of moral and legal status based on natural inheritance. Thus this idea, a reminiscence of barbarism, maintained its dominance throughout the first period of civilization.

But while the concept of nationality has been emphasized, there has been an ongoing struggle within the nation itself to define the relationships among citizens. The ideas that power makes right, that the strong should dominate the weak, and that leadership in the community rightly belongs to the physically most capable person—these ideas were entirely natural, and indeed inevitable, outcomes of the conditions under which humanity evolved from savagery and barbarism. In the early stages of civilization, people inherited these ideas along with the societal conditions that accompanied them. Throughout the periods dominated by the ancient civilizations of Egypt, Babylon, Assyria, and Persia, a despotic form of government was accepted as the norm. It doesn't seem that any other form was even considered practical. A despot could indeed be overthrown, but only to pave the way for the rise of another despot. Later, the Greeks and Romans adjusted the notion of a divinely appointed individual monarch; however, they merely replaced it with a community favored by the gods, with select privileged groups (Patricii) within that community. With this, national self-interest hit its peak; every nation viewed its own citizens as the only true representatives of civilization, openly labeling the rest of the world as “barbarians," deserving only of tribute or outright slavery. During the Middle Ages, there was a shift toward individualism in contrast to nationalism, but the entire system of feudalism, with its clear conditions of lordship and vassalage, just as clearly reflected the idea of individual inequality and the differences in moral and legal status based on natural birthright. Thus, this idea, a remnant of barbarism, continued to dominate throughout the early period of civilization.

But gunpowder, marking the transition to the second period of civilization, came as a great levelling influence. With its aid the weakest peasant might prove more than a match for the most powerful knight. Before its assaults the castle of the lord ceased to be an impregnable fortress. And while gunpowder thus levelled down the power of the mighty, the printing-press levelled up the intelligence, and hence the power and influence of the lowly. Meantime the mariner’s compass opened up new territories beyond the seas, and in due course men of lowly origin were seen to attain to wealth and power through commercial pursuits, thus tending to break in upon the established social order. In the colonial territories themselves all men were subjected more or less to the same perils and dependent upon their own efforts. Success and prominence in the community came not as a birthright, but as the result of demonstrated fitness. The great lesson that the interests of all members of a community are, in the last analysis, mutual could be more clearly distinguished in these small colonies than in larger and older bodies politic. Through various channels, therefore, in the successive generations of this middle period of civilization, the idea gained ground that intelligence and moral worth, rather than physical prowess, should be the test of greatness; that it is incumbent on the strong in the interests of the body politic to protect the weak; and that, in the long run, the best interests of the community are conserved if all its members, without exception, are given moral equality before the law. This idea of equal rights and privileges for all members of the community—for each individual “the greatest amount of liberty consistent with a like liberty of every other individual”—first found expression as a philosophical doctrine towards the close of the 18th century; at which time also tentative efforts were made to put it into practice. It may be said therefore to represent the culminating sociological doctrine of the middle period of civilization,—the ideal towards which all the influences of the period had tended to impel the race.

But gunpowder, marking the shift to the second stage of civilization, served as a significant equalizing force. With it, even the weakest peasant could challenge the most powerful knight. The lord's castle no longer stood as an impenetrable fortress against its attacks. While gunpowder diminished the might of the powerful, the printing press enhanced the knowledge—and therefore the power and influence—of the humble. Meanwhile, the mariner’s compass opened up new lands across the seas, and eventually, individuals from lowly backgrounds began to gain wealth and power through trade, challenging the established social hierarchy. In the colonies themselves, everyone faced similar dangers and relied on their own efforts. Success and recognition in the community didn't come from birthright but as a result of proven capability. The crucial lesson that the interests of all community members are ultimately interconnected became clearer in these small colonies than in larger and older political systems. Throughout various channels, over successive generations of this middle period of civilization, the idea gained traction that intelligence and moral character, rather than physical strength, should measure greatness; that the strong have a duty to protect the weak for the good of society; and that, in the long run, the best interests of the community are maintained when all its members have moral equality before the law. This concept of equal rights and privileges for all community members—for each person to have “the greatest amount of liberty consistent with a like liberty of every other individual”—first emerged as a philosophical principle toward the end of the 18th century, when initial efforts were also made to implement it. It can thus be said to represent the pinnacle sociological idea of the middle period of civilization—the ideal toward which all influences of the era have aimed to drive humanity.

It will be observed, however, that this ideal of individual equality within the body politic in no direct wise influences the status of the body politic itself as the centre of a localized civilization that may be regarded as in a sense antagonistic to all other similarly localized civilizations. If there were any such influence, it would rather operate in the direction of accentuating the patriotism of the member of a democratical community, as against that of the subject of a despot, through the sense of personal responsibility developed in the former. The developments of the middle period of civilization cannot be considered, therefore, to have tended to decrease the spirit of nationality, with its concomitant penalty of what is sometimes called provincialism. The history of this entire period, as commonly presented, is largely made up of the records of international rivalries and jealousies, perennially culminating in bitterly contested wars. It was only towards the close of the epoch that the desirability of free commercial intercourse among nations began to find expression as a philosophical creed through the efforts of Quesnay and his followers; and the doctrine that both parties to an international commercial transaction are gainers thereby found its first clear expression in the year 1776 in the pages of Condillac and of Adam Smith.

It will be noted, however, that this ideal of individual equality within the political community does not directly affect the status of the political body itself as the center of a localized civilization that can be seen as somewhat hostile to all other similarly localized civilizations. If there were any such influence, it would actually work to enhance the patriotism of a member of a democratic society, compared to that of a subject under a despot, due to the sense of personal responsibility developed in the former. The developments of the middle period of civilization cannot, therefore, be seen as having diminished the spirit of nationalism, which comes with the consequence sometimes referred to as provincialism. The history of this entire period, as typically presented, is largely made up of accounts of international rivalries and jealousies, consistently culminating in fiercely contested wars. It was only towards the end of the period that the desire for free trade between nations began to be articulated as a philosophical belief through the efforts of Quesnay and his followers; and the idea that both parties engaged in an international commercial transaction benefit from it was first clearly expressed in 1776 in the works of Condillac and Adam Smith.

But the discoveries that ushered in the third period of civilization were destined to work powerfully from the outset for the breaking down of international barriers, though, of course, their effects would not be at once manifest. Thus the substitution of steam power for water power, besides giving a tremendous impetus to manufacturing in general, mapped out new industrial centres in regions that nature had supplied with coal but not always with other raw materials. To note a single result, England became the manufacturing centre of the world, drawing its raw materials from every corner of the globe; but in so doing it ceased to be self-supporting as regards the production of food-supplies. While growing in national wealth, as a result of the new inventions, England has therefore lost immeasurably in national self-sufficiency and independence; having become in large measure dependent upon other countries both for the raw materials without which her industries must perish and for the foods to maintain the very life of her people.

But the discoveries that marked the beginning of the third period of civilization were set to significantly break down international barriers, although their effects weren’t immediately obvious. The shift from water power to steam power not only gave a huge boost to manufacturing in general but also created new industrial centers in areas rich in coal but lacking other raw materials. For example, England emerged as the manufacturing hub of the world, sourcing its raw materials from all over the globe; however, this shift meant that it could no longer sustain itself in food production. While England grew richer due to these new inventions, it lost a huge amount of its self-sufficiency and independence, becoming heavily reliant on other countries for both the raw materials essential to its industries and the food necessary for its people’s survival.

What is true of England in this regard is of course true in greater or less measure of all other countries. Everywhere, thanks to the new mechanisms that increase industrial efficiency, there has been an increasing tendency to specialization; and since the manufacturer must often find his raw materials in one part of the world and his markets in another, this implies an ever-increasing intercommunication and interdependence between the nations. This spirit is obviously fostered by the new means of transportation by locomotive and steamship, and by the electric communication that enables the Londoner, for example, to transact business in New York or in Tokio with scarcely an hour’s delay; and that puts every one in touch at to-day’s breakfast table with the happenings of the entire world. Thanks to the new mechanisms, national isolation is no longer possible; globe-trotting has become a habit with thousands of individuals of many nations; and Orient and Occident, representing civilizations that for thousands of years were almost absolutely severed and mutually oblivious of each other, have been brought again into close touch for mutual education and betterment. The Western mind has learned with amazement that the aforetime Terra Incognita of the far East has nurtured a gigantic civilization having ideals in many ways far different from our own. The Eastern mind has proved itself capable, in 408 self-defence, of absorbing the essential practicalities of Western civilization within a single generation. Some of the most important problems of world-civilization of the immediate future hinge upon the mutual relations of these two long-severed communities, branched at some early stage of progress to opposite hemispheres of the globe, but now brought by the new mechanisms into daily and even hourly communication.

What is true for England in this regard is also true, to varying degrees, for all other countries. Everywhere, thanks to new technologies that boost industrial efficiency, there's a growing trend toward specialization. Since manufacturers often need to source their raw materials from one part of the world and find their markets in another, this creates an increasing level of intercommunication and interdependence among nations. This spirit is clearly encouraged by modern transportation via trains and ships, along with electric communication that allows someone in London, for instance, to do business in New York or Tokyo with almost no delay; and it connects everyone at today’s breakfast table with news from around the world. Because of new technologies, national isolation is no longer viable; traveling around the globe has become a routine activity for thousands of people from various nations; and the East and West, once completely isolated and unaware of each other for thousands of years, are now in close contact for mutual learning and improvement. The Western world has been surprised to discover that the previously unknown regions of the far East have developed a vast civilization with ideals that differ significantly from our own. Meanwhile, the Eastern world has demonstrated its ability to quickly adopt key aspects of Western civilization within just a generation. Some of the most pressing challenges for global civilization in the near future depend on the relationship between these two long-separated communities, which diverged at an early point in their development to opposite sides of the globe, but are now brought into daily and even hourly communication by new technologies.

While the new conditions of the industrial world have thus tended to develop a new national outlook, there has come about, as a result of the scientific discoveries already referred to, a no less significant broadening of the mental and Modern humanism. spiritual horizons. Here also the trend is away from the narrowly egoistic and towards the cosmopolitan view. About the middle of the 19th century Dr Pritchard declared that many people debated whether it might not be permissible for the Australian settlers to shoot the natives as food for their dogs; some of the disputants arguing that savages were without the pale of human brotherhood. To-day the thesis that all mankind are one brotherhood needs no defence. The most primitive of existing aborigines are regarded merely as brethren who, through some defect or neglect of opportunity, have lagged behind in the race. Similarly the defective and criminal classes that make up so significant a part of the population of even our highest present-day civilizations, are no longer regarded with anger or contempt, as beings who are suffering just punishment for wilful transgressions, but are considered as pitiful victims of hereditary and environmental influences that they could neither choose nor control. Insanity is no longer thought of as demoniac possession, but as the most lamentable of diseases.

While the new conditions of the industrial world have developed a fresh national perspective, there has also been a significant expansion of mental and spiritual horizons due to the scientific discoveries mentioned earlier. In this context, the shift is away from narrow self-interest and towards a more global viewpoint. Around the middle of the 19th century, Dr. Pritchard noted that many debated whether it would be acceptable for Australian settlers to shoot the natives as food for their dogs, with some arguing that savages were excluded from human brotherhood. Today, the idea that all of humanity is one brotherhood requires no defense. The most primitive existing aborigines are viewed simply as siblings who, due to some disadvantage or lack of opportunity, have fallen behind in the race. Similarly, the marginalized and criminal classes that constitute a significant part of even our most advanced modern societies are no longer seen with anger or contempt as people deserving punishment for deliberate wrongdoing; instead, they are viewed as tragic victims of genetic and environmental factors beyond their control. Insanity is no longer seen as demonic possession but is understood as one of the most unfortunate diseases.

The changed attitude towards savage races and defective classes affords tangible illustrations of a fundamental transformation of point of view which doubtless represents the most important result of the operation of new scientific knowledge in the course of the 19th century. It is a transformation that is only partially effected as yet, to be sure; but it is rapidly making headway, and when fully achieved it will represent, probably, the most radical metamorphosis of mental view that has taken place in the entire course of the historical period. The essence of the new view is this: to recognize the universality and the invariability of natural law; stated otherwise, to understand that the word “supernatural” involves a contradiction of terms and has in fact no meaning. Whoever has grasped the full import of this truth is privileged to sweep mental horizons wider by far than ever opened to the view of any thinker of an earlier epoch. He is privileged to forecast, as the sure heritage of the future, a civilization freed from the last ghost of superstition—an Age of Reason in which mankind shall at last find refuge from the hosts of occult and invisible powers, the fearsome galaxies of deities and demons, which have haunted him thus far at every stage of his long journey through savagery, barbarism and civilization. Doubtless here and there a thinker, even in the barbaric eras, may have realized that these ghosts that so influenced the everyday lives of his fellows were but children of the imagination. But the certainty that such is the case could not have come with the force of demonstration even to the most clear-sighted thinker until 19th-century science had investigated with penetrating vision the realm of molecule and atom; had revealed the awe-inspiring principle of the conservation of energy; and had offered a comprehensible explanation of the evolution of one form of life from another, from monad to man, that did not presuppose the intervention of powers more “supernatural” than those that operate about us everywhere to-day.

The changed attitude toward marginalized groups and those with disabilities provides clear examples of a fundamental shift in perspective that likely represents the most significant outcome of new scientific knowledge in the 19th century. This transformation is still only partially realized, but it is gaining momentum rapidly. Once fully achieved, it will probably represent the most radical change in human thought throughout history. The essence of this new perspective is recognizing the universality and consistency of natural law; in other words, understanding that the term "supernatural" is contradictory and essentially meaningless. Anyone who fully understands this truth gains the ability to broaden their mental horizons far beyond what any thinker from earlier times could have imagined. They are able to envision, as a certain legacy of the future, a civilization free from the last remnants of superstition—an Age of Reason where humanity finally finds refuge from the forces of unseen powers, the terrifying realms of gods and demons that have haunted them throughout their long journey from savagery, through barbarism, to civilization. Surely, there have been thinkers, even in primitive times, who recognized that these phantoms influencing people's daily lives were merely products of the imagination. However, the certainty that this was the case could not have been demonstrated compellingly to even the most perceptive thinker until 19th-century science explored the worlds of molecules and atoms; revealed the profound principle of energy conservation; and provided a clear explanation of how one form of life evolves from another, from single-celled organisms to humans, without requiring the involvement of any powers that are more "supernatural" than the forces at work around us today.

The stupendous import of these new truths could not, of course, make itself evident to the generality of mankind in a single generation, when opposed to superstitions of a thousand generations’ standing. But the new knowledge has made its way more expeditiously than could have been anticipated; and its effects are seen on every side, even where its agency is scarcely recognized. As a single illustration, we may note the familiar observation that the entire complexion of orthodox teaching of religion has been more altered in the past fifty years than in two thousand years before. This of course is not entirely due to the influence of physical and biological science; no effect has a unique cause, in the complex sociological scheme. Archaeology, comparative philology and textual criticism have also contributed their share; and the comparative study of religions has further tended to broaden the outlook and to make for universality, as opposed to insularity, of view. It is coming to be more and more widely recognized that all theologies are but the reflex of the more or less faulty knowledge of the times in which they originate, that the true and abiding purpose of religion should be the practical betterment of humanity—the advancement of civilization in the best sense of the word; and that this end may perhaps be best subserved by different systems of theology, adapted to the varied genius of different times and divers races. Wherefore there is not the same enthusiastic desire to-day that found expression a generation ago, to impose upon the cultured millions of the East a religion that seems to them alien to their manner of thought, unsuited to their needs and less distinctly ethical in teaching than their own religions.

The incredible significance of these new truths couldn't, of course, become clear to most people in just one generation, especially when faced with superstitions that have been around for a thousand generations. However, this new knowledge has spread more quickly than expected, and its effects can be seen everywhere, even when its influence isn't immediately recognized. For example, it’s notable that the overall nature of traditional religious teachings has changed more in the past fifty years than in the two thousand years before that. This shift isn't solely due to the impact of physical and biological sciences; no outcome has a single cause in our complex social landscape. Fields like archaeology, comparative linguistics, and textual analysis have all played their part, while the comparative study of religions has contributed to a broader perspective, promoting universal understanding instead of narrow viewpoints. There's a growing acknowledgment that all theologies are merely reflections of the more or less flawed knowledge of their times, and that the true and lasting goal of religion should be to improve humanity—advancing civilization in the best way possible; this goal may perhaps be best achieved through different theological systems, tailored to the unique characteristics of various times and diverse cultures. As a result, there isn’t the same eager desire today, as there was a generation ago, to impose a religion on the educated populations of the East that seems foreign to their way of thinking, doesn’t meet their needs, and is less clearly ethical in its teachings than their own beliefs.

Such are but a few of the illustrations that might be cited from many fields to suggest that the mind of our generation is becoming receptive to a changed point of view that augurs the coming of a new ethnic era. If one may be permitted to enter very tentatively the field of prophecy, it seems not unlikely that the great revolutionary invention which will close the third period of civilization and usher in a new era is already being evolved. It seems not over-hazardous to predict that the air-ship, in one form or another, is destined to be the mechanism that will give the new impetus to human civilization; that the next era will have as one of its practical ideals the conquest of the air; and that this conquest will become a factor in the final emergence of humanity from the insularity of nationalism to the broad view of cosmopolitanism, towards which, as we have seen, the tendencies of the present era are verging. That the gap to be covered is a vastly wide one no one need be reminded who recalls that the civilized nations of Europe, together with America and Japan, are at present accustomed to spend more than three hundred million pounds each year merely that they may keep armaments in readiness to fly at one another’s throats should occasion arise. Formidable as these armaments now seem, however, the developments of the not very distant future will probably make them quite obsolete; and sooner or later, as science develops yet more deadly implements of destruction, the time must come when communal intelligence will rebel at the suicidal folly of the international attitude that characterized, for example, the opening decade of the 20th century. At some time, after the first period of cosmopolitanism shall be ushered in as a tenth ethnic period, it will come to be recognized that there is a word fraught with fuller meanings even than the word patriotism. That word is humanitarianism. The enlightened generation that realizes the full implications of that word will doubtless marvel that their ancestors of the third period of civilization should have risen up as nations and slaughtered one another by thousands to settle a dispute about a geographical boundary. Such a procedure will appear to have been quite as barbarous as the cannibalistic practices of their yet more remote ancestors, and distinctly less rational, since cannibalism might sometimes save its practiser from starvation, whereas warfare of the civilized type was a purely destructive agency.

Here are just a few examples from various fields that suggest our generation's mindset is opening up to a new perspective, signaling the arrival of a new ethnic era. If we may cautiously venture into the realm of prediction, it seems likely that the groundbreaking invention that will end the third period of civilization and introduce a new era is already being developed. It doesn’t seem overly risky to predict that the airship, in one form or another, is set to be the technology that will propel human civilization forward; that the next era will prioritize the conquest of the skies; and that this conquest will play a significant role in humanity's transition from the narrow focus of nationalism to a broader understanding of cosmopolitanism, toward which the trends of our current era are moving. Anyone familiar with the facts knows how vast the gap is to bridge, especially when recalling that the civilized nations of Europe, along with America and Japan, currently spend over three hundred million pounds every year just to maintain their military readiness in case they need to attack each other. As intimidating as these armaments seem now, advancements in the not-so-distant future will likely render them outdated; eventually, as science creates even more lethal weapons of destruction, a time will come when collective wisdom will reject the self-destructive mindset that defined the early years of the 20th century. After the first phase of cosmopolitanism begins as a tenth ethnic period, it will be recognized that there is a concept with far more profound meanings than just patriotism. That concept is humanitarianism. The enlightened generation that understands the full implications of that term will surely be astonished that their ancestors from the third period of civilization rose as nations and slaughtered each other by the thousands over disputes about borders. Such behavior will seem as barbaric as the cannibalistic practices of their more distant ancestors and distinctly less rational, as cannibalism might sometimes prevent starvation, while civilized warfare was solely destructive.

Equally obvious must it appear to the cosmopolite of some generation of the future that quality rather than mere numbers must determine the efficiency of any given community. Race suicide will then cease to be a bugbear; and it will no longer be considered rational to keep up the census at the cost of propagating low orders of intelligence, to feed the ranks of paupers, defectives and criminals. On the contrary it will be thought fitting that man should become the conscious arbiter of his own racial destiny to the extent of applying whatever laws of heredity he knows or may acquire in the interests of his own species, as he has long applied them in the case of domesticated animals. The survival and procreation of the unfit will then cease to be a menace to the progress of civilization. It does not follow that 409 all men will be brought to a dead level of equality of body and mind, nor that individual competition will cease; but the average physical mental status of the race will be raised immeasurably through the virtual elimination of that vast company of defectives which to-day constitutes so threatening an obstacle to racial progress. There are millions of men in Europe and America to-day whose whole mental equipment—despite the fact that they have been taught to read and write—is far more closely akin to the average of the Upper Period of Barbarism than to the highest standards of their own time; and these undeveloped or atavistic persons have on the average more offspring than are produced by the more highly cultured and intelligent among their contemporaries. “Race suicide” is thereby prevented, but the progress of civilization is no less surely handicapped. We may well believe that the cosmopolite of the future, aided by science, will find rational means to remedy this strange illogicality. In so doing he will exercise a more consciously purposeful function, and perhaps a more directly potent influence, in determining the line of human progress than he has hitherto attempted to assume, notwithstanding the almost infinitely varied character of the experiments through which he has worked his way from savagery to civilization.

It should be equally clear to the global citizen of the future that quality, not just quantity, should dictate the effectiveness of any community. The fear of "race suicide" will then disappear, and it won’t be seen as sensible to maintain population numbers at the expense of raising individuals with low intelligence, fueling the ranks of the poor, the disabled, and criminals. Instead, it will be viewed as appropriate for humanity to consciously shape its own racial future by applying whatever genetic principles it understands or learns, just as we've done with domesticated animals. The survival and reproduction of the unfit will no longer threaten the advancement of civilization. This doesn’t mean that everyone will become equal in body and mind, nor that competition will end; however, the average physical and mental state of the race will significantly improve through the near elimination of the large number of unfit individuals who currently pose a serious barrier to racial advancement. Today, there are millions of people in Europe and America whose mental capabilities—despite being taught to read and write—are much more aligned with the earlier stages of civilization than with the highest standards of their era; and these underdeveloped or regressive individuals tend to have more children than those who are more educated and intelligent among their peers. This delay of "race suicide" certainly hampers the progress of civilization. We can reasonably expect that the global citizen of the future, with the support of science, will find logical ways to address this bizarre contradiction. In doing so, they will take on a more intentional role and likely have a more significant impact on shaping human progress than seen before, despite the incredibly diverse experiences that have brought us from savagery to civilization.

All these considerations tend to define yet more clearly the ultimate goal towards which the progressive civilization of past and present appears to be trending. The contemplation of this goal brings into view the outlines of a vastly Ethical evolution. suggestive evolutionary cycle. For it appears that the social condition of cosmopolite man, so far as the present-day view can predict it, will represent a state of things, magnified to world-dimensions, that was curiously adumbrated by the social system of the earliest savage. At the very beginning of the journey through savagery, mankind, we may well believe, consisted of a limited tribe, representing no great range or variety of capacity, and an almost absolute identity of interests. Thanks to this community of interests,—which was fortified by the recognition of blood-relationship among all members of the tribe,—a principle which we now define as “the greatest ultimate good to the greatest number” found practical, even if unwitting, recognition; and therein lay the germs of all the moral development of the future. But obvious identity of interests could be recognized only so long as the tribe remained very small. So soon as its numbers became large, patent diversities of interest, based on individual selfishness, must appear, to obscure the larger harmony. And as savage man migrated hither and thither, occupying new regions and thus developing new tribes and ultimately a diversity of “races,” all idea of community of interests, as between race and race, must have been absolutely banished. It was the obvious and patent fact that each race was more or less at rivalry, in disharmony, with all the others. In the hard struggle for subsistence, the expansion of one race meant the downfall of another. So far as any principle of “greatest good” remained in evidence, it applied solely to the members of one’s own community, or even to one’s particular phratry or gens.

All these considerations help clarify the ultimate goal that the progressive civilization of both the past and present seems to be moving towards. Reflecting on this goal reveals the outline of a significant ethical evolution and a suggestive evolutionary cycle. It appears that the social condition of cosmopolitan people, based on current views, will reflect a universal state that mirrors the social system of the earliest humans in a more expansive way. At the very start of their journey through savagery, humanity likely consisted of a small tribe with limited diversity in skills and almost identical interests. Thanks to this shared interest—strengthened by the awareness of blood relations among all tribe members—a principle we now call “the greatest ultimate good for the greatest number” was practically recognized, even if unknowingly; this laid the groundwork for all future moral development. However, a clear identity of interests could only be maintained as long as the tribe remained quite small. Once its numbers grew, noticeable differences in interest, driven by individual selfishness, would emerge, obscuring the larger harmony. As primitive humans migrated and occupied new areas, leading to the formation of new tribes and ultimately a diversity of "races," the idea of shared interests between different races would likely have vanished entirely. It became evident that each race was often in competition and disharmony with others. In the fierce struggle for survival, the advancement of one race often meant the downfall of another. Any principle of “greatest good” that existed applied only to the members of one’s own community or even just one’s particular clan or group.

Barbaric man, thanks to his conquest of animal and vegetable nature, was able to extend the size of the unified community, and hence to develop through diverse and intricate channels the application of the principle of “greatest good” out of which the idea of right and wrong was elaborated. But quite as little as the savage did he think of extending the application of the principle beyond the bounds of his own race. The laws with which he gave expression to his ethical conceptions applied, of necessity, to his own people alone. The gods with which his imagination peopled the world were local in habitat, devoted to the interests of his race only, and at enmity with the gods of rival peoples. As between nation and nation, the only principle of ethics that ever occurred to him was that might makes right. Civilized man for a long time advanced but slowly upon this view of international morality. No Egyptian or Babylonian or Hebrew or Greek or Roman ever hesitated to attack a weaker nation on the ground that it would be wrong to do so. And few indeed are the instances in which even a modern nation has judged an international question on any other basis than that of self-interest. It was not till towards the close of the 19th century that an International Peace Conference gave tangible witness that the idea of fellowship of nations was finding recognition; and in the same recent period history has recorded the first instance of a powerful nation vanquishing a weaker one without attempting to exact at least an “indemnifying” tribute.

Barbaric man, through his mastery over animals and plants, was able to expand his community and develop the application of the principle of “greatest good,” which shaped his ideas of right and wrong. However, just like the savage, he rarely considered applying this principle beyond his own race. The laws he created to express his ethical beliefs applied only to his people. The gods that populated his imagination were local, focused solely on his race’s interests, and opposed to the gods of rival groups. Between nations, he believed that might makes right. Civilized man took a long time to progress beyond this view of international morality. No Egyptian, Babylonian, Hebrew, Greek, or Roman ever thought twice about attacking a weaker nation on the grounds that it would be wrong to do so. Even today, very few instances exist in which a modern nation has evaluated an international issue on anything other than self-interest. It wasn't until the late 19th century that an International Peace Conference showed that the concept of nations working together was gaining acknowledgment; and during this same recent period, history noted the first instance of a strong nation defeating a weaker one without demanding at least an “indemnifying” tribute.

But the citizen of the future, if the auguries of the present prove true, will be able to apply principles of right and wrong without reference to national boundaries. He will understand that the interests of the entire human family are, in the last analysis, common interests. The census through which he attempts to estimate “the greatest good of the greatest number” must include, not his own nation merely, but the remotest member of the human race. On this universal basis must be founded that absolute standard of ethics which will determine the relations of cosmopolite man with his fellows. When this ideal is attained, mankind will again represent a single family, as it did in the day when our primeval ancestors first entered on the pathway of progress; but it will be a family whose habitat has been extended from the narrow glade of some tropical forest to the utmost habitable confines of the globe. Each member of this family will be permitted to enjoy the greatest amount of liberty consistent with the like liberty of every other member; but the interests of the few will everywhere be recognized as subservient to the interests of the many, and such recognition of mutual interests will establish the practical criterion for the interpretation of international affairs.

But the citizen of the future, if the predictions of today turn out to be accurate, will be able to apply principles of right and wrong beyond national borders. He will realize that the interests of all humanity are, ultimately, shared interests. The assessment he makes to determine “the greatest good for the greatest number” must include not just his own nation, but every distant member of the human race. On this universal foundation, we must establish an absolute standard of ethics that will guide the relationships of cosmopolitan individuals with one another. When this ideal is achieved, humanity will once again resemble a single family, as it did when our early ancestors first embarked on their journey of progress; however, it will be a family whose range has expanded from the limited clearing of some tropical forest to the farthest habitable reaches of the planet. Every member of this family will be allowed to enjoy the greatest amount of freedom possible, as long as it doesn't infringe on the liberty of others; but the needs of the few will always be recognized as secondary to the needs of the many, and this acknowledgment of mutual interests will establish the practical standard for interpreting international relations.

But such an extension of the altruistic principle by no means presupposes the elimination of egoistic impulses—of individualism. On the contrary, we must suppose that man at the highest stages of culture will be, even as was the Progress and efficiency. savage, a seeker after the greatest attainable degree of comfort for the least necessary expenditure of energy. The pursuit of this ideal has been from first to last the ultimate impelling force in nature urging man forward. The only change has been a change in the interpretation of the ideal, an altered estimate as to what manner of things are most worth the purchase-price of toil and self-denial. That the things most worth the having cannot, generally speaking, be secured without such toil and self-denial, is a lesson that began to be inculcated while man was a savage, and that has never ceased to be reiterated generation after generation. It is the final test of progressive civilization that a given effort shall produce a larger and larger modicum of average individual comfort. That is why the great inventions that have increased man’s efficiency as a worker have been the necessary prerequisites to racial progress. Stated otherwise, that is why the industrial factor is everywhere the most powerful factor in civilization; and why the economic interpretation is the most searching interpretation of history at its every stage. It is the basal fact that progress implies increased average working efficiency—a growing ratio between average effort and average achievement—that gives sure warrant for such a prognostication as has just been attempted concerning the future industrial unification of our race. The efforts of civilized man provide him, on the average, with a marvellous range of comforts, as contrasted with those that rewarded the most strenuous efforts of savage or barbarian, to whom present-day necessaries would have been undreamed-of luxuries. But the ideal ratio between effort and result has by no means been achieved; nor will it have been until the inventive brain of man has provided a civilization in which a far higher percentage of citizens will find the life-vocations to which they are best adapted by nature, and in which, therefore, the efforts of the average worker may be directed with such vigour, enthusiasm and interest as can alone make for true efficiency; a civilization adjusted to such an economic balance that the average man may live in reasonable comfort without heart-breaking strain, and yet accumulate a sufficient surplus to ensure ease and serenity for his declining days. Such, seemingly, should be the normal goal of progressive civilization. Doubtless mankind in advancing towards that goal will institute many changes that could by no possibility be 410 foretold, but (to summarize the views just presented) it seems a safe augury from present-day conditions and tendencies that the important lines of progress will include (1) the organic betterment of the race through wise application of the laws of heredity; (2) the lessening of international jealousies and the consequent minimizing of the drain upon communal resources that attends a military régime; and (3) an ever-increasing movement towards the industrial and economic unification of the world.

But extending the altruistic principle doesn’t mean we have to get rid of selfish desires—of individualism. In fact, we should think that even at the highest levels of culture, humans will, just like in ancient times, seek the greatest comfort for the least amount of energy spent. This pursuit has been the driving force in nature motivating humanity from the beginning. The only change has been in how we interpret that ideal, adjusting what we believe is worth the effort and sacrifice. The understanding that the most valuable things cannot usually be obtained without hard work and self-denial started with early humans and has been passed down through generations. A key measure of a progressive civilization is that a given effort results in an increasing level of individual comfort. That's why great inventions that have boosted human productivity were essential for societal advancement. Put simply, this is why the industrial factor is consistently the most significant element in civilization and why economic interpretations offer deep insights into history at every stage. The fundamental idea that progress means improved average efficiency at work—a growing balance between effort and achievement—provides a solid basis for speculating about the future unification of our species. The efforts of modern humans give them an incredible range of comforts compared to what the hardest-working ancient humans experienced, for whom today’s necessities would have been unimaginable luxuries. However, we have yet to achieve the ideal balance between effort and outcomes; that won't happen until human inventiveness creates a society where more citizens can pursue careers that fit their natural abilities. In such a society, average workers can engage in their tasks with enthusiasm and purpose, leading to true efficiency; a civilization designed to ensure that the average person can enjoy reasonable comfort without overwhelming stress, while also saving enough for a peaceful retirement. This should be the normal goal of a progressing society. As humanity moves toward this goal, it will undoubtedly make many changes, some of which we can’t predict. But to sum up the points made, it seems likely based on current conditions and trends that key areas of progress will include (1) improving the human race through smart use of heredity laws; (2) reducing international rivalries and consequently lessening the drain on community resources caused by military regimes; and (3) an ongoing trend toward industrial and economic unification across the globe.

(H. S. WI.)

Authorities.—A list of works dealing with the savage and barbarous periods of human development will be found appended to the article ANTHROPOLOGY. Special reference may here be made to E.B. Tylor’s Early History of Mankind (1865), Primitive Culture (1871) and Anthropology (1881); Lord Avebury’s Prehistoric Times (new edition, 1900) and Origin of Civilization (new edition, 1902); A.H. Keane’s Man Past and Present (1899); and Lewis H. Morgan’s Ancient Society (1877). The earliest attempt at writing a history of civilization which has any value for the 20th-century reader was F. Guizot’s in 1828-1830, a handy English translation by William Hazlitt being included in Bohn’s Standard Library under the title of The History of Civilization. The earlier lectures, delivered at the Old Sorbonne, deal with the general progress of European civilization, whilst the greater part of the work is an account of the growth of civilization in France. Guizot’s attitude is somewhat antiquated, but this book still has usefulness as a storehouse of facts. T.H. Buckle’s famous work, The History of Civilization in England (1857-1861), though only a gigantic unfinished introduction to the author’s proposed enterprise, holds an important place in historical literature on account of the new method which it introduced, and has given birth to a considerable number of valuable books on similar lines, such as Lecky’s History of European Morals (1869) and Rise and Influence of Rationalism in Europe (1865). J.W. Draper’s History of the Intellectual Development of Europe (1861) undertook, from the American stand-point, “the labour of arranging the evidence offered by the intellectual history of Europe in accordance with physiological principles, so as to illustrate the orderly progress of civilization.” Its objective treatment and wealth of learning still give it great value to the student. Since the third quarter of the 19th century it may be said that all serious historical work has been more or less a history of civilization as displayed in all countries and ages, and a bibliography of the works bearing on the subject would be coextensive with the catalogue of a complete historical library. Special mention, however, may be made of such important and suggestive works as C.H. Pearson’s National Life and Character (1893); Benjamin Kidd’s Social Evolution (1894) and Principles of Western Civilization (1902); Edward Eggleston’s Transit of Civilization (1901); C. Seignobos’s Histoire de la civilisation (1887); C. Faulmann’s Illustrirte Culturgeschichte (1881); G. Ducoudray’s Histoire de la civilisation (1886); J. von Hellwald’s Kulturgeschichte (1896); J. Lippert’s Kulturgeschichte der Menschheit (1886); O. Henne-am-Rhyn’s Die Kultur der Vergangenheit, Gegenwart und Zukunft (1890); G. Kurth’s Origines de la civilisation moderne (1886), &c. The vast collection of modern works on sociology, from Herbert Spencer onwards, should also be consulted; see bibliography attached to the article Sociology. The historical method on which practically all the articles of the present edition of the Ency. Brit. are planned, makes the whole work itself in essentials the most comprehensive history of civilization in existence.

Authorities.—A list of works that cover the early and primitive stages of human development can be found at the end of the article ANTHROPOLOGY. Notable references include E.B. Tylor’s Early History of Mankind (1865), Primitive Culture (1871), and Anthropology (1881); Lord Avebury’s Prehistoric Times (new edition, 1900) and Origin of Civilization (new edition, 1902); A.H. Keane’s Man Past and Present (1899); and Lewis H. Morgan’s Ancient Society (1877). The first significant attempt to write a history of civilization that has value for the 20th-century reader was F. Guizot’s work from 1828-1830, which has a convenient English translation by William Hazlitt included in Bohn’s Standard Library, titled The History of Civilization. The earlier lectures, given at the Old Sorbonne, focus on the overall progress of European civilization, while most of the work describes the development of civilization in France. Guizot’s perspective is somewhat outdated, yet this book remains valuable as a source of facts. T.H. Buckle’s renowned work, The History of Civilization in England (1857-1861), although just a massive unfinished introduction to the author’s planned project, is important in historical literature for the new approach it introduced and has inspired numerous valuable books on similar topics, such as Lecky’s History of European Morals (1869) and Rise and Influence of Rationalism in Europe (1865). J.W. Draper’s History of the Intellectual Development of Europe (1861) aimed, from an American perspective, to “organize the evidence provided by the intellectual history of Europe based on physiological principles, to illustrate the systematic advancement of civilization.” Its objective analysis and rich scholarship still make it highly valuable to students. Since the late 19th century, it's fair to say that all serious historical work has, to some extent, been a history of civilization as reflected in various countries and eras, and a bibliography of related works would be nearly as extensive as a complete historical library's catalog. However, special mention should be made of important and thought-provoking works such as C.H. Pearson’s National Life and Character (1893); Benjamin Kidd’s Social Evolution (1894) and Principles of Western Civilization (1902); Edward Eggleston’s Transit of Civilization (1901); C. Seignobos’s Histoire de la civilisation (1887); C. Faulmann’s Illustrirte Culturgeschichte (1881); G. Ducoudray’s Histoire de la civilisation (1886); J. von Hellwald’s Kulturgeschichte (1896); J. Lippert’s Kulturgeschichte der Menschheit (1886); O. Henne-am-Rhyn’s Die Kultur der Vergangenheit, Gegenwart und Zukunft (1890); G. Kurth’s Origines de la civilisation moderne (1886), etc. The extensive collection of modern sociological works, starting from Herbert Spencer, should also be reviewed; see the bibliography attached to the article Sociology. The historical method underpinning nearly all the articles in this edition of the Ency. Brit. makes the entire work, in essence, the most thorough history of civilization available.


CIVIL LAW, a phrase which, with its Latin equivalent jus civile, has been used in a great variety of meanings. Jus civile was sometimes used to distinguish that portion of the Roman law which was the proper or ancient law of the city or state of Rome from the jus gentium, or the law common to all the nations comprising the Roman world, which was incorporated with the former through the agency of the praetorian edicts. This historical distinction remained as a permanent principle of division in the body of the Roman law. One of the first propositions of the Institutes of Justinian is the following:—“Jus autem civile vel gentium ita dividitur. Omnes populi qui legibus et moribus reguntur partim suo proprio, partim communi omnium hominum jure utuntur; nam quod quisque populus ipsi sibi jus constituit, id ipsius civitatis proprium est, vocaturque jus civile quasi jus proprium ipsius civitatis. Quod vero naturalis ratio inter omnes homines constituit, id apud omnes peraeque custoditur, vocaturque jus gentium quasi quo jure omnes gentes utuntur.” The jus gentium of this passage is elsewhere identified with jus naturale, so that the distinction comes to be one between civil law and natural or divine law. The municipal or private law of a state is sometimes described as civil law in distinction to public or international law. Again, the municipal law of a state may be divided into civil law and criminal law. The phrase, however, is applied par excellence to the system of law created by the genius of the Roman people, and handed down by them to the nations of the modern world (see Roman Law). The civil law in this sense would be distinguished from the local or national law of modern states. The civil law in this sense is further to be distinguished from that adaptation of its principles to ecclesiastical purposes which is known as the canon law (q.v.).

CIVIL LAW, a term that, along with its Latin counterpart jus civile, has been used in many different ways. Jus civile was sometimes used to differentiate that part of Roman law which was the specific or ancient law of the city or state of Rome from the jus gentium, or the law that was common to all nations within the Roman world, which became integrated with the former through the praetorian edicts. This historical distinction has remained a lasting principle of division in the framework of Roman law. One of the first propositions of the Institutes of Justinian states:—“Jus autem civile vel gentium ita dividitur. Omnes populi qui legibus et moribus reguntur partim suo proprio, partim communi omnium hominum jure utuntur; nam quod quisque populus ipsi sibi jus constituit, id ipsius civitatis proprium est, vocaturque jus civile quasi jus proprium ipsius civitatis. Quod vero naturalis ratio inter omnes homines constituit, id apud omnes peraeque custoditur, vocaturque jus gentium quasi quo jure omnes gentes utuntur.” The jus gentium mentioned in this passage is identified elsewhere with jus naturale, meaning the distinction becomes one between civil law and natural or divine law. The municipal or private law of a state is sometimes referred to as civil law in contrast to public or international law. Additionally, the municipal law of a state can be divided into civil law and criminal law. However, the term is primarily applied to the legal system created by the genius of the Roman people and passed down to the nations of the modern world (see Roman Law). The civil law in this context is different from the local or national law of contemporary states. Furthermore, the civil law is distinct from the adaptation of its principles for ecclesiastical purposes, known as canon law (q.v.).


CIVIL LIST, the English term for the account in which are contained all the expenses immediately applicable to the support of the British sovereign’s household and the honour and dignity of the crown. An annual sum is settled by the British parliament at the beginning of the reign on the sovereign, and is charged on the consolidated fund. But it is only from the reign of William IV. that the sum thus voted has been restricted solely to the personal expenses of the crown. Before his accession many charges properly belonging to the ordinary expenses of government had been placed on the civil list. The history History of the civil list dates from the reign of William and Mary. Before the Revolution no distinction had been made between the expenses of government in time of peace and the expenses relating to the personal dignity and support of the sovereign. The ordinary revenues derived from the hereditary revenues of the crown, and from certain taxes voted for life to the king at the beginning of each reign, were supposed to provide for the support of the sovereign’s dignity and the civil government, as well as for the public defence in time of peace. Any saving made by the king in the expenditure touching the government of the country or its defence would go to swell his privy purse. But with the Revolution a step forward was made towards the establishment of the principle that the expenses relating to the support of the crown should be separated from the ordinary expenses of the state. The evils of the old system under which no appropriation was made of the ordinary revenue granted to the crown for life had been made manifest in the reigns of Charles II. and James II.; it was their control of these large revenues that made them so independent of parliament. Moreover, while the civil government and the defences suffered, the king could use these revenues as he liked. The parliament of William and Mary fixed the revenue of the crown in time of peace at £1,200,000 per annum; of this sum about £700,000 was appropriated towards the “civil list.” But from this the sovereign was to defray the expenses of the civil service and the payment of pensions, as well as the cost of the support of the royal household and his own personal expenses. It was from this that the term “civil list” arose, to distinguish it from the statement of military and naval charges. The revenue voted to meet the civil list consisted of the hereditary revenues of the crown and a part of the excise duties. Certain changes and additions were made in the sources of revenue thus appropriated between the reign of William and Mary and the accession of George III., when a different system was adopted. Generally speaking, however, the sources of revenue remained as settled at the Revolution.

CIVIL LIST is the English term for the account that includes all the expenses directly related to supporting the British sovereign’s household and maintaining the honor and dignity of the crown. At the start of each reign, the British parliament approves an annual sum for the sovereign, which is taken from the consolidated fund. However, it wasn't until the reign of William IV that this amount was limited to only the personal expenses of the crown. Before he became king, many costs that should have been part of the regular government expenses had been included in the civil list. The history History of the civil list goes back to the reign of William and Mary. Before the Revolution, there was no distinction made between the expenses of the government during peacetime and those related to the sovereign’s personal dignity and support. The ordinary revenues from the crown’s hereditary income and certain taxes granted for the king’s lifetime at the beginning of each reign were expected to cover the sovereign’s dignity, the civil government, and public defense during peacetime. Any savings made by the king in government or defense spending would enrich his private funds. However, the Revolution marked a significant move towards separating the costs of supporting the crown from the normal state expenses. The problems with the old system, where no specific allocation was made from the ordinary revenue granted to the crown for life, became clear during the reigns of Charles II and James II; their control over these substantial revenues made them quite independent from parliament. Moreover, while the civil government and defenses were neglected, the king could use these revenues as he pleased. The parliament under William and Mary set the crown's revenue during peacetime at £1,200,000 per year, with about £700,000 designated for the “civil list.” From this, the sovereign was responsible for covering civil service expenses, pension payments, the costs of maintaining the royal household, and his personal expenditures. This is where the term “civil list” originated, to differentiate it from military and naval budget statements. The revenue allocated for the civil list came from the hereditary incomes of the crown and a portion of the excise duties. Various changes and additions to the revenue sources occurred between the reign of William and Mary and the accession of George III, when a different system was implemented. Generally speaking, however, the sources of revenue remained as established during the Revolution.

Anne had the same civil list, estimated to produce an annual income of £700,000. During her reign a debt of £1,200,000 was incurred. This debt was paid by parliament and charged on the civil list itself. George I. enjoyed the Anne, George I. and George II. same revenue by parliamentary grant, in addition to an annual sum of £120,000 on the aggregate fund. A debt of £1,000,000 was incurred, and discharged by parliament in the same manner as Anne’s debt had been. To George II. a civil list of £800,000 as a minimum was granted, parliament undertaking to make up any deficiency if the sources of income appropriated to its service fell short of that sum. Thus in 1746 a debt of £456,000 was paid by parliament on the civil list. On the accession of George III. a change was made in the system of the civil list. Hitherto the sources of revenue appropriated George III. to the service of the civil list had been settled on the crown. If these revenues exceeded the sum they were computed to produce annually, the surplus went to the king. George III., however, surrendered the life-interest in the hereditary revenues and the excise duties hitherto voted to defray 411 the civil list expenditure, and any claim to a surplus for a fixed amount. The king still retained other large sources of revenue which were not included in the civil list, and were free from the control of parliament. The revenues from which the civil list had been defrayed were henceforward to be carried into, and made part of, the aggregate fund. In their place a fixed civil list was granted—at first of £723,000 per annum, to be increased to £800,000 on the falling in of certain annuities to members of the royal family. From this £800,000 the king’s household and the honour and dignity of the crown were to be supported, as well as the civil service offices, pensions and other charges still laid on the list.

Anne had the same civil list, estimated to generate an annual income of £700,000. During her reign, a debt of £1,200,000 was incurred. This debt was covered by Parliament and charged against the civil list itself. George I. received the same revenue through a parliamentary grant, plus an annual sum of £120,000 from the aggregate fund. A debt of £1,000,000 was incurred and paid off by Parliament in the same way as Anne's debt had been. George II. was granted a minimum civil list of £800,000, with Parliament agreeing to cover any shortfall if the income sources allocated for this purpose fell short of that amount. Thus, in 1746, Parliament paid off a debt of £456,000 on the civil list. When George III. came to the throne, the civil list system was changed. Until then, the revenue sources designated for the civil list had been assigned to the crown. If these revenues exceeded the estimated annual amount, the surplus went to the king. However, George III. surrendered his life interest in the hereditary revenues and the excise duties that had been allocated to cover civil list expenses, as well as any claim to a surplus for a set amount. The king still retained other significant revenue sources not included in the civil list and free from parliamentary control. From then on, the revenues that had funded the civil list were to be included in the aggregate fund. In their place, a fixed civil list was established—initially at £723,000 per year, which would increase to £800,000 when certain annuities for members of the royal family expired. From this £800,000, the king's household and the honor and dignity of the crown were to be maintained, as well as the civil service offices, pensions, and other expenses still charged to the list.

During the reign of George III. the civil list played an important part in the history of the struggle on the part of the king to establish the royal ascendancy. From the revenue appropriated to its service came a large portion of the money employed by the king in creating places and pensions for his supporters in parliament, and, under the colour of the royal bounty, bribery was practised on a large scale. No limit was set to the amount applicable to the pensions charged on the civil list, so long as the sum granted could meet the demand; and there was no principle on which the grant was regulated. Secret pensions at the king’s pleasure were paid out of it, and in every way the independence of parliament was menaced; and though the more legitimate expenses of the royal household were diminished by the king’s penurious style of living, and though many charges not directly connected with the king’s personal expenditure were removed, the amount was constantly exceeded, and applications were made from time to time to parliament to pay off debts incurred; and thus opportunity was given for criticism. In 1769 a debt of £513,511 was paid off in arrears; and in spite of the demand for accounts and for an inquiry into the cause of the debt, the Indebtedness of civil list. ministry succeeded in securing this vote without granting such information. All attempts to investigate the civil list were successfully resisted, though Lord Chatham went so far as to declare himself convinced that the funds were expended in corrupting members of parliament. Again, in 1777, an application was made to parliament to pay off £618,340 of debts; and in view of the growing discontent Lord North no longer dared to withhold accounts. Yet, in spite of strong opposition and free criticism, not only was the amount voted, but also a further £100,000 per annum, thus raising the civil list to an annual sum of £900,000.

During the reign of George III, the civil list played a key role in the king's efforts to assert royal power. A significant portion of the revenue allocated to it was used by the king to create jobs and pensions for his supporters in parliament, and through the guise of royal generosity, widespread bribery occurred. There was no cap on the amount available for pensions charged to the civil list, as long as the funds granted could meet the demand, and there was no clear principle governing these grants. Secret pensions were paid at the king's discretion, threatening the independence of parliament. Although the king's frugal lifestyle reduced the more legitimate expenses of the royal household and many charges not directly related to his personal spending were eliminated, the total expenses frequently exceeded the budget, leading to repeated requests to parliament to cover incurred debts, which allowed for criticism. In 1769, a debt of £513,511 was paid off in arrears; despite calls for transparency and an investigation into the debt's causes, the ministry successfully secured this funding without providing the requested information. Attempts to investigate the civil list were consistently thwarted, even as Lord Chatham famously expressed his belief that the funds were used to corrupt members of parliament. Again, in 1777, parliament was asked to pay off £618,340 in debts, and with rising discontent, Lord North could no longer refuse to provide accounts. Nevertheless, despite strong opposition and open criticism, not only was the amount approved, but an additional £100,000 per year was added, raising the civil list to a total of £900,000 annually.

In 1779, at a time when the expenditure of the country and the national debt had been enormously increased by the American War, the general dissatisfaction found voice in parliament, and the abuses of the civil list were specially singled out for attack. Many petitions were presented to the House of Commons praying for its reduction, and a motion was made in the House of Lords in the same sense, though it was rejected. In 1780 Burke brought forward his scheme of economic reform, but his name was already associated with the growing desire to remedy the evils of the civil list by the publication in 1769 of his pamphlet on “The Causes of the Present Discontent.” In this scheme Burke freely animadverts on the profusion and abuse of the civil list, criticizing the useless and obsolete offices and the offices performed by deputy. In every department he discovers jobbery, waste and peculation. His proposal was that the many offices should be reduced and consolidated, that the pension list should be brought down to a fixed sum of £60,000 per annum, and that pensions should be conferred only to reward merit or fulfil real public charity. All pensions were to be paid at the exchequer. He proposed also that the civil list should be divided into classes, an arrangement which later was carried into effect. In 1780 Burke succeeded in bringing in his Establishment Bill; but though at first it met with considerable support, and was even read a second time, Lord North’s government defeated it in committee. The next year the bill was again introduced into the House of Commons, and Pitt made his first speech in its favour. The bill was, however, lost on the second reading.

In 1779, when the country's spending and national debt had skyrocketed due to the American War, general dissatisfaction was voiced in parliament, with the abuses of the civil list specifically targeted. Many petitions were submitted to the House of Commons asking for its reduction, and a motion to that effect was made in the House of Lords, although it was rejected. In 1780, Burke introduced his plan for economic reform, but his name was already linked to the growing demand to address the issues with the civil list due to his 1769 pamphlet on “The Causes of the Present Discontent.” In this plan, Burke openly criticized the wastefulness and misuse of the civil list, pointing out unnecessary and outdated positions as well as jobs done by deputies. He identified corruption, waste, and misappropriation in every department. His proposal aimed to reduce and consolidate the numerous positions, limit the pension list to a fixed amount of £60,000 per year, and grant pensions only to reward merit or fulfill genuine public charity. All pensions were to be paid from the exchequer. He also suggested that the civil list be divided into categories, a change that was eventually implemented. In 1780, Burke successfully introduced his Establishment Bill; although it initially gained significant support and was even read a second time, Lord North’s government defeated it in committee. The following year, the bill was introduced again in the House of Commons, and Pitt made his first speech in support of it. However, the bill was ultimately lost during the second reading.

In 1782 the Rockingham ministry, pledged to economic reform, came into power; and the Civil List Act 1782 was introduced and carried with the express object of limiting the patronage and influence of ministers, or, in other Civil List Act 1782. words, the ascendancy of the crown over parliament. Not only did the act effect the abolition of a number of useless offices, but it also imposed restraints on the issue of secret service money, and made provision for a more effectual supervision of the royal expenditure. As to the pension list, the annual amount was to be limited to £95,000; no pension to any one person was to exceed £1200, and all pensions were to be paid at the exchequer, thus putting a stop to the secret pensions payable during pleasure. Moreover, pensions were only to be bestowed in the way of royal bounty for persons in distress or as a reward for merit. Another very important change was made by this act: the civil list was divided into classes, and a fixed amount was to be appropriated to each class. The following were the classes:—

In 1782, the Rockingham government, committed to economic reform, took power. They introduced and passed the Civil List Act 1782 specifically to limit the patronage and influence of ministers, or in other words, to reduce the crown's control over parliament. The act not only abolished a number of unnecessary offices but also imposed restrictions on the use of secret service funds and established better oversight of royal spending. For the pension list, the total amount was capped at £95,000; no individual pension could exceed £1,200, and all pensions were to be disbursed through the Exchequer, thereby eliminating secret pensions that could be given at will. Additionally, pensions could only be granted as royal benefactions for those in need or as rewards for merit. Another significant change brought about by this act was the classification of the civil list into categories, with a designated fixed amount allocated to each class. The classes were as follows:—

1. Pensions and allowances of the royal family.

1. Pensions and allowances for the royal family.

2. Payment of salaries of lord chancellor, speaker and judges.

2. Payment of salaries for the lord chancellor, speaker, and judges.

3. Salaries of ministers to foreign courts resident at the same.

3. Salaries of ministers assigned to foreign courts who are stationed there.

4. Approved bills of tradesmen, artificers and labourers for any article supplied and work done for His Majesty’s service.

4. Approved bills from tradespeople, craftsmen, and laborers for any supplies provided and work completed for His Majesty’s service.

5. Menial servants of the household.

Home assistance.

6. Pension list.

Pension roster.

7. Salaries of all other places payable out of the civil list revenues.

7. Salaries from all other sources paid from the civil list revenues.

8. Salaries and pensions of treasurer or commissioners of the treasury and of the chancellor of the exchequer.

8. Salaries and pensions of the treasurer, treasury commissioners, and the chancellor of the exchequer.

Yet debt was still the condition of the civil list down to the end of the reign, in spite of the reforms established by the Rockingham ministry, and notwithstanding the removal from the list of many charges unconnected with the king’s personal expenses. The debts discharged by parliament between 1782, the date of the passing of the Civil List Act, and the end of George III.’s reign, amounted to £2,300,000. In all, during his reign £3,398,061 of debt owing by the civil list was paid off.

Yet debt remained a problem for the civil list until the end of the reign, despite the reforms put in place by the Rockingham ministry and the removal of many charges unrelated to the king’s personal expenses from the list. The debts cleared by parliament between 1782, when the Civil List Act was passed, and the end of George III's reign totaled £2,300,000. Overall, during his reign, £3,398,061 of debt owed by the civil list was paid off.

With the regency the civil list was increased by £70,000 per annum, and a special grant of £100,000 was settled on the prince regent. In 1816 the annual amount was settled at £1,083,727, including the establishment of the king, now insane; though the civil list was relieved from some annuities payable to the royal family. Nevertheless, the fund still continued charged with such civil expenses as the salaries of judges, ambassadors and officers of state, and with pensions granted for public services. Other reforms were made as regards the definition of the several classes of expenditure, while the expenses of the royal household were henceforth to be audited by a treasury official—the auditor of the civil list. On the accession of George IV. the civil list, freed from the expenses of the late king, was settled at £845,727. On William IV. coming to the throne a sum of £510,000 per annum was fixed for the service of the civil list. The king at the same time surrendered all the sources of revenue enjoyed by his predecessors, apart from the civil list, represented by the hereditary revenues of Scotland—the Irish civil list, the droits of the crown and admiralty, the 4½% duties, the West India duties, and other casual revenues hitherto vested in the crown, and independent of parliament. The revenues of the duchy of Lancaster were still retained by the crown. In return for this surrender and the diminished sum voted, the civil list was relieved from all the charges relating rather to the civil government than to the support of the dignity of the crown and the royal household. The future expenditure was divided into five classes, and a fixed annual sum was appropriated to each class. The pension list was reduced to £75,000. The king resisted an attempt on the part of the select committee to reduce the salaries of the officers of state on the grounds that this touched his prerogative, and the ministry of Earl Grey yielded to his remonstrance.

With the regency, the civil list was increased by £70,000 each year, and a special grant of £100,000 was given to the prince regent. In 1816, the annual amount was set at £1,083,727, which included the expenses for the now-insane king; although the civil list was relieved of some annuities payable to the royal family. Still, the fund was charged with civil expenses such as the salaries of judges, ambassadors, and state officers, as well as pensions for public services. Other reforms were made regarding the categorization of various expenditures, and from then on, the expenses of the royal household were to be audited by a treasury official—the auditor of the civil list. When George IV. came to power, the civil list, now free from the late king’s expenses, was set at £845,727. When William IV. ascended the throne, an annual amount of £510,000 was established for the civil list. The king also gave up all the revenue sources enjoyed by his predecessors, aside from the civil list, which included the hereditary revenues from Scotland—the Irish civil list, the droits of the crown and admiralty, the 4½% duties, the West India duties, and other casual revenues that had previously belonged to the crown and were independent of parliament. The revenues from the duchy of Lancaster remained with the crown. In exchange for this surrender and the reduced amount allocated, the civil list was freed from all charges related more to civil governance than to maintaining the dignity of the crown and the royal household. Future expenditures were divided into five categories, with a fixed annual amount assigned to each. The pension list was cut down to £75,000. The king resisted an attempt by the select committee to reduce the salaries of state officers, arguing that it infringed on his prerogative, and the ministry led by Earl Grey agreed to his objections.

The civil list of Queen Victoria was settled on the same principles as that of William IV. A considerable reduction was made in the aggregate annual sum voted, from £510,000 to £385,000, and the pension list was Queen Victoria’s civil list. separated from the ordinary civil list. The civil list proper was divided into the following five classes, with a fixed sum appropriated to each:—

The civil list of Queen Victoria was established on the same basis as that of William IV. The total annual amount approved was significantly reduced from £510,000 to £385,000, and the pension list was Queen Victoria's civil list. separated from the regular civil list. The civil list itself was divided into five categories, each assigned a specific amount:—

412

412

Privy purse £60,000
Salaries of household 131,260
Expenses of household 172,500
Royal bounty, &c. 13,200
Unappropriated 8,040

In addition the queen might, on the advice of her ministers, grant pensions up to £1200 per annum, in accordance with a resolution of the House of Commons of February 18th, 1834, “to such persons as have just claims on the royal beneficence or who, by their personal services to the crown, by the performance of duties to the public, or by their useful discoveries in science and attainments in literature and art, have merited the gracious consideration of the sovereign and the gratitude of their country.” The service of these pensions increased the annual sum devoted to support the dignity of the crown and the expenses of the household to about £409,000. The list of pensions must be laid before parliament within thirty days of 20th June. Thus the civil list was reduced in amount, and relieved from the very charges which gave it its name as distinct from the statement of military and naval charges. It now really only dealt with the support of the dignity and honour of the crown and the royal household. The arrangement was most successful, and during the last three reigns there was no application to parliament for the discharge of debts incurred on the civil list.

Additionally, the queen could, based on her ministers' advice, grant pensions of up to £1200 a year, following a resolution from the House of Commons dated February 18th, 1834, “to individuals who have legitimate claims on royal generosity or who, through their personal services to the crown, their public duties, or their valuable contributions to science, literature, and art, deserve the sovereign's kind consideration and the gratitude of their country.” The cost of these pensions raised the total annual amount allocated for maintaining the crown's dignity and household expenses to around £409,000. A list of the pensions had to be presented to parliament within thirty days of June 20th. As a result, the civil list was reduced and freed from the very expenses that differentiated it from military and naval budgets. It now primarily focused on supporting the dignity and honor of the crown and the royal household. This arrangement was highly effective, and during the last three reigns, there was no request made to parliament for settling debts incurred on the civil list.

The death of Queen Victoria rendered it necessary that a renewed provision should be made for the civil list; and King Edward VII., following former precedents, placed unreservedly at the disposal of parliament his hereditary Civil List Act 1901. revenues. A select committee of the House of Commons was appointed to consider the provisions of the civil list for the crown, and to report also on the question of grants for the honourable support and maintenance of Her Majesty the Queen and the members of the royal family. The committee in their conclusions were guided to a considerable extent by the actual civil list expenditure during the last ten years of the last reign, and made certain recommendations which, without undue interference with the sovereign’s personal arrangements, tended towards increased efficiency and economy in the support of the sovereign’s household and the honour and dignity of the crown. On their report was based the Civil List Act 1901, which established the new civil list. The system that the hereditary revenues should as before be paid into the exchequer and be part of the consolidated fund was maintained. The amount payable for the civil list was increased from £385,000 to £470,000. In the application of this sum the number of classes of expenditure to which separate amounts were to be appropriated was increased from five to six. The following was the new arrangement of classes:—1st class, Their Majesties’ privy purse, £110,000; 2nd class, salaries of His Majesty’s household and retired allowances, £125,800; 3rd class, expenses of His Majesty’s household, £193,000; 4th class, works (the interior repair and decoration of Buckingham Palace and Windsor Castle), £20,000; 5th class, royal bounty, alms and special services, £13,200; 6th class, unappropriated, £8000. The system relating to civil list pensions, established by the Civil List Act 1837, continued to apply, but the pensions were not regarded as chargeable on the sum paid for the civil list. The committee also advised that the mastership of the Buckhounds should not be continued; and the king, on the advice of his ministers, agreed to accept their recommendation. The maintenance of the royal hunt thus ceased to be a charge on the civil list. The annuities of £20,000 to the prince of Wales, of £10,000 to the princess of Wales, and of £18,000 to His Majesty’s three daughters, were not included in the civil list, though they were conferred by the same act. Other grants made by special acts of parliament to members of the royal family were also excluded from it; these were £6000 to the princess Christian of Schleswig-Holstein, £6000 to the princess Louise (duchess of Argyll), £25,000 to the duke of Connaught, £6000 to the duchess of Albany, £6000 to the princess Beatrice (Henry of Battenberg), and £3000 to the duchess of Mecklenburg-Strelitz.

The death of Queen Victoria made it necessary to create a new provision for the civil list. King Edward VII, following former practices, fully made his hereditary revenues available to parliament. A select committee from the House of Commons was appointed to examine the civil list for the crown and also to report on funding for the honorable support and maintenance of Her Majesty the Queen and the royal family. The committee based their conclusions largely on the civil list spending from the last ten years of the previous reign and made several recommendations that aimed to enhance efficiency and reduce costs in supporting the sovereign's household while upholding the honor and dignity of the crown. Their report led to the Civil List Act 1901, which established the new civil list. The system where hereditary revenues continued to be paid into the exchequer as part of the consolidated fund remained in place. The civil list amount was raised from £385,000 to £470,000. The categories of expenditure for which separate amounts would be allocated increased from five to six. The new categories were: 1st class, Their Majesties’ privy purse, £110,000; 2nd class, salaries for His Majesty’s household and retired allowances, £125,800; 3rd class, expenses for His Majesty’s household, £193,000; 4th class, works (interior repairs and decoration of Buckingham Palace and Windsor Castle), £20,000; 5th class, royal bounty, alms, and special services, £13,200; 6th class, unallocated, £8,000. The pension system for the civil list, established by the Civil List Act 1837, continued but the pensions were not considered a charge on the civil list amount. The committee also recommended that the mastership of the Buckhounds should end, and the king agreed to their suggestion on the advice of his ministers. Thus, the royal hunt was no longer funded by the civil list. The annuities of £20,000 for the Prince of Wales, £10,000 for the Princess of Wales, and £18,000 for His Majesty’s three daughters were not included in the civil list, despite being granted by the same act. Other grants made by special acts of parliament to members of the royal family were also excluded, including £6,000 to Princess Christian of Schleswig-Holstein, £6,000 to Princess Louise (Duchess of Argyll), £25,000 to the Duke of Connaught, £6,000 to the Duchess of Albany, £6,000 to Princess Beatrice (Henry of Battenberg), and £3,000 to the Duchess of Mecklenburg-Strelitz.

It may be interesting to compare with the British civil list the corresponding figures in other countries. These are as follows, the figures being those, for convenience, of 1905. Spain, £280,000, exclusive of allowances to members of the royal family; Portugal, Figures in other countries. £97,333, in addition to £1333 to the queen-consort—total grant to the royal family, £116,700; Italy, £602,000, from which was deducted £16,000 for the children of the deceased Prince Amedeo, duke of Aosta, £16,000 to Prince Tommaso, duke of Genoa, and £40,000 to Queen Margherita; Belgium, £140,000; Netherlands, £50,000, with, in addition, £4000 for the maintenance of the royal palaces; Germany, £770,500 (Krondotations Rente), the sovereign also possessing large private property (Kronfideikommiss und Schatullgüter), the revenue from which contributed to the expenditure of the court and the members of the royal family; Denmark, £55,500, in addition to £6600 to the heir-apparent; Norway, £38,888; Sweden, £72,700; Greece, £52,000, which included £4000 each from Great Britain, France and Russia; Austria-Hungary, £941,666, made up of £387,500 as emperor of Austria out of the revenues of Austria, and £554,166 as king of Hungary out of the revenues of Hungary; Japan, £300,000; Rumania, £47,000, in addition to revenues from certain crown lands; Servia, £48,000; Bulgaria, £40,000, besides £30,000 for maintenance of palaces, &c.; Montenegro, £8300; Russia had no civil list, the sovereign having all the revenue from the crown domains (actual amount unknown, but supposed to amount to over £4,000,000); the president of the French Republic had a salary of £24,000 a year, with a further £24,000 for expenses; and the president of the United States had a salary of $50,000 (from 1909, $75,000).

It might be interesting to compare the British civil list with the figures from other countries. Here are the numbers for 1905: Spain, £280,000, not including allowances for royal family members; Portugal, £97,333, plus £1,333 for the queen-consort—totaling £116,700 for the royal family; Italy, £602,000, with deductions of £16,000 for the children of the late Prince Amedeo, Duke of Aosta, £16,000 for Prince Tommaso, Duke of Genoa, and £40,000 for Queen Margherita; Belgium, £140,000; Netherlands, £50,000, plus £4,000 for maintaining the royal palaces; Germany, £770,500 (Krondotations Rente), where the sovereign also owned large private properties (Kronfideikommiss und Schatullgüter), and the income from those properties supported the court and royal family expenses; Denmark, £55,500, plus £6,600 for the heir-apparent; Norway, £38,888; Sweden, £72,700; Greece, £52,000, which included £4,000 each from Great Britain, France, and Russia; Austria-Hungary, £941,666, made up of £387,500 as emperor of Austria from Austrian revenues and £554,166 as king of Hungary from Hungarian revenues; Japan, £300,000; Romania, £47,000, plus revenue from certain crown lands; Serbia, £48,000; Bulgaria, £40,000, plus £30,000 for maintaining palaces, etc.; Montenegro, £8,300; Russia had no civil list, with the sovereign receiving all revenues from crown domains (exact amount unknown, but believed to be over £4,000,000); the president of the French Republic had a salary of £24,000 a year, with an additional £24,000 for expenses; and the president of the United States had a salary of $50,000 (in 1909, $75,000).


CIVIL SERVICE, the generic name given to the aggregate of all the public servants, or paid civil administrators and clerks, of a state. It is the machinery by which the executive, through the various administrations, carries on the central government of the country.

CIVIL SERVICE, the general term for all public servants, including paid civil administrators and clerks, in a state. It is the system through which the executive manages the central government of the country via various administrations.

British Empire.—The appointments to the civil service until the year 1855 were made by nomination, with an examination not sufficient to form an intellectual or even a physical test. It was only after much consideration and almost years of discussion that the nomination system was abandoned. Various commissions reported on the civil service, and orders in council were issued. Finally in 1855 a qualifying examination of a stringent character was instituted, and in 1870 the principle of open competition was adopted as a general rule. On the report of the Playfair Commission (1876), an order in council was issued dividing the civil service into an upper and lower division. The order in council directed that a lower division should be constituted, and men and boy clerks holding permanent positions replaced the temporary assistants and writers. The “temporary” assistant was not found to be advantageous to the service. In December 1886 a new class of assistant clerks was formed to replace the men copyists. In 1887 the Ridley Commission reported on the civil service establishment. In 1890 two orders in council were issued based on the reports of the Ridley Commission, which sat from 1886 to 1890. The first order constituted what is now known as the second division of the civil service. The second order in council concerned the officers of the 1st class; and provision was made for the possible promotion of the second division clerks to the first division after eight years’ service.

British Empire.—Until 1855, appointments to the civil service were made by nomination, with an examination that was not rigorous enough to serve as a real intellectual or physical test. It took a lot of thought and nearly years of discussions before the nomination system was dropped. Various commissions provided reports on the civil service, leading to orders in council being issued. Finally, in 1855, a challenging qualifying examination was introduced, and in 1870, the principle of open competition became the norm. Following the Playfair Commission's report in 1876, an order in council was issued to split the civil service into upper and lower divisions. This order established a lower division, replacing temporary assistants and writers with permanent clerks, both male and female. The "temporary" assistants were found to be detrimental to the service. In December 1886, a new category of assistant clerks was created to take the place of male copyists. In 1887, the Ridley Commission reported on the civil service structure. In 1890, two orders in council were issued based on the Ridley Commission's reports, which were conducted from 1886 to 1890. The first order established what is now the second division of the civil service. The second order concerned first-class officers and included provisions for the possible promotion of second division clerks to the first division after eight years of service.

The whole system is under the administration of the civil service commissioners, and power is given to them, with the approval of the treasury, to prescribe the subjects of examination, limits of age, &c. The age is fixed for compulsory retirement at sixty-five. In exceptional cases a prolongation of five years is within the powers of the civil service commissioners. The examination for 1st class clerkships is held concurrently with that of the civil service of India and Eastern cadetships in the colonial service. Candidates can compete for all three or for two. In addition to the intellectual test the candidate must fulfil the conditions of age (22 to 24), must present recommendations as to character, and pass a medical examination. This examination approximates closely to the university type of education. Indeed, there is little chance of success except for candidates who have had a successful university career, and frequently, in addition, special preparation by a private teacher. The subjects include the language and literature of England, France, Germany, Italy, ancient Greece and Rome, Sanskrit and Arabic, mathematics (pure and applied), natural science (chemistry, physics, zoology, &c.), history (English, Greek, Roman and general modern), political economy and 413 economic history, mental and moral philosophy, Roman and English law and political science. The candidate is obliged to reach a certain standard of knowledge in each subject before any marks at all are allowed him. This rule was made to prevent success by mere cramming, and to ensure competent knowledge on the basis of real study.

The entire system is managed by the civil service commissioners, who, with the treasury's approval, can set the exam subjects, age limits, etc. The mandatory retirement age is set at sixty-five. In exceptional situations, the civil service commissioners can extend this by five years. The exam for 1st class clerkships is conducted at the same time as the civil service exams for India and Eastern cadetships in the colonial service. Candidates can apply for all three or just two of these. Besides the intellectual test, candidates must meet the age requirements (22 to 24), provide character references, and pass a medical exam. This examination is very similar to a university-level education. In fact, candidates who succeed typically have a strong university background and often additional preparation from a private tutor. The subjects include English, French, German, Italian language and literature, ancient Greek and Roman studies, Sanskrit and Arabic, mathematics (both pure and applied), natural sciences (chemistry, physics, zoology, etc.), history (English, Greek, Roman, and modern), political economy, economic history, mental and moral philosophy, Roman and English law, and political science. Candidates must achieve a specific level of knowledge in each subject before they can earn any marks at all. This rule was established to prevent success through mere memorization and to ensure a solid understanding based on genuine study.

The maximum scale of the salaries of clerks of Class I. is as follows:—3rd class, £200 a year, increasing by £20 a year to £500; 2nd class, £600, increasing by £25 a year to £800; 1st class, £850, increasing by £50 a year to £1000. Their pensions are fixed by the Superannuation Act 1859, 22 Vict. c. 26:—

The highest salary ranges for Class I clerks are as follows: 3rd class starts at £200 a year, increasing by £20 a year up to £500; 2nd class starts at £600, increasing by £25 a year up to £800; 1st class starts at £850, increasing by £50 a year up to £1000. Their pensions are determined by the Superannuation Act of 1859, 22 Vict. c. 26:—

“To any person who shall have served ten years and upwards, and under eleven years, an annual allowance of ten-sixtieths of the annual salary and emoluments of his office:

“To any person who has served for ten years or more, but less than eleven years, an annual allowance of one-sixth of the annual salary and benefits of their position:"

“For eleven years and under twelve years, an annual allowance of eleven-sixtieths of such salary and emoluments:

“For eleven years and under twelve years, an annual allowance of eleven-sixtieths of such salary and emoluments:

“And in like manner a further addition to the annual allowance of one-sixtieth in respect of each additional year of such service, until the completion of a period of service of forty years, when the annual allowance of forty-sixtieths may be granted; and no additions shall be made in respect of any service beyond forty years.”

“And similarly, an additional amount will be added to the annual allowance of one-sixtieth for each extra year of service, until the total service reaches forty years, at which point the annual allowance of forty-sixtieths may be granted; and no further additions will be made for any service beyond forty years.”

The “ordinary annual holidays allowed to officers” (1st class) “shall not exceed thirty-six week-days during each of their first ten years of service and forty-eight week-days thereafter.” Order in Council, 15th August 1890.

The “ordinary annual holidays allowed to officers” (1st class) “shall not exceed thirty-six weekdays during each of their first ten years of service and forty-eight weekdays after that.” Order in Council, 15th August 1890.

“Within that maximum heads of departments have now, as they have hitherto had, an absolute discretion in fixing the annual leave.”

“Now, heads of departments have complete discretion in determining annual leave, just as they always have.”

Sick leave can be granted on full salary for not more than six months, on half-salary for another six months.

Sick leave can be granted at full pay for up to six months, and at half pay for an additional six months.

The scale of salary for 2nd division clerks begins at £70 a year, increasing by £5 to £100; then £100 a year, increasing by £7, 10s. to £190; and then £190 a year, increasing by £10 to £250. The highest is £300 to £500. Advancement in the 2nd division to the higher ranks depends on merit, not seniority. The ordinary annual holiday of the 2nd division clerks is 14 working days for the first five years, and 21 working days afterwards. They can be allowed sick leave for six months on full pay and six months on half-pay. The subjects of their examination are: (1) handwriting and orthography, including copying MS.; (2) arithmetic; (3) English composition; (4) précis, including indexing and digest of returns; (5) book-keeping and shorthand writing; (6) geography and English history; (7) Latin; (8) French; (9) German; (10) elementary mathematics; (11) inorganic chemistry with elements of physics. Not more than four of the subjects (4) to (11) can be taken. The candidate must be between the ages of 17 and 20. A certain number of the places in the 2nd division were reserved for the candidates from the boy clerks appointed under the old system. The competition is severe, only about one out of every ten candidates being successful. Candidates are allowed a choice of departments subject to the exigencies of the services.

The salary range for 2nd division clerks starts at £70 a year, increasing by £5 to reach £100; then it’s £100 a year, going up by £7 10s to £190; and finally, it's £190 a year, increasing by £10 to £250. The highest salary is between £300 and £500. Promotion in the 2nd division to higher positions is based on merit, not seniority. The usual annual holiday for 2nd division clerks is 14 working days for the first five years, then 21 working days after that. They are allowed sick leave for six months at full pay and an additional six months at half pay. The subjects of their examination include: (1) handwriting and spelling, including copying documents; (2) arithmetic; (3) English writing; (4) summarizing, including indexing and summarizing reports; (5) bookkeeping and shorthand; (6) geography and English history; (7) Latin; (8) French; (9) German; (10) basic mathematics; (11) inorganic chemistry with elements of physics. A candidate can choose no more than four subjects from (4) to (11). Applicants must be between the ages of 17 and 20. Some positions in the 2nd division were set aside for candidates from the boy clerks appointed under the old system. The competition is tough, with only about one in ten candidates succeeding. Candidates can select their preferred departments, depending on the needs of the services.

There is also a class of boy copyists who are almost entirely employed in London, a few in Dublin and Edinburgh, and, very seldom, in some provincial towns. The subjects of their examination are: Obligatory—handwriting and orthography, arithmetic and English composition. Optional—(any two of the following): (1) copying MS.; (2) geography; (3) English history; (4) translation from one of the following languages—Latin, French or German; (5) Euclid, bk. i. and ii., and algebra, up to and including simple equations; (6) rudiments of chemistry and physics. Candidates must be between the ages of 15 and 18. They have no claims to superannuation or compensation allowance. Boy copyists are not retained after the age of 20.

There’s also a group of boy copyists who mostly work in London, with a few in Dublin and Edinburgh, and very rarely in some smaller towns. The subjects they are tested on are: Mandatory—handwriting and spelling, math, and English writing. Optional—(any two of the following): (1) copying manuscripts; (2) geography; (3) English history; (4) translation from one of these languages—Latin, French, or German; (5) Euclid, books one and two, and algebra, up to and including simple equations; (6) basics of chemistry and physics. Candidates need to be between 15 and 18 years old. They have no entitlement to retirement or compensation benefits. Boy copyists are not kept on after they turn 20.

Candidates for the civil service of India take the same examination as for 1st class clerkships. Candidates successful in the examination must subsequently spend one year in England. They receive for that year £150 if they elect to live at one of the universities or colleges approved by the secretary of state for India. They are submitted to a final examination in the following subjects—Indian Penal Code and the Code of Criminal Procedure, the principal vernacular language of the province to which they are assigned, the Indian Evidence Act (these three subjects are compulsory), either Hindu and Mahommedan Law, or Sanskrit, Arabic or Persian, Burmese (for Burma only). A candidate may not take Arabic or Sanskrit both in the first examination and in the final. They must also pass a thorough examination in riding. On reaching India their salary begins at 400 rupees a month. They may take, as leave, one-fourth of the time on active service in periods strictly limited by regulation. After 25 years’ service (of which 21 must be active service) they can retire on a pension of £1000 a year. The unit of administration is the district. At the head of the district is an executive officer called either collector-magistrate or deputy-commissioner. In most provinces he is responsible to the commissioner, who corresponds directly with the provincial government. The Indian civilian after four years’ probation in both branches of the service is called upon to elect whether he will enter the revenue or judicial department, and this choice as a rule is held to be final for his future work.

Candidates for the civil service of India take the same exam as those applying for first-class clerk positions. Those who pass the exam must spend one year in England afterward. During that year, they receive £150 if they choose to live at one of the universities or colleges approved by the Secretary of State for India. They must then take a final exam covering the following subjects: the Indian Penal Code and the Code of Criminal Procedure, the main vernacular language of their assigned province, and the Indian Evidence Act (these three subjects are mandatory). They also choose between Hindu and Mohammedan Law, or Sanskrit, Arabic, or Persian, with Burmese being an option only for Burma. A candidate cannot take both Arabic and Sanskrit in the first and final exams. They must also pass a comprehensive riding exam. Upon arriving in India, their salary starts at 400 rupees per month. They can take leave for one-fourth of their active service time, within limits set by regulations. After 25 years of service (with at least 21 years of active service), they can retire with a pension of £1000 per year. The basic administrative unit is the district. At the top of the district is an executive officer known either as the collector-magistrate or deputy-commissioner. In most provinces, this officer reports to the commissioner, who communicates directly with the provincial government. After four years of probation in both branches of the service, the Indian civilian must choose to enter either the revenue or judicial department, and this choice is generally considered final for their future work.

Candidates for the Indian Forest Service have to pass a competitive examination, one of the compulsory subjects being German or French. They have also to pass a severe medical examination, especially in their powers of vision and hearing. They must be between the ages of 18 and 22. Successful candidates are required to pass a three years’ course, with a final examination, seven terms of the course at an approved school of forestry, the rest of the time receiving practical instruction in continental European forests. On reaching India they start as assistant conservators at 380 rupees a month. The highest salary, that of inspector-general of forests, in the Indian Forest Service is 2650 rupees a month.

Candidates for the Indian Forest Service must pass a competitive exam, with one of the required subjects being German or French. They also need to undergo a rigorous medical exam, particularly testing their vision and hearing abilities. Applicants must be between the ages of 18 and 22. Those who succeed are required to complete a three-year program, which includes a final exam, seven terms at an accredited forestry school, and practical training in European forests. Upon arriving in India, they begin as assistant conservators earning 380 rupees per month. The highest salary, for the position of inspector-general of forests in the Indian Forest Service, is 2,650 rupees a month.

The Indian Police Service is entered by a competitive examination of very much the same kind as for the forest service, except that special subjects such as German and botany are not included. The candidates are limited in age to 19 and 21. They must pass a riding examination. A free passage out is given them. They are allotted as probationers, their wishes being consulted as far as possible as to their province. A probationer receives 300 rupees a month. A district superintendent can rise to 1200 rupees a month, while there are a few posts with a salary of 3000 rupees a month in the police service. The leave and pension in both these departments follow the general rules for Indian services.

The Indian Police Service is entered through a competitive exam similar to that of the forest service, except that special subjects like German and botany are not included. Candidates must be between the ages of 19 and 21. They also need to pass a riding exam. A free passage out is provided. They are assigned as probationers, with their preferences considered as much as possible for their province. A probationer earns 300 rupees a month. A district superintendent can earn up to 1200 rupees a month, while there are a few positions with a salary of 3000 rupees a month in the police service. Leave and pension in both these departments adhere to the general rules for Indian services.

The civil service also includes student interpreterships for China, Japan and Siam, and for the Ottoman dominions, Persia, Greece and Morocco. Both these classes of student interpreters are selected by open competition. Their object is to supply the consular service in the above-named countries with persons having a thorough knowledge of the language of the country in which they serve.

The civil service also includes student interpreter positions for China, Japan, and Siam, as well as for the Ottoman Empire, Persia, Greece, and Morocco. Both of these groups of student interpreters are chosen through open competition. Their purpose is to provide the consular service in the countries mentioned above with individuals who have a strong understanding of the local language.

In the first case, China, Japan, &c., they learn their language in the country itself, receiving £200 as probationers. Then they become assistants in a consulate. The highest post is that of consul-general. In the case of student interpreters for the Ottoman dominions, Persia, Greece and Morocco, the successful candidates learn their languages at Oxford. Turkish is taught gratuitously, but they pay the usual fees for other languages. At Oxford they receive £200 a year for two years. On leaving Oxford they become assistants under the embassy at Constantinople, the legations at Teheran, Athens or Morocco, or at one of H.B.M. consulates. As assistants they receive £300 a year. The consuls, the highest post to which they can reach, receive in the Levant from £500 to £1600 a year. The civil services of Ceylon, Hong-Kong, the Straits Settlements, and the Malay Peninsula are supplied by the Eastern cadetships. The limits of age for the examination are 18 and 24. The cadets are required to learn the native language of the colony or dependency to which they are assigned. In the case of the Straits Settlements and Malay cadets they may have to learn Chinese or Tamil, as well as the native language. The salaries are: passed cadets, 3500 rupees per annum, gradually increasing until first-class officers receive from 12,000 to 18,000 rupees per annum. They are allowed three months’ vacation on full pay in two years, and leave of absence on half-pay after six years’ service, or before that if urgently needed. They can retire for ill-health after ten years with fifteen-sixtieths of their annual salary. Otherwise they can add one-sixtieth of their annual salary to their pension for every additional year’s service up to thirty-five years’ service.

In the first case, China, Japan, etc., those individuals learn their language in the respective countries, receiving £200 as probationers. They then become assistants in a consulate, with the highest position being consul-general. For student interpreters assigned to the Ottoman territories, Persia, Greece, and Morocco, successful candidates learn their languages at Oxford. Turkish is taught for free, but they pay the usual fees for other languages. At Oxford, they receive £200 a year for two years. After leaving Oxford, they work as assistants at the embassy in Constantinople, or at the legations in Teheran, Athens, or Morocco, or at one of H.B.M. consulates. As assistants, they earn £300 a year. The consuls, which is the highest position they can achieve, earn between £500 to £1600 a year in the Levant. The civil services of Ceylon, Hong Kong, the Straits Settlements, and the Malay Peninsula are filled by the Eastern cadetships. The age limits for the examination are 18 and 24. Cadets must learn the native language of the colony or dependency they are assigned to. For the Straits Settlements and Malay cadets, they may need to learn Chinese or Tamil, in addition to the native language. The salaries are as follows: passed cadets earn 3500 rupees per year, gradually increasing until first-class officers earn between 12,000 to 18,000 rupees per year. They are entitled to three months of paid vacation every two years and can take leave on half-pay after six years of service, or sooner if there's an urgent need. They can retire for health reasons after ten years, receiving fifteen-sixtieths of their annual salary. Otherwise, they can add one-sixtieth of their annual salary to their pension for each additional year of service, up to thirty-five years.

In spite of the general rule of open competition, there are still a few departments where the system of nomination obtains, accompanied by a severe test of knowledge, either active or implied. Such are the foreign office, British Museum, and board of education.

In spite of the general rule of open competition, there are still a few departments where the system of nomination is in place, along with a tough test of knowledge, either active or implied. These include the foreign office, the British Museum, and the board of education.

The employment of women in the civil service has been principally developed in the post office. Women are employed in the post office as female clerks, counter clerks, telegraphists, returners, sorters and post-mistresses all over the United Kingdom. The board of agriculture, the customs and the India office employ women. The department of agriculture, the board of education generally, the local government board, all to a certain 414 extent employ women, whilst in the home office there are an increasing number of women inspectors of workshops and factories.

The employment of women in the civil service has mainly grown in the post office. Women work there as clerks, counter clerks, telegraphists, returners, sorters, and postmistresses across the United Kingdom. The Board of Agriculture, Customs, and the India Office hire women as well. The Department of Agriculture, the Board of Education in general, and the Local Government Board also employ women to some extent. Meanwhile, in the Home Office, there is a growing number of women inspectors for workshops and factories. 414

In 1881 the postmaster-general took a decided step in favour of female employment, and with the consent of the treasury instituted female clerkships. Female clerks do not come in contact with the public. Their duties are purely clerical, and entirely in the accountant-general’s department at the savings bank. Their leave is one month per annum; their pension is on the ordinary civil service scale. The examination is competitive; the subjects are handwriting and spelling, arithmetic, English composition, geography, English history, French or German. Candidates must be between the ages of 18 and 20. Whether unmarried or widows they must resign on marriage. The class of girl clerks take the same subjects in a competitive examination. They must be between the ages of 16 and 18; they serve only in the Savings Bank department. If competent they can pass on later to female clerkships. The salaries of the female clerkships range from £200 to £500 in the higher grade, £55 to £190 in the 2nd class, whilst girl clerks are paid from £35 to £40, with the chance of advancement to higher posts.

In 1881, the postmaster-general took a significant step to promote female employment and, with the treasury's approval, established female clerk positions. Female clerks do not interact with the public. Their responsibilities are purely clerical and entirely within the accountant-general's department at the savings bank. They receive one month of leave per year, and their pension follows the regular civil service scale. The examination is competitive, covering handwriting and spelling, arithmetic, English composition, geography, English history, and either French or German. Candidates must be between 18 and 20 years old. Whether single or widows, they must resign upon marriage. The group of girl clerks takes the same subjects in a competitive exam. They must be between 16 and 18 years old and only serve in the Savings Bank department. If qualified, they can later progress to female clerk positions. The salaries for female clerks range from £200 to £500 in the higher grade, £55 to £190 in the second class, while girl clerks earn between £35 and £40, with opportunities for advancement to higher positions.

United States.—Civil service reform, like other great administrative reforms, began in America in the latter half of the 19th century. Personal and partisan government, with all the entailed evils of the patronage system, culminated in Great Britain during the reign of George III., and was one of the efficient causes of the American revolution. Trevelyan characterizes the use of patronage to influence legislation, and the giving of colonial positions as sinecures to the privileged classes and personal favourites of the administration, by saying, “It was a system which, as its one achievement of the first order, brought about the American War, and made England sick, once and for all, of the very name of personal government.” It was natural that the founders of the new government in America, after breaking away from the mother-country, should strive to avoid the evils which had in a measure brought about the revolution. Their intention that the administrative officers of the government should hold office during good behaviour is manifest, and was given thorough and practical effect by every administration during the first forty years of the life of the government. The constitution fixed no term of office in the executive branch of the government except those of president and vice-president; and Madison, the expounder of the constitution, held that the wanton removal of a meritorious officer was an impeachable offence. Not until nine years after the passage of the Four Years’ Tenure of Office Act in 1820 was there any material departure from this traditional policy of the government. This act (suggested by an appointing officer who wished to use the power it gave in order to secure his own nomination for the presidency, and passed without debate and apparently without any adequate conception of its full effect) opened the doors of the service to all the evils of the “spoils system.” The foremost statesmen of the time were not slow to perceive the baleful possibilities of this legislation, Jefferson,1 Webster, Clay, Calhoun, Benton and many others being recorded as condemning and deploring it in the strongest terms. The transition to the “spoils system” was not, however, immediate, and for the next nine years the practice of reappointing all meritorious officers was practically universal; but in 1829 this practice ceased, and the act of 1820 lent the sanction of law to the system of The “spoils system”. proscriptions which followed, which was a practical application of the theory that “to the victor belong the spoils of the enemy.” In 1836 the provisions of this law, which had at first been confined mainly to officers connected with the collection of revenue, were extended to include also all postmasters receiving a compensation of $1000 per annum or more. It rapidly became the practice to regard all these four years’ tenure offices as agencies not so much for the transaction of the public business as for the advancement of political ends. The revenue service from being used for political purposes merely came to be used for corrupt purposes as well, with the result that in one administration frauds were practised upon the government to the extent of $75,000,000. The corrupting influences permeated the whole body politic. Political retainers were selected for appointment not on account of their ability to do certain work but because they were followers of certain politicians; these “public servants” acknowledged no obligation except to those politicians, and their public duties, if not entirely disregarded, were negligently and inefficiently performed. Thus grew a saturnalia of spoils and corruption which culminated in the assassination of a president.

United States.—Civil service reform, like other significant administrative changes, began in America in the late 19th century. Personal and partisan governance, along with all the associated problems of the patronage system, peaked in Great Britain during George III's reign, and was one of the key triggers of the American revolution. Trevelyan describes the use of patronage to sway legislation and the appointment of colonial positions as sinecures for the privileged and personal favorites of the administration, saying, “It was a system which, as its one major achievement, led to the American War and made England permanently sick of the very concept of personal governance.” Naturally, the creators of the new government in America, after breaking away from their mother country, sought to avoid the evils that had, in part, sparked the revolution. Their intention for government officials to retain their positions during good behavior is clear and was fully implemented by every administration in the first forty years of the government. The constitution did not set any terms of office in the executive branch of the government except for that of the president and vice-president; and Madison, the interpreter of the constitution, believed that the arbitrary removal of a qualified officer was an impeachable offense. It wasn't until nine years after the Four Years’ Tenure of Office Act was passed in 1820 that there was any significant shift from this traditional policy. This act (proposed by an appointing officer who wanted to use the power it granted to secure his own presidential nomination, and passed without debate and apparently without understanding its full impact) opened the door to all the problems of the “spoils system.” The leading statesmen of the time quickly recognized the harmful potential of this legislation, with Jefferson, Webster, Clay, Calhoun, Benton, and many others recorded as strongly criticizing and lamenting it. The shift to the “spoils system,” however, was not immediate, and for the next nine years it was almost universally practiced to reappoint all deserving officers; but in 1829 this practice ended, and the act of 1820 legitimized the system of The "spoils system." purges that followed, a practical application of the idea that “to the victor belong the spoils of the enemy.” In 1836, the provisions of this law, initially focused mostly on officials involved in revenue collection, were expanded to include all postmasters earning $1000 a year or more. It quickly became customary to view all these four-year tenure positions not as roles for managing public affairs but as means to achieve political goals. The revenue service, initially used for political purposes, began to also be exploited for corrupt ends, leading to frauds against the government totaling $75,000,000 in one administration. The corrupting influences spread throughout the entire political sphere. Political appointees were chosen not for their ability to do specific jobs but because they were loyal followers of particular politicians; these “public servants” felt no obligation other than to those politicians, and their public responsibilities, if not completely neglected, were poorly and inefficiently carried out. Thus, a chaotic culture of spoils and corruption emerged, culminating in the assassination of a president.

Acute conditions, not theories, give rise to reforms. In the congressional election of November 1882, following the assassination of President Garfield as an incident in the operation of the spoils system, the voice of the people commanding reform was unmistakable. Congress assembled in December 1882, and during the same month a bill looking to the improvement of the civil service, which had been pending in the Senate for nearly two years, was finally taken up and considered by that body. In the debate upon this bill its advocates declared that it would “vastly improve the whole civil service of the country,” which they characterized as being at that time “inefficient, expensive and extravagant, and in many instances corrupt.”2 Law of 1883. This bill passed the Senate on the 27th of December 1882, and the House on the 4th of January 1883, and was signed by the president on the 16th of January 1883, coming into full operation on the 16th of July 1883. It is now the national civil service law. The fundamental principles of this law are:—(1) selection by competitive examination for all appointments to the “classified service,” with a period of probationary service before absolute appointment; (2) apportionment among the states and territories, according to population, of all appointments in the departmental service at Washington; (3) freedom of all the employees of the government from any necessity to contribute to political campaign funds or to render political services. For putting these principles into effect the Civil Service Commission was created, and penalties were imposed for the solicitation or collection from government employees of contributions for political purposes, and for the use of official positions in coercing political action. The commission, in addition to its regular duties of aiding in the preparation of civil service rules, of regulating and holding examinations, and certifying the results thereof for use in making appointments, and of keeping records of all changes in the service, was given authority to investigate and report upon any violations of the act or rules. The “classified” service to which the act applies has grown, by the action of successive presidents in progressively including various branches of tne service within it, from 13,924 positions in 1883 to some 80,000 (in round numbers) in 1900, constituting about 40% of the entire civil service of the government and including practically all positions above the grade of mere labourer or workman to which appointment is not made directly by the president with the consent of the Senate.3 A very large class to which the act is expressly applicable, and which has been partly brought within its provisions by executive action, is that of fourth-class postmasters, of whom there are between 70,000 and 80,000 (about 15,000 classified in 1909).

Acute issues, not theories, lead to reforms. In the congressional election of November 1882, following the assassination of President Garfield as a result of the spoils system, the demand for reform from the public was clear. Congress convened in December 1882, and during that month, a bill aimed at improving the civil service, which had been pending in the Senate for nearly two years, was finally addressed by that body. In the discussion around this bill, its supporters claimed that it would “vastly improve the whole civil service of the country,” which they described at the time as “inefficient, expensive and extravagant, and in many cases corrupt.”2 1883 Law. This bill passed the Senate on December 27, 1882, and the House on January 4, 1883, and was signed by the president on January 16, 1883, going into full effect on July 16, 1883. It is now the national civil service law. The main principles of this law are: (1) selection through competitive examination for all appointments to the “classified service,” with a probationary period before full appointment; (2) distribution among the states and territories, based on population, of all appointments in the departmental service in Washington; (3) assurance that all government employees are free from the obligation to contribute to political campaign funds or to provide political services. To implement these principles, the Civil Service Commission was created, and penalties were established for soliciting or collecting contributions from government employees for political purposes, as well as for using official positions to coerce political actions. The commission, in addition to its regular responsibilities of helping prepare civil service rules, regulating and conducting examinations, certifying results for making appointments, and maintaining records of all changes in the service, was given the authority to investigate and report any violations of the act or rules. The “classified” service to which the act applies has expanded, due to the actions of successive presidents incorporating various branches into it, from 13,924 positions in 1883 to around 80,000 by 1900, comprising about 40% of the entire civil service of the government and including nearly all positions above the level of laborer or worker that are not appointed directly by the president with the consent of the Senate.3 A significant category explicitly covered by the act, which has been partly included under its provisions through executive action, consists of fourth-class postmasters, of whom there are between 70,000 and 80,000 (about 15,000 classified in 1909).

In order to provide registers of eligibles for the various grades of positions in the classified service, the United States Civil Service Commission holds annually throughout the country about 300 different kinds of examinations. In the work of preparing these examinations and of marking the papers of competitors in them the commission is authorized by law to avail itself, in addition to its own corps of trained men, of the services of the scientific and other experts in the various executive departments. In the work of holding the examinations it is aided by about 1300 local boards of examiners, which are its local representatives throughout the country and are 415 located at the principal post offices, custom houses and other government offices, being composed of three or more Federal employees in those offices. About 50,000 persons annually compete in these examinations, and about 10,000 of those who are successful receive appointments through regular certification. Persons thus appointed, however, must serve six months “on probation” before their appointment can be made absolute. At the end of this probation, if his service has not been satisfactory, the appointee is simply dropped; and the fact that less than 1% of those appointed prove thus deficient on trial is high testimony to the practical nature of the examinations held by the commission, and to their aptness for securing persons qualified for all classes of positions.

To create registers of eligible candidates for various job grades in the classified service, the United States Civil Service Commission holds around 300 different types of exams every year across the country. In preparing these exams and grading the papers of candidates, the commission is legally allowed to use, in addition to its own trained staff, the expertise of scientific and other specialists from various executive departments. The commission is assisted in administering the exams by about 1300 local boards of examiners, which act as its local representatives throughout the country. These boards are based at major post offices, customs houses, and other government offices, and consist of three or more Federal employees from those offices. Each year, about 50,000 individuals take these exams, and around 10,000 of those who pass receive job offers through standard certification. However, those appointed must complete a six-month probationary period before their appointments become permanent. At the end of this probation, if their performance has not been satisfactory, the appointee is simply dismissed; the fact that less than 1% of those appointed are found inadequate during the trial period shows the effectiveness of the examinations run by the commission and their ability to identify qualified candidates for all types of positions.

The effects of the Civil Service Act within the scope of its actual operation have amply justified the hopes and promises of its advocates. After its passage, absentee holders of lucrative appointments were required to report for duty or to sever their connexion with the service. Improved methods were adopted in the departments, and superfluous and useless work was no longer devised in order to provide a show of employment and a locus standi for the parasites upon the public service. Individual clerks were required, and by reason of the new conditions were enabled, to do more and better work; and this, coupled with the increase in efficiency in the service on account of new blood coming in through the examinations, made possible an actual decrease in the force required in many offices, notwithstanding the natural growth in the amount of work to be done.4 Experience proves that the desire to create new and unnecessary positions was in direct proportion to the power to control them, for where the act has taken away this power of control the desire had disappeared naturally. There is no longer any desire on the part of heads of departments to increase the number or salaries of classified positions which would fall by law within the civil service rules and be subject to competitive examinations. Thus the promises of improvement and economy in the service have been fulfilled.

The effects of the Civil Service Act in practice have fully justified the hopes and promises of its supporters. After it was enacted, individuals holding well-paid positions who were absent were required to either return to work or leave their posts. Improved methods were adopted in the departments, and unnecessary tasks were no longer created just to give the appearance of employment and a standing for those looking to take advantage of the public service. Individual clerks were needed, and due to the new conditions, they were able to accomplish more and better work; this, combined with the increased efficiency from new personnel coming in through examinations, allowed for a decrease in the number of employees needed in many offices, despite the natural growth in workload. Experience shows that the urge to create new and unnecessary positions was directly related to the ability to control them, since where the act has removed this control, the urge has naturally vanished. There is no longer a desire among department heads to increase the number or salaries of classified positions that would legally fall under civil service rules and be subject to competitive exams. Therefore, the promises of improvement and cost-saving in the service have been kept.4

The chief drawback to the full success of the act within its intended scope of operation has been the withholding of certain positions in the service from the application of the vital principle of competition. The Civil Service Act contemplated no exceptions, within the limits to which it was made applicable, to the general principle of competition upon merit for entrance to the service. In framing the first civil service rules, however, in 1883, the president, yielding to the pressure of the heads of some of the departments, and against the urgent protest of the Civil Service Commission, excepted from the requirement of examination large numbers of positions in the higher grades of the service, chiefly fiduciary and administrative positions such as cashiers, chief clerks and chiefs of division. These positions being thus continued under the absolute control of the appointing officer, the effect of their exception from examination was to retain just that much of the old or “spoils” system within the nominal jurisdiction of the new or “merit” system. Even more: under the old system, while appointments from the outside had been made regardless of fitness, still those appointments had been made in the lower grades, the higher positions being filled by promotion within the service, usually of the most competent, but under the new system with its exceptions, while appointments to the lower grades were filled on the basis of merit, the pressure for spoils at each change of administration forced inexperienced, political or personal favourites in at the top. This blocked promotions and demoralized the service. Thus, while the general effect of the act was to limit very greatly the number of vicious appointments, at the same time the effect of these exceptions was to confine them to the upper grades, where the demoralizing effect of each upon the service would be a maximum. By constant efforts the Civil Service Commission succeeded in having position after position withdrawn from this excepted class, until by the action of the president, on the 6th of May 1896, it was finally reduced almost to a minimum. By subsequent presidential action, however, on the 29th of May 1899, the excepted class was again greatly extended.5

The main issue preventing the complete success of the act in its intended areas has been the exclusion of certain positions from the essential principle of competition. The Civil Service Act didn't allow for exceptions within its intended scope regarding the fundamental principle of merit-based competition for entry into the service. However, when the first civil service rules were established in 1883, the president, responding to pressure from department heads and against the strong objections of the Civil Service Commission, exempted many positions in higher service grades—mainly fiduciary and administrative roles like cashiers, chief clerks, and chiefs of division—from the need for examination. By keeping these positions under the sole authority of the appointing officer, the exclusion from examination effectively preserved a portion of the old or “spoils” system within the supposedly new “merit” system. Moreover, under the old system, while external appointments were made without considering qualifications, those roles were generally at lower levels, with higher positions typically filled by promotions from within the service, often of the most capable individuals. In contrast, the new system, with these exceptions, allowed for merit-based appointments at lower levels but led to inexperienced political or personal favorites being placed in higher positions during each administration change, blocking promotions and demoralizing the service. Therefore, while the act significantly reduced the number of inappropriate appointments, the impact of these exceptions concentrated them in higher grades, where their negative effects on the service were most pronounced. Through ongoing efforts, the Civil Service Commission managed to have position after position removed from this exempt category until, on May 6, 1896, presidential action brought it down to nearly a minimum. However, on May 29, 1899, further presidential action significantly expanded the exempt category again.

A further obstacle to the complete success of the merit system, and one which prevents the carrying forward of the reform to the extent to which it has been carried in Great Britain, is inherent in the Civil Service Act itself. All postmasters who receive compensation of $1000 or more per annum, and all collectors of customs and collectors of internal revenue, are appointed by the president and confirmed by the Senate, and are therefore, by express provision of the act, not “required to be classified.” The universal practice of treating these offices as political agencies instead of as administrative business offices is therefore not limited by the act. Such officers are active in political work throughout the country, and their official position adds greatly to their power to affect the political prospects of the leaders in their districts. Accordingly the Senate, from being, as originally intended, merely a confirming body as to these officers, has become in a large measure, actually if not formally, a nominating body, and holds with tenacity to the power thus acquired by the individual senators. Thorough civil service reform requires that these positions also, and all those of fourth-class postmasters (partly classified by order of 1st Dec. 1908), be made subject to the merit system, for in them is the real remaining stronghold of the spoils system. Even though all their subordinates be appointed through examination, it will be impossible to carry the reform to ultimate and complete success so long as the officers in charge are appointed mainly for political reasons and are changed with every change of administration.

A further obstacle to the complete success of the merit system, and one that prevents the progress of the reform to the extent it has advanced in Great Britain, lies within the Civil Service Act itself. All postmasters who earn $1,000 or more annually, as well as all collectors of customs and internal revenue, are appointed by the president and confirmed by the Senate, and are therefore explicitly exempt from classification by the act. The common practice of treating these positions as political roles rather than administrative offices is not restricted by the act. These officers are actively involved in political activities across the country, and their official status significantly boosts their ability to influence the political prospects of local leaders. As a result, the Senate, which was initially meant to be just a confirming body for these officers, has largely transformed into a nominating body, with individual senators cling to the power acquired in this way. Comprehensive civil service reform requires that these positions, along with all fourth-class postmasters (partially classified by order of December 1, 1908), should also fall under the merit system because they represent the final stronghold of the spoils system. Even if all their subordinates are appointed through examinations, it will be impossible to achieve complete reform as long as the officers in charge are primarily appointed for political reasons and are replaced with each new administration.

The purpose of the act to protect the individual employees in the service from the rapacity of the “political barons” has been measurably, if not completely, successful. The power given the Civil Service Commission, to investigate and report upon violations of the law, has been used to bring to light such abuses as the levying of political contributions, and to set the machinery of the law in motion against them. While comparatively few actual prosecutions have been brought about, and although the penalties imposed by the act for this offence have been but seldom inflicted, still the publicity given to all such cases by the commission’s investigations has had a wholesome deterrent effect. Before the passage of the act, positions were as a general rule held upon a well-understood lease-tenure, the political contributions for them being as securely and as certainly collected as any rent. Now, however, it can be said that these forced contributions have almost entirely disappeared. The efforts which are still made to collect political funds from government employees in evasion of the law are limited in the main to persuasion to make “voluntary” contributions, and it has been possible so to limit and obstruct these efforts that their practical effect upon the character of the service is now very small.

The aim of the act to protect individual employees in the service from the greed of the “political barons” has been somewhat, if not completely, successful. The authority given to the Civil Service Commission to investigate and report on law violations has been used to expose issues like the collection of political contributions and to initiate legal actions against them. Although there have been comparatively few actual prosecutions and the penalties imposed by the act for this offense are rarely applied, the attention given to these cases through the commission’s investigations has had a positive deterrent effect. Before the act was passed, positions were generally held under a well-understood lease-tenure, with political contributions being collected as consistently and securely as any rent. Now, however, it can be said that these forced contributions have nearly disappeared. The current attempts to collect political funds from government employees in violation of the law mainly rely on persuading them to make “voluntary” contributions, and it has been possible to limit and obstruct these efforts to the point where their impact on the character of the service is now very minimal.

The same evils that the Federal Civil Service Act was designed to remedy exist to a large degree in many of the state governments, and are especially aggravated in the administration of the local governments of some of the larger State examination. cities. The chief, if not the only, test of fitness for office in many cases has been party loyalty, honesty and capacity being seldom more than secondary considerations. The result has been the fostering of dishonesty and extravagance, which have brought weakness and gross corruption into the administration of the local governments. In consequence of this there has been a constantly growing tendency, among the more intelligent class of citizens, to demand that honest business methods be applied to local public service, and that appointments be made on the basis of intelligence and capacity, rather than of party allegiance. The movement for the reform of the civil service of cities is going hand in hand with the movement for general municipal reform, those reformers regarding the merit 416 system of appointments as not merely the necessary and only safe bulwark to preserve the results of their labours, but also as the most efficient means for bringing about other reforms. Hence civil service reform is given a leading position in all programmes for the reform of state and municipal governments. This has undoubtedly been due, in the first instance, at least, to the success which attended the application of the merit system to the Federal service, municipal and state legislation following in the wake of the national civil service law. In New York an act similar to the Federal Civil Service Act was passed on the 4th of May 1883, and in 1894 the principles of the merit system were introduced by an amendment into the state constitution, and made applicable to cities and villages as well. In Massachusetts an act was passed on the 3rd of June 1884 which in its general features was based upon the Federal act and the New York act. Similar laws were passed in Illinois and Wisconsin in 1895, and in New Jersey in 1908; the laws provide for the adoption of the merit system in state and municipal government. In New Orleans, La., and in Seattle, Wash., the merit system was introduced by an amendment to the city charter in 1896. The same result was accomplished by New Haven, Conn., in 1897, and by San Francisco, Cal., in 1899. In still other cities the principles of the merit system have been enacted into law, in some cases applying to the entire service and in others to only a part of it.

The same issues that the Federal Civil Service Act aimed to address still exist to a large extent in many state governments, and are particularly intensified in the management of local governments in some of the larger cities. Often, the main, if not the only, measure of someone’s ability to hold office is their loyalty to their party, with honesty and competence often being secondary considerations. This has led to the promotion of dishonesty and wastefulness, resulting in weak and highly corrupt local governance. As a result, there has been a growing demand among more informed citizens for honest business practices to be applied to local public service, and for appointments to be based on merit and skills rather than party loyalty. The push for reforming the civil service in cities goes hand in hand with the broader movement for municipal reform, with reformers viewing the merit system for appointments as not only essential for maintaining the achievements of their efforts but also as the most effective way to drive other reforms. Therefore, civil service reform is a top priority in all plans for reforming state and local governments. This has, without a doubt, been primarily influenced by the success of the merit system in the federal government, encouraging municipal and state legislation to follow the national civil service law. In New York, a law similar to the Federal Civil Service Act was enacted on May 4, 1883, and in 1894, the principles of the merit system were incorporated into the state constitution, making them applicable to cities and villages as well. In Massachusetts, a law based on the Federal Act and the New York Act was passed on June 3, 1884. Similar legislation was enacted in Illinois and Wisconsin in 1895, and in New Jersey in 1908; these laws established the merit system for state and municipal governance. In New Orleans, Louisiana, and Seattle, Washington, the merit system was introduced through an amendment to the city charter in 1896. New Haven, Connecticut, followed suit in 1897, as did San Francisco, California, in 1899. Additionally, in several other cities, the principles of the merit system have been made law, applying in some cases to the entire workforce and in others to only part of it.

The application of the merit system to state and municipal governments has proved successful wherever it has been given a fair trial.6 As experience has fostered public confidence in the system, and at the same time shown those features of the law which are most vulnerable, and the best means for fortifying them, numerous and important improvements upon the pioneer act applying to the Federal service have been introduced in the more recent legislation. This is particularly true of the acts now in force in New York (passed in 1899) and in Chicago. The power of the commission to enforce these acts is materially greater than the power possessed by the Federal commission. In making investigations they are not confined to taking the testimony of voluntary witnesses, but may administer oaths, and compel testimony and the production of books and papers where necessary; and in taking action they are not confined to the making of a report of the findings in their investigations, but may themselves, in many cases, take final judicial action. Further than this, the payment of salaries is made dependent upon the certificate of the commission that the appointments of the recipients were made in accordance with the civil service law and rules. Thus these commissions have absolute power to prevent irregular or illegal appointments by refractory appointing officers. Their powers being so much greater than those of the national commission, their action can be much more drastic in most cases, and they can go more directly to the heart of an existing abuse, and apply more quickly and effectually the needed remedy.

The use of the merit system in state and local governments has been successful wherever it has been fairly implemented. As people have gained confidence in the system, it's highlighted the aspects of the law that are most at risk, along with the best ways to strengthen them. This has led to many significant improvements over the original act that applied to federal services, especially in the recent laws enacted in New York (passed in 1899) and Chicago. The authority of the commission to enforce these laws is much stronger than that of the federal commission. In their investigations, they aren't limited to just taking the testimonies of willing witnesses; they can administer oaths and require testimonies and the submission of documents when necessary. Moreover, when taking action, they are not just limited to reporting their investigative findings; they can often make final judicial decisions themselves. Additionally, the payment of salaries depends on the commission's certification that the recipients' appointments followed civil service laws and rules. This gives these commissions full power to block irregular or illegal appointments by noncompliant appointing officers. Since their authority is significantly greater than that of the national commission, they can take much more decisive action in most cases, directly addressing existing issues and implementing effective solutions more swiftly.

Upon the termination of the Spanish-American War, the necessity for the extension of the principles of the merit system to the new territories, the responsibility for whose government the results of this war had thrown upon the United States, was realized. By the acts providing for civil government in Porto Rico (April 12th, 1900) and Hawaii (April 30th, 1900), the provisions of the Civil Service Act and Rules were applied to those islands. Under this legislation the classification applies to all positions which are analogous to positions in the Federal service, those which correspond to positions in the municipal and state governments being considered as local in character, and not included in the classification.

After the Spanish-American War ended, it became clear that the principles of the merit system needed to be applied to the new territories that the war had brought under U.S. control. With the laws established for civil governance in Puerto Rico (April 12, 1900) and Hawaii (April 30, 1900), the provisions of the Civil Service Act and Rules were extended to these islands. According to this legislation, the classification includes all positions analogous to those in the federal service, while positions that correspond to those in local municipalities and state governments are considered local and are not included in the classification.

On the 19th of September 1900 the United States Philippine Commission passed an act “for the establishment and maintenance of an efficient and honest civil service in the Philippine Islands.” This act, in its general features, is based upon the national civil service law, but includes also a number of the stronger points to be found in the state and municipal law mentioned above. Among these are the power given the civil service board to administer oaths, summon witnesses, and require the production of official records; and the power to stop payment of salaries to persons illegally appointed. Promotions are determined by competitive examinations, and are made throughout the service, as there are no excepted positions. A just right of preference in local appointments is given to natives. The president of the Philippine commission in introducing this bill said: “The purpose of the United States government ... in these islands is to secure for the Filipino people as honest and as efficient a government as may be possible.... It is the hope of the commission to make it possible for one entering the lowest ranks to reach the highest, under a tenure based solely upon merit.” Judging by past experience it is believed that this law is well adapted to accomplish the purpose above stated.

On September 19, 1900, the United States Philippine Commission passed a law “to establish and maintain an efficient and honest civil service in the Philippine Islands.” This law is mostly based on the national civil service law but also incorporates several stronger aspects from the state and municipal laws mentioned earlier. These include the authority given to the civil service board to administer oaths, summon witnesses, and request official records, as well as the ability to halt salary payments to those who were appointed illegally. Promotions are determined through competitive exams, and all positions are included, with no exceptions. Natives are given a fair preference for local appointments. When introducing this bill, the president of the Philippine Commission stated: “The purpose of the United States government ... in these islands is to secure for the Filipino people as honest and as efficient a government as may be possible.... It is the hope of the commission to make it possible for anyone starting in the lowest ranks to reach the highest based solely on merit.” Based on past experience, it is believed that this law is well-suited to achieve the stated goals.

For fuller information upon the details of the present workings of the merit system in the Federal service, recourse should be had to the publications of the U.S. Civil Service Commission, which are to be found in the public libraries in all the principal cities in the United States, or which may be had free of charge upon application to the commission. The Manual of Examinations, published semi-annually, gives full information as to the character of the examinations held by the commission, together with the schedule of dates and places for the holding of those examinations. The Annual Reports of the commission contain full statistics of the results of its work, together with comprehensive statements as to the difficulties encountered in enforcing the law, and the means used to overcome them. In the Fifteenth Report, pp. 443-485, will be found a very valuable historical compilation from original sources, upon the “practice of the presidents in appointments and removals in the executive civil service, from 1789 to 1883.” In the same report, pp. 511-517, is a somewhat comprehensive bibliography of “civil service” in periodical literature in the 19th century, brought down to the end of 1898. See also C.R. Fish, The Civil Service and the Patronage (New York, 1905).

For more detailed information about how the merit system currently works in the federal service, you should check the publications from the U.S. Civil Service Commission. These can be found in public libraries across major cities in the United States or can be requested for free by contacting the commission. The Manual of Examinations, which is published twice a year, provides comprehensive details about the types of exams conducted by the commission, along with a schedule of dates and locations for those exams. The Annual Reports from the commission include extensive statistics on the outcomes of its efforts, along with thorough descriptions of the challenges faced in enforcing the law and the strategies implemented to address them. In the Fifteenth Report, pp. 443-485, there is a valuable historical compilation from original sources regarding the “practice of the presidents in appointments and removals in the executive civil service, from 1789 to 1883.” Additionally, the same report, pp. 511-517, features a fairly comprehensive bibliography of “civil service” topics in 19th-century periodical literature, updated to the end of 1898. Also refer to C.R. Fish, The Civil Service and the Patronage (New York, 1905).

In most European countries the civil service is recruited on much the same lines as in the United Kingdom and the United States, that is, either by examination or by nomination or by both. In some cases the examination is purely competitive, in other cases, as in France, holders of university degrees get special privileges, such as being put at the head of the list, or going up a certain number of places; or, as in Germany, many departmental posts are filled by nomination, combined with the results of general examinations, either at school or university. In the publications of the United States Department of Labour and Commerce for 1904-1905 will be found brief details of the systems adopted by the various foreign countries for appointing their civil service employees.

In most European countries, the civil service is recruited similarly to how it's done in the United Kingdom and the United States, which means either through exams, nominations, or a combination of both. In some cases, the exam is completely competitive, while in others, like in France, people with university degrees receive special advantages, such as being placed at the top of the list or advancing a certain number of spots. In Germany, many departmental positions are occupied through nominations, along with the results of general exams, whether from school or university. Brief details about the systems used by various foreign countries for hiring their civil service employees can be found in the publications of the United States Department of Labour and Commerce for 1904-1905.


1 See letter to Monroe, November 29th, 1820, Jefferson’s Writings, vii. 190. A quotation from this letter is given at p. 454 of the Fifteenth Report of the U.S. Civil Service Commission.

1 See letter to Monroe, November 29th, 1820, Jefferson’s Writings, vii. 190. A quotation from this letter is given at p. 454 of the Fifteenth Report of the U.S. Civil Service Commission.

2 See Senate Report No. 576, 47th Congress, 1st session; also U.S. Civil Service Commission’s Third Report, p. 16 et seq., Tenth Report, pp. 136, 137, and Fifteenth Report, pp. 483, 484.

2 See Senate Report No. 576, 47th Congress, 1st session; also U.S. Civil Service Commission’s Third Report, p. 16 and following, Tenth Report, pp. 136, 137, and Fifteenth Report, pp. 483, 484.

3 The progressive classification of the executive civil service, showing the growth of the merit system, is discussed, with statistics, in the U.S. Civil Service Commission’s Sixteenth Report, pp. 129-137. A revision of this discussion, with important additions, appears in the Seventeenth Report.

3 The ongoing classification of the executive civil service, highlighting the expansion of the merit system, is covered with statistics in the U.S. Civil Service Commission’s Sixteenth Report, pp. 129-137. An updated version of this discussion, with significant additions, can be found in the Seventeenth Report.

4 For details justifying these statements, see U.S. Civil Service Commission’s Fourteenth Report, pp. 12-14.

4 For details supporting these statements, see U.S. Civil Service Commission’s Fourteenth Report, pp. 12-14.

5 For the scope of these exceptions, see Civil Service Rule VI., at p. 57 of the U.S. Civil Service Commission’s Fifteenth and Sixteenth Reports. A statement of the number of positions actually affected by this action of the president appears in the Seventeenth Report.

5 For the details of these exceptions, see Civil Service Rule VI, at p. 57 of the U.S. Civil Service Commission's Fifteenth and Sixteenth Reports. A report on the number of positions actually impacted by this president's action can be found in the Seventeenth Report.

6 In the U.S. Civil Service Commission’s Fifteenth Report, pp. 489-502, the “growth of the civil service reform in states and cities” is historically treated, briefly, but with some thoroughness.

6 In the U.S. Civil Service Commission’s Fifteenth Report, pp. 489-502, the “growth of civil service reform in states and cities” is discussed historically, though briefly, yet with a decent level of detail.


CIVITA CASTELLANA (anc. Falerii, q.v.), a town and episcopal see of the province of Rome, 45 m. by rail from the city of Rome (the station is 5 m. N.E. of the town). Population (1901) 5265. The cathedral of S. Maria possesses a fine portico, erected in 1210 by Laurentius Romanus, his son Jacobus and his grandson Cosmas, in the cosmatesque style, with ancient columns and mosaic decorations: the interior was modernized in the 18th century, but has some fragments of cosmatesque ornamentation. The citadel was erected by Pope Alexander VI. from the designs of Antonio da Sangallo the elder, and enlarged by Julius II. and Leo X. The lofty bridge by which the town is approached belongs to the 18th century. Mount Soracte lies about 6 m. to the south-east.

Civita Castellana (formerly Falerii, q.v.), is a town and episcopal see in the province of Rome, located 45 miles by rail from the city of Rome (the station is 5 miles northeast of the town). Population (1901) was 5,265. The cathedral of S. Maria features an impressive portico, built in 1210 by Laurentius Romanus, his son Jacobus, and his grandson Cosmas, in the cosmatesque style, with ancient columns and mosaic decorations. The interior was updated in the 18th century but still retains some fragments of cosmatesque ornamentation. The citadel was built by Pope Alexander VI based on designs by Antonio da Sangallo the elder and was expanded by Julius II and Leo X. The tall bridge leading into the town dates back to the 18th century. Mount Soracte is located about 6 miles to the southeast.


CIVITA VECCHIA, a seaport town and episcopal see of Italy, in the province of Rome, 50 m. N.W. by rail and 35 m. direct from the city of Rome. Pop. (1871) 8143; (1901) 17,589. It is the ancient Centum Cellae, founded by Trajan. Interesting descriptions of it are given by Pliny the Younger (Epist. vi. 31) and Rutilius Namat. i. 237. The modern harbour works rest on the ancient foundations, and near it the cemetery of detachments of the Classes Misenensis and Ravennas has been found (Corp. Inscr. Lat. vol. xi., Berlin, 1888, pp. 3520 seq.). Remains of an aqueduct and other Roman buildings are preserved; the imperial family had a villa here. Procopius mentions it in the 6th century as a strong and populous place, but it was destroyed in 813 by the Saracens. Leo IV. erected a new city for the inhabitants on the site where they had taken refuge, about 8 m. N.N.E. of Civita Vecchia towards the hills, near La Farnesina, where its ruins may still be seen; the city walls and some of the streets and buildings may be traced, and an inscription 417 (which must have stood over one of the city gates) recording its foundation has been discovered. It continued to exist under the name Cencelle as a feudal castle until the 15th century. In the meantime, however, the inhabitants returned to the old town by the shore in 889 and rebuilt it, giving it the name Civitas Vetus, the modern Civita Vecchia (see O. Marucchi in Nuovo Bullettino di archeologia cristiana, vi., 1900, p. 195 seq.). In 1508 Pope Julius II. began the construction of the castle from the designs of Bramante, Michelangelo being responsible for the addition of the central tower. It is considered by Burckhardt the finest building of its kind. Pius IV. added a convict prison. The arsenal was built by Alexander VII. and designed by Bernini. Civita Vecchia was the chief port of the Papal State and has still a considerable trade. There are cement factories in the town, and calcium carbide is an important article of export. The principal imports are coal, cattle for the home markets, and fire-bricks from the United Kingdom. Three miles N.E. were the Aquae Tauri, warm springs, now known as Bagni della Ferrata: considerable remains of the Roman baths are still preserved. About 1 m. W. of these are other hot springs, those of the Ficoncella, also known in Roman times.

Civitavecchia is a seaport town and the episcopal see of Italy, located in the province of Rome, 50 miles northwest by rail and 35 miles directly from the city of Rome. Population: (1871) 8,143; (1901) 17,589. It was once known as Centum Cellae, founded by Trajan. Pliny the Younger (Epist. vi. 31) and Rutilius Namat. i. 237 provide interesting accounts of it. The modern harbor is built on ancient foundations, and near it, the cemetery of detachments from the Classes Misenensis and Ravennas has been found (Corp. Inscr. Lat. vol. xi., Berlin, 1888, pp. 3520 seq.). Remnants of an aqueduct and other Roman structures are still preserved; the imperial family had a villa here. Procopius mentioned it in the 6th century as a strong and populous location, but it was destroyed in 813 by the Saracens. Leo IV. established a new city for the inhabitants on the site where they took refuge, about 8 miles N.N.E. of Civita Vecchia towards the hills, near La Farnesina, where its ruins can still be seen; the city walls and some streets and buildings can be traced, and an inscription 417 (which likely stood over one of the city gates) has been discovered that records its foundation. It continued to exist under the name Cencelle as a feudal castle until the 15th century. However, the inhabitants returned to the old town by the shore in 889 and rebuilt it, naming it Civitas Vetus, which is now modern Civita Vecchia (see O. Marucchi in Nuovo Bullettino di archeologia cristiana, vi., 1900, p. 195 seq.). In 1508, Pope Julius II. began constructing the castle based on designs by Bramante, with Michelangelo responsible for adding the central tower. Burckhardt considers it the finest building of its kind. Pius IV. added a convict prison. The arsenal was built by Alexander VII. and designed by Bernini. Civita Vecchia was the main port of the Papal State and still has a significant trade. The town has cement factories, and calcium carbide is a key export. The main imports are coal, cattle for local markets, and fire-bricks from the United Kingdom. Three miles northeast were the Aquae Tauri, warm springs now called Bagni della Ferrata: significant remains of the Roman baths are still preserved. About 1 mile west of these are the hot springs of Ficoncella, which were also known in Roman times.


CLACKMANNAN, the county town of Clackmannanshire, Scotland. Pop. 1505. It lies near the north bank of the Forth, 2 m. E. of Alloa, with two stations on the North British railway. Among the public buildings are the parish church, the tower of which, standing on a commanding eminence, is a conspicuous landmark. Clackmannan Tower is now a picturesque ruin, but at one time played an important part in Scottish history, and was the seat of a lineal descendant of the Bruce family after the failure of the male line. The old market cross still exists, and close to it stands the stone that gives the town its name (Gaelic, clach, stone; Manann, the name of the district). A large spinning-mill and coalpits lend a modern touch in singular contrast with the quaint, old-world aspect of the place. About 1 m. to the S.E. is Kennet House, the seat of Lord Balfour of Burleigh, another member of the Bruce family.

CLACKMANNAN, the county town of Clackmannanshire, Scotland. Population 1505. It is located near the north bank of the Forth, 2 miles east of Alloa, and has two stations on the North British railway. Among the public buildings is the parish church, whose tower, sitting on a prominent hill, serves as a notable landmark. Clackmannan Tower is now a picturesque ruin, but it once played a significant role in Scottish history and was home to a direct descendant of the Bruce family after the male line ended. The old market cross is still standing, and nearby is the stone that gives the town its name (Gaelic, clach, stone; Manann, the name of the district). A large spinning mill and coal pits provide a modern contrast to the charming, old-fashioned feel of the area. About 1 mile to the southeast is Kennet House, the residence of Lord Balfour of Burleigh, another member of the Bruce family.


CLACKMANNANSHIRE, the smallest county in Scotland, bounded S.W. by the Forth, W. by Stirlingshire, N.N.E. and N.W. by Perthshire, and E. by Fifeshire. It has an area of 35,160 acres, or about 55 sq. m. An elevated ridge starting on the west, runs through the middle of the county, widening gradually till it reaches the eastern boundary, and skirting the alluvial or carse lands in the valleys of the Forth and Devon. Still farther to the N. the Ochil hills form a picturesque feature in the landscape, having their generally verdant surface broken by bold projecting rocks and deeply indented ravines. The principal summits are within the limits of the shire, among them Ben Cleuch (2363 ft.), King’s Seat (2111 ft.), Whitewisp (2110 ft.), the Law (above Tillicoultry, 2094 ft.) and Blairdenon (2072 ft.), on the northern slope, in which the river Devon takes its rise. The rivers of importance are the Devon and the Black or South Devon. The former, noted in the upper parts for its romantic scenery and its excellent trout-fishing, runs through the county near the base of the Ochils, and falls into the Forth at the village of Cambus, after a winding course of 33 m., although as the crow flies its source is only 5¼ m. distant. The Black Devon, rising in the Cleish Hills, flows westwards in a direction nearly parallel to that of the Devon, and falls into the Forth near Clackmannan. It supplies motive power to numbers of mills and collieries; and its whole course is over coal strata. The Forth is navigable as far as it forms the boundary of the county, and ships of 500 tons burden run up as far as Alloa. The only lake is Gartmorn, 1 m. long by about 13 of a mile broad, which has been dammed in order to furnish water to Alloa and power to mills. The Ochils are noted for the number of their glens. Though these are mostly small, they are well wooded and picturesque, and those at Menstrie, Alva, Tillicoultry and Dollar are particularly beautiful.

CLACKMANNANSHIRE is the smallest county in Scotland, bordered to the southwest by the Forth, to the west by Stirlingshire, to the north-northeast and northwest by Perthshire, and to the east by Fifeshire. It covers an area of 35,160 acres, or around 55 square miles. An elevated ridge starts in the west and runs through the center of the county, gradually widening until it reaches the eastern border, skirting the fertile alluvial lands in the valleys of the Forth and Devon. Further north, the Ochil hills create a picturesque feature in the landscape, with their generally green surface marked by bold cliffs and deep ravines. The main peaks within the county include Ben Cleuch (2,363 ft.), King’s Seat (2,111 ft.), Whitewisp (2,110 ft.), the Law (near Tillicoultry, 2,094 ft.), and Blairdenon (2,072 ft.), which is on the northern slope where the River Devon begins. The key rivers are the Devon and the Black or South Devon. The Devon, known for its stunning scenery and great trout fishing in its upper reaches, flows near the base of the Ochils and empties into the Forth at the village of Cambus after winding for 33 miles, even though it's only 5¼ miles from its source in a straight line. The Black Devon, rising in the Cleish Hills, flows west in a direction almost parallel to the Devon and joins the Forth near Clackmannan. It provides power for many mills and coal mines, and its entire course runs over coal deposits. The Forth is navigable up to the county boundary, allowing ships up to 500 tons to reach Alloa. The only lake is Gartmorn, which is 1 mile long and about 13 of a mile wide, created to supply water to Alloa and power to mills. The Ochils are well-known for their numerous glens. Although most of them are small, they are beautifully wooded and scenic, with the glens at Menstrie, Alva, Tillicoultry, and Dollar being especially picturesque.

Geology.—This county is divided geologically into two areas, the boundary line skirting the southern margin of the Ochils and running westwards from a point north of Dollar by Alva in the direction of Airthrev in Stirlingshire. The northern portion forms part of the volcanic range of the Ochils which belongs to the Old Red Sandstone period, and consists of a great succession of lavas—basalts and andesites—with intercalations of tuff and agglomerate. As the rocks dip gently towards the north and form the highest ground in the county they must reach a great thickness. They are pierced by small intrusive masses of diorite, north of Tillicoultry House. The well-marked feature running E. and W. along the southern base of the Ochils indicates a line of fault or dislocation which abruptly truncates the Lower Old Red volcanic rocks and brings down an important development of Carboniferous strata occupying the southern part of the county. These belong mainly to the Coal-measures and comprise a number of valuable coal-seams which have been extensively worked. The Clackmannan field is the northern continuation of the great Lanarkshire basin which extends northwards by Slamannan, Falkirk and the Carron Ironworks to Alloa. Along the eastern margin between Cairnmuir and Brucefield the underlying Millstone Grit, consisting mainly of false-bedded sandstones, comes to the surface. Close to the river Devon south of Dollar the Vicars Bridge Limestone, which there marks the top of the Carboniferous Limestone series, rises from beneath the Millstone Grit. The structure of the Clackmannan field is interesting. The strata are arranged in synclinal form, the highest seams being found near the Devon ironworks, and they are traversed by a series of parallel east and west faults each with a downthrow to the south, whereby the coals are repeated and the field extended. During mining operations evidence has been obtained of the existence of a buried river-channel, filled with boulder clay and stratified deposits along the course of the Devon, which extends below the present sea-level and points to greater elevation of the land in pre-glacial time. An excellent example of a dolerite dyke trending slightly north of west occurs in the north part of the county where it traverses the volcanic rocks of Lower Old Red Sandstone age.

Geology.—This county has two geological areas, with the boundary line along the southern edge of the Ochils, extending west from a point north of Dollar by Alva towards Airthrev in Stirlingshire. The northern part is part of the volcanic range of the Ochils from the Old Red Sandstone period, featuring a large sequence of lavas—basalts and andesites—mixed with layers of tuff and agglomerate. Since the rocks tilt gently to the north and form the highest terrain in the county, they must be quite thick. They are pierced by small intrusive bodies of diorite, situated north of Tillicoultry House. A distinct feature running east and west along the southern base of the Ochils indicates a fault line that sharply cuts off the Lower Old Red volcanic rocks, exposing a significant stretch of Carboniferous rocks in the southern part of the county. These mainly belong to the Coal-measures and include several valuable coal seams that have been extensively mined. The Clackmannan field is the northern extension of the large Lanarkshire basin, which stretches north through Slamannan, Falkirk, and the Carron Ironworks to Alloa. Along the eastern edge between Cairnmuir and Brucefield, the Millstone Grit, primarily made up of false-bedded sandstones, surfaces. Near the river Devon, south of Dollar, the Vicars Bridge Limestone, which marks the top of the Carboniferous Limestone series, emerges from beneath the Millstone Grit. The Clackmannan field's structure is intriguing. The layers are arranged in a synclinal shape, with the highest seams located near the Devon ironworks, and they are crossed by a series of parallel east-west faults, each dropping to the south, which causes the coal layers to repeat and the field to extend. During mining, evidence of a buried river channel has been found, filled with boulder clay and layered deposits along the Devon's path, which sits below the current sea level and suggests that the land was at a higher elevation before the ice age. A great example of a dolerite dyke, trending slightly north of west, is found in the northern section of the county, cutting through the volcanic rocks of Lower Old Red Sandstone age.

Industries.—The soil is generally productive and well cultivated, though the greater part of the elevated range which is interposed between the carse lands on the Forth and the vale of Devon at the base of the Ochils on the north consists of inferior soils, often lying upon an impervious clay. Oats are the chief crop, but wheat and barley are profitably grown. Sheep-farming is successfully pursued, the Ochils affording excellent pasturage, and cattle, pigs and horses are also raised. There is a small tract of moorland in the east, called the Forest, bounded on its northern margin by the Black Devon. Iron-ore (haematite), copper, silver, lead, cobalt and arsenic have all been discovered in small quantity in the Ochils, between Alva and Dollar. Ironstone—found either in beds, or in oblate balls embedded in slaty clay, and yielded from 25 to 30% of iron—is mined for the Devon iron-works, near Clackmannan. Coal has been mined for a long period. The strata which compose the field are varieties of sandstone, shale, fire-clay and argillaceous ironstone. There is a heavy continuous output of coal at the mines at Sauchie, Fishcross, Coalsnaughton, Devonside, Clackmannan and other pits. The spinning-mills at Alloa, Tillicoultry and Alva are always busy, Alloa yarns and fingering being widely famous. The distilleries at Glenochil and Carsebridge and the breweries in Alloa and Cambus do a large export business. The minor trades include glass-blowing, pottery, coopering, tanning, iron-founding, electrical apparatus making, ship-building and paper-making.

Industries.—The soil is generally fertile and well-farmed, although most of the elevated area between the carse lands along the Forth and the Vale of Devon at the base of the Ochils to the north consists of poorer soils, often resting on a hard, impermeable clay. Oats are the main crop, but wheat and barley are also grown successfully. Sheep farming is thriving, with the Ochils providing excellent grazing, and cattle, pigs, and horses are also raised. There is a small area of moorland in the east, known as the Forest, bordered to the north by the Black Devon. Iron ore (haematite), copper, silver, lead, cobalt, and arsenic have all been found in small quantities in the Ochils, between Alva and Dollar. Ironstone—either found in beds or in rounded balls embedded in slaty clay, yielding 25 to 30% of iron—is mined for the Devon ironworks near Clackmannan. Coal has been mined for a long time. The layers that make up the area include different types of sandstone, shale, fire-clay, and clay-rich ironstone. There is a heavy and continuous output of coal from the mines at Sauchie, Fishcross, Coalsnaughton, Devonside, Clackmannan, and other pits. The spinning mills in Alloa, Tillicoultry, and Alva are always busy, with Alloa yarns and fingering being particularly renowned. The distilleries in Glenochil and Carsebridge, along with breweries in Alloa and Cambus, have a large export business. Other trades include glass-blowing, pottery, barrel-making, tanning, iron founding, electrical equipment manufacturing, shipbuilding, and paper-making.

The north British railway serves the whole county, while the Caledonian has access to Alloa.

The North British Railway covers the entire county, while the Caledonian has connections to Alloa.

Population and Government.—The population was 33,140 in 1891 and 32,029 in 1901, when 170 persons spoke Gaelic and English and one person Gaelic only. The county unites with Kinross-shire in returning one member to parliament. Clackmannan (pop. 1505) is the county town, but Alloa (14,458), Alva (4624), and Tillicoultry (3338) take precedence in population and trade. Menstrie (pop. 898) near Alloa has a large furniture factory and the great distillery of Glenochil. To the north-east of Alloa is the thriving mining village of Sauchie. Clackmannan forms a sheriffdom with Stirling and Dumbarton shires, and a sheriff-substitute sits at Alloa. Most of the schools in the shire are under school-board control, but there are a few voluntary schools, besides an exceptionally well-equipped technical school in Alloa and a well-known academy at Dollar.

Population and Government.—The population was 33,140 in 1891 and 32,029 in 1901, when 170 people spoke both Gaelic and English and one person spoke only Gaelic. The county collaborates with Kinross-shire to elect one member to parliament. Clackmannan (pop. 1505) is the county town, but Alloa (14,458), Alva (4624), and Tillicoultry (3338) are more populated and active in trade. Menstrie (pop. 898), near Alloa, has a large furniture factory and the major distillery of Glenochil. To the northeast of Alloa is the prosperous mining village of Sauchie. Clackmannan shares a sheriffdom with Stirling and Dumbarton shires, and a sheriff-substitute operates out of Alloa. Most schools in the shire are managed by the school board, although there are some voluntary schools, along with a notably well-equipped technical school in Alloa and a respected academy in Dollar.

See James Wallace, The Sheriffdom of Clackmannan: a Sketch of its History (Edinburgh, 1890); D. Beveridge, Between the Ochils and the Forth (Edinburgh, 1888); John Crawford, Memorials of Alloa (1885); William Gibson, Reminiscences of Dollar, Tillicoultry,

See James Wallace, The Sheriffdom of Clackmannan: a Sketch of its History (Edinburgh, 1890); D. Beveridge, Between the Ochils and the Forth (Edinburgh, 1888); John Crawford, Memorials of Alloa (1885); William Gibson, Reminiscences of Dollar, Tillicoultry,

418

418


CLACTON-ON-SEA, a watering-place in the Harwich parliamentary division of Essex, England; 71 m. E.N.E. from London by a branch from Colchester of the Great Eastern railway; served also by steamers from London in the summer months. Pop. of urban district (1901) 7456. Clay cliffs of slight altitude rise from the sandy beach and face south-eastward. In the neighbourhood, however, marshes fringe the shore. The church of Great Clacton, at the village 1½ m. inland, is Norman and later, and of considerable interest. Clacton is provided with a pier, promenade and marine parade; and is the seat of various convalescent and other homes.

CLACTON-ON-SEA is a seaside resort in the Harwich parliamentary district of Essex, England, located 71 miles east-northeast of London via a branch from Colchester on the Great Eastern Railway. It is also accessible by steamers from London in the summer months. The population of the urban district was 7,456 in 1901. Low clay cliffs rise from the sandy beach and face southeast. However, marshes border the shore nearby. The church of Great Clacton, situated 1.5 miles inland, is of Norman origin and has significant historical interest. Clacton features a pier, a promenade, and a marine parade, and is home to several convalescent and other care facilities.


CLADEL, LÉON (1835-1892), French novelist, was born at Montauban (Tarn-et-Garonne) on the 13th of March 1835. The son of an artisan, he studied law at Toulouse and became a solicitor’s clerk in Paris. He made a reputation in a limited circle by his first book, Les Martyrs ridicules (1862), a novel for which Charles Baudelaire, whose literary disciple Cladel was, wrote a preface. He then returned to his native district of Quercy, where he produced a series of pictures of peasant life in Eral le dompteur (1865), Le Nommé Qouael (1868) and other volumes. Returning to Paris he published the two novels which are generally acknowledged as his best work, Le Bouscassié (1869) and La Fête votive de Saint Bartholomée Porte-glaive (1872). Une Maudite (1876) was judged dangerous to the public morals and cost its author a month’s imprisonment. Other works by Cladel are Les Va-nu-pieds (1873), a volume of short stories; N’a qu’un œil (1882), Urbains et ruraux (1884), Gueux de marque (1887), and the posthumous Juive errante (1897). He died at Sèvres on the 20th of July 1892.

CLADEL, LÉON (1835-1892), French novelist, was born in Montauban (Tarn-et-Garonne) on March 13, 1835. The son of a craftsman, he studied law in Toulouse and became a solicitor’s clerk in Paris. He gained recognition in a small circle with his first book, Les Martyrs ridicules (1862), a novel for which Charles Baudelaire, his literary mentor, wrote a preface. He then returned to his home region of Quercy, where he created a series of depictions of peasant life in Eral le dompteur (1865), Le Nommé Qouael (1868), and other works. After going back to Paris, he published the two novels that are generally considered his best, Le Bouscassié (1869) and La Fête votive de Saint Bartholomée Porte-glaive (1872). Une Maudite (1876) was deemed a threat to public morals and resulted in a month’s imprisonment for the author. Other works by Cladel include Les Va-nu-pieds (1873), a collection of short stories; N’a qu’un œil (1882), Urbains et ruraux (1884), Gueux de marque (1887), and the posthumous Juive errante (1897). He died in Sèvres on July 20, 1892.

See La Vie de Léon Cladel (Paris, 1905), by his daughter Judith Cladel, containing also an article on Cladel by Edmond Picard, a complete list of his works, and of the critical articles on his work.

See La Vie de Léon Cladel (Paris, 1905), by his daughter Judith Cladel, which also includes an article on Cladel by Edmond Picard, a complete list of his works, and the critical articles about his work.


CLAFLIN, HORACE BRIGHAM (1811-1885), American merchant, was born in Milford, Massachusetts, on the 18th of December 1811. He was educated at Milford Academy, became a clerk in his father’s store in Milford, and in 1831, with his brother Aaron and his brother-in-law Samuel Daniels, succeeded to his father’s business. In 1832 the firm opened a branch store in Worcester, Mass., and in 1833 Horace B. Claflin and Daniels secured the sole control of this establishment and restricted their dealing to dry goods. In 1843 Claflin removed to New York City and became a member of the firm of Bulkley & Claflin, wholesale dry goods merchants. In 1851 and in 1864 the firm was reorganized, being designated in these respective years as Claflin, Mellin & Company and H.B. Claflin & Company. Under Claflin’s management the business increased so rapidly that the sales for a time after 1865 probably exceeded those of any other mercantile house in the world. Though the firm was temporarily embarrassed at the beginning of the Civil War, on account of its large business interests in the South, and during the financial panic of 1873, the promptness with which Mr Claflin met these crises and paid every dollar of his liabilities greatly increased his reputation for business ability and integrity. He died at Fordham, New York, on the 14th of November 1885.

CLAFLIN, HORACE BRIGHAM (1811-1885), American merchant, was born in Milford, Massachusetts, on December 18, 1811. He attended Milford Academy, then worked as a clerk in his father's store in Milford. In 1831, he joined his brother Aaron and brother-in-law Samuel Daniels to take over his father's business. In 1832, they opened a branch store in Worcester, Massachusetts, and by 1833, Horace B. Claflin and Daniels had full control of this location, focusing solely on dry goods. In 1843, Claflin moved to New York City and became a partner in the wholesale dry goods company Bulkley & Claflin. The firm was reorganized in 1851 and 1864, being named Claflin, Mellin & Company and H.B. Claflin & Company, respectively. Under Claflin’s leadership, the business grew so quickly that by 1865, it likely had the highest sales of any mercantile house in the world. Although the firm faced temporary challenges at the start of the Civil War due to its extensive business interests in the South, and during the financial panic of 1873, Claflin’s quick response to these crises and his complete payment of liabilities significantly boosted his reputation for business acumen and integrity. He passed away in Fordham, New York, on November 14, 1885.


CLAIRAULT (or Clairaut), ALEXIS CLAUDE (1713-1765), French mathematician, was born on the 13th or 7th of May 1713, at Paris, where his father was a teacher of mathematics. Under his father’s tuition he made such rapid progress in mathematical studies that in his thirteenth year he read before the French Academy an account of the properties of four curves which he had then discovered. When only sixteen he finished a treatise, Recherches sur les courbes à double courbure, which, on its publication in 1731, procured his admission into the Academy of Sciences, although even then he was below the legal age. In 1736, together with Pierre Louis Maupertuis, he took part in the expedition to Lapland, which was undertaken for the purpose of estimating a degree of the meridian, and on his return he published his treatise Théorie de la figure de la terre (1743). In this work he promulgated the theorem, known as “Clairault’s theorem,” which connects the gravity at points on the surface of a rotating ellipsoid with the compression and the centrifugal force at the equator (see Earth, Figure of the). He obtained an ingenious approximate solution of the problem of the three bodies; in 1750 he gained the prize of the St Petersburg Academy for his essay Théorie de la lune; and in 1759 he calculated the perihelion of Halley’s comet. He also detected singular solutions in differential equations of the first order, and of the second and higher degrees. Clairault died at Paris, on the 17th of May 1765.

CLAIRAULT (or Clairaut), ALEXIS CLAUDE (1713-1765), French mathematician, was born on either May 13 or May 7, 1713, in Paris, where his father taught mathematics. Under his father's guidance, he made such quick progress in math that by the age of thirteen, he presented a paper on the properties of four curves he had discovered to the French Academy. By the age of sixteen, he completed a treatise, Recherches sur les courbes à double courbure, which, when published in 1731, led to his admission into the Academy of Sciences, even though he was still under the legal age. In 1736, along with Pierre Louis Maupertuis, he participated in an expedition to Lapland aimed at measuring a degree of the meridian, and upon his return, he published his work Théorie de la figure de la terre (1743). In this work, he introduced what is now known as “Clairault’s theorem,” which relates the gravity at points on the surface of a rotating ellipsoid to the compression and centrifugal force at the equator (see Earth, Figure of the). He devised an innovative approximate solution to the three-body problem; in 1750, he won the prize from the St Petersburg Academy for his essay Théorie de la lune; and in 1759, he calculated the perihelion of Halley’s comet. He also found unique solutions in first-order differential equations and those of second and higher degrees. Clairault passed away in Paris on May 17, 1765.


CLAIRON, LA (1723-1803), French actress, whose real name was Claire Joseph Hippolyte Leris, was born at Condé sur l’Escaut, Hainaut, on the 25th of January 1723, the natural daughter of an army sergeant. In 1736 she made her first stage appearance at the Comédie Italienne, in a small part in Marivaux’s Île des esclaves. After several years in the provinces she returned to Paris. Her life, meanwhile, had been decidedly irregular, even if not to the degree indicated by the libellous pamphlet Histoire de la demoiselle Cronel, dite Frétillon, actrice de la Comédie de Rouen, écrite par elle-même (The Hague, 1746), or to be inferred from the disingenuousness of her own Mémoires d’Hippolyte Clairon (1798); and she had great difficulty in obtaining an order to make her début at the Comédie Française. Succeeding, however, at last, she had the courage to select the title-rôle of Phèdre (1743), and she obtained a veritable triumph. During her twenty-two years at this theatre, dividing the honours with her rival Mlle Dumesnil, she filled many of the classical rôles of tragedy, and created a great number of parts in the plays of Voltaire, Marmontel, Saurin, de Belloy and others. She retired in 1766, and trained pupils for the stage, among them Mlle Raucourt. Goldsmith called Mlle Clairon “the most perfect female figure I have ever seen on any stage” (The Bee, 2nd No.); and Garrick, while recognizing her unwillingness or inability to make use of the inspiration of the instant, admitted that “she has everything that art and a good understanding with great natural spirit can give her.”

CLAIRON, LA (1723-1803), a French actress whose real name was Claire Joseph Hippolyte Leris, was born in Condé sur l’Escaut, Hainaut, on January 25, 1723, as the illegitimate daughter of an army sergeant. In 1736, she made her stage debut at the Comédie Italienne, taking a small role in Marivaux’s Île des esclaves. After several years performing in the provinces, she returned to Paris. Her life was quite unconventional, though not to the extent suggested by the scandalous pamphlet Histoire de la demoiselle Cronel, dite Frétillon, actrice de la Comédie de Rouen, écrite par elle-même (The Hague, 1746), nor as implied by the insincerity of her own Mémoires d’Hippolyte Clairon (1798). She struggled significantly to secure an opportunity to make her début at the Comédie Française. Eventually succeeding, she bravely chose the title role in Phèdre (1743) and achieved a genuine triumph. Over her twenty-two years at this theater, sharing the spotlight with her rival Mlle Dumesnil, she played many classical tragic roles and created numerous characters in the works of Voltaire, Marmontel, Saurin, de Belloy, and others. She retired in 1766 and began training students for the stage, including Mlle Raucourt. Goldsmith described Mlle Clairon as “the most perfect female figure I have ever seen on any stage” (The Bee, 2nd No.); and Garrick, while acknowledging her reluctance or struggle to draw from immediate inspiration, conceded that “she has everything that art and a good understanding with great natural spirit can give her.”


CLAIRVAUX, a village of north-eastern France, in the department of Aube, 40 m. E.S.E. of Troyes on the Eastern railway to Belfort. Clairvaux (Clara Vallis) is situated in the valley of the Aube on the eastern border of the Forest of Clairvaux. Its celebrity is due to the abbey founded in 1115 by St Bernard, which became the centre of the Cistercian order. The buildings (see Abbey) belong for the most part to the 18th century, but there is a large storehouse which dates from the 12th century. The abbey, suppressed at the Revolution, now serves as a prison, containing on an average 800 inmates, who are employed in agricultural and industrial occupations. Clairvaux has iron-works of some importance.

CLAIRVAUX, a village in northeastern France, is located in the Aube department, 40 miles east-southeast of Troyes on the Eastern railway to Belfort. Clairvaux (Clara Vallis) is in the Aube valley on the eastern edge of the Clairvaux Forest. It gained fame from the abbey founded in 1115 by St Bernard, which became the center of the Cistercian order. The buildings (see Abbey) are mostly from the 18th century, but there is a large storehouse that dates back to the 12th century. The abbey, which was closed during the Revolution, now functions as a prison, housing an average of 800 inmates who are engaged in agricultural and industrial work. Clairvaux also has significant iron works.


CLAIRVOYANCE (Fr. for “clear-seeing”), a technical term in psychical research, properly equivalent to lucidity, a supernormal power of obtaining knowledge in which no part is played by (a) the ordinary processes of sense-perception or (b) supernormal communication with other intelligences, incarnate, or discarnate. The word is also used, sometimes qualified by the word telepathic, to mean the power of gaining supernormal knowledge from the mind of another (see Telepathy). It is further commonly used by spiritualists to mean the power of seeing spirit forms, or, more vaguely, of discovering facts by some supernormal means.

CLAIRVOYANCE (French for “clear-seeing”) is a technical term in psychical research, equivalent to lucidity, which refers to a supernormal ability to gain knowledge without relying on (a) ordinary sense perception or (b) supernormal communication with other beings, whether they are living or non-living. The term is also sometimes used, often along with the word telepathic, to describe the ability to gain supernormal knowledge from someone else's mind (see Telepathy). Additionally, spiritualists commonly use it to refer to the ability to see spirit forms or, more generally, to uncover facts through some supernormal means.

Lucidity.—Few experiments have been made to test the existence of this faculty. If communications from discarnate minds are regarded as possible, there are no means of distinguishing facts obtained in this way from facts obtained by independent clairvoyance. In practice no evidence has been obtained pointing to the possession by a discarnate spirit of knowledge not possessed by any living person (see Medium). As explanation of the few successful experiments in independent clairvoyance we have the choice of three explanations: (1) lucidity; (2) telepathy from living persons; (3) hyperaesthesia. The second possibility was overlooked in Richet’s diagram experiments; it cannot be assumed that a picture put into an envelope and not consciously recalled has been in reality forgotten. Similarly the clairvoyant diagnosis of diseases may depend on knowledge gained telepathically from the patient, who may be subliminally aware of diseased states of the body. The most elaborate experiments are by Prof. Richet with a hypnotized subject who succeeded in 419 naming twelve cards out of sixty-eight. But no precautions were taken against hyperaesthesia further than enclosing the card in a second envelope. There is a power possessed by a certain number of people, of naming a card drawn by them or held in the hand face downwards, so that there is no normal knowledge of its suit and number. Few thorough trials have been made; but it seems to point to some kind of hyperaesthesia rather than to clairvoyance; in the Richet experiments even if the envelopes excluded hyperaesthesia of touch on the part of the medium, there may have been subliminal knowledge on Prof. Richet’s part of the card which he put in the envelope. The experience known as the déjà vu has sometimes been explained as due to clairvoyance.

Lucidity.—Few experiments have been conducted to verify the existence of this ability. If communications from spirits are considered possible, there are no ways to differentiate facts obtained this way from those acquired through independent clairvoyance. In practice, no evidence has been found indicating that a spirit possesses knowledge that no living person has (see Medium). To explain the few successful experiments in independent clairvoyance, we have three potential explanations: (1) lucidity; (2) telepathy from living individuals; (3) hyperaesthesia. The second possibility was missed in Richet’s diagram experiments; it's not safe to assume that a picture placed in an envelope and not consciously recalled has truly been forgotten. Similarly, a clairvoyant's diagnosis of illnesses may rely on knowledge picked up telepathically from the patient, who may subconsciously be aware of their bodily ailments. The most detailed experiments were conducted by Prof. Richet with a hypnotized subject who was able to name twelve cards out of sixty-eight. However, no precautions were taken to guard against hyperaesthesia aside from enclosing the card in a second envelope. Some individuals possess the ability to name a card they’ve drawn or one that is held face down, without any normal way of knowing its suit or number. Few thorough trials have been carried out, but the results seem to point more toward hyperaesthesia rather than clairvoyance; in Richet's experiments, even if the envelopes prevented tactile hyperaesthesia for the medium, there could have been subconscious knowledge on Prof. Richet’s part regarding the card he placed in the envelope. The phenomenon known as déjà vu has sometimes been interpreted as a form of clairvoyance.

Telepathic Clairvoyance.—For a discussion of this see Telepathy and Crystal-gazing. It may be noted here that some curious relation seems to exist between apparently telepathic acquisition of knowledge and the arrival of a letter, newspaper, &c, from which the same knowledge could be directly gained. We are confronted with a similar problem in attempting an explanation of the power of mediums to state correctly facts relating to objects placed in their hands. Of a somewhat different character is retrocognition (q.v.), where the knowledge in many cases, if telepathic, must be derived from a discarnate mind.

Telepathic Clairvoyance.—For a discussion of this, see Telepathy and Crystal-gazing. It's worth noting that there seems to be an interesting connection between seemingly telepathic knowledge acquisition and the receipt of a letter, newspaper, etc., from which the same information could be directly obtained. We face a similar challenge in trying to explain how mediums can accurately describe facts about objects placed in their hands. Retroco gnition (q.v.) is of a somewhat different nature, where the knowledge, if telepathic, must often come from a spirit or discarnate mind.

Clairvoyance, as a term of spiritualism, with its correlative clairaudience, is the name given to the power of seeing and hearing discarnate spirits of dead relatives and others, with whom the living are said to be surrounded. More vaguely it includes the power of gaining knowledge, either through the spirit world or by means of psychometry (i.e. the supernormal acquisition of knowledge about owners of objects, writers of letters, &c). Some evidence for these latter powers has been accumulated by the Society for Psychical Research, but in many cases the piecing together of normally acquired knowledge, together with shrewd guessing, suffices to explain the facts, especially where the investigator has had no special training for his task.

Clairvoyance, in the context of spiritualism, along with its counterpart clairaudience, refers to the ability to see and hear spirits of deceased relatives and others who are believed to surround the living. More broadly, it encompasses the ability to gain knowledge either from the spirit world or through psychometry (i.e. the exceptional ability to learn details about the owners of objects, writers of letters, etc.). The Society for Psychical Research has gathered some evidence for these abilities, but in many instances, the combination of normally obtained information and intelligent guessing is enough to explain the findings, especially when the investigator lacks specialized training for their work.

See Richet, Experimentelle Studien (1891); also in Proc. S.P.R. vi. 66. For a criticism see N.W. Thomas, Thought Transference, pp. 44-48. For Clairvoyance in general see F.W.H. Myers, Human Personality, and in Proc. S.P.R. xi. 334 et seq. For a criticism of the evidence see Mrs Sidgwick in Proc. S.P.R. vii. 30, 356.

See Richet, Experimentelle Studien (1891); also in Proc. S.P.R. vi. 66. For a critique, see N.W. Thomas, Thought Transference, pp. 44-48. For insights on Clairvoyance, check F.W.H. Myers, Human Personality, and in Proc. S.P.R. xi. 334 et seq. For a review of the evidence, see Mrs. Sidgwick in Proc. S.P.R. vii. 30, 356.

(N. W. T.)

CLAMECY, a town of central France, capital of an arrondissement in the department of Nièvre, at the confluence of the Yonne and Beuvron and on the Canal du Nivernais, 46 m. N.N.E. of Nevers on the Paris-Lyon railway. Pop. (1906) 4455. Its principal building is the church of St Martin, which dates chiefly from the 13th, 14th and 15th centuries. The tower and façade are of the 16th century. The chevet, which is surrounded by an aisle, is rectangular—a feature found in few French churches. Of the old castle of the counts of Nevers, vaulted cellars alone remain. A church in the suburb of Bethlehem, dating from the 12th and 13th centuries, now serves as part of an hotel. The public institutions include the sub-prefecture, tribunals of first instance and of commerce and a communal college. Among the industrial establishments are saw-mills, fulling-mills and flour-mills, tanneries and manufactories of boots and shoes and chemicals; and there is considerable trade in wine and cattle and in wood and charcoal, which is conveyed principally to Paris, by way of the Yonne.

CLAMECY is a town in central France, the capital of an arrondissement in the Nièvre department, located at the confluence of the Yonne and Beuvron rivers and on the Canal du Nivernais, 46 miles N.N.E. of Nevers on the Paris-Lyon railway. The population was 4,455 in 1906. The main building is the church of St Martin, which mainly dates back to the 13th, 14th, and 15th centuries. The tower and façade are from the 16th century. The chevet, which is surrounded by an aisle, is rectangular—a feature that is rare in French churches. Only the vaulted cellars of the old castle of the counts of Nevers remain. A church in the Bethlehem suburb, dating from the 12th and 13th centuries, now functions as part of a hotel. The town’s public institutions include the sub-prefecture, courts of first instance and commerce, and a communal college. Among the industrial establishments, there are sawmills, fulling mills, flour mills, tanneries, and factories producing boots, shoes, and chemicals. There is significant trade in wine, cattle, wood, and charcoal, which is mainly transported to Paris via the Yonne.

In the early middle ages Clamecy belonged to the abbey of St Julian at Auxerre; in the 11th century it passed to the counts of Nevers, one of whom, Hervé, enfranchised the inhabitants in 1213. After the capture of Jerusalem by Saladin in 1188, Clamecy became the seat of the bishops of Bethlehem, who till the Revolution resided in the hospital of Panthenor, bequeathed by William IV., count of Nevers. On the coup d’état of 1851 an insurrection broke out in the town, and was repressed by the new authorities with great severity.

In the early Middle Ages, Clamecy was part of the abbey of St. Julian in Auxerre. In the 11th century, it was transferred to the counts of Nevers, one of whom, Hervé, granted freedom to the inhabitants in 1213. After Saladin captured Jerusalem in 1188, Clamecy became the residence of the bishops of Bethlehem, who lived at the Panthenor hospital until the Revolution, which was donated by William IV, count of Nevers. During the coup d’état of 1851, an uprising erupted in the town, and the new authorities violently suppressed it.


CLAN (Gaelic clann, O. Ir. cland, connected with Lat. planta, shoot or scion, the ancient Gaelic or Goidelic substituting k for p), a group of people united by common blood, and usually settled in a common habitat. The clan system existed in Ireland and the Highlands of Scotland from early times. In its strictest sense the system was peculiar to those countries, but, in its wider meaning of a group of kinsmen forming a self-governing community, the system as represented by the village community has been shown by Sir H. Maine and others to have existed at one time or another in all lands.

CLAN (Gaelic clann, O. Ir. cland, related to Lat. planta, shoot or descendant, the old Gaelic or Goidelic replacing k for p), a group of people connected by shared bloodlines, typically living in the same area. The clan system was present in Ireland and the Scottish Highlands from early times. In its strictest sense, this system was unique to those regions, but in a broader sense, as a group of relatives creating a self-governing community, the system, as shown by Sir H. Maine and others, has existed at one time or another in all parts of the world.

Before the use of surnames and elaborate written genealogies, a tribe in its definite sense was called in Celtic a tuath, a word of wide affinities, from a root tu, to grow, to multiply, existing in all European languages. When the tribal system began to be broken up by conquest and by the rise of towns and of territorial government, the use of a common surname furnished a new bond for keeping up a connexion between kindred. The head of a tribe or smaller group of kindred selected some ancestor and called himself his Ua, grandson, or as it has been anglicized O’, e.g. Ua Conchobair (O’ Conor), Ua Suilleabhain (O’Sullivan). All his kindred adopted the same name, the chief using no fore-name however. The usual mode of distinguishing a person before the introduction of surnames was to name his father and grandfather, e.g. Owen, son of Donal, son of Dermot. This naturally led some to form their surnames with Mac, son, instead of Ua, grandson, e.g. MacCarthaigh, son of Carthach (MacCarthy), MacRuaidhri, son of Rory (Macrory). Both methods have been followed in Ireland, but in Scotland Mac came to be exclusively used. The adoption of such genealogical surnames fostered the notion that all who bore the same surname were kinsmen, and hence the genealogical term clann, which properly means the descendants of some progenitor, gradually became synonymous with tuath, tribe. Like all purely genealogical terms, clann may be used in the limited sense of a particular tribe governed by a chief, or in that of many tribes claiming descent from a common ancestor. In the latter sense it was synonymous with síl, siol, seed e.g. Siol Alpine, a great clan which included the smaller clans of the Macgregors, Grants, Mackinnons, Macnabs, Macphies, Macquarries and Macaulays.

Before surnames and detailed written family histories were common, a tribe in the Celtic sense was referred to as a tuath, a word related to a root tu, meaning to grow or multiply, which appears in all European languages. As the tribal system began to break down due to conquests and the emergence of towns and territorial governance, the use of a shared surname created a new way to maintain connections among relatives. The leader of a tribe or smaller family group would choose an ancestor and refer to himself as their Ua (grandson), which has been anglicized to O’, for example, Ua Conchobair (O’Conor), Ua Suilleabhain (O’Sullivan). All his relatives would take on the same name, with the chief not using a first name. Before surnames were introduced, people were usually identified by naming their father and grandfather, for instance, Owen, son of Donal, son of Dermot. This naturally led some to create their surnames using Mac (son), instead of Ua (grandson), like MacCarthaigh (son of Carthach, MacCarthy) and MacRuaidhri (son of Rory, Macrory). Both naming practices were used in Ireland, but in Scotland, Mac became the standard. The adoption of these genealogical surnames promoted the idea that everyone with the same surname was related, leading to the genealogical term clann, which originally meant the descendants of a common ancestor, gradually becoming synonymous with tuath (tribe). Like all purely genealogical terms, clann can refer to a specific tribe led by a chief or to multiple tribes claiming descent from a common ancestor. In the latter context, it was synonymous with síl or siol (seed), for example, Siol Alpine, a large clan that encompassed smaller clans like the Macgregors, Grants, Mackinnons, Macnabs, Macphies, Macquarries, and Macaulays.

The clan system in the most archaic form of which we have any definite information can be best studied in the Irish tuath, or tribe.1 This consisted of two classes: (1) tribesmen, and (2) a miscellaneous class of slaves, criminals, strangers and their descendants. The first class included tribesmen by blood in the male line, including all illegitimate children acknowledged by their fathers, and tribesmen by adoption or sons of tribeswomen by strangers, foster-sons, men who had done some signal service to the tribe, and lastly the descendants of the second class after a certain number of generations. Each tuath had a chief called a ríg, king, a word cognate with the Gaulish ríg-s or rix, the Latin reg-s or rex, and the Old Norse rik-ir. The tribesmen formed a number of communities, each of which, like the tribe itself, consisted of a head, ceann fine, his kinsmen, slaves and other retainers. This was the fine, or sept. Each of these occupied a certain part of the tribe-land, the arable part being cultivated under a system of co-tillage, the pasture land co-grazed according to certain customs, and the wood, bog and mountains forming the marchland of the sept being the unrestricted common land of the sept. The sept was in fact a village community.

The clan system, in its earliest form that we know about, can be best understood through the Irish tuath, or tribe. This system had two classes: (1) tribesmen, and (2) a varied group of slaves, criminals, strangers, and their descendants. The first class included tribesmen by blood through the male line, recognized all illegitimate children by their fathers, tribesmen who were adopted, sons of tribeswomen with strangers, foster-sons, men who had significantly served the tribe, and eventually the descendants of the second class after a certain number of generations. Each tuath had a leader called a ríg, meaning king, a term related to the Gaulish ríg-s or rix, the Latin reg-s or rex, and the Old Norse rik-ir. The tribesmen formed several communities, each of which, like the tribe itself, had a head, ceann fine, his relatives, slaves, and other supporters. This group was called the fine, or sept. Each of these communities had a specific area of tribe land, with the arable land farmed under a shared cultivation system, the pasture land grazed together following certain customs, and the woods, bogs, and mountains serving as common land for the sept. Essentially, the sept was a village community.

What the sept was to the tribe, the homestead was to the sept. The head of a homestead was an aire, a representative freeman capable of acting as a witness, compurgator and bail. These were very important functions, especially when it is borne in mind that the tribal homestead was the home of many of the kinsfolk of the head of the family as well as of his own children. The descent of property being according to a gavel-kind custom, it constantly happened that when an aire died the share of his property which each member of his immediate family was entitled to receive was not sufficient to qualify him to be an aire. In this case the family did not divide the inheritance, but remained together as “a joint and undivided family,” one of the members being elected chief of the family or household, and in 420 this capacity enjoyed the rights and privileges of an aire. Sir H.S. Maine directed attention to this kind of family as an important feature of the early institutions of all Indo-European nations. Beside the “joint and undivided family,” there was another kind of family which we might call “the joint family.” This was a partnership composed of three or four members of a sept whose individual wealth was not sufficient to qualify each of them to be an aire, but whose joint wealth qualified one of the co-partners as head of the joint family to be one.

What the sept was to the tribe, the homestead was to the sept. The head of a homestead was an aire, a free man who could act as a witness, compurgator, and bail. These were very important roles, especially considering that the tribal homestead was home to many relatives of the head of the family as well as his own children. Since property was inherited according to a gavel-kind custom, it often occurred that when an aire died, the share of his property that each member of his immediate family was entitled to receive was not enough for them to qualify as an aire. In this case, the family would not divide the inheritance but would stay together as “a joint and undivided family,” with one member being elected as the chief of the family or household, enjoying the rights and privileges of an aire in this role. Sir H.S. Maine highlighted this type of family as an important aspect of the early institutions of all Indo-European nations. In addition to the “joint and undivided family,” there was another type called “the joint family.” This was a partnership made up of three or four members of a sept whose individual wealth was not enough for each of them to qualify as an aire, but whose combined wealth allowed one of the partners to be recognized as the head of the joint family.

So long as there was abundance of land each family grazed its cattle upon the tribe-land without restriction; unequal increase of wealth and growth of population naturally led to its limitation, each head of a homestead being entitled to graze an amount of stock in proportion to his wealth, the size of his homestead, and his acquired position. The arable land was no doubt applotted annually at first; gradually, however, some of the richer families of the tribe succeeded in evading this exchange of allotments and converting part of the common land into an estate in sevralty. Septs were at first colonies of the tribe which settled on the march-land; afterwards the conversion of part of the common land into an estate in sevralty enabled the family that acquired it to become the parent of a new sept. The same process might, however, take place within a sept without dividing it; in other words, several members of the sept might hold part of the land of the sept as separate estate. The possession of land in sevralty introduced an important distinction into the tribal system—it created an aristocracy. An aire whose family held the same land for three generations was called a flaith, or lord, of which rank there were several grades according to their wealth in land and chattels. The aires whose wealth consisted in cattle only were called bó-aires, or cow-aires, of whom there were also several grades, depending on their wealth in stock. When a bó-aire had twice the wealth of the lowest class of flaith he might enclose part of the land adjoining his house as a lawn; this was the first step towards his becoming a flaith. The relations which subsisted between the flaiths and the bó-aires formed the most curious part of the Celtic tribal system, and throw a flood of light on the origin of the feudal system. Every tribesman without exception owed ceilsinne to the ríg, or chief, that is, he was bound to become his ceile, or vassal. This consisted in paying the ríg a tribute in kind, for which the ceile was entitled to receive a proportionate amount of stock without having to give any bond for their return, giving him service, e.g. in building his dun, or stronghold, reaping his harvest, keeping his roads clean and in repair, killing wolves, and especially service in the field, and doing him homage three times while seated every time he made his return of tribute. Paying the “calpe” to the Highland chiefs represented this kind of vassalage, a colpdach or heifer being in many cases the amount of food-rent paid by a free or saer ceile. A tribesman might, however, if he pleased, pay a higher rent on receiving more stock together with certain other chattels for which no rent was chargeable. In this case he entered into a contract, and was therefore a bond or daer ceile. No one need have accepted stock on these terms, nor could he do so without the consent of his sept, and he might free himself at any time from his obligation by returning what he had received, and the rent due thereon.

As long as there was plenty of land, each family grazed its cattle on the tribe's land without restrictions. However, the unequal growth of wealth and population naturally led to limitations, with each head of a household entitled to graze a number of animals based on their wealth, the size of their homestead, and their social status. The arable land was likely divided annually at first; over time, though, some wealthier families managed to avoid this allocation system and turned parts of the common land into private estates. Initially, clans were colonies of the tribe that settled on the borderlands; later, converting shared land into private estates allowed families to become founders of new clans. This same process could occur within a clan without splitting it, meaning that several members could separately own portions of the clan's land. The possession of private land introduced a significant distinction in the tribal structure—it created an aristocracy. An aire whose family had held the same land for three generations was known as a flaith, or lord, with several ranks based on their wealth in land and possessions. Aires who were wealthy only in cattle were called bó-aires, or cow-aires, also with various ranks depending on their livestock wealth. When a bó-aire had double the wealth of the lowest class of flaith, he could fence part of the land next to his house as a lawn; this was the first step toward becoming a flaith. The relationships between flaiths and bó-aires were among the most interesting aspects of the Celtic tribal system and shed light on the origins of the feudal system. Every tribesman was obligated to provide ceilsinne to the ríg, or chief, meaning he was required to become the chief's ceile, or vassal. This involved paying the ríg a tribute in kind, for which the ceile was entitled to receive a share of livestock without needing to return it, providing various services like building his dun, or stronghold, harvesting his crops, maintaining the roads, hunting wolves, and especially serving in battles, while also doing homage three times each time he paid his tribute. Paying the “calpe” to the Highland chiefs was a form of this vassalage, with a colpdach or heifer often representing the food-rent paid by a free or saer ceile. However, a tribesman could choose to pay a higher rent to receive more livestock along with certain other goods that weren't subject to rent. In this case, he entered into a contract and became a bond or daer ceile. No one had to accept livestock under these terms, nor could they do so without their clan's approval, and they could free themselves from their obligations at any time by returning what they had received along with any rent owed.

What every one was bound to do to his ríg, or chief, he might do voluntarily to the flaith of his sept, to any flaith of the tribe, or even to one of another tribe. He might also become a bond ceile. In either case he might renounce his ceileship by returning a greater or lesser amount of stock than what he had received according to the circumstances under which he terminated his vassalage. In cases of disputed succession to the chiefship of a tribe the rival claimants were always anxious to get as many as possible to become their vassals. Hence the anxiety of minor chieftains, in later times in the Highlands of Scotland, to induce the clansmen to pay the “calpe” where there happened to be a doubt as to who was entitled to be chief.

What everyone was obligated to do for his ríg, or chief, he could also do willingly for the flaith of his clan, any flaith of the tribe, or even for someone from another tribe. He could also become a bond ceile. In either situation, he could end his ceileship by returning a greater or lesser amount of property than what he received, depending on the circumstances under which he ended his vassalage. In cases where there was a dispute over succession to the chiefdom of a tribe, the competing claimants were always eager to get as many followers as possible to become their vassals. This explains the concern of minor chieftains, later on in the Highlands of Scotland, to persuade the clansmen to pay the “calpe” when there was uncertainty about who was entitled to be chief.

The effect of the custom of gavel-kind was to equalize the wealth of each and leave no one wealthy enough to be chief. The “joint and undivided family” and the formation of “joint families,” or gilds, was one way of obviating this result; another way was the custom of tanistry. The headship of the tribe was practically confined to the members of one family; this was also the case with the headship of a sept. Sometimes a son succeeded his father, but the rule was that the eldest and most capable member of the geilfine, that is, the relatives of the actual chief to the fifth degree,2 was selected during his lifetime to be his successor—generally the eldest surviving brother or son of the preceding chief. The man selected as successor to a chief of a tribe, or chieftain of a sept, was called the tanist, and should be “the most experienced, the most noble, the most wealthy, the wisest, the most learned, the most truly popular, the most powerful to oppose, the most steadfast to sue for profits and (be sued) for losses.” In addition to these qualities he should be free from personal blemishes and deformities and of fit age to lead his tribe or sept, as the case may be, to battle.3 So far as selecting the man of the geilfine who was supposed to possess all those qualities, the office of chief of a tribe or chieftain of a sept was elective, but as the geilfine was represented by four persons, together with the chief or chieftain, the election was practically confined to one of the four. In order to support the dignity of the chief or chieftain a certain portion of the tribe or sept land was attached as an apanage to the office; this land, with the duns or fortified residences upon it, went to the successor, but a chief’s own property might be gavelled. This custom of tanistry applied at first probably to the selection of the successors of a ríg, but was gradually so extended that even a bó-aire had a tanist.

The practice of gavel-kind aimed to level the wealth among people, ensuring no one was rich enough to become a chief. The concept of the “joint and undivided family” and the creation of “joint families” or guilds helped to prevent this outcome; another method was the custom of tanistry. Leadership within the tribe was mostly limited to members of one family, which was also true for leadership within a sept. Sometimes a son would inherit his father's position, but usually, the eldest and most capable member of the geilfine, referring to the relatives of the current chief up to the fifth degree, was chosen during the chief's lifetime to become his successor—typically the eldest surviving brother or son of the previous chief. The person chosen to succeed a tribal chief or sept chieftain was called the tanist, who should be “the most experienced, the most noble, the most wealthy, the wisest, the most educated, the most genuinely popular, the most powerful to oppose, and the most resolute to seek gains and (face) losses.” In addition to these traits, he needed to be free from personal flaws or deformities and of suitable age to lead his tribe or sept in battle. When it came to selecting the individual from the geilfine expected to hold these qualities, the position of chief of a tribe or chieftain of a sept was elective. However, since the geilfine was represented by four individuals along with the chief or chieftain, the election was essentially limited to one of the four. To uphold the dignity of the chief or chieftain, a specific portion of the tribe or sept land was designated as an apanage for the role; this land, along with the duns or fortified residences on it, would be passed on to the successor, but a chief's personal property could be gavelled. This custom of tanistry initially likely applied only to the choice of successors for a ríg, but it eventually expanded so that even a bó-aire had a tanist.

A sept might have only one flaith, or lord, connected with it, or might have several. It sometimes happened, however, that a sept might be so broken and reduced as not to have even one man qualified to rank as a flaith. The rank of a flaith depended upon the number of his ceiles, that is, upon his wealth. The flaith of a sept, and the highest when there was more than one, was ceann fine, or head of the sept, or as he was usually called in Scotland, the chieftain. He was also called the flaith geilfine, or head of the geilfine, that is, the kinsmen to the fifth degree from among whom should be chosen the tanist, and who, according to the custom of gavel-kind, were the immediate heirs who received the personal property and were answerable for the liabilities of the sept. The flaiths of the different septs were the vassals of the ríg, or chief of the tribe, and performed certain functions which were no doubt at first individual, but in time became the hereditary right of the sept. One of those was the office of maer, or steward of the chief’s rents, &c.;4 and another that of aire tuisi, leading aire, or taoisech, a word cognate with the Latin duc-s or dux, and Anglo-Saxon here-tog, leader of the “here,” or army. The taoisech was leader of the tribe in battle; in later times the term seems to have been extended to several offices of rank. The cadet of a Highland clan was always called the taoisech, which has been translated captain; after the conquest of Wales the same term, tywysaug, was used for a ruling prince. Slavery was very common in Ireland and Scotland; 421 in the former slaves constituted a common element in the stipends or gifts which the higher kings gave their vassal sub-reguli. Female slaves, who were employed in the houses of chiefs and flaiths in grinding meal with the hand-mill or quern, and in other domestic work, must have been very common, for the unit or standard for estimating the wealth of a bó-aire, blood-fines, &c., was called a cumhal, the value of which was three cows, but which literally meant a female slave. The descendants of those slaves, prisoners of war, forfeited hostages, refugees from other tribes, broken tribesmen, &c., gathered round the residence of the ríg and flaiths, or squatted upon their march-lands, forming a motley band of retainers which made a considerable element in the population, and one of the chief sources of the wealth of chiefs and flaiths. The other principal source of their income was the food-rent paid by ceiles, and especially by the daer or bond ceiles, who were hence called biathachs, from biad, food. A flaith, but not a ríg, might, if he liked, go to the house of his ceile and consume his food-rent in the house of the latter.

A sept could have just one flaith, or lord, associated with it, or it might have several. However, it sometimes happened that a sept was so diminished that it didn’t even have one person qualified to be a flaith. The status of a flaith depended on the number of his ceiles, which reflected his wealth. The flaith of a sept, and the top one if there were multiple, was known as ceann fine, or head of the sept, commonly referred to as the chieftain in Scotland. He was also called the flaith geilfine, or head of the geilfine, which referred to the kinsmen up to the fifth degree from whom the tanist would be chosen. According to the custom of gavel-kind, these kinsmen were the immediate heirs who would inherit personal property and be accountable for the sept's liabilities. The flaiths of different septs were the vassals of the ríg, or chief of the tribe, and they performed certain tasks that likely started as individual responsibilities but over time became hereditary rights of the sept. One of these roles was maer, or steward of the chief’s rents, and another was that of aire tuisi, leading aire, or taoisech, a term similar to the Latin duc-s or dux, and the Anglo-Saxon here-tog, leader of the army. The taoisech led the tribe into battle; in later years, this title seems to have been applied to several high-ranking positions. The junior member of a Highland clan was always referred to as the taoisech, which translates to captain; after the conquest of Wales, the same term, tywysaug, was used for a ruling prince. Slavery was quite prevalent in Ireland and Scotland; 421 in Ireland, slaves were often included in the stipends or gifts that higher kings provided to their vassal sub-reguli. Female slaves, who worked in the households of chiefs and flaiths grinding grain with hand-mills or querns, and performing other domestic tasks, must have been widespread. The unit used to measure the wealth of a bó-aire, blood-fines, etc., was called a cumhal, which represented the value of three cows but literally meant a female slave. The descendants of these slaves, typically prisoners of war, forfeited hostages, refugees from other tribes, and marginalized tribesmen, gathered around the ríg and flaiths, or settled on their march-lands, forming a diverse group of retainers that became a significant part of the population and a major source of wealth for chiefs and flaiths. The other main source of their income was the food-rent paid by ceiles, particularly by the daer or bond ceiles, who were known as biathachs, derived from biad, meaning food. A flaith, but not a ríg, could choose to visit the house of his ceile and enjoy his food-rent there.

Under the influence of feudal ideas and the growth of the modern views as to ownership of land, the chiefs and other lords of clans claimed in modern times the right of best owing the tribe-land as turcrec, instead of stock, and receiving rent not for cattle and other chattels as in former times, but proportionate to the extent of land given to them. The turcrec-land seems to have been at first given upon the same terms as turcrec-stock, but gradually a system of short leases grew up; sometimes, too, it was given on mortgage. In the Highlands of Scotland ceiles who received turcrec-land were called “taksmen.” On the death of the chief or lord, his successor either bestowed the land upon the same person or gave it to some other relative. In this way in each generation new families came into possession of land, and others sank into the mass of mere tribesmen. Sometimes a “taksman” succeeded in acquiring his land in perpetuity, by gift, marriage or purchase, or even by the “strong hand.” The universal prevalence of exchangeable allotments, or the rundale system, shows that down to even comparatively modern times some of the land was still recognized as the property of the tribe, and was cultivated in village communities.

Under the influence of feudal ideas and the rise of modern concepts about land ownership, chiefs and other clan lords in recent times claimed the right to control tribal land as turcrec, instead of livestock, and received rent not for cattle and other goods like before, but based on the amount of land assigned to them. The turcrec-land seems to have initially been given under the same conditions as turcrec-stock, but over time a system of short leases developed; sometimes it was even given on mortgage. In the Scottish Highlands, ceiles who received turcrec-land were referred to as “taksmen.” Upon the death of the chief or lord, his successor either granted the land to the same person or passed it to another relative. This way, each generation saw new families gaining access to land, while others faded into the group of regular tribesmen. Occasionally, a “taksman” managed to acquire his land permanently through gifts, marriage, purchase, or even by force. The widespread existence of exchangeable allotments, or the rundale system, indicates that even into relatively modern times, some of the land was still regarded as tribal property and was farmed in village communities.

The chief governed the clan by the aid of a council called the sabaid (sab, a prop), but the chief exercised much power, especially over the miscellaneous body of non-tribesmen who lived on his own estate. This power seems to have extended to life and death. Several of the flaiths, perhaps, all heads of septs, also possessed somewhat extensive powers of the same kind.

The chief led the clan with the help of a council called the sabaid (sab, a support), but the chief had a lot of power, especially over the various non-tribesmen living on his estate. This power appeared to include life and death decisions. Several of the flaiths, possibly all leaders of clans, also held considerable powers of a similar nature.

The Celtic dress, at least in the middle ages, consisted of a kind of shirt reaching to a little below the knees called a lenn, a jacket called an inar, and a garment called a brat, consisting of a single piece of cloth. This was apparently the garb of the aires, who appear to have been further distinguished by the number of colours in their dress, for we are told that while a slave had clothes of one colour, a rég tuatha, or chief of a tribe, had five, and an ollamh and a superior king six. The breeches was also known, and cloaks with a cowl or hood, which buttoned up tight in front. The lenn is the modern kilt, and the brat the plaid, so that the dress of the Irish and Welsh in former times was the same as that of the Scottish Highlander.

The Celtic dress, at least in the Middle Ages, included a type of shirt that fell just below the knees called a lenn, a jacket known as an inar, and a garment called a brat, made from a single piece of cloth. This was likely the outfit of the aires, who seemed to be further identified by the number of colors in their clothing. It’s said that while a slave wore clothes of one color, a rég tuatha, or chief of a tribe, had five, and an ollamh and a high king had six. Breeches were also worn, along with cloaks that had a cowl or hood and buttoned up tightly in the front. The lenn is similar to the modern kilt, and the brat is like the plaid, showing that the dress of the Irish and Welsh in earlier times was the same as that of the Scottish Highlander.

By the abolition of the heritable jurisdiction of the Highland chiefs, and the general disarmament of the clans by the acts passed in 1747 after the rebellion of 1745, the clan system was practically broken up, though its influence still lingers in the more remote districts. An act was also passed in 1747 forbidding the use of the Highland garb; but the injustice and impolicy of such a law being generally felt it was afterwards repealed.

By ending the hereditary authority of the Highland chiefs and the overall disarmament of the clans through the acts passed in 1747 after the 1745 rebellion, the clan system was effectively dismantled, although its impact still remains in more remote areas. An act was also introduced in 1747 prohibiting the wearing of Highland dress; however, the unfairness and unreasonableness of such a law were widely recognized, leading to its eventual repeal.

(W. K. S.)

1 The following account of the Irish clan-system differs in some respects from that in the article on Brehon Laws (q.v.); but it is retained here in view of the authority of the writer and the admitted obscurity of the whole subject.

1 The following description of the Irish clan system differs in some ways from the one in the article on Brehon Laws (q.v.); however, it is included here due to the writer's authority and the recognized complexity of the entire topic.

(ED. E. B.)

2 The explanation here given of geilfine is different from that given in the introduction to the third volume of the Ancient Laws of Ireland, which was followed by Sir H.S. Maine in his account of it in his Early History of Institutions, and which the present writer believes to be erroneous.

2 The explanation provided here for geilfine differs from the one found in the introduction to the third volume of the Ancient Laws of Ireland, which Sir H.S. Maine referenced in his discussion in Early History of Institutions, and the current author believes that explanation is incorrect.

3 It should also be mentioned that illegitimacy was not a bar. The issue of “handfast” marriages in Scotland were eligible to be chiefs, and even sometimes claimed under feudal law.

3 It's also worth noting that being born out of wedlock wasn't a hindrance. The topic of “handfast” marriages in Scotland allowed individuals to be considered chiefs, and they sometimes claimed this right under feudal law.

4 This office is of considerable importance in connexion with early Scottish history. In the Irish annals the ríg, or chief of a great tribe (mor tuath), such as of Ross, Moray, Marr, Buchan, &c., is called a mor maer, or great maer. Sometimes the same person is called king also in these annals. Thus Findlaec, or Finlay, son of Ruadhri, the father of Shakespeare’s Macbeth, is called king of Moray in the Annals of Ulster, and mor maer in the Annals of Tighernach. The term is never found in Scottish charters, but it occurs in the Book of the Abbey of Deir in Buchan, now in the library of the university of Cambridge. The Scotic kings and their successors obviously regarded the chiefs of the great tribes in question merely as their maers, while their tribesmen only knew them as kings. From these “mor-maerships,” which corresponded with the ancient mor tuatha, came most, if not all, the ancient Scottish earldoms.

4 This office is very important in relation to early Scottish history. In the Irish annals, the ríg, or leader of a large tribe (mor tuath), like those of Ross, Moray, Marr, Buchan, etc., is referred to as a mor maer, or great maer. Sometimes, the same individual is also called king in these annals. For example, Findlaec, or Finlay, son of Ruadhri, the father of Shakespeare’s Macbeth, is referred to as king of Moray in the Annals of Ulster and as mor maer in the Annals of Tighernach. The term is never found in Scottish charters, but it does appear in the Book of the Abbey of Deir in Buchan, which is now in the library of the University of Cambridge. The Scotic kings and their successors clearly viewed the leaders of the major tribes as their maers, while their tribesmen recognized them only as kings. From these “mor-maerships,” which corresponded to the ancient mor tuatha, originated most, if not all, of the ancient Scottish earldoms.


CLANRICARDE, ULICK DE BURGH (Bourke or Burke), 1st Earl of (d. 1544), styled MacWilliam, and Ne-gan or Na-gCeann (i.e. “of the Heads,” “having made a mount of the heads of men slain in battle which he covered up with earth”), was the son of Richard or Rickard de Burgh, lord of Clanricarde, by a daughter of Madden of Portumna, and grandson of Ulick de Burgh, lord of Clanricarde (1467-1487), the collateral heir male of the earls of Ulster. On the death of the last earl in 1333, his only child Elizabeth had married Lionel, duke of Clarence, and the earldom became merged in the crown, in consequence of which the de Burghs abjured English laws and sovereignty, and chose for their chiefs the sons of Sir William, the “Red” earl of Ulster’s brother, the elder William taking the title of MacWilliam Eighter (Uachtar, i.e. Upper), and becoming the ancestor of the earls of Clanricarde, and his brother Sir Edmond that of MacWilliam Oughter (Ochtar, i.e. Lower), and founding the family of the earls of Mayo. In 1361 the duke of Clarence was sent over as lord-lieutenant to Ireland to enforce his claims as husband of the heir general, but failed, and the chiefs of the de Burghs maintained their independence of English sovereignty for several generations. Ulick de Burgh succeeded to the headship of his clan, exercised a quasi-royal authority and held vast estates in county Galway, in Connaught, including Loughry, Dunkellin, Kiltartan (Hilltaraght) and Athenry, as well as Clare and Leitrim. In March 1541, however, he wrote to Henry VIII., lamenting the degeneracy of his family, “which have been brought to Irish and disobedient rule by reason of marriage and nurseing with those Irish, sometime rebels, near adjoining to me,” and placing himself and his estates in the king’s hands. The same year he was present at Dublin, when the act was passed making Henry VIII. king of Ireland. In 1543, in company with other Irish chiefs, he visited the king at Greenwich, made full submission, undertook to introduce English manners and abandon Irish names, received a regrant of the greater part of his estates with the addition of other lands, was confirmed in the captainship and rule of Clanricarde, and was created on the 1st of July 1543 earl of Clanricarde and baron of Dunkellin in the peerage of Ireland, with unusual ceremony. “The making of McWilliam earl of Clanricarde made all the country during his time quiet and obedient,” states Lord Chancellor Cusake in his review of the state of Ireland in 1553.1 He did not live long, however, to enjoy his new English dignities, but died shortly after returning to Ireland about March 1544. He is called by the annalist of Loch Cé “a haughty and proud lord,” who reduced many under his yoke, and by the Four Masters “the most illustrious of the English in Connaught.”

CLANRICARDE, ULICK DE BURGH (Bourke or Burke), 1st Earl of (d. 1544), known as MacWilliam, and Ne-gan or Na-gCeann (i.e. “of the Heads,” “having made a mount of the heads of men slain in battle which he covered up with earth”), was the son of Richard or Rickard de Burgh, lord of Clanricarde, and a daughter of Madden of Portumna, and the grandson of Ulick de Burgh, lord of Clanricarde (1467-1487), the collateral male heir of the earls of Ulster. When the last earl died in 1333, his only child Elizabeth married Lionel, Duke of Clarence, causing the earldom to merge with the crown. As a result, the de Burghs rejected English laws and governance, choosing as their leaders the sons of Sir William, the “Red” earl’s brother. The elder William took the title of MacWilliam Eighter (Uachtar, i.e. Upper) and became the ancestor of the earls of Clanricarde, while his brother Sir Edmond became the ancestor of MacWilliam Oughter (Ochtar, i.e. Lower), founding the earls of Mayo. In 1361, Duke of Clarence was sent to Ireland as lord-lieutenant to enforce his claims as the husband of the general heir, but he failed, and the de Burgh chiefs maintained their independence from English rule for several generations. Ulick de Burgh became the head of his clan, exerted quasi-royal authority, and owned large estates in County Galway, Connaught, including Loughry, Dunkellin, Kiltartan (Hilltaraght), and Athenry, as well as in Clare and Leitrim. In March 1541, however, he wrote to Henry VIII., expressing concern over his family's decline, “which have been brought to Irish and disobedient rule due to marriage and nursing with those Irish, once rebels, near my territory,” and placed himself and his estates in the king’s hands. That same year, he was in Dublin when the act was passed making Henry VIII. king of Ireland. In 1543, he visited the king at Greenwich with other Irish chiefs, made full submission, promised to adopt English customs and discard Irish names, received a regrant of most of his estates with additional lands, was confirmed in the leadership of Clanricarde, and on July 1, 1543, was created earl of Clanricarde and baron of Dunkellin in the peerage of Ireland with considerable ceremony. “The making of McWilliam earl of Clanricarde brought peace and obedience to all the land during his time,” noted Lord Chancellor Cusake in his review of Ireland's state in 1553.1 However, he didn’t live long to enjoy his new English titles, dying shortly after returning to Ireland around March 1544. The annalist of Loch Cé referred to him as “a haughty and proud lord,” who brought many under his control, while the Four Masters called him “the most illustrious of the English in Connaught.”

Clanricarde married (1) Grany or Grace, daughter of Mulrone O’Carroll, “prince of Ely,” by whom he had Richard or Rickard “the Saxon,” who succeeded him as 2nd earl of Clanricarde (grandfather of the 4th earl, whose son became marquess of Clanricarde), this alliance being the only one declared valid. After parting with his first wife he married (2) Honora, sister of Ulick de Burgh, from whom he also parted. He married (3) Mary Lynch, by whom he had John, who claimed the earldom in 1568. Other sons, according to Burke’s Peerage, were Thomas “the Athlete,” shot in 1545, Redmond “of the Broom” (d. 1595), and Edmund (d. 1597).

Clanricarde married (1) Grany or Grace, the daughter of Mulrone O’Carroll, “prince of Ely,” with whom he had Richard or Rickard “the Saxon,” who succeeded him as the 2nd earl of Clanricarde (grandfather of the 4th earl, whose son became marquess of Clanricarde); this marriage was the only one officially recognized. After separating from his first wife, he married (2) Honora, the sister of Ulick de Burgh, but they also parted ways. He then married (3) Mary Lynch, with whom he had John, who claimed the earldom in 1568. Other sons, according to Burke’s Peerage, included Thomas “the Athlete,” who was shot in 1545, Redmond “of the Broom” (d. 1595), and Edmund (d. 1597).

See also Annals of Ireland by the Four Masters (ed. by O. Connellan, 1846), p. 132 note, and reign of Henry VIII.; Annals of Loch Cé (Rerum Brit. Medii Aevi Scriptores) (54) (1871); Hist. Mem. of the O’Briens, by J.O. Donoghue (i860), pp 159, 519; Ireland under the Tudors, by R. Bagwell, vol. i.; State Papers, Ireland, Carew MSS. and Gairdner’s Letters and Papers of Henry VIII.; Cotton MSS. Brit. Mus., Titus B xi. f. 388.

See also Annals of Ireland by the Four Masters (edited by O. Connellan, 1846), p. 132 note, and the reign of Henry VIII; Annals of Loch Cé (Rerum Brit. Medii Aevi Scriptores) (54) (1871); Hist. Mem. of the O’Briens, by J.O. Donoghue (1860), pp. 159, 519; Ireland under the Tudors, by R. Bagwell, vol. i.; State Papers, Ireland, Carew MSS. and Gairdner’s Letters and Papers of Henry VIII.; Cotton MSS. Brit. Mus., Titus B xi. f. 388.

(P. C. Y.)

1 Cal. of State Pap., Carew MSS. 1515-1574, p. 246.

1 Cal. of State Pap., Carew MSS. 1515-1574, p. 246.


CLANRICARDE, ULICK DE BURGH (Bourke or Burke), Marquess of (1604-1657 or 1658), son of Richard, 4th earl of Clanricarde, created in 1628 earl of St Albans, and of Frances, daughter and heir of Sir Francis Walsingham, and widow of Sir Philip Sidney and of Robert Devereux, earl of Essex, was born in 1604. He was summoned to the House of Lords as Lord Burgh in 1628, and succeeded his father as 5th earl in 1635. He sat in the Short Parliament of 1640 and attended Charles I. in the Scottish expedition. On the outbreak of the Irish rebellion Clanricarde had powerful inducements for joining the Irish—the ancient greatness and independence of his family, his devotion to the Roman Catholic Church, and strongest of all, the ungrateful treatment meted out by Charles I. and Wentworth to his father, one of Elizabeth’s most stanch adherents in Ireland, whose lands were appropriated by the crown and whose death, it was popularly 422 asserted, was hastened by the harshness of the lord-lieutenant. Nevertheless at the crisis his loyalty never wavered. Alone of the Irish Roman Catholic nobility to declare for the king, he returned to Ireland, took up his residence at Portumna, kept Galway, of which he was governor, neutral, and took measures for the defence of the county and for the relief of the Protestants, making “his house and towns a refuge, nay, even a hospital for the distressed English.”1 In 1643 he was one of the commissioners appointed by the king to confer with the Irish confederates, and urged the wisdom of a cessation of hostilities in a document which he publicly distributed. He was appointed commander of the English forces in Connaught in 1644, and in 1646 was created a marquess and a privy councillor. He supported the same year the treaty between Charles I. and the confederates, and endeavoured after its failure to persuade Preston, the general of the Irish, to agree to a peace; but the latter, being advised by Rinuccini, the papal nuncio, refused in December. Together with Ormonde, Clanricarde opposed the nuncio’s policy; and the royalist inhabitants of Galway having through the latter’s influence rejected the cessation of hostilities, arranged with Lord Inchiquin in 1648, he besieged the town and compelled its acquiescence. In 1649 he reduced Sligo. On Ormonde’s departure in December 1650 Clanricarde was appointed deputy lord-lieutenant, but he was not trusted by the Roman Catholics, and was unable to stem the tide of the parliamentary successes. In 1651 he opposed the offer of Charles, duke of Lorraine, to supply money and aid on condition of being acknowledged “Protector” of the kingdom. In May 1652 Galway surrendered to the parliament, and in June Clanricarde signed articles with the parliamentary commissioners which allowed his departure from Ireland. In August he was excepted from pardon for life and estate, but by permits, renewed from time to time by the council, he was enabled to remain in England for the rest of his life, and in 1653 £500 a year was settled upon him by the council of state in consideration of the protection which he had given to the Protestants in Ireland at the time of the rebellion. He died at Somerhill in Kent in 1657 or 1658 and was buried at Tunbridge.

CLANRICARDE, ULICK DE BURGH (Bourke or Burke), Marquess of (1604-1657 or 1658), son of Richard, 4th earl of Clanricarde, who was made earl of St Albans in 1628, and of Frances, daughter and heiress of Sir Francis Walsingham, and widow of Sir Philip Sidney and Robert Devereux, earl of Essex, was born in 1604. He was called to the House of Lords as Lord Burgh in 1628 and became the 5th earl in 1635 after his father died. He was a member of the Short Parliament of 1640 and joined Charles I. in the Scottish campaign. When the Irish rebellion started, Clanricarde had strong reasons to side with the Irish—his family’s historical significance and independence, his commitment to the Roman Catholic Church, and most importantly, the ungrateful treatment his father received from Charles I. and Wentworth, who had been a loyal supporter of Elizabeth in Ireland. They took his father’s lands and it was commonly believed that the harshness of the lord-lieutenant contributed to his death. Despite all this, Clanricarde stayed loyal to the king. He was the only Irish Roman Catholic noble to declare allegiance to the king, returned to Ireland, settled in Portumna, kept Galway, where he was governor, neutral, and took steps to defend the county and help the Protestants, turning “his house and towns into a refuge, almost a hospital for the distressed English.” In 1643, he was one of the commissioners the king sent to negotiate with the Irish confederates, advocating for a ceasefire in a document he publicly shared. He was appointed commander of the English forces in Connaught in 1644, and in 1646 became a marquess and a privy councillor. That same year, he supported the treaty between Charles I. and the confederates and tried to persuade Preston, the Irish general, to agree to peace after the treaty collapsed, but Preston, influenced by Rinuccini, the papal nuncio, refused in December. Along with Ormonde, Clanricarde opposed the nuncio’s strategy; when the royalist residents of Galway, influenced by the nuncio, rejected the ceasefire in 1648, he worked out an agreement with Lord Inchiquin, besieged the town, and forced compliance. In 1649 he captured Sligo. After Ormonde left in December 1650, Clanricarde was appointed deputy lord-lieutenant, but the Roman Catholics didn’t trust him, and he couldn't stop the parliamentary advances. In 1651, he opposed Charles, duke of Lorraine's offer of money and support in exchange for being recognized as the “Protector” of the kingdom. By May 1652, Galway surrendered to parliament, and in June Clanricarde signed agreements with the parliamentary commissioners that allowed him to leave Ireland. In August, he was excluded from the pardon for life and property, but with permits from the council, renewed repeatedly, he managed to stay in England for the rest of his life. In 1653, the council of state granted him £500 a year in recognition of the protection he provided to Protestants in Ireland during the rebellion. He died at Somerhill in Kent in 1657 or 1658 and was buried in Tunbridge.

The “great earl,” as he was called, supported Ormonde in his desire to unite the English royalists with the more moderate Roman Catholics on the basis of religious toleration under the authority of the sovereign, against the papal scheme advocated by Rinuccini, and in opposition to the parliamentary and Puritan policy. By the author of the Aphorismical Discovery, who represents the opinion of the native Irish, he is denounced as the “masterpiece of the treasonable faction,” “a foe to his king, nation and religion,” and by the duke of Lorraine as “a traitor and a base fellow”; but there is no reason to doubt Clarendon’s opinion of him as “a person of unquestionable fidelity. . . and of the most eminent constancy to the Roman Catholic religion of any man in the three kingdoms,” or the verdict of Hallam, who describes him “as perhaps the most unsullied character in the annals of Ireland.”

The "great earl," as he was known, supported Ormonde in his effort to bring together the English royalists and the more moderate Roman Catholics based on religious tolerance under the authority of the sovereign, opposing the papal scheme pushed by Rinuccini and the parliamentary and Puritan agenda. The author of the Aphorismical Discovery, who reflects the views of the native Irish, accuses him of being the “masterpiece of the treasonable faction,” “a foe to his king, nation, and religion,” and the duke of Lorraine refers to him as “a traitor and a base fellow”; however, there is no reason to doubt Clarendon’s view of him as “a person of unquestionable fidelity... and of the most eminent constancy to the Roman Catholic religion of any man in the three kingdoms,” or Hallam's assessment, who notes him as “perhaps the most unsullied character in the annals of Ireland.”

He married Lady Anne Compton, daughter of William Compton, 1st earl of Northampton, but had issue only one daughter. On his death, accordingly, the marquessate and the English peerages became extinct, the Irish titles reverting to his cousin Richard, 6th earl, grandson of the 3rd earl of Clanricarde. Henry, the 12th earl (1742-1797), was again created a marquess in 1789, but the marquessate expired at his death without issue, the earldom going to his brother. In 1825 the 14th earl (1802-1874) was created a marquess; he was ambassador at St Petersburg, and later postmaster-general and lord privy seal, and married George Canning’s daughter. His son (b. 1832), who achieved notoriety in the Irish land agitation, succeeded him as 2nd marquess.

He married Lady Anne Compton, the daughter of William Compton, the 1st Earl of Northampton, but they had only one daughter. When he died, the marquessate and the English titles became extinct, with the Irish titles passing to his cousin Richard, the 6th Earl, who was the grandson of the 3rd Earl of Clanricarde. Henry, the 12th Earl (1742-1797), was made a marquess again in 1789, but this marquessate ended at his death with no heirs, and the earldom went to his brother. In 1825, the 14th Earl (1802-1874) was made a marquess; he served as ambassador in St Petersburg, and later as postmaster-general and Lord Privy Seal, and he married George Canning’s daughter. His son (b. 1832), who became well-known during the Irish land agitation, succeeded him as the 2nd Marquess.

Bibliography.—See the article “Burgh, Ulick de,” in the Dict. of Nat. Biography, and authorities there given; Hist. of the Irish Confederation, by R. Bellings, ed. by J.T. Gilbert (1882); Aphorismical Discovery (Irish Archaeological Society, 1879); Memoirs of the Marquis of Clanricarde (1722, repr. 1744); Memoirs of Ulick, Marquis of Clanricarde, by John, 11th earl (1757); Life of Ormonde, by T. Carte (1851); S.R. Gardiner’s Hist. of the Civil War and of the Commonwealth; Thomason Tracts (Brit. Mus.) E 371 (11), 456 (10); Cal. of State Papers, Irish, esp. Introd. 1633-1647 and Domestic; Hist. MSS. Comm., MSS. of Marq. of Ormonde and Earl of Egmont.

References.—See the article "Burgh, Ulick de," in the Dictionary of National Biography, and the sources cited there; History of the Irish Confederation, by R. Bellings, edited by J.T. Gilbert (1882); Aphorismical Discovery (Irish Archaeological Society, 1879); Memoirs of the Marquis of Clanricarde (1722, reprinted 1744); Memoirs of Ulick, Marquis of Clanricarde, by John, 11th Earl (1757); Life of Ormonde, by T. Carte (1851); S.R. Gardiner’s History of the Civil War and of the Commonwealth; Thomason Tracts (British Museum) E 371 (11), 456 (10); Calendar of State Papers, Irish, especially Introduction 1633-1647 and Domestic; Historical Manuscripts Commission, Manuscripts of the Marquess of Ormonde and Earl of Egmont.

(P. C. Y.)

1 Hist. MSS. Comm.: MSS of Earl of Egmont, i. 223.

1 Hist. MSS. Comm.: MSS of Earl of Egmont, i. 223.


CLANVOWE, SIR THOMAS, the name of an English poet first mentioned in the history of English literature by F.S. Ellis in 1896, when, in editing the text of The Book of Cupid, God of Love, or The Cuckoo and the Nightingale, for the Kelmscott Press, he stated that Professor Skeat had discovered that at the end of the best of the MSS. the author was called Clanvowe. In 1897 this information was confirmed and expanded by Professor Skeat in the supplementary volume of his Clarendon Press Chaucer (1894-1897). The beautiful romance of The Cuckoo and the Nightingale was published by Thynne in 1532, and was attributed by him, and by successive editors down to the days of Henry Bradshaw, to Chaucer. It was due to this error that for three centuries Chaucer was supposed to be identified with the manor of Woodstock, and even painted, in fanciful pictures, as lying

CLANVOWE, THOMAS, is the name of an English poet first mentioned in the history of English literature by F.S. Ellis in 1896. While editing the text of The Book of Cupid, God of Love, or The Cuckoo and the Nightingale for the Kelmscott Press, he noted that Professor Skeat had found out that at the end of the best manuscripts, the author was named Clanvowe. This information was confirmed and elaborated by Professor Skeat in the supplementary volume of his Clarendon Press Chaucer (1894-1897) in 1897. The beautiful romance of The Cuckoo and the Nightingale was published by Thynne in 1532 and was attributed to Chaucer by him and by successive editors down to the days of Henry Bradshaw. Because of this mistake, Chaucer was believed to be linked to the manor of Woodstock for three centuries and was even depicted in fanciful artworks as lying

“Under a maple that is fair and green,

“Under a maple tree that is lovely and green,

Before the chamber-window of the Queen

Before the chamber window of the Queen

At Wodëstock, upon the greenë lea.”

At Woodstock, on the green meadow.

But this queen could only be Joan of Navarre, who arrived in 1403, three years after Chaucer’s death, and it is to the spring of that year that Professor Skeat attributes the composition of the poem. Sir Thomas Clanvowe was of a Herefordshire family, settled near Wigmore. He was a prominent figure in the courts of Richard II. and Henry IV., and is said to have been a friend of Prince Hal. He was one of those who “had begun to mell of Lollardy, and drink the gall of heresy.” He was one of the twenty-five knights who accompanied John Beaufort (son of John of Gaunt) to Barbary in 1390.

But this queen could only be Joan of Navarre, who arrived in 1403, three years after Chaucer's death, and it's to the spring of that year that Professor Skeat attributes the writing of the poem. Sir Thomas Clanvowe came from a Herefordshire family that settled near Wigmore. He was a notable figure in the courts of Richard II and Henry IV, and is said to have been a friend of Prince Hal. He was one of those who "had started to dabble in Lollardy and taste the bitterness of heresy." He was one of the twenty-five knights who accompanied John Beaufort (son of John of Gaunt) to Barbary in 1390.

The date of his birth is unknown, and his name is last mentioned in 1404. The historic and literary importance of The Cuckoo and the Nightingale is great. It is the work of a poet who had studied the prosody of Chaucer with more intelligent care than either Occleve or Lydgate, and who therefore forms an important link between the 14th and 15th centuries in English poetry. Clanvowe writes with a surprising delicacy and sweetness, in a five-line measure almost peculiar to himself. Professor Skeat points out a unique characteristic of Clanvowe’s versification, namely, the unprecedented freedom with which he employs the suffix of the final -e, and rather avoids than seeks elision. The Cuckoo and the Nightingale was imitated by Milton in his sonnet to the Nightingale, and was rewritten in modern English by Wordsworth. It is a poem of so much individual beauty, that we must regret the apparent loss of everything else written by a poet of such unusual talent.

The exact date of his birth is unknown, and his name was last mentioned in 1404. The historical and literary significance of The Cuckoo and the Nightingale is immense. It is the work of a poet who studied Chaucer's prosody with more attentiveness than either Occleve or Lydgate, making him an important link between 14th and 15th century English poetry. Clanvowe writes with surprising delicacy and sweetness in a five-line form that is almost unique to him. Professor Skeat highlights a distinctive feature of Clanvowe’s verse, specifically the unusual freedom with which he uses the final -e suffix, often avoiding elision rather than seeking it. The Cuckoo and the Nightingale inspired Milton's sonnet to the Nightingale and was rewritten in modern English by Wordsworth. The poem possesses such individual beauty that we must lament the apparent loss of everything else written by a poet of such exceptional talent.

See also a critical edition of the Boke of Cupide by Dr Erich Vollmer (Berlin, 1898).

See also a critical edition of the Boke of Cupide by Dr. Erich Vollmer (Berlin, 1898).

(E. G.)

CLAPARÈDE, JEAN LOUIS RENÉ ANTOINE ÉDOUARD (1832-1870), Swiss naturalist, was born at Geneva on the 24th of April 1832. He belonged to a French family, some members of which had taken refuge in that city after the revocation of the Edict of Nantes. In 1852 he began to study medicine and natural science at Berlin, where he was greatly influenced by J. Müller and C.G. Ehrenberg, the former being at that period engaged in his important researches on the Echinoderms. In 1855 he accompanied Müller to Norway, and there spent two months on a desolate reef that he might obtain satisfactory observations. The latter part of his stay at Berlin he devoted, along with J. Lachmann, to the study of the Infusoria and Rhizopods. In 1857 he obtained the degree of doctor, and in 1862 he was chosen professor of comparative anatomy at Geneva. In 1859 he visited England, and in company with W.B. Carpenter made a voyage to the Hebrides; and in 1863 he spent some months in the Bay of Biscay. On the appearance of Darwin’s work on the Origin of Species, he adopted his theories and published a valuable series of articles on the subject in the Revue Germanique (1861). During 1865 and 1866 ill-health rendered him incapable of work, and he determined to pass the winter of 1866-1867 in 423 Naples. The change of climate produced some amelioration, and his energy was attested by two elaborate volumes on the Annelidae of the gulf. He again visited Naples with advantage in 1868; but in 1870, instead of recovering as before, he grew worse, and on the 31st of May he died at Siena on his way home. His Recherches sur la structure des annélides sédentaires were published posthumously in 1873.

CLAPARÈDE, JEAN LOUIS RENÉ ANTOINE ÉDOUARD (1832-1870), Swiss naturalist, was born in Geneva on April 24, 1832. He came from a French family, some of whom had sought refuge in that city after the revocation of the Edict of Nantes. In 1852, he started studying medicine and natural science in Berlin, where he was heavily influenced by J. Müller and C.G. Ehrenberg, with Müller at that time engaged in important research on Echinoderms. In 1855, he accompanied Müller to Norway and spent two months on a remote reef to gather thorough observations. During the latter part of his time in Berlin, he focused on studying Infusoria and Rhizopods with J. Lachmann. In 1857, he earned his doctorate, and in 1862, he was appointed professor of comparative anatomy in Geneva. In 1859, he visited England and traveled to the Hebrides with W.B. Carpenter; in 1863, he spent several months in the Bay of Biscay. When Darwin's work on the Origin of Species came out, he embraced his theories and published a valuable series of articles on the topic in the Revue Germanique (1861). In 1865 and 1866, he struggled with ill health, prompting him to spend the winter of 1866-1867 in Naples. The change of climate helped improve his condition, and his renewed energy was reflected in two detailed volumes about the Annelidae of the gulf. He returned to Naples with benefits in 1868; however, in 1870, instead of recovering like before, his condition worsened, and he died on May 31 in Siena while on his way home. His Recherches sur la structure des annélides sédentaires was published posthumously in 1873.


CLAPPERTON, HUGH (1788-1827), Scottish traveller in West-Central Africa, was born in 1788 at Annan, Dumfriesshire, where his father was a surgeon. He gained some knowledge of practical mathematics and navigation, and at thirteen was apprenticed on board a vessel which traded between Liverpool and North America. After having made several voyages across the Atlantic he was impressed for the navy, in which he soon rose to the rank of midshipman. During the Napoleonic wars he saw a good deal of active service, and at the storming of Port Louis, Mauritius, in November 1810, he was first in the breach and hauled down the French flag. In 1814 he went to Canada, was promoted to the rank of lieutenant, and to the command of a schooner on the Canadian lakes. In 1817, when the flotilla on the lakes was dismantled, he returned home on half-pay.

CLAPPERTON, HUGH (1788-1827), Scottish traveler in West-Central Africa, was born in 1788 in Annan, Dumfriesshire, where his father worked as a surgeon. He learned some practical math and navigation skills, and at thirteen, he began an apprenticeship on a ship that traded between Liverpool and North America. After making several trips across the Atlantic, he was pressed into the navy, where he quickly advanced to midshipman. Throughout the Napoleonic wars, he served actively, and during the storming of Port Louis, Mauritius, in November 1810, he was the first to charge through the breach and bring down the French flag. In 1814, he went to Canada, was promoted to lieutenant, and took command of a schooner on the Canadian lakes. In 1817, when the flotilla on the lakes was decommissioned, he returned home on half-pay.

In 1820 Clapperton removed to Edinburgh, where he made the acquaintance of Walter Oudney, M.D., who aroused in him an interest in African travel. Lieut. G.F. Lyon, R.N., having returned from an unsuccessful attempt to reach Bornu from Tripoli, the British government determined on a second expedition to that country. Dr Oudney was appointed by Lord Bathurst, then colonial secretary, to proceed to Bornu as consul with the object of promoting trade, and Clapperton and Major Dixon Denham (q.v.) were added to the party. From Tripoli, early in 1822, they set out southward to Murzuk, and from this point Clapperton and Oudney visited the Ghat oasis. Kuka, the capital of Bornu, was reached in February 1823, and Lake Chad seen for the first time by Europeans. At Bornu the travellers were well received by the sultan; and after remaining in the country till the 14th of December they again set out for the purpose of exploring the course of the Niger. At Murmur, on the road to Kano, Oudney died (January 1824). Clapperton continued his journey alone through Kano to Sokoto, the capital of the Fula empire, where by order of Sultan Bello he was obliged to stop, though the Niger was only five days’ journey to the west. Worn out with his travel he returned by way of Zaria and Katsena to Kuka, where he again met Denham. The two travellers then set out for Tripoli, reached on the 26th of January 1825. An account of the travels was published in 1826 under the title of Narrative of Travels and Discoveries in Northern and Central Africa in the years 1822-1824.

In 1820, Clapperton moved to Edinburgh, where he met Walter Oudney, M.D., who sparked his interest in African travel. Lieutenant G.F. Lyon, R.N., had returned from an unsuccessful attempt to reach Bornu from Tripoli, prompting the British government to plan a second expedition to the region. Dr. Oudney was appointed by Lord Bathurst, the colonial secretary at the time, to go to Bornu as consul to promote trade, and Clapperton and Major Dixon Denham (q.v.) were added to the team. Early in 1822, they set out from Tripoli heading south to Murzuk, and from there, Clapperton and Oudney visited the Ghat oasis. They reached Kuka, the capital of Bornu, in February 1823, becoming the first Europeans to see Lake Chad. The travelers were warmly welcomed by the sultan of Bornu, and after staying in the country until December 14, they set out to explore the course of the Niger. Oudney died at Murmur on the way to Kano in January 1824. Clapperton continued his journey alone through Kano to Sokoto, the capital of the Fula empire, but was ordered by Sultan Bello to stop, even though the Niger was just five days' journey to the west. Exhausted from his travels, he returned via Zaria and Katsena to Kuka, where he met Denham again. The two then set out for Tripoli, which they reached on January 26, 1825. An account of their travels was published in 1826 titled Narrative of Travels and Discoveries in Northern and Central Africa in the years 1822-1824.

Immediately after his return Clapperton was raised to the rank of commander, and sent out with another expedition to Africa, the sultan Bello of Sokoto having professed his eagerness to open up trade with the west coast. Clapperton landed at Badagry in the Bight of Benin, and started overland for the Niger on the 7th of December 1825, having with him his servant Richard Lander (q.v.), Captain Pearce, R.N., and Dr Morrison, navy surgeon and naturalist. Before the month was out Pearce and Morrison were dead of fever. Clapperton continued his journey, and, passing through the Yoruba country, in January 1826 he crossed the Niger at Bussa, the spot where Mungo Park had died twenty years before. In July he arrived at Kano. Thence he went to Sokoto, intending afterwards to go to Bornu. The sultan, however, detained him, and being seized with dysentery he died near Sokoto on the 13th of April 1827.

Immediately after his return, Clapperton was promoted to commander and sent out with another expedition to Africa, as Sultan Bello of Sokoto had expressed his eagerness to establish trade with the west coast. Clapperton landed at Badagry in the Bight of Benin and set out overland for the Niger on December 7, 1825, accompanied by his servant Richard Lander (q.v.), Captain Pearce, R.N., and Dr. Morrison, a navy surgeon and naturalist. Before the month ended, Pearce and Morrison succumbed to fever. Clapperton continued his journey, passing through the Yoruba region, and in January 1826, he crossed the Niger at Bussa, the place where Mungo Park had died twenty years earlier. By July, he reached Kano. From there, he traveled to Sokoto, planning to go to Bornu afterward. However, the sultan kept him from leaving, and Clapperton fell ill with dysentery, dying near Sokoto on April 13, 1827.

Clapperton was the first European to make known from personal observation the semi-civilized Hausa countries, which he visited soon after the establishment of the Sokoto empire by the Fula. In 1829 appeared the Journal of a Second Expedition into the Interior of Africa, &c, by the late Commander Clapperton, to which was prefaced a biographical sketch of the explorer by his uncle, Lieut.-colonel S. Clapperton. Lander, who had brought back the journal of his master, also published Records of Captain Clapperton’s Last Expedition to Africa . . . with the subsequent Adventures of the Author (2 vols., London, 1830).

Clapperton was the first European to reveal the semi-civilized Hausa regions from personal experience, which he visited shortly after the Fula established the Sokoto empire. In 1829, the Journal of a Second Expedition into the Interior of Africa, etc., by the late Commander Clapperton was published, prefaced by a biographical sketch of the explorer written by his uncle, Lieutenant Colonel S. Clapperton. Lander, who returned with the journal of his mentor, also published Records of Captain Clapperton’s Last Expedition to Africa . . . with the subsequent Adventures of the Author (2 vols., London, 1830).


CLAQUE (Fr. claquer, to clap the hands), an organized body of professional applauders in the French theatres. The hiring of persons to applaud dramatic performances was common in classical times, and the emperor Nero, when he acted, had his performance greeted by an encomium chanted by five thousand of his soldiers, who were called Angustals. The recollection of this gave the 16th-century French poet, Jean Daurat, an idea which has developed into the modern claque. Buying up a number of tickets for a performance of one of his plays, he distributed them gratuitously to those who promised publicly to express their approbation. It was not, however, till 1820 that a M. Sauton seriously undertook the systematization of the claque, and opened an office in Paris for the supply of claqueurs. By 1830 the claque had become a regular institution. The manager of a theatre sends an order for any number of claqueurs. These people are usually under a chef de claque, whose duty it is to judge where their efforts are needed and to start the demonstration of approval. This takes several forms. Thus there are commissaires, those who learn the piece by heart, and call the attention of their neighbours to its good points between the acts. The rieurs are those who laugh loudly at the jokes. The pleureurs, generally women, feign tears, by holding their handkerchiefs to their eyes. The chatouilleurs keep the audience in a good humour, while the bisseurs simply clap their hands and cry bis! bis! to secure encores.

CLAQUE (Fr. claquer, to clap the hands), is a group of professional applauders in French theaters. Hiring people to cheer for dramatic performances was common in ancient times, and Emperor Nero had five thousand of his soldiers, called Angustals, chant praises during his performances. This inspired the 16th-century French poet, Jean Daurat, who started the concept that evolved into the modern claque. He bought several tickets for one of his plays and gave them out for free to those who agreed to publicly show their approval. However, it wasn't until 1820 that M. Sauton seriously organized the claque and established an office in Paris to supply claqueurs. By 1830, the claque had become a regular feature. The theater manager can order any number of claqueurs. These people typically work under a chef de claque, who decides where their support is needed and initiates the applause. There are various roles, such as commissaires, who memorize the play and point out its highlights to those around them between acts; rieurs, who laugh loudly at the jokes; pleureurs, usually women, who pretend to cry by holding handkerchiefs to their eyes; chatouilleurs, who keep the audience in a good mood; and bisseurs, who simply clap their hands and shout bis! bis! for encores.


CLARA, SAINT (1194-1253), foundress of the Franciscan nuns, was born of a knightly family in Assisi in 1194. At eighteen she was so impressed by a sermon of St Francis that she was filled with the desire to devote herself to the kind of life he was leading. She obtained an interview with him, and to test her resolution he told her to dress in penitential sackcloth and beg alms for the poor in the streets of Assisi. Clara readily did this, and Francis, satisfied as to her vocation, told her to come to the Portiuncula arrayed as a bride. The friars met her with lighted candles, and at the foot of the altar Francis shore off her hair, received her vows of poverty, chastity and obedience, and invested her with the Franciscan habit, 1212. He placed her for a couple of years in a Benedictine convent in Assisi, until the convent at St Damian’s, close to the town, was ready. Her two younger sisters, and, after her father’s death, her mother and many others joined her, and the Franciscan nuns spread widely and rapidly (see Clares, Poor). The relations of friendship and sympathy between St Clara and St Francis were very close, and there can be no doubt that she was one of the truest heirs of Francis’s inmost spirit. After his death Clara threw herself wholly on the side of those who opposed mitigations in the rule and manner of life, and she was one of the chief upholders of St Francis’s primitive idea of poverty (see Franciscans). She was the close friend of Brother Leo and the other “Companions of St Francis,” and they assisted at her death. For forty years she was abbess at St Damian’s, and the great endeavour of her life was that the rule of the nuns should be purged of the foreign elements that had been introduced, and should become wholly conformable to St Francis’s spirit. She lived just long enough to witness the fulfilment of her great wish, a rule such as she desired being approved by the pope two days before her death on the 11th of August 1253.

CLARA, SAINT (1194-1253), founder of the Franciscan nuns, was born into a noble family in Assisi in 1194. At eighteen, she was so moved by a sermon from St. Francis that she felt a strong desire to commit to the kind of life he was leading. She arranged to meet him, and to test her commitment, he asked her to wear penitential sackcloth and beg for alms for the poor in the streets of Assisi. Clara readily complied, and Francis, satisfied with her dedication, told her to come to the Portiuncula dressed as a bride. The friars welcomed her with lit candles, and at the altar, Francis cut her hair, accepted her vows of poverty, chastity, and obedience, and dressed her in the Franciscan habit in 1212. He placed her in a Benedictine convent in Assisi for a couple of years until the convent at St. Damian’s, near the town, was ready. Her two younger sisters, and after her father's death, her mother and many others joined her, leading to the rapid spread of the Franciscan nuns (see Clares, Poor). The friendship and understanding between St. Clara and St. Francis were very close, and there’s no doubt she was one of the truest embodiments of Francis’s deepest spirit. After his death, Clara fully supported those who resisted changes to the rule and lifestyle, becoming a key supporter of St. Francis’s original vision of poverty (see Franciscans). She was a close friend of Brother Leo and the other “Companions of St. Francis,” who were present at her passing. For forty years, she served as abbess at St. Damian’s, and her main goal was to cleanse the nuns' rule of any foreign influences, ensuring it aligned completely with St. Francis’s spirit. She lived just long enough to see her great wish fulfilled, with the pope approving the rule she desired two days before her death on August 11, 1253.

The sources for her life are to be found in the Bollandist Acta Sanctorum on the 11th of August, and sketches in such Lives of the Saints as Alban Butler’s. See also Wetzer und Welte, Kirchen-lexicon (2nd ed.), art. “Clara.”

The sources for her life can be found in the Bollandist Acta Sanctorum dated August 11th, and in accounts in various Lives of the Saints like Alban Butler’s. Also, see Wetzer und Welte, Kirchen-lexicon (2nd ed.), entry “Clara.”

(E. C. B.)

CLARE, the name of a famous English family. The ancestor of this historic house, “which played,” in Freeman’s words, “so great a part alike in England, Wales and Ireland,” was Count Godfrey, eldest of the illegitimate sons of Richard the Fearless, duke of Normandy. His son, Count Gilbert of Brionne, had two sons, Richard, lord of Bienfaite and Orbec, and Baldwin, lord of Le Sap and Meulles, both of whom accompanied the Conqueror to England. Baldwin, known as “De Meulles” or “of Exeter,” received the hereditary shrievalty of Devon with great estates in the West Country, and left three sons, William, Robert and Richard, of whom the first and last were in turn 424 sheriffs of Devon. Richard, known as “de Bienfaite,” or “of Tunbridge,” or “of Clare,” was the founder of the house of Clare.

CLARE, the name of a well-known English family. The ancestor of this historic house, which played, in Freeman’s words, such an important role in England, Wales, and Ireland, was Count Godfrey, the eldest of the illegitimate sons of Richard the Fearless, Duke of Normandy. His son, Count Gilbert of Brionne, had two sons, Richard, lord of Bienfaite and Orbec, and Baldwin, lord of Le Sap and Meulles, both of whom accompanied the Conqueror to England. Baldwin, known as “De Meulles” or “of Exeter,” received the hereditary shrievalty of Devon along with vast estates in the West Country and had three sons: William, Robert, and Richard. The first and last of these were, in turn, 424 sheriffs of Devon. Richard, known as “de Bienfaite,” or “of Tunbridge,” or “of Clare,” was the founder of the house of Clare.

Richard derived his English appellation from his strongholds at Tunbridge and at Clare, at both of which his castle-mounds still remain. The latter, on the borders of Essex and Suffolk, was the head of his great “honour” which lay chiefly in the eastern counties. Appointed joint justiciar in the king’s absence abroad, he took a leading part in suppressing the revolt of 1075. By his wife, Rohese, daughter of Walter Giffard, through whom great Giffard estates afterwards came to his house, he left five sons and two daughters. Roger was his heir in Normandy, Walter founded Tintern Abbey, Richard was a monk, and Robert, receiving the forfeited fief of the Baynards in the eastern counties, founded, through his son Walter, the house of FitzWalter (extinct 1432), of whom the most famous was Robert FitzWalter, the leader of the barons against King John. Of this house, spoken of by Jordan Fantosme as “Clarreaus,” the Daventrys of Daventry (extinct 1380) and Fawsleys of Fawsley (extinct 1392) were cadets. One of Richard’s two daughters married the famous Walter Tirel.

Richard got his English name from his fortresses at Tunbridge and Clare, where his castle mounds still exist. Clare, located on the border of Essex and Suffolk, was the center of his significant “honour,” primarily located in the eastern counties. He was appointed as joint justiciar during the king’s absence abroad and played a key role in quelling the revolt of 1075. With his wife, Rohese, the daughter of Walter Giffard—through whom considerable Giffard estates later came to his family—he had five sons and two daughters. Roger was his heir in Normandy, Walter established Tintern Abbey, Richard became a monk, and Robert, who received the forfeited fief of the Baynards in the eastern counties, founded the FitzWalter line through his son Walter (extinct 1432), with the most notable being Robert FitzWalter, who led the barons against King John. This family, referred to by Jordan Fantosme as “Clarreaus,” included the Daventrys of Daventry (extinct 1380) and the Fawsleys of Fawsley (extinct 1392) as branches. One of Richard’s two daughters married the renowned Walter Tirel.

Gilbert, Richard’s heir in England, held his castle of Tunbridge against William Rufus, but was wounded and captured. Under Henry I., who favoured the Clares, he obtained a grant of Cardigan, and carried his arms into Wales. Dying about 1115, he left four sons, of whom Gilbert, the second, inherited Chepstow, with Nether-Gwent, from his uncle, Walter, the founder of Tintern, and was created earl of Pembroke by Stephen about 1138; he was father of Richard Strongbow, earl of Pembroke (q.v.). The youngest son Baldwin fought for Stephen at the battle of Lincoln (1141) and founded the priories of Bourne and Deeping on lands acquired with his wife. The eldest son Richard, who was slain by the Welsh on his way to Cardigan in 1135 or 1136, left two sons Gilbert and Roger, of whom Gilbert was created earl of Hertfordshire by Stephen.

Gilbert, Richard’s heir in England, defended his castle at Tunbridge against William Rufus but was wounded and captured. Under Henry I., who supported the Clares, he received a grant for Cardigan and brought his forces into Wales. He died around 1115, leaving behind four sons. The second son, Gilbert, inherited Chepstow and Nether-Gwent from his uncle Walter, the founder of Tintern, and was made Earl of Pembroke by Stephen around 1138; he was the father of Richard Strongbow, Earl of Pembroke (q.v.). The youngest son, Baldwin, fought for Stephen at the Battle of Lincoln (1141) and established the priories of Bourne and Deeping on lands he acquired with his wife. The eldest son, Richard, was killed by the Welsh while on his way to Cardigan in 1135 or 1136 and left two sons, Gilbert and Roger, of whom Gilbert was made Earl of Hertfordshire by Stephen.

It was probably because he and the Clares had no interests in Hertfordshire that they were loosely and usually styled the earls of (de) Clare. Dying in 1152, Gilbert was succeeded by his brother Roger, of whom Fitz-Stephen observes that “nearly all the nobles of England were related to the earl of Clare, whose sister, the most beautiful woman in England, had long been desired by the king” (Henry II.). He was constantly fighting the Welsh for his family possessions in Wales and quarrelled with Becket over Tunbridge Castle. In 1173 or 1174 he was succeeded by his son Richard as third earl, whose marriage with Amicia, daughter and co-heir of William, earl of Gloucester, was destined to raise the fortunes of his house to their highest point. He and his son Gilbert were among the “barons of the Charter,” Gilbert, who became fourth earl in 1217, obtained also, early in 1218, the earldom of Gloucester, with its great territorial “Honour,” and the lordship of Glamorgan, in right of his mother; “from this time the house of Clare became the acknowledged head of the baronage.” Gilbert had also inherited through his father his grandmother’s “Honour of St Hilary” and a moiety of the Giffard fief; but the vast possessions of his house were still further swollen by his marriage with a daughter of William (Marshal), earl of Pembroke, through whom his son Richard succeeded in 1245 to a fifth of the Marshall lands including the Kilkenny estates in Ireland. Richard’s successor, Gilbert, the “Red” earl, died in 1295, the most powerful subject in the kingdom.

It was likely because he and the Clares had no connections to Hertfordshire that they were often casually referred to as the earls of Clare. Gilbert passed away in 1152, and his brother Roger took over. Fitz-Stephen noted that “almost all the nobles in England were related to the earl of Clare, whose sister, the most beautiful woman in England, had long been sought after by the king” (Henry II.). Roger was frequently engaged in battles with the Welsh over his family’s land in Wales and had disputes with Becket about Tunbridge Castle. In 1173 or 1174, his son Richard succeeded him as the third earl. Richard's marriage to Amicia, the daughter and co-heir of William, earl of Gloucester, was set to elevate his family's status to new heights. He and his son Gilbert were part of the “barons of the Charter.” Gilbert became the fourth earl in 1217 and also obtained the earldom of Gloucester and the lordship of Glamorgan early in 1218, through his mother. “From this point, the house of Clare became recognized as the leading family among the barons.” Gilbert also inherited the “Honour of St Hilary” and a portion of the Giffard fief from his father, but the vast wealth of his family was further increased by his marriage to a daughter of William (Marshal), earl of Pembroke, through which his son Richard inherited a fifth of the Marshall lands, including the Kilkenny estates in Ireland, in 1245. Richard’s successor, Gilbert, known as the “Red” earl, died in 1295, having become the most powerful subject in the kingdom.

On his death his earldoms seem to have been somewhat mysteriously deemed to have passed to his widow Joan, daughter of Edward I.; for her second husband, Ralph de Monthermer, was summoned to parliament in right of them from 1299 to 1306. After her death, however, in 1307, Earl Gilbert’s son and namesake was summoned in 1308 as earl of Gloucester and Hertford, though only sixteen. A nephew of Edward II. and brother-in-law of Gaveston, he played a somewhat wavering part in the struggle between the king and the barons. Guardian of the realm in 1311 and regent in 1313, he fell gloriously at Bannockburn (June 24th, 1314), when only twenty-three, rushing on the enemy “like a wild boar, making his sword drunk with their blood.”

Upon his death, his earldoms were somewhat mysteriously considered to have passed to his widow Joan, the daughter of Edward I, since her second husband, Ralph de Monthermer, was summoned to parliament in their right from 1299 to 1306. However, after her death in 1307, Earl Gilbert’s son, also named Gilbert, was summoned in 1308 as the Earl of Gloucester and Hertford, despite being only sixteen. A nephew of Edward II and brother-in-law of Gaveston, he played a somewhat inconsistent role in the conflict between the king and the barons. Serving as guardian of the realm in 1311 and regent in 1313, he fell heroically at Bannockburn (June 24th, 1314), when he was just twenty-three, charging at the enemy “like a wild boar, making his sword drunk with their blood.”

The earl was the last of his mighty line, and his vast possessions in England (in over twenty counties), Wales and Ireland fell to his three sisters, of whom Elizabeth, the youngest, wife of John de Burgh, obtained the “Honour of Clare” and transmitted it to her son William de Burgh, 3rd earl of Ulster, whose daughter brought it to Lionel, son of King Edward III., who was thereupon created duke of Clarence, a title associated ever since with the royal house. The “Honour of Clare,” vested in the crown, still preserves a separate existence, with a court and steward of its own.

The earl was the last of his powerful lineage, and his large estates in England (spanning over twenty counties), Wales, and Ireland were passed on to his three sisters. Elizabeth, the youngest sister and wife of John de Burgh, received the "Honour of Clare" and passed it down to her son William de Burgh, the 3rd earl of Ulster. His daughter then brought it to Lionel, the son of King Edward III, who was subsequently made duke of Clarence, a title that has been linked to the royal family ever since. The "Honour of Clare," now held by the crown, still exists independently, complete with its own court and steward.

Clare College, Cambridge, derived its name from the above Elizabeth, “Lady of Clare,” who founded it as Clare Hall in 1347.

Clare College, Cambridge, got its name from the above Elizabeth, “Lady of Clare,” who established it as Clare Hall in 1347.

Clare County in Ireland derives its name from the family, though whether from Richard Strongbow, or from Thomas de Clare, a younger son, who had a grant of Thomond in 1276, has been deemed doubtful.

Clare County in Ireland gets its name from the family, though it's uncertain whether it comes from Richard Strongbow or from Thomas de Clare, a younger son who received a grant of Thomond in 1276.

Clarenceux King of Arms, an officer of the Heralds’ College, derives his style, through Clarence, from Clare.

Clarenceux King of Arms, an officer of the Heralds’ College, gets his title, through Clarence, from Clare.

See J.H. Round’s Geoffrey de Mandeville, Feudal England, Commune of London, and Peerage Studies; also his “Family of Clare” in Arch. Journ. lvi., and “Origin of Armorial Bearings” in Ib. li.; Parkinson’s “Clarence, the origin and bearers of the title,” in The Antiquary, v.; Clark’s “Lords of Glamorgan” in Arch. Journ. xxxv.; Planche’s “Earls of Gloucester” in Journ. Arch. Assoc. xxvi.; Dugdale’s Baronage, vol. i., and Monasticon Anglicanum; G.E. C[okayne]’s Complete Peerage.

See J.H. Round’s Geoffrey de Mandeville, Feudal England, Commune of London, and Peerage Studies; also his “Family of Clare” in Arch. Journ. lvi., and “Origin of Armorial Bearings” in Ib. li.; Parkinson’s “Clarence, the origin and bearers of the title,” in The Antiquary, v.; Clark’s “Lords of Glamorgan” in Arch. Journ. xxxv.; Planche’s “Earls of Gloucester” in Journ. Arch. Assoc. xxvi.; Dugdale’s Baronage, vol. i., and Monasticon Anglicanum; G.E. C[okayne]’s Complete Peerage.

(J. H. R.)

CLARE, JOHN (1793-1864), English poet, commonly known as “the Northamptonshire Peasant Poet,” the son of a farm labourer, was born at Helpstone near Peterborough, on the 13th of July 1793. At the age of seven he was taken from school to tend sheep and geese; four years later he began to work on a farm, attending in the winter evenings a school where he is said to have learnt some algebra. He then became a pot-boy in a public-house and fell in love with Mary Joyce, but her father, a prosperous farmer, forbade her to meet him. Subsequently he was gardener at Burghley Park. He enlisted in the militia, tried camp life with gipsies, and worked as a lime burner in 1817, but in the following year he was obliged to accept parish relief. Clare had bought a copy of Thomson’s Seasons out of his scanty earnings and had begun to write poems. In 1819 a bookseller at Stamford, named Drury, lighted on one of Clare’s poems, The Setting Sun, written on a scrap of paper enclosing a note to his predecessor in the business. He befriended the author and introduced his poems to the notice of John Taylor, of the publishing firm of Taylor & Hussey, who issued the Poems Descriptive of Rural Life and Scenery in 1820. This book was highly praised, and in the next year his Village Minstrel and other Poems were published. He was greatly patronized; fame, in the shape of curious visitors, broke the tenor of his life, and the convivial habits that he had formed were indulged more freely. He had married in 1820, and an annuity of 15 guineas from Lord Exeter, in whose service he had been, was supplemented by subscription, and he became possessed of £45 annually, a sum far beyond what he had ever earned, but new wants made his income insufficient, and in 1823 he was nearly penniless. The Shepherd’s Calendar (1827) met with little success, which was not increased by his hawking it himself. As he worked again on the fields his health temporarily improved; but he soon became seriously ill. Lord Fitzwilliam presented him with a new cottage and a piece of ground, but Clare could not settle in his new home. Gradually his mind gave way. His last and best work, the Rural Muse (1835), was noticed by “Christopher North” alone. He had for some time shown symptoms of insanity; and in July 1837 he was removed to a private asylum, and afterwards to the Northampton general lunatic asylum, where he died on the 20th of May 1864. Clare’s descriptions of rural scenes show a keen and loving appreciation of nature, and his love-songs and ballads charm by their genuine feeling; but his vogue was no doubt largely due to the interest aroused by his humble position in life.

CLARE, JOHN (1793-1864), English poet, often referred to as “the Northamptonshire Peasant Poet,” was born on July 13, 1793, to a farm laborer in Helpstone, near Peterborough. At seven, he left school to look after sheep and geese; four years later, he began working on a farm during the day while attending a school in the winter evenings, where he reportedly learned some algebra. He then took on a job as a pot-boy in a pub and fell in love with Mary Joyce, but her father, a well-off farmer, didn’t allow her to see him. Later, he worked as a gardener at Burghley Park. He joined the militia, experienced camp life with gypsies, and was a lime burner in 1817, but by the next year, he had to rely on parish relief. Clare managed to buy a copy of Thomson’s Seasons with his limited earnings and started writing poems. In 1819, a bookseller in Stamford named Drury discovered one of Clare’s poems, The Setting Sun, written on a scrap of paper along with a note to his predecessor. Drury supported Clare and introduced his poetry to John Taylor from the publishing firm Taylor & Hussey, who published Poems Descriptive of Rural Life and Scenery in 1820. This book received great acclaim, and the following year, his Village Minstrel and Other Poems were released. He enjoyed significant patronage; fame brought curious visitors into his life and encouraged his social habits. He married in 1820, and after receiving an annuity of 15 guineas from Lord Exeter, whom he had served, he also gained support through subscriptions, providing him with an annual income of £45, far more than he had ever earned. However, new expenses made that income insufficient, and by 1823, he was almost broke. The Shepherd’s Calendar (1827) had minimal success, which was worsened by his efforts to sell it himself. While he worked in the fields again, his health temporarily improved, but then he fell seriously ill. Lord Fitzwilliam gifted him a new cottage and land, but Clare couldn’t settle in his new place. Gradually, he began to lose his mind. His last and most significant work, the Rural Muse (1835), was only acknowledged by “Christopher North.” He had been showing signs of insanity for some time; in July 1837, he was taken to a private asylum and later to the Northampton general lunatic asylum, where he passed away on May 20, 1864. Clare’s portrayals of rural landscapes reveal a deep and affectionate appreciation for nature, and his love songs and ballads are charming due to their sincere emotion; however, his popularity was undeniably boosted by the fascination with his humble background.

425

425

See the Life of John Clare, by Frederick Martin (1865); and Life and Remains of John Clare, by J.L. Cherry (1873), which, though not so complete, contains some of the poet’s asylum verses and prose fragments.

See the Life of John Clare, by Frederick Martin (1865); and Life and Remains of John Clare, by J.L. Cherry (1873), which, although not as comprehensive, includes some of the poet’s verses from the asylum and prose fragments.


CLARE, JOHN FITZGIBBON, 1st Earl of (1749-1802), lord chancellor of Ireland, was the second son of John Fitzgibbon, who had abandoned the Roman Catholic faith in order to pursue a legal career. He was educated at Trinity College, Dublin, where he was highly distinguished as a classical scholar, and at Christ Church, Oxford, where he graduated in 1770. In 1772 he was called to the Irish bar, and quickly acquired a very lucrative practice; he also inherited his father’s large fortune on the death of his elder brother. In 1778 he entered the Irish House of Commons as member for Dublin University, and at first gave a general support to the popular party led by Henry Grattan (q.v.). He was, however, from the first hostile to that part of Grattan’s policy which aimed at removing the disabilities of the Roman Catholics; he endeavoured to impede the Relief Bill of 1778 by raising difficulties about its effect on the Act of Settlement. He especially distrusted the priests, and many years later explained that his life-long resistance to all concession to the Catholics was based on his “unalterable opinion” that “a conscientious Popish ecclesiastic never will become a well-attached subject to a Protestant state, and that the Popish clergy must always have a commanding influence on every member of that communion.” As early as 1780 Fitzgibbon began to separate himself from the popular or national party, by opposing Grattan’s declaration of the Irish parliament’s right to independence. There is no reason to suppose that in this change of view he was influenced by corrupt or personal motives. His cast of mind naturally inclined to authority rather than to democratic liberty; his hostility to the Catholic claims, and his distrust of parliamentary reform as likely to endanger the connexion of Ireland with Great Britain, made him a sincere opponent of the aims which Grattan had in view. In reply, however, to a remonstrance from his constituents Fitzgibbon promised to support Grattan’s policy in the future, and described the claim of Great Britain to make laws for Ireland as “a daring usurpation of the rights of a free people.”

CLARE, JOHN FITZGIBBON, 1st Earl of (1749-1802), Lord Chancellor of Ireland, was the second son of John Fitzgibbon, who abandoned the Roman Catholic faith to pursue a career in law. He studied at Trinity College, Dublin, where he excelled as a classical scholar, and at Christ Church, Oxford, where he graduated in 1770. In 1772, he was called to the Irish bar and quickly built a very lucrative practice; he also inherited his father's substantial fortune when his older brother passed away. In 1778, he entered the Irish House of Commons as the representative for Dublin University and initially supported the popular party led by Henry Grattan (q.v.). However, he was always opposed to Grattan's policy aimed at removing the disabilities faced by Roman Catholics; he worked to block the Relief Bill of 1778 by raising concerns about its impact on the Act of Settlement. He was particularly suspicious of priests and many years later stated that his lifelong resistance to any concessions for Catholics was based on his “unalterable opinion” that “a conscientious Popish ecclesiastic will never be a loyal subject to a Protestant state, and that the Popish clergy will always exert a significant influence over every member of their community.” As early as 1780, Fitzgibbon began distancing himself from the popular or national party by opposing Grattan’s assertion of the Irish parliament’s right to independence. There is no reason to believe that this shift in perspective was driven by corrupt or personal reasons. His mindset naturally leaned towards authority rather than democratic freedom; his opposition to Catholic claims and his wariness of parliamentary reform, which he thought could threaten Ireland’s connection with Great Britain, made him a genuine opponent of Grattan’s objectives. In response to a complaint from his constituents, Fitzgibbon promised to support Grattan’s policy in the future and described Britain’s claim to legislate for Ireland as “a bold usurpation of the rights of a free people.”

For some time longer there was no actual breach between him and Grattan. Grattan supported the appointment of Fitzgibbon as attorney-general in 1783, and in 1785 the latter highly eulogized Grattan’s character and services to the country in a speech in which he condemned Flood’s volunteer movement. He also opposed Flood’s Reform Bill of 1784; and from this time forward he was in fact the leading spirit in the Irish government, and the stiffest opponent of all concession to popular demands. In 1784 the permanent committee of revolutionary reformers in Dublin, of whom Napper Tandy was the most conspicuous, invited the sheriffs of counties to call meetings for the election of delegates to attend a convention for the discussion of reform; and when the sheriff of the county of Dublin summoned a meeting for this purpose Fitzgibbon procured his imprisonment for contempt of court, and justified this procedure in parliament, though Lord Erskine declared it grossly illegal. In the course of the debates on Pitt’s commercial propositions in 1785, which Fitzgibbon supported in masterly speeches, he referred to Curran in terms which led to a duel between the two lawyers, when Fitzgibbon was accused of a deliberation in aiming at his opponent that was contrary to etiquette. His antagonism to Curran was life-long and bitter, and after he became chancellor his hostility to the famous advocate was said to have driven the latter out of practice. In January 1787 Fitzgibbon introduced a stringent bill for repressing the Whiteboy outrages. It was supported by Grattan, who, however, procured the omission of a clause enacting that any Roman Catholic chapel near which an illegal oath had been tendered should be immediately demolished. His influence with the majority in the Irish parliament defeated Pitt’s proposed reform of the tithe system in Ireland, Fitzgibbon refusing even to grant a committee to investigate the subject. On the regency question in 1789 Fitzgibbon, in opposition to Grattan, supported the doctrine of Pitt in a series of powerful speeches which proved him a great constitutional lawyer; he intimated that the choice for Ireland might in certain eventualities rest between complete separation from England and legislative union; and, while he exclaimed as to the latter alternative, “God forbid that I should ever see that day!” he admitted that separation would be the worse evil of the two.

For a while longer, there was no real conflict between him and Grattan. Grattan backed Fitzgibbon's appointment as attorney-general in 1783, and in 1785, Fitzgibbon praised Grattan’s character and contributions to the country in a speech where he criticized Flood’s volunteer movement. He also opposed Flood’s Reform Bill of 1784; from that point on, he became the leading figure in the Irish government and the strongest opponent of any concessions to popular demands. In 1784, the permanent committee of revolutionary reformers in Dublin, led by the prominent Napper Tandy, called on county sheriffs to hold meetings for electing delegates to a convention to discuss reform. When the sheriff of Dublin County called a meeting for this purpose, Fitzgibbon had him jailed for contempt of court and defended this action in parliament, even though Lord Erskine labeled it grossly illegal. During the debates on Pitt’s commercial proposals in 1785, which Fitzgibbon supported with impressive speeches, he made comments about Curran that led to a duel between the two lawyers, with Fitzgibbon being accused of deliberately aiming at his opponent in a way that went against etiquette. His animosity towards Curran was lifelong and intense, and after becoming chancellor, his hostility was said to have pushed the famous advocate out of practice. In January 1787, Fitzgibbon introduced a strict bill to curb the Whiteboy violence. Grattan supported it but managed to have a clause removed that would have demolished any Roman Catholic chapel where an illegal oath was administered. His influence in the Irish parliament helped defeat Pitt’s proposed reform of the tithe system in Ireland, with Fitzgibbon even refusing to allow a committee to look into the matter. On the regency issue in 1789, Fitzgibbon, opposing Grattan, championed Pitt’s stance in a series of powerful speeches that showcased his skills as a constitutional lawyer; he suggested that, under certain circumstances, Ireland’s choice might come down to either complete separation from England or legislative union, and while he exclaimed about the latter option, “God forbid that I should ever see that day!” he acknowledged that separation would be the greater evil of the two.

In the same year Lord Lifford resigned the chancellorship, and Fitzgibbon was appointed in his place, being raised to the peerage as Baron Fitzgibbon. His removal to the House of Lords greatly increased his power. In the Commons, though he had exercised great influence as attorney-general, his position had been secondary; in the House of Lords and in the privy council he was little less than despotic. “He was,” says Lecky, “by far the ablest Irishman who had adopted without restriction the doctrine that the Irish legislature must be maintained in a condition of permanent and unvarying subjection to the English executive.” But the English ministry were now embarking on a policy of conciliation in Ireland. The Catholic Relief Bill of 1793 was forced on the Irish executive by the cabinet in London, but it passed rapidly and easily through the Irish parliament. Lord Fitzgibbon, while accepting the bill as inevitable under the circumstances that had arisen, made a most violent though exceedingly able speech against the principle of concession, which did much to destroy the conciliatory effect of the measure; and as a consequence of this act he began persistently to urge the necessity for a legislative union. From this date until the union was carried, the career of Fitzgibbon is practically the history of Ireland. True to his inveterate hostility to the popular claims, he was opposed to the appointment of Lord Fitzwilliam (q.v.) as viceroy in 1795, and was probably the chief influence in procuring his recall; and it was Fitzgibbon who first put it into the head of George III. that the king would violate his coronation oath if he consented to the admission of Catholics to parliament. When Lord Camden, Fitzwilliam’s successor in the viceroyalty, arrived in Dublin on the 31st of March 1795, Fitzgibbon’s carriage was violently assaulted by the mob, and he himself was wounded; and in the riots that ensued his house was also attacked. But as if to impress upon the Catholics the hopelessness of their case, the government who had made Fitzgibbon a viscount immediately after his attack on the Catholics in 1793 now bestowed on him a further mark of honour. In June 1795 he was created earl of Clare. On the eve of the rebellion he warned the government that while emancipation and reform might be the objects aimed at by the better classes, the mass of the disaffected had in view “the separation of the country from her connexion with Great Britain, and a fraternal alliance with the French Republic.” Clare advocated stringent measures to prevent an outbreak; but he was neither cruel nor immoderate, and was inclined to mercy in dealing with individuals. He attempted to save Lord Edward Fitzgerald (q.v.) from his fate by giving a friendly warning to his friends, and promising to facilitate his escape from the country; and Lord Edward’s aunt, Lady Louisa Conolly, who was conducted to his death-bed in prison by the chancellor in person, declared that “nothing could exceed Lord Clare’s kindness.” His moderation and humanity after the rebellion was extolled by Cornwallis. He threw his great influence on the side of clemency, and it was through his intervention that Oliver Bond, when sentenced to death, was reprieved; and that an arrangement was made by which Arthur O’Connor, Thomas Emmet and other state prisoners were allowed to leave the country.

In the same year Lord Lifford stepped down from the chancellorship, Fitzgibbon was appointed to take his place, being elevated to the peerage as Baron Fitzgibbon. His move to the House of Lords significantly increased his power. In the Commons, despite wielding considerable influence as attorney-general, he held a secondary position; in the House of Lords and the privy council, he was nearly dictatorial. “He was,” says Lecky, “by far the most capable Irishman who completely embraced the idea that the Irish legislature must remain permanently and unchangingly subordinate to the English executive.” However, the English government was now pursuing a policy of conciliation in Ireland. The Catholic Relief Bill of 1793 was pushed onto the Irish executive by the cabinet in London, but it passed swiftly and easily through the Irish parliament. Lord Fitzgibbon, while reluctantly accepting the bill as unavoidable under the circumstances, gave a fiery but highly skilled speech against the idea of concession, which undermined the conciliatory impact of the measure; as a result, he began to consistently advocate for the need for a legislative union. From this point until the union was established, Fitzgibbon's career effectively became the story of Ireland. Staying true to his entrenched opposition to popular demands, he opposed the appointment of Lord Fitzwilliam as viceroy in 1795 and was likely the main force behind his recall; it was Fitzgibbon who first suggested to George III that the king would break his coronation oath if he agreed to allow Catholics into parliament. When Lord Camden, Fitzwilliam's successor as viceroy, arrived in Dublin on March 31, 1795, a mob violently attacked Fitzgibbon’s carriage, injuring him; his house was also targeted during the subsequent riots. Yet, to emphasize the hopelessness of the Catholics' situation, the government that had just made Fitzgibbon a viscount right after he attacked the Catholics in 1793 now granted him an additional honor. In June 1795, he was made Earl of Clare. Just before the rebellion, he cautioned the government that while emancipation and reform might be the goals of the educated classes, the majority of the discontented were focused on “separating the country from its connection with Great Britain and forming a fraternal alliance with the French Republic.” Clare urged strict measures to prevent an uprising; however, he was neither brutal nor extreme, and he showed mercy when dealing with individuals. He tried to save Lord Edward Fitzgerald from his fate by giving his friends a friendly warning and promising to help him escape the country; and Lord Edward’s aunt, Lady Louisa Conolly, who was taken to his deathbed in prison by the chancellor himself, stated that “nothing could exceed Lord Clare’s kindness.” His moderation and humanity after the rebellion were praised by Cornwallis. He used his considerable influence to advocate for clemency, and it was through his intervention that Oliver Bond, who had been sentenced to death, received a reprieve; he also helped arrange for Arthur O’Connor, Thomas Emmet, and other political prisoners to leave the country.

In October 1798 Lord Clare, who since 1793 had been convinced of the necessity for a legislative union if the connexion between Great Britain and Ireland was to be maintained, and who was equally determined that the union must be unaccompanied by Catholic emancipation, crossed to England and successfully pressed his views on Pitt. In 1799 he induced the Irish House of Lords to throw out a bill for providing a permanent endowment of Maynooth. On the 10th of February 1800 Clare in the House of Lords moved the resolution approving the union in a long and powerful speech, in which he reviewed the history of Ireland since the Revolution, attributing the evils of recent years to the independent constitution of 1782, and speaking of Grattan 426 in language of deep personal hatred. He was not aware of the assurance which Cornwallis had been authorized to convey to the Catholics that the union was to pave the way for emancipation, and when he heard of it after the passing of the act he bitterly complained that Pitt and Castlereagh had deceived him. After the union Clare became more violent than ever in his opposition to any policy of concession in Ireland. He died on the 28th of January 1802; his funeral in Dublin was the occasion of a riot organized “by a gang of about fourteen persons under orders of a leader.” His wife, in compliance with his death-bed request, destroyed all his papers. His two sons, John (1792-1851) and Richard Hobart (1793-1864), succeeded in turn to the earldom, which became extinct on the death of the latter, whose only son, John Charles Henry, Viscount Fitzgibbon (1829-1854), was killed in the charge of the Light Brigade at Balaklava.

In October 1798, Lord Clare, who had been convinced since 1793 of the need for a legislative union to maintain the connection between Great Britain and Ireland, and who was equally determined that this union should not include Catholic emancipation, traveled to England and successfully presented his views to Pitt. In 1799, he persuaded the Irish House of Lords to reject a bill aimed at providing permanent funding for Maynooth. On February 10, 1800, Clare moved the resolution in the House of Lords to approve the union in a long and powerful speech, where he reviewed Ireland's history since the Revolution, blaming the hardships of recent years on the independent constitution of 1782 and expressing deep personal hatred for Grattan. He was unaware of the assurance that Cornwallis had been authorized to communicate to the Catholics, stating that the union would lead to emancipation. When he eventually learned of this after the act was passed, he bitterly complained that Pitt and Castlereagh had deceived him. After the union, Clare's opposition to any form of concession in Ireland intensified. He died on January 28, 1802; his funeral in Dublin sparked a riot organized by "a gang of about fourteen people under the orders of a leader." Following his death, his wife fulfilled his last request by destroying all his papers. His two sons, John (1792-1851) and Richard Hobart (1793-1864), succeeded to the earldom in turn, which became extinct upon the latter's death. The only son of Richard, John Charles Henry, Viscount Fitzgibbon (1829-1854), was killed during the charge of the Light Brigade at Balaklava.

Lord Clare was in private life an estimable and even an amiable man; many acts of generosity are related of him; the determination of his character swayed other wills to his purpose, and his courage was such as no danger, no obloquy, no public hatred or violence could disturb. Though not a great orator like Flood or Grattan, he was a skilful and ready debater, and he was by far the ablest Irish supporter of the union. He was, however, arrogant, overbearing and intolerant to the last degree. He was the first Irishman since the Revolution to hold the office of lord chancellor of Ireland. “Except where his furious personal antipathies and his ungovernable arrogance were called into action, he appears to have been,” says Lecky, “an able, upright and energetic judge”; but as a politician there can be little question that Lord Clare’s bitter and unceasing resistance to reasonable measures of reform did infinite mischief in the history of Ireland, by inflaming the passions of his countrymen, driving them into rebellion, and perpetuating their political and religious divisions.

Lord Clare was a respected and even likable person in private life; many stories of his generosity circulate. His strong character influenced others to follow his lead, and his courage was such that no danger, criticism, public hatred, or violence could shake him. While he wasn't as great an orator as Flood or Grattan, he was a skilled and quick debater, and he was by far the most capable Irish supporter of the union. However, he was arrogant, overbearing, and intolerant to an extreme degree. He was the first Irishman since the Revolution to serve as lord chancellor of Ireland. “Except where his furious personal antipathies and his ungovernable arrogance were called into action, he appears to have been,” says Lecky, “an able, upright and energetic judge”; but as a politician, there's no doubt that Lord Clare’s harsh and relentless opposition to reasonable reform measures caused significant damage in Irish history by stirring up the emotions of his fellow countrymen, pushing them towards rebellion, and maintaining their political and religious divides.

See W.E.H. Lecky, History of Ireland in the Eighteenth Century (5 vols., London, 1892); J.R. O’Flanagan, The Lives of the Lord Chancellors and Keepers of the Great Seal in Ireland (2 vols., London, 1870); Cornwallis Correspondence, ed. by C. Ross (3 vols., London, 1859); Charles Phillips, Recollections of Curran and some of his Contemporaries (London, 1822); Henry Grattan, Memoirs of the Life and Times of the Right Honble. Henry Grattan (5 vols., London, 1839-1846); Lord Auckland, Journal and Correspondence (4 vols., London, 1861); Charles Coote, History of the Union of Great Britain and Ireland (London, 1802).

See W.E.H. Lecky, History of Ireland in the Eighteenth Century (5 vols., London, 1892); J.R. O’Flanagan, The Lives of the Lord Chancellors and Keepers of the Great Seal in Ireland (2 vols., London, 1870); Cornwallis Correspondence, ed. by C. Ross (3 vols., London, 1859); Charles Phillips, Recollections of Curran and some of his Contemporaries (London, 1822); Henry Grattan, Memoirs of the Life and Times of the Right Honble. Henry Grattan (5 vols., London, 1839-1846); Lord Auckland, Journal and Correspondence (4 vols., London, 1861); Charles Coote, History of the Union of Great Britain and Ireland (London, 1802).

(R. J. M.)

CLARE, a county in the province of Munster, Ireland, bounded N. by Galway Bay and Co. Galway, E. by Lough Derg, the river Shannon, and counties Tipperary and Limerick, S. by the estuary of the Shannon, and W. by the Atlantic Ocean. The area is 852,389 acres, or nearly 1332 sq. m. Although the surface of the county is hilly, and in some parts even mountainous, it nowhere rises to a great elevation. Much of the western baronies of Moyarta and Ibrickan is composed of bog land. Bogs are frequent also in the mountainous districts elsewhere, except in the limestone barony of Burren, the inhabitants of some parts of which supply themselves with turf from the opposite shores of Connemara. Generally speaking, the eastern parts of the county are mountainous, with tracts of rich pasture-land interspersed; the west abounds with bog; and the north is rocky and best adapted for grazing sheep. In the southern part, along the banks of the Fergus and Shannon, are the bands of rich low grounds called corcasses, of various breadth, indenting the land in a great variety of shapes. They are composed of deep rich loam, and are distinguished as the black corcasses, adapted for tillage, and the blue, used more advantageously as meadow land. The coast is in general rocky, and occasionally bold and precipitous in the extreme, as may be observed at the picturesque cliffs of Moher within a few miles of Ennistimon and Lisdoonvarna, which rise perpendicularly at O’Brien’s Tower to an elevation of 580 ft. The coast of Clare is indented with several bays, the chief of which are Ballyvaghan, Liscannor and Malbay; but from Black Head to Loop Head, that is, along the entire western boundary of the county formed by the Atlantic, there is no safe harbour except Liscannor Bay. Malbay takes its name from its dangers to navigators, and the whole coast has been the scene of many fatal disasters. The county possesses only one large river, the Fergus; but nearly 100 m. of its boundary-line are washed by the river Shannon, which enters the Atlantic Ocean between this county and Kerry. The numerous bays and creeks on both sides of this great river render its navigation safe in every wind; but the passage to and from Limerick is often tedious, and the port of Kilrush has from that cause gained in importance. The river Fergus is navigable from the Shannon to the town of Clare, which is the terminating point of its natural navigation, and the port of all the central districts of the county.

CLARE is a county in the province of Munster, Ireland, bordered to the north by Galway Bay and County Galway, to the east by Lough Derg, the River Shannon, and Counties Tipperary and Limerick, to the south by the estuary of the Shannon, and to the west by the Atlantic Ocean. The area covers 852,389 acres, or nearly 1,332 square miles. While the county has hilly terrain, and some areas are even mountainous, it doesn’t rise to a significant height. Much of the western baronies of Moyarta and Ibrickan consists of bog land. Bogs are also common in the mountainous regions elsewhere, except in the limestone barony of Burren, where some residents source turf from the opposite shores of Connemara. Overall, the eastern parts of the county are mountainous, with patches of rich pasture land mixed in; the west is full of bog; and the north is rocky, making it best suited for grazing sheep. In the southern area, along the banks of the Fergus and Shannon rivers, there are stretches of fertile lowlands called corcasses, varying in width and shaped dramatically. They consist of deep, rich loam, categorized as black corcasses for farming and blue corcasses, which are better suited for meadows. Generally, the coast is rocky and sometimes steep and rugged, especially at the beautiful Cliffs of Moher, just a few miles from Ennistimon and Lisdoonvarna, which rise straight up from O’Brien’s Tower to a height of 580 feet. The coast of Clare has several bays, the main ones being Ballyvaghan, Liscannor, and Malbay; however, from Black Head to Loop Head—along the entire western boundary formed by the Atlantic—there’s no safe harbor except Liscannor Bay. Malbay is named for its dangers to sailors, and the entire coastline has witnessed many tragic accidents. The county has only one major river, the Fergus, but nearly 100 miles of its border are along the River Shannon, which flows into the Atlantic Ocean between this county and Kerry. The various bays and creeks on both sides of this major river make navigation safe regardless of the wind; however, traveling to and from Limerick can often be slow, making the port of Kilrush increasingly important. The River Fergus is navigable from the Shannon to the town of Clare, which marks the end of its natural navigation and serves as the port for all central districts of the county.

There are a great number of lakes and tarns in the county, of which the largest are Loughs Muckanagh, Graney, Atedaun and Dromore; but they are more remarkable for beauty than for size or utility, with the exception of the extensive and navigable Lough Derg, formed by the river Shannon between this county and Tipperary. The salmon fishery of the Shannon, both as a sport and as an industry, is famous; the Fergus also holds salmon, and there is much good trout-fishing in the lakes for which Ennis is a centre, and in the streams of the Atlantic seaboard. Clare is a county which, like all the western counties of Ireland, repays visitors in search of the pleasures of seaside resorts, sport, scenery or antiquarian interest. Yet, again like other western counties, it was long before it was rendered accessible. Communications, however, are now satisfactory.

There are many lakes and small bodies of water in the county, with the largest being Loughs Muckanagh, Graney, Atedaun, and Dromore. They are more known for their beauty than for their size or usefulness, except for the large and navigable Lough Derg, which is formed by the river Shannon between this county and Tipperary. The salmon fishing in the Shannon is famous for both sport and industry; the Fergus also has salmon, and there’s excellent trout fishing in the lakes, with Ennis as a hub, and in the streams along the Atlantic coast. Clare is a county that, like all the western counties of Ireland, rewards visitors looking for seaside resorts, recreation, stunning landscapes, or historical interest. However, like other western counties, it took a long time to become accessible. Nowadays, transport connections are good.

Geology.—Upper Carboniferous strata cover the county west of Ennis, the coast-sections in them being particularly fine. Shales and sandstones alternate, now horizontal, as in the Cliffs of Moher, now thrown into striking folds. The Carboniferous Limestone forms a barren terraced country, often devoid of soil, through the Burren in the north, and extends to the estuary of the Fergus and the Shannon. On the east, the folding has brought up two bold masses of Old Red Sandstone, with Silurian cores. Slieve Bernagh, the more southerly of these, rises to 1746 ft. above Killaloe, and the hilly country here traversed by the Shannon is in marked contrast with the upper course of the river through the great limestone plain.

Geology.—Upper Carboniferous layers cover the area west of Ennis, with particularly impressive coastal sections. Shales and sandstones alternate, some laying flat like at the Cliffs of Moher, while others are dramatically folded. The Carboniferous Limestone creates a barren, terraced landscape, often lacking soil, throughout the Burren in the north, extending to the estuary of the Fergus and the Shannon. To the east, the folding has brought up two prominent sections of Old Red Sandstone with Silurian cores. Slieve Bernagh, the southern peak, rises to 1746 ft. above Killaloe, and the hilly terrain here, intersected by the Shannon, stands in sharp contrast to the upper section of the river that flows through the vast limestone plain.

Minerals.—Although metals and minerals have been found in many places throughout the county, they do not often show themselves in sufficient abundance to induce the application of capital for their extraction. The principal metals are lead, iron and manganese. The Milltown lead mine in the barony of Tulla is probably one of the oldest mines in Ireland, and formerly, if the extent of the ancient excavations may be taken as a guide, there must have been a very rich deposit. Copper pyrites occurs in several parts of Burren, but in small quantity. Coal exists at Labasheeda on the right bank of the Shannon, but the few and thin seams are not productive. The nodules of clay-ironstone in the strata that overlie the limestone were mined and smelted down to 1750. Within half a mile of the Milltown lead mine are immense natural vaulted passages of limestone, through which the river Ardsullas winds a singular course. The lower limestone of the eastern portion of the county has been found to contain several very large deposits of argentiferous galena. Flags, easily quarried, are procured near Kilrush, and thinner flags near Ennistimon. Slates are quarried in several places, the best being those of Broadford and Killaloe, which are nearly equal to the finest procured in Wales. A species of very fine black marble is obtained near Ennis; it takes a high polish, and is free from the white spots with which the black Kilkenny marble is marked.

Minerals.—While metals and minerals have been discovered in various locations throughout the county, they rarely appear in large enough quantities to justify the investment of capital for extraction. The main metals include lead, iron, and manganese. The Milltown lead mine in the barony of Tulla is likely one of the oldest mines in Ireland, and based on the size of the ancient excavations, there must have been a very rich deposit in the past. Copper pyrites can be found in several areas of Burren, but in limited amounts. Coal exists at Labasheeda on the right bank of the Shannon, but the few thin seams are not productive. Nodules of clay-ironstone in the layers above the limestone were mined and processed until 1750. Within half a mile of the Milltown lead mine, there are massive natural vaulted limestone passages through which the river Ardsullas flows in a unique path. The lower limestone in the eastern part of the county has several very large deposits of argentiferous galena. Flags, which are easy to quarry, are sourced near Kilrush, with thinner flags located near Ennistimon. Slates are quarried in several areas, the best being those from Broadford and Killaloe, which are nearly as good as the finest slates from Wales. A type of very fine black marble is found near Ennis; it polishes well and does not have the white spots found in black Kilkenny marble.

The mineral springs, which are found in many places, are chiefly chalybeate. That of Lisdoonvarna, a sulphur spa, about 8 m. from Ennistimon, has been celebrated since the 18th century for its medicinal qualities, and now attracts a large number of visitors annually. It lies 9 m. by road N. of Ennistimon. There are chalybeate springs of less note at Kilkishen, Burren, Broadfoot, Lehinch, Kilkee, Kilrush, Killadysart, and near Milltown Malbay. Springs called by the people “holy” or “blessed” wells, generally mineral waters, are common; but the belief in their power of performing cures in inveterate maladies is nearly extinct.

The mineral springs, found in many areas, are mainly chalybeate. The one in Lisdoonvarna, a sulfur spa located about 8 miles from Ennistimon, has been famous since the 18th century for its healing properties and now attracts a large number of visitors each year. It is 9 miles by road north of Ennistimon. There are also less well-known chalybeate springs at Kilkishen, Burren, Broadfoot, Lehinch, Kilkee, Kilrush, Killadysart, and near Milltown Malbay. Springs referred to by locals as “holy” or “blessed” wells, which are usually mineral waters, are common; however, the belief in their ability to cure chronic illnesses is nearly gone.

Watering-places.—The Atlantic Ocean and the estuary of the Shannon afford many situations admirably adapted for summer bathing-places. Among the most frequented of these localities are Milltown Malbay; with one of the best beaches on the western coast; and the neighbouring Spanish Point (named from the scene of the wreck of two ships of the Armada); Lehinch, about 427 2 m. from Ennistimon on Liscannor Bay, and near the interesting cliffs of Moher, has a magnificent beach. Kilkee is the most fashionable watering-place on the western coast of Ireland; and Kilrush on the Shannon estuary is also favoured.

Watering places.—The Atlantic Ocean and the estuary of the Shannon offer many locations perfectly suited for summer beach trips. Among the most popular spots are Milltown Malbay, which has one of the best beaches on the western coast, and nearby Spanish Point (named for the site of the wreck of two ships from the Armada); Lehinch, about 427 2 miles from Ennistimon on Liscannor Bay, near the stunning Cliffs of Moher, boasts a beautiful beach. Kilkee is the trendiest beach destination on the western coast of Ireland, and Kilrush on the Shannon estuary is also a favored spot.

Industries.—The soil and surface of the county are in general better adapted for grazing than for tillage, and the acreage devoted to the former consequently exceeds three times that of the latter. Agriculture is in a backward state, and not a fifth of the total area is under cultivation, while the acreage shows a decrease even in the principal crops of oats and potatoes. Cattle, sheep, poultry and pigs, however, all receive considerable attention. Owing to the mountainous nature of the county nearly one-seventh of the total area is quite barren.

Industries.—The land and surface of the county are generally more suited for grazing than for farming, so the area used for grazing is more than three times that used for farming. Agriculture is lagging, with less than one-fifth of the total area cultivated, and there's a decline in the main crops like oats and potatoes. However, cattle, sheep, poultry, and pigs all get significant attention. Due to the mountainous terrain of the county, nearly one-seventh of the total area is completely barren.

There are no extensive manufactures, although flannels and friezes are made for home use, and hosiery of various kinds, chiefly coarse and strong, is made around Ennistimon and other places. There are several fishing stations on the coast, and cod, haddock, ling, sole, turbot, ray, mackerel and other fish abound, but the rugged nature of the coast and the tempestuous sea greatly hinder the operations of the fishermen. Near Pooldoody is the great Burren oyster bed called the Red Bank, where a large establishment is maintained, from which a constant supply of the excellent Red Bank oysters is furnished to the Dublin and other large markets. Crabs and lobsters are caught on the shores of the Bay of Galway in every creek from Black Head to Ardfry. In addition to the Shannon salmon fishery mentioned above, eels abound in every rivulet, and form an important article of consumption.

There aren't any large-scale factories, but they do make flannels and friezes for local use, and various types of hosiery, mainly thick and sturdy ones, are produced around Ennistimon and other areas. There are several fishing spots along the coast, where fish like cod, haddock, ling, sole, turbot, ray, mackerel, and others are plentiful, but the rough coastline and stormy seas make it hard for fishermen to operate. Close to Pooldoody is the major Burren oyster bed known as the Red Bank, which has a large facility that consistently supplies the delicious Red Bank oysters to Dublin and other major markets. Crabs and lobsters are caught along the shores of Galway Bay in every little inlet from Black Head to Ardfry. Besides the Shannon salmon fishery mentioned earlier, eels are plentiful in every stream and are an important food source.

The Great Southern & Western railway line from Limerick to Sligo intersects the centre of the county from north to south. From Ennis on this line the West Clare railway runs to Ennistimon on the coast, where it turns south and follows the coast by Milltown Malbay to Kilkee and Kilrush. Killaloe in the east of the county is the terminus of a branch of the Great Southern & Western railway.

The Great Southern & Western railway line from Limerick to Sligo runs through the center of the county from north to south. From Ennis, this line connects to the West Clare railway, which goes to Ennistimon on the coast. There, it turns south and follows the coast past Milltown Malbay to Kilkee and Kilrush. Killaloe, located in the east of the county, is the end point of a branch of the Great Southern & Western railway.

Population and Administration.—The population (126,244 in 1891; 112,334 in 1901; almost wholly Roman Catholic and rural) shows a decrease among the most serious of the Irish counties, and the emigration returns are proportionately heavy. The principal towns, all of insignificant size, are Ennis (pop. 5093, the county town), Kilrush (4179), Kilkee (1661) and Killaloe (885); but several of the smaller settlements, as resorts, are of more than local importance. The county, which is divided into 11 baronies, contains 79 parishes, and includes the Protestant diocese of Kilfenora, the greater part of Killaloe, and a very small portion of the diocese of Limerick. It is within the Roman Catholic dioceses of Killaloe and Limerick. The assizes are held at Ennis, and quarter sessions here and at Ennistimon, Killaloe, Kilrush and Tulla. The county is divided into the East and West parliamentary divisions, each returning one member.

Population and Administration.—The population (126,244 in 1891; 112,334 in 1901; mostly Roman Catholic and rural) is declining, which is concerning for the Irish counties, and emigration rates are significantly high. The main towns, which are all quite small, are Ennis (population 5,093, the county town), Kilrush (4,179), Kilkee (1,661), and Killaloe (885); however, some of the smaller settlements serve as important resorts beyond just local significance. The county is divided into 11 baronies, includes 79 parishes, and encompasses the Protestant diocese of Kilfenora, most of Killaloe, and a tiny part of the diocese of Limerick. It falls under the Roman Catholic dioceses of Killaloe and Limerick. The assizes are held in Ennis, with quarter sessions taking place in Ennis, Ennistimon, Killaloe, Kilrush, and Tulla. The county is split into East and West parliamentary divisions, each electing one member.

History.—This county, together with part of the neighbouring district, was anciently called Thomond, that is, North Munster, and formed part of the monarchy of the celebrated Brian Boroihme, who held his court at Kincora near Killaloe, where his palace was situated on the banks of the Shannon. The site is still distinguished by extensive earthen ramparts. Settlements were effected by the Danes, and in the 13th century by the Anglo-Normans, but without permanently affecting the possession of the district by its native proprietors. In 1543 Murrogh O’Brien, after dispossessing his nephew and vainly attempting a rebellion against the English rule, proceeded to England and submitted to Henry VIII., resigning his name and possessions. He soon received them back by an English tenure, together with the title of earl of Thomond, on condition of adopting the English dress, manners and customs. In 1565 this part of Thomond (sometimes called O’Brien’s country) was added to Connaught, and made one of the six new counties into which that province was divided by Sir Henry Sidney. It was named Clare, the name being traceable either to Richard de Clare (Strongbow), earl of Pembroke, or to his younger brother, Thomas de Clare, who obtained a grant of Thomond from Edward I. in 1276, and whose family for some time maintained a precarious position in the district. Towards the close of the reign of Elizabeth, Clare was detached from the government of Connaught and given a separate administration; but at the Restoration it was reunited to Munster.

History.—This county, along with part of the neighboring district, was once known as Thomond, meaning North Munster, and was part of the realm of the famous Brian Boru, who held his court at Kincora near Killaloe, where his palace was located by the banks of the Shannon. The site is still marked by extensive earthen ramparts. The Danes established settlements there, followed by the Anglo-Normans in the 13th century, but they didn't permanently take over the land from its native owners. In 1543, Murrogh O’Brien, after removing his nephew and unsuccessfully trying to revolt against English rule, went to England and submitted to Henry VIII, giving up his name and possessions. He soon got them back under English tenure, along with the title of Earl of Thomond, on the condition that he adopt English clothing, manners, and customs. In 1565, this part of Thomond (sometimes referred to as O’Brien’s country) was added to Connaught and became one of the six new counties that Sir Henry Sidney divided Connaught into. It was named Clare, with the name possibly linked to Richard de Clare (Strongbow), Earl of Pembroke, or to his younger brother Thomas de Clare, who received a grant of Thomond from Edward I in 1276, and whose family maintained a shaky presence in the area for some time. Toward the end of Elizabeth's reign, Clare was separated from Connaught and given its own administration, but it was reunited with Munster at the Restoration.

Antiquities.—The county abounds with remains of antiquities, both military and ecclesiastical, especially in the north-western part. There still exist above a hundred fortified castles, several of which are inhabited. They are mostly of small extent, a large portion being fortified dwellings. The chief of them is Bunratty Castle, built in 1277, once inhabited by the earls of Thomond, 10 m. W. of Limerick, on the Shannon. Those of Ballykinvarga, Ballynalackan and Lemaneagh, all in the north-west, should also be mentioned. Raths or encampments are to be found in every part. They are generally circular, composed either of large stones without mortar or of earth thrown up and surrounded by one or more ditches. The list of abbeys and other religious houses formerly flourishing here (some now only known by name, but many of them surviving in ruins) comprehends upwards of twenty. The most remarkable are—Quin, considered one of the finest and most perfect specimens of ancient monastic architecture in Ireland; Corcomroe; Ennis, in which is a very fine window of uncommonly elegant workmanship; and those on Inniscattery or Scattery Island, in the Shannon, said to have been founded by St Senan (see Kilrush). Kilfenora, 5 m. N.E. of Ennistimon, was until 1752 a separate diocese, and its small cathedral is of interest, with several neighbouring crosses and a holy well. The ruined churches of Kilnaboy, Nouhaval and Teampul Cronan are the most noteworthy of many in the north-west. Five round towers are to be found in various stages of preservation—at Scattery Island, Drumcliffe, Dysert O’Dea, Kilnaboy and Inniscaltra (Lough Derg). The cathedral of the diocese of Killaloe is at the town of that name. Cromlechs are found, chiefly in the rocky limestone district of Burren in the N.W., though there are some in other baronies. That at Ballygannor is formed of a stone 40 ft. long and 10 broad.

Antiquities.—The county is rich in historical remains, both military and religious, particularly in the northwestern part. There are still over a hundred fortified castles, many of which are still lived in. They are mostly small, many being fortified homes. The most notable is Bunratty Castle, built in 1277, which was once home to the earls of Thomond, located 10 miles west of Limerick on the Shannon River. Other important castles include those at Ballykinvarga, Ballynalackan, and Lemaneagh, all in the northwest. You can find raths or camps in every area. They are usually circular, made of either large stones without mortar or earth mounds surrounded by one or more ditches. There is a list of abbeys and other religious houses that once thrived here (some are now only remembered by name, while many exist only as ruins) that includes more than twenty. The most notable are Quin, regarded as one of the finest and most complete examples of ancient monastic architecture in Ireland; Corcomroe; Ennis, which has a beautifully crafted window; and those on Inniscattery or Scattery Island in the Shannon, believed to have been founded by St. Senan (see Kilrush). Kilfenora, located 5 miles northeast of Ennistimon, was a separate diocese until 1752, and its small cathedral is interesting, along with several nearby crosses and a holy well. The ruined churches of Kilnaboy, Nouhaval, and Teampul Cronan are the most significant among many in the northwest. Five round towers are found in various states of preservation—at Scattery Island, Drumcliffe, Dysert O'Dea, Kilnaboy, and Inniscaltra (Lough Derg). The cathedral of the diocese of Killaloe is in the town of the same name. Cromlechs are mainly found in the rocky limestone area of Burren in the northwest, though some exist in other baronies. The one at Ballygannor consists of a stone that is 40 feet long and 10 feet wide.

See papers by T.J. Westropp in Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy—“Distribution of Cromlechs in County Clare” (1897); and “Churches of County Clare, and Origin of Ecclesiastical Divisions” (1900).

See papers by T.J. Westropp in Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy—“Distribution of Cromlechs in County Clare” (1897); and “Churches of County Clare, and Origin of Ecclesiastical Divisions” (1900).


CLAREMONT, a city of Sullivan county, New Hampshire, U.S.A., situated in the W. part of the state, bordering on the Connecticut river. Pop. (1890) 5565; (1900) 6498 (1442 foreign-born); (1910) 7529. Area, 6 sq. m. It is served by two branches of the Boston & Maine railway. In Claremont is the Fiske free library (1873), housed in a Carnegie building (1904). The Stevens high school is richly endowed by the gift of Paran Stevens, a native of Claremont. The city contains several villages, the principal being Claremont, Claremont Junction and West Claremont. Sugar river, flowing through the city into the Connecticut and falling 223 ft. within the city limits, furnishes good water-power. Among the manufactures are woollen and cotton goods, paper, mining and quarrying machinery, rubber goods, linens, shoes, wood trim and pearl buttons. The first settlement here was made in 1762, and a township was organized in 1764; in 1908 Claremont was chartered as a city. It was named from Claremont, Lord Clive’s country place.

CLAREMONT, a city in Sullivan County, New Hampshire, U.S.A., located in the western part of the state along the Connecticut River. Population (1890) 5,565; (1900) 6,498 (1,442 foreign-born); (1910) 7,529. Area: 6 square miles. It is served by two branches of the Boston & Maine Railway. Claremont is home to the Fiske Free Library (1873), located in a Carnegie building (1904). The Stevens High School has significant funding from the gift of Paran Stevens, a local resident. The city includes several villages, with the main ones being Claremont, Claremont Junction, and West Claremont. The Sugar River runs through the city into the Connecticut, dropping 223 feet within the city limits, providing good water power. Key manufacturing industries include woolen and cotton goods, paper, mining and quarrying machinery, rubber products, linens, shoes, wood trim, and pearl buttons. The first settlement was established in 1762, and the township was organized in 1764; Claremont was chartered as a city in 1908. It was named after Claremont, Lord Clive’s country estate.


CLARENCE, DUKES OF. The early history of this English title is identical with that of the family of Clare (q.v.), earls of Gloucester, who are sometimes called earls of Clare, of which word Clarence is a later form. The first duke of Clarence was Lionel of Antwerp (see below), third son of Edward III., who was created duke in 1362, and whose wife Elizabeth was a direct descendant of the Clares, the “Honour of Clare” being among the lands which she brought to her husband. When Lionel died without sons in 1368 the title became extinct; but in 1412 it was revived in favour of Thomas (see below), the second son of Henry IV. The third creation of a duke of Clarence took place in 1461, and was in favour of George (see below), brother of the King Edward IV. When this duke, accused by 428 the king, was attainted and killed in 1478, his titles and estates were forfeited. There appears to have been no other creation of a duke of Clarence until 1789, when William, third son of George III., was made a peer under this title. Having merged in the crown when William became king of Great Britain and Ireland in 1830, the title of duke of Clarence was again revived in 1890 in favour of Albert Victor (1864-1892), the elder son of King Edward VII., then prince of Wales, only to become extinct for the fifth time on his death in 1892.

CLARENCE, DUKE OF. The early history of this English title is the same as that of the family of Clare (q.v.), earls of Gloucester, who are sometimes referred to as earls of Clare, with "Clarence" being a later version of that name. The first duke of Clarence was Lionel of Antwerp (see below), the third son of Edward III, who was made duke in 1362. His wife, Elizabeth, was a direct descendant of the Clares, and the “Honour of Clare” was one of the estates she brought to her husband. When Lionel died without sons in 1368, the title became extinct; however, in 1412 it was given back to Thomas (see below), the second son of Henry IV. The third creation of the duke of Clarence occurred in 1461, favoring George (see below), brother of King Edward IV. When this duke was accused by the king, he was attainted and killed in 1478, leading to his titles and estates being forfeited. There doesn’t seem to have been another duke of Clarence until 1789 when William, the third son of George III, was granted this title. This title merged with the crown when William became king of Great Britain and Ireland in 1830. It was revived again in 1890 for Albert Victor (1864-1892), the elder son of King Edward VII, who was then the prince of Wales, but it became extinct for the fifth time after his death in 1892.

Lionel of Antwerp, duke of Clarence (1338-1368), third son of Edward III., was born at Antwerp on the 29th of November 1338. Betrothed when a child to Elizabeth (d. 1363), daughter and heiress of William de Burgh, 3rd earl of Ulster (d. 1332), he was married to her in 1352; but before this date he had entered nominally into possession of her great Irish inheritance. Having been named as his father’s representative in England in 1345 and again in 1346, Lionel was created earl of Ulster, and joined an expedition into France in 1355, but his chief energies were reserved for the affairs of Ireland. Appointed governor of that country, he landed at Dublin in 1361, and in November of the following year was created duke of Clarence, while his father made an abortive attempt to secure for him the crown of Scotland. His efforts to secure an effective authority over his Irish lands were only moderately successful; and after holding a parliament at Kilkenny, which passed the celebrated statute of Kilkenny in 1367, he threw up his task in disgust and returned to England. About this time a marriage was arranged between Clarence and Violante, daughter of Galeazzo Visconti, lord of Pavia (d. 1378); the enormous dowry which Galeazzo promised with his daughter being exaggerated by the rumour of the time. Journeying to fetch his bride, the duke was received in great state both in France and Italy, and was married to Violante at Milan in June 1368. Some months were then spent in festivities, during which Lionel was taken ill at Alba, where he died on the 7th of October 1368. His only child Philippa, a daughter by his first wife, married in 1368 Edmund Mortimer, 3rd earl of March (1351-1381), and through this union Clarence became the ancestor of Edward IV. The poet Chaucer was at one time a page in Lionel’s household.

Lionel from Antwerp, Duke of Clarence (1338-1368), the third son of Edward III, was born in Antwerp on November 29, 1338. Engaged as a child to Elizabeth (d. 1363), the daughter and heiress of William de Burgh, 3rd Earl of Ulster (d. 1332), he married her in 1352; however, he had already taken nominal possession of her substantial Irish inheritance by that time. Designated as his father's representative in England in 1345 and again in 1346, Lionel was made Earl of Ulster and participated in a military expedition to France in 1355, but he primarily focused on Irish affairs. He was appointed governor of Ireland and arrived in Dublin in 1361, and in November of the following year, he was made Duke of Clarence, while his father made an unsuccessful attempt to secure the Scottish crown for him. His efforts to exert meaningful control over his Irish territories met with limited success; after convening a parliament at Kilkenny, which enacted the famous Statute of Kilkenny in 1367, he became disillusioned and returned to England. Around this time, a marriage was arranged between Clarence and Violante, daughter of Galeazzo Visconti, Lord of Pavia (d. 1378); the vast dowry Galeazzo promised was amplified by rumors of the period. Traveling to bring his bride home, the duke received a grand welcome in both France and Italy and married Violante in Milan in June 1368. He then spent several months in celebrations, but fell ill in Alba, where he died on October 7, 1368. His only child, Philippa, a daughter from his first marriage, married Edmund Mortimer, 3rd Earl of March (1351-1381) in 1368, making Clarence an ancestor of Edward IV. The poet Chaucer once served as a page in Lionel’s household.

Thomas, duke of Clarence (c. 1388-1421), who was nominally lieutenant of Ireland from 1401 to 1413, and was in command of the English fleet in 1405, acted in opposition to his elder brother, afterwards King Henry V., and the Beauforts during the later part of the reign of Henry IV.; and was for a short time at the head of the government, leading an unsuccessful expedition into France in 1412. When Henry V., however, became king in 1413 no serious dissensions took place between the brothers, and as a member of the royal council Clarence took part in the preparations for the French war. He was with the English king at Harfleur, but not at Agincourt, and shared in the expedition of 1417 into Normandy, during which he led the assault on Caen, and distinguished himself as a soldier in other similar undertakings. When Henry V. returned to England in 1421, the duke remained in France as his lieutenant, and was killed at Beaugé whilst rashly attacking the French and their Scottish allies on the 22nd of March 1421. He left no legitimate issue, and the title again became extinct.

Thomas, Duke of Clarence (around 1388-1421), was the nominal lieutenant of Ireland from 1401 to 1413 and commanded the English fleet in 1405. He opposed his older brother, who later became King Henry V, and the Beauforts during the later part of Henry IV's reign. For a short time, he led the government and even attempted an unsuccessful expedition into France in 1412. However, when Henry V became king in 1413, there were no major conflicts between the brothers, and as a member of the royal council, Clarence contributed to the preparations for the war in France. He was with King Henry at Harfleur but not at Agincourt and took part in the 1417 expedition into Normandy, where he led the assault on Caen and proved himself as a soldier in other similar campaigns. When Henry V returned to England in 1421, the duke stayed in France as his lieutenant and was killed at Beaugé while recklessly attacking the French and their Scottish allies on March 22, 1421. He had no legitimate heirs, and the title once again became extinct.

George, duke of Clarence (1449-1478), younger son of Richard, duke of York, by his wife Cicely, daughter of Ralph Neville, 1st earl of Westmorland, was born in Dublin on the 21st of October 1449. Soon after his elder brother became king as Edward IV. in March 1461, he was created duke of Clarence, and his youth was no bar to his appointment as lord-lieutenant of Ireland in the following year. Having been mentioned as a possible husband for Mary, daughter of Charles the Bold, afterwards duke of Burgundy, Clarence came under the influence of Richard Neville, earl of Warwick, and in July 1469 was married at Calais to the earl’s elder daughter Isabella. With his father-in-law he then acted in a disloyal manner towards the king. Both supported the rebels in the north of England, and when their treachery was discovered Clarence was deprived of his office as lord-lieutenant and fled to France. Returning to England with Warwick in September 1470, he witnessed the restoration of Henry VI., when the crown was settled upon himself in case the male line of Henry’s family became extinct. The good understanding, however, between Warwick and his son-in-law was not lasting, and Clarence was soon secretly reconciled with Edward. The public reconciliation between the brothers took place when the king was besieging Warwick in Coventry, and Clarence then fought for the Yorkists at Barnet and Tewkesbury. After Warwick’s death in April 1471 Clarence appears to have seized the whole of the vast estates of the earl, and in March 1472 was created by right of his wife earl of Warwick and Salisbury. He was consequently greatly disturbed when he heard that his younger brother Richard, duke of Gloucester, was seeking to marry Warwick’s younger daughter Anne, and was claiming some part of Warwick’s lands. A violent quarrel between the brothers ensued, but Clarence was unable to prevent Gloucester from marrying, and in 1474 the king interfered to settle the dispute, dividing the estates between his brothers. In 1477 Clarence was again a suitor for the hand of Mary, who had just become duchess of Burgundy. Edward objected to the match, and Clarence, jealous of Gloucester’s influence, left the court. At length Edward was convinced that Clarence was aiming at his throne. The duke was thrown into prison, and in January 1478 the king unfolded the charges against his brother to the parliament. He had slandered the king; had received oaths of allegiance to himself and his heirs; had prepared for a new rebellion; and was in short incorrigible. Both Houses of Parliament passed the bill of attainder, and the sentence of death which followed was carried out on the 17th or 18th of February 1478. It is uncertain what share Gloucester had in his brother’s death; but soon after the event the rumour gained ground that Clarence had been drowned in a butt of malmsey wine. Two of the duke’s children survived their father: Margaret, countess of Salisbury (1473-1541), and Edward, earl of Warwick (1475-1499), who passed the greater part of his life in prison and was beheaded in November 1499.

George, Duke of Clarence (1449-1478), was the younger son of Richard, Duke of York, and his wife Cicely, the daughter of Ralph Neville, the 1st Earl of Westmorland. He was born in Dublin on October 21, 1449. Shortly after his older brother became king as Edward IV in March 1461, he was made Duke of Clarence, and his youth didn’t prevent him from being appointed Lord-Lieutenant of Ireland the following year. At one point, he was considered a potential husband for Mary, the daughter of Charles the Bold, who later became Duke of Burgundy. During this time, Clarence fell under the influence of Richard Neville, the Earl of Warwick, and in July 1469, he married Warwick's older daughter, Isabella, in Calais. He then began to act disloyally toward the king alongside his father-in-law. Both supported the rebels in northern England, and when their betrayal was discovered, Clarence lost his position as Lord-Lieutenant and fled to France. He returned to England with Warwick in September 1470 and witnessed the restoration of Henry VI, who established that Clarence would inherit the crown if Henry's male line became extinct. However, the good relationship between Warwick and his son-in-law didn't last long, and Clarence soon secretly reconciled with Edward. The public reconciliation between the brothers happened while the king was besieging Warwick in Coventry, and Clarence then fought for the Yorkists at the battles of Barnet and Tewkesbury. After Warwick's death in April 1471, Clarence seemingly took control of all of the Earl's vast estates, and in March 1472, he was named Earl of Warwick and Salisbury through his wife. He was extremely troubled when he learned that his younger brother Richard, Duke of Gloucester, was seeking to marry Warwick's younger daughter Anne and was claiming some of Warwick’s lands. This led to a heated argument between the brothers, but Clarence could not stop Gloucester’s marriage. In 1474, the king intervened to resolve the dispute by dividing the estates between the brothers. In 1477, Clarence once again sought the hand of Mary, who had just become Duchess of Burgundy. Edward opposed this union, and feeling jealous of Gloucester’s influence, Clarence left the court. Eventually, Edward became convinced that Clarence was plotting to take his throne. The duke was imprisoned, and in January 1478, the king presented the charges against his brother to Parliament. Clarence had slandered the king, received oaths of loyalty to himself and his heirs, prepared for a new rebellion, and was essentially incorrigible. Both Houses of Parliament passed the bill of attainder, and the subsequent death sentence was executed on February 17 or 18, 1478. It is unclear what role Gloucester played in his brother's death, but shortly after, rumors spread that Clarence had been drowned in a cask of malmsey wine. Two of the duke's children survived him: Margaret, Countess of Salisbury (1473-1541), and Edward, Earl of Warwick (1475-1499), who spent most of his life in prison and was executed in November 1499.

On the last-named see W. Stubbs, Constitutional History, vol. iii. (Oxford, 1895); Sir J.H. Ramsay, Lancaster and York (Oxford, 1892); C.W.C. Oman, Warwick the Kingmaker (London, 1891). On the title generally see G.E. C(okayne), Complete Peerage (1887-1898).

On the last-mentioned source, see W. Stubbs, Constitutional History, vol. iii. (Oxford, 1895); Sir J.H. Ramsay, Lancaster and York (Oxford, 1892); C.W.C. Oman, Warwick the Kingmaker (London, 1891). For the title in general, see G.E. C(okayne), Complete Peerage (1887-1898).


CLARENDON, EDWARD HYDE, 1st Earl of (1609-1674), English historian and statesman, son of Henry Hyde of Dinton, Wiltshire, a member of a family for some time established at Norbury, Cheshire, was born on the 18th of February 1609. He entered Magdalen Hall, Oxford, in 1622 (having been refused a demyship at Magdalen College), and graduated B.A. in 1626. Intended originally for holy orders, the death of two elder brothers made him his father’s heir, and in 1625 he entered the Middle Temple. At the university his abilities were more conspicuous than his industry, and at the bar his time was devoted more to general reading and to the society of eminent scholars and writers than to the study of law treatises. This wandering from the beaten track, however, was not without its advantages. In later years Clarendon declared “next the immediate blessing and providence of God Almighty” that he “owed all the little he knew and the little good that was in him to the friendships and conversation ... of the most excellent men in their several kinds that lived in that age.”1 These included Ben Jonson, Selden, Waller, Hales, and especially Lord Falkland; and from their influence and the wide reading in which he indulged, he doubtless drew the solid learning and literary talent which afterwards distinguished him.

CLARENDON, EDWARD HYDE, 1st Earl of (1609-1674), English historian and statesman, son of Henry Hyde of Dinton, Wiltshire, part of a family that had been established in Norbury, Cheshire, was born on February 18, 1609. He entered Magdalen Hall, Oxford, in 1622 (after being denied a demyship at Magdalen College) and graduated with a B.A. in 1626. Initially destined for the clergy, the death of two older brothers made him his father's heir, and in 1625 he joined the Middle Temple. At university, his talents were more evident than his hard work, and at the bar, he spent more time on general reading and socializing with distinguished scholars and writers than on studying legal texts. This deviation from the usual path, however, had its benefits. In later years, Clarendon stated that “next to the immediate blessing and providence of God Almighty,” he “owed all the little he knew and the little good that was in him to the friendships and conversations... of the most excellent men in their various fields that lived in that age.”1 These included Ben Jonson, Selden, Waller, Hales, and especially Lord Falkland; from their influence and his extensive reading, he undoubtedly gained the solid knowledge and literary skill that later set him apart.

In 1629 he married his first wife, Anne, daughter of Sir George Ayliffe, who died six months afterwards; and secondly, in 1634, Frances, daughter of Sir Thomas Aylesbury, Master of Requests. In 1633 he was called to the bar, and obtained quickly a good position and practice. His marriages had gained for him influential friends, and in December 1634 he was made keeper of the writs and rolls of the common pleas; while his able conduct of the petition of the London merchants against Portland earned Laud’s approval. He was returned to the Short Parliament 429 in 1640 as member for Wootton Bassett. Respect and veneration for the law and constitution of England were already fundamental principles with Hyde, and the flagrant violations and perversions of the law which characterized the twelve preceding years of absolute rule drove him into the ranks of the popular party. He served on numerous and important committees, and his parliamentary action was directed chiefly towards the support and restoration of the law. He assailed the jurisdiction of the earl marshal’s court, and in the Long Parliament, in which he sat for Saltash, renewed his attacks and practically effected its suppression. In 1641 he served on the committees for inquiring into the status of the councils of Wales and of the North, distinguished himself by a speech against the latter, and took an important part in the proceedings against the judges. He supported Stafford’s impeachment, and did not vote against the attainder, subsequently making an unsuccessful attempt through Essex to avert the capital penalty.2 Hyde’s allegiance, however, to the church of England was as staunch as his support of the law, and was soon to separate him from the popular faction. In February 1641 he opposed the reception of the London petition against episcopacy, and in May the project for unity of religion with the Scots, and the bill for the exclusion of the clergy from secular office. He showed special energy in his opposition to the Root and Branch Bill, and, though made chairman of the committee on the bill on the 11th of July in order to silence his opposition, he caused by his successful obstruction the failure of the measure. In consequence he was summoned to the king’s presence, and encouraged in his attitude, and at the beginning of the second session was regarded as one of the king’s ablest supporters in the Commons. He considered the claims put forward at this time by parliament as a violation and not as a guarantee of the law and constitution. He opposed the demand by the parliament to choose the king’s ministers, and also the Grand Remonstrance, to which he wrote a reply published by the king.

In 1629, he married his first wife, Anne, the daughter of Sir George Ayliffe, who died six months later. Then, in 1634, he married Frances, the daughter of Sir Thomas Aylesbury, Master of Requests. He was called to the bar in 1633 and quickly established a strong position and practice. His marriages helped him form influential connections, and in December 1634, he was appointed keeper of the writs and rolls of the common pleas. His competent handling of the London merchants' petition against Portland earned him Laud’s approval. He was elected to the Short Parliament in 1640 as the representative for Wootton Bassett. Hyde had a deep respect for the law and the constitution of England, and the blatant violations and abuses of the law that marked the preceding twelve years of absolute rule pushed him into the popular party. He participated in many important committees, focusing his parliamentary efforts on supporting and restoring the law. He challenged the jurisdiction of the earl marshal’s court and renewed his attacks in the Long Parliament, where he represented Saltash, ultimately leading to its suppression. In 1641, he served on committees investigating the status of the councils of Wales and the North, where he distinguished himself with a speech against the latter and played a significant role in the proceedings against the judges. He supported Stafford’s impeachment and did not vote against the attainder, later making an unsuccessful effort through Essex to prevent the death penalty. Hyde’s loyalty to the Church of England was just as strong as his commitment to the law, which soon set him apart from the popular faction. In February 1641, he opposed the reception of the London petition against episcopacy, and in May, he opposed the plan for religious unity with the Scots and the bill to exclude the clergy from secular office. He vigorously opposed the Root and Branch Bill, and although he was made chairman of the committee on the bill on July 11 to silence his dissent, he successfully obstructed it, leading to its failure. As a result, he was summoned to the king, who encouraged him, and at the beginning of the second session, he was viewed as one of the king’s most capable supporters in the Commons. He viewed the demands put forth by parliament at that time as a violation rather than a guarantee of the law and constitution. He opposed the parliament's demand to choose the king’s ministers and also the Grand Remonstrance, to which he wrote a reply that was published by the king.

He now definitely though not openly joined the royal cause, and refused office in January 1642 with Colepeper and Falkland in order to serve the king’s interests more effectually. Charles undertook to do nothing in the Commons without their advice. Nevertheless a few days afterwards, without their knowledge and by the advice of Lord Digby, he attempted the arrest of the five members, a resort to force which reduced Hyde to despair, and which indeed seemed to show that things had gone too far for an appeal to the law. He persevered, nevertheless, in his legal policy, to which Charles after the failure of his project again returned, joined the king openly in June, and continued to compose the king’s answers and declarations in which he appealed to the “known Laws of the land” against the arbitrary and illegal acts of a seditious majority in the parliament, his advice to the king being “to shelter himself wholly under the law,... presuming that the king and the law together would have been strong enough for any encounter.” Hyde’s appeal had great influence, and gained for the king’s cause half the nation. It by no means, however, met with universal support among the royalists, Hobbes jeering at Hyde’s love for “mixed monarchy,” and the courtiers expressing their disapproval of the “spirit of accommodation” which “wounded the regality.” It was destined to failure owing principally to the invincible distrust of Charles created in the parliament leaders, and to the fact that Charles was simultaneously carrying on another and an inconsistent policy, listening to very different advisers, such as the queen and Digby, and resolving on measures (such as the attempt on Hull) without Hyde’s knowledge or approval.

He now clearly, though not openly, supported the royal cause and turned down a position in January 1642 along with Colepeper and Falkland to serve the king's interests more effectively. Charles promised not to act in the Commons without their advice. However, just a few days later, without their knowledge and upon Lord Digby's suggestion, he tried to arrest five members, a move that left Hyde in despair and suggested that things had gone too far for a legal resolution. Nevertheless, he continued with his legal strategy, which Charles returned to after his plan's failure. Hyde openly joined the king in June and kept drafting the king's responses and declarations, appealing to the “known Laws of the land” against the arbitrary and illegal actions of a rebellious majority in Parliament, advising the king to “shelter himself wholly under the law,... believing that the king and the law together would be strong enough for any challenge.” Hyde's appeal had significant influence and garnered support for the king's cause from half the nation. However, it did not have unanimous backing from the royalists; Hobbes mocked Hyde’s preference for “mixed monarchy,” and the courtiers showed their disapproval of the “spirit of accommodation” which “wounded the regality.” It was doomed to fail primarily due to the deep distrust of Charles among the parliamentary leaders and the fact that Charles was also pursuing other inconsistent policies, listening to very different advisors like the queen and Digby, and making decisions (like the attempt on Hull) without Hyde’s knowledge or approval.

War, accordingly, in spite of his efforts, broke out. He was expelled the House of Commons on the 11th of August 1642, and was one of those excepted later from pardon. He showed great activity in collecting loans, was present at Edgehill, though not as a combatant, and followed the king to Oxford, residing at All Souls College from October 1642 till March 1645. On the 22nd of February he was made a privy councillor and knighted, and on the 3rd of March appointed chancellor of the exchequer. He was an influential member of the “Junto” which met every week to discuss business before it was laid before the council. His aim was to gain over some of the leading Parliamentarians by personal influence and personal considerations, and at the Uxbridge negotiations in January 1645, where he acted as principal manager on the king’s side, while remaining firm on the great political questions such as the church and the militia, he tried to win individuals by promises of places and honours. He promoted the assembly of the Oxford parliament in December 1643 as a counterpoise to the influence and status of the Long Parliament. Hyde’s policy and measures, however, all failed. They had been weakly and irregularly supported by the king, and were fiercely opposed by the military party, who were jealous of the civil influence, and were urging Charles to trust to force and arms alone and eschew all compromise and concessions. Charles fell now under the influence of persons devoid of all legal and constitutional scruples, sending to Glamorgan in Ireland “those strange powers and instructions inexcusable to justice, piety and prudence.”3

War broke out despite his efforts. He was expelled from the House of Commons on August 11, 1642, and later one of those excluded from pardon. He was very active in gathering loans, attended the Battle of Edgehill, although not as a fighter, and followed the king to Oxford, staying at All Souls College from October 1642 to March 1645. On February 22, he became a privy councillor and was knighted, and on March 3, he was appointed chancellor of the exchequer. He was an influential member of the "Junto," which met weekly to discuss issues before they reached the council. His goal was to win over some of the leading Parliamentarians through personal influence and considerations. During the Uxbridge negotiations in January 1645, where he was the main manager for the king, he maintained a strong stance on important political issues like the church and the militia while trying to secure individuals with promises of positions and honors. He supported the formation of the Oxford parliament in December 1643 as a counterbalance to the influence and status of the Long Parliament. However, Hyde's policies and actions ultimately failed. They had weak and inconsistent backing from the king and faced fierce opposition from the military faction, who were wary of civil authority and pressed Charles to rely solely on force and abandon any compromise. Charles then came under the influence of people lacking any legal or constitutional integrity, sending to Glamorgan in Ireland "those strange powers and instructions inexcusable to justice, piety and prudence."3

Hyde’s influence was much diminished, and on the 4th of March 1645 he left the king for Bristol as one of the guardians of the prince of Wales and governors of the west. Here the disputes between the council and the army paralysed the proceedings, and lost, according to Hyde, the finest opportunity since the outbreak of the war of raising a strong force and gaining substantial victories in that part of the country. After Hopton’s defeat on the 16th of February 1646, at Torrington, Hyde accompanied the prince, on the 4th of March, to Scilly, and on the 17th of April, for greater security, to Jersey. He strongly disapproved of the prince’s removal to France by the queen’s order and of the schemes of assistance from abroad, refused to accompany him, and signed a bond to prevent the sale of Jersey to the French supported by Jermyn. He opposed the projected sacrifice of the church to the Scots and the grant by the king of any but personal or temporary concessions, declaring that peace was only possible “upon the old foundations of government in church and state.” He was especially averse to Charles’s tampering with the Irish Romanists. “Oh, Mr Secretary,” he wrote to Nicholas, “those stratagems have given me more sad hours than all the misfortunes in war which have befallen the king and look like the effects of God’s anger towards us.”4 He refused to compound for his own estate. While in Jersey he resided first at St Helier and afterwards at Elizabeth Castle with Sir George Carteret. He composed the first portion of his History and kept in touch with events by means of an enormous correspondence. In 1648 he published A Full answer to an infamous and traiterous Pamphlet..., a reply to the resolution of the parliament to present no more addresses to the king and a vindication of Charles.

Hyde’s influence had significantly decreased, and on March 4, 1645, he left the king for Bristol as one of the guardians of the prince of Wales and governors of the west. There, the conflicts between the council and the army hindered progress and, according to Hyde, wasted the best opportunity since the war began to raise a strong force and achieve major victories in that region. After Hopton’s defeat on February 16, 1646, at Torrington, Hyde accompanied the prince to Scilly on March 4, and then, for added safety, to Jersey on April 17. He strongly disagreed with the queen’s order to move the prince to France and opposed plans for assistance from abroad, refusing to follow him, and signed a bond to prevent the sale of Jersey to the French, backed by Jermyn. He was against sacrificing the church for the Scots and the king granting anything other than personal or temporary concessions, declaring that peace was only achievable "on the old foundations of government in church and state." He was particularly opposed to Charles’s dealings with the Irish Roman Catholics. "Oh, Mr. Secretary," he wrote to Nicholas, "those schemes have caused me more sorrow than all the misfortunes in war that have befallen the king and seem like signs of God’s anger towards us."4 He refused to settle for his own estate. While in Jersey, he first stayed at St Helier and later at Elizabeth Castle with Sir George Carteret. He wrote the first part of his History and kept updated on events through extensive correspondence. In 1648, he published A Full answer to an infamous and traiterous Pamphlet..., a response to parliament's resolution not to address the king again and a defense of Charles.

On the outbreak of the second Civil War Hyde left Jersey (26th of June 1648) to join the queen and prince at Paris. He landed at Dieppe, sailed from that port to Dunkirk, and thence followed the prince to the Thames, where Charles had met the fleet, but was captured and robbed by a privateer, and only joined the prince in September after the latter’s return to the Hague. He strongly disapproved of the king’s concessions at Newport. When the army broke off the treaty and brought Charles to trial he endeavoured to save his life, and after the execution drew up a letter to the several European sovereigns invoking their assistance to avenge it. Hyde strongly opposed Charles II.’s ignominious surrender to the Covenanters, the alliance with the Scots, and the Scottish expedition, desiring to accomplish whatever was possible there through Montrose and the royalists, and inclined rather to an attempt in Ireland. His advice was not followed, and he gladly accepted a mission with Cottington to Spain to obtain money from the Roman Catholic powers, and to arrange an alliance between Owen O’Neill and Ormonde for the recovery of Ireland, arriving at Madrid on the 26th of November 1649. The defeat, however, of Charles at Dunbar, and the confirmation of Cromwell’s ascendancy, influenced the Spanish government 430 against them, and they were ordered to leave in December 1650. Hyde arrived at Antwerp in January 1651, and in December rejoined Charles at Paris after the latter’s escape from Worcester. He now became one of his chief advisers, accompanying him in his change of residence to Cologne in October 1654 and to Bruges in 1658, and was appointed lord chancellor on the 13th of January 1658. His influence was henceforth maintained in spite of the intrigues of both Romanists and Presbyterians, as well as the violent and openly displayed hostility of the queen, and was employed unremittingly in the endeavour to keep Charles faithful to the church and constitution, and in the prevention of unwise concessions and promises which might estrange the general body of the royalists. His advice to Charles was to wait upon the turn of events, “that all his activity was to consist in carefully avoiding to do anything that might do him hurt and to expect some blessed conjuncture.”5 In 1656, during the war between England and Spain, Charles received offers of help from the latter power provided he could gain a port in England, but Hyde discouraged small isolated attempts. He expected much from Cromwell’s death. The same year he made an alliance with the Levellers, and was informed of their plots to assassinate the protector, without apparently expressing any disapproval.6 He was well supplied with information from England,7 and guided the action of the royalists with great ability and wisdom during the interval between Cromwell’s death and the Restoration, urged patience, and advocated the obstruction of a settlement between the factions contending for power and the fomentation of their jealousies, rather than premature risings.

When the second Civil War began, Hyde left Jersey (June 26, 1648) to join the queen and prince in Paris. He landed in Dieppe, sailed from there to Dunkirk, and then followed the prince to the Thames, where Charles had met the fleet but was captured and robbed by a privateer. He only joined the prince in September after the latter returned to The Hague. He strongly disagreed with the king’s concessions at Newport. When the army broke off the treaty and put Charles on trial, he tried to save his life, and after the execution, he wrote a letter to various European leaders asking for their help to take revenge. Hyde was strongly against Charles II’s disgraceful surrender to the Covenanters, the alliance with the Scots, and the Scottish mission. He preferred to achieve whatever was possible there through Montrose and the royalists but leaned more toward an attempt in Ireland. His advice was ignored, and he happily accepted a mission with Cottington to Spain to get money from the Catholic powers and arrange an alliance between Owen O’Neill and Ormonde to recover Ireland, arriving in Madrid on November 26, 1649. However, Charles's defeat at Dunbar and Cromwell’s rising power swayed the Spanish government against them, and they were ordered to leave in December 1650. Hyde reached Antwerp in January 1651 and rejoined Charles in December at Paris after the latter’s escape from Worcester. He became one of Charles’s main advisers, accompanying him when he moved to Cologne in October 1654 and Bruges in 1658, and was appointed lord chancellor on January 13, 1658. His influence remained strong despite the intrigues of both Catholics and Presbyterians and the open hostility of the queen. He worked tirelessly to keep Charles loyal to the church and constitution and to prevent unwise concessions that might alienate the broader royalist community. His advice to Charles was to bide his time, saying that all his efforts should focus on avoiding anything that could harm him and to wait for a favorable moment. In 1656, during the war between England and Spain, Charles received offers of support from Spain if he could secure a port in England, but Hyde discouraged small, isolated attempts. He expected a lot from Cromwell’s death. That same year, he formed an alliance with the Levellers and learned of their plans to assassinate the protector, without showing any apparent disapproval. He was well informed about events in England and effectively guided the actions of the royalists with great skill and wisdom during the period between Cromwell’s death and the Restoration, urging patience and promoting the obstruction of a settlement between the factions fighting for power and inciting their rivalries instead of encouraging premature uprisings.

The Restoration was a complete triumph for Hyde’s policy. He lays no stress on his own great part in it, but it was owing to him that the Restoration was a national one, by the consent and invitation of parliament representing the whole people and not through the medium of one powerful faction enforcing its will upon a minority, and that it was not only a restoration of Charles but a restoration of the monarchy. By Hyde’s advice concessions to the inconvenient demands of special factions had been avoided by referring the decision to a “free parliament,” and the declaration of Breda reserved for parliament the settlement of the questions of amnesty, religious toleration and the proprietorship of forfeited lands.

The Restoration was a complete success for Hyde’s policy. He doesn’t emphasize his own significant role in it, but it was because of him that the Restoration was a national event, by the agreement and invitation of parliament representing everyone, rather than through one powerful faction imposing its will on a minority. It was not just a restoration of Charles but a restoration of the monarchy. Thanks to Hyde’s advice, concessions to the problematic demands of specific factions were avoided by leaving the decision to a “free parliament,” and the declaration of Breda left the resolution of issues like amnesty, religious tolerance, and ownership of confiscated lands to parliament.

Hyde entered London with the king, all attempts at effecting his fall having failed, and immediately obtained the chief place in the government, retaining the chancellorship of the exchequer till the 13th of May 1661, when he surrendered it to Lord Ashley. He took his seat as speaker of the House of Lords and in the court of chancery on the 1st of June 1660. On the 3rd of November 1660 he was made Baron Hyde of Hindon, and on the 20th of April 1661 Viscount Cornbury and earl of Clarendon, receiving a grant from the king of £20,000 and at different times of various small estates and Irish rents. The marriage of his daughter Anne to James, duke of York, celebrated in secret in September 1660, at first alarmed Clarendon on account of the public hostility he expected thereby to incur, but finding his fears unconfirmed he acquiesced in its public recognition in December, and thus became related in a special manner to the royal family and the grandfather of two English sovereigns.8

Hyde entered London with the king, after all efforts to bring about his downfall had failed, and quickly took a leading position in the government, keeping the chancellorship of the exchequer until May 13, 1661, when he handed it over to Lord Ashley. He took his seat as speaker of the House of Lords and in the court of chancery on June 1, 1660. On November 3, 1660, he was made Baron Hyde of Hindon, and on April 20, 1661, he became Viscount Cornbury and Earl of Clarendon, receiving a grant from the king of £20,000 along with various small estates and Irish rents at different times. The marriage of his daughter Anne to James, Duke of York, held in secret in September 1660, initially worried Clarendon due to the public backlash he thought he would face. However, after realizing his concerns were unfounded, he agreed to the public acknowledgment of the marriage in December, thus becoming closely linked to the royal family and the grandfather of two English monarchs.8

Clarendon’s position was one of great difficulties, but at the same time of splendid opportunities. In particular a rare occasion now offered itself of settling the religious question on a broad principle of comprehension or toleration; for the monarchy had been restored not by the supporters of the church alone but largely by the influence and aid of the nonconformists and also of the Roman Catholics, who were all united at that happy moment by a common loyalty to the throne. Clarendon appears to have approved of comprehension but not of toleration. He had already in April 1660 sent to discuss terms with the leading Presbyterians in England, and after the Restoration offered bishoprics to several, including Richard Baxter. He drew up the royal declaration of October, promising limited episcopacy and a revised prayer-book and ritual, which was subsequently thrown out by parliament, and he appears to have anticipated some kind of settlement from the Savoy Conference which sat in April 1661. The failure of the latter proved perhaps that the differences were too great for compromise, and widened the breach. The parliament immediately proceeded to pass the series of narrow and tyrannical measures against the dissenters known as the Clarendon Code. The Corporations Act, obliging members of corporations to denounce the Covenant and take the sacrament according to the Anglican usage, became law on the 20th of December 1661, the Act of Uniformity enforcing the use of the prayer-book on ministers, as well as a declaration that it was unlawful to bear arms against the sovereign, on the 19th of May 1662, and these were followed by the Conventicle Act in 1664 suppressing conventicles and by the Five-Mile Act in 1665 forbidding ministers who had refused subscription to the Act of Uniformity to teach or reside within 5 m. of a borough. Clarendon appears to have reluctantly acquiesced in these civil measures rather than to have originated them, and to have endeavoured to mitigate their injustice and severity. He supported the continuance of the tenure by presbyterian ministers of livings not held by Anglicans and an amendment in the Lords allowing a pension to those deprived, earning the gratitude of Baxter and the nonconformists. On the 17th of March 1662 he introduced into parliament a declaration enabling the king to dispense with the Act of Uniformity in the case of ministers of merit.9 But once committed to the narrow policy of intolerance, Clarendon was inevitably involved in all its consequences. His characteristic respect for the law and constitution rendered him hostile to the general policy of indulgence, which, though the favourite project of the king, he strongly opposed in the Lords, and in the end caused its withdrawal. He declared that he could have wished the law otherwise, “but when it was passed, he thought it absolutely necessary to see obedience paid to it without any connivance.”10 Charles was greatly angered. It was believed in May 1663 that the intrigues of Bennet and Buckingham, who seized the opportunity of ingratiating themselves with the king by zealously supporting the indulgence, had secured Clarendon’s dismissal, and in July Bristol ventured to accuse him of high treason in the parliament; but the attack, which did not receive the king’s support, failed entirely and only ended in the banishment from court of its promoter. Clarendon’s opposition to the court policy in this way acquired a personal character, and he was compelled to identify himself more completely with the intolerant measures of the House of Commons. Though not the originator of the Conventicle Act or of the Five-Mile Act, he has recorded his approval,11 and he ended by taking alarm at plots and rumours and by regarding the great party of nonconformists, through whose co-operation the monarchy had been restored, as a danger to the state whose “faction was their religion.”12

Clarendon's position was filled with significant challenges, but also presented remarkable opportunities. Specifically, a unique chance arose to address the religious issue based on a broad principle of inclusion or tolerance; the monarchy had been restored not just by the church’s supporters but also with considerable influence and support from nonconformists and Roman Catholics, who were all united at that fortunate moment in their loyalty to the throne. Clarendon seemed to favor inclusion but not tolerance. He had already sent a message in April 1660 to negotiate terms with leading Presbyterians in England, and after the Restoration, offered bishoprics to several, including Richard Baxter. He drafted the royal declaration in October, promising a limited episcopacy and a revised prayer book and ritual, which was later rejected by parliament, and he seemed to have expected some sort of resolution from the Savoy Conference that took place in April 1661. The failure of that conference likely showed that the differences were too significant for compromise, leading to a wider rift. Parliament quickly moved to enact a series of narrow and oppressive measures against dissenters, known as the Clarendon Code. The Corporations Act, which required members of corporations to reject the Covenant and take the sacrament according to Anglican practices, became law on December 20, 1661, while the Act of Uniformity, enforcing the use of the prayer book for ministers and declaring it unlawful to bear arms against the sovereign, was passed on May 19, 1662. This was followed by the Conventicle Act in 1664, which suppressed religious gatherings, and the Five-Mile Act in 1665, which banned ministers who refused to subscribe to the Act of Uniformity from teaching or living within five miles of a borough. Clarendon appeared to have reluctantly gone along with these civil measures rather than initiating them, trying to lessen their unfairness and harshness. He supported the continued tenure of Presbyterian ministers in positions not held by Anglicans, and an amendment in the Lords that provided pensions for those deprived, which earned him gratitude from Baxter and the nonconformists. On March 17, 1662, he introduced a declaration in parliament that allowed the king to make exceptions to the Act of Uniformity for deserving ministers. But once he committed to the narrow policy of intolerance, Clarendon became inevitably entangled in all its consequences. His respect for the law and constitution made him opposed to the general policy of indulgence, which, despite being the king's favored initiative, he strongly resisted in the Lords, ultimately leading to its retraction. He stated that he would have preferred a different law, but once it was enacted, he believed it was essential to ensure it was followed without any leniency. Charles was very angered. It was rumored in May 1663 that the schemes of Bennet and Buckingham, who took the opportunity to win favor with the king by ardently supporting the indulgence, had led to Clarendon’s dismissal, and in July, Bristol dared to accuse him of high treason in parliament; however, the attack, which did not have the king's backing, completely failed and only resulted in its instigator being banished from court. Clarendon’s opposition to court policy became personal in this context, and he found himself more closely aligned with the intolerant measures of the House of Commons. Although he did not originate the Conventicle Act or the Five-Mile Act, he recorded his approval of both, and he eventually became alarmed by plots and rumors, viewing the significant group of nonconformists, whose cooperation had restored the monarchy, as a threat to the state, whose “faction was their religion.”

Meanwhile Clarendon’s influence and direction had been predominant in nearly all departments of state. He supported the exception of the actual regicides from the Indemnity, but only ten out of the twenty-six condemned were executed, and Clarendon, with the king’s support, prevented the passing of a bill in 1661 for the execution of thirteen more. He upheld the Act of Indemnity against all the attempts of the royalists to upset it. The conflicting claims to estates were left to be decided by the law. The confiscations of the usurping government accordingly were cancelled, while the properly executed transactions 431 between individuals were necessarily upheld. There can be little doubt that the principle followed was the only safe one in the prevailing confusion. Great injustice was indeed suffered by individuals, but the proper remedy of such injustice was the benevolence of the king, which there is too much reason to believe proved inadequate and partial. The settlement of the church lands which was directed by Clarendon presented equal difficulties and involved equal hardships. In settling Scotland Clarendon’s aim was to make that kingdom dependent upon England and to uphold the Cromwellian union. He proposed to establish a council at Whitehall to govern Scottish affairs, and showed great zeal in endeavouring to restore episcopacy through the medium of Archbishop Sharp. His influence, however, ended with the ascendancy of Lauderdale in 1663. He was, to some extent at least, responsible for the settlement in Ireland, but, while anxious for an establishment upon a solid Protestant basis, urged “temper and moderation and justice” in securing it. He supported Ormonde’s wise and enlightened Irish administration, and in particular opposed persistently the prohibition of the import of Irish cattle into England, incurring thereby great unpopularity. He showed great activity in the advancement of the colonies, to whom he allowed full freedom of religion. He was a member of the council for foreign plantations, and one of the eight lords proprietors of Carolina in 1663; and in 1664 sent a commission to settle disputes in New England. In the department of foreign affairs he had less influence. His policy was limited to the maintenance of peace “necessary for the reducing [the king’s] own dominions into that temper of subjection and obedience as they ought to be in.”13 In 1664 he demanded, on behalf of Charles, French support, and a loan of £50,000 against disturbance at home, and thus initiated that ignominious system of pensions and dependence upon France which proved so injurious to English interests later. But he was the promoter neither of the sale of Dunkirk on the 27th of October 1662, the author of which seems to have been the earl of Sandwich,14 nor of the Dutch War. He attached considerable value to the possession of the former, but when its sale was decided he conducted the negotiations and effected the bargain. He had zealously laboured for peace with Holland, and had concluded a treaty for the settlement of disputes on the 4th of September 1662. Commercial and naval jealousies, however, soon involved the two states in hostilities. Cape Corso and other Dutch possessions on the coast of Africa, and New Amsterdam in America, were seized by squadrons from the royal navy in 1664, and hostilities were declared on the 22nd of February 1665. Clarendon now gave his support to the war, asserted the extreme claims of the English crown over the British seas, and contemplated fresh cessions from the Dutch and an alliance with Sweden and Spain. According to his own account he initiated the policy of the Triple Alliance,15 but it seems clear that his inclination towards France continued in spite of the intervention of the latter state in favour of Holland; and he took part in the negotiations for ending the war by an undertaking with Louis XIV. implying a neutrality, while the latter seized Flanders. The crisis in this feeble foreign policy and in the general official mismanagement was reached in June 1667, when the Dutch burnt several ships at Chatham and when “the roar of foreign guns were heard for the first and last time by the citizens of London.”16

Meanwhile, Clarendon's influence and leadership had a major presence in nearly all areas of government. He backed the idea of excluding actual regicides from the Indemnity, but only ten out of the twenty-six condemned were executed. Clarendon, with the king's backing, blocked a bill in 1661 that aimed to execute thirteen more. He defended the Act of Indemnity against all efforts by royalists to overturn it. Conflicting claims to estates were left to be resolved by the law. Consequently, the confiscations made by the usurping government were reversed, while properly executed transactions between individuals were upheld. There’s little doubt that the principle followed was the safest option amid the prevailing chaos. While individuals did suffer significant injustice, the proper remedy for such injustice relied on the king's kindness, which proved to be inadequate and biased. The arrangement of church lands guided by Clarendon also faced significant challenges and involved considerable hardships. In settling Scotland, Clarendon aimed to make that kingdom dependent on England and to maintain the Cromwellian union. He suggested establishing a council at Whitehall to oversee Scottish affairs and worked hard to restore episcopacy through Archbishop Sharp. However, his influence waned with Lauderdale's rise to power in 1663. He was partially responsible for the settlement in Ireland, but while he wanted a solid Protestant establishment, he urged "temper and moderation and justice" in achieving it. He supported Ormonde’s wise and enlightened administration in Ireland, particularly opposing the ban on importing Irish cattle into England, which made him quite unpopular. He was very active in promoting the colonies, allowing them full freedom of religion. He was a member of the council for foreign plantations and one of the eight lords proprietors of Carolina in 1663; in 1664, he sent a commission to settle disputes in New England. In foreign affairs, he had less influence. His policy focused on maintaining peace "necessary for bringing [the king’s] own dominions into the obedience they ought to be in." In 1664, he requested French support, as well as a loan of £50,000 to address domestic disturbances, which initiated the disreputable system of pensions and reliance on France that later harmed English interests. However, he was neither the promoter of the sale of Dunkirk on October 27, 1662, which appears to have been orchestrated by the Earl of Sandwich, nor the author of the Dutch War. He valued the possession of Dunkirk, but when its sale was decided, he managed the negotiations and finalized the deal. He had worked hard for peace with Holland, concluding a treaty to settle disputes on September 4, 1662. However, commercial and naval rivalries soon led the two nations into conflict. Cape Corso and other Dutch territories on the coast of Africa, as well as New Amsterdam in America, were seized by the royal navy in 1664, leading to hostilities declared on February 22, 1665. Clarendon then supported the war, claimed extreme rights for the English crown over British waters, and considered fresh cessions from the Dutch, alongside an alliance with Sweden and Spain. According to his own account, he initiated the policy of the Triple Alliance, but it seems that his tendency to lean toward France persisted despite France's involvement on Holland's side. He participated in negotiations to end the war via an agreement with Louis XIV. that implied neutrality while the latter seized Flanders. The crisis in this weak foreign policy and in overall official mismanagement peaked in June 1667 when the Dutch burned several ships at Chatham, marking the first and last time "the roar of foreign guns" was heard by the citizens of London.

The whole responsibility for the national calamity and disgrace, and for the ignominious peace which followed it, was unjustly thrown on the shoulders of Clarendon, though it must be admitted that the disjointed state of the administration and want of control over foreign policy were largely the causes of the disaster, and for these Clarendon’s influence and obstruction of official reforms were to some extent answerable. According to Sir William Coventry, whose opinion has weight and who acknowledges the chancellor’s fidelity to the king, while Clarendon “was so great at the council board and in the administration of matters, there was no room for anybody to propose any remedy to what was remiss ... he managing all things with that greatness which will now be removed.”17 He disapproved of the system of boards and committees instituted during the Commonwealth, as giving too much power to the parliament, and regarded the administration by the great officers of state, to the exclusion of pure men of business, as the only method compatible with the dignity and security of the monarchy. The lowering of the prestige of the privy council, and its subordination first to the parliament and afterwards to the military faction, he considered as one of the chief causes of the fall of Charles I. He aroused a strong feeling of hostility in the Commons by his opposition to the appropriation of supplies in 1665, and to the audit of the war accounts in 1666, as “an introduction to a commonwealth” and as “a new encroachment,” and by his high tone of prerogative and authority, while by his advice to Charles to prorogue parliament he incurred their resentment and gave colour to the accusation that he had advised the king to govern without parliaments. He was unpopular among all classes, among the royalists on account of the Act of Indemnity, among the Presbyterians because of the Act of Uniformity. It was said that he had invented the maxim “that the king should buy and reward his enemies and do little for his friends, because they are his already.”18 Every kind of maladministration was currently ascribed to him, of designs to govern by a standing army, and of corruption. He was credited with having married Charles purposely to a barren queen in order to raise his own grandchildren to the throne, with having sold Dunkirk to France, and his magnificent house in St James’s was nicknamed “Dunkirk House,” while on the day of the Dutch attack on Chatham the mob set up a gibbet at his gate and broke his windows. He had always been exceedingly unpopular at court, and kept severely aloof from the revels and licence which reigned there. Evelyn names “the buffoons and the misses to whom he was an eyesore.”19 He was intensely disliked by the royal mistresses, whose favour he did not condescend to seek, and whose presence and influence were often the subject of his reproaches.20 A party of younger men of the king’s own age, more congenial to his temperament, and eager to drive the old chancellor from power and to succeed him in office, had for some time been endeavouring to undermine his influence by ridicule and intrigue. Surrounded by such general and violent animosity, Clarendon’s only hope could be in the support of the king. But the chancellor had early and accurately gauged the nature and extent of the king’s attachment to him, which proceeded neither from affection nor gratitude but “from his aversion to be troubled with the intricacies of his affairs,” and in 1661 he had resisted the importunities of Ormonde to resign the great seal for the lord treasurership with the rank of “first minister,” “a title newly translated out of French into English,” on account of the obloquy this position would incur and the further dependence which it entailed upon the inconstant king.21 Charles, long weary of the old chancellor’s rebukes, was especially incensed at this time owing to his failure in securing Frances Stuart (la Belle Stuart) for his seraglio, a disappointment which he attributed to Clarendon, and was now alarmed by the hostility which his administration had excited. He did not scruple to sacrifice at once the old adherent of his house and fortunes. “The truth is,” he wrote Ormonde, “his behaviour and humour was grown so insupportable to myself and all the world else that I could no longer endure it, and it was impossible for me to live with it and do these things with the Parliament that must be done, or the government will be lost.”22 By the direction of Charles, James advised Clarendon to resign before the meeting of parliament, but in an interview with the king on the 26th of August Clarendon refused to deliver up the seal unless dismissed, and urged him not to take a step ruinous to the interests both of the chancellor 432 himself and of the crown.23 He could not believe his dismissal was really intended, but on the 30th of August he was deprived of the great seal, for which the king received the thanks of the parliament on the 16th of October. On the 12th of November his impeachment, consisting of various charges of arbitrary government, corruption and maladministration, was brought up to the Lords, but the latter refused to order his committal, on the ground that the Commons had only accused him of treason in general without specifying any particular charge. Clarendon wrote humbly to the king asking for pardon, and that the prosecution might be prevented, but Charles had openly taken part against him, and, though desiring his escape, would not order or assist his departure for fear of the Commons. Through the bishop of Hereford, however, on the 29th of November he pressed Clarendon to fly, promising that he should not during his absence suffer in his honour or fortune. Clarendon embarked the same night for Calais, where he arrived on the 2nd of December. The Lords immediately passed an act for his banishment and ordered the petition forwarded by him to parliament to be burnt.

The entire blame for the national disaster and shame, as well as the dishonorable peace that followed, was unfairly placed on Clarendon. It's true that the fragmented state of the administration and lack of control over foreign policy were significant factors in the crisis, and Clarendon’s influence and resistance to official reforms contributed to these issues. Sir William Coventry, whose opinion carries weight, acknowledged the chancellor’s loyalty to the king. He noted that while Clarendon was very powerful at the council board and in managing affairs, it left no room for anyone else to suggest solutions to the problems at hand ... “he managed all things with that greatness which will now be removed.”17 He disapproved of the boards and committees set up during the Commonwealth, feeling they gave too much power to Parliament, and viewed the administration by high-ranking officials, excluding capable business people, as the only way to maintain the dignity and security of the monarchy. He believed that the decline in the prestige of the privy council, first to Parliament and later to the military faction, was a major reason for the downfall of Charles I. His opposition to the appropriation of supplies in 1665 and the audit of war accounts in 1666, which he labeled as “an introduction to a commonwealth” and “a new encroachment,” sparked considerable hostility from the Commons. His high-handed sense of prerogative and authority, combined with his advice to Charles to prorogue Parliament, fueled resentment and led to accusations that he advised the king to govern without Parliament. He was unpopular among all groups: royalists disliked him due to the Act of Indemnity, and Presbyterians opposed him because of the Act of Uniformity. It was rumored that he coined the saying “the king should buy and reward his enemies and do little for his friends, because they are his already.”18 He was blamed for various mismanagement issues, rumors of plans to govern with a standing army, and claims of corruption. He was accused of deliberately marrying Charles to a barren queen to raise his own grandchildren to the throne, of selling Dunkirk to France, and his grand house in St James's was mockingly called “Dunkirk House.” On the day of the Dutch attack on Chatham, a mob erected a gallows at his gate and broke his windows. He had always been quite unpopular at court and kept himself distanced from the revelry and excess there. Evelyn mentioned “the buffoons and the misses to whom he was an eyesore.”19 He was deeply disliked by the royal mistresses, whose favor he didn’t seek, and he often reproached their influence. 20 A group of younger men closer to the king's age, who matched his temperament and were eager to push the old chancellor out of power and take his place, had been trying to undermine his influence through mockery and schemes for some time. With such widespread and intense hostility surrounding him, Clarendon could only hope for the king's support. However, he had quickly and accurately assessed the nature of the king’s feelings towards him, which stemmed not from affection or gratitude but “from his aversion to be troubled with the intricacies of his affairs.” In 1661, he had resisted Ormonde's pressure to resign the great seal for the lord treasurership, seeking the title of “first minister,” which was “a title newly translated out of French into English,” due to the disgrace this position would bring and the further dependence it signified on the capricious king.21 Charles, long tired of the old chancellor's criticisms, was particularly angry at this time because of Clarendon's failure to secure Frances Stuart (la Belle Stuart) for his harem, a disappointment he blamed on Clarendon, and he was now worried about the resentment his administration had stirred. He had no hesitations about sacrificing the chancellor, a loyal supporter of his house and fortunes. “The truth is,” he wrote to Ormonde, “his behavior and humor had become so unbearable to me and everyone else that I could no longer tolerate it, and it was impossible for me to live with it while also doing the necessary things with Parliament, or the government would be lost.”22 Following Charles’s direction, James advised Clarendon to resign before Parliament convened, but during a meeting with the king on August 26, Clarendon refused to give up the seal unless he was dismissed and urged him not to take an action that would harm both his own interests and the crown.23 He couldn’t believe his dismissal was actually planned, but on August 30, he was stripped of the great seal, for which the king received Parliament's thanks on October 16. On November 12, his impeachment, consisting of various accusations of arbitrary governance, corruption, and mismanagement, was brought before the Lords, but they refused to order his arrest, stating that the Commons had only charged him with treason in general without detailing any specific allegations. Clarendon humbly wrote to the king asking for forgiveness and for the prosecution to be halted, but Charles had openly taken a stance against him, and although he wished for Clarendon's escape, he would not facilitate it for fear of displeasing the Commons. However, through the Bishop of Hereford, he urged Clarendon on November 29 to flee, assuring him that he would not suffer damage to his honor or fortune while he was away. Clarendon set sail that very night for Calais, where he arrived on December 2. The Lords quickly passed a law for his banishment and ordered that the petition he had sent to Parliament be burned.

The rest of Clarendon’s life was passed in exile. He left Calais for Rouen on the 25th of December, returning on the 21st of January 1668, visiting the baths of Bourbon in April, thence to Avignon in June, residing from July 1668 till June 1671 at Montpellier, whence he proceeded to Moulins and to Rouen again in May 1674. His sudden banishment entailed great personal hardships. His health at the time of his flight was much impaired, and on arriving at Calais he fell dangerously ill; and Louis XIV., anxious at this time to gain popularity in England, sent him peremptory and repeated orders to quit France. He suffered severely from gout, and during the greater part of his exile could not walk without the aid of two men. At Evreux, on the 23rd of April 1668, he was the victim of a murderous assault by English sailors, who attributed to him the non-payment of their wages, and who were on the point of despatching him when he was rescued by the guard. For some time he was not allowed to see any of his children; even correspondence with him was rendered treasonable by the Act of Banishment; and it was not apparently till 1671, 1673 and 1674 that he received visits from his sons, the younger, Lawrence Hyde, being present with him at his death.

The rest of Clarendon’s life was spent in exile. He left Calais for Rouen on December 25th, returning on January 21, 1668, visiting the baths of Bourbon in April, then heading to Avignon in June, and living in Montpellier from July 1668 until June 1671. He then went to Moulins and returned to Rouen in May 1674. His sudden banishment caused him great personal difficulties. His health was already weak when he fled, and upon arriving in Calais, he fell seriously ill. Louis XIV, eager to gain favor in England at that time, sent him urgent and repeated orders to leave France. He suffered greatly from gout, and for most of his exile, he couldn’t walk without the assistance of two men. In Evreux, on April 23, 1668, he was attacked by English sailors who blamed him for their unpaid wages and were about to kill him when he was rescued by the guard. For some time, he wasn’t allowed to see any of his children; even correspondence with him was considered treason under the Act of Banishment. It seems that he didn’t receive visits from his sons until 1671, 1673, and 1674, with the youngest, Lawrence Hyde, being there at his death.

Clarendon bore his troubles with great dignity and fortitude. He found consolation in religious duties, and devoted a portion of every day to the composition of his Contemplations on the Psalms, and of his moral essays. Removed effectually from the public scene, and from all share in present politics, he turned his attention once more to the past and finished his History and his Autobiography. Soon after reaching Calais he had written, on the 17th of December 1667, to the university of Oxford, desiring as his last request that the university should believe in his innocence and remember him, though there could be no further mention of him in their public devotions, in their private prayers.24 In 1668 he wrote to the duke and duchess of York to remonstrate on the report that they had turned Roman Catholic, to the former urging “You cannot be without zeal for the Church to which your blessed father made himself a sacrifice,” adding that such a change would bring a great storm against the Romanists. He entertained to the last hopes of obtaining leave to return to England. He asked for permission in June 1671 and in August 1674. In the dedication of his Brief View of Mr Hobbes’s Book Leviathan he repeats “the hope which sustains my weak, decayed spirits that your Majesty will at some time call to your remembrance my long and incorrupted fidelity to your person and your service”; but his petitions were not even answered or noticed. He died at Rouen on the 9th of December 1674. He was buried in Westminster Abbey at the foot of the steps at the entrance to Henry VII.’s chapel. He left two sons, Henry, 2nd earl of Clarendon, and Lawrence, earl of Rochester, his daughter Anne, duchess of York, and a third son, Edward, having predeceased him. His male descendants became extinct on the death of the 4th earl of Clarendon and 2nd earl of Rochester in 1753, the title of Clarendon being revived in 1776 in the person of Thomas Villiers, who had married the granddaughter and heir of the last earl.

Clarendon handled his troubles with great dignity and strength. He found comfort in his religious duties and dedicated part of each day to writing his Contemplations on the Psalms and his moral essays. Effectively removed from public life and current politics, he focused again on the past and completed his History and Autobiography. Soon after arriving in Calais, on December 17, 1667, he wrote to the University of Oxford, asking as his last wish for the university to believe in his innocence and remember him, even though he could no longer be mentioned in their public worship or private prayers.24 In 1668, he wrote to the Duke and Duchess of York to protest the report that they had converted to Roman Catholicism, urging the former, “You cannot be without zeal for the Church to which your blessed father made himself a sacrifice,” and noting that such a change would stir up significant backlash against the Roman Catholics. He held onto hopes until the end of obtaining permission to return to England. He requested permission in June 1671 and again in August 1674. In the dedication of his Brief View of Mr Hobbes’s Book Leviathan, he expressed “the hope that sustains my weak, decayed spirits that your Majesty will at some time remember my long and incorrupted loyalty to your person and service”; however, his requests went unanswered and unnoticed. He died in Rouen on December 9, 1674. He was buried in Westminster Abbey at the foot of the steps leading to Henry VII’s chapel. He left behind two sons, Henry, the 2nd Earl of Clarendon, and Lawrence, Earl of Rochester, as well as his daughter Anne, Duchess of York, and a third son, Edward, who had died before him. His male lineage became extinct with the death of the 4th Earl of Clarendon and 2nd Earl of Rochester in 1753. The title of Clarendon was revived in 1776 by Thomas Villiers, who married the granddaughter and heir of the last earl.

As a statesman Clarendon had obvious limitations and failings. He brought to the consideration of political questions an essentially legal but also a narrow mind, conceiving the law, “that great and admirable mystery,” and the constitution as fixed, unchangeable and sufficient for all time, in contrast to Pym, who regarded them as living organisms capable of continual development and evolution; and he was incapable of comprehending and governing the new conditions and forces created by the civil wars. His character, however, and therefore to some extent his career, bear the indelible marks of greatness. He left the popular cause at the moment of its triumph and showed in so doing a strict consistency. In a court degraded by licence and self-indulgence, he maintained his self-respect and personal dignity regardless of consequences, and in an age of almost universal corruption and self-seeking he preserved a noble integrity and patriotism. At the Restoration he showed great moderation in accepting rewards. He refused a grant of 10,000 acres in the Fens from the king on the ground that it would create an evil precedent, and amused Charles and James by his indignation at the offer of a present of £10,000 from the French minister Fouquet, the only present he accepted from Louis XIV. being a set of books printed at the Louvre. His income, however, as lord chancellor was very large, and Clarendon maintained considerable state, considering it due to the dignity of the monarchy that the high officers should carry the external marks of greatness. The house built by him in St James’s was one of the most magnificent ever seen in England, and was filled with a collection of portraits, chiefly those of contemporary statesmen and men of letters. It cost Clarendon £50,000, involved him deeply in debt and was considered one of the chief causes of the “gust of envy” that caused his fall.25 He is described as “a fair, ruddy, fat, middle-statured, handsome man,” and his appearance was stately and dignified. He expected deference from his inferiors, and one of the chief charges which he brought against the party of the young politicians was the want of respect with which they treated himself and the lord treasurer. His industry and devotion to public business, of which proofs still remain in the enormous mass of his state papers and correspondence, were exemplary, and were rendered all the more conspicuous by the negligence, inferiority in business, and frivolity of his successors. As lord chancellor Clarendon made no great impression in the court of chancery. His early legal training had long been interrupted, and his political preoccupations probably rendered necessary the delegation of many of his judicial duties to others. According to Speaker Onslow his decrees were always made with the aid of two judges. Burnet praises him, however, as “a very good chancellor, only a little too rough but very impartial in the administration of justice,” and Pepys, who saw him presiding in his court, perceived him to be “a most able and ready man.”26 According to Evelyn, “though no considerable lawyer” he was “one who kept up the fame and substance of things in the nation with ... solemnity.” He made good appointments to the bench and issued some important orders for the reform of abuses in his court.27 As chancellor of Oxford University, to which office he was elected on the 27th of October 1660, Clarendon promoted the restoration of order and various educational reforms. In 1753 his manuscripts were left to the university by his great-grandson Lord Cornbury, and in 1868 the money gained by publication was spent in erecting the Clarendon Laboratory, the profits of the History having provided in 1713 a building for the university press adjoining the Sheldonian theatre, known since the removal of the press to its present quarters as the Clarendon Building.

As a statesman, Clarendon had clear limitations and shortcomings. He approached political issues with an essentially legal yet narrow mindset, seeing the law, “that great and admirable mystery,” and the constitution as fixed, unchangeable, and sufficient for all time. This contrasted with Pym, who viewed them as living entities capable of continuous development and evolution; he struggled to understand and manage the new conditions and forces created by the civil wars. However, his character, and thus to some degree his career, bore the unmistakable marks of greatness. He abandoned the popular cause at its moment of triumph, demonstrating strict consistency. In a court marred by license and self-indulgence, he upheld his self-respect and personal dignity regardless of the consequences, and in an era of almost universal corruption and self-interest, he maintained a noble integrity and patriotism. At the Restoration, he displayed great moderation in accepting rewards. He declined a grant of 10,000 acres in the Fens from the king, arguing that it would set a bad precedent, and amused Charles and James with his indignation over an offer of £10,000 from the French minister Fouquet, accepting only a set of books printed at the Louvre from Louis XIV. His income, however, as Lord Chancellor was substantial, and Clarendon maintained considerable stature, believing it important that high officials exhibit external signs of greatness. The house he built in St James’s was one of the most magnificent ever seen in England, filled with a collection of portraits, mainly of contemporary statesmen and writers. It cost Clarendon £50,000, deeply indebted him, and was considered one of the main causes of the “gust of envy” that led to his downfall.25 He is described as “a fair, ruddy, plump, average-height, handsome man,” with a stately and dignified appearance. He expected respect from those beneath him, and one of the primary critiques he had of the younger politicians was their lack of respect towards him and the Lord Treasurer. His diligence and commitment to public work, evident in the vast volume of his state papers and correspondence, were exemplary and highlighted even more by the negligence, incompetence, and frivolity of his successors. As Lord Chancellor, Clarendon did not make a significant impact in the Court of Chancery. His early legal training had been disrupted for a long time, and his political responsibilities likely necessitated delegating many of his judicial duties to others. According to Speaker Onslow, his decrees were always made with the assistance of two judges. However, Burnet praised him as “a very good chancellor, only a little too rough but very impartial in the administration of justice,” and Pepys, who witnessed him in court, saw him as “a most able and quick-witted man.” 26 According to Evelyn, “though no substantial lawyer,” he was “one who upheld the fame and substance of things in the nation with ... solemnity.” He made good appointments to the bench and issued important orders to reform abuses in his court.27 As Chancellor of Oxford University, a role he took on on October 27, 1660, Clarendon encouraged the restoration of order and various educational reforms. In 1753, his manuscripts were bequeathed to the university by his great-grandson Lord Cornbury, and in 1868, the funds earned from their publication financed the construction of the Clarendon Laboratory. The profits from the History had provided for a building for the university press adjacent to the Sheldonian theatre in 1713, now known as the Clarendon Building.

Clarendon had risen to high office largely through his literary and oratorical gifts. His eloquence was greatly admired by 433 Evelyn and Pepys, though Burnet criticises it as too copious. He was a great lover of books and collected a large library, was well read in the Roman and in the contemporary histories both foreign and English, and could appreciate Carew, Ben Jonson and Cowley. As a writer and historian Clarendon occupies a high place in English literature. His great work, the History of the Rebellion, is composed in the grand style. A characteristic feature is the wonderful series of well-known portraits, drawn with great skill and liveliness and especially praised by Evelyn and by Macaulay. The long digressions, the lengthy sentences, and the numerous parentheses do not accord with modern taste and usage, but it may be observed that these often follow more closely the natural involutions of the thought, and express the argument more clearly, than the short disconnected sentences, now generally employed, while in rhythm and dignity Clarendon’s style is immeasurably superior. The composition, however, of the work as a whole is totally wanting in proportion, and the book is overloaded with state papers, misplaced and tedious in the narrative. In considering the accuracy of the history it is important to remember the dates and circumstances of the composition of its various portions. The published History is mainly a compilation of two separate original manuscripts, the first being the history proper, written between 1646 and 1648, with the advantage of a fresh memory and the help of various documents and authorities, and ending in March 1644, and the second being the Life, extending from 1609 to 1660, but composed long afterwards in exile and without the aid of papers between 1668 and 1670. The value of any statement, therefore, in the published History depends chiefly on whether it is taken from the History proper or the Life. In 1671 these two manuscripts were united by Clarendon with certain alterations and modifications making Books i.-vii. of the published History, while Books viii.-xv. were written subsequently, and, being composed for the most part without materials, are generally inaccurate, with the notable exception of Book ix., made up from two narratives written at Jersey in 1646, and containing very little from the Life. Sincerity and honest conviction are present on every page, and the inaccuracies are due not to wilful misrepresentation, but to failure of memory and to the disadvantages under which the author laboured in exile. But they lessen considerably the value of his work, and detract from his reputation as chronicler of contemporary events, for which he was specially fitted by his practical experience in public business, a qualification declared by himself to be the “genius, spirit and soul of an historian.” In general, Clarendon, like many of his contemporaries, failed signally to comprehend the real issues and principles at stake in the great struggle, laying far too much stress on personalities and never understanding the real aims and motives of the Presbyterian party. The work was first published in 1702-1704 from a copy of a transcript made by Clarendon’s secretary, with a few unimportant alterations, and was the object of a violent attack by John Oldmixon for supposed changes and omissions in Clarendon and Whitelocke compared (1727) and again in a preface to his History of England (1730), repelled and refuted by John Burton in the Genuineness of Lord Clarendon’s History Vindicated (1744). The history was first published from the original in 1826; the best edition being that of 1888 edited by W.D. Macray and issued by the Clarendon Press. The Lord Clarendon’s History ... Compleated, a supplement containing portraits and illustrative papers, was published in 1717, and An Appendix to the History, containing a life, speeches and various pieces, in 1724. The Sutherland Clarendon in the Bodleian library at Oxford contains several thousand portraits and illustrations of the History. The Life of Edward, earl of Clarendon ... [and the] Continuation of the History ... , the first consisting of that portion of the Life not included in the History, and the second of the account of Clarendon’s administration and exile in France, begun in 1672, was published in 1759, the History of the Reign of King Charles II. from the Restoration ..., published about 1755, being a surreptitious edition of this work, of which the latest and best edition is that of the Clarendon Press of 1857.

Clarendon achieved high office mainly due to his skills in writing and speaking. His eloquence was highly praised by 433 Evelyn and Pepys, though Burnet criticized it for being too wordy. He had a deep love for books, amassed a large library, was well-versed in both Roman and contemporary histories, both foreign and English, and could appreciate the works of Carew, Ben Jonson, and Cowley. As a writer and historian, Clarendon holds a significant place in English literature. His major work, the History of the Rebellion, is written in a grand style. A notable feature is the amazing series of well-known portraits, skillfully and vividly drawn, which received special praise from Evelyn and Macaulay. The long digressions, lengthy sentences, and numerous parentheses may not align with modern preferences, but they often reflect the natural flow of thought more closely and present the arguments more clearly than today’s common short and disconnected sentences, while Clarendon’s style excels in rhythm and dignity. However, the overall composition lacks balance, and the book is weighed down with state documents that disrupt the narrative and make it tedious. When judging the accuracy of the history, it's crucial to consider the dates and circumstances under which its various parts were written. The published History is primarily a compilation of two separate original manuscripts: the first, the main history, was written between 1646 and 1648, benefiting from a fresh memory and several documents and authorities, ending in March 1644; the second is the Life, covering 1609 to 1660 but written much later while in exile, without the aid of papers, between 1668 and 1670. Thus, the value of any statement in the published History mainly depends on whether it's from the History itself or the Life. In 1671, Clarendon combined these two manuscripts with various changes, creating Books i.-vii. of the published History, while Books viii.-xv. were written later and are mostly unreliable, except for Book ix., which is made up of two narratives written in Jersey in 1646 and contains very little from the Life. Every page reflects sincerity and honest conviction, with inaccuracies stemming not from deliberate misrepresentation but from memory lapses and the difficulties faced by the author in exile. However, these inaccuracies significantly diminish the value of his work and detract from his reputation as a chronicler of contemporary events, for which he was particularly qualified due to his experience in public affairs, a skill he himself described as the “genius, spirit and soul of a historian.” Overall, like many of his contemporaries, Clarendon failed to grasp the real issues and principles at stake in the great struggle, focusing too much on personalities and not understanding the true aims and motives of the Presbyterian party. The work was first published from 1702-1704 based on a copy of a transcript made by Clarendon’s secretary, with a few minor changes, and faced a vigorous attack by John Oldmixon for alleged changes and omissions in Clarendon and Whitelocke Compared (1727) and again in a preface to his History of England (1730), which was countered and defended by John Burton in The Genuineness of Lord Clarendon’s History Vindicated (1744). The history was first published from the original manuscript in 1826, with the best edition being the one from 1888, edited by W.D. Macray and published by the Clarendon Press. The Lord Clarendon’s History ... Compleated, a supplement containing portraits and illustrative documents, was published in 1717, and An Appendix to the History, which includes a life, speeches, and various pieces, came out in 1724. The Sutherland Clarendon in the Bodleian library at Oxford has several thousand portraits and illustrations of the History. The Life of Edward, Earl of Clarendon ... [and the] Continuation of the History ... , the first containing the part of the Life not included in the History, and the second detailing Clarendon’s administration and exile in France, which began in 1672, was published in 1759, while The History of the Reign of King Charles II. from the Restoration ..., published around 1755, is an unauthorized edition of this work, with the latest and best edition from the Clarendon Press in 1857.

Clarendon was also the author of The Difference and Disparity between the Estate and Condition of George, duke of Buckingham and Robert, earl of Essex, a youthful production vindicating Buckingham, printed in Reliquiae Wottonianae (1672), i. 184; Animadversions on a Book entitled Fanaticism (1673); A Brief View ... of the dangerous ... errors in ... Mr Hobbes’s book entitled “Leviathan” (1676); The History of the Rebellion and Civil War in Ireland (1719); A Collection of Several Pieces of Edward, earl of Clarendon, containing reprints of speeches from the journals of the House of Lords and of the History of the Rebellion in Ireland (1727); A Collection of Several Tracts containing his Vindication in answer to his impeachment, Reflections upon several Christian Duties, Two Dialogues on Education and on the want of Respect due to age, and Contemplations on the Psalms (1727); Religion and Policy (1811); Essays moral and entertaining on the various faculties and passions of the human mind (1815, and in British Prose Writers, 1819, vol. i.); Speeches in Rushworth’s Collections (1692), pt. iii. vol. i. 230, 333; Declarations and Manifestos (Clarendon being the author of nearly all on the king’s side between March 1642 and March 1645, the first being the answer to the Grand Remonstrance in January 1642, but not of the answer to the XIX. Propositions or the apology for the King’s attack upon Brentford) in the published History, Rushworth’s Collections, E. Husband’s Collections of Ordinances and Declarations (1646), Old Parliamentary History (1751-1762), Somers Tracts, State Tracts, Harleian Miscellany, Thomasson Tracts (Brit. Mus.), E. 157 (14); and a large number of anonymous pamphlets aimed against the parliament, including Transcendent and Multiplied Rebellion and Treason (1645), A Letter from a True and Lawful Member of Parliament ... to one of the Lords of his Highness’s Council (1656), and Two Speeches made in the House of Peers on Monday 19th Dec. [1642] ... (Somers Tracts, Scott, vi. 576); Second Thoughts (n.d., in favour of a limited toleration) is ascribed to him in the Catalogue in the British Museum; A Letter ... to one of the Chief Ministers of the Nonconforming Party ... (Saumur, 7th May 1674) has been attributed to him on insufficient evidence.

Clarendon was also the author of The Difference and Disparity between the Estate and Condition of George, duke of Buckingham and Robert, earl of Essex, an early work defending Buckingham, published in Reliquiae Wottonianae (1672), i. 184; Animadversions on a Book entitled Fanaticism (1673); A Brief View ... of the dangerous ... errors in ... Mr Hobbes’s book entitled “Leviathan” (1676); The History of the Rebellion and Civil War in Ireland (1719); A Collection of Several Pieces of Edward, earl of Clarendon, which includes reprints of speeches from the journals of the House of Lords and of the History of the Rebellion in Ireland (1727); A Collection of Several Tracts that contains his Vindication in response to his impeachment, Reflections upon several Christian Duties, Two Dialogues on Education and on the lack of Respect due to age, and Contemplations on the Psalms (1727); Religion and Policy (1811); Essays moral and entertaining on the various faculties and passions of the human mind (1815, and in British Prose Writers, 1819, vol. i.); Speeches in Rushworth’s Collections (1692), pt. iii. vol. i. 230, 333; Declarations and Manifestos (Clarendon was the author of nearly all on the king’s side between March 1642 and March 1645, with the first being the answer to the Grand Remonstrance in January 1642, but not of the response to the XIX. Propositions or the apology for the King’s attack on Brentford) in the published History, Rushworth’s Collections, E. Husband’s Collections of Ordinances and Declarations (1646), Old Parliamentary History (1751-1762), Somers Tracts, State Tracts, Harleian Miscellany, Thomasson Tracts (Brit. Mus.), E. 157 (14); and a large number of anonymous pamphlets aimed against parliament, including Transcendent and Multiplied Rebellion and Treason (1645), A Letter from a True and Lawful Member of Parliament ... to one of the Lords of his Highness’s Council (1656), and Two Speeches made in the House of Peers on Monday 19th Dec. [1642] ... (Somers Tracts, Scott, vi. 576); Second Thoughts (n.d., advocating for limited toleration) is attributed to him in the British Museum Catalogue; A Letter ... to one of the Chief Ministers of the Nonconforming Party ... (Saumur, 7th May 1674) has been linked to him without strong evidence.

Clarendon’s correspondence, amounting to over 100 volumes, is in the Bodleian library at Oxford, and other letters are to be found in Additional MSS. in the British Museum. Selections have been published under the title of State Papers Collected by Edward, earl of Clarendon (Clarendon State Papers) between 1767 and 1786, and the collection has been calendared up to 1657 in 1869, 1872, 1876. Other letters of Clarendon are to be found in Lister’s Life of Clarendon, iii.; Nicholas Papers (Camden Soc., 1886); Diary of J. Evelyn, appendix; Sir R. Fanshaw’s Original Letters (1724); Warburton’s Life of Prince Rupert (1849): Barwick’s Life of Barwick (1724); Hist. MSS. Comm. 10th Rep. pt. vi. pp. 193-216, and in the Harleian Miscellany.

Clarendon's letters, totaling over 100 volumes, are housed in the Bodleian Library at Oxford, and additional letters can be found in Additional MSS. at the British Museum. Selections have been published under the title State Papers Collected by Edward, Earl of Clarendon (Clarendon State Papers) between 1767 and 1786, and the collection has been cataloged up to 1657 in 1869, 1872, and 1876. More of Clarendon's letters can be found in Lister’s Life of Clarendon, iii.; Nicholas Papers (Camden Soc., 1886); the Diary of J. Evelyn, appendix; Sir R. Fanshaw’s Original Letters (1724); Warburton’s Life of Prince Rupert (1849); Barwick’s Life of Barwick (1724); Hist. MSS. Comm. 10th Rep. pt. vi. pp. 193-216, and in the Harleian Miscellany.

Bibliography.—Clarendon’s autobiographical works and Letters enumerated above, and the MS. Collection in the Bodleian library. The Lives of Clarendon by T.H. Lister (1838), and by C.H. Firth in the Dict. of Nat. Biography (with authorities there collected), completely supersede all earlier accounts including that in Lives of All the Lord Chancellors (1708), in Macdiarmid’s Lives of British Statesmen (1807), and in the different Lives by Wood in Athenae Oxonienses (Bliss), iii. 1018; while those in J.H. Browne’s Lives of the Prime Ministers of England (1858), in Lodge’s Portraits, in Lord Campbell’s Lives of the Chancellors, iii. 110 (1845), and in Foss’s Judges, supply no further information. In Historical Inquiries respecting the Character of Edward Hyde, earl of Clarendon, various charges against Clarendon were collected by G.A. Ellis (1827) and answered by Lister, vol. ii. 529, and by Lady Th. Lewis in Lives of the Contemporaries of Lord Clarendon (1852), i. preface pt. i. For criticisms of the History see Gardiner’s Civil Wars (1893), iii. 121; Ranke’s Hist. of England, vi. 3-29; Die Politik Karls des Ersten ... und Lord Clarendon’s Darstellung, by A. Buff (1868); article in the Dict. of Nat. Biog. by C.H. Firth, and especially a series of admirable articles by the same author in the Eng. Hist. Review (1904). For description of the MS., Macray’s edition of the History (1888), Lady Th. Lewis’s Lives from the Clarendon Gallery, i. introd. pt. ii.; for list of earlier editions, Ath. Oxon. (Bliss) iii. 1017. Lord Lansdowne defends Sir R. Granville against Clarendon’s strictures in the Vindication (Genuine Works of G. Granville, Lord Lansdowne, i. 503 [1732]), and Lord Ashburnham defends John Ashburnham in A Narrative by John Ashburnham (1830). See also Notes at Meetings of the Privy Council between Charles II. and the Earl of Clarendon (Roxburghe Club. 1896); General Orders of the High Court of Chancery, by J. Beames (1815), 147-221; S.R. Gardiner’s 434 Hist. of England, of the Civil War and of the Commonwealth; Lord Clarendon, by A. Chassant (account of the assault at Evreux) (1891); Annals of the Bodleian Library, by W.D. Macray (1868); Masson’s Life of Milton; Life of Sir G. Savile, by H.C. Foxcroft (1898); Cal. of St. Pap. Dom., esp. 1667-1668, 58, 354, 370; Hist. MSS. Comm. Series, MSS. of J.M. Heathcote and Various Collections, vol. ii.; Add. MSS. in the British Museum; Notes and Queries, 6 ser. v. 283, 9 ser. xi. 182, 1 ser. ix. 7; Pepys’s Diary; J. Evelyn’s Diary and Correspondence; Gen. Catalogue in British Museum; Edward Hyde, earl of Clarendon (1909), a lecture delivered at Oxford during the Clarendon centenary by C.H. Firth.

References.—Clarendon’s autobiographical works and Letters listed above, along with the manuscript collection in the Bodleian library. The Lives of Clarendon by T.H. Lister (1838) and by C.H. Firth in the Dict. of Nat. Biography (with the sources compiled there) completely replace all earlier accounts, including those in Lives of All the Lord Chancellors (1708), Macdiarmid’s Lives of British Statesmen (1807), and various Lives by Wood in Athenae Oxonienses (Bliss), iii. 1018; while those in J.H. Browne’s Lives of the Prime Ministers of England (1858), Lodge’s Portraits, Lord Campbell’s Lives of the Chancellors, iii. 110 (1845), and Foss’s Judges, add no new information. In Historical Inquiries regarding the Character of Edward Hyde, Earl of Clarendon, various accusations against Clarendon were compiled by G.A. Ellis (1827) and addressed by Lister, vol. ii. 529, and by Lady Th. Lewis in Lives of the Contemporaries of Lord Clarendon (1852), i. preface pt. i. For critiques of the History, see Gardiner’s Civil Wars (1893), iii. 121; Ranke’s Hist. of England, vi. 3-29; Die Politik Karls des Ersten ... und Lord Clarendon’s Darstellung, by A. Buff (1868); article in the Dict. of Nat. Biog. by C.H. Firth, and especially a series of excellent articles by the same author in the Eng. Hist. Review (1904). For a description of the manuscript, see Macray’s edition of the History (1888), Lady Th. Lewis’s Lives from the Clarendon Gallery, i. introd. pt. ii.; for a list of earlier editions, Ath. Oxon. (Bliss) iii. 1017. Lord Lansdowne defends Sir R. Granville against Clarendon’s criticisms in the Vindication (Genuine Works of G. Granville, Lord Lansdowne, i. 503 [1732]), and Lord Ashburnham defends John Ashburnham in A Narrative by John Ashburnham (1830). See also Notes at Meetings of the Privy Council between Charles II. and the Earl of Clarendon (Roxburghe Club. 1896); General Orders of the High Court of Chancery, by J. Beames (1815), 147-221; S.R. Gardiner’s Hist. of England, of the Civil War and of the Commonwealth; Lord Clarendon, by A. Chassant (account of the assault at Evreux) (1891); Annals of the Bodleian Library, by W.D. Macray (1868); Masson’s Life of Milton; Life of Sir G. Savile, by H.C. Foxcroft (1898); Cal. of St. Pap. Dom., especially 1667-1668, 58, 354, 370; Hist. MSS. Comm. Series, MSS. of J.M. Heathcote and Various Collections, vol. ii.; Add. MSS. in the British Museum; Notes and Queries, 6 ser. v. 283, 9 ser. xi. 182, 1 ser. ix. 7; Pepys’s Diary; J. Evelyn’s Diary and Correspondence; General Catalogue in British Museum; Edward Hyde, Earl of Clarendon (1909), a lecture delivered at Oxford during the Clarendon centenary by C.H. Firth.

(P. C. Y.)

1 Life, i. 25.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Life, p. 25.

2 Hist. of the Rebellion, iii. 164, the account being substantially accepted by Gardiner, in spite of inaccuracies in details (Hist. ix. 341, note).

2 Hist. of the Rebellion, iii. 164, the account being largely accepted by Gardiner, despite some inaccuracies in the details (Hist. ix. 341, note).

3 Clarendon St. Pap. ii. 337.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Clarendon St. Paper. ii. 337.

4 Ibid.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Same source.

5 Hist. of the Rebellion, xiii. 140.

5 History of the Rebellion, xiii. 140.

6 Clarendon State Papers, iii. 316, 325, 341, 343.

6 Clarendon State Papers, iii. 316, 325, 341, 343.

7 Hist. MSS. Comm.: MSS. of F.W. Leyborne-Popham, 227.

7 Hist. MSS. Comm.: MSS. of F.W. Leyborne-Popham, 227.

8 Anne Hyde (1637-1671), eldest daughter of the chancellor, was the mother by James of Queen Mary and Queen Anne, besides six other children, including four sons who all died in infancy. She became a Roman Catholic in 1670 shortly before her death, and was buried in the vault of Mary, queen of Scots, in Henry VII.’s chapel in Westminster Abbey.

8 Anne Hyde (1637-1671), the eldest daughter of the chancellor, was the mother of Queen Mary and Queen Anne by James, as well as six other children, including four sons who all died as infants. She converted to Roman Catholicism in 1670, shortly before her death, and was buried in the vault of Mary, Queen of Scots, in Henry VII's chapel at Westminster Abbey.

9 See Hist. MSS. Comm.: Various Collections, ii. 118, and MSS. of Duke of Somerset, 94.

9 See Hist. MSS. Comm.: Various Collections, ii. 118, and MSS. of Duke of Somerset, 94.

10 Continuation, 339.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Continuation, 339.

11 Ib. 511, 776.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ib. 511, 776.

12 Lister’s Life of Clarendon, ii. 295; Hist. MSS. Comm.: Various Collections, ii. 379.

12 Lister’s Life of Clarendon, ii. 295; Hist. MSS. Comm.: Various Collections, ii. 379.

13 Continuation, 1170.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Continuation, 1170.

14 Hist. MSS. Comm.: MSS. of F.W. Leyborne-Popham, 250.

14 Hist. MSS. Comm.: MSS. of F.W. Leyborne-Popham, 250.

15 Continuation, 1066.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Continuation, 1066.

16 Macaulay’s Hist. of England, i. 193.

16 Macaulay’s History of England, vol. 1, page 193.

17 Pepys’s Diary, Sept. 2, 1667.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Pepys's Diary, Sept. 2, 1667.

18 Hist. MSS. Comm., 7th Rep. 162.

18 Hist. MSS. Comm., 7th Rep. 162.

19 Diary, iii. 95, 96.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Diary, 3.95, 3.96.

20 Lives from the Clarendon Gallery, by Lady Th. Lewis, i. 39; Burnet’s Hist. of his own Times, i. 209.

20 Lives from the Clarendon Gallery, by Lady Th. Lewis, i. 39; Burnet’s Hist. of his own Times, i. 209.

21 Continuation, 88.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Continuation, 88.

22 Lister’s Life of Clarendon, ii. 416.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Lister’s Life of Clarendon, vol. 2, p. 416.

23 Continuation, 1137.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Next, 1137.

24 Clarendon St. Pap. iii. Suppl. xxxvii.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Clarendon St. Pap. vol. 3 Suppl. 37.

25 Evelyn witnessed its demolition in 1683—Diary, May 19th, Sept. 18th; Lives from the Clarendon Gallery, by Lady Th. Lewis, i. 40.

25 Evelyn saw its demolition in 1683—Diary, May 19th, Sept. 18th; Lives from the Clarendon Gallery, by Lady Th. Lewis, i. 40.

26 Diary, July 14th, 1664.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Diary, July 14, 1664.

27 Lister, ii. 528.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Lister, vol. 2, p. 528.


CLARENDON, GEORGE WILLIAM FREDERICK VILLIERS, 4th Earl of (in the Villiers line) (1800-1870), English diplomatist and statesman, was born in London on the 12th of January 1800. He was the eldest son of Hon. George Villiers (1750-1827), youngest son of the 1st earl of Clarendon (second creation), by Theresa, only daughter of the first Lord Boringdon, and granddaughter of the first Lord Grantham. The earldom of the lord chancellor Clarendon became extinct in the Hyde line by the death of the 4th earl, his last male descendant. Jane Hyde, countess of Essex, the sister of that nobleman (she died in 1724), left two daughters; of these the eldest, Lady Charlotte, became heiress of the Hyde family. She married Thomas Villiers (1709-1786), second son of the 2nd earl of Jersey, who served with distinction as English minister in Germany, and in 1776 the earldom of Clarendon was revived in his favour. The connexion with the Hyde family was therefore in the female line and somewhat remote. But a portion of the pictures and plate of the great chancellor was preserved to this branch of the family, and remains at The Grove, their family seat at Hertfordshire. The 2nd and 3rd earls were sons of the 1st, and, neither of them having sons, the title passed, on the death of the 3rd earl (John Charles) in 1838, to their younger brother’s son.

CLARENDON, GEORGE WILLIAM FREDERICK VILLIERS, 4th Earl of (in the Villiers line) (1800-1870), was an English diplomat and statesman born in London on January 12, 1800. He was the eldest son of Hon. George Villiers (1750-1827), the youngest son of the 1st Earl of Clarendon (second creation), and Theresa, the only daughter of the first Lord Boringdon, making him the granddaughter of the first Lord Grantham. The earldom of the Lord Chancellor Clarendon became extinct in the Hyde line when the 4th Earl, the last male descendant, passed away. Jane Hyde, Countess of Essex, the sister of that nobleman (who died in 1724), had two daughters. The eldest, Lady Charlotte, inherited the Hyde family title. She married Thomas Villiers (1709-1786), the second son of the 2nd Earl of Jersey, who served with distinction as the English minister in Germany, and in 1776, the earldom of Clarendon was revived in his favor. The connection with the Hyde family was thus through the female line and quite distant. However, part of the pictures and silverware from the great chancellor was passed down to this branch of the family and is still kept at The Grove, their family home in Hertfordshire. The 2nd and 3rd earls were sons of the 1st, and since neither had sons, the title went to their younger brother’s son after the death of the 3rd Earl (John Charles) in 1838.

Young George Villiers entered upon life in circumstances which gave small promise of the brilliancy of his future career. He was well born; he was heir presumptive to an earldom; and his mother was a woman of great energy, admirable good sense, and high feeling. But the means of his family were contracted; his education was desultory and incomplete; he had not the advantages of a training either at a public school or in the House of Commons. He went up to Cambridge at the early age of sixteen, and entered St John’s College on the 29th of June 1816. In 1820, as the eldest son of an earl’s brother with royal descent, he was enabled to take his M.A. degree under the statutes of the university then in force. In the same year he was appointed attaché to the British embassy at St Petersburg, where he remained three years, and gained that practical knowledge of diplomacy which was of so much use to him in after-life. He had received from nature a singularly handsome person, a polished and engaging address, a ready command of languages, and a remarkable power of composition.

Young George Villiers began his life in circumstances that didn't suggest the brightness of his future career. He was born into a good family, was the heir presumptive to an earldom, and his mother was a woman of great energy, sound judgment, and strong feelings. However, his family's resources were limited; his education was inconsistent and incomplete; he didn't have the benefits of training at a public school or in the House of Commons. He went to Cambridge at just sixteen years old, entering St John's College on June 29, 1816. In 1820, as the eldest son of a nobleman's brother with royal lineage, he was able to earn his M.A. degree under the university's regulations at the time. That same year, he was appointed attaché to the British embassy in St Petersburg, where he stayed for three years and acquired practical knowledge of diplomacy that would greatly benefit him later in life. He possessed a strikingly handsome appearance, a polished and charming demeanor, a quick grasp of languages, and impressive writing abilities.

Upon his return to England in 1823 he was appointed to a commissionership of customs, an office which he retained for about ten years. In 1831 he was despatched to France to negotiate a commercial treaty, which, however, led to no result. On the 16th of August 1833 he was appointed minister at the court of Spain. Ferdinand VII. died within a month of his arrival at Madrid, and the infant queen Isabella, then in the third year of her age, was placed by the old Spanish law of female inheritance on her contested throne. Don Carlos, the late king’s brother, claimed the crown by virtue of the Salic law of the House of Bourbon which Ferdinand had renounced before the birth of his daughter. Isabella II. and her mother Christina, the queen regent, became the representatives of constitutional monarchy, Don Carlos of Catholic absolutism. The conflict which had divided the despotic and the constitutional powers of Europe since the French Revolution of 1830 broke out into civil war in Spain, and by the Quadruple Treaty, signed on the 22nd of April 1834, France and England pledged themselves to the defence of the constitutional thrones of Spain and Portugal. For six years Villiers continued to give the most active and intelligent support to the Liberal government of Spain. He was accused, though unjustly, of having favoured the revolution of La Granja, which drove Christina, the queen mother, out of the kingdom, and raised Espartero to the regency. He undoubtedly supported the chiefs of the Liberal party, such as Espartero, against the intrigues of the French court; but the object of the British government was to establish the throne of Isabella on a truly national and liberal basis and to avert those complications, dictated by foreign influence, which eventually proved so fatal to that princess. Villiers received the grand cross of the Bath in 1838 in acknowledgment of his services, and succeeded, on the death of his uncle, to the title of earl of Clarendon; in the following year, having left Madrid, he married Katharine, eldest daughter of James Walter, first earl of Verulam.

Upon his return to England in 1823, he was appointed to a customs commission, a position he held for about ten years. In 1831, he was sent to France to negotiate a commercial treaty, which ultimately resulted in nothing. On August 16, 1833, he was appointed minister at the court of Spain. Ferdinand VII died within a month of his arrival in Madrid, and the infant queen Isabella, then only three years old, was placed on her contested throne due to the old Spanish law of female inheritance. Don Carlos, the late king’s brother, claimed the crown under the Salic law of the House of Bourbon, which Ferdinand had renounced before his daughter was born. Isabella II and her mother Christina, the queen regent, represented constitutional monarchy, while Don Carlos symbolized Catholic absolutism. The conflict that had split the despotic and constitutional powers of Europe since the French Revolution of 1830 erupted into civil war in Spain, and with the Quadruple Treaty, signed on April 22, 1834, France and England committed to defending the constitutional thrones of Spain and Portugal. For six years, Villiers actively and intelligently supported the Liberal government of Spain. He was wrongly accused of favoring the La Granja revolution, which forced Christina, the queen mother, out of the kingdom and installed Espartero in the regency. He certainly supported the leaders of the Liberal party, like Espartero, against the French court's intrigues; however, the British government's goal was to establish Isabella's throne on a genuinely national and liberal foundation and to avoid the foreign-induced complications that eventually proved disastrous for her. Villiers was awarded the grand cross of the Bath in 1838 in recognition of his services and, upon his uncle's death, inherited the title of earl of Clarendon. The following year, after leaving Madrid, he married Katharine, the eldest daughter of James Walter, the first earl of Verulam.

In January 1840 he entered Lord Melbourne’s administration as lord privy seal, and from the death of Lord Holland in the autumn of that year Lord Clarendon also held the office of chancellor of the duchy of Lancaster until the dissolution of the ministry in 1841. Deeply convinced that the maintenance of a cordial understanding with France was the most essential condition of peace and of a liberal policy in Europe, he reluctantly concurred in the measures proposed by Lord Palmerston for the expulsion of the pasha of Egypt from Syria; he strenuously advocated, with Lord Holland, a more conciliatory policy towards France; and he was only restrained from sending in his resignation by the dislike he felt to break up a cabinet he had so recently joined.

In January 1840, he joined Lord Melbourne’s government as lord privy seal, and after Lord Holland passed away in the fall of that year, Lord Clarendon also took on the role of chancellor of the duchy of Lancaster until the government was dissolved in 1841. He strongly believed that having a good relationship with France was crucial for maintaining peace and promoting a liberal policy in Europe. Although he was not in favor, he agreed to the plans suggested by Lord Palmerston to remove the pasha of Egypt from Syria; he also passionately supported, alongside Lord Holland, a more diplomatic approach toward France. The only thing that stopped him from resigning was his reluctance to dismantle a cabinet he had just recently joined.

The interval of Sir Robert Peel’s great administration (1841-1846) was to the leaders of the Whig party a period of repose; but Lord Clarendon took the warmest interest in the triumph of the principles of free trade and in the repeal of the corn-laws, of which his brother, Charles Pelham Villiers (q.v.), had been one of the earliest champions. For this reason, upon the formation of Lord John Russell’s first administration, Lord Clarendon accepted the office of president of the Board of Trade. Twice in his career the governor-generalship of India was offered him, and once the governor-generalship of Canada;—these he refused from reluctance to withdraw from the politics of Europe. But in 1847 a sense of duty compelled him to take a far more laborious and uncongenial appointment. The desire of the cabinet was to abolish the lord-lieutenancy of Ireland, and Lord Clarendon was prevailed upon to accept that office, with a view to transform it ere long into an Irish secretaryship of state. But he had not been many months in Dublin before he acknowledged that the difficulties then existing in Ireland could only be met by the most vigilant and energetic authority, exercised on the spot. The crisis was one of extraordinary peril. Agrarian crimes of horrible atrocity had increased threefold. The Catholic clergy were openly disaffected. This was the second year of the Irish famine, and extraordinary measures were required to regulate the bounty of the government and the nation. In 1848 the revolution in France let loose fresh elements of discord, which culminated in an abortive insurrection, and for a lengthened period Ireland was a prey to more than her wonted symptoms of disaffection and disorder. Lord Clarendon remained viceroy of Ireland till 1852, and left behind him permanent marks of improvement. His services were expressly acknowledged in the queen’s speech to both Houses of Parliament on the 5th of September 1848—this being the first time that any civil services obtained that honour; and he was made a knight of the Garter (retaining also the grand cross of the Bath by special order) on the 23rd of March 1849.

The period of Sir Robert Peel’s significant administration (1841-1846) was seen as a time of rest by the leaders of the Whig party; however, Lord Clarendon was deeply invested in the success of free trade principles and the repeal of the corn laws, which his brother, Charles Pelham Villiers (q.v.), had championed early on. For this reason, when Lord John Russell formed his first administration, Lord Clarendon accepted the position of president of the Board of Trade. He turned down the governor-generalship of India twice and the governorship of Canada once because he didn't want to step away from European politics. But in 1847, a sense of duty forced him to take on a much more demanding and uncomfortable role. The cabinet wanted to eliminate the lord-lieutenancy of Ireland, and Lord Clarendon was convinced to take that position with the goal of eventually changing it into an Irish secretaryship of state. However, he recognized after only a few months in Dublin that the ongoing difficulties in Ireland could only be tackled with the most vigilant and energetic authority on the ground. The situation was extremely dangerous. Agrarian crimes with shocking brutality had tripled. The Catholic clergy were openly discontent. This was the second year of the Irish famine, and extraordinary measures were necessary to manage the government's and the nation’s resources. In 1848, the revolution in France unleashed new elements of discord, culminating in a failed uprising, and for an extended period, Ireland experienced more than its usual signs of unrest and disorder. Lord Clarendon served as viceroy of Ireland until 1852, leaving a lasting impact of improvement. His contributions were specifically recognized in the queen's speech to both Houses of Parliament on September 5, 1848—marking it as the first time any civil service received this honor; he was also appointed a knight of the Garter (while retaining the grand cross of the Bath by special order) on March 23, 1849.

Upon the formation of the coalition ministry between the Whigs and the Peelites, in 1853, under Lord Aberdeen, Lord Clarendon became foreign minister. The country was already “drifting” into the Crimean War, an expression of his own which was never forgotten. Clarendon was not responsible for the policy which brought war about; but when it occurred he employed every means in his power to stimulate and assist the war departments, and above all he maintained the closest relations with the French. The tsar Nicholas had speculated on the impossibility of the sustained joint action of France and England in council and in the field. It was mainly by Lord Clarendon at Whitehall and by Lord Raglan before Sevastopol 435 that such a combination was rendered practicable, and did eventually triumph over the enemy. The diplomatic conduct of such an alliance for three years between two great nations jealous of their military honour and fighting for no separate political advantage, tried by excessive hardships and at moments on the verge of defeat, was certainly one of the most arduous duties ever performed by a minister. The result was due in the main to the confidence with which Lord Clarendon had inspired the emperor of the French, and to the affection and regard of the empress, whom he had known in Spain from her childhood.

After the coalition government formed between the Whigs and the Peelites in 1853, led by Lord Aberdeen, Lord Clarendon became the foreign minister. The country was already “drifting” into the Crimean War, a phrase he coined that stuck with people. Clarendon wasn’t responsible for the policies that led to war, but once it started, he did everything he could to boost and support the war departments, especially maintaining strong ties with the French. Tsar Nicholas had thought it would be impossible for France and England to work together effectively. It was largely thanks to Lord Clarendon at Whitehall and Lord Raglan in front of Sevastopol that this collaboration became feasible and eventually triumphed over the enemy. Managing the diplomatic relationship of such an alliance for three years between two great nations, both protective of their military reputation and not seeking any individual political gain, while facing extreme hardships and frequently nearing defeat, was undoubtedly one of the toughest tasks ever handled by a minister. The success was primarily due to the confidence Lord Clarendon instilled in the French emperor and the affection and respect of the empress, whom he had known since childhood in Spain. 435

In 1856 Lord Clarendon took his seat at the congress of Paris convoked for the restoration of peace, as first British plenipotentiary. It was the first time since the appearance of Lord Castlereagh at Vienna that a secretary of state for foreign affairs had been present in person at a congress on the continent. Lord Clarendon’s first care was to obtain the admission of Italy to the council chamber as a belligerent power, and to raise the barrier which still excluded Prussia as a neutral one. But in the general anxiety of all the powers to terminate the war there was no small danger that the objects for which it had been undertaken would be abandoned or forgotten. It is due entirely to the firmness of Lord Clarendon that the principle of the neutralization of the Black Sea was preserved, that the Russian attempt to trick the allies out of the cession in Bessarabia was defeated, and that the results of the war were for a time secured. The congress was eager to turn to other subjects, and perhaps the most important result of its deliberations was the celebrated Declaration of the Maritime Powers, which abolished privateering, defined the right of blockade, and limited the right of capture to enemy’s property in enemy’s ships. Lord Clarendon has been accused of an abandonment of what are termed the belligerent rights of Great Britain, which were undoubtedly based on the old maritime laws of Europe. But he acted in strict conformity with the views of the British cabinet, and the British cabinet adopted those views because it was satisfied that it was not for the benefit of the country to adhere to practices which exposed the vast mercantile interests of Britain to depredation, even by the cruisers of a secondary maritime power, and which, if vigorously enforced against neutrals, could not fail to embroil her with every maritime state in the world.

In 1856, Lord Clarendon attended the Congress of Paris, which was called to restore peace, as the chief British representative. This was the first time a British Foreign Secretary had been present in person at a continental congress since Lord Castlereagh in Vienna. Lord Clarendon’s main goal was to have Italy recognized as a belligerent power and to remove the barriers that kept Prussia neutral. However, due to the urgency of all the powers to end the war, there was a real risk that the reasons for starting it could be overlooked. Thanks to Lord Clarendon’s determination, the principle of the neutralization of the Black Sea was upheld, the Russian attempt to deceive the allies regarding Bessarabia was thwarted, and the war’s outcomes were temporarily secured. The congress was eager to shift focus to other issues, and perhaps its most significant achievement was the famous Declaration of the Maritime Powers, which abolished privateering, clarified the right to blockade, and restricted the right of capture to enemy goods on enemy vessels. Lord Clarendon faced criticism for seemingly abandoning Great Britain's so-called belligerent rights, which were rooted in the traditional maritime laws of Europe. However, he acted entirely in line with the views of the British cabinet, which adopted these perspectives because it believed that sticking to practices that endangered Britain’s extensive mercantile interests—even from the vessels of a lesser maritime power—and that could lead to conflicts with every maritime nation was not in the country’s best interest.

Upon the reconstitution of the Whig administration in 1859, Lord John Russell made it a condition of his acceptance of office under Lord Palmerston that the foreign department should be placed in his own hands, which implied that Lord Clarendon should be excluded from office, as it would have been inconsistent alike with his dignity and his tastes to fill any other post in the government. The consequence was that from 1859 till 1864 Lord Clarendon remained out of office, and the critical relations arising out of the Civil War in the United States were left to the guidance of Earl Russell. But he re-entered the cabinet in May 1864 as chancellor of the duchy of Lancaster; and upon the death of Lord Palmerston in 1865, Lord Russell again became prime minister, when Lord Clarendon returned to the foreign office, which was again confided to him for the third time upon the formation of Mr Gladstone’s administration in 1868. To the last moment of his existence, Lord Clarendon continued to devote every faculty of his mind and every instant of his life to the public service; and he expired surrounded by the boxes and papers of his office on the 27th of June 1870. No man owed more to the influence of a generous, unselfish and liberal disposition. If he had rivals he never ceased to treat them with the consideration and confidence of friends, and he cared but little for the ordinary prizes of ambition in comparison with the advancement of the cause of peace and progress.

Upon the reformation of the Whig government in 1859, Lord John Russell made it a condition of his acceptance of a position under Lord Palmerston that he would take control of the foreign department, which meant that Lord Clarendon would be excluded from the role, as it would have been beneath his dignity and preferences to hold any other position in the government. As a result, from 1859 to 1864, Lord Clarendon was out of office, and the important relations stemming from the Civil War in the United States were managed by Earl Russell. He returned to the cabinet in May 1864 as chancellor of the duchy of Lancaster; and after Lord Palmerston's death in 1865, Lord Russell became prime minister again, with Lord Clarendon returning to the foreign office, which was entrusted to him for the third time when Mr. Gladstone's administration was formed in 1868. Until the very end of his life, Lord Clarendon dedicated every bit of his intellect and every moment of his time to public service, and he passed away surrounded by the files and documents of his office on June 27, 1870. No one benefitted more from the impact of a generous, selfless, and open-minded nature. If he had rivals, he always treated them with the respect and trust of friends, and he cared very little for the usual rewards of ambition compared to the promotion of peace and progress.

He was succeeded as 5th earl by his eldest son, Edward Hyde Villiers (b. 1846), who became lord chamberlain in 1900.

He was succeeded as the 5th earl by his oldest son, Edward Hyde Villiers (b. 1846), who became lord chamberlain in 1900.

See also the article (by Henry Reeve) in Fraser’s Magazine, August 1876.

See also the article (by Henry Reeve) in Fraser’s Magazine, August 1876.


CLARENDON, HENRY HYDE, 2nd Earl of (1638-1709), English statesman, eldest son of the first earl, was born on the 2nd of June 1638. He accompanied his parents into exile and assisted his father as secretary, returning with them in 1660. In 1661 he was returned to parliament for Wiltshire as Lord Cornbury. He became secretary in 1662 and lord chamberlain to the queen in 1665. He took no part in the life of the court, and on the dismissal of his father became a vehement opponent of the administration, defended his father in the impeachment, and subsequently made effective attacks upon Buckingham and Arlington. In 1674 he became earl of Clarendon by his father’s death, and in 1679 was made a privy councillor. He was not included in Sir W. Temple’s council of that year, but was reappointed in 1680. In 1682 he supported Halifax’s proposal of declaring war on France. On the accession of James in 1685 he was appointed lord privy seal, but shortly afterwards, in September, was removed from this office to that of lord-lieutenant of Ireland. Clarendon was embarrassed in his estate, and James required a willing agent to carry out his design by upsetting the Protestant government and the Act of Settlement. Clarendon arrived in Dublin on the 9th of January 1686. He found himself completely in the power of Tyrconnel, the commander-in-chief; and though, like his father, a staunch Protestant, elected this year high steward of Oxford University, and detesting the king’s policy, he obeyed his orders to introduce Roman Catholics into the government and the army and upon the bench, and clung to office till after the dismissal of his brother, the earl of Rochester, in January 1687, when he was recalled and succeeded by Tyrconnel. He now supported the church in its struggle with James, opposed the Declaration of Indulgence, wrote to Mary an account of the resistance of the bishops,1 and visited and advised the latter in the Tower. He had no share, however, in inviting William to England. He assured James in September that the Church would be loyal, advised the calling of the parliament, and on the desertion of his son, Lord Cornbury, to William on the 14th of November, expressed to the king and queen the most poignant grief. In the council held on the 27th, however, he made a violent and unseasonable attack upon James’s conduct, and on the 1st of December set out to meet William, joined him on the 3rd at Berwick near Salisbury, and was present at the conference at Hungerford on the 8th, and again at Windsor on the 16th. His wish was apparently to effect some compromise, saving the crown for James. According to Burnet, he advised sending James to Breda, and according to the duchess of Marlborough to the Tower, but he himself denies these statements.2 He opposed vehemently the settlement of the crown upon William and Mary, voted for the regency, and refused to take the oaths of the new sovereigns, remaining a non-juror for the rest of his life. He subsequently retired to the country, engaged in cabals against the government, associated himself with Richard Graham, Lord Preston, and organizing a plot against William, was arrested on the 24th of June 1690 by order of his niece, Queen Mary, and placed in the Tower. Liberated on the 15th of August, he immediately recommenced his intrigues. On Preston’s arrest on the 31st of December, a compromising letter from Clarendon was found upon him, and he was named by Preston as one of his accomplices. He was examined before the privy council and again imprisoned in the Tower on the 4th of January 1691, remaining in confinement till the 3rd of July. This closed his public career. In 1702, on Queen Anne’s accession, he presented himself at court, “to talk to his niece,” but the queen refused to see him till he had taken the oaths. He died on the 31st of October 1709, and was buried in Westminster Abbey.

CLARENDON, HENRY HYDE, 2nd Earl of (1638-1709), English statesman and the eldest son of the first earl, was born on June 2, 1638. He followed his parents into exile and helped his father as secretary, returning with them in 1660. In 1661, he was elected to parliament for Wiltshire as Lord Cornbury. He became secretary in 1662 and lord chamberlain to the queen in 1665. He didn’t participate in court life and, after his father was dismissed, became a strong opponent of the administration. He defended his father during the impeachment and later made strong attacks against Buckingham and Arlington. In 1674, he became earl of Clarendon after his father's death, and in 1679 was made a privy councillor. He wasn’t included in Sir W. Temple’s council that year but was reappointed in 1680. In 1682, he supported Halifax’s proposal to declare war on France. When James ascended the throne in 1685, he was appointed lord privy seal, but shortly after, in September, he was moved to the position of lord-lieutenant of Ireland. Clarendon faced financial difficulties, and James needed someone willing to help him topple the Protestant government and the Act of Settlement. Clarendon arrived in Dublin on January 9, 1686. He found himself completely under Tyrconnel's control; despite being a steadfast Protestant, elected high steward of Oxford University that year, and detesting the king’s policies, he followed orders to include Roman Catholics in the government and the army, and remained in office until January 1687, after his brother, the earl of Rochester, was dismissed. He then supported the church in its conflict with James, opposed the Declaration of Indulgence, informed Mary about the bishops’ resistance, and visited and advised them in the Tower. However, he didn’t participate in inviting William to England. In September, he assured James that the Church would be loyal, recommended calling parliament, and expressed deep grief to the king and queen when his son, Lord Cornbury, deserted to William on November 14. Yet, in the council meeting on the 27th, he launched a fierce and ill-timed attack on James’s actions, and on December 1, he set out to meet William, joining him on the 3rd at Berwick near Salisbury, and was present at the meeting in Hungerford on the 8th and again at Windsor on the 16th. He seemingly wanted to find a compromise to save the crown for James. According to Burnet, he suggested sending James to Breda, and according to the duchess of Marlborough, to the Tower, but he denied these claims. He strongly opposed the crown being settled on William and Mary, voted for the regency, and refused to take the oaths for the new sovereigns, remaining a non-juror for the rest of his life. He later retired to the countryside, took part in conspiracies against the government, joined forces with Richard Graham, Lord Preston, and, while organizing a plot against William, was arrested on June 24, 1690, by order of his niece, Queen Mary, and placed in the Tower. Released on August 15, he immediately resumed his conspiracies. After Preston was arrested on December 31, a compromising letter from Clarendon was found with him, and Preston named him as one of his accomplices. He was questioned by the privy council and re-imprisoned in the Tower on January 4, 1691, staying in confinement until July 3. This marked the end of his public career. In 1702, after Queen Anne became queen, he went to court to "talk to his niece," but the queen refused to see him unless he took the oaths. He died on October 31, 1709, and was buried in Westminster Abbey.

His public career had been neither distinguished nor useful, but it seems natural to ascribe its failure to small abilities and to the conflict between personal ties and political convictions which drew him in opposite directions, rather than, following Macaulay, to motives of self-interest. He was a man of some literary taste, a fellow of the Royal Society (1684), the author of The History and Antiquities of the Cathedral Church of Winchester ... continued by S. Gale (1715), and he collaborated with his brother Rochester in the publication of his father’s History (1702-1704). He 436 married (1) in 1660, Theodosia, daughter of Lord Capel, and (2) in 1670, Flower, daughter of William Backhouse of Swallowfield in Berkshire, and widow of William Bishopp and of Sir William Backhouse, Bart. He was succeeded by his only son, Edward (1661-1724), as 3rd earl of Clarendon; and, the latter having no surviving son, the title passed to Henry, 2nd earl of Rochester (1672-1753), at whose death without male heirs it became extinct in the Hyde line.

His public career wasn’t notable or helpful, but it’s reasonable to attribute its failure to limited abilities and the struggle between personal relationships and political beliefs that pulled him in different directions, rather than, as Macaulay suggested, to self-serving motives. He had some literary taste, was a fellow of the Royal Society (1684), and authored The History and Antiquities of the Cathedral Church of Winchester ... continued by S. Gale (1715). He also worked with his brother Rochester on the publication of their father’s History (1702-1704). He married (1) in 1660, Theodosia, the daughter of Lord Capel, and (2) in 1670, Flower, the daughter of William Backhouse from Swallowfield in Berkshire, and the widow of William Bishopp and Sir William Backhouse, Bart. He was succeeded by his only son, Edward (1661-1724), as the 3rd earl of Clarendon; since Edward had no surviving son, the title passed to Henry, the 2nd earl of Rochester (1672-1753), and when he died without male heirs, it became extinct in the Hyde line.


1 Hist. MSS. Comm.: MSS. of the Duke of Buccleuch, ii. 31.

1 Hist. MSS. Comm.: MSS. of the Duke of Buccleuch, ii. 31.

2 Correspondence and Diary (1828), ii. 286.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Letters and Journal (1828), ii. 286.


CLARENDON, CONSTITUTIONS OF, a body of English laws issued at Clarendon in 1164, by which Henry II. endeavoured to settle the relations between Church and State. Though they purported to declare the usages on the subject which prevailed in the reign of Henry I. they were never accepted by the clergy, and were formally renounced by the king at Avranches in September 1172. Some of them, however, were in part at least, as they all purported to be, declaratory of ancient usage and remained in force after the royal renunciation. Of the sixteen provisions the one which provoked the greatest opposition was that which declared in effect that criminous clerks were to be summoned to the king’s court, and from there, after formal accusation and defence, sent to the proper ecclesiastical court for trial. If found guilty they were to be degraded and sent back to the king’s court for punishment. Another provision, which in spite of all opposition obtained a permanent place in English law, declared that all suits even between clerk and clerk concerning advowsons and presentations should be tried in the king’s court. By other provisions appeals to Rome without the licence of the king were forbidden. None of the clergy were to leave the realm, nor were the king’s tenants-in-chief and ministers to be excommunicated or their lands interdicted without the royal permission. Pleas of debt, whether involving a question of good faith or not, were to be in the jurisdiction of the king’s courts. Two most interesting provisions, to which the clergy offered no opposition, were: (1) if a dispute arose between a clerk and a layman concerning a tenement which the clerk claimed as free-alms (frankalmoign) and the layman as a lay-fee, it should be determined by the recognition of twelve lawful men before the king’s justice whether it belonged to free-alms or lay-fee, and if it were found to belong to free-alms then the plea was to be held in the ecclesiastical court, but if to lay-fee, in the court of the king or of one of his magnates; (2) a declaration of the procedure for election to bishoprics and royal abbeys, generally considered to state the terms of the settlement made between Henry I. and Anselm in 1107.

CLARENDON, CONSTITUTIONS OF, a set of English laws created in Clarendon in 1164, aimed at defining the relationship between Church and State by Henry II. Although they claimed to outline practices from the reign of Henry I, they were never accepted by the clergy and were formally rejected by the king at Avranches in September 1172. Nonetheless, some parts of them, as they were claimed to be, described ancient practices and remained in effect after the royal rejection. Of the sixteen provisions, the one that faced the most resistance was the one stating that criminal clerks were to be summoned to the king’s court, and after a formal accusation and defense, sent to the appropriate ecclesiastical court for trial. If found guilty, they would be degraded and returned to the king’s court for punishment. Another provision, which despite significant opposition, became a lasting part of English law, stated that all disputes between clerks about advowsons and presentations should be tried in the king’s court. Other provisions prevented appeals to Rome without the king’s permission. Clergy were not allowed to leave the kingdom, nor could the king’s tenants-in-chief and ministers be excommunicated or have their lands interdicted without royal consent. Debt claims, whether concerning good faith or not, fell under the jurisdiction of the king’s courts. Two particularly interesting provisions, which the clergy did not oppose, were: (1) if a disagreement arose between a clerk and a layman over a property that the clerk claimed as free-alms (frankalmoign) and the layman as a lay-fee, it would be determined by twelve lawful men before the king’s justice whether it belonged to free-alms or lay-fee; if found to be free-alms, the case would be held in the ecclesiastical court, but if it was determined to be lay-fee, it would go to the court of the king or one of his nobles; (2) a statement of the process for electing bishops and royal abbots, generally seen as outlining the agreement made between Henry I and Anselm in 1107.

Authorities.—J.C. Robertson, Materials for History of Thomas Becket, Rolls Series (1875-1885); Sir F. Pollock and F.W. Maitland, History of English Law before the Time of Ed. I. (Cambridge, 1898), and F.W. Maitland, Roman Canon Law in the Church of England (1898); the text of the Constitutions is printed by W. Stubbs in Select Charters (Oxford, 1895).

Authorities.—J.C. Robertson, Materials for the History of Thomas Becket, Rolls Series (1875-1885); Sir F. Pollock and F.W. Maitland, History of English Law before the Time of Ed. I. (Cambridge, 1898), and F.W. Maitland, Roman Canon Law in the Church of England (1898); the text of the Constitutions is printed by W. Stubbs in Select Charters (Oxford, 1895).

(G. J. T.)

CLARES, POOR, otherwise Clarisses, Franciscan nuns, so called from their foundress, St Clara (q.v.). She was professed by St Francis in the Portiuncula in 1212, and two years later she and her first companions were established in the convent of St Damian’s at Assisi. The nuns formed the “Second Order of St Francis,” the friars being the “First Order,” and the Tertiaries (q.v.) the “Third.” Before Clara’s death in 1253, the Second Order had spread all over Italy and into Spain, France and Germany; in England they were introduced c. 1293 and established in London, outside Aldgate, where their name of Minoresses survives in the Minories; there were only two other English houses before the Dissolution. St Francis gave the nuns no rule, but only a “Form of Life” and a “Last Will,” each only five lines long, and coming to no more than an inculcation of his idea of evangelical poverty. Something more than this became necessary as soon as the institute began to spread; and during Francis’s absence in the East, 1219, his supporter Cardinal Hugolino composed a rule which made the Franciscan nuns practically a species of unduly strict Benedictines, St Francis’s special characteristics being eliminated. St Clara made it her life work to have this rule altered, and to get the Franciscan character of the Second Order restored; in 1247 a “Second Rule” was approved which went a long way towards satisfying her desires, and finally in 1253 a “Third,” which practically gave what she wanted. This rule has come to be known as the “Rule of the Clares”; it is one of great poverty, seclusion and austerity of life. Most of the convents adopted it, but several clung to that of 1247. To bring about conformity, St Bonaventura, while general (1264), obtained papal permission to modify the rule of 1253, somewhat mitigating its austerities and allowing the convents to have fixed incomes,—thus assimilating them to the Conventual Franciscans as opposed to the Spirituals. This rule was adopted in many convents, but many more adhered to the strict rule of 1253. Indeed a counter-tendency towards a greater strictness set in, and a number of reforms were initiated, introducing an appalling austerity of life. The most important of these reforms were the Coletines (St Colette, c. 1400) and the Capucines (c. 1540; see Capuchins). The half-dozen forms of the Franciscan rule for women here mentioned are still in use in different convents, and there are also a great number of religious institutes for women based on the rule of the Tertiaries. By the term “Poor Clares” the Coletine nuns are now commonly understood; there are various convents of these nuns, as of other Franciscans, in England and Ireland. Franciscan nuns have always been very numerous; there are now about 150 convents of the various observances of the Second Order, in every part of the world, besides innumerable institutions of Tertiaries.

CLARES, DISADVANTAGED, also known as Clarisses, are Franciscan nuns named after their foundress, St. Clara (q.v.). She was professed by St. Francis in the Portiuncula in 1212, and two years later, she and her first companions were established in the convent of St. Damian’s in Assisi. The nuns formed the “Second Order of St. Francis,” while the friars made up the “First Order,” and the Tertiaries (q.v.) represented the “Third.” Before Clara’s death in 1253, the Second Order had spread throughout Italy and into Spain, France, and Germany. In England, they were introduced around 1293 and established in London, just outside Aldgate, where their name, the Minoresses, is preserved in the Minories; there were only two other English houses before the Dissolution. St. Francis did not provide the nuns with a formal rule, just a “Form of Life” and a “Last Will,” each consisting of only five lines, which mainly emphasized his idea of evangelical poverty. However, as the institute began to expand, something more structured became necessary; during Francis’s absence in the East in 1219, his supporter, Cardinal Hugolino, created a rule that effectively turned the Franciscan nuns into a stricter version of Benedictines, removing St. Francis’s unique characteristics. St. Clara dedicated her life to changing this rule and restoring the Franciscan essence of the Second Order. In 1247, a “Second Rule” was approved that largely met her aims, and eventually, in 1253, a “Third Rule” was instituted that practically fulfilled her wishes. This rule is known as the “Rule of the Clares,” which emphasizes extreme poverty, seclusion, and austerity. Most convents adopted it, but some continued to follow the rule from 1247. To ensure uniformity, St. Bonaventura, while serving as general in 1264, obtained papal approval to revise the 1253 rule, easing some of its strictness and allowing the convents to have fixed incomes—thereby aligning them more with the Conventual Franciscans rather than the Spirituals. This modified rule was adopted by many convents, but even more adhered to the strict rule of 1253. Indeed, there was a trend towards greater strictness, prompting several reforms that introduced extreme austerity of life. The most significant of these reforms involved the Coletines (St. Colette, around 1400) and the Capucines (around 1540; see Capuchins). The various forms of the Franciscan rule for women mentioned here are still in use in different convents, and numerous religious institutes for women are based on the rule of the Tertiaries. Today, the term “Poor Clares” commonly refers to the Coletine nuns, who have various convents alongside other Franciscans in England and Ireland. Franciscan nuns have historically been numerous; there are currently about 150 convents of the different observances of the Second Order worldwide, in addition to countless institutions of Tertiaries.

See Helyot, Hist. des ordres religieux (1792), vii. cc. 25-28 and 38-42; Wetzer and Welte, Kirchenlexikon (2nd ed.), art. “Clara”; Max Heimbucher, Orden und Kongregationen (1896), i. §§ 47, 48, who gives references to all the literature. For a scientific study of the beginnings see Lempp, “Die Anfänge des Klarissenordens” in Zeitschrift für Kirchengeschichte, xiii. (1892), 181 ff.

See Helyot, Hist. des ordres religieux (1792), vii. cc. 25-28 and 38-42; Wetzer and Welte, Kirchenlexikon (2nd ed.), art. “Clara”; Max Heimbucher, Orden und Kongregationen (1896), i. §§ 47, 48, who provides references to all the literature. For a detailed study of the beginnings, see Lempp, “Die Anfänge des Klarissenordens” in Zeitschrift für Kirchengeschichte, xiii. (1892), 181 ff.

(E. C. B.)

CLARET (from the Fr. vin claret, mod. clairet, wine of a light clear colour, from Lat. clarus, clear), the English name for the red Bordeaux wines. The term was originally used in France for light-yellow or light-red wines, as distinguished from the vins rouges and the vins blancs; later it was applied to red wines generally, but is rarely used in French, and never with the particular English meaning (see Wine).

CLARET (from the Fr. vin claret, mod. clairet, wine of a light clear color, from Lat. clarus, clear), the English term for red Bordeaux wines. Originally, this term was used in France for light-yellow or light-red wines, distinguishing them from vins rouges and vins blancs; later, it came to refer to red wines in general, but it's rarely used in French and never with the specific English meaning (see Wine).


CLARETIE, JULES ARSÈNE ARNAUD (1840-  ), French man of letters and director of the Théâtre Français, was born at Limoges on the 3rd of December 1840. After studying at the lycée Bonaparte in Paris, he became an active journalist, achieving great success as dramatic critic to the Figaro and to the Opinion nationale. He was a newspaper correspondent during the Franco-German War, and during the Commune acted as staff-officer in the National Guard. In 1885 he became director of the Théâtre Français, and from that time devoted his time chiefly to its administration. He was elected a member of the Academy in 1888, and took his seat in February 1889, being received by Ernest Renan. The long list of his works includes Histoire de la révolution de 1870-1871 (new ed., 5 vols., 1875-1876); Cinq ans après; l’Alsace et la Lorraine depuis l’annexion (1876); some annual volumes of reprints of his articles in the weekly press, entitled La Vie à Paris; La Vie moderne au théâtre (1868-1869); Molière, sa vie et son œuvre (1871); Histoire de la littérature française, 900-1900 (2nd ed. 1905); Candidat! (1887), a novel of contemporary life; Brichanteau, comédien français (1896); several plays, some of which are based on novels of his own—Les Muscadins (1874), Le Régiment de Champagne (1877), Les Mirabeau (1879), Monsieur le ministre (1883), and others; and the opera, La Navarraise, based on his novel La Cigarette, and written with Henri Cain to the music of Massenet. La Navarraise was first produced at Covent Garden (June 1894) with Mme Calvé in the part of Anita. His Œuvres complètes were published in 1897-1904.

CLARETIE, JULES ARSÈNE ARNAUD (1840-  ), French writer and director of the Théâtre Français, was born in Limoges on December 3, 1840. After attending the lycée Bonaparte in Paris, he became an active journalist, achieving notable success as a drama critic for the Figaro and the Opinion nationale. He served as a newspaper correspondent during the Franco-German War and was a staff officer in the National Guard during the Commune. In 1885, he became the director of the Théâtre Français and focused mainly on its administration from that point onward. He was elected to the Academy in 1888, taking his seat in February 1889, where he was welcomed by Ernest Renan. His extensive list of works includes Histoire de la révolution de 1870-1871 (new edition, 5 volumes, 1875-1876); Cinq ans après; l’Alsace et la Lorraine depuis l’annexion (1876); several annual volumes of reprints of his articles in the weekly press, titled La Vie à Paris; La Vie moderne au théâtre (1868-1869); Molière, sa vie et son œuvre (1871); Histoire de la littérature française, 900-1900 (2nd edition 1905); Candidat! (1887), a contemporary novel; Brichanteau, comédien français (1896); various plays, some of which are adaptations of his own novels—Les Muscadins (1874), Le Régiment de Champagne (1877), Les Mirabeau (1879), Monsieur le ministre (1883), and others; and the opera, La Navarraise, based on his novel La Cigarette, written with Henri Cain to the music of Massenet. La Navarraise premiered at Covent Garden (June 1894) with Mme Calvé in the role of Anita. His Œuvres complètes were published from 1897 to 1904.


CLARI, GIOVANNI CARLO MARIA, Italian musical composer, chapel-master at Pistoia, was born at Pisa about the year 1669. The time of his death is unknown. He was the most celebrated pupil of Colonna, chapel-master of S. Petronio, at Bologna. He became maestro di cappella at Pistoia about 1712, at Bologna in 1720, and at Pisa in 1736. He is supposed to have died about 1745. The works by which Clari distinguished himself pre-eminently are his vocal duets and trios, with a basso continuo, published between 1740 and 1747. These compositions, 437 which combine graceful melody with contrapuntal learning, were much admired by Cherubini. They appear to have been admired by Handel also, since he did not hesitate to make appropriations from them. Clari composed one opera, Il Savio delirante, produced at Bologna in 1695, and a large quantity of church music, several specimens of which were printed in Novello’s Fitzwilliam Music.

CLARI, GIOVANNI CARLO MARIA, an Italian music composer and chapel-master in Pistoia, was born in Pisa around 1669. The date of his death is unknown. He was the most renowned student of Colonna, the chapel-master at S. Petronio in Bologna. Clari became maestro di cappella in Pistoia around 1712, in Bologna in 1720, and in Pisa in 1736. He is believed to have died around 1745. He is best known for his vocal duets and trios with a basso continuo, published between 1740 and 1747. These works, 437 which blend elegant melody with complex counterpoint, were highly praised by Cherubini. They were likely appreciated by Handel as well, since he borrowed from them. Clari also wrote one opera, Il Savio delirante, which premiered in Bologna in 1695, along with a significant amount of church music, some of which appeared in Novello’s Fitzwilliam Music.


CLARINA, a comparatively new instrument of the wood-wind class (although actually made of metal), a hybrid possessing characteristics of both oboe and clarinet. The clarina was invented by W. Heckel of Biebrich-am-Rhein, and has been used since 1891 at the Festspielhaus, Bayreuth, in Tristan und Isolde, as a substitute for the Holztrompete made according to Wagner’s instructions. The clarina has been found more practical and more effective in producing the desired tone-colour. The clarina is a metal instrument with the conical bore and fingering of the oboe and the clarinet single-reed mouthpiece. The compass of the instrument is as shown, and it stands in the key of B♭. Like the clarinet, the clarina is a transposing instrument, for which the music must be written in a key a tone higher than that of the composition. The timbre resulting from the combination of conical bore and single-reed mouthpiece has in the lowest register affinities with the cor anglais, in the middle with the saxophone, and in the highest with the clarinet. Other German orchestras have followed the example of Bayreuth. The clarina has also been found very effective as a solo instrument.

CLARINA, a relatively new woodwind instrument (though actually made of metal), is a mix that has traits of both the oboe and the clarinet. The clarina was created by W. Heckel of Biebrich-am-Rhein and has been used since 1891 at the Festspielhaus in Bayreuth in Tristan und Isolde, as a replacement for the Holztrompete designed by Wagner. The clarina is found to be more practical and effective at producing the desired tone color. It is a metal instrument with a conical bore and fingering like the oboe, combined with the single-reed mouthpiece of the clarinet. The range of the instrument is as shown, and it is in the key of B♭. Like the clarinet, the clarina is a transposing instrument, meaning the music must be written a tone higher than the actual composition. The sound produced by the combination of a conical bore and a single-reed mouthpiece has similarities in the lower register to the cor anglais, in the middle to the saxophone, and in the upper range to the clarinet. Other German orchestras have followed Bayreuth's example. The clarina has also proven to be very effective as a solo instrument.

(K. S.)

CLARINET, or Clarionet (Fr. clarinette; Ger. Clarinette, Klarinett; Ital. clarinetto, chiarinetto), a wood-wind instrument having a cylindrical bore and played by means of a single-reed mouthpiece. The word “clarinet” is said to be derived from clarinetto, a diminutive of clarino, the Italian for (1) the soprano trumpet, (2) the highest register of the instrument, (3) the trumpet played musically without the blare of the martial instrument. The word “clarionet” is similarly derived from “clarion,” the English equivalent of clarino. It is suggested that the name clarinet or clarinetto was bestowed on account of the resemblance in timbre between the high registers of the clarino and clarinet. By adding the speaker-hole to the old chalumeau, J.C. Denner gave it an additional compass based on the overblowing of the harmonic twelfth, and consisting of an octave and a half of harmonics, which received the name of clarino, while the lower register retained the name of chalumeau. There is something to be said also in favour of another suggested derivation from the Italian chiarina, the name for reed instruments and the equivalent for tibia and aulos. At the beginning of the 18th century in Italy clarinetto, the diminutive of clarino, would be masculine, whereas chiarinetta or clarinetta would be feminine,1 as in Doppelmayr’s account of the invention written in 1730. The word “clarinet” is sometimes used in a generic sense to denote the whole family, which consists of the clarinet, or discant corresponding to the violin, oboe, &c; the alto clarinet in E; the basset horn in F (q.v.); the bass clarinet (q.v.), and the pedal clarinet (q.v.).

CLARINET, or Clarinet (Fr. clarinette; Ger. Clarinette, Klarinett; Ital. clarinetto, chiarinetto), is a woodwind instrument with a cylindrical bore, played using a single-reed mouthpiece. The term "clarinet" is thought to come from clarinetto, which is a diminutive of clarino, the Italian word for (1) the soprano trumpet, (2) the highest register of the instrument, and (3) the trumpet played in a musical manner without the loudness typical of military instruments. The term "clarionet" has a similar origin from "clarion," the English equivalent of clarino. It's believed that the name clarinet or clarinetto was given because of the similarity in sound between the high registers of the clarino and the clarinet. By adding a speaker hole to the old chalumeau, J.C. Denner expanded its range based on the overblowing of the harmonic twelfth, which included an octave and a half of harmonics, called clarino, while the lower register kept the name chalumeau. Another possible origin is from the Italian chiarina, which refers to reed instruments, similar to tibia and aulos. In early 18th-century Italy, clarinetto, the diminutive of clarino, would be masculine, while chiarinetta or clarinetta would be feminine, as noted in Doppelmayr’s account of the invention written in 1730. The term “clarinet” is sometimes used generically to refer to the entire family, which includes the clarinet, or discant corresponding to the violin, oboe, etc.; the alto clarinet in E; the basset horn in F (q.v.); the bass clarinet (q.v.), and the pedal clarinet (q.v.).

The modern clarinet consists of five (or four) separate pieces: (1) the mouthpiece; (2) the bulb; (3) the upper middle joint, or left-hand joint; (4) the lower middle joint, or right-hand joint2; (5) the bell; which (the bell excepted) when joined together, form a tube with a continuous cylindrical bore, 2 ft. or more in length, according to the pitch of the instrument. The mouthpiece, including the beating or single-reed common to the whole clarinet family, has the appearance of a beak with the point bevelled off and thinned at the edge to correspond with the end of the reed shaped like a spatula. The under part of the mouthpiece (fig. 2) is flattened in order to form a table for the support of the reed which is adjusted thereon with great nicety, allowing just the amount of play requisite to set in vibration the column of air within the tube.

The modern clarinet is made up of five (or four) distinct parts: (1) the mouthpiece; (2) the bulb; (3) the upper middle joint, or left-hand joint; (4) the lower middle joint, or right-hand joint2; (5) the bell. When all the parts (except for the bell) are connected, they form a tube that has a continuous cylindrical bore, 2 feet or more in length, depending on the instrument's pitch. The mouthpiece, which includes the single-reed common to all clarinets, looks like a beak with the tip beveled and thinned at the edge to match the end of the reed, which is shaped like a spatula. The bottom part of the mouthpiece (fig. 2) is flattened to create a surface for the reed, which is carefully positioned there, allowing just the right amount of movement to make the column of air inside the tube vibrate.

Fig. 1.—Clarinet (Albert Model).

The mouthpiece, which is subject to continual fluctuations of dampness and dryness, and to changes of temperature, requires to be made of a material having great powers of resistance, such as cocus wood, ivory or vulcanite, which are mostly used for the purpose in England. A longitudinal aperture 1 in. long and ½ in. wide, communicating with the bore, is cut in the table and covered by the reed. The aperture is thus closed except towards the point, where, for the distance of 13 to ¼ in., the reed is thinned and the table curves backwards towards the point, leaving a gap between the ends of the mouthpiece and of the reed of 1 mm. or about the thickness of a sixpence for the B flat clarinet. The curve of the table and the size of the gap are therefore of considerable importance. The reed is cut from a joint of the Arundo donax or sativa, which grows wild in the regions bordering on the Mediterranean. A flat slip of the reed is cut, flattened on one side and thinned to a very delicate edge on the other. At first the reed was fastened to the table by means of many turns of a fine waxed cord. The metal band adjusted by means of two screws, known as the “ligature,” was introduced about 1817 by Ivan Müller. The reed is set in vibration by the breath of the performer, and being flexible it beats against the table, opening and closing the gap at a rate depending on the rate of the vibrations it sets up in the air column, this rate varying according to the length of the column as determined by opening the lateral holes and keys. A cylindrical tube played by means of a reed has the acoustic properties of a stopped pipe, i.e. the fundamental tone produced by the tube is an octave lower than the corresponding tone of an open pipe of the same length, and overblows a twelfth; whereas tubes having a conical bore like the oboe, and played by means of a reed, speak as open pipes and overblow an octave. This forms the fundamental difference between the instruments of the oboe and clarinet families. Wind instruments depending upon lateral holes for the production of their scale must either have as many holes pierced in the bore as they require notes, or make use of the property possessed by the air-column of dividing into harmonics or partials of the fundamental tones. Twenty to twenty-two holes is the number generally accepted as the practical limit for the clarinet; beyond that number the fingering and mechanism become too complicated. The compass of the clarinet is therefore extended through the medium of the harmonic overtones. In stopped pipes a node is formed near the mouthpiece, and they are therefore only able to produce the uneven harmonics, such as the 1st, 3rd, 5th, 7th, &c, corresponding to the fundamental, and the diatonic intervals of the 5th one octave above, and of the 3rd and 7th two octaves above the fundamental. By pressing the reed with the lip near the base where it is thicker and stiffer, and increasing the pressure of the breath, the air-column is forced to divide and to sound the 438 harmonics, a principle well understood by the ancient Greeks and Romans in playing upon the aulos and tibia.3 This is easier to accomplish with the double reed than with the beating reed; in fact with a tube of wide diameter, such as that of the modern clarinet, it would not be possible by this means alone to do justice to the tone of the instrument or to the music now written for it. The bore of the aulos was very much narrower than that of the clarinet.

The mouthpiece, which constantly experiences changes in moisture and temperature, needs to be made from materials that are highly durable, like cocus wood, ivory, or vulcanite, which are primarily used for this purpose in England. A long opening measuring 1 inch long and ½ inch wide, connecting to the bore, is cut into the table and covered by the reed. This opening is mostly closed except at the tip, where for a distance of 1/3 to ¼ inch, the reed is thinned and the table curves backward toward the tip, leaving a gap of 1 mm—about the thickness of a sixpence—for the B flat clarinet. The curve of the table and the size of the gap are therefore very important. The reed is made from a section of the Arundo donax or sativa, which grows wild in areas near the Mediterranean. A flat piece of the reed is cut, flattened on one side and tapered to a delicate edge on the other. Initially, the reed was attached to the table with multiple turns of fine waxed cord. The metal band adjusted with two screws, known as the “ligature,” was introduced around 1817 by Ivan Müller. The reed vibrates when the performer breathes into it, and being flexible, it beats against the table, opening and closing the gap at a rate that matches the vibrations it creates in the air column. This rate changes based on the length of the column, which is determined by opening the lateral holes and keys. A cylindrical tube played with a reed has the acoustic characteristics of a stopped pipe; that is, the fundamental tone produced by the tube is an octave lower than the corresponding tone of an open pipe of the same length, and it overblows a twelfth. In contrast, tubes with a conical bore, like the oboe, played with a reed, operate like open pipes and overblow an octave. This is the main difference between oboe and clarinet instruments. Wind instruments that rely on lateral holes to produce their scale must have as many holes punctured in the bore as there are notes needed, or utilize the property of the air column to divide into harmonics or partial tones of the fundamental tones. Generally, twenty to twenty-two holes are considered the practical limit for the clarinet; beyond that number, the fingering and mechanism become too complex. Therefore, the range of the clarinet is extended through the harmonic overtones. In stopped pipes, a node forms near the mouthpiece, which allows them to produce only the uneven harmonics, such as the 1st, 3rd, 5th, 7th, etc., which correspond to the fundamental, and the diatonic intervals of the 5th one octave above, and the 3rd and 7th two octaves above the fundamental. By pressing the reed with the lip near the base where it is thicker and stiffer and increasing the breath pressure, the air column is forced to divide and sound the harmonics—a principle well understood by the ancient Greeks and Romans when playing the aulos and tibia. This is easier to achieve with a double reed than with a beating reed; in fact, with a wide diameter tube, like that of the modern clarinet, it wouldn't be possible to fully express the tone of the instrument or the music currently written for it using this method alone. The bore of the aulos was much narrower than that of the clarinet.

 
Fig. 2.—Clarinet Mouthpiece. a, the mouthpiece showing the position of the bore inside; b, the single or beating reed.

In order to facilitate the production of the harmonic notes on the clarinet, a small hole, closed by means of a key and called the “speaker,” is bored near the mouthpiece. By means of this small hole the air-column is placed in communication with the external atmosphere, a ventral segment is formed, and the air-column divides into three equal parts, producing a triple number of vibrations resulting in the third note of the harmonic series, at an interval of a twelfth above the fundamental.4 In a wind instrument with lateral holes the fundamental note corresponding to any particular hole is produced when all the holes below that hole are open and it itself and all above it are closed, the effective length of the resonating tube being shortened as each of the closed holes is successively uncovered. In order to obtain a complete chromatic scale on the clarinet at least eighteen holes are required. This series produces with the bell-note a succession of nineteen semitones, giving the range of a twelfth and known as the fundamental scale or chalumeau register, so called, no doubt, because it was the compass (without chromatic semitones) of the more primitive predecessor of the clarinet, known as the chalumeau, which must not be confounded with the shawm or schalmey of the middle ages.

To help create harmonic notes on the clarinet, a small hole, covered by a key and called the “speaker,” is drilled near the mouthpiece. This small hole connects the air column to the outside atmosphere, creating a ventral segment, and the air column divides into three equal parts, producing three times the number of vibrations that result in the third note of the harmonic series, at an interval of a twelfth above the fundamental. 4 In a wind instrument with side holes, the fundamental note corresponding to a specific hole is produced when all the holes below that hole are open and that one, along with all the holes above it, are closed. The effective length of the resonating tube shortens as each closed hole is successively opened. To achieve a complete chromatic scale on the clarinet, at least eighteen holes are needed. This setup, coupled with the bell-note, generates a sequence of nineteen semitones, providing a range of a twelfth known as the fundamental scale or chalumeau register. This term likely comes from the fact that it was the range (without chromatic semitones) of the more primitive ancestor of the clarinet, known as the chalumeau, which should not be confused with the shawm or schalmey of the Middle Ages.

The fundamental scale of the modern clarinet in C extends from The next octave and a half is obtained by opening the speaker key, whereby each of the fundamental notes is reproduced a twelfth higher; the bell-note thus jumps from E to B♮, the first key gives instead of F its twelfth C♯, and so on, extending the compass to , which ends the natural compass of the instrument, although a skilful performer may obtain another octave by cross-fingering. The names of the holes and keys on the clarinet are derived not from the notes of the fundamental scale, but from the name of the twelfth produced by overblowing with the speaker key open; for instance, the first key near the bell is known not as the E key but as the B♮. The use of the speaker key forms the greatest technical difficulty in learning to play the clarinet, on account of the thumb having to do double duty, closing one hole and raising the lever of the speaker key simultaneously. In a clarinet designed by Richard Carte this difficulty was ingeniously overcome by placing the left thumb-hole towards the front, and closing it by a thumb-lever or with a ring action by the first or second finger of the left hand, thus leaving the thumb free to work the speaker key alone.

The basic scale of the modern clarinet in C goes from The next octave and a half is achieved by opening the speaker key, causing each of the fundamental notes to sound a twelfth higher; the bell-note jumps from E to B♮, the first key plays C♯ instead of F, and so on, extending the range to , which marks the end of the instrument's natural range, though a skilled player can reach another octave by cross-fingering. The names of the holes and keys on the clarinet don't come from the notes of the fundamental scale, but from the name of the twelfth produced by overblowing with the speaker key open; for example, the first key near the bell is called the B♮ key instead of the E key. Using the speaker key presents the biggest technical challenge in learning to play the clarinet, since the thumb has to simultaneously close one hole and lift the lever of the speaker key. In a clarinet designed by Richard Carte, this issue was cleverly solved by moving the left thumb hole to the front, allowing it to be closed by a thumb lever or with a ring action by the first or second finger of the left hand, which keeps the thumb free to operate the speaker key alone.

There is good reason to think that the ancient Greeks understood the advantage of a speaker-hole, which they called Syrinx, for facilitating the production of harmonics on the aulos. The credit of the discovery of this interesting fact is due to A.A. Howard,5 of Harvard University; it explains many passages in the classics which before were obscure (see Aulos). Plutarch relates6 that Telephanes of Megara was so incensed with the syrinx that he never allowed his instrument-makers to place one on any of his auloi; he even went so far as to absent himself, principally on account of the syrinx, from the Pythian games. Telephanes was a great virtuoso who scorned the use of a speaker-hole, being able to obtain his harmonics on the aulos by the mere control of lips and teeth.

There’s a good reason to believe that the ancient Greeks understood the advantage of a speaker-hole, which they called Syrinx, for helping produce harmonics on the aulos. The credit for this interesting discovery goes to A.A. Howard, 5 of Harvard University; it clarifies many previously unclear passages in the classics (see Aulos). Plutarch mentions 6 that Telephanes of Megara was so angry about the syrinx that he never let his instrument makers put one on any of his auloi; he even went as far as to skip the Pythian games mainly because of the syrinx. Telephanes was a great virtuoso who rejected the use of a speaker-hole, being able to achieve his harmonics on the aulos just by controlling his lips and teeth.

The modern clarinet has from thirteen to nineteen keys, some being normally open and others closed. In order to understand why, when once the idea of adding keys to the chalumeau had been conceived, the number rose so slowly, keys being added one or two at a time by makers of various nationalities at long intervals, it is necessary to consider the effect of boring holes in the side of a cylindrical tube. If it were possible to proceed from an absolute theoretical basis, there would be but little difficulty; there are, however, practical reasons which make this a matter of great difficulty. According to V. Mahillon,7 the theoretical length of a B♭ clarinet (French pitch diapason normal A = 435 vibrations), is 39 cm. when the internal diameter of the bore measures exactly 1.4 cm. Any increase in the diameter of the cylindrical bore for a given length of tube raises the pitch proportionally and in the same way a decrease lowers it. A bore narrow in proportion to the length facilitates the production of the harmonics, which is no doubt the reason why the aulos was made with a very narrow diameter, and produced such deep notes in proportion to its length. In determining the position of the holes along the tube, the thickness of the wood to be pierced must be taken into consideration, for the length of the passage from the main bore to the outer air adds to the length of the resonating column; as, however, the clarinet tube is reckoned as a closed one, only half the extra length must be taken into account. When placed in its correct theoretical position, a hole should have its diameter equal to the diameter of the main bore, which is the ideal condition for obtaining a full, rich tone; it is, however, feasible to give the hole a smaller diameter, altering its position by placing it nearer the mouthpiece. These laws, which were likewise known to the Greeks and Romans,8 had to be rediscovered by experience in the 18th and 19th centuries, during which the mechanism of the key system was repeatedly improved. Due consideration having been given to these points, it will also be necessary to remember that the stopping of the seven open holes leaves only the two little fingers (the thumb of the right hand being in the ordinary clarinet engaged in supporting the instrument) free at all times for key service, the other fingers doing duty when momentarily disengaged. The fingering of the clarinet is the most difficult of any instrument in the orchestra, for it differs in all four octaves of its compass. Once mastered, however, it is the same for all clarinets, the music being always written in the key of C.

The modern clarinet has between thirteen and nineteen keys, with some typically open and others closed. To understand why the addition of keys to the chalumeau took place so slowly—just one or two at a time by makers from different countries over long periods—it’s important to consider how boring holes into the side of a cylindrical tube affects things. If we could start from a purely theoretical standpoint, it wouldn’t be too complicated; however, practical issues make it really difficult. According to V. Mahillon, the theoretical length of a B♭ clarinet (French pitch diapason normal A = 435 vibrations) is 39 cm when the inner diameter of the bore is exactly 1.4 cm. Increasing the diameter of the cylindrical bore for a fixed tube length raises the pitch, while decreasing it lowers the pitch. A bore that is narrow relative to its length helps produce harmonics, which likely explains why the aulos was made with a very narrow diameter and produced deep notes in relation to its length. When determining where to place the holes along the tube, the thickness of the wood being pierced needs to be considered, as the length of the passage from the main bore to the outer air adds to the resonance length; however, since the clarinet tube is thought of as a closed one, only half of this added length counts. Ideally, a hole should be placed at its theoretical position with a diameter equal to that of the main bore, which is best for producing a full, rich tone; it's possible to make the hole smaller and move it closer to the mouthpiece. These principles, known to the Greeks and Romans, had to be relearned through experience in the 18th and 19th centuries, during which the key mechanism was improved repeatedly. After considering these factors, it's also important to note that stopping the seven open holes leaves only the two little fingers (with the right hand's thumb typically supporting the instrument) free for key operations, while the other fingers take over when briefly released. The fingering for the clarinet is the most challenging of any instrument in the orchestra, as it varies across all four octaves. However, once mastered, it remains consistent for all clarinets, with the music always written in the key of C.

The actual tonality of the clarinet is determined by the diatonic scale produced when, starting with keys untouched and finger and thumb-holes closed, the fingers are raised one by one from the holes. In the B flat clarinet, the real sounds thus produced are

The actual sound of the clarinet is determined by the diatonic scale created when, starting with all keys untouched and finger and thumb holes closed, the fingers are lifted one by one from the holes. In the B flat clarinet, the real sounds produced are

being part of the scale of B flat major. By the closing of two open keys, the lower E flat and D are added.

being part of the B flat major scale. By closing two open keys, the lower E flat and D are included.

The following are the various sizes of clarinets with the key proper to each:

The following are the different sizes of clarinets along with the appropriate key for each:

E flat, a minor third above the C clarinet.

E flat, a minor third above the C clarinet.

B flat, a tone below the C clarinet.

B flat, one step lower than the C clarinet.

The high F, 4 tones above the C clarinet.

The high F, 4 notes above the C clarinet.

The D, 1 tone above the C clarinet.

The D, one tone higher than the C clarinet.

The low G, a fourth below the C clarinet.

The low G is a fourth lower than the C clarinet.

The A, a minor third below the C clarinet.

The A is a minor third below the C clarinet.

The B♮ 1 semintone below the C clarinet.

The B♮ is one semitone below the C clarinet.

The alto clarinet in E♭, a fifth below the B♭ clarinet.

The E♭ alto clarinet is a fifth below the B♭ clarinet.

The tenor or basset horn, in F, a fifth below the C clarinet.

The tenor or basset horn, in F, is a fifth lower than the C clarinet.

The bass clarinet in B♭, an 8ve below that in B♭.

The bass clarinet in B♭ plays an octave lower than the one in B♭.

The pedal clarinet in B♭, an 8ve below the bass clarinet.

The B♭ pedal clarinet, one octave below the bass clarinet.

The clarinets in B♭ and A are used in the orchestra; those in C and E♭ in military bands.

The B♭ and A clarinets are used in orchestras; the C and E♭ clarinets are used in military bands.

History.—Although the single beating-reed associated with the instruments of the clarinet family has been traced in ancient Egypt, the double reed, characteristic of the oboe family, being of simpler construction, was probably of still greater antiquity. An ancient Egyptian pipe found in a mummy-case and now preserved in the museum at Turin was found to contain a beating-reed sunk 3 in. below the end of the pipe, which is the principle of the drone. It would appear that the double chalumeau, called arghoul (q.v.) by the modern Egyptians, was known in ancient Egypt, although it was not perhaps in common use. The Musée Guimet possesses a copy of a fresco from the tombs at Saqqarah (executed under the direction of Mariette Bey) assigned to the 4th or 5th dynasty, on which is shown a concert with dancing; the instruments used are two harps, the long oblique flute “nay,” blown from the end without any mouthpiece or embouchure, and an instrument identified as an arghoul9 439 from its resemblance to the modern instrument of the same name. This is believed to be the only illustration of the ancient double chalumeau yet found in Egypt, with the single exception of a hieroglyph occurring also once only, i.e. the sign read As-it, consisting of a cylindrical pipe with a beak mouthpiece bound round with a cord tied in a bow. The bow is taken to indicate the double parallel pipes bound together; the same sign without the bow occurs frequently and is read Ma-it,10 and is considered to be the generic name for reed wind instruments. The beating-reed was probably introduced into classic Greece from Egypt or Asia Minor. A few ancient Greek instruments are extant, five of which are in the British Museum. They are as nearly cylindrical as would be the natural growing reed itself. The probability is that both single and double reeds were at times used with the Greek aulos and the Roman tibia. V. Mahillon and A.A. Howard of Harvard have both obtained facsimiles of actual instruments, some found at Pompeii and now deposited in the museum at Naples, and others in the British Museum. Experiments made with these instruments, whose original mouthpieces have perished, show that with pipes of such narrow diameter the fundamental scale and pitch are the same whether sounded by means of a single or of a double reed, but the modern combination of single reed and cylindrical tube alone gives the full pure tone quality. The subject is more fully discussed in the article Aulos.11 The Roman tibia, if monuments can be trusted, sometimes had a beak-shaped mouthpiece, as for instance that attached to a pipe discovered at Pompeii, or that shown in a scene on Trajan’s column.12 It is probable that when, at the decline of the Roman empire, instrumental music was placed by the church under a ban—and the tibia more especially from its association with every form of licence and moral depravity—this instrument, sharing the common fate, survived chiefly among itinerant musicians who carried it into western Europe, where it was preserved from complete extinction. An instrument of difficult technique requiring an advanced knowledge of acoustics was not, however, likely to flourish or even to be understood among nations whose culture was as yet in its infancy.

History.—While the single beating-reed linked to the clarinet family can be traced back to ancient Egypt, the double reed, typical of the oboe family and simpler in design, likely dates back even further. An ancient Egyptian pipe found in a mummy case and now housed in the museum in Turin contains a beating reed that is set 3 inches below the end of the pipe, which is the principle behind the drone. It seems that the double chalumeau, referred to as arghoul (q.v.) by modern Egyptians, was known in ancient Egypt, though it may not have been widely used. The Musée Guimet has a copy of a fresco from the tombs at Saqqarah (created under the guidance of Mariette Bey) dating to the 4th or 5th dynasty, depicting a concert with dancing; the instruments shown are two harps, a long oblique flute called the "nay," which is played from the end without a mouthpiece or embouchure, and an instrument identified as an arghoul9 439 because it resembles the modern instrument with the same name. This is thought to be the only surviving illustration of the ancient double chalumeau found in Egypt, with one exception: a hieroglyph appearing just once, i.e. the sign read As-it, which features a cylindrical pipe with a beak mouthpiece wrapped with a cord tied in a bow. The bow is interpreted as indicating two parallel pipes bound together; the same sign without the bow occurs frequently and is interpreted as Ma-it10, which is considered the general term for reed wind instruments. The beating reed was likely brought into classical Greece from Egypt or Asia Minor. A few ancient Greek instruments remain, five of which are in the British Museum. They closely resemble the natural growing reed itself. It’s likely that both single and double reeds were sometimes used with the Greek aulos and the Roman tibia. V. Mahillon and A.A. Howard from Harvard have both obtained replicas of actual instruments, some found at Pompeii and now in the museum at Naples, and others in the British Museum. Experiments with these instruments, whose original mouthpieces have decayed, show that with pipes of such narrow diameter, the fundamental scale and pitch remain the same whether produced by a single or double reed, but the modern combination of a single reed and a cylindrical tube alone produces a full, pure tone quality. This topic is explored further in the article Aulos.11 Trustworthy monuments suggest that the Roman tibia sometimes featured a beak-shaped mouthpiece, as seen in a pipe discovered at Pompeii or in a scene on Trajan's column.12 When the Roman Empire began to decline and the church banned instrumental music—especially the tibia due to its associations with various forms of vice and moral corruption—this instrument, facing a similar fate, mostly survived among traveling musicians who brought it into Western Europe, preserving it from total extinction. However, an instrument with complex techniques requiring advanced acoustic knowledge was unlikely to thrive or even be understood among nations whose culture was still in its early stages.

The tide of culture from the Byzantine empire filtered through to the south and west, leaving many traces; a fresh impetus was received from the east through the Arabs; and later, as a result of the Crusades, the prototype of the clarinet, together with the practical knowledge necessary for making the instrument and playing upon it, may have been re-introduced through any one or all of these sources. However this may be, the instrument was during the Carolingian period identified with the tibia of the Romans until such time as the new western civilization ceased to be content to go back to classical Rome for its models, and began to express itself, at first naively and awkwardly, as the 11th century dawned. The name then changed to the derivatives of the Greek kalamos, assuming an almost bewildering variety of forms, of which the commonest are chalemie, chalumeau, schalmey, scalmeye, shawm, calemel, kalemele.13 The derivation of the name seems to point to a Byzantine rather than an Arab source for the revival of the instruments which formed the prototype of both oboe and clarinet, but it must not be forgotten that the instruments with a conical bore—more especially those played by a reed—are primarily of Asiatic origin. At the beginning of the 13th century in France, where the instrument remained a special favourite until it was displaced by the clarinet, the chalumeau is mentioned in some of the early romances:—“Tabars et chalemiaux et estrumens sonner” (Aye d’Avignon, v. 4137); “Grelles et chelimiaus et buisines bruians” (Gui de Bourgogne, v. 1374), &c. By the end of the 13th century, the German equivalent Schalmey appears in the literature of that country,—“Pusûnen und Schalmeyen schal moht niemen da gehoeren wal” (Frauendienst, 492, fol. 5, Ulrich von Lichtenstein). The schalmey or shawm is frequently represented in miniatures from the 13th century, but it must have been known long before, since it was at that period in use as the chaunter of the bag-pipe (q.v.), a fully-developed complex instrument which presupposes a separate previous existence for its component parts.

The cultural influence from the Byzantine Empire flowed south and west, leaving many marks behind; a fresh boost came from the east via the Arabs; and later, due to the Crusades, the precursor to the clarinet, along with the practical know-how to build and play it, may have been reintroduced through one or more of these sources. Regardless, during the Carolingian period, the instrument was linked to the tibia of the Romans until the new Western civilization stopped looking back at classical Rome for its models and began to express itself, initially in a naive and awkward way, as the 11th century began. The name then evolved to derive from the Greek kalamos, taking on an almost overwhelming variety of forms, the most common being chalemie, chalumeau, schalmey, scalmeye, shawm, calemel, kalemele.13 The origin of the name seems to suggest a Byzantine rather than an Arab source for the revival of the instruments that served as prototypes for both the oboe and the clarinet, but we should remember that instruments with a conical bore—especially those played with a reed—are primarily of Asian origin. By the early 13th century in France, where the instrument remained particularly popular until it was replaced by the clarinet, the chalumeau is mentioned in some early romances: “Tabars et chalemiaux et estrumens sonner” (Aye d’Avignon, v. 4137); “Grelles et chelimiaus et buisines bruians” (Gui de Bourgogne, v. 1374), etc. By the late 13th century, the German equivalent Schalmey appears in the literature of that region: “Pusûnen und Schalmeyen schal moht niemen da gehoeren wal” (Frauendienst, 492, fol. 5, Ulrich von Lichtenstein). The schalmey or shawm is often depicted in miniatures from the 13th century, but it must have been known much earlier, as it was used as the chaunter of the bagpipe at that time (q.v.), a fully developed complex instrument that implies a separate previous existence for its parts.

We have no reason to suppose that any distinction was drawn between the single and double reed instruments during the early middle ages—if indeed the single reed was then known at all—for the derivatives of kalamos were applied to a variety of pipes. The first clear and unmistakable drawing yet found of the single reed occurs in Mersenne’s Harmonie universelle (p. 282), where the primitive reed pipe is shown with the beating-reed detached from the tube of the instrument itself, by making a lateral slit and then splitting back a little tongue of reed towards a knot. Mersenne calls this the simplest form of chalumeau or wheat-stalk (tuyau de blé). It is evident that no significance was then attached to the form of the vibrating reed, whether single or double, for Mersenne and other writers of his time call the chaunters of the musette and cornemuse chalumeaux whether they are of cylindrical or of conical bore. The difference in timbre produced by the two kinds of reeds was, however, understood, for Mersenne states that a special kind of cornemuse was used in concert with the hautbois de Poitou (an oboe whose double reed was enclosed in an air chamber) and was distinguished from the shepherd’s cornemuse by having double reeds throughout, whereas the drones of the latter instrument were furnished with beating reeds. It is therefore evident that as late as 1636 (the date at which Mersenne wrote) in France the word “chalumeau” was not applied to the instrument transformed some sixty years later into the clarinet, nor was it applied exclusively to any one kind of pipe except when acting as the chaunter of the bagpipe, and that independently of any structural characteristics. The chaunter was still called chalumeau in 1737.14 Of the instrument which has been looked upon as the chalumeau, there is but little trace in Germany or in France at the beginning of the 17th century. A chalumeau with beak mouthpiece and characteristic short cylindrical tube pierced with six holes figures among the musical instruments used for the triumphal procession of the emperor Maximilian I., commemorated by a fine series of plates,15 engraved on wood by Hans Burgkmair, the friend and colleague of A. Dürer. On the same plate (No. 79) are five schalmeys with double reeds and five chalumeaux with single-reed beak mouthpieces; the latter instruments were in all probability made in the Netherlands, which excelled from the 12th century in the manufacture of all musical instruments. No single-reed instrument, with the exception of the regal (q.v.), is figured by S. Virdung,16 M. Agricola17 or M. Praetorius.18

We have no reason to believe that any distinction was made between single and double reed instruments during the early Middle Ages—if the single reed was even known at that time—because the derivatives of kalamos were used for various types of pipes. The first clear and unmistakable drawing of the single reed appears in Mersenne’s Harmonie universelle (p. 282), where the basic reed pipe is illustrated with the vibrating reed detached from the tube of the instrument itself, achieved by creating a lateral slit and then splitting back a small section of reed towards a knot. Mersenne refers to this as the simplest form of chalumeau or wheat-stalk (tuyau de blé). It is clear that no significance was attributed to whether the vibrating reed was single or double, as Mersenne and other writers of his time referred to the players of the musette and cornemuse as chalumeaux regardless of whether they had a cylindrical or conical bore. However, the difference in timbre produced by the two types of reeds was understood, as Mersenne notes that a specific type of cornemuse was used alongside the hautbois de Poitou (an oboe with a double reed in an air chamber) and was distinguished from the shepherd’s cornemuse by having double reeds throughout, while the drones of the latter instrument were equipped with beating reeds. Therefore, it is evident that as late as 1636 (the year Mersenne wrote) in France, the term “chalumeau” was not used for the instrument that would later evolve into the clarinet about sixty years later, nor was it applied exclusively to any single type of pipe except when referring to the chaunter of the bagpipe, regardless of any structural features. The chaunter was still referred to as chalumeau in 1737.14 Little trace of the instrument considered to be the chalumeau exists in Germany or France at the beginning of the 17th century. A chalumeau with a beak mouthpiece and characteristic short cylindrical tube with six holes appears among the musical instruments used for the triumphal procession of Emperor Maximilian I., commemorated by a fine series of plates,15 engraved on wood by Hans Burgkmair, a friend and colleague of A. Dürer. On the same plate (No. 79) are five schalmeys with double reeds and five chalumeaux with single-reed beak mouthpieces; the latter instruments were likely made in the Netherlands, which excelled in the manufacture of all musical instruments since the 12th century. No single-reed instrument, except for the regal (q.v.), is depicted by S. Virdung,16 M. Agricola17 or M. Praetorius.18

(From Diderot and d’Alembert’s Encyclopédie.)
Fig. 3. Chalumeau, 1767.
(a) Front,
(b) Back view.

A good idea of the primitive chalumeau may be gained from a reproduction of one of the few specimens from the 16th or 17th century still extant, which belonged to Césare Snoeck and was exhibited at the Royal Military Exhibition in London in 1890.19 The tube is stopped at the mouthpiece end by a natural joint of 440 the reed, and a tongue has been detached just under the joint; there are six finger-holes and one for the thumb. An instrument almost identical with the above, but with a rudimentary bell, and showing plainly the detached tongue, is figured by Jost Amman in 1589.20 A plate in Diderot and d’Alembert’s Encyclopédie21 shows a less primitive instrument, outwardly cylindrical and having a separate mouthpiece joint and a clarinet reed but no keys. A chalumeau without keys, but consisting apparently of three joints—mouthpiece, main tube and bell,—is figured on the title-page of a musical work22 dated 1690; it is very similar to the one represented in fig. 3, except that only six holes are visible.

A good idea of the early chalumeau can be gathered from a reproduction of one of the few surviving examples from the 16th or 17th century, which belonged to Césare Snoeck and was displayed at the Royal Military Exhibition in London in 1890.19 The tube is closed at the mouthpiece end by a natural joint of the reed, and a tongue has been cut beneath the joint; there are six finger holes and one for the thumb. An instrument very similar to this one, but with a simple bell and clearly showing the separated tongue, is illustrated by Jost Amman in 1589.20 A plate in Diderot and d’Alembert’s Encyclopédie21 depicts a less primitive instrument, which is outwardly cylindrical and has a separate mouthpiece joint and a clarinet reed, but no keys. A chalumeau without keys, but seemingly consisting of three joints—mouthpiece, main tube, and bell—is shown on the title page of a musical work22 dated 1690; it is very similar to the one depicted in fig. 3, except that only six holes are visible.

In his biographical notice of J. Christian Denner (1655-1707), J.G. Doppelmayr23 states that at the beginning of the 18th century “Denner invented a new kind of pipe, the so-called clarinet, which greatly delighted lovers of music; he also made great improvements in the stock or rackett-fagottos, known in the olden time and finally also in the chalumeaux.” It is probable that the improvements in the chalumeau to which Doppelmayr alludes without understanding them consisted (a) in giving the mouthpiece the shape of a beak and adding a separate reed tongue as in that of the modern clarinet, unless this change had already taken place in the Netherlands, the country which the unremitting labours of E. van der Straeten24 have revealed as taking the lead in Europe from the 14th to the 16th century in the construction of musical instruments of all kinds; (b) in the boring of two additional holes for A and B near the mouthpiece and covering them with two keys; (c) in replacing the long cylindrical mouthpiece joint by a bulb, thus restoring one of the characteristic features of the tibia,25 known as the ὅλμος. There are a few of these improved chalumeaux in existence, two being in the Bavarian national museum at Munich, the one in high A, in a bad state of preservation, the second in C, marked J.C. Denner, of which V. Mahillon has made a facsimile26 for the museum of the Brussels Conservatoire. There are two keys and eight holes; the first consists of two small holes on the same level giving a semitone if only one be closed. If the thumb-key be left open, the sounds of the fundamental scale (shown in the black notes below) rise a twelfth to form the second register (the white notes).

In his biographical notice of J. Christian Denner (1655-1707), J.G. Doppelmayr states that at the beginning of the 18th century, “Denner invented a new kind of pipe, the so-called clarinet, which greatly pleased music lovers; he also made significant improvements to the rackett-fagottos, known in ancient times, and finally also in the chalumeaux.” It’s likely that the improvements in the chalumeau that Doppelmayr references without fully understanding involved (a) shaping the mouthpiece like a beak and adding a separate reed tongue similar to that of the modern clarinet, unless this change had already happened in the Netherlands, the country which the tireless work of E. van der Straeten has shown to have taken the lead in Europe from the 14th to the 16th century in building all kinds of musical instruments; (b) boring two additional holes for A and B near the mouthpiece and covering them with two keys; (c) replacing the long cylindrical mouthpiece joint with a bulb, thus restoring one of the key features of the tibia, known as the ὅλμος. A few of these improved chalumeaux still exist, two of which are in the Bavarian National Museum in Munich—one in high A, in poor condition, and the second in C, marked J.C. Denner, of which V. Mahillon made a facsimile for the museum of the Brussels Conservatoire. There are two keys and eight holes; the first consists of two small holes at the same level that produce a semitone if only one is closed. If the thumb key is left open, the sounds of the fundamental scale (shown in the black notes below) rise a twelfth to form the second register (the white notes).

This early clarinet or improved chalumeau has a clarinet mouthpiece, but no bulb; it measures 50 cm. (20 in.), whereas the one in A mentioned above is only 28 cm. in length, the long cylindrical tube between mouthpiece and key-joint, afterwards turned into the bulb, being absent. Mahillon was probably the first to point out that the so-called invention of the clarinet by J.C. Denner consisted in providing a device—the speaker-key—to facilitate the production of the harmonics of the fundamental. Can we be sure that the same result was not obtained on the old chalumeau before keys were added, by partially uncovering the hole for the thumb?

This early clarinet, or improved chalumeau, has a clarinet mouthpiece but no bulb; it measures 50 cm (20 in.), while the one mentioned earlier in A is only 28 cm long. The long cylindrical tube between the mouthpiece and the key joint, which later became the bulb, is absent. Mahillon was likely the first to note that the so-called invention of the clarinet by J.C. Denner was actually about adding a device—the speaker-key—to help produce harmonics of the fundamental. Can we really be sure that the same result wasn't achieved on the old chalumeau before keys were added, simply by partially uncovering the thumb hole?

The Berlin museum possesses an early clarinet with two keys, marked J.B. Oberlender, derived from the Snoeck collection. Paul de Wit’s collection has a similar specimen by Enkelmer. The Brussels Conservatoire possesses clarinets with two keys by Flemish makers, G.A. Rottenburgh and J.B. Willems27; the latter, with a small bulb and bell, is in G a fifth above the C clarinet. The next improvements in the clarinet, made in 1720, are due to J. Denner, probably a son of J.C. Denner. They consisted in the addition of a bell and in the removal of the speaker-hole and key nearer the mouthpiece, involving the reduction of the diameter of the hole. The effect of this change of position was to turn the B♮ into B♭, for J. Denner introduced into the hole, nearly as far as the axis of the bore, a small metal drainage tube28 for the moisture of the breath. In the modern clarinet, the same result is attained by raising this little tube slightly above the surface of the main tube, placing a key on the top of it, and bending the lever. In order to produce the missing B♮, J. Denner lengthened the tube and pierced another hole, the low E, covered by an open key with a long lever which, when closed, gives the desired B as its twelfth, thus forming a connexion between the two registers. A clarinet with three keys, of similar construction (about 1750), marked J.W. Kenigsperger, is preserved in the Bavarian national museum, at Munich. Another in B♭ marked Lindner29 belongs to the collection at Brussels. About the middle of the 18th century, the number of keys was raised to five, some say30 by Barthold Fritz of Brunswick (1697-1766), who added keys for C♯ and D♯. According to Altenburg31 the E♭ or D♯ key is due to the virtuoso Joseph Beer (1744-1811). The sixth key was added about 1790 by the celebrated French virtuoso Xavier Lefébure (or Lefèvre), and produced G♯. Anton Stadler and his brother, both clarinettists in the Vienna court orchestra and instrument-makers, are said to have lengthened the tube of the B♭ clarinet, extending the compass down to C (real sound B♭). It was for the Stadler brothers that Mozart wrote his quintet for strings, with a fine obbligato for the clarinet in A (1789), and the clarinet concerto with orchestra in 1791.

The Berlin museum has an early clarinet with two keys, labeled J.B. Oberlender, from the Snoeck collection. Paul de Wit’s collection includes a similar piece by Enkelmer. The Brussels Conservatoire holds clarinets with two keys made by Flemish craftsmen, G.A. Rottenburgh and J.B. Willems27; the latter, featuring a small bulb and bell, is pitched in G, a fifth higher than the C clarinet. The next upgrades to the clarinet, made in 1720, were by J. Denner, likely the son of J.C. Denner. These changes included adding a bell and removing the speaker-hole and a key closer to the mouthpiece, which reduced the diameter of the hole. This repositioning altered B♮ to B♭ since J. Denner placed a small metal drainage tube28 for breath moisture nearly as deep as the axis of the bore. In modern clarinets, this same effect is achieved by raising this small tube just above the main tube, fitting a key on top of it, and bending the lever. To create the missing B♮, J. Denner lengthened the tube and drilled another hole for low E, which is covered by an open key that has a long lever, allowing it to produce the desired B as its twelfth when closed, connecting the two registers. A clarinet with three keys, similarly built (around 1750), marked J.W. Kenigsperger, is kept in the Bavarian national museum in Munich. Another B♭ clarinet marked Lindner29 is part of the collection in Brussels. Around the mid-18th century, the number of keys increased to five, with some attributing this change30 to Barthold Fritz of Brunswick (1697-1766), who added keys for C♯ and D♯. According to Altenburg31, the E♭ or D♯ key was introduced by virtuoso Joseph Beer (1744-1811). The sixth key, which produced G♯, was added around 1790 by the famous French virtuoso Xavier Lefébure (or Lefèvre). Anton Stadler and his brother, who were both clarinetists in the Vienna court orchestra and instrument makers, are said to have lengthened the tube of the B♭ clarinet, expanding its range down to C (real sound B♭). It was for the Stadler brothers that Mozart composed his string quintet, featuring a beautiful obbligato for the clarinet in A (1789), and the clarinet concerto with orchestra in 1791.

This, then, was the state of the clarinet in 1810 when Ivan Müller, then living in Paris, carried the number of keys up to thirteen, and made several structural improvements already mentioned, which gave us the modern instrument and inaugurated a new era in the construction and technique of the clarinet. Müller’s system is still adopted in principle by most clarinet makers. The instrument was successively improved during the 19th century by the Belgian makers Bachmann, the elder Sax, Albert and C. Mahillon, whose invention in 1862 of the C♯ key with double action is now generally adopted. In Paris the labours of Lefébure, Buffet-Crampon, and Goumas are pre-eminent. In 1842 H.E. Klosé conceived the idea of adapting to the clarinet the ingenious mechanism of movable rings, invented by Boehm for the flute, and he entrusted the execution of this innovation to Buffet-Crampon; this is the type of clarinet generally adopted in French orchestras. From this adaptation has sprung the erroneous notion that Klosé’s clarinet was constructed according to the Boehm system; Klosé’s lateral divisions of the tube do not follow those applied by Boehm to the flute.

This was the state of the clarinet in 1810 when Ivan Müller, living in Paris, increased the number of keys to thirteen and made several structural improvements that created the modern instrument and marked a new era in clarinet construction and technique. Müller’s system is still fundamentally used by most clarinet makers today. The instrument was further improved during the 19th century by Belgian makers Bachmann, the elder Sax, Albert, and C. Mahillon, who invented the C♯ key with double action in 1862, which is now widely adopted. In Paris, the work of Lefébure, Buffet-Crampon, and Goumas stands out. In 1842, H.E. Klosé came up with the idea of adapting the clever mechanism of movable rings, which Boehm invented for the flute, to the clarinet, and he entrusted this innovation to Buffet-Crampon; this is the type of clarinet generally used in French orchestras. From this adaptation arose the misconception that Klosé’s clarinet was built according to the Boehm system; however, Klosé’s lateral divisions of the tube do not match those used by Boehm for the flute.

Fig. 4.—Clarinet (Boehm model, Klussmann’s patent).

In England the clarinet has also passed through several progressive stages since its introduction about 1770, and first of 441 all at the hands of Cornelius Ward. The principal improvements were due to Richard Carte, who took out a patent in 1858 for an improved Boehm clarinet which possessed some claim to the name, since Boehm’s principle of boring the holes at theoretically correct intervals and of venting the holes by means of open holes below was carried out. Carte made several modifications of his original patent, his chief endeavour being to so dispose the key-work as to reduce the difficulties in fingering. By the extension of the principle of the ring action, the work of the third and little fingers of the left hand was simplified and the fingering of certain difficult notes and shakes greatly facilitated. Messrs Rudall, Carte & Company have made further improvements in the clarinet, which are embodied in Klussmann’s patent (fig. 4); these consist in the introduction of the duplicate G♯ key, a note which has hitherto formed a serious obstacle to perfect execution. The duplicate key, operated by the third or second finger of the right hand, releases the fourth finger of the left hand. The old G♯ is still retained and may be used in the usual way if desired. The body of the instrument is now made in one joint, and the position of the G♯ hole is mathematically correct, whereby perfect intonation for C♯, G♯ and F♮ is secured. Other improvements were made in Paris by Messrs Evette & Schaeffer and by M. Paradis,32 a clarinet-player in the band of the Garde Républicaine, and very great improvements in boring and in key mechanism were effected by Albert of Brussels (see fig. 1).

In England, the clarinet has gone through several advancements since it was introduced around 1770, primarily thanks to Cornelius Ward. The main enhancements came from Richard Carte, who patented an improved Boehm clarinet in 1858 that truly earned the name, as it followed Boehm's principle of drilling the holes at theoretically correct intervals and venting them with open holes below. Carte made several modifications to his original patent, primarily aiming to arrange the keywork in a way that made fingering easier. By extending the ring action concept, the use of the left hand's third and little fingers became simpler, and fingering certain challenging notes and trills was greatly improved. Messrs Rudall, Carte & Company have introduced more advancements in the clarinet, which are included in Klussmann’s patent (fig. 4); these involve adding a duplicate G♯ key, a note that previously posed significant challenges to perfect playing. The duplicate key, which can be activated by the third or second finger of the right hand, frees up the fourth finger of the left hand. The original G♯ key is still available and can be used in the traditional manner if preferred. The instrument's body is now made in one piece, and the placement of the G♯ hole is mathematically precise, ensuring perfect intonation for C♯, G♯, and F♮. Additional improvements were made in Paris by Messrs Evette & Schaeffer and by M. Paradis, a clarinet player in the Garde Républicaine band, while significant advancements in boring and key mechanism were achieved by Albert of Brussels (see fig. 1).

The clarinet appears to have received appreciation in the Netherlands earlier than in its own native land. According to W. Altenburg (op. cit. p. 11),33 a MS. is preserved in the cathedral at Antwerp of a mass written by A.J. Faber in 1720, which is scored for a clarinet. Johann Mattheson,34 Kapellmeister at Hamburg, mentions clarinet music in 1713, although Handel, whose rival he was, does not appear to have known the instrument. Joh. Christ. Bach scored for the clarinet in 1763 in his opera Orione performed in London, and Rameau had already employed the instrument in 1751 in a theatre for his pastoral entitled Acante et Céphise.35 The clarinet was formally introduced into the orchestra in Vienna in 1767,36 Gluck having contented himself with the use of the chalumeau in Orfeo (1762) and in Alceste (1767).37 The clarinet had already been adopted in military bands in France in 1755, where it very speedily completely replaced the oboe. One of Napoleon Bonaparte’s bands is said to have had no less than twenty clarinets.

The clarinet seems to have gained appreciation in the Netherlands earlier than in its home country. According to W. Altenburg (op. cit. p. 11), a manuscript is kept in the cathedral at Antwerp of a mass composed by A.J. Faber in 1720, which includes parts for the clarinet. Johann Mattheson, Kapellmeister in Hamburg, mentioned clarinet music in 1713, although Handel, who was his rival, apparently did not know about the instrument. Joh. Christ. Bach wrote for the clarinet in 1763 in his opera Orione, performed in London, and Rameau had already used the instrument in 1751 for his pastoral play Acante et Céphise. The clarinet was officially introduced into the orchestra in Vienna in 1767, with Gluck having settled for the chalumeau in Orfeo (1762) and Alceste (1767). The clarinet had already been adopted in military bands in France in 1755, where it quickly replaced the oboe. It's said that one of Napoleon Bonaparte’s bands had as many as twenty clarinets.

For further information on the clarinet at the beginning of the 19th century, consult the Methods by Ivan Müller and Xavier Lefébure, and Joseph Froehlich’s admirable work on the instruments of the orchestra; and Gottfried Weber’s articles in Ersch and Gruber’s Encyclopaedia. See also Basset Horn; Bass Clarinet and Pedal Clarinet.

For more information about the clarinet in the early 19th century, check out the Methods by Ivan Müller and Xavier Lefébure, as well as Joseph Froehlich’s excellent work on orchestral instruments, and Gottfried Weber’s articles in Ersch and Gruber’s Encyclopaedia. Also, see Basset Horn; Bass Clarinet and Pedal Clarinet.

(K. S.)

1 See Gottfried Weber’s objection to this derivation in “Über Clarinette und Basset-horn,” Caecilia (Mainz, 1829), vol. xi. pp. 36 and 37, note.

1 Check out Gottfried Weber’s criticism of this derivation in “Über Clarinette und Basset-horn,” Caecilia (Mainz, 1829), vol. xi. pp. 36 and 37, note.

2 Nos. 3 and 4 are sometimes made in one, as for instance in Messrs Rudall, Carte & Company’s modification, the Klussmann patent.

2 Nos. 3 and 4 are occasionally combined into one, as seen in Messrs Rudall, Carte & Company’s version, the Klussmann patent.

3 Aristotle (de Audib. 802 b 18, and 804 a) and Porphyry (ed. Wallis, pp. 249 and 252) mention that if the performer presses the zeuge (mouthpiece) or the glottai (reeds) of the pipes, a sharper tone is produced.

3 Aristotle (de Audib. 802 b 18, and 804 a) and Porphyry (ed. Wallis, pp. 249 and 252) mention that if the performer presses the zeuge (mouthpiece) or the glottai (reeds) of the pipes, a sharper tone is produced.

4 Cf. V.C. Mahillon, Éléments d’acoustique musicale et instrumentale (Brussels, 1874), p. 161; and Fr. Zamminer, Die Musik und die musikalischen Instrumente in ihrer Beziehung zu den Gesetzen der Akustik ... (Giessen, 1855), pp. 297 and 298.

4 Cf. V.C. Mahillon, Elements of Musical and Instrumental Acoustics (Brussels, 1874), p. 161; and Fr. Zamminer, Music and Musical Instruments in Relation to the Laws of Acoustics ... (Giessen, 1855), pp. 297 and 298.

5 “The Aulos or Tibia,” Harvard Studies, iv. (Boston, 1893).

5 “The Aulos or Tibia,” Harvard Studies, iv. (Boston, 1893).

6 De Musica, 1138.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ On Music, 1138.

7 Op. cit. pp. 160 et seq.; and Wilhelm Altenburg, Die Klarinette (Heilbronn, 1904), p. 9, who refers to Mahillon.

7 Op. cit. pp. 160 et seq.; and Wilhelm Altenburg, Die Klarinette (Heilbronn, 1904), p. 9, who refers to Mahillon.

8 See Macrobius, Comm. in somnium Scipionis, ii. 4. 5 “nec secus probamus in tibiis de quarum foraminibus vicinis inflantis ori sonus acutus emittitur, de longinquis autem et termino proximis, gravior: item acutior per patentiora foramina, gravior per angusta.”

8 See Macrobius, Comm. in somnium Scipionis, ii. 4. 5 “And similarly, we observe that in pipes, the sound produced is high-pitched when the holes are close together, while it is lower when they are further apart and near the end; likewise, the sound is sharper through wider openings and deeper through narrower ones.”

9 See Victor Loret, L’Égypte au temps des Pharaons—la vie, le science, et l’art (Paris, 1889), illustration p. 139 and p. 143. The author gives no information about this fresco except that it is in the Musée Guimet. It is probably identical with the second of the mural paintings described on p. 190 of Petit guide illustré au Musée Guimet, par L. de Milloue.

9 See Victor Loret, The Egypt of the Pharaohs—life, science, and art (Paris, 1889), illustration p. 139 and p. 143. The author provides no details about this fresco other than that it is located in the Musée Guimet. It is likely the same as the second mural painting mentioned on p. 190 of Illustrated Guide to the Guimet Museum by L. de Milloue.

10 See Victor Loret, “Les flûtes égyptiennes antiques,” Journal asiatique (Paris, 1889), [8], xiv. pp. 129, 130, 132.

10 See Victor Loret, “Ancient Egyptian Flutes,” Asian Journal (Paris, 1889), [8], xiv. pp. 129, 130, 132.

11 See also A.A. Howard, “Study on the Aulos or Tibia,” Harvard Studies, vol. iv. (Boston, 1893); F.C. Gevaert, Musique de l’antiquité; Carl von Jan, article “Floete” in August Baumeister’s Denkmäler des klassischen Alterthums (Leipzig, 1884-1888), vol. i.; Dr Hugo Riemann, Handbuch der Musikgesch. vol. i. p. 90, &c. (Leipzig, 1904); all of whom have not come to the same conclusions.

11 See also A.A. Howard, “Study on the Aulos or Tibia,” Harvard Studies, vol. iv. (Boston, 1893); F.C. Gevaert, Musique de l’antiquité; Carl von Jan, article “Floete” in August Baumeister’s Denkmäler des klassischen Alterthums (Leipzig, 1884-1888), vol. i.; Dr. Hugo Riemann, Handbuch der Musikgesch. vol. i. p. 90, &c. (Leipzig, 1904); all of whom have not come to the same conclusions.

12 Wilhelm Froehner, La Colonne trajane (Paris, 1872), t. ii. pl. 76.

12 Wilhelm Froehner, La Colonne Trajane (Paris, 1872), vol. ii, plate 76.

“Aveuc aus ert vestus Guis

“Aveuc aus ert vestus Guis”

Ki leur cante et Kalemele,

Ki leur chant et Kalemele,

En la muse au grant bourdon.”

En la muse au grant bourdon.”

J.A.U. Scheler’s Trouvères belges.

J.A.U. Scheler’s Belgian Trouvères.

14 See Ernest Thoinan, Les Hotteterre et les Chédeville, célèbres facteurs de flûtes, hautbois, bassons et musettes (Paris, 1894), p. 15 et seq., and Méthode pour la musette, &c., par Hotteterre le Romain (Paris, 1737).

14 See Ernest Thoinan, Les Hotteterre et les Chédeville, famous makers of flutes, oboes, bassoons, and shawms (Paris, 1894), p. 15 and following, and Method for the Shawms, &c., by Hotteterre le Romain (Paris, 1737).

15 The whole series of 135 plates has been reproduced in Jahrb. d. Samml. des Alterh. Kaiserhauses (Vienna, 1883-1884).

15 The complete set of 135 plates has been reprinted in Jahrb. d. Samml. des Alterh. Kaiserhauses (Vienna, 1883-1884).

16 Musica getutscht und auszgezogen (Basel, 1511).

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Music played and stripped (Basel, 1511).

17 Musica Instrumentalis Deudsch (Nuremberg, 1528 and 1545).

17 Instrumental Music in German (Nuremberg, 1528 and 1545).

18 Syntagma Musicum (Wolfenbüttel, 1618). This work and those mentioned in the two previous notes have been reprinted by the Ges. f. Musikforschung in vols. xi., xx. and xiii. of Publikationen (Berlin).

18 Syntagma Musicum (Wolfenbüttel, 1618). This work and the ones mentioned in the two previous notes have been reprinted by the Society for Music Research in volumes xi., xx., and xiii. of Publications (Berlin).

19 See Descriptive Catalogue, by Capt. C.R. Day (London, 1891), pl. iv. A and p. 110, No. 221.

19 See Descriptive Catalogue, by Capt. C.R. Day (London, 1891), pl. iv. A and p. 110, No. 221.

20 Wappenbuch, p. 111, “Musica.”

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Coat of Arms Book, p. 111, “Music.”

21 Paris, 1767, vol. v. “Planches,” pl. ix. 20, 21, 22.

21 Paris, 1767, vol. v. “Planches,” pl. ix. 20, 21, 22.

22 Dr Theofilo Muffat, “Componimenti musicali per il cembalo,” in Denkmäler d. Tonkunst in Österreich, Bd. iii.

22 Dr. Theofilo Muffat, “Musical Compositions for the Harpsichord,” in Monuments of Music Art in Austria, Vol. iii.

23 Historische Nachricht von den Nürnbergischen Mathematicis u. Künstlern, &c. (Nuremberg, 1730), p. 305.

23 Historical News about the Mathematicians and Artists of Nuremberg, &c. (Nuremberg, 1730), p. 305.

24 Histoire de la musique aux Pays Bas avant le XIXe siècle.

24 History of music in the Netherlands before the 19th century.

25 For a facsimile of one of the Pompeii tibiae, see Capt. C.R. Day, op. cit. pl. iv. C. and p. 109.

25 For a copy of one of the Pompeii tibiae, see Capt. C.R. Day, op. cit. pl. iv. C. and p. 109.

26 Catalogue descriptif (Ghent, 1896), vol. ii. p. 211, No. 911, where an illustration is given. See also Capt. C.R. Day, op. cit. pl. iv. B and Errata where the description is printed.

26 Descriptive Catalogue (Ghent, 1896), vol. ii. p. 211, No. 911, where an illustration is provided. See also Capt. C.R. Day, op. cit. pl. iv. B and Errata where the description is printed.

27 For a description with illustration see V. Mahillon’s Catalogue descriptif (Ghent, 1896), vol. ii. p. 215, No. 916.

27 For a description with an illustration, see V. Mahillon’s Catalogue descriptif (Ghent, 1896), vol. ii. p. 215, No. 916.

28 See Wilhelm Altenburg, op. cit. p. 6.

28 See Wilhelm Altenburg, same source, p. 6.

29 See V. Mahillon, Catal. descript. (1896), p. 213, No. 913.

29 See V. Mahillon, Catal. descript. (1896), p. 213, No. 913.

30 H. Welcker von Gontershausen, Die musikalischen Tonwerk-zeuge (Frankfort-on-Main, 1855), p. 141.

30 H. Welcker von Gontershausen, The Musical Instruments (Frankfurt am Main, 1855), p. 141.

31 Op. cit. p. 6.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ cited work, p. 6.

32 See Capt. C.R. Day, op. cit. p. 106.

32 See Capt. C.R. Day, op. cit. p. 106.

33 V. Mahillon, Catal. desc. (1880), p. 182, refers his statement to the Chevalier L. de Burbure.

33 V. Mahillon, Catal. desc. (1880), p. 182, cites his statement to Chevalier L. de Burbure.

34 Das neu-eröffnete Orchester (Hamburg, 1713).

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ The newly opened orchestra (Hamburg, 1713).

35 Mahillon, Catal. desc. (1880), vol. i. p. 182.

35 Mahillon, Catal. desc. (1880), vol. i. p. 182.

36 See Chevalier Ludwig von Koechel, Die kaiserliche Hofmusik-kapelle zu Wien, 1543-1867 (Vienna, 1869).

36 See Chevalier Ludwig von Koechel, The Imperial Court Music Chapel in Vienna, 1543-1867 (Vienna, 1869).

37 In the Italian edition of 1769 the part is scored for clarinet.

37 In the Italian edition from 1769, the part is written for clarinet.


CLARK, SIR ANDREW, Bart. (1826-1893), British physician, was born at Aberdeen on the 28th of October 1826. His father, who also was a medical man, died when he was only a few years old. After attending school in Aberdeen, he was sent by his guardians to Dundee and apprenticed to a druggist; then returning to Aberdeen he began his medical studies in the university of that city. Soon, however, he went to Edinburgh, where in the extra-academical school he had a student’s career of the most brilliant description, ultimately becoming assistant to J. Hughes Bennett in the pathological department of the Royal Infirmary, and assistant demonstrator of anatomy to Robert Knox. But symptoms of pulmonary phthisis brought his academic life to a close, and in the hope that the sea might benefit his health he joined the medical department of the navy in 1848. Next year he became pathologist to the Haslar hospital, where T.H. Huxley was one of his colleagues, and in 1853 he was the successful candidate for the newly-instituted post of curator to the museum of the London hospital. Here he intended to devote all his energies to pathology, but circumstances brought him into active medical practice. In 1854, the year in which he took his doctor’s degree at Aberdeen, the post of assistant-physician to the hospital became vacant and he was prevailed upon to apply for it. He was fond of telling how his phthisical tendencies gained him the appointment. “He is only a poor Scotch doctor,” it was said, “with but a few months to live; let him have it.” He had it, and two years before his death publicly declared that of those who were on the staff of the hospital at the time of his selection he was the only one remaining alive. In 1854 he became a member of the College of Physicians, and in 1858 a fellow, and then went in succession through all the offices of honour the college has to offer, ending in 1888 with the presidency, which he continued to hold till his death. From the time of his selection as assistant physician to the London hospital, his fame rapidly grew until he became a fashionable doctor with one of the largest practices in London, counting among his patients some of the most distinguished men of the day. The great number of persons who passed through his consulting-room every morning rendered it inevitable that to a large extent his advice should become stereotyped and his prescriptions often reduced to mere stock formulae, but in really serious cases he was not to be surpassed in the skill and carefulness of his diagnosis and in his attention to detail. In spite of the claims of his practice he found time to produce a good many books, all written in the precise and polished style on which he used to pride himself. Doubtless owing largely to personal reasons, lung diseases and especially fibroid phthisis formed his favourite theme, but he also discussed other subjects, such as renal inadequacy, anaemia, constipation, &c. He died in London on the 6th of November 1893, after a paralytic stroke which was probably the result of persistent overwork.

CLARK, SIR ANDREW, Bart. (1826-1893), British physician, was born in Aberdeen on October 28, 1826. His father, who was also a doctor, passed away when he was just a few years old. After attending school in Aberdeen, his guardians sent him to Dundee, where he was apprenticed to a pharmacist; he then returned to Aberdeen to begin his medical studies at the university there. However, he soon moved to Edinburgh, where he had an exceptional academic career at the extra-academic school, eventually becoming an assistant to J. Hughes Bennett in the pathological department of the Royal Infirmary and an assistant demonstrator of anatomy under Robert Knox. Unfortunately, symptoms of pulmonary tuberculosis ended his academic pursuits, and hoping the sea would improve his health, he joined the medical department of the navy in 1848. The following year, he became a pathologist at Haslar Hospital, where T.H. Huxley was one of his colleagues, and in 1853 he was the successful candidate for the newly created position of curator at the museum of the London Hospital. Although he intended to focus solely on pathology, circumstances led him into active medical practice. In 1854, the same year he earned his medical degree from Aberdeen, an assistant physician position at the hospital opened up, and he was encouraged to apply. He liked to recount how his tuberculosis tendencies worked in his favor for the appointment. “He’s just a poor Scottish doctor,” it was said, “with only a few months to live; let him have it.” He got the position, and two years before his death, he publicly stated that among those on the hospital staff at the time of his selection, he was the only one still alive. In 1854, he became a member of the College of Physicians, and in 1858, a fellow. He progressed through all the prestigious positions the college offered, culminating in the presidency in 1888, which he held until his death. After being chosen as assistant physician at the London Hospital, his reputation skyrocketed, and he became a sought-after doctor with one of the largest practices in London, treating some of the most notable figures of his time. The sheer number of patients who came through his consulting room each morning inevitably led to some of his advice becoming routine and his prescriptions often following standard formulas. However, in genuinely serious cases, his diagnostic skill and attention to detail were unmatched. Despite his busy practice, he managed to write several books, all crafted in the precise and polished style he prided himself on. Likely due to personal reasons, he often focused on lung diseases, particularly fibroid tuberculosis, but he also covered other topics like kidney failure, anemia, constipation, etc. He died in London on November 6, 1893, after suffering a stroke that was likely caused by prolonged overwork.


CLARK, FRANCIS EDWARD (1851-  ), American clergyman, was born of New England ancestry at Aylmer, Province of Quebec, Canada, on the 12th of September 1851. He was the son of Charles C. Symmes, but took the name of an uncle, the Rev. E.W. Clark, by whom he was adopted after his father’s death in 1853. He graduated at Dartmouth College in 1873 and at Andover Theological Seminary in 1876, was ordained in the Congregational ministry, and was pastor of the Williston Congregational church at Portland, Maine, from 1876 to 1883, and of the Phillips Congregational church, South Boston, Mass., from 1883 to 1887. On the 2nd of February 1881 he founded at Portland the Young People’s Society of Christian Endeavor, which, beginning as a small society in a single New England church, developed into a great interdenominational organization, which in 1908 had 70,761 societies and more than 3,500,000 members scattered throughout the United States, Canada, Great Britain, Australia, South Africa, India, Japan and China. After 1887 he devoted his time entirely to the extension of this work, and was president of the United Societies of Christian Endeavor and of the World’s Christian Endeavor Union, and editor of the Christian Endeavor World (originally The Golden Rule). Among his numerous publications are The Children and the Church (1882); Looking Out on Life (1883); Young People’s Prayer Meetings (1884); Some Christian Endeavor Saints (1889); World-Wide Endeavor (1895); A New Way Round an Old World (1900).

CLARK, FRANCIS EDWARD (1851-  ), American clergyman, was born to New England ancestry in Aylmer, Province of Quebec, Canada, on September 12, 1851. He was the son of Charles C. Symmes but took the name of his uncle, Rev. E.W. Clark, who adopted him after his father passed away in 1853. He graduated from Dartmouth College in 1873 and from Andover Theological Seminary in 1876, was ordained in the Congregational ministry, and served as pastor of the Williston Congregational Church in Portland, Maine, from 1876 to 1883, and of the Phillips Congregational Church in South Boston, Mass., from 1883 to 1887. On February 2, 1881, he established the Young People’s Society of Christian Endeavor in Portland, which started as a small society in a single New England church and grew into a large interdenominational organization, boasting 70,761 societies and over 3,500,000 members by 1908 across the United States, Canada, Great Britain, Australia, South Africa, India, Japan, and China. After 1887, he focused entirely on expanding this work and served as president of the United Societies of Christian Endeavor and the World’s Christian Endeavor Union, as well as editor of the Christian Endeavor World (originally The Golden Rule). His many publications include The Children and the Church (1882); Looking Out on Life (1883); Young People’s Prayer Meetings (1884); Some Christian Endeavor Saints (1889); World-Wide Endeavor (1895); and A New Way Round an Old World (1900).

442

442

See his The Young People’s Christian Endeavor, where it began, &c. (Boston, 1895); Christian Endeavor Manual (Boston, 1903); and Christian Endeavor in All Lands: Record of Twenty-five Years of Progress (Philadelphia, 1907).

See his The Young People’s Christian Endeavor, where it began, &c. (Boston, 1895); Christian Endeavor Manual (Boston, 1903); and Christian Endeavor in All Lands: Record of Twenty-five Years of Progress (Philadelphia, 1907).


CLARK, GEORGE ROGERS (1752-1818), American frontier military leader, was born near Charlottesville, in Albemarle county, Virginia, on the 19th of November 1752. Early in life he became a land-surveyor; he took part in Lord Dunmore’s War (1774), and in 1775 went as a surveyor for the Ohio Company to Kentucky (then a district of Virginia), whither he removed early in 1776. His iron will, strong passions, audacious courage and magnificent physique soon made him a leader among his frontier neighbours, by whom in 1776 he was sent as a delegate to the Virginia legislature. In this capacity he was instrumental in bringing about the organization of Kentucky as a county of Virginia, and also obtained from Governor Patrick Henry a supply of powder for the Kentucky settlers. Convinced that the Indians were instigated and supported in their raids against the American settlers by British officers stationed in the forts north of the Ohio river, and that the conquest of those forts would put an end to the evil, he went on foot to Virginia late in 1777 and submitted to Governor Henry and his council a plan for offensive operations. On the 2nd of January 1778 he was commissioned lieutenant-colonel, received £1200 in depreciated currency, and was authorized to enlist troops; and by the end of May he was at the falls of the Ohio (the site of Louisville) with about 175 men. The expedition proceeded to Fort Kaskaskia, on the Mississippi, in what is now Illinois. This place and Cahokia, also on the Mississippi, near St Louis, were defended by small British garrisons, which depended upon the support of the French habitants. The French being willing to accept the authority of Virginia, both forts were easily taken. Clark gained the friendship of Father Pierre Gibault, the priest at Kaskaskia, and through his influence the French at Vincennes on the Wabash were induced (late in July) to change their allegiance. On the 17th of December Lieut.-Governor Henry Hamilton, the British commander at Detroit, recovered Vincennes and went into winter quarters. Late in February 1779 he was surprised by Clark and compelled to give up Vincennes and its fort, Fort Sackville, and to surrender himself and his garrison of about 80 men, as prisoners of war. With the exception of Detroit and several other posts on the Canadian frontier the whole of the North-West was thus brought under American influence; many of the Indians, previously hostile, became friendly, and the United States was put in a position to demand the cession of the North-West in the treaty of 1783. For this valuable service, in which Clark had freely used his own private funds, he received practically no recompense either from Virginia or from the United States, and for many years before his death he lived in poverty. To him and his men, however, the Virginia legislature granted 150,000 acres of land in 1781, which was subsequently located in what are now Clark, Floyd and Scott counties, Indiana; Clark’s individual share was 8049 acres, but from this he realized little. Clark built Fort Jefferson on the Mississippi, 4 or 5 m. below the mouth of the Ohio, in 1780, destroyed the Indian towns Chillicothe and Piqua in the same year, and in November 1782 destroyed the Indian towns on the Miami river. With this last expedition his active military service virtually ended, and in July 1783 he was relieved of his command by Virginia. Thereafter he lived on part of the land granted to him by Virginia or in Louisville for the rest of his life. In 1793 he accepted from Citizen Genet a commission as “major-general in the armies of France, and commander-in-chief of the French Revolutionary Legion in the Mississippi Valley,” and tried to raise a force for an attack upon the Spanish possessions in the valley of the Mississippi. The scheme, however, was abandoned after Genet’s recall. Disappointed at what he regarded as his country’s ingratitude, and broken down by excessive drinking and paralysis, he lost his once powerful influence and lived in comparative isolation until his death, near Louisville, Kentucky, on the 13th of February 1818.

CLARK, GEORGE ROGERS (1752-1818), an American frontier military leader, was born near Charlottesville in Albemarle County, Virginia, on November 19, 1752. He became a land surveyor early in life, participated in Lord Dunmore’s War (1774), and in 1775 went to Kentucky (then part of Virginia) as a surveyor for the Ohio Company, relocating there in early 1776. His strong will, intense passion, bold courage, and impressive physique quickly established him as a leader among his frontier neighbors, who sent him as a delegate to the Virginia legislature in 1776. In this role, he helped organize Kentucky as a county of Virginia and secured a supply of gunpowder for the Kentucky settlers from Governor Patrick Henry. Believing that British officers in the forts north of the Ohio River were instigating and supporting Indian raids against American settlers, and that taking those forts would end the violence, he traveled on foot to Virginia in late 1777 and presented a plan for offensive operations to Governor Henry and his council. On January 2, 1778, he was commissioned as a lieutenant colonel, received £1200 in depreciated currency, and was authorized to enlist troops; by the end of May, he arrived at the falls of the Ohio (now Louisville) with around 175 men. The expedition moved to Fort Kaskaskia on the Mississippi River, in what is now Illinois. This fort and Cahokia, also on the Mississippi near St. Louis, were defended by small British garrisons that relied on support from the French inhabitants. The French were willing to accept Virginia’s authority, making it easy to capture both forts. Clark gained the trust of Father Pierre Gibault, the priest at Kaskaskia, and through his influence, the French at Vincennes on the Wabash switched their loyalty in late July. On December 17, Lieutenant Governor Henry Hamilton, the British commander at Detroit, recaptured Vincennes and settled in for the winter. Late in February 1779, Clark surprised him, forcing Hamilton to surrender Vincennes and Fort Sackville, along with his garrison of about 80 men, as prisoners of war. With the exception of Detroit and a few other posts on the Canadian frontier, the entire Northwest was brought under American influence; many formerly hostile Indians became friendly, and the United States was able to demand the cession of the Northwest in the 1783 treaty. For this important service, in which Clark had used his own funds, he received almost no compensation from Virginia or the United States, and he lived in poverty for many years before his death. However, the Virginia legislature granted him and his men 150,000 acres of land in 1781, which were later located in what are now Clark, Floyd, and Scott counties, Indiana; Clark’s individual share was 8049 acres, but he realized little from it. In 1780, Clark built Fort Jefferson on the Mississippi, 4 or 5 miles below the mouth of the Ohio, destroyed the Indian towns of Chillicothe and Piqua that same year, and in November 1782, he destroyed the Indian towns along the Miami River. With this last expedition, his active military service virtually ended, and in July 1783, Virginia relieved him of his command. After that, he lived on part of the land granted to him by Virginia or in Louisville for the rest of his life. In 1793, he accepted a commission from Citizen Genet as “major-general in the armies of France and commander-in-chief of the French Revolutionary Legion in the Mississippi Valley,” and attempted to raise a force to attack the Spanish territories in the Mississippi Valley. However, the plan was abandoned after Genet was recalled. Disappointed by what he saw as his country’s ingratitude, and suffering from excessive drinking and paralysis, he lost his once formidable influence and lived largely in isolation until his death near Louisville, Kentucky, on February 13, 1818.

See W.H. English, Conquest of the Country north-west of the River Ohio, 1778-1783, and Life of George Rogers Clark (2 vols., Indianapolis and Kansas City, 1896), an accurate and detailed work, which represents an immense amount of research among both printed and manuscript sources. Clark’s own accounts of his expeditions, and other interesting documents, are given in the appendix to this work.

See W.H. English, Conquest of the Country North-West of the River Ohio, 1778-1783, and Life of George Rogers Clark (2 vols., Indianapolis and Kansas City, 1896), an accurate and detailed work that represents an immense amount of research from both printed and manuscript sources. Clark's own accounts of his expeditions, along with other interesting documents, are included in the appendix of this work.

Clark, William (1770-1838), the well-known explorer, was the youngest brother of the foregoing. He was born in Caroline county, Virginia, on the 1st of August 1770. At the age of fourteen he removed with his parents to Kentucky, settling at the falls of the Ohio (Louisville). He entered the United States army as a lieutenant of infantry in March 1792, and served under General Anthony Wayne against the Indians in 1794. In July 1796 he resigned his commission on account of ill-health. In 1803-1806, with Meriwether Lewis (q.v.), he commanded the famous exploring expedition across the continent to the mouth of the Columbia river, and was commissioned second lieutenant in March 1804 and first lieutenant in January 1806. In February he again resigned from the army. He then served for a few years as brigadier-general of the Louisiana territorial militia, as Indian agent for “Upper Louisiana,” as territorial governor of Missouri in 1813-1820, and as superintendent of Indian affairs at St Louis from 1822 until his death there on the 1st of September 1838.

William Clark (1770-1838), the famous explorer, was the youngest brother of the previous person mentioned. He was born in Caroline County, Virginia, on August 1, 1770. At fourteen, he moved with his parents to Kentucky, settling at the falls of the Ohio (Louisville). He joined the United States Army as a lieutenant of infantry in March 1792 and served under General Anthony Wayne against the Indians in 1794. In July 1796, he resigned his commission due to health issues. From 1803 to 1806, he led the well-known exploring expedition across the continent to the mouth of the Columbia River, and he was commissioned as second lieutenant in March 1804 and first lieutenant in January 1806. In February, he again resigned from the army. He then served for a few years as brigadier general of the Louisiana territorial militia, as an Indian agent for “Upper Louisiana,” as the territorial governor of Missouri from 1813 to 1820, and as superintendent of Indian affairs in St. Louis from 1822 until his death there on September 1, 1838.


CLARK, SIR JAMES (1788-1870), English physician, was born at Cullen, Banffshire, and was educated at the grammar school of Fordyce and at the universities of Aberdeen and Edinburgh. He served for six years as a surgeon in the army; then spent some time in travelling on the continent, in order to investigate the mineral waters and the climate of various health resorts; and for seven years he lived in Rome. In 1826 he began to practise in London. In 1835 he was appointed physician to the duchess of Kent, becoming physician in ordinary to Queen Victoria in 1837. In 1838 he was created a baronet. He published The Influence of Climate in Chronic Diseases, containing valuable meteorological tables (1829), and a Treatise on Pulmonary Consumption (1835).

CLARK, SIR JAMES (1788-1870), English physician, was born in Cullen, Banffshire, and educated at the grammar school in Fordyce and at the universities of Aberdeen and Edinburgh. He served as a surgeon in the army for six years, then traveled around Europe to study the mineral waters and climates of various health resorts, and lived in Rome for seven years. In 1826, he started practicing in London. In 1835, he was appointed physician to the Duchess of Kent, and became physician to Queen Victoria in 1837. In 1838, he was made a baronet. He published The Influence of Climate in Chronic Diseases, which included valuable meteorological tables (1829), and a Treatise on Pulmonary Consumption (1835).


CLARK, JOHN BATES (1847-  ), American economist, was born at Providence, Rhode Island, on the 26th of January 1847. Educated at Brown University, Amherst College, Heidelberg and Zurich, he was appointed professor of political economy at Carleton College, Minnesota, in 1877. In 1881 he became professor of history and political science in Smith College, Massachusetts; in 1892 professor of political economy in Amherst College. He was appointed professor of political economy at Columbia University in 1895. Among his works are: The Philosophy of Wealth (1885); Wages (1889); Capital and its Earnings (1898); The Control of Trusts (1901); The Problem of Monopoly (1904); and Essentials of Economic Theory (1907).

CLARK, JOHN BATES (1847-  ), American economist, was born in Providence, Rhode Island, on January 26, 1847. He studied at Brown University, Amherst College, Heidelberg, and Zurich. He was appointed professor of political economy at Carleton College in Minnesota in 1877. In 1881, he became professor of history and political science at Smith College in Massachusetts; in 1892, he became professor of political economy at Amherst College. He was appointed professor of political economy at Columbia University in 1895. Among his works are: The Philosophy of Wealth (1885); Wages (1889); Capital and its Earnings (1898); The Control of Trusts (1901); The Problem of Monopoly (1904); and Essentials of Economic Theory (1907).


CLARK, JOSIAH LATIMER (1822-1898), English engineer and electrician, was born on the 10th of March 1822 at Great Marlow, Bucks. His first interest was in chemical manufacturing, but in 1848 he became assistant engineer at the Menai Straits bridge under his elder brother Edwin (1814-1894), the inventor of the Clark hydraulic lift graving dock. Two years later, when his brother was appointed engineer to the Electric Telegraph Company, he again acted as his assistant, and subsequently succeeded him as chief engineer. In 1854 he took out a patent “for conveying letters or parcels between places by the pressure of air and vacuum,” and later was concerned in the construction of a large pneumatic despatch tube between the general post office and Euston station, London. About the same period he was engaged in experimental researches on the propagation of the electric current in submarine cables, on which he published a pamphlet in 1855, and in 1859 he was a member of the committee which was appointed by the government to consider the numerous failures of submarine cable enterprises. Latimer Clark paid much attention to the subject of electrical measurement, and besides designing various improvements in method and apparatus and inventing the Clark standard cell, he took a leading part in the movement for the systematization of electrical standards, which was inaugurated by the paper which he and Sir 443 C.T. Bright read on the question before the British Association in 1861. With Bright also he devised improvements in the insulation of submarine cables. In the later part of his life he was a member of several firms engaged in laying submarine cables, in manufacturing electrical appliances, and in hydraulic engineering. He died in London on the 30th of October 1898. Besides professional papers, he published an Elementary Treatise on Electrical Measurement (1868), together with two books on astronomical subjects, and a memoir of Sir W.F. Cooke.

CLARK, JOSIAH LATIMER (1822-1898), an English engineer and electrician, was born on March 10, 1822, in Great Marlow, Bucks. He initially focused on chemical manufacturing, but in 1848, he became an assistant engineer at the Menai Straits bridge under his older brother, Edwin (1814-1894), who invented the Clark hydraulic lift graving dock. Two years later, when his brother was appointed engineer for the Electric Telegraph Company, he again served as his assistant and later succeeded him as chief engineer. In 1854, he patented a method “for conveying letters or parcels between places by the pressure of air and vacuum” and was involved in constructing a large pneumatic dispatch tube between the general post office and Euston station in London. Around the same time, he conducted experimental research on the transmission of electric current in submarine cables, publishing a pamphlet on the topic in 1855. In 1859, he served on a government committee addressing the many failures of submarine cable projects. Latimer Clark focused heavily on electrical measurement, designing several improvements in methods and equipment and inventing the Clark standard cell. He played a critical role in the movement to systematize electrical standards, which began with a paper he and Sir 443 C.T. Bright presented at the British Association in 1861. Along with Bright, he developed enhancements in the insulation of submarine cables. Later in life, he was involved with several companies that laid submarine cables, manufactured electrical devices, and engaged in hydraulic engineering. He passed away in London on October 30, 1898. In addition to his professional papers, he published an Elementary Treatise on Electrical Measurement (1868), along with two books on astronomy and a memoir of Sir W.F. Cooke.


CLARK, THOMAS (1801-1867), Scottish chemist, was born at Ayr on the 31st of March 1801. In 1826 he was appointed lecturer on chemistry at the Glasgow mechanics’ institute, and in 1831 he took the degree of M.D. at the university of that city. Two years later he became professor of chemistry in Marischal College, Aberdeen, but was obliged to give up the duties of that position in 1844 through ill-health, though nominally he remained professor till 1860. His name is chiefly known in connexion with his process for softening hard waters, and his water tests, patented in 1841. The last twenty years before his death at Glasgow on the 27th of November 1867 were occupied with the study of the historical origin of the Gospels.

CLARK, THOMAS (1801-1867), a Scottish chemist, was born in Ayr on March 31, 1801. In 1826, he was appointed as a chemistry lecturer at the Glasgow Mechanics’ Institute, and in 1831, he earned his M.D. degree from the university in that city. Two years later, he became the professor of chemistry at Marischal College in Aberdeen, but he had to step down from that role in 1844 due to health issues, although he officially remained a professor until 1860. His name is primarily known for his process of softening hard water and his water tests, which he patented in 1841. The last twenty years of his life, before passing away in Glasgow on November 27, 1867, were dedicated to studying the historical origins of the Gospels.


CLARK, WILLIAM GEORGE (1821-1878), English classical and Shakespearian scholar, was born at Barford Hall, Darlington, in March 1821. He was educated at Sedbergh and Shrewsbury schools and Trinity College, Cambridge, where he was elected fellow after a brilliant university career. In 1857 he was appointed public orator. He travelled much during the long vacations, visiting Spain, Greece, Italy and Poland. His Peloponnesus (1858) was an important contribution to the knowledge of the country at that time. In 1853 Clark had taken orders, but left the Church in 1870 after the passing of the Clerical Disabilities Act, of which he was one of the promoters. He also resigned the public oratorship in the same year, and in consequence of illness left Cambridge in 1873. He died at York on the 6th of November 1878. He bequeathed a sum of money to his old college for the foundation of a lectureship in English literature. Although Clark was before all a classical scholar, he published little in that branch of learning. A contemplated edition of the works of Aristophanes, a task for which he was singularly fitted, was never published. He visited Italy in 1868 for the express purpose of examining the Ravenna and other MSS., and on his return began the notes to the Acharnians, but they were left in too incomplete a state to admit of publication in book form even after his death (see Journal of Philology, viii., 1879). He established the Cambridge Journal of Philology, and cooperated with B.H. Kennedy and James Riddell in the production of the well-known Sabrinae Corolla. The work by which he is best known is the Cambridge Shakespeare (1863-1866), containing a collation of early editions and selected emendations, edited by him at first with John Glover and afterwards with W. Aldis Wright. Gazpacho (1853)gives an account of his tour in Spain; his visits to Italy at the time of Garibaldi’s insurrection, and to Poland during the insurrection of 1863, are described in Vacation Tourists, ed. F. Galton, i. and iii.

CLARK, WILLIAM GEORGE (1821-1878), an English classical and Shakespearean scholar, was born at Barford Hall, Darlington, in March 1821. He was educated at Sedbergh and Shrewsbury schools and Trinity College, Cambridge, where he was elected fellow after a remarkable university career. In 1857, he was appointed public orator. He traveled extensively during the long vacations, visiting Spain, Greece, Italy, and Poland. His Peloponnesus (1858) was a significant contribution to the understanding of the country at that time. In 1853, Clark was ordained, but he left the Church in 1870 after the Clerical Disabilities Act was passed, of which he was one of the promoters. He also resigned from the public oratorship in the same year and, due to illness, left Cambridge in 1873. He died in York on November 6, 1878. He left a sum of money to his old college to establish a lectureship in English literature. Although Clark was primarily a classical scholar, he published little in that field. An intended edition of the works of Aristophanes, a project he was particularly suited for, was never published. He traveled to Italy in 1868 specifically to examine the Ravenna and other manuscripts, and upon returning, he started working on notes for the Acharnians, but they were left too incomplete to be published as a book even after his death (see Journal of Philology, viii., 1879). He founded the Cambridge Journal of Philology and collaborated with B.H. Kennedy and James Riddell on the well-known Sabrinae Corolla. The work he is best known for is the Cambridge Shakespeare (1863-1866), which includes a collation of early editions and selected corrections, edited first with John Glover and later with W. Aldis Wright. Gazpacho (1853) recounts his tour in Spain; his visits to Italy during Garibaldi’s insurrection and to Poland during the insurrection of 1863 are described in Vacation Tourists, ed. F. Galton, i. and iii.

H.A.J. Munro in Journal of Philology (viii. 1879) describes Clark as “the most accomplished and versatile man he ever met”; see also notices by W. Aldis Wright in Academy (Nov. 23, 1878); R. Burn in Athenaeum (Nov. 16, 1878); The Times (Nov. 8, 1878); Notes and Queries, 5th series, x. (1878), p. 400.

H.A.J. Munro in Journal of Philology (viii. 1879) describes Clark as “the most talented and adaptable person he ever met”; see also mentions by W. Aldis Wright in Academy (Nov. 23, 1878); R. Burn in Athenaeum (Nov. 16, 1878); The Times (Nov. 8, 1878); Notes and Queries, 5th series, x. (1878), p. 400.


CLARKE, ADAM (1762?-1832), British Nonconformist divine, was born at Moybeg, Co. Londonderry, Ireland, in 1760 or 1762. After receiving a very limited education he was apprenticed to a linen manufacturer, but, finding the employment uncongenial, he resumed school-life at the institution founded by Wesley at Kingswood, near Bristol. In 1782 he entered on the duties of the ministry, being appointed by Wesley to the Bradford (Wiltshire) circuit. His popularity as a preacher was very great, and his influence in the denomination is indicated by the fact that he was three times (1806, 1814, 1822) chosen to be president of the conference. He served twice on the London circuit, the second period being extended considerably longer than the rule allowed, at the special request of the British and Foreign Bible Society, who had employed him in the preparation of their Arabic Bible. Though ardent in his pastoral work, he found time for diligent study of Hebrew and other Oriental languages, undertaken chiefly with the view of qualifying himself for the great work of his life, his Commentary on the Holy Scriptures (8 vols., 1810-1820). In 1802 he published a Bibliographical Dictionary in six volumes, to which he afterwards added a supplement. He was selected by the Records Commission to re-edit Rymer’s Foedera, a task which after ten years’ labour (1808-1818) he had to resign. He also wrote Memoirs of the Wesley Family (1823), and edited a large number of religious works. Honours were showered upon him (he was M.A., LL.D. of Aberdeen), and many distinguished men in church and state were his personal friends. He died in London on the 16th of August 1832.

CLARKE, ADAM (1762?-1832), British Nonconformist minister, was born in Moybeg, Co. Londonderry, Ireland, in 1760 or 1762. After receiving a very limited education, he was apprenticed to a linen manufacturer, but found the work uninteresting, so he returned to school at the institution founded by Wesley in Kingswood, near Bristol. In 1782, he began his ministry, being appointed by Wesley to the Bradford (Wiltshire) circuit. He was widely popular as a preacher, and his influence in the denomination is shown by the fact that he was elected president of the conference three times (1806, 1814, 1822). He served two terms on the London circuit, with the second term lasting much longer than usual at the request of the British and Foreign Bible Society, who had hired him to help prepare their Arabic Bible. Despite his dedication to pastoral work, he found time to study Hebrew and other Oriental languages, mainly to prepare for the significant task of writing his Commentary on the Holy Scriptures (8 vols., 1810-1820). In 1802, he published a Bibliographical Dictionary in six volumes, to which he later added a supplement. He was chosen by the Records Commission to re-edit Rymer’s Foedera, a job he had to resign after ten years of work (1808-1818). He also wrote Memoirs of the Wesley Family (1823) and edited many religious works. He received numerous honors (he held an M.A. and LL.D. from Aberdeen), and many prominent figures in Church and state were his personal friends. He passed away in London on August 16, 1832.

His Miscellaneous Works were published in 13 vols. (1836), and a Life (3 vols.) by his son, J.B.B. Clarke, appeared in 1833.

His Miscellaneous Works were published in 13 volumes (1836), and a Life (3 volumes) by his son, J.B.B. Clarke, came out in 1833.


CLARKE, SIR ANDREW (1824-1902), British soldier and administrator, son of Colonel Andrew Clarke, of Co. Donegal, Ireland, governor of West Australia, was born at Southsea, England, on the 27th of July 1824, and educated at King’s school, Canterbury. He entered the Royal Military Academy, Woolwich, and obtained his commission in the army in 1844 as second lieutenant in the Royal Engineers. He was appointed to his father’s staff in West Australia, but was transferred to be A.D.C. and military secretary to the governor of Tasmania; and in 1847 he went to New Zealand to take part in the Maori War, and for some years served on Sir George Grey’s staff. He was then made surveyor-general in Victoria, took a prominent part in framing its new constitution, and held the office of minister of public lands during the first administration (1855-1857). He returned to England in 1857, and in 1863 was sent on a special mission to the West Coast of Africa. In 1864 he was appointed director of works for the navy, and held this post for nine years, being responsible for great improvements in the naval arsenals at Chatham, Portsmouth and Plymouth, and for fortifications at Malta, Cork, Bermuda and elsewhere. In 1873 he was made K.C.M.G., and became governor of the Straits Settlements, where he did most valuable work in consolidating British rule and ameliorating the condition of the people. From 1875 to 1880 he was minister of public works in India; and on his return to England in 1881, holding then the rank of lieutenant-colonel in the army, he was first appointed commandant at Chatham and then inspector-general of fortifications (1882-1886). Having attained the rank of lieutenant-general and been created G.C.M.G., he retired from official life, and in 1886 and 1893 unsuccessfully stood for parliament as a supporter of Mr Gladstone. During his last years he was agent-general for Victoria. He died on the 29th of March 1902. Both as a technical and strategical engineer and as an Imperial administrator Sir Andrew Clarke was one of the ablest and most useful public servants of his time; and his contributions to periodical literature, as well as his official memoranda, contained valuable suggestions on the subjects of imperial defence and imperial consolidation which received too little consideration at a period when the home governments were not properly alive to their importance. He is entitled to remembrance as one of those who first inculcated, from a wide practical experience, the views of imperial administration and its responsibilities, which in his last years he saw accepted by the bulk of his countrymen.

CLARKE, SIR ANDREW (1824-1902), British soldier and administrator, son of Colonel Andrew Clarke from County Donegal, Ireland, who served as governor of West Australia, was born in Southsea, England, on July 27, 1824, and educated at King’s School, Canterbury. He joined the Royal Military Academy in Woolwich and received his commission in the army in 1844 as a second lieutenant in the Royal Engineers. He was placed on his father's staff in West Australia but was soon transferred to be aide-de-camp and military secretary to the governor of Tasmania. In 1847, he went to New Zealand to participate in the Maori War and served for several years on Sir George Grey’s staff. He was later appointed surveyor-general in Victoria, played a key role in shaping its new constitution, and served as minister of public lands during the first administration (1855-1857). He returned to England in 1857 and was sent on a special mission to the West Coast of Africa in 1863. In 1864, he became the director of works for the navy, a position he held for nine years, during which he was responsible for significant improvements in the naval arsenals at Chatham, Portsmouth, and Plymouth, as well as fortifications in Malta, Cork, Bermuda, and other locations. In 1873, he was made K.C.M.G. and became governor of the Straits Settlements, where he contributed significantly to consolidating British rule and improving the living conditions of the people. From 1875 to 1880, he served as minister of public works in India, and upon returning to England in 1881, holding the rank of lieutenant-colonel in the army, he was first appointed commandant at Chatham and then inspector-general of fortifications (1882-1886). After attaining the rank of lieutenant-general and being named G.C.M.G., he retired from official duties but unsuccessfully ran for parliament in 1886 and 1893 as a supporter of Mr. Gladstone. In his later years, he served as the agent-general for Victoria. He died on March 29, 1902. As a technical and strategic engineer and Imperial administrator, Sir Andrew Clarke was one of the most capable and valuable public servants of his time. His contributions to periodical literature, along with his official memoranda, included important suggestions on imperial defense and consolidation that received too little attention at a time when the home governments were not fully aware of their significance. He deserves to be remembered as one of the first to advocate, based on extensive practical experience, the perspectives on imperial administration and its responsibilities, which in his later years were embraced by the majority of his countrymen.


CLARKE, CHARLES COWDEN (1787-1877), English author and Shakespearian scholar, was born at Enfield, Middlesex, on the 15th of December 1787. His father, John Clarke, was a schoolmaster, among whose pupils was John Keats. Charles Clarke taught Keats his letters, and encouraged his love of poetry. He knew Charles and Mary Lamb, and afterwards became acquainted with Shelley, Leigh Hunt, Coleridge and Hazlitt. Clarke became a music publisher in partnership with Alfred Novello, and married in 1828 his partner’s sister, Mary Victoria (1809-1898), the eldest daughter of Vincent Novello. In the year after her marriage Mrs Cowden Clarke began her valuable Shakespeare concordance, which was eventually 444 issued in eighteen monthly parts (1844-1845), and in volume form in 1845 as The Complete Concordance to Shakespeare, being a Verbal Index to all the Passages in the Dramatic Works of the Poet. This work superseded the Copious Index to ... Shakespeare (1790) of Samuel Ayscough, and the Complete Verbal Index ... (1805-1807) of Francis Twiss. Charles Cowden Clarke published many useful books, and edited the text for John Nichol’s edition of the British poets; but his most important work consisted of lectures delivered between 1834 and 1856 on Shakespeare and other literary subjects. Some of the more notable series were published, among them being Shakespeare’s Characters, chiefly those subordinate (1863), and Molière’s Characters (1865). In 1859 he published a volume of original poems, Carmina Minima. For some years after their marriage the Cowden Clarkes lived with the Novellos in London. In 1849 Vincent Novello with his wife removed to Nice, where he was joined by the Clarkes in 1856. After his death they lived at Genoa at the “Villa Novello.” They collaborated in The Shakespeare Key, unlocking the Treasures of his Style ... (1879), and in an edition of Shakespeare for Messrs Cassell, which was issued in weekly parts, and completed in 1868. It was reissued in 1886 as Cassell’s Illustrated Shakespeare. Charles Clarke died on the 13th of March 1877 at Genoa, and his wife survived him until the 12th of January 1898. Among Mrs Cowden Clarke’s other works may be mentioned The Girlhood of Shakespeare’s Heroines (3 vols., 1850-1852), and a translation of Berlioz’s Treatise upon Modern Instrumentation and Orchestration (1856).

CLARKE, CHARLES COWDEN (1787-1877), English author and Shakespearean scholar, was born in Enfield, Middlesex, on December 15, 1787. His father, John Clarke, was a schoolmaster, and one of his students was John Keats. Charles Clarke taught Keats his letters and encouraged his passion for poetry. He was friends with Charles and Mary Lamb and later got to know Shelley, Leigh Hunt, Coleridge, and Hazlitt. Clarke became a music publisher in partnership with Alfred Novello and married his partner’s sister, Mary Victoria (1809-1898), the oldest daughter of Vincent Novello, in 1828. In the year after their marriage, Mrs. Cowden Clarke started her important Shakespeare concordance, which was eventually 444 published in eighteen monthly parts (1844-1845) and in book format in 1845 as The Complete Concordance to Shakespeare, being a Verbal Index to all the Passages in the Dramatic Works of the Poet. This work replaced Samuel Ayscough's Copious Index to ... Shakespeare (1790) and Francis Twiss's Complete Verbal Index ... (1805-1807). Charles Cowden Clarke published many useful books and edited the text for John Nichol’s edition of the British poets; however, his most significant contribution came from lectures he delivered between 1834 and 1856 on Shakespeare and other literary topics. Some notable series from these lectures were published, including Shakespeare’s Characters, chiefly those subordinate (1863) and Molière’s Characters (1865). In 1859, he published a collection of original poems, Carmina Minima. For several years after their marriage, the Cowden Clarkes lived with the Novellos in London. In 1849, Vincent Novello and his wife moved to Nice, where they were later joined by the Clarkes in 1856. After his death, they resided at “Villa Novello” in Genoa. They collaborated on The Shakespeare Key, unlocking the Treasures of his Style ... (1879) and provided an edition of Shakespeare for Messrs Cassell, which was published in weekly parts and completed in 1868. It was re-released in 1886 as Cassell’s Illustrated Shakespeare. Charles Clarke passed away on March 13, 1877, in Genoa, and his wife lived until January 12, 1898. Among Mrs. Cowden Clarke’s other works are The Girlhood of Shakespeare’s Heroines (3 vols., 1850-1852) and a translation of Berlioz’s Treatise upon Modern Instrumentation and Orchestration (1856).

See Recollections of Writers (1898), a joint work by the Clarkes containing letters and reminiscences of their many literary friends; and Mary Cowden Clarke’s autobiography, My Long Life (1896). A charming series of letters (1850-1861), addressed by her to an American admirer of her work, Robert Balmanno, was edited by Anne Upton Nettleton as Letters to an Enthusiast (Chicago, 1902).

See Recollections of Writers (1898), a collaborative book by the Clarkes featuring letters and memories from their numerous literary friends; and Mary Cowden Clarke’s autobiography, My Long Life (1896). A delightful series of letters (1850-1861) she wrote to an American admirer of her work, Robert Balmanno, was edited by Anne Upton Nettleton and published as Letters to an Enthusiast (Chicago, 1902).


CLARKE, EDWARD DANIEL (1769-1822), English mineralogist and traveller, was born at Willingdon, Sussex, on the 5th of June 1769, and educated first at Tonbridge. In 1786 he obtained the office of chapel clerk at Jesus College, Cambridge, but the loss of his father at this time involved him in difficulties. In 1790 he took his degree, and soon after became private tutor to Henry Tufton, nephew of the duke of Dorset. In 1792 he obtained an engagement to travel with Lord Berwick through Germany, Switzerland and Italy. After crossing the Alps, and visiting a few of the principal cities of Italy, including Rome, he went to Naples, where he remained nearly two years. Having returned to England in the summer of 1794, he became tutor in several distinguished families. In 1799 he set out with a Mr Cripps on a tour through the continent of Europe, beginning with Norway and Sweden, whence they proceeded through Russia and the Crimea to Constantinople, Rhodes, and afterwards to Egypt and Palestine. After the capitulation of Alexandria, Clarke was of considerable use in securing for England the statues, sarcophagi, maps, manuscripts, &c., which had been collected by the French savants. Greece was the country next visited. From Athens the travellers proceeded by land to Constantinople, and after a short stay in that city directed their course homewards through Rumelia, Austria, Germany and France. Clarke, who had now obtained considerable reputation, took up his residence at Cambridge. He received the degree of LL.D. shortly after his return in 1803, on account of the valuable donations, including a colossal statue of the Eleusinian Ceres, which he had made to the university. He was also presented to the college living of Harlton, near Cambridge, in 1805, to which, four years later, his father-in-law added that of Yeldham. Towards the end of 1808 Dr Clarke was appointed to the professorship of mineralogy in Cambridge, then first instituted. Nor was his perseverance as a traveller otherwise unrewarded. The MSS. which he had collected in the course of his travels were sold to the Bodleian library for £1000; and by the publication of his travels he realized altogether a clear profit of £6595. Besides lecturing on mineralogy and discharging his clerical duties, Dr Clarke eagerly prosecuted the study of chemistry, and made several discoveries, principally by means of the gas blow-pipe, which he had brought to a high degree of perfection. He was also appointed university librarian in 1817, and was one of the founders of the Cambridge Philosophical Society in 1819. He died in London on the 9th of March 1822. The following is a list of his principal works:—Testimony of Authors respecting the Colossal Statue of Ceres in the Public Library, Cambridge (8vo, 1801-1803); The Tomb of Alexander, a Dissertation on the Sarcophagus brought from Alexandria, and now in the British Museum (4to, 1805); A Methodical Distribution of the Mineral Kingdom (fol., Lewes, 1807); A Description of the Greek Marbles brought from the Shores of the Euxine, Archipelago and Mediterranean, and deposited in the University Library, Cambridge (8vo, 1809); Travels in various Countries of Europe, Asia and Africa (4to, 1810-1819; 2nd ed., 1811-1823).

CLARKE, EDWARD DANIEL (1769-1822), English mineralogist and traveler, was born in Willingdon, Sussex, on June 5, 1769, and was initially educated at Tonbridge. In 1786, he became the chapel clerk at Jesus College, Cambridge, but the loss of his father during this time led to financial challenges. He earned his degree in 1790 and soon after began working as a private tutor for Henry Tufton, the duke of Dorset's nephew. In 1792, he got a job traveling with Lord Berwick through Germany, Switzerland, and Italy. After crossing the Alps and visiting several major Italian cities, including Rome, he went to Naples, where he stayed for almost two years. After returning to England in the summer of 1794, he worked as a tutor in several prominent families. In 1799, he set off with Mr. Cripps for a tour through Europe, starting in Norway and Sweden, then traveling through Russia and Crimea to Constantinople, Rhodes, and later to Egypt and Palestine. After Alexandria's capitulation, Clarke was instrumental in ensuring that England received the statues, sarcophagi, maps, manuscripts, etc., collected by French scholars. Greece was the next country he explored. From Athens, they traveled overland to Constantinople and, after a short stay there, headed back home through Rumelia, Austria, Germany, and France. By this time, Clarke had gained considerable recognition and settled in Cambridge. He was awarded an LL.D. shortly after his return in 1803, thanks to significant donations he made to the university, including a colossal statue of the Eleusinian Ceres. In 1805, he was also appointed to the college living of Harlton, near Cambridge, which his father-in-law later expanded to include Yeldham. Toward the end of 1808, Dr. Clarke was appointed the first professor of mineralogy at Cambridge. His persistence as a traveler also paid off; he sold the manuscripts he collected during his travels to the Bodleian library for £1000, and from publishing his travels, he made a total profit of £6595. Besides lecturing on mineralogy and fulfilling his clerical duties, Dr. Clarke pursued chemistry enthusiastically, making several discoveries, mainly using the gas blowpipe that he had perfected. In 1817, he was appointed university librarian and became one of the founders of the Cambridge Philosophical Society in 1819. He passed away in London on March 9, 1822. The following is a list of his main works:—Testimony of Authors respecting the Colossal Statue of Ceres in the Public Library, Cambridge (8vo, 1801-1803); The Tomb of Alexander, a Dissertation on the Sarcophagus brought from Alexandria, and now in the British Museum (4to, 1805); A Methodical Distribution of the Mineral Kingdom (fol., Lewes, 1807); A Description of the Greek Marbles brought from the Shores of the Euxine, Archipelago and Mediterranean, and deposited in the University Library, Cambridge (8vo, 1809); Travels in various Countries of Europe, Asia and Africa (4to, 1810-1819; 2nd ed., 1811-1823).

See Life and Remains, by Rev. W. Otter (1824).

See Life and Remains, by Rev. W. Otter (1824).


CLARKE, SIR EDWARD GEORGE (1841-  ), English lawyer and politician, son of J.G. Clarke of Moorgate Street, London, was born on the 15th of February 1841. In 1859 he became a writer in the India office, but resigned in the next year, and became a law reporter. He obtained a Tancred law scholarship in 1861, and was called to the bar at Lincoln’s Inn in 1864. He joined the home circuit, became Q.C. in 1880, and a bencher of Lincoln’s Inn in 1882. In November 1877 he was successful in securing the acquittal of Chief-Inspector Clarke from the charge brought against certain Scotland Yard officials of conspiracy to defeat justice, and his reputation was assured by his defence of Patrick Staunton in the Penge murder case (1877), and of Mrs Bartlett against the charge of poisoning her husband (1886). Among other notable cases he was counsel for the plaintiff in the libel action brought by Sir William Gordon-Cumming (1890) against Mr and Mrs Lycett Green and others for slander, charging him with cheating in the game of baccarat (in this case the prince of Wales, afterwards Edward VII., gave evidence), and he appeared for Dr Jameson, Sir John Willoughby and others when they were tried (1896) under the Foreign Enlistment Act. He was knighted in 1886. He was returned as Conservative member for Southwark at a by-election early in 1880, but failed to retain his seat at the general election which followed a month or two later; he found a seat at Plymouth, however, which he retained until 1900. He was solicitor-general in the Conservative administration of 1886-1892, but declined office under the Unionist government of 1895 when the law officers of the crown were debarred from private practice. The most remarkable, perhaps, of his speeches in the House of Commons was his reply to Mr Gladstone on the second reading of the Home Rule Bill in 1893. In 1899 differences which arose between Sir Edward Clarke and his party on the subject of the government’s South African policy led to his resigning his seat. At the general election of 1906 he was returned at the head of the poll for the city of London, but he offended a large section of his constituents by a speech against tariff reform in the House of Commons on the 12th of March, and shortly afterwards he resigned his seat on grounds of health. He published a Treatise on the Law of Extradition (4th ed., 1903), and also three volumes of his political and forensic speeches.

CLARKE, SIR EDWARD GEORGE (1841-  ), English lawyer and politician, son of J.G. Clarke of Moorgate Street, London, was born on February 15, 1841. In 1859, he started working as a writer in the India office but resigned the following year and became a law reporter. He earned a Tancred law scholarship in 1861 and was called to the bar at Lincoln’s Inn in 1864. He joined the home circuit, became Q.C. in 1880, and a bencher of Lincoln’s Inn in 1882. In November 1877, he successfully defended Chief-Inspector Clarke against charges of conspiracy related to certain Scotland Yard officials trying to obstruct justice. His reputation was further established by his defense of Patrick Staunton in the Penge murder case (1877) and of Mrs. Bartlett against the accusation of poisoning her husband (1886). Among other significant cases, he represented the plaintiff in the libel lawsuit filed by Sir William Gordon-Cumming (1890) against Mr. and Mrs. Lycett Green and others for slander, accusing him of cheating in baccarat (in this case, the Prince of Wales, later Edward VII, provided evidence), and he represented Dr. Jameson, Sir John Willoughby, and others when they were tried (1896) under the Foreign Enlistment Act. He was knighted in 1886. He was elected as a Conservative member for Southwark in a by-election early in 1880 but lost his seat in the subsequent general election a month or two later; however, he found a seat in Plymouth, which he held until 1900. He served as solicitor-general in the Conservative administration from 1886 to 1892 but turned down a position under the Unionist government in 1895 when crown law officers were prohibited from private practice. One of his most notable speeches in the House of Commons was his response to Mr. Gladstone during the second reading of the Home Rule Bill in 1893. In 1899, a disagreement between Sir Edward Clarke and his party regarding the government’s South African policy led to his resignation. In the 1906 general election, he topped the poll for the city of London but alienated a significant portion of his constituents with a speech against tariff reform in the House of Commons on March 12, and soon after, he resigned for health reasons. He published a Treatise on the Law of Extradition (4th ed., 1903) and also three volumes of his political and forensic speeches.


CLARKE, JAMES FREEMAN (1810-1888), American preacher and author, was born in Hanover, New Hampshire, on the 4th of April 1810. He was prepared for college at the public Latin school of Boston, and graduated at Harvard College in 1829, and at the Harvard Divinity School in 1833. He was then ordained as minister of a Unitarian congregation at Louisville, Kentucky, which was then a slave state. Clarke soon threw himself heart and soul into the national movement for the abolition of slavery, though he was never what was then called in America a “radical abolitionist.” In 1839 he returned to Boston, where he and his friends established (1841) the “Church of the Disciples.” It brought together a body of men and women active and eager in applying the Christian religion to the social problems of the day, and he would have said that the feature which distinguished it from any other church was that they also were ministers of the highest religious life. Ordination could make no distinction between him and them. Of this church he was the minister from 1841 until 1850 and from 1854 until his death. He was also 445 secretary of the Unitarian Association and, in 1867-1871 professor of natural religion and Christian doctrine at Harvard. From the beginning of his active life he wrote freely for the press. From 1836 until 1839 he was editor of the Western Messenger, a magazine intended to carry to readers in the Mississippi Valley simple statements of “liberal religion,” involving what were then the most radical appeals as to national duty, especially the abolition of slavery. The magazine is now of value to collectors because it contains the earliest printed poems of Ralph Waldo Emerson, who was Clarke’s personal friend. Most of Clarke’s earlier published writings were addressed to the immediate need of establishing a larger theory of religion than that espoused by people who were still trying to be Calvinists, people who maintained what a good American phrase calls “hard-shelled churches.” But it would be wrong to call his work controversial. He was always declaring that the business of the Church is Eirenic and not Polemic. Such books as Orthodoxy: Its Truths and Errors (1866) have been read more largely by members of orthodox churches than by Unitarians. In the great moral questions of his time Clarke was a fearless and practical advocate of the broadest statement of human rights. Without caring much what company he served in, he could always be seen and heard, a leader of unflinching courage, in the front rank of the battle. He published but few verses, but at the bottom he was a poet. He was a diligent and accurate scholar, and among the books by which he is best known is one called Ten Great Religions (2 vols., 1871-1883). Few Americans have done more than Clarke to give breadth to the published discussion of the subjects of literature, ethics and religious philosophy. Among his later books are Every-Day Religion (1886) and Sermons on the Lord’s Prayer (1888). He died at Jamaica Plain, Mass., on the 8th of June 1888.

CLARKE, JAMES FREEMAN (1810-1888), American preacher and author, was born in Hanover, New Hampshire, on April 4, 1810. He was prepared for college at the public Latin school in Boston and graduated from Harvard College in 1829 and from Harvard Divinity School in 1833. He was then ordained as the minister of a Unitarian congregation in Louisville, Kentucky, which was a slave state at the time. Clarke quickly dedicated himself to the national movement for the abolition of slavery, though he was never what was considered a “radical abolitionist” in America. In 1839, he returned to Boston, where he and his friends established (1841) the “Church of the Disciples.” This church brought together a group of men and women who were active and passionate about applying Christian teachings to the social issues of the day, and he believed that what set it apart from other churches was that they were also ministers of the highest religious life. Ordination did not create a difference between him and them. He served as the minister of this church from 1841 until 1850 and from 1854 until his death. He was also 445 the secretary of the Unitarian Association and, from 1867 to 1871, a professor of natural religion and Christian doctrine at Harvard. From the beginning of his active life, he wrote widely for the press. From 1836 to 1839, he was the editor of the Western Messenger, a magazine aimed at providing readers in the Mississippi Valley with straightforward statements of “liberal religion,” incorporating what were then the most radical appeals regarding national duty, especially the abolition of slavery. The magazine is now valued by collectors because it includes the earliest printed poems of Ralph Waldo Emerson, who was Clarke’s personal friend. Most of Clarke’s earlier published writings addressed the immediate need to establish a broader understanding of religion than that held by those still trying to adhere to Calvinism, people who supported what a good American phrase refers to as “hard-shelled churches.” However, it would be incorrect to label his work as controversial. He consistently stated that the purpose of the Church is Eirenic and not Polemic. Books such as Orthodoxy: Its Truths and Errors (1866) have been more widely read by members of orthodox churches than by Unitarians. On the major moral issues of his time, Clarke was a fearless and practical advocate for the broadest interpretation of human rights. Regardless of the company he kept, he was always visible and vocal, leading with unwavering courage at the forefront of the battle. He published only a few poems, but at his core, he was a poet. He was a diligent and precise scholar, and one of his best-known works is Ten Great Religions (2 vols., 1871-1883). Few Americans have contributed more than Clarke to expanding the published discourse on literature, ethics, and religious philosophy. Among his later books are Every-Day Religion (1886) and Sermons on the Lord’s Prayer (1888). He died in Jamaica Plain, Mass., on June 8, 1888.

His Autobiography, Diary and Correspondence, edited by Edward Everett Hale, was published in Boston in 1891.

His Autobiography, Diary and Correspondence, edited by Edward Everett Hale, was published in Boston in 1891.

(E. E. H.)

CLARKE, JOHN SLEEPER (1833-1899), American actor, was born in Baltimore, Maryland, on the 3rd of September 1833, and was educated for the law. He made his first appearance in Boston as Frank Hardy in Paul Pry in 1851. In 1859 he married Asia Booth, daughter of Junius Brutus Booth, and he was associated with his brother-in-law Edwin Booth in the management of the Winter Garden theatre in New York, the Walnut Street theatre in Philadelphia and the Boston theatre. In 1867 he went to London, where he made his first appearance at the St James’s as Major Wellington de Boots in Stirling Coynes’s Everybody’s Friend, rewritten for him and called The Widow’s Hunt. His success was so great that he remained in England for the rest of his life, except for four visits to America. Among his favourite parts were Toodles, which ran for 200 nights at the Strand, Dr Pangloss in The Heir-at-law, and Dr Ollapod in The Poor Gentleman. He managed several London theatres, including the Haymarket, where he preceded the Bancrofts. He retired in 1889, and died on the 24th of September 1899. His two sons also were actors.

CLARKE, JOHN SLEEPER (1833-1899), American actor, was born in Baltimore, Maryland, on September 3, 1833, and was trained in law. He made his debut in Boston as Frank Hardy in Paul Pry in 1851. In 1859, he married Asia Booth, daughter of Junius Brutus Booth, and he worked with his brother-in-law Edwin Booth in managing the Winter Garden Theatre in New York, the Walnut Street Theatre in Philadelphia, and the Boston Theatre. In 1867, he moved to London, where he debuted at St James’s as Major Wellington de Boots in Stirling Coynes’s Everybody’s Friend, which was rewritten for him and titled The Widow’s Hunt. His success was so remarkable that he stayed in England for the rest of his life, except for four trips to America. Some of his favorite roles included Toodles, which ran for 200 nights at the Strand, Dr. Pangloss in The Heir-at-law, and Dr. Ollapod in The Poor Gentleman. He managed several London theatres, including the Haymarket, where he was succeeded by the Bancrofts. He retired in 1889 and passed away on September 24, 1899. His two sons also became actors.


CLARKE, MARCUS ANDREW HISLOP (1846-1881), Australian author, was born in London on the 24th of April 1846. He was the only son of William Hislop Clarke, a barrister of the Middle Temple who died in 1863. He emigrated forthwith to Australia, where his uncle, James Langton Clarke, was a county court judge. He was at first a clerk in the bank of Australasia, but showed no business ability, and soon proceeded to learn farming at a station on the Wimmera river, Victoria. He was already writing stories for the Australian Magazine, when in 1867 he joined the staff of the Melbourne Argus through the introduction of Dr Robert Lewins. He also became secretary (1872) to the trustees of the Melbourne public library and later (1876) assistant librarian. He founded in 1868 the Yorick Club, which soon numbered among its members the chief Australian men of letters. The most famous of his books is For the Term of his Natural Life (Melbourne, 1874), a powerful tale of an Australian penal settlement, which originally appeared in serial form in a Melbourne paper. He also wrote The Peripatetic Philosopher (1869), a series of amusing papers reprinted from The Austral-asian; Long Odds (London, 1870), a novel; and numerous comedies and pantomimes, the best of which was Twinkle, Twinkle, Little Star (Theatre Royal, Melbourne; Christmas, 1873). He married an actress, Marian Dunn. In spite of his popular success Clarke was constantly involved in pecuniary difficulties, which are said to have hastened his death at Melbourne on the 2nd of August 1881.

CLARKE, MARCUS ANDREW HISLOP (1846-1881), Australian author, was born in London on April 24, 1846. He was the only son of William Hislop Clarke, a barrister of the Middle Temple who passed away in 1863. He immediately moved to Australia, where his uncle, James Langton Clarke, served as a county court judge. Initially, he worked as a clerk at the Bank of Australasia, but he didn't show much talent for business and soon shifted to learning farming at a station on the Wimmera River in Victoria. By 1867, he was already writing stories for the Australian Magazine when he joined the staff of the Melbourne Argus with the help of Dr. Robert Lewins. He also became the secretary (1872) to the trustees of the Melbourne Public Library and later (1876) the assistant librarian. In 1868, he founded the Yorick Club, which quickly included many of Australia's leading writers. His most famous book is For the Term of his Natural Life (Melbourne, 1874), a gripping story set in an Australian penal settlement, which first appeared in serialized form in a Melbourne newspaper. He also wrote The Peripatetic Philosopher (1869), a collection of entertaining articles reprinted from The Australasian; Long Odds (London, 1870), a novel; and numerous comedies and pantomimes, with the best being Twinkle, Twinkle, Little Star (Theatre Royal, Melbourne; Christmas, 1873). He married actress Marian Dunn. Despite his popular success, Clarke was frequently in financial trouble, which is believed to have contributed to his death in Melbourne on August 2, 1881.

See The Marcus Clarke Memorial Volume (Melbourne, 1884), containing selections from his writings with a biography and list of works, edited by Hamilton Mackinnon.

See The Marcus Clarke Memorial Volume (Melbourne, 1884), containing selections from his writings along with a biography and a list of works, edited by Hamilton Mackinnon.


CLARKE, MARY ANNE (c. 1776-1852), mistress of Frederick duke of York, second son of George III., was born either in London or at Oxford. Her father, whose name was Thompson, seems to have been a tradesman in rather humble circumstances. She married before she was eighteen, but Mr Clarke, the proprietor of a stonemasonry business, became bankrupt, and she left him. After other liaisons, she became in 1803 the mistress of the duke of York, then commander-in-chief, maintaining a large and expensive establishment in a fashionable district. The duke’s promised allowance was not regularly paid, and to escape her financial difficulties Mrs Clarke trafficked in her protector’s position, receiving money from various promotion-seekers, military, civil and even clerical, in return for her promise to secure them the good services of the duke. Her procedure became a public scandal, and in 1809 Colonel Wardle, M.P., brought eight charges of abuse of military patronage against the duke in the House of Commons, and a committee of inquiry was appointed, before which Mrs Clarke herself gave evidence. The result of the inquiry clearly established the charges as far as she was concerned, and the duke of York was shown to have been aware of what was being done, but to have derived no pecuniary benefit himself. He resigned his appointment as commander-in-chief, and terminated his connexion with Mrs Clarke, who subsequently obtained from him a considerable sum in cash and a pension, as the price for withholding the publication of his numerous letters to her. Mrs Clarke died at Boulogne on the 21st of June 1852.

CLARKE, MARY ANNE (c. 1776-1852), mistress of Frederick, Duke of York, the second son of George III, was born either in London or Oxford. Her father, Thompson, appears to have been a tradesman in modest circumstances. She got married before turning eighteen, but her husband, Mr. Clarke, who owned a stonemasonry business, went bankrupt, and she left him. After some other relationships, she became the mistress of the Duke of York in 1803 while he was the commander-in-chief, managing a large and costly household in an upscale area. The duke’s promised allowance came irregularly, and to deal with her financial struggles, Mrs. Clarke took advantage of her relationship with him, accepting money from various people seeking promotions in military, civil, and even religious positions in exchange for her assurance to help them gain the duke's favor. Her actions led to a public scandal, and in 1809, Colonel Wardle, M.P., brought eight accusations of military patronage abuse against the duke in the House of Commons. An inquiry committee was established, where Mrs. Clarke provided evidence herself. The inquiry confirmed the accusations regarding her actions, showing that the Duke of York was aware of her dealings but had not personally profited from them. He resigned from his commander-in-chief position and ended his relationship with Mrs. Clarke, who later received a significant sum of money and a pension from him in exchange for not releasing his many letters to her. Mrs. Clarke died in Boulogne on June 21, 1852.

See Taylor, Authentic Memoirs of Mrs Clarke; Clarke (? pseud.), Life of Mrs M.A. Clarkek; Annual Register, vol. li.

See Taylor, Authentic Memoirs of Mrs. Clarke; Clarke (? pseud.), Life of Mrs. M.A. Clarke; Annual Register, vol. li.


CLARKE, SAMUEL (1675-1729), English philosopher and divine, son of Edward Clarke, an alderman, who for several years was parliamentary representative of the city of Norwich, was born on the 11th of October 1675, and educated at the free school of Norwich and at Caius College, Cambridge. The philosophy of Descartes was the reigning system at the university; Clarke, however, mastered the new system of Newton, and contributed greatly to its extension by publishing an excellent Latin version of the Traité de physique of Jacques Rohault (1620-1675) with valuable notes, which he finished before he was twenty-two years of age. The system of Rohault was founded entirely upon Cartesian principles, and was previously known only through the medium of a rude Latin version. Clarke’s translation (1697) continued to be used as a text-book in the university till supplanted by the treatises of Newton, which it had been designed to introduce. Four editions were issued, the last and best being that of 1718. It was translated into English in 1723 by his brother Dr John Clarke (1682-1757), dean of Sarum.

CLARKE, SAMUEL (1675-1729), was an English philosopher and theologian, the son of Edward Clarke, an alderman who served as a parliamentary representative for the city of Norwich for several years. He was born on October 11, 1675, and received his education at the Norwich free school and Caius College, Cambridge. The philosophy of Descartes was the dominant system at the university; however, Clarke mastered Newton's new system and significantly advanced its reach by publishing an excellent Latin version of Jacques Rohault's Traité de physique (1620-1675) with insightful notes, which he completed before turning twenty-two. Rohault’s system was based entirely on Cartesian principles and was previously known only through a rough Latin translation. Clarke's translation (1697) continued to be used as a textbook at the university until it was replaced by Newton's writings, which it was meant to introduce. Four editions were published, with the last and best one being from 1718. It was translated into English in 1723 by his brother Dr. John Clarke (1682-1757), who was the dean of Sarum.

Clarke afterwards devoted himself to the study of Scripture in the original, and of the primitive Christian writers. Having taken holy orders, he became chaplain to John Moore (1646-1714), bishop of Norwich, who was ever afterwards his friend and patron. In 1699 he published two treatises,—one entitled Three Practical Essays on Baptism, Confirmation and Repentance, and the other, Some Reflections on that part of a book called Amyntor, or a Defence of Milton’s Life, which relates to the Writings of the Primitive Fathers, and, the Canon of the New Testament. In 1701 he published A Paraphrase upon the Gospel of St Matthew, which was followed, in 1702, by the Paraphrases upon the Gospels of St Mark and St Luke, and soon afterwards by a third volume upon St John. They were subsequently printed together in two volumes and have since passed through several editions. He intended to treat in the same manner the remaining books of the New Testament, but his design was unfulfilled.

Clarke later dedicated himself to studying the Scriptures in their original languages and the writings of early Christian authors. After being ordained, he became chaplain to John Moore (1646-1714), the bishop of Norwich, who remained his friend and supporter. In 1699, he published two works: one called Three Practical Essays on Baptism, Confirmation, and Repentance, and the other, Some Reflections on that part of a book called Amyntor, or a Defence of Milton’s Life, which relates to the Writings of the Primitive Fathers, and the Canon of the New Testament. In 1701, he released A Paraphrase upon the Gospel of St Matthew, which was followed in 1702 by Paraphrases upon the Gospels of St Mark and St Luke, and shortly thereafter a third volume on St John. These works were later published together in two volumes and have gone through several editions since. He planned to treat the remaining books of the New Testament in the same way, but he never completed that project.

446 Meanwhile he had been presented by Bishop Moore to the rectory of Drayton, near Norwich. As Boyle lecturer, he dealt in 1704 with the Being and Attributes of God, and in 1705 with the Evidences of Natural and Revealed Religion. These lectures, first printed separately, were afterwards published together under the title of A Discourse concerning the Being and Attributes of God, the Obligations of Natural Religion, and the Truth and Certainty of the Christian Revelation, in opposition to Hobbes, Spinoza, the author of the Oracles of Reason, and other Deniers of Natural and Revealed Religion.

446 In the meantime, Bishop Moore had appointed him to the rectory of Drayton, near Norwich. As Boyle lecturer, he addressed the topics of Being and Attributes of God in 1704 and Evidences of Natural and Revealed Religion in 1705. These lectures were initially published separately and later compiled under the title A Discourse concerning the Being and Attributes of God, the Obligations of Natural Religion, and the Truth and Certainty of the Christian Revelation, in opposition to Hobbes, Spinoza, the author of the Oracles of Reason, and other Deniers of Natural and Revealed Religion.

In 1706 he wrote a refutation of Dr Henry Dodwell’s views on the immortality of the soul, and this drew him into controversy with Anthony Collins. He also wrote at this time a translation of Newton’s Optics, for which the author presented him with £500. In the same year through the influence of Bishop Moore, he obtained the rectory of St Benet’s, Paul’s Wharf, London. Soon afterwards Queen Anne appointed him one of her chaplains in ordinary, and in 1709 presented him to the rectory of St James’s, Westminster. He then took the degree of doctor in divinity, defending as his thesis the two propositions: Nullum fidei Christianae dogma, in Sacris Scripturis traditum, est rectae rationi dissentaneum, and Sine actionum humanarum libertate nulla potest esse religio. During the same year, at the request of the author, he revised Whiston’s English translation of the Apostolical Constitutions.

In 1706, he wrote a rebuttal to Dr. Henry Dodwell’s opinions about the immortality of the soul, which led to a dispute with Anthony Collins. At the same time, he translated Newton’s Optics, for which the author gifted him £500. That year, through Bishop Moore’s influence, he got the position of rector at St. Benet’s, Paul’s Wharf, London. Shortly after, Queen Anne appointed him as one of her chaplains in ordinary and, in 1709, gave him the rectory of St. James’s, Westminster. He then earned his Doctor of Divinity degree, defending the two propositions: Nullum fidei Christianae dogma, in Sacris Scripturis traditum, est rectae rationi dissentaneum, and Sine actionum humanarum libertate nulla potest esse religio. During the same year, at the author’s request, he revised Whiston’s English translation of the Apostolical Constitutions.

In 1712 he published a carefully punctuated and annotated edition (folio 1712, octavo 1720) of Caesar’s Commentaries, with elegant engravings, dedicated to the duke of Marlborough. During the same year he published his celebrated treatise on The Scripture Doctrine of the Trinity. It is divided into three parts. The first contains a collection and exegesis of all the texts in the New Testament relating to the doctrine of the Trinity; in the second the doctrine is set forth at large, and explained in particular and distinct propositions; and in the third the principal passages in the liturgy of the Church of England relating to the doctrine of the Trinity are considered. Whiston informs us that, some time before the publication of this book, a message was sent to him from Lord Godolphin “that the affairs of the public were with difficulty then kept in the hands of those that were for liberty; that it was therefore an unseasonable time for the publication of a book that would make a great noise and disturbance; and that therefore they desired him to forbear till a fitter opportunity should offer itself,”—a message that Clarke of course entirely disregarded. The ministers were right in their conjectures; and the work not only provoked a great number of replies, but occasioned a formal complaint from the Lower House of Convocation. Clarke, in reply, drew up an apologetic preface, and afterwards gave several explanations, which satisfied the Upper House; and, on his pledging himself that his future conduct would occasion no trouble, the matter dropped.

In 1712, he published a well-punctuated and annotated edition (folio 1712, octavo 1720) of Caesar’s Commentaries, featuring beautiful engravings and dedicated to the Duke of Marlborough. That same year, he released his famous treatise on The Scripture Doctrine of the Trinity. It’s divided into three parts. The first part collects and explains all the texts in the New Testament related to the doctrine of the Trinity; the second presents the doctrine in detail, explaining specific propositions; and the third examines the main passages in the liturgy of the Church of England concerning the Trinity. Whiston tells us that before the book was published, he received a message from Lord Godolphin stating, “the public affairs were being managed with difficulty by those favoring liberty; therefore, it was an inappropriate time to publish a book that would cause a big stir; they wanted him to hold off until a better opportunity arose”—a message that Clarke completely ignored. The ministers were correct in their suspicions; the work led to numerous responses and even a formal complaint from the Lower House of Convocation. In response, Clarke drafted an apologetic preface and later provided several explanations that satisfied the Upper House. After he assured them that his future actions would not cause any issues, the matter was dropped.

In 1715 and 1716 he had a discussion with Leibnitz relative to the principles of natural philosophy and religion, which was at length cut short by the death of his antagonist. A collection of the papers which passed between them was published in 1717 (cf. G. v. Leroy, Die philos. Probleme in dem Briefwechsel Leibniz und Clarke, Giessen, 1893). In 1719 he was presented by Nicholas 1st Baron Lechmere, to the mastership of Wigston’s hospital in Leicester. In 1724 he published seventeen sermons, eleven of which had not before been printed. In 1727, on the death of Sir Isaac Newton, he was offered by the court the place of master of the mint, worth on an average from £1200 to £1500 a year. This secular preferment, however, he absolutely refused. In 1728 was published “A Letter from Dr Clarke to Benjamin Hoadly, F.R.S., occasioned by the controversy relating to the Proportion of Velocity and Force in Bodies in Motion,” printed in the Philosophical Transactions. In 1729 he published the first twelve books of Homer’s Iliad. This edition, dedicated to William Augustus, duke of Cumberland, was highly praised by Bishop Hoadly. On Sunday, the 11th of May 1729, when going out to preach before the judges at Serjeants’ Inn, he was seized with a sudden illness, which caused his death on the Saturday following (May 17, 1729).

In 1715 and 1716, he had a discussion with Leibniz about the principles of natural philosophy and religion, which was ultimately cut short by the death of his opponent. A collection of the correspondence between them was published in 1717 (cf. G. v. Leroy, Die philos. Probleme in dem Briefwechsel Leibniz und Clarke, Giessen, 1893). In 1719, he was presented by Nicholas 1st Baron Lechmere to the position of master of Wigston’s hospital in Leicester. In 1724, he published seventeen sermons, eleven of which had not been printed before. In 1727, following the death of Sir Isaac Newton, he was offered the position of master of the mint by the court, which was worth between £1200 and £1500 a year. However, he completely refused this secular position. In 1728, “A Letter from Dr Clarke to Benjamin Hoadly, F.R.S., occasioned by the controversy relating to the Proportion of Velocity and Force in Bodies in Motion,” was published in the Philosophical Transactions. In 1729, he published the first twelve books of Homer’s Iliad. This edition, dedicated to William Augustus, duke of Cumberland, received high praise from Bishop Hoadly. On Sunday, May 11, 1729, while heading out to preach before the judges at Serjeants’ Inn, he was struck by a sudden illness that led to his death the following Saturday (May 17, 1729).

Soon after his death his brother Dr John Clarke, dean of Sarum, published, from his original manuscripts, An Exposition of the Church Catechism, and ten volumes of sermons. The Exposition is composed of the lectures which he read every Thursday morning, for some months in the year, at St James’s church. In the latter part of his life he revised them with great care, and left them completely prepared for the press. Three years after his death appeared also the last twelve books of the Iliad, published by his son Samuel Clarke, the first three of these books and part of the fourth having, as he states, been revised and annotated by his father.

Soon after his death, his brother Dr. John Clarke, dean of Sarum, published from his original manuscripts, An Exposition of the Church Catechism, and ten volumes of sermons. The Exposition consists of the lectures he gave every Thursday morning for several months each year at St. James’s church. In the later years of his life, he revised them very carefully and left them fully prepared for publication. Three years after his death, the last twelve books of the Iliad were also published by his son Samuel Clarke, with the first three books and part of the fourth having been revised and annotated by his father, as he states.

In disposition Clarke was cheerful and even playful. An intimate friend relates that he once found him swimming upon a table. At another time Clarke on looking out at the window saw a grave blockhead approaching the house; upon which he cried out, “Boys, boys, be wise; here comes a fool.” Dr Warton, in his observations upon Pope’s line,

In his personality, Clarke was upbeat and even a bit mischievous. A close friend shares that he once found him swimming on a table. Another time, when Clarke looked out the window and saw a serious idiot walking toward the house, he shouted, “Boys, boys, be smart; here comes a fool.” Dr. Warton, in his comments on Pope’s line,

“Unthought-of frailties cheat us in the wise,”

“Unexpected weaknesses deceive us in the wise,”

says, “Who could imagine that Locke was fond of romances; that Newton once studied astrology; that Dr Clarke valued himself on his agility, and frequently amused himself in a private room of his house in leaping over the tables and chairs?”

says, “Who could imagine that Locke enjoyed romances; that Newton once looked into astrology; that Dr. Clarke took pride in his agility and often entertained himself in a private room of his house by jumping over the tables and chairs?”

Philosophy.—Clarke, though in no way an original thinker, was eminent in theology, mathematics, metaphysics and philology, but his chief strength lay in his logical power. The materialism of Hobbes, the pantheism of Spinoza, the empiricism of Locke, the determinism of Leibnitz, Collins’ necessitarianism, Dodwell’s denial of the natural immortality of the soul, rationalistic attacks on Christianity, and the morality of the sensationalists—all these he opposed with a thorough conviction of the truth of the principles which he advocated. His fame as theologian and philosopher rests to a large extent on his demonstration of the existence of God and his theory of the foundation of rectitude. The former is not a purely a priori argument, nor is it presented as such by its author. It starts from a fact and it often explicitly appeals to facts. The intelligence, for example, of the self-existence and original cause of all things is, he says, “not easily proved a priori,” but “demonstrably proved a posteriori from the variety and degrees of perfection in things, and the order of causes and effects, from the intelligence that created beings are confessedly endowed with, and from the beauty, order, and final purpose of things.” The propositions maintained in the argument are—“(1) That something has existed from eternity; (2) that there has existed from eternity some one immutable and independent being; (3) that that immutable and independent being, which has existed from eternity, without any external cause of its existence, must be self-existent, that is, necessarily existing; (4) what the substance or essence of that being is, which is self-existent or necessarily existing, we have no idea, neither is it at all possible for us to comprehend it; (5) that though the substance or essence of the self-existent being is itself absolutely incomprehensible to us, yet many of the essential attributes of his nature are strictly demonstrable as well as his existence, and, in the first place, that he must be of necessity eternal; (6) that the self-existent being must of necessity be infinite and omnipresent; (7) must be but one; (8) must be an intelligent being; (9) must be not a necessary agent, but a being endued with liberty and choice; (10) must of necessity have infinite power; (11) must be infinitely wise, and (12) must of necessity be a being of infinite goodness, justice, and truth, and all other moral perfections, such as become the supreme governor and judge of the world.”

Philosophy.—Clarke, while not an original thinker, was highly regarded in theology, mathematics, metaphysics, and philology, but his greatest strength was his logical reasoning. He strongly opposed the materialism of Hobbes, the pantheism of Spinoza, the empiricism of Locke, the determinism of Leibnitz, Collins’ necessitarianism, Dodwell’s rejection of the natural immortality of the soul, rationalistic critiques of Christianity, and the morality of the sensationalists, all with a firm belief in the truth of his principles. His reputation as a theologian and philosopher largely comes from his demonstration of God’s existence and his theory on the basis of morality. The former is not just an a priori argument, nor does the author present it as such. It begins with a fact and frequently appeals to observable facts. For instance, he states that the intelligence regarding the self-existence and original cause of all things is “not easily proven a priori,” but “demonstrably proven a posteriori from the variety and degrees of perfection in things, and the order of causes and effects, from the intelligence that created beings are admittedly endowed with, and from the beauty, order, and final purpose of things.” The main points of the argument are—“(1) That something has existed from eternity; (2) that there has existed from eternity one immutable and independent being; (3) that this immutable and independent being, which has existed from eternity without any external cause for its existence, must be self-existent, that is, necessarily existing; (4) we have no idea what the substance or essence of that self-existent or necessarily existing being is, nor can we comprehend it; (5) that although the substance or essence of the self-existent being is entirely incomprehensible to us, many of its essential attributes can be conclusively demonstrated, as can its existence, and first and foremost, that it must necessarily be eternal; (6) that the self-existent being must necessarily be infinite and omnipresent; (7) that there must be only one; (8) that it must be an intelligent being; (9) that it must not be a necessary agent, but a being endowed with liberty and choice; (10) that it must necessarily have infinite power; (11) that it must be infinitely wise; and (12) that it must necessarily be a being of infinite goodness, justice, and truth, and all other moral perfections that are fitting for the supreme governor and judge of the world.”

In order to establish his sixth proposition, Clarke contends that time and space, eternity and immensity, are not substances, but attributes—the attributes of a self-existent being. Edmund Law, Dugald Stewart, Lord Brougham, and many other writers, have, in consequence, represented Clarke as arguing from the existence of time and space to the existence of Deity. This is a serious mistake. The existence of an immutable, independent, and necessary being is supposed to be proved before any reference is made to the nature of time and space. Clarke has been generally supposed to have derived the opinion that time and space are attributes of an infinite immaterial and spiritual being from the Scholium Generale, first published in the second edition of Newton’s Principia (1714). The truth is that his work on the Being and Attributes of God appeared nine years before that Scholium. The view propounded by Clarke may have been derived from the Midrash, the Kabbalah, Philo, Henry More, or Cudworth, but not from Newton. It is a view difficult to prove, and probably few will acknowledge that Clarke has conclusively proved it.

To support his sixth proposition, Clarke argues that time and space, eternity and immensity, aren’t substances but attributes—the attributes of a self-existent being. Edmund Law, Dugald Stewart, Lord Brougham, and several other writers have thus portrayed Clarke as reasoning from the existence of time and space to the existence of God. This is a significant error. The existence of an immutable, independent, and necessary being is assumed to be established before any discussion of the nature of time and space. Clarke is generally thought to have formed the belief that time and space are attributes of an infinite, immaterial, and spiritual being from the Scholium Generale, first released in the second edition of Newton’s Principia (1714). The reality is that his work on the Being and Attributes of God was published nine years before that Scholium. Clarke's perspective might have come from the Midrash, the Kabbalah, Philo, Henry More, or Cudworth, but not from Newton. This viewpoint is challenging to validate, and probably few will concede that Clarke has definitively proven it.

His ethical theory of “fitness” (see Ethics) is formulated on the analogy of mathematics. He held that in relation to the will things possess an objective fitness similar to the mutual consistency of things in the physical universe. This fitness God has given to actions, as he has given laws to Nature; and the fitness is as immutable as the laws. The theory has been unfairly criticized by 447 Jouffroy, Amédée Jacques, Sir James Mackintosh, Thomas Brown and others. It is said, for example, that Clarke made virtue consist in conformity to the relations of things universally, although the whole tenor of his argument shows him to have had in view conformity to such relations only as belong to the sphere of moral agency. It is true that he might have emphasized the relation of moral fitness to the will, and in this respect J.F. Herbart (q.v.) improved on Clarke’s statement of the case. To say, however, that Clarke simply confused mathematics and morals by justifying the moral criterion on a mathematical basis is a mistake. He compared the two subjects for the sake of the analogy.

His ethical theory of “fitness” (see Ethics) is based on the analogy of mathematics. He believed that, in relation to the will, things have an objective fitness that's similar to the way things consistently relate to each other in the physical universe. This fitness is something God has given to actions, just as He has given laws to Nature, and this fitness is as unchanging as those laws. The theory has faced unfair criticism from 447 Jouffroy, Amédée Jacques, Sir James Mackintosh, Thomas Brown, and others. For instance, it’s claimed that Clarke defined virtue as conformity to universal relations of things, but the overall direction of his argument suggests he was focused on conformity to those relations that pertain to the realm of moral agency. While it's true he could have highlighted the connection between moral fitness and the will, J.F. Herbart (q.v.) did improve upon Clarke’s explanation in this area. However, claiming that Clarke simply muddled mathematics and morals by justifying the moral standard on a mathematical foundation is incorrect. He compared the two areas merely for the sake of the analogy.

Though Clarke can thus be defended against this and similar criticism, his work as a whole can be regarded only as an attempt to present the doctrines of the Cartesian school in a form which would not shock the conscience of his time. His work contained a measure of rationalism sufficient to arouse the suspicion of orthodox theologians, without making any valuable addition to, or modification of, the underlying doctrine.

Though Clarke can be defended against this and similar criticism, his work as a whole can only be seen as an attempt to present the ideas of the Cartesian school in a way that wouldn't shock people's beliefs at the time. His work included enough rationalism to raise the eyebrows of orthodox theologians, but it didn't really add anything valuable to or change the core doctrine.

Authorities.—See W. Whiston’s Historical Memoirs, and the preface by Benjamin Hoadly to Clarke’s Works (4 vols., London, 1738-1742). See further on his general philosophical position J. Hunt’s Religious Thought in England, passim, but particularly in vol. ii. 447-457, and vol. iii. 20-29 and 109-115, &c.; Rob. Zimmermann in the Denkschriften d. k. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Phil.-Hist. Classe, Bd. xix. (Vienna, 1870); H. Sidgwick’s Methods of Ethics (6th ed., 1901), p. 384; A. Bain’s Moral Science (1872), p. 562 foll., and Mental Science (1872), p. 416; Sir L. Stephen’s English Thought in the Eighteenth Century (3rd ed., 1902), c. iii.; J. E. le Rossignol, Ethical Philosophy of S. Clarke (Leipzig, 1892).

Sources.—See W. Whiston’s Historical Memoirs, and the preface by Benjamin Hoadly to Clarke’s Works (4 vols., London, 1738-1742). For more on his overall philosophical stance, check J. Hunt’s Religious Thought in England, passim, especially in vol. ii. 447-457, and vol. iii. 20-29 and 109-115, etc.; Rob. Zimmermann in Denkschriften d. k. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Phil.-Hist. Classe, Bd. xix. (Vienna, 1870); H. Sidgwick’s Methods of Ethics (6th ed., 1901), p. 384; A. Bain’s Moral Science (1872), p. 562 and Mental Science (1872), p. 416; Sir L. Stephen’s English Thought in the Eighteenth Century (3rd ed., 1902), c. iii.; J. E. le Rossignol, Ethical Philosophy of S. Clarke (Leipzig, 1892).


CLARKE, THOMAS SHIELDS (1860-  ), American artist, was born in Pittsburg, Pennsylvania, on the 25th of April 1860, and graduated at Princeton in 1882. He was a pupil of the Art Students’ League, New York, and of the École des Beaux Arts, Paris, under J.L. Gérôme; later he entered the atelier of Dagnan-Bouveret, and, becoming interested in sculpture, worked for a while under Henri M. Chapu. As a sculptor, he received a medal of honour in Madrid for his “The Cider Press,” now in the Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California, and he made four caryatides of “The Seasons” for the Appellate Court House, New York. He designed an “Alma Mater” for Princeton University, and a model is in the library. Among his paintings are his “Night Market in Morocco” (Philadelphia Art Club), for which he received a medal at the International Exposition in Berlin in 1891, and his “A Fool’s Fool,” exhibited at the Salon in 1887 and now in the collection of the Pennsylvania Academy of Fine Arts, Philadelphia.

CLARKE, THOMAS SHIELDS (1860-  ), American artist, was born in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, on April 25, 1860, and graduated from Princeton in 1882. He studied at the Art Students’ League in New York and at the École des Beaux Arts in Paris under J.L. Gérôme; later, he joined the studio of Dagnan-Bouveret and, becoming interested in sculpture, worked for some time under Henri M. Chapu. As a sculptor, he won a medal of honor in Madrid for his piece “The Cider Press,” which is now in Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California. He created four caryatides representing “The Seasons” for the Appellate Court House in New York. He designed an “Alma Mater” statue for Princeton University, and a model is in the library. Among his paintings are “Night Market in Morocco” (Philadelphia Art Club), which earned him a medal at the International Exposition in Berlin in 1891, and “A Fool’s Fool,” exhibited at the Salon in 1887 and now part of the collection of the Pennsylvania Academy of Fine Arts in Philadelphia.


CLARKE, WILLIAM BRANWHITE (1798-1878), British geologist, was born at East Bergholt, in Suffolk, on the 2nd of June 1798. He received his early education at Dedham grammar school, and in 1817 entered Jesus College, Cambridge; he took his B.A. in 1821, was ordained and became M.A. in 1824. In 1821 he was appointed curate of Ramsholt in Suffolk, and he acted in his clerical capacity in other places until 1839. Having become interested in geology through the teachings of Sedgwick, he utilized his opportunities and gathered many interesting facts on the geology of East Anglia which were embodied in a paper “On the Geological Structure and Phenomena of Suffolk” (Trans. Geol. Soc. 1837). He also communicated a series of papers on the geology of S.E. Dorsetshire to the Magazine of Nat. Hist. (1837-1838). In 1839, after a severe illness, he left England for New South Wales, mainly with the object of benefiting by the sea voyage. He remained, however, in that country, and came to be regarded as the “Father of Australian Geology.” From the date of his arrival in New South Wales until 1870 he was in clerical charge first of the country from Paramatta to the Hawkesbury river, then of Campbelltown, and finally of Willoughby. He zealously devoted attention to the geology of the country, with results that have been of paramount importance. In 1841 he discovered gold, being the first explorer who had obtained it in situ in the country, finding it both in the detrital deposits and in the quartzites of the Blue Mountains, and he then declared his belief in its abundance. In 1849 he made the first actual discovery of tin in Australia and in 1859 he made known the occurrence of the diamond. He was also the first to indicate the presence of Silurian rocks, and to determine the age of the coal-bearing rocks in New South Wales. In 1869 he announced the discovery of remains of Dinornis in Queensland. He was a trustee of the Australian museum at Sydney, and an active member of the Royal Society of New South Wales. In 1860 he published Researches in the Southern Gold-fields of New South Wales. He was elected F.R.S. in 1876, and in the following year was awarded the Murchison medal by the Geological Society of London. His contributions to Australian scientific journals were numerous. He died near Sydney, on the 17th of June 1878.

CLARKE, WILLIAM BRANWHITE (1798-1878), British geologist, was born at East Bergholt, in Suffolk, on June 2, 1798. He received his early education at Dedham grammar school and entered Jesus College, Cambridge in 1817; he earned his B.A. in 1821, was ordained, and became M.A. in 1824. In 1821, he was appointed curate of Ramsholt in Suffolk and served in various clerical roles until 1839. After becoming interested in geology through Sedgwick’s teachings, he took advantage of his situation and gathered many fascinating facts about the geology of East Anglia, which he presented in a paper titled “On the Geological Structure and Phenomena of Suffolk” (Trans. Geol. Soc. 1837). He also published a series of papers on the geology of S.E. Dorsetshire in the Magazine of Nat. Hist. (1837-1838). In 1839, after a serious illness, he left England for New South Wales, mainly to benefit from the sea voyage. However, he ended up staying in the country and became known as the “Father of Australian Geology.” From his arrival in New South Wales until 1870, he was in clerical charge, first of the area from Paramatta to the Hawkesbury River, then of Campbelltown, and finally of Willoughby. He passionately focused on the geology of the region, leading to significant results. In 1841, he discovered gold, being the first explorer to find it in situ, both in the detrital deposits and quartzites of the Blue Mountains, and he proclaimed his belief in its abundance. In 1849, he made the first actual discovery of tin in Australia and in 1859 he reported the occurrence of diamonds. He was also the first to point out the presence of Silurian rocks and to ascertain the age of the coal-bearing rocks in New South Wales. In 1869, he announced the discovery of Dinornis remains in Queensland. He served as a trustee of the Australian Museum in Sydney and was an active member of the Royal Society of New South Wales. In 1860, he published Researches in the Southern Gold-fields of New South Wales. He was elected F.R.S. in 1876, and the following year he received the Murchison medal from the Geological Society of London. His contributions to Australian scientific journals were numerous. He died near Sydney on June 17, 1878.


CLARKSON, THOMAS (1760-1846), English anti-slavery agitator, was born on the 28th of March 1760, at Wisbeach, in Cambridgeshire, where his father was headmaster of the free grammar school. He was educated at St Paul’s school and at St John’s College, Cambridge. Having taken the first place among the middle bachelors as Latin essayist, he succeeded in 1785 in gaining a similar honour among the senior bachelors. The subject appointed by the vice-chancellor, Dr Peckhard, was one in which he was himself deeply interested—Anne liceat invitos in servitutem dare? (Is it right to make men slaves against their will?). In preparing for this essay Clarkson consulted a number of works on African slavery, of which the chief was Benezet’s Historical Survey of New Guinea; and the atrocities of which he read affected him so deeply that he determined to devote all his energies to effect the abolition of the slave trade, and gave up his intention of entering the church.

CLARKSON, THOMAS (1760-1846), an English anti-slavery activist, was born on March 28, 1760, in Wisbeach, Cambridgeshire, where his father was the headmaster of the free grammar school. He was educated at St Paul’s School and St John’s College, Cambridge. After finishing first among the middle bachelors as a Latin essayist, he achieved the same honor among the senior bachelors in 1785. The topic assigned by the vice-chancellor, Dr. Peckhard, was one he was personally passionate about—Anne liceat invitos in servitutem dare? (Is it right to enslave people against their will?). To prepare for this essay, Clarkson studied several works on African slavery, with the key text being Benezet’s Historical Survey of New Guinea; the horrific content he read affected him so deeply that he decided to dedicate all his efforts to abolishing the slave trade, abandoning his plans to enter the church.

His first measure was to publish, with additions, an English translation of his prize essay (June 1786). He then commenced to search in all quarters for information concerning slavery. He soon discovered that the cause had already been taken up to some extent by others, most of whom belonged to the Society of Friends, and among the chief of whom were William Dillwyn, Joseph Wood and Granville Sharp. With the aid of these gentlemen, a committee of twelve was formed in May 1787 to do all that was possible to effect the abolition of the slave trade. Meanwhile Clarkson had also gained the sympathy of Wilberforce, Whitbread, Sturge and several other men of influence. Travelling from port to port, he now commenced to collect a large mass of evidence; and much of it was embodied in his Summary View of the Slave Trade, and the Probable Consequences of its Abolition, which, with a number of other anti-slavery tracts, was published by the committee. Pitt, Grenville, Fox and Burke looked favourably on the movement; in May 1788 Pitt introduced a parliamentary discussion on the subject, and Sir W. Dolben brought forward a bill providing that the number of slaves carried in a vessel should be proportional to its tonnage. A number of Liverpool and Bristol merchants obtained permission from the House to be heard by council against the bill, but on the 18th of June it passed the Commons. Soon after Clarkson published an Essay on the Impolicy of the Slave Trade; and for two months he was continuously engaged in travelling that he might meet men who were personally acquainted with the facts of the trade. From their lips he collected a considerable amount of evidence; but only nine could be prevailed upon to promise to appear before the privy council. Meanwhile other witnesses had been obtained by Wilberforce and the committee, and on the 12th of May 1789 the former led a debate on the subject in the House of Commons, in which he was seconded by Burke and supported by Pitt and Fox.

His first step was to publish an updated English translation of his award-winning essay (June 1786). He then started searching everywhere for information about slavery. He quickly found out that others had already begun to address the issue, most of whom were members of the Society of Friends, including key figures like William Dillwyn, Joseph Wood, and Granville Sharp. With their help, a committee of twelve was formed in May 1787 to do everything possible to abolish the slave trade. Meanwhile, Clarkson also gained the support of Wilberforce, Whitbread, Sturge, and several other influential people. Traveling from port to port, he began collecting a vast amount of evidence, much of which was included in his Summary View of the Slave Trade, and the Probable Consequences of its Abolition, which, along with several other anti-slavery pamphlets, was published by the committee. Pitt, Grenville, Fox, and Burke were supportive of the movement; in May 1788, Pitt introduced a parliamentary discussion on the issue, and Sir W. Dolben proposed a bill stating that the number of slaves carried on a ship should be proportional to its tonnage. A number of merchants from Liverpool and Bristol were granted permission by the House to present their objections to the bill, but on June 18, it passed the Commons. Shortly after, Clarkson published an Essay on the Impolicy of the Slave Trade; for two months, he was constantly traveling to meet people who were personally familiar with the realities of the trade. From them, he gathered a significant amount of evidence; however, only nine were persuaded to promise to testify before the privy council. Meanwhile, Wilberforce and the committee had secured other witnesses, and on May 12, 1789, Wilberforce led a debate on the issue in the House of Commons, supported by Burke and backed by Pitt and Fox.

It was now the beginning of the French Revolution, and in the hope that he might arouse the French to sweep away slavery with other abuses, Clarkson crossed to Paris, where he remained six months. He found Necker head of the government, and obtained from him some sympathy but little help. Mirabeau, however, with his assistance, prepared a speech against slavery, to be delivered before the National Assembly, and the Marquis de la Fayette entered enthusiastically into his views. During this visit Clarkson met a deputation of negroes from Santo Domingo, who had come to France to present a petition to the National Assembly, desiring to be placed on an equal footing with the whites; but the storm of the Revolution permitted no substantial success to be achieved. Soon after his return home he engaged in a search, the apparent hopelessness of which finely displays his unshrinking laboriousness and his passionate 448 enthusiasm. He desired to find some one who had himself witnessed the capture of the negroes in Africa; and a friend having met by chance a man-of-war’s-man who had done so, Clarkson, though ignorant of the name and address of the sailor, set out in search of him, and actually discovered him. His last tour was undertaken in order to form anti-slavery committees in all the principal towns. At length, in the autumn of 1794, his health gave way, and he was obliged to cease active work. He now occupied his time in writing a History of the Abolition of the Slave Trade, which appeared in 1808. The bill for the abolition of the trade became law in 1807; but it was still necessary to secure the assent of the other powers to its principle. To obtain this was, under pressure of the public opinion created by Clarkson and his friends, one of the main objects of British diplomacy at the Congress of Vienna, and in February 1815 the trade was condemned by the powers. The question of concerting practical measures for its abolition was raised at the Congress of Aix-la-Chapelle in 1818, but without result. On this occasion Clarkson personally presented an address to the emperor Alexander I., who communicated it to the sovereigns of Austria and Prussia. In 1823 the Anti-Slavery Society was formed, and Clarkson was one of its vice-presidents. He was for some time blind from cataract; but several years before his death on the 26th of September 1846, his sight was restored.

It was the start of the French Revolution, and hoping to inspire the French to end slavery along with other injustices, Clarkson traveled to Paris, where he stayed for six months. He found Necker in charge of the government, who showed him some sympathy but offered little help. However, Mirabeau helped prepare a speech against slavery to be delivered before the National Assembly, and the Marquis de la Fayette supported his ideas enthusiastically. During this visit, Clarkson met a group of Black people from Santo Domingo who had come to France to present a petition to the National Assembly, asking for equal rights with the whites; however, the tumult of the Revolution made any significant success impossible. Soon after he returned home, he embarked on a search that seemed hopeless but demonstrated his relentless hard work and passionate enthusiasm. He wanted to find someone who had witnessed the capture of Black people in Africa; a friend had run into a sailor who had done so, and even though Clarkson didn’t know the sailor’s name or where to find him, he set out to search and eventually found him. His last mission aimed to establish anti-slavery committees in major towns. Finally, in the fall of 1794, his health declined, and he had to stop his active work. He then spent his time writing a History of the Abolition of the Slave Trade, which was published in 1808. The bill to abolish the trade became law in 1807; however, it was still necessary to gain the agreement of other powers to its principle. Achieving this, driven by the public opinion generated by Clarkson and his allies, was one of the main goals of British diplomacy at the Congress of Vienna, and in February 1815, the trade was condemned by the powers. The issue of implementing practical measures for its abolition was brought up at the Congress of Aix-la-Chapelle in 1818, but no results came of it. On this occasion, Clarkson personally presented a letter to Emperor Alexander I., who shared it with the rulers of Austria and Prussia. In 1823, the Anti-Slavery Society was established, with Clarkson as one of its vice-presidents. He experienced blindness from cataracts for a time, but several years before his death on September 26, 1846, his vision was restored.

Besides the works already mentioned, he published the Portraiture of Quakerism (1806), Memoirs of William Penn (1813), Researches, Antediluvian, Patriarchal and Historical (1836), intended as a history of the interference of Providence for man’s spiritual good, and Strictures on several of the remarks concerning himself made in the Life of Wilberforce, in which his claim as originator of the anti-slavery movement is denied.

Besides the works already mentioned, he published the Portraiture of Quakerism (1806), Memoirs of William Penn (1813), Researches, Antediluvian, Patriarchal and Historical (1836), which was meant to be a history of how Providence intervened for the spiritual benefit of humanity, and Strictures on several comments about him made in the Life of Wilberforce, where his role as the founder of the anti-slavery movement is challenged.

See the lives by Thomas Elmes (1876) and Thomas Taylor (1839).

See the lives by Thomas Elmes (1876) and Thomas Taylor (1839).


CLARKSVILLE, a city and the county-seat of Montgomery county, Tennessee, U.S.A., situated in the N. part of the state, about 50 m. N.W. of Nashville, on the Cumberland river, at the mouth of the Red river. Pop. (1890) 7924; (1900) 9431, of whom 5094 were negroes; (1910 census) 8548. It is served by the Louisville & Nashville, and the Illinois Central railways, and by passenger and freight steamboat lines on the Cumberland river. The city hall, and the public library are among the principal public buildings, and the city is the seat of the Tennessee Odd Fellows’ home, and of the South-Western Presbyterian University, founded in 1875. Clarksville lies in the centre of the dark tobacco belt—commonly known as the “Black Patch”—and is an important tobacco market, with an annual trade in that staple of about $4,000,000, most of the product being exported to France, Italy, Austria and Spain. The city is situated in a region well adapted for the growing of wheat, Indian corn, and vegetables, and for the raising of live-stock; and Clarksville is a shipping point for the lumber—chiefly oak, poplar and birch—and the iron-ore of the surrounding country, a branch of the Louisville & Nashville railway extending into the iron district. The city’s principal manufactures are flour and grist mill products, chewing and smoking tobacco and snuff, furniture, lumber, iron, and pearl buttons. The value of the factory product in 1905 was $2,210,112, being 32% greater than in 1900. The municipality owns its water-works. Clarksville was first settled as early as 1780, was named in honour of General George Rogers Clark, and was chartered as a city in 1850.

CLARKSVILLE is a city and the county seat of Montgomery County, Tennessee, U.S.A., located in the northern part of the state, about 50 miles northwest of Nashville, on the Cumberland River, at the mouth of the Red River. Population: (1890) 7,924; (1900) 9,431, of which 5,094 were African American; (1910 census) 8,548. It is served by the Louisville & Nashville and the Illinois Central railways, as well as passenger and freight steamboat lines on the Cumberland River. The city hall and the public library are among the main public buildings, and the city hosts the Tennessee Odd Fellows’ home and the South-Western Presbyterian University, established in 1875. Clarksville is located in the heart of the dark tobacco belt, commonly known as the “Black Patch,” and is a significant tobacco market, with annual trade in that commodity around $4,000,000, with most of the product being exported to France, Italy, Austria, and Spain. The city is in an area well-suited for growing wheat, corn, and vegetables, as well as for raising livestock; Clarksville serves as a shipping point for lumber—mainly oak, poplar, and birch—and iron ore from the surrounding region, with a branch of the Louisville & Nashville railway extending into the iron district. The city's main manufactured goods are flour and grist mill products, chewing and smoking tobacco, snuff, furniture, lumber, iron, and pearl buttons. The value of factory output in 1905 was $2,210,112, a 32% increase from 1900. The municipality owns its waterworks. Clarksville was first settled as early as 1780, named in honor of General George Rogers Clark, and was chartered as a city in 1850.


CLASSICS. The term “classic” is derived from the Latin epithet classicus, found in a passage of Aulus Gellius (xix. 8. 15), where a “scriptor ‘classicus’” is contrasted with a “scriptor proletarius.” The metaphor is taken from the division of the Roman people into classes by Servius Tullius, those in the first class being called classici, all the rest infra classem, and those in the last proletarii.1 The epithet “classic” is accordingly applied (1) generally to an author of the first rank, and (2) more particularly to a Greek or Roman author of that character. Similarly, “the classics” is a synonym for the choicest products of the literature of ancient Greece and Rome. It is to this sense of the word that the following article is devoted in two main divisions: (A) the general history of classical (i.e. Greek and Latin) scholarship, and (B) its place in higher education.

CLASSICS. The term “classic” comes from the Latin word classicus, which appears in a passage by Aulus Gellius (xix. 8. 15), where a “scriptor ‘classicus’” is compared to a “scriptor proletarius.” This metaphor comes from the way the Roman people were divided into classes by Servius Tullius, with those in the first class referred to as classici, everyone else infra classem, and those in the lowest class proletarii.1 The term “classic” is therefore used (1) broadly for a top-tier author, and (2) specifically for notable Greek or Roman authors. Similarly, “the classics” refers to the best works of literature from ancient Greece and Rome. The following article focuses on this meaning of the term, divided into two main sections: (A) the overall history of classical (i.e. Greek and Latin) scholarship, and (B) its role in higher education.

(A) General History of the Study of the Classics

(A) General History of the Study of the Classics

We may consider this subject in four principal periods:—(i.) the Alexandrian, c. 300-1 B.C.; (ii.) the Roman, A.D. c. 1-530; (iii.) the Middle Ages, c. 530-1350; and (iv.) the Modern Age, c. 1350 to the present day.

We can look at this topic in four main periods:—(i.) the Alexandrian, around 300-1 BCE; (ii.) the Roman, around CE 1-530; (iii.) the Middle Ages, around 530-1350; and (iv.) the Modern Age, from around 1350 to today.

(i.) The Alexandrian Age.—The study of the Greek classics begins with the school of Alexandria. Under the rule of Ptolemy Philadelphus (285-247 B.C.), learning found a home in the Alexandrian Museum and in the great Alexandrian Library. The first four librarians were Zenodotus, Eratosthenes, Aristophanes of Byzantium, and Aristarchus. Zenodotus produced before 274 the first scientific edition of the Iliad and Odyssey, an edition in which spurious lines were marked, at the beginning, with a short horizontal dash called an obelus (—). He also drew up select lists of epic and lyric poets. Soon afterwards a classified catalogue of dramatists, epic and lyric poets, legislators, philosophers, historians, orators and rhetoricians, and miscellaneous writers, with a brief biography of each, was produced by the scholar and poet Callimachus (fl. 260). Among the pupils of Callimachus was Eratosthenes who, in 234, succeeded Zenodotus as librarian. Apart from his special interest in the history of the Old Attic comedy, he was a man of vast and varied learning; the founder of astronomical geography and of scientific chronology; and the first to assume the name of φιλόλογος. The greatest philologist of antiquity was, however, his successor, Aristophanes of Byzantium (195), who reduced accentuation and punctuation to a definite system, and used a variety of critical symbols in his recension of the Iliad and Odyssey. He also edited Hesiod and Pindar, Euripides and Aristophanes, besides composing brief introductions to the several plays, parts of which are still extant. Lastly, he established a scientific system of lexicography and drew up lists of the “best authors.” Two critical editions of the Iliad and Odyssey were produced by his successor, Aristarchus, who was librarian until 146 B.C. and was the founder of scientific scholarship. His distinguished pupil, Dionysius Thrax (born c. 166 B.C.), drew up a Greek grammar which continued in use for more than thirteen centuries. The most industrious of the successors of Aristarchus was Didymus (c. 65 B.C.-A.D. 10), who, in his work on the Homeric poems, aimed at restoring the lost recensions of Aristarchus. He also composed commentaries on the lyric and comic poets and on Thucydides and Demosthenes; part of his commentary on this last author was first published in 1904. He was a teacher in Alexandria (and perhaps also in Rome); and his death, about A.D. 10, marks the close of the Alexandrian age. He is the industrious compiler who gathered up the remnants of the learning of his predecessors and transmitted them to posterity. The poets of that age, including Callimachus and Theocritus, were subsequently expounded by Theon, who flourished under Tiberius, and has been well described as “the Didymus of the Alexandrian poets.”

(i.) The Alexandrian Age.—The study of Greek classics starts with the school of Alexandria. During the reign of Ptolemy Philadelphus (285-247 BCE), scholarship was centered in the Alexandrian Museum and the massive Alexandrian Library. The first four librarians were Zenodotus, Eratosthenes, Aristophanes of Byzantium, and Aristarchus. Zenodotus created the first scientific editions of the Iliad and Odyssey before 274, highlighting questionable lines at the start with a short horizontal dash known as an obelus (—). He also compiled select lists of epic and lyric poets. Shortly after, Callimachus (fl. 260), a scholar and poet, produced a classified catalog of dramatists, epic and lyric poets, legislators, philosophers, historians, orators and rhetoricians, and various writers, each with a brief biography. One of Callimachus's students, Eratosthenes, took over as librarian in 234 after Zenodotus. He had a keen interest in the history of Old Attic comedy and a broad range of knowledge; he was the founder of astronomical geography and scientific chronology and was the first to call himself a philologist. However, his successor, Aristophanes of Byzantium (195), became the greatest philologist of antiquity, establishing a clear system for accentuation and punctuation, and using various critical symbols in his editions of the Iliad and Odyssey. He also edited works by Hesiod, Pindar, Euripides, and Aristophanes, and wrote brief introductions for each play, parts of which still survive. He lastly created a scientific lexicography system and compiled lists of the "best authors." Two critical editions of the Iliad and Odyssey were made by his successor, Aristarchus, who served as librarian until 146 BCE and is credited with founding scientific scholarship. His notable student, Dionysius Thrax (born c. 166 BCE), developed a Greek grammar that remained in use for over thirteen centuries. The most diligent of Aristarchus's successors was Didymus (c. 65 BCE-CE 10), who worked on restoring the lost editions of Aristarchus in his research on the Homeric poems. He also wrote commentaries on the lyric and comic poets, as well as on Thucydides and Demosthenes; part of his commentary on the latter was first published in 1904. Didymus taught in Alexandria (and possibly also in Rome), and his death around CE 10 marked the end of the Alexandrian age. He was the diligent compiler who collected the remnants of his predecessors' knowledge and passed them down to future generations. The poets of that time, including Callimachus and Theocritus, were later interpreted by Theon, who lived during Tiberius's reign, and has aptly been described as “the Didymus of the Alexandrian poets.”

The Alexandrian canon of the Greek classics, which probably had its origin in the lists drawn up by Callimachus, Aristophanes of Byzantium and Aristarchus, included the following authors:—

The Alexandrian list of Greek classics, which likely originated from the catalogs created by Callimachus, Aristophanes of Byzantium, and Aristarchus, included the following authors:—

Epic poets (5): Homer, Hesiod, Peisander, Panyasis, Antimachus.

Epic poets (5): Homer, Hesiod, Peisander, Panyasis, Antimachus.

Iambic poets (3): Simonides of Amorgos, Archilochus, Hipponax.

Iambic poets (3): Simonides of Amorgos, Archilochus, Hipponax.

Tragic poets (5): Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, Ion, Achaeus.

Tragic poets (5): Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, Ion, Achaeus.

Comic poets, Old (7): Epicharmus, Cratinus, Eupolis, Aristophanes, Pherecrates, Crates, Plato. Middle (2): Antiphanes, Alexis. New (5): Menander, Philippides, Diphilus, Philemon, Apollodorus.

Comic poets, Old (7): Epicharmus, Cratinus, Eupolis, Aristophanes, Pherecrates, Crates, Plato. Middle (2): Antiphanes, Alexis. New (5): Menander, Philippides, Diphilus, Philemon, Apollodorus.

Elegiac poets (4): Callinus, Mimnermus, Philetas, Callimachus.

Elegiac poets (4): Callinus, Mimnermus, Philetas, Callimachus.

Lyric poets (9): Alcman, Alcaeus, Sappho, Stesichorus, Pindar, Bacchylides, Ibycus, Anacreon, Simonides of Ceos.

Lyric poets (9): Alcman, Alcaeus, Sappho, Stesichorus, Pindar, Bacchylides, Ibycus, Anacreon, Simonides of Ceos.

Orators (10): Demosthenes, Lysias, Hypereides, Isocrates, Aeschines, Lycurgus, Isaeus, Antiphon, Ándocides, Deinarchus.

Orators (10): Demosthenes, Lysias, Hypereides, Isocrates, Aeschines, Lycurgus, Isaeus, Antiphon, Ándocides, Deinarchus.

Historians (10): Thucydides, Herodotus, Xenophon, Philistius, Theopompus, Ephorus, Anaximenes, Callisthenes, Hellanicus, Polybius.

Historians (10): Thucydides, Herodotus, Xenophon, Philistius, Theopompus, Ephorus, Anaximenes, Callisthenes, Hellanicus, Polybius.

449

449

The latest name in the above list is that of Polybius, who died about 123 B.C. Apollonius Rhodius, Aratus and Theocritus were subsequently added to the “epic” poets. Philosophers, such as Plato and Aristotle, were possibly classed in a separate “canon.”

The most recent name on the list above is Polybius, who died around 123 BCE Apollonius Rhodius, Aratus, and Theocritus were later included among the "epic" poets. Philosophers like Plato and Aristotle were likely categorized in a separate "canon."

While the scholars of Alexandria were mainly interested in the verbal criticism of the Greek poets, a wider variety of studies was the characteristic of the school of Pergamum, the literary rival of Alexandria. Pergamum was a home of learning for a large part of the 150 years of the Attalid dynasty, 283-133 B.C.

While the scholars of Alexandria focused primarily on the verbal criticism of Greek poets, the school of Pergamum, which was a literary rival of Alexandria, embraced a broader range of studies. Pergamum was a center of learning for much of the 150 years during the Attalid dynasty, from 283 to 133 B.C.

The grammar of the Stoics, gradually elaborated by Zeno, Cleanthes and Chrysippus, supplied a terminology which, in words such as “genitive,” “accusative” and “aorist,” has become a permanent part of the grammarian’s vocabulary; and the study of this grammar found its earliest home in Pergamum.

The grammar of the Stoics, further developed by Zeno, Cleanthes, and Chrysippus, provided a terminology that, with terms like “genitive,” “accusative,” and “aorist,” has become an enduring part of the grammarian's vocabulary; and the study of this grammar first took root in Pergamum.

From about 168 B.C. the head of the Pergamene school was Crates of Mallus, who (like the Stoics) was an adherent of the principle of “anomaly” in grammar, and was thus opposed to Aristarchus of Alexandria, the champion of “analogy.” He also opposed Aristarchus, and supported the Stoics, by insisting on an allegorical interpretation of Homer. He is credited with having drawn up the classified lists of the best authors for the Pergamene library. His mission as an envoy to the Roman senate, “shortly after the death of Ennius” in 169 B.C., had a remarkable influence on literary studies in Rome. Meeting with an accident while he was wandering on the Palatine, and being detained in Rome, he passed part of his enforced leisure in giving lectures (possibly on Homer, his favourite author), and thus succeeded in arousing among the Romans a taste for the scholarly study of literature. The example set by Crates led to the production of a new edition of the epic poem of Naevius, and to the public recitation of the Annals of Ennius, and (two generations later) the Satires of Lucilius.

From around 168 B.C., the leader of the Pergamene school was Crates of Mallus, who, like the Stoics, supported the principle of "anomaly" in grammar, putting him at odds with Aristarchus of Alexandria, the advocate of "analogy." He also challenged Aristarchus and backed the Stoics by advocating for an allegorical interpretation of Homer. He’s credited with creating classified lists of the best authors for the Pergamene library. His role as an envoy to the Roman senate, shortly after Ennius's death in 169 B.C., significantly influenced literary studies in Rome. While wandering on the Palatine, he had an accident that kept him in Rome, and during his unexpected free time, he delivered lectures (likely about Homer, his favorite author), which sparked a passion among the Romans for the academic study of literature. Crates's example led to a new edition of Naevius's epic poem and the public recitation of Ennius's Annals, and, two generations later, the Satires of Lucilius.

(ii.) The Roman Age.—(a) Latin Studies.—In the 1st century B.C. the foremost scholar in Rome was L. Aelius Stilo (c. 154-c. 74), who is described by Cicero as profoundly learned in Greek and Latin literature, and as an accomplished critic of Roman antiquities and of ancient authors. Of the plays then passing under the name of Plautus, he recognized twenty-five as genuine. His most famous pupil was Varro (116-27), the six surviving books of whose great work on the Latin language are mainly concerned with the great grammatical controversy on analogy and anomaly—a controversy which also engaged the attention of Cicero and Caesar, and of the elder Pliny and Quintilian. The twenty-one plays of Plautus accepted by Varro are doubtless the twenty now extant, together with the lost Vidularia. The influence of Varro’s last work on the nine disciplinae, or branches of study, long survived in the seven “liberal arts” recognized by St Augustine and Martianus Capella, and in the trivium and quadrivium of the middle ages.

(ii.) The Roman Age.—(a) Latin Studies.—In the 1st century BCE, the leading scholar in Rome was L. Aelius Stilo (c. 154-c. 74), who Cicero describes as highly knowledgeable in Greek and Latin literature, as well as a skilled critic of Roman history and ancient writers. Of the plays that were attributed to Plautus at the time, he identified twenty-five as authentic. His most notable student was Varro (116-27), whose six surviving books on the Latin language mainly address the major grammatical debate on analogy and anomaly—an issue that also captured the interest of Cicero, Caesar, the elder Pliny, and Quintilian. The twenty-one plays of Plautus recognized by Varro are undoubtedly the twenty we have today, along with the lost Vidularia. The impact of Varro’s final work on the nine disciplinae (branches of study) continued to be felt in the seven "liberal arts" acknowledged by St Augustine and Martianus Capella, and in the trivium and quadrivium of the Middle Ages.

Part of Varro’s treatise on Latin was dedicated to Cicero (106-43), who as an interpreter of Greek philosophy to his fellow-countrymen enlarged the vocabulary of Latin by his admirable renderings of Greek philosophical terms, and thus ultimately gave us such indispensable words as “species,” “quality” and “quantity.”

Part of Varro’s treatise on Latin was dedicated to Cicero (106-43), who, as a translator of Greek philosophy for his countrymen, expanded the Latin vocabulary with his excellent interpretations of Greek philosophical terms, ultimately giving us essential words like “species,” “quality,” and “quantity.”

The earliest of Latin lexicons was produced about 10 B.C. by Verrius Flaccus in a work, De Verborum Significatu, which survived in the abridgment by Festus (2nd century A.D.) and in the further abridgment dedicated by Paulus Diaconus to Charles the Great.

The first Latin dictionary was created around 10 B.C. by Verrius Flaccus in a work called De Verborum Significatu, which was preserved in a summary by Festus (2nd century CE) and in a further summary dedicated by Paulus Diaconus to Charlemagne.

Greek models were diligently studied by Virgil and Horace. Their own poems soon became the theme of criticism and of comment; and, by the time of Quintilian and Juvenal, they shared the fate (which Horace had feared) of becoming text-books for use in schools.

Greek models were carefully studied by Virgil and Horace. Their own poems quickly became the subject of critique and discussion; by the time of Quintilian and Juvenal, they faced the fate (that Horace had worried about) of becoming textbooks for schools.

Recensions of Terence, Lucretius and Persius, as well as Horace and Virgil, were produced by Probus (d. A.D. 88), with critical symbols resembling those invented by the Alexandrian scholars. His contemporary Asconius is best known as the author of an extant historical commentary on five of the speeches of Cicero. In A.D. 88 Quintilian was placed at the head of the first state-supported school in Rome. His comprehensive work on the training of the future orator includes an outline of general education, which had an important influence on the humanistic schools of the Italian Renaissance. It also presents us with a critical survey of the Greek and Latin classics arranged under the heads of poets, historians, orators and philosophers (book x. chap. i.). The lives of Roman poets and scholars were among the many subjects that exercised the literary skill of Hadrian’s private secretary, Suetonius. One of his lost works is the principal source of the erudition of Isidore of Seville (d. A.D. 636), whose comprehensive encyclopaedia was a favourite text-book in the middle ages. About the time of the death of Suetonius (A.D. 160) a work entitled the Noctes Atticae was begun by Aulus Gellius. The author is an industrious student and a typical scholar, who frequents libraries and is interested in the MSS. of old Latin authors. Early in the 4th century the study of grammar was represented in northern Africa by the Numidian tiro, Nonius Marcellus (fl. 323), the author of an encyclopaedic work in three parts, lexicographical, grammatical and antiquarian, the main value of which lies in its quotations from early Latin literature. About the middle of the same century grammar had a far abler exponent at Rome in the person of Aelius Donatus, the preceptor of St Jerome, as well as the author of a text-book that remained in use throughout the middle ages. The general state of learning in this century is illustrated by Ausonius (c. 310-393), the grammarian and rhetorician of Bordeaux, the author of the Mosella, and the probable inspirer of the memorable decree of Gratian (376), providing for the appointment and the payment of teachers of rhetoric and of Greek and Latin literature in the principal cities of Gaul. His distinguished friend, Q. Aurelius Symmachus, the consul of A.D. 391, aroused in his own immediate circle an interest in Livy, the whole of whose history was still extant. Early in the 5th century other aristocratic Romans interested themselves in the textual criticism of Persius and Martial. Among the contemporaries of Symmachus, the devoted adherent of the old Roman religion, was St Jerome (d. 420), the most scholarly representative of Christianity in the 4th century, the student of Plautus and Terence, of Virgil and Cicero, the translator of the Chronology of Eusebius, and the author of the Latin version of the Bible now known as the Vulgate. St Augustine (d. 430) confesses to his early fondness for Virgil, and also tells us that he received his first serious impressions from the Hortensius of Cicero, an eloquent exhortation to the study of philosophy, of which only a few fragments survive. In his survey of the “liberal arts” St Augustine imitates (as we have seen) the Disciplinae of Varro, and in the greatest of his works, the De Civitate Dei (426), he has preserved large portions of the Antiquitates of Varro and the De Republica of Cicero. About the same date, and in the same province of northern Africa, Martianus Capella produced his allegorical work on the “liberal arts,” the principal, and, indeed, often the only, text-book of the medieval schools.

Recensions of Terence, Lucretius, and Persius, as well as Horace and Virgil, were created by Probus (d. CE 88), using critical symbols similar to those developed by the Alexandrian scholars. His contemporary, Asconius, is mainly recognized as the author of a surviving historical commentary on five of Cicero's speeches. In CE (Common Era) 88, Quintilian was appointed head of the first state-supported school in Rome. His extensive work on training future orators includes a general education outline that significantly influenced the humanistic schools of the Italian Renaissance. It also provides a critical overview of the Greek and Latin classics, categorized by poets, historians, orators, and philosophers (book x. chap. i.). The lives of Roman poets and scholars were among the many topics that showcased the literary talent of Hadrian’s private secretary, Suetonius. One of his missing works is the main source of knowledge for Isidore of Seville (d. CE 636), whose comprehensive encyclopedia was a popular textbook in the Middle Ages. Around the time of Suetonius's death (CE 160), Aulus Gellius began a work called the Noctes Atticae. The author is a diligent student and typical scholar who spends time in libraries and is interested in the manuscripts of old Latin authors. Early in the 4th century, grammar studies in North Africa were represented by Nonius Marcellus (fl. 323), a Numidian beginner, who wrote an encyclopedic work in three parts: lexicographical, grammatical, and antiquarian, where the main value lies in its quotes from early Latin literature. By the middle of the same century, grammar had a more capable advocate in Rome in Aelius Donatus, the teacher of St. Jerome and the author of a textbook that remained in use throughout the Middle Ages. The general state of learning in this century is illustrated by Ausonius (c. 310-393), the grammarian and rhetorician from Bordeaux, who authored the Mosella and likely inspired the notable decree of Gratian (376), which provided for the hiring and payment of teachers of rhetoric and Greek and Latin literature in the major cities of Gaul. His distinguished friend, Q. Aurelius Symmachus, the consul of CE 391, sparked interest in Livy among his immediate circle, whose entire history was still available. In the early 5th century, other aristocratic Romans showed interest in the textual criticism of Persius and Martial. Among Symmachus's contemporaries was St. Jerome (d. 420), a devoted follower of the old Roman religion and the most scholarly representative of Christianity in the 4th century, who studied Plautus and Terence, Virgil and Cicero, translated Eusebius's Chronology, and authored the Latin version of the Bible known as the Vulgate. St. Augustine (d. 430) admits to his early admiration for Virgil and shares that he received his first serious impressions from Cicero's Hortensius, an eloquent call to the study of philosophy, of which only a few fragments remain. In his overview of the “liberal arts,” St. Augustine imitates (as we have seen) Varro's Disciplinae, and in the greatest of his works, the De Civitate Dei (426), he has preserved large portions of Varro's Antiquitates and Cicero's De Republica. Around the same time, and in the same region of North Africa, Martianus Capella produced his allegorical work on the “liberal arts,” which became the main, often the only, textbook for medieval schools.

In the second half of the 5th century the foremost representative of Latin studies in Gaul was Apollinaris Sidonius (fl. 470), whose Letters were modelled on those of the younger Pliny, while his poems give proof of a wide though superficial acquaintance with classical literature. He laments the increasing decline in the classical purity of the Latin language.

In the second half of the 5th century, the leading figure of Latin studies in Gaul was Apollinaris Sidonius (fl. 470), whose Letters were inspired by those of the younger Pliny, while his poems show a broad but shallow familiarity with classical literature. He expresses concern over the growing decline in the classical purity of the Latin language.

An interest in Latin literature lived longest in Gaul, where schools of learning flourished as early as the 1st century at Autun, Lyons, Toulouse, Nîmes, Vienne, Narbonne and Marseilles; and, from the 3rd century onwards, at Trier, Poitiers, Besançon and Bordeaux.

An interest in Latin literature lasted the longest in Gaul, where schools thrived as early as the 1st century in Autun, Lyons, Toulouse, Nîmes, Vienne, Narbonne, and Marseilles; and from the 3rd century onward in Trier, Poitiers, Besançon, and Bordeaux.

About ten years after the death of Sidonius we find Asterius, the consul of 494, critically revising the text of Virgil in Rome. Boëthius, who early in life formed the ambitious plan of expounding and reconciling the opinions of Plato and Aristotle, continued in the year of his sole consulship (510) to instruct his fellow-countrymen in the wisdom of Greece. He is a link between the ancient world and the middle ages, having been the last of the learned Romans who understood the language and studied the 450 literature of Greece, and the first to interpret to the middle ages the logical treatises of Aristotle. He thereby gave the signal for the age-long conflict between Nominalism and Realism, which exercised the keenest intellects among the Schoolmen, while the crowning work of his life, the Consolatio Philosophiae (524), was repeatedly expounded and imitated, and reproduced in renderings that were among the earliest literary products of the vernacular languages of modern Europe. His contemporary, Cassiodorus (c. 480-c. 575), after spending thirty years in the service of the Ostrogothic dynasty at Ravenna, passed the last thirty-three years of his long life on the shores of the Bay of Squillace, where he founded two monasteries and diligently trained their inmates to become careful copyists. In his latest work he made extracts for their benefit from the pages of Priscian (fl. 512), a transcript of whose great work on Latin grammar was completed at Constantinople by one of that grammarian’s pupils in 527, to be reproduced in a thousand MSS. in the middle ages. More than ten years before Cassiodorus founded his monasteries in the south of Italy, Benedict of Nursia (480-543) had rendered a more permanent service to the cause of scholarship by building, amid the ruins of the temple of Apollo on the crest of Monte Cassino, the earliest of those homes of learning that have lent an undying distinction to the Benedictine order. The learned labours of the Benedictines were no part of the original requirements of the rule of St Benedict; but before the founder’s death his favourite disciple had planted a monastery in France, and the name of that disciple is permanently associated with the learned labours of the Benedictines of the Congregation of St Maur (see Maurists).

About ten years after Sidonius died, we find Asterius, the consul of 494, critically revising Virgil's text in Rome. Boëthius, who early on aimed to explain and reconcile the ideas of Plato and Aristotle, continued to teach his fellow countrymen about Greek wisdom in the year of his only consulship (510). He acts as a bridge between the ancient world and the Middle Ages, being the last of the learned Romans who understood the language and studied Greek literature, and the first to interpret Aristotle’s logical writings for the Middle Ages. This sparked the long-standing conflict between Nominalism and Realism, which deeply engaged the sharpest minds among the Schoolmen, while his most significant work, the Consolatio Philosophiae (524), was often discussed and imitated, appearing in translations that were some of the earliest literary works in the vernacular languages of modern Europe. His contemporary, Cassiodorus (c. 480-c. 575), after spending thirty years serving the Ostrogothic dynasty in Ravenna, spent the last thirty-three years of his long life by the shores of the Bay of Squillace, where he founded two monasteries and diligently trained their members to be careful copyists. In his final work, he made extracts for their benefit from Priscian (fl. 512), a transcript of whose significant Latin grammar work was completed at Constantinople by one of his students in 527, leading to thousands of manuscripts in the Middle Ages. More than ten years before Cassiodorus established his monasteries in southern Italy, Benedict of Nursia (480-543) had made a lasting contribution to scholarship by building, among the ruins of the temple of Apollo on Monte Cassino, the first of those homes of learning that have given enduring renown to the Benedictine order. The scholarly efforts of the Benedictines were not part of the original rules laid out by St. Benedict; however, before the founder’s death, his favorite disciple had established a monastery in France, and that disciple's name is permanently linked with the scholarly work of the Benedictines of the Congregation of St Maur (see Maurists).

(b) Greek Studies.—Meanwhile, the study of the Greek classics was ably represented at Rome in the Augustan age by Dionysius of Halicarnassus (fl. 30-8 B.C.), the intelligent critic of the ancient Attic orators, while the 1st century of our era is the probable date of the masterpiece of literary criticism known as the treatise On the Sublime by Longinus (q.v.).

(b) Greek Studies.—During this time, the study of Greek classics was well represented in Rome during the Augustan age by Dionysius of Halicarnassus (fl. 30-8 BCE), a thoughtful critic of the ancient Attic orators. The 1st century of our era is likely when the renowned literary criticism work known as the treatise On the Sublime by Longinus (q.v.) was written.

The 2nd century is the age of the two great grammarians, Apollonius Dyscolus (the founder of scientific grammar and the creator of the study of Greek syntax) and his son Herodian, the larger part of whose principal work dealt with the subject of Greek accentuation. It is also the age of the lexicographers of Attic Greek, the most important of whom are Phrynichus, Pollux (fl. A.D. 180) and Harpocration.

The 2nd century is known for two great grammarians, Apollonius Dyscolus (the founder of scientific grammar and the creator of Greek syntax study) and his son Herodian, who focused largely on Greek accentuation in his main work. This period also saw the lexicographers of Attic Greek, with the most important ones being Phrynichus, Pollux (active around A.D. 180), and Harpocration.

In the 4th century Demosthenes was expounded and imitated by the widely influential teacher, Libanius of Antioch (c. 314-c. 393), the pagan preceptor of St Chrysostom. To the same century we may assign the grammarian Theodosius of Alexandria, who, instead of confining himself (like Dionysius Thrax) to the tenses of τύπτω in actual use, was the first to set forth all the imaginary aorists and futures of that verb, which have thence descended through the Byzantine age to the grammars of the Renaissance and of modern Europe.

In the 4th century, Demosthenes was taught and copied by the influential teacher, Libanius of Antioch (c. 314-c. 393), who was the pagan mentor of St. Chrysostom. We can also place the grammarian Theodosius of Alexandria in the same century. Unlike Dionysius Thrax, who focused only on the tenses of τύπτω that were actually in use, Theodosius was the first to outline all the theoretical aorists and futures of that verb, which have been passed down through the Byzantine period to the grammars of the Renaissance and modern Europe.

In the 5th century we may place Hesychius of Alexandria, the compiler of the most extensive of our ancient Greek lexicons, and Proclus, the author of a chrestomathy, to the extracts from which (as preserved by Photius) we owe almost all our knowledge of the contents of the lost epics of early Greece. In the same century the study of Plato was represented by Synesius of Cyrene (c. 370-c. 413) and by the Neoplatonists of Alexandria and of Athens. The lower limit of the Roman age of classical studies may be conveniently placed in the year 529. In that year the monastery of Monte Cassino was founded in the West, while the school of Athens was closed in the East. The Roman age thus ends in the West with Boëthius, Cassiodorus and St Benedict, and in the East with Priscian and Justinian.

In the 5th century, we can mention Hesychius of Alexandria, who compiled the most comprehensive ancient Greek lexicon we have, and Proclus, who wrote a chrestomathy. From his extracts (as preserved by Photius), we get almost all our knowledge about the lost epics of early Greece. During the same century, the study of Plato was represented by Synesius of Cyrene (c. 370-c. 413) and by the Neoplatonists in Alexandria and Athens. We can conveniently mark the lower limit of the Roman era in classical studies in the year 529. This year saw the founding of the monastery of Monte Cassino in the West, while the school of Athens was closed in the East. Thus, the Roman era ends in the West with Boëthius, Cassiodorus, and St. Benedict, and in the East with Priscian and Justinian.

(iii.) The Middle Ages.—(a) In the East, commonly called the Byzantine Age, c. 530-1350. In this age, grammatical learning was represented by Choeroboscus, and lexicography by Photius (d. 891), the patriarch of Constantinople, who is also the author of a Bibliotheca reviewing and criticizing the contents of 280 MSS., and incidentally preserving important extracts from the lost Greek historians.

(iii.) The Middle Ages.—(a) In the East, often referred to as the Byzantine Age, around 530-1350. During this period, grammatical scholarship was represented by Choeroboscus, while lexicography was exemplified by Photius (d. 891), the patriarch of Constantinople, who also wrote a Bibliotheca that reviews and critiques the contents of 280 manuscripts, while also preserving significant excerpts from the lost Greek historians.

In the time of Photius the poets usually studied at school were Homer, Hesiod, Pindar; certain select plays of Aeschylus (Prometheus, Septem and Persae), Sophocles (Ajax, Electra and Oedipus Tyrannus), and Euripides (Hecuba, Orestes, Phoenissae, and, next to these, Alcestis, Andromache, Hippolytus, Medea, Rhesus, Troades,) also Aristophanes (beginning with the Plutus), Theocritus, Lycophron, and Dionysius Periegetes. The principal prose authors were Thucydides, parts of Plato and Demosthenes, with Aristotle, Plutarch’s Lives, and, above all, Lucian, who is often imitated in the Byzantine age.

In the time of Photius, the poets typically studied in school included Homer, Hesiod, and Pindar; select plays from Aeschylus (Prometheus, Septem, and Persae), Sophocles (Ajax, Electra, and Oedipus Tyrannus), and Euripides (Hecuba, Orestes, Phoenissae, and, in addition, Alcestis, Andromache, Hippolytus, Medea, Rhesus, Troades), along with Aristophanes (starting with Plutus), Theocritus, Lycophron, and Dionysius Periegetes. The main prose authors were Thucydides, selections from Plato and Demosthenes, along with Aristotle, Plutarch’s Lives, and especially Lucian, who was frequently imitated during the Byzantine period.

One of the distinguished pupils of Photius, Arethas, bishop of Caesarea in Cappadocia (c. 907-932), devoted himself with remarkable energy to collecting and expounding the Greek classics. Among the important MSS. still extant that were copied at his expense are the Bodleian Euclid (888) and the Bodleian Plato (895). To the third quarter of the 10th century we may assign the Greek lexicon of Suïdas, a combination of a lexicon and an encyclopaedia, the best articles being those on the history of literature.

One of the notable students of Photius, Arethas, the bishop of Caesarea in Cappadocia (around 907-932), dedicated himself with impressive energy to gathering and explaining the Greek classics. Among the important manuscripts that still exist, which were copied at his expense, are the Bodleian Euclid (888) and the Bodleian Plato (895). We can date the Greek lexicon of Suïdas, a mix of a lexicon and an encyclopedia, to the third quarter of the 10th century, with the best sections focusing on the history of literature.

Meanwhile, during the “dark age” of secular learning at Constantinople (641-850), the light of Greek learning had spread eastwards to Syria and Arabia. At Bagdad, in the reign of Mamun (813-833), the son of Harun al-Rashid, philosophical works were translated by Syrian Christians from Greek into Syriac and from Syriac into Arabic. It was in his reign that Aristotle was first translated into Arabic, and, shortly afterwards, we have Syriac and Arabic renderings of commentators on Aristotle, and of portions of Plato, Hippocrates and Galen; while in the 10th century new translations of Aristotle and his commentators were produced by the Nestorian Christians.

Meanwhile, during the "dark age" of secular learning in Constantinople (641-850), the influence of Greek knowledge spread eastward to Syria and Arabia. In Baghdad, during the reign of Mamun (813-833), the son of Harun al-Rashid, philosophical texts were translated by Syrian Christians from Greek to Syriac and then from Syriac to Arabic. It was in his reign that Aristotle was first translated into Arabic, and shortly afterward, we see Syriac and Arabic versions of commentaries on Aristotle as well as parts of Plato, Hippocrates, and Galen. In the 10th century, new translations of Aristotle and his commentators were created by Nestorian Christians.

The Arabic translations of Aristotle passed from the East to the West by being transmitted through the Arab dominions in northern Africa to Spain, which had been conquered by the Arabs in the 8th century. In the 12th century Toledo was the centre of the study of Aristotle in the West, and it was from Toledo that the knowledge of Aristotle spread to Paris and to other seats of learning in western Europe.

The Arabic translations of Aristotle moved from the East to the West, passing through the Arab territories in North Africa to Spain, which the Arabs conquered in the 8th century. In the 12th century, Toledo became the hub for studying Aristotle in the West, and it was from Toledo that Aristotle's ideas spread to Paris and other centers of learning in Western Europe.

The 12th century in Constantinople is marked by the name of Tzetzes (c. 1110-c. 1180), the author of a mythological, literary and historical miscellany called the Chiliades, in the course of which he quotes more than four hundred authors. The prolegomena to his scholia on Aristophanes supply us with valuable information on the Alexandrian libraries. The most memorable name, however, among the scholars of this century is that of Eustathius, whose philological studies at Constantinople preceded his tenure of the archbishopric of Thessalonica (1175-1192). The opening pages of his commentaries on the Iliad and the Odyssey dwell with enthusiasm on the abiding influence of Homer on the literature of Greece.

The 12th century in Constantinople is highlighted by the work of Tzetzes (c. 1110-c. 1180), who wrote a mythological, literary, and historical collection called the Chiliades, where he refers to more than four hundred authors. The introductory sections of his notes on Aristophanes provide us with valuable insights into the Alexandrian libraries. However, the most notable scholar of this century is Eustathius, whose linguistic studies in Constantinople came before he became the archbishop of Thessalonica (1175-1192). The early pages of his commentaries on the Iliad and the Odyssey passionately discuss the lasting impact of Homer on Greek literature.

While the Byzantine MSS. of the 11th century (such as the Laurentian MSS. of Aeschylus and Sophocles, and the Ravenna MS. of Aristophanes) maintain the sound traditions of the Alexandrian and Roman ages, those of the times of the Palaeologi give proof of a frequent tampering with the metres of the ancient poets in order to bring them into conformity with theories recently invented by Moschopulus and Triclinius. The scholars of these times are the natural precursors of the earliest representatives of the Revival of Learning in the West. Of these later Byzantines the first in order of date is the monk Planudes (d. 1330), who devoted his knowledge of Latin to producing excellent translations of Caesar’s Gallic War as well as Ovid’s Metamorphoses and Heroides, and the classic work of Boëthius; he also compiled (in 1302) the only Greek anthology known to scholars before the recovery in 1607 of the earlier and fuller anthology of Cephalas (fl. 917).

While the Byzantine manuscripts from the 11th century (like the Laurentian manuscripts of Aeschylus and Sophocles, and the Ravenna manuscript of Aristophanes) preserve the solid traditions of the Alexandrian and Roman periods, those from the Palaeologan era show evidence of frequent changes to the meters of the ancient poets to align them with recently developed theories by Moschopulus and Triclinius. The scholars of this time are the natural forerunners of the early figures of the Renaissance in the West. Among these later Byzantines, the earliest is the monk Planudes (d. 1330), who used his knowledge of Latin to create excellent translations of Caesar’s Gallic War, as well as Ovid’s Metamorphoses and Heroides, and the classic work of Boëthius; he also compiled (in 1302) the only Greek anthology known to scholars before the recovery in 1607 of the earlier and more extensive anthology of Cephalas (fl. 917).

The scholars of the Byzantine age cannot be compared with the great Alexandrians, but they served to maintain the continuity of tradition by which the Greek classics selected by the critics of Alexandria were transmitted to modern Europe.

The scholars of the Byzantine era can’t be compared to the great Alexandrians, but they helped keep the continuity of tradition through which the Greek classics chosen by the critics of Alexandria were passed down to modern Europe.

(b) In the West (c. 530-c. 1350).—At the portal of the middle ages stands Gregory the Great (c. 540-604), who had little (if any) knowledge of Greek and had no sympathy with the secular 451 side of the study of Latin. A decline in grammatical learning is exemplified in the three Latin historians of the 6th century, Jordanes, Gildas and Gregory of Tours (d. 594), who begins his history of the Franks by lamenting the decay of Latin literature in Gaul. The historian of Tours befriended the Latin poet, Venantius Fortunatus (d. c. 600), who is still remembered as the writer of the three well-known hymns beginning Salve festa dies, Vexilla regis prodeunt, and Pange lingua gloriosi proelium certaminis. The decadence of Latin early in the 7th century is exemplified by the fantastic grammarian Virgilius Maro, who also illustrates the transition from Latin to Provençal, and from quantitive to accentual forms of verse.

(b) In the West (c. 530-c. 1350).—At the beginning of the Middle Ages stands Gregory the Great (c. 540-604), who had little (if any) knowledge of Greek and showed no interest in the secular 451 aspect of Latin studies. A decline in grammatical learning is evident in the three Latin historians of the 6th century: Jordanes, Gildas, and Gregory of Tours (d. 594). Gregory starts his history of the Franks by expressing his sorrow over the decline of Latin literature in Gaul. The historian of Tours became friends with the Latin poet, Venantius Fortunatus (d. c. 600), who is still remembered for writing the three famous hymns that begin with Salve festa dies, Vexilla regis prodeunt, and Pange lingua gloriosi proelium certaminis. The decline of Latin in the early 7th century is illustrated by the peculiar grammarian Virgilius Maro, who also shows the shift from Latin to Provençal and from quantitative to accentual forms of verse.

While Latin was declining in Gaul, even Greek was not unknown in Ireland, and the Irish passion for travel led to the spread of Greek learning in the west of Europe. The Irish monk Columban, shortly before his death in 615, founded in the neighbourhood of Pavia the monastery of Bobbio, to be the repository of many Latin MSS. which were ultimately dispersed among the libraries of Rome, Milan and Turin. About the same date his fellow-traveller, Gallus, founded above the Lake of Constance the monastery of St Gallen, where Latin MSS. were preserved until their recovery in the age of the Renaissance. During the next twenty-five years Isidore of Seville (d. 636) produced in his Origines an encyclopaedic work which gathered up for the middle ages much of the learning of the ancient world.

While Latin was fading in Gaul, Greek was still known in Ireland, and the Irish love for travel helped spread Greek knowledge across Western Europe. The Irish monk Columban, just before he died in 615, established the monastery of Bobbio near Pavia to house many Latin manuscripts, which were eventually scattered among the libraries of Rome, Milan, and Turin. Around the same time, his fellow traveler Gallus founded the monastery of St. Gallen above Lake Constance, where Latin manuscripts were kept until they were recovered during the Renaissance. Over the next twenty-five years, Isidore of Seville (d. 636) produced his Origines, an encyclopedic work that compiled much of the ancient world's knowledge for the Middle Ages.

In Italy a decline in the knowledge of Greek in the 5th and 6th centuries led to an estrangement between the Greek and Latin Churches. The year 690 is regarded as the date of the temporary extinction of Greek in Italy, but, in the first quarters of the 8th and the 9th centuries, the iconoclastic decrees of the Byzantine emperors drove many of the Greek monks and their lay adherents to the south of Italy, and even to Rome itself.

In Italy, a decline in knowledge of Greek during the 5th and 6th centuries caused a separation between the Greek and Latin Churches. The year 690 is seen as the point when Greek temporarily disappeared in Italy. However, in the early 8th and 9th centuries, the iconoclastic laws of the Byzantine emperors forced many Greek monks and their followers to move to southern Italy and even to Rome.

In Ireland we find Greek characters used in the Book of Armagh (c. 807); and, in the same century, a Greek psalter was copied by an Irish monk of Liége, named Sedulius (fl. 850), who had a wide knowledge of Latin literature. In England, some sixty years after the death of Augustine, the Greek archbishop of Canterbury, Theodore of Tarsus (d. 690) founded a school for the study of Greek, and with the help of an African monk named Hadrian made many of the English monasteries schools of Greek and Latin learning, so that, in the time of Bede (d. 735), some of the scholars who still survived were “as familiar with Greek and Latin as with their mother-tongue.” Among those who had learned their Greek at Canterbury was Aldhelm (d. 709), “the first Englishman who cultivated classical learning with any success.” While Aldhelm is known as “the father of Anglo-Latin verse,” Latin prose was the literary medium used by Bede in his celebrated Ecclesiastical History of England (731). Nine years after the death of Bede (735), Boniface, “the apostle of Germany,” sanctioned the founding of Fulda (744), which soon rivalled St Gallen as a school of learning. Alcuin (d. 804), who was probably born in the year of Bede’s death, tells us of the wealth of Latin literature preserved in the library at York. Through the invitation of Charles the Great, he became associated with the revival of learning which marks the reign of that monarch, by presiding over the School of the Palace (782-790), and by exercising a healthy influence as abbot of St Martin’s at Tours (796-804). Among the friends of Alcuin and the advisers of Charles was Theodulfus, bishop of Orleans and abbot of Fleury (d. 821), who is memorable as an accomplished Latin poet, and as the initiator of free education. Einhard (d. 840), in his classic life of Charles the Great, models his style on that of Suetonius, and shows his familiarity with Caesar and Livy and Cicero, while Rabanus Maurus (d. 856), who long presided over Einhard’s school of Fulda, was the first to introduce Priscian into the schools of Germany. His pupil, Walafrid Strabo, the abbot of Reichenau (d. 849), had a genuine gift for Latin poetry, a gift agreeably exemplified in his poem on the plants in the monastic garden. In the same century an eager interest in the Latin classics is displayed by Servatus Lupus, who was educated at Fulda, and was abbot of Ferrières for the last twenty years of his life (d. 862). In his literary spirit he is a precursor of the humanists of the Renaissance. Under Charles the Bald (d. 877) there was a certain revival of interest in literature, when John the Scot (Erigena) became, for some thirty years (c. 845-875), the head of the Palace School. He was familiar with the Greek Fathers, and was chosen to execute a Latin rendering of the writings of “Dionysius the Areopagite,” the patron saint of France. In the preface the translator praises the king for prompting him not to rest satisfied with the literature of the West, but to have recourse to the “most pure and copious waters of the Greeks.” In the next generation Remi of Auxerre was the first to open a school in Paris (900). Virgil is the main authority quoted in Remi’s Commentary on Donatus, which remained in use until the Renaissance. During the two centuries after John the Scot, the study of Greek declined in France. In England the 9th century closes with Alfred, who, with the aid of the Welsh monk, Asser, produced a series of free translations from Latin texts, including Boëthius and Orosius and Bede, and the Cura Pastoralis of Gregory the Great.

In Ireland, we see Greek characters used in the Book of Armagh (c. 807), and in the same century, an Irish monk from Liège named Sedulius (fl. 850) copied a Greek psalter and had extensive knowledge of Latin literature. In England, about sixty years after Augustine’s death, the Greek archbishop of Canterbury, Theodore of Tarsus (d. 690), established a school for studying Greek. With the help of an African monk named Hadrian, he turned many English monasteries into centers of Greek and Latin learning, so that during Bede’s time (d. 735), some scholars were “as familiar with Greek and Latin as with their native language.” Among those who learned Greek at Canterbury was Aldhelm (d. 709), regarded as “the first Englishman who successfully engaged with classical learning.” Aldhelm is known as “the father of Anglo-Latin verse,” but Bede used Latin prose in his famous Ecclesiastical History of England (731). Nine years after Bede's death (735), Boniface, known as “the apostle of Germany,” approved the founding of Fulda (744), which quickly became a major school rivaling St. Gallen. Alcuin (d. 804), likely born in the year of Bede’s death, spoke of the wealth of Latin literature preserved in York’s library. Invited by Charles the Great, he became associated with the revival of learning during that reign, overseeing the Palace School (782-790) and positively influencing the abbey of St. Martin’s at Tours (796-804). Among Alcuin's friends and advisers was Theodulfus, bishop of Orleans and abbot of Fleury (d. 821), notable for being an accomplished Latin poet and for initiating free education. Einhard (d. 840), in his classic biography of Charles the Great, emulated Suetonius and displayed familiarity with Caesar, Livy, and Cicero, while Rabanus Maurus (d. 856), long a leader at Einhard’s school in Fulda, was the first to introduce Priscian into German schools. His student, Walafrid Strabo, abbot of Reichenau (d. 849), had a true talent for Latin poetry, beautifully illustrated in his poem about the plants in the monastic garden. The same century shows a keen interest in Latin classics from Servatus Lupus, who studied at Fulda and was abbot of Ferrières in the last twenty years of his life (d. 862). In his literary enthusiasm, he anticipated the humanists of the Renaissance. Under Charles the Bald (d. 877), there was a revival of interest in literature when John the Scot (Erigena) led the Palace School for about thirty years (c. 845-875). He was well-versed in the Greek Fathers and was tasked with creating a Latin translation of the writings of “Dionysius the Areopagite,” France’s patron saint. In the preface, the translator praises the king for encouraging him to not be content with Western literature but to explore the “pure and abundant waters of the Greeks.” In the following generation, Remi of Auxerre established the first school in Paris (900). Virgil is the main authority cited in Remi’s Commentary on Donatus, which remained in use until the Renaissance. Over the two centuries following John the Scot, the study of Greek in France declined. In England, the 9th century wraps up with Alfred, who, with the assistance of the Welsh monk Asser, created a series of free translations from Latin texts, including Boëthius, Orosius, Bede, and Gregory the Great's Cura Pastoralis.

In the 10th century learning flourished at Aachen under Bruno, brother of Otto I. and archbishop of Cologne (953-965), who had himself learned Greek from certain Eastern monks at the imperial court, and who called an Irish bishop from Trier to teach Greek at the imperial capital. He also encouraged the transcription of Latin MSS., which became models of style to Widukind of Corvey, the imitator of Sallust and Livy. In the same century the monastery of Gandersheim, south of Hanover, was the retreat of the learned nun Hroswitha, who celebrated the exploits of Otho in leonine hexameters, and composed in prose six moral and religious plays in imitation of Terence. One of the most prominent personages of the century was Gerbert of Aurillac, who, after teaching at Tours and Fleury, became abbot of Bobbio, archbishop of Reims, and ultimately pope under the name of Silvester II. (d. 1003). He frequently quotes from the speeches of Cicero, and it has been surmised that the survival of those speeches may have been due to the influence of Gerbert. The most original hellenist of this age is Luitprand, bishop of Cremona (d. 972), who acquired some knowledge of Greek during his repeated missions to Constantinople. About the same time in England Oswald of York, who had himself been educated at Fleury, invited Abbo (d. 1004) to instruct the monks of the abbey recently founded at Ramsey, near Huntingdon. At Ramsey he wrote for his pupils a scholarly work dealing with points of prosody and pronunciation, and exhibiting an accurate knowledge of Virgil and Horace. During the same half-century, Ælfric, the abbot of Eynsham (d. c. 1030), aided Bishop Æthelwold in making Winchester famous as a place of education. It was there that he began his Latin Grammar, his Glossary (the earliest Latin-English dictionary in existence), and his Colloquium, in which Latin is taught in a conversational manner.

In the 10th century, learning thrived in Aachen under Bruno, the brother of Otto I and archbishop of Cologne (953-965). He learned Greek from Eastern monks at the imperial court and brought in an Irish bishop from Trier to teach Greek in the capital. He also promoted the copying of Latin manuscripts, which became style models for Widukind of Corvey, who imitated Sallust and Livy. During the same century, the monastery of Gandersheim, south of Hanover, was home to the learned nun Hroswitha, who celebrated Otto’s exploits in leonine hexameters and wrote six moral and religious plays in prose, inspired by Terence. One of the key figures of the century was Gerbert of Aurillac, who taught at Tours and Fleury before becoming abbot of Bobbio, archbishop of Reims, and eventually pope as Silvester II (d. 1003). He often quoted Cicero's speeches, and it’s believed that his influence helped preserve those speeches. The most original Greek scholar of this time was Luitprand, bishop of Cremona (d. 972), who gained some knowledge of Greek during his missions to Constantinople. Around the same time in England, Oswald of York, who studied at Fleury, invited Abbo (d. 1004) to teach the monks at the newly established abbey in Ramsey, near Huntingdon. At Ramsey, he wrote a scholarly work for his students focused on prosody and pronunciation, showing a solid understanding of Virgil and Horace. In the same half-century, Ælfric, the abbot of Eynsham (d. c. 1030), helped Bishop Æthelwold make Winchester a renowned educational center. It was there that he began his Latin Grammar, his Glossary (the earliest Latin-English dictionary known), and his Colloquium, which teaches Latin in a conversational format.

In France, the most notable teacher in the first quarter of the 11th century was Fulbert, bishop of Chartres (d. 1029). In and after the middle of that century the Norman monastery of Bec flourished under the rule of Lanfranc and Anselm, both of whom had begun their career in northern Italy, and closed it at Canterbury. Meanwhile, in Germany, the styles of Sallust and Livy were being happily imitated in the Annals of Lambert of Hersfeld (d. 1077). In Italy, where the study of Latin literature seems never to have entirely died out, young nobles and students preparing for the priesthood were not infrequently learning Latin together, in private grammar schools under liberal clerics, such as Anselm of Bisate (fl. 1050), who describes himself as divided in his allegiance between the saints and the muses. Learning flourished at Monte Cassino under the rule of the Abbot Desiderius (afterwards Pope Victor III.). In this century that famous monastery had its classical chronicler in Leo Marsicanus, and its Latin poet in Alfanus, the future archbishop of Salerno.

In France, the most prominent teacher in the early 11th century was Fulbert, the bishop of Chartres (d. 1029). In the middle of that century, the Norman monastery of Bec thrived under the leadership of Lanfranc and Anselm, both of whom began their careers in northern Italy and ended up in Canterbury. Meanwhile, in Germany, the styles of Sallust and Livy were effectively being emulated in the Annals of Lambert of Hersfeld (d. 1077). In Italy, where the study of Latin literature seemed to have never completely faded away, young nobles and students preparing for the priesthood often learned Latin together in private grammar schools run by generous clerics like Anselm of Bisate (fl. 1050), who claimed to be torn between his loyalty to the saints and the muses. Education flourished at Monte Cassino under the leadership of Abbot Desiderius (later Pope Victor III.). During this century, that famous monastery had its classical chronicler in Leo Marsicanus and its Latin poet in Alfanus, the future archbishop of Salerno.

The Schoolmen devoted most of their attention to Aristotle, and we may here briefly note the successive stages in their gradually increasing knowledge of his works. Until 1128 only the first two of the five parts of the Organon were known, and those solely in Latin translations from the original. After that date two more became known; the whole was familiar to John 452 of Salisbury in 1159; while the Physics and Metaphysics came into notice about 1200. Plato was mainly represented by the Latin translation of the Timaeus. Abelard (d. 1142) was acquainted with no Greek works except in Latin translations, but he has left his mark on the history of European education. The wide popularity of his brilliant lectures in the “schools” of Paris made this city the resort of the many students who were ultimately organized as a “university” (c. 1170). John of Salisbury attended Abelard’s lectures in 1136, and, after spending two years in the study of logic in Paris, passed three more in the scholarly study of Latin literature at Chartres, where a sound and healthy tradition, originally due to Bernard of Chartres (fl. 1120), was still perpetuated by his pupils. In that school the study of “figures of speech” was treated as merely introductory to that of the classical texts. Stress was laid on the sense as well as the style of the author studied. Discussions on set subjects were held, select passages from the classics learned by heart, while written exercises in prose and verse were founded on the best ancient models. In the general scheme of education the authority followed was Quintilian. John of Salisbury (d. 1180), the ripest product of this school, is the most learned man of his time. His favourite author is Cicero, and in all the Latin literature accessible to him he is the best-read scholar of his age. Among Latin scholars of the next generation we have Giraldus Cambrensis (d. c. 1222), the author of topographical and historical writings on Ireland and Wales, and of other works teeming with quotations from the Latin classics. During the middle ages Latin prose never dies out. It is the normal language of literature. In England it is used by many chroniclers and historians, the best known of whom are William of Malmesbury (d. 1142) and Matthew Paris (d. 1259). In Italy Latin verse had been felicitously applied to historic themes by William of Apulia (fl. 1100) and other Latin poets (1088-1247). In the 12th century England claims at least seven Latin poets, one of these being her only Latin epic poet, Joseph of Exeter (d. 1210), whose poem on the Trojan war is still extant. The Latin versifier, John of Garlandia, an Englishman who lived mainly in France (fl. 1204-1252), produced several Latin vocabularies which were still in use in the boyhood of Erasmus. The Latin poets of French birth include Gautier and Alain de Lille (d. c. 1203), the former being the author of the Alexandreis, and the latter that of the Anti-Claudianus, a poem familiar to Chaucer.

The Schoolmen focused mainly on Aristotle, and we can briefly outline the stages of their growing knowledge of his works. Until 1128, only the first two of the five parts of the Organon were known, and they were available only in Latin translations. After that, two more parts became known; by 1159, John of Salisbury was familiar with the entire work, while the Physics and Metaphysics came into recognition around 1200. Plato was mostly represented by the Latin translation of the Timaeus. Abelard (d. 1142) only knew Greek works through Latin translations, but he significantly influenced the history of European education. His popular and engaging lectures in the “schools” of Paris attracted many students, who would later be organized into a “university” around 1170. John of Salisbury attended Abelard’s lectures in 1136, and after two years studying logic in Paris, he spent another three years delving into Latin literature at Chartres, where a strong academic tradition, initiated by Bernard of Chartres (fl. 1120), was still upheld by his students. In that school, they viewed the study of “figures of speech” as merely a starting point for studying classical texts. They emphasized understanding as well as style in the works being studied. Discussions on specific topics were held, key passages from classics were memorized, and written exercises in prose and verse were modeled after ancient texts. The guiding authority in education was Quintilian. John of Salisbury (d. 1180), the most accomplished product of this school, was the most learned man of his time. His favorite author was Cicero, and among all the Latin literature accessible to him, he was the most well-read scholar of his age. Among Latin scholars of the next generation was Giraldus Cambrensis (d. c. 1222), who wrote topographical and historical works on Ireland and Wales, filled with quotes from Latin classics. During the Middle Ages, Latin prose remained vibrant and was the standard language of literature. In England, many chroniclers and historians used it, the most notable being William of Malmesbury (d. 1142) and Matthew Paris (d. 1259). In Italy, Latin verse had been successfully applied to historical themes by William of Apulia (fl. 1100) and other Latin poets (1088-1247). In the 12th century, England boasted at least seven Latin poets, including its sole Latin epic poet, Joseph of Exeter (d. 1210), whose poem on the Trojan War still exists. The Latin poet John of Garlandia, an Englishman primarily in France (fl. 1204-1252), produced several Latin vocabularies that were still in use during Erasmus's youth. French-born Latin poets included Gautier and Alain de Lille (d. c. 1203), with the former authoring the Alexandreis and the latter writing the Anti-Claudianus, a poem familiar to Chaucer.

During the hundred and thirty years that elapsed between the early translations of Aristotle executed at Toledo about 1150 and the death in 1281 of William of Moerbeke, the translator of the Rhetoric and the Politics, the knowledge of Aristotle had been greatly extended in Europe by means of translations, first from the Arabic, and, next, from the original Greek. Aristotle had been studied in England by Grosseteste (d. 1253), and expounded abroad by the great Dominican, Albertus Magnus (d. 1280), and his famous pupil, Thomas Aquinas (d. 1274). Among the keenest critics of the Schoolmen and of the recent translations of Aristotle was Roger Bacon (d. 1294), whose Opus majus has been recognized as the Encyclopédie and the Organon of the 13th century. His knowledge of Greek, as shown in his Greek Grammar (first published in 1902), was clearly derived from the Greeks of his own day. The medieval dependence on the authority of Aristotle gradually diminished. This was partly due to the recovery of some of the lost works of ancient literature, and the transition from the middle ages to the revival of learning was attended by a general widening of the range of classical studies and by a renewed interest in Plato.

During the 130 years between the early translations of Aristotle done in Toledo around 1150 and the death of William of Moerbeke in 1281, who translated the Rhetoric and the Politics, Europe's knowledge of Aristotle significantly expanded through translations, initially from Arabic and then from the original Greek. Aristotle was studied in England by Grosseteste (d. 1253) and discussed abroad by the renowned Dominican, Albertus Magnus (d. 1280), along with his famous student, Thomas Aquinas (d. 1274). Among the most critical voices regarding the Schoolmen and the recent translations of Aristotle was Roger Bacon (d. 1294), whose Opus majus has been recognized as the Encyclopédie and the Organon of the 13th century. His knowledge of Greek, evident in his Greek Grammar (first published in 1902), clearly came from the Greeks of his time. The medieval reliance on Aristotle's authority gradually decreased, partly due to the recovery of some lost works of ancient literature, and the shift from the Middle Ages to the Renaissance saw a broadening of classical studies and a renewed interest in Plato.

The classical learning of the middle ages was largely second-hand. It was often derived from glossaries, from books of elegant extracts, or from comprehensive encyclopaedias. Among the compilers of these last were Isidore and Hrabanus, William of Conches and Honorius of Autun, Bartholomaeus Anglicus (fl. 1250), Vincent of Beauvais (d. 1264), and, lastly, Brunetto Latini (d. 1290), the earlier contemporary of Dante. For Aristotle, as interpreted by Albertus Magnus and Thomas Aquinas, Dante has the highest regard. To the Latin translations of Aristotle and to his interpreters he refers in more than three hundred passages, while the number of his references to the Latin translation of the Timaeus of Plato is less than ten. His five great pagan poets are Homer, Virgil, Horace, Ovid, Lucan; Statius he regards as a “Christian” converted by Virgil’s Fourth Eclogue. His standard authors in Latin prose are Cicero, Livy, Pliny, Frontinus and Orosius. His knowledge of Greek was practically nil. Latin was the language of his political treatise, De Monarchia, and even that of his defence of the vulgar tongue, De Vulgari Eloquio. He is, in a limited sense, a precursor of the Renaissance, but he is far more truly to be regarded as the crowning representative of the spirit of the middle ages.

The classical learning of the Middle Ages was mostly second-hand. It often came from glossaries, books of elegant excerpts, or comprehensive encyclopedias. Among those who compiled these were Isidore and Hrabanus, William of Conches, Honorius of Autun, Bartholomaeus Anglicus (fl. 1250), Vincent of Beauvais (d. 1264), and finally, Brunetto Latini (d. 1290), who was an earlier contemporary of Dante. Dante holds Aristotle, as interpreted by Albertus Magnus and Thomas Aquinas, in the highest regard. He references the Latin translations of Aristotle and his interpreters over three hundred times, while he mentions the Latin translation of Plato's Timaeus fewer than ten times. His five great pagan poets are Homer, Virgil, Horace, Ovid, and Lucan; he considers Statius a "Christian" converted by Virgil’s Fourth Eclogue. His key authors in Latin prose are Cicero, Livy, Pliny, Frontinus, and Orosius. His knowledge of Greek was nearly nonexistent. Latin was the language of his political treatise, De Monarchia, and also of his defense of the vernacular, De Vulgari Eloquio. He is, in a limited sense, a precursor of the Renaissance, but he is more accurately viewed as the ultimate representative of the spirit of the Middle Ages.

(iv.) The Modern Age.—(a) Our fourth period is ushered in by the age of the Revival of Learning in Italy (c. 1350-1527). Petrarch (1304-1374) has been well described as “the first of modern men.” In contrast with the Italy. Schoolmen of the middle ages, he has no partiality for Aristotle. He was interested in Greek, and, a full century before the fall of Constantinople, he was in possession of MSS. of Homer and Plato, though his knowledge of the language was limited to the barest rudiments. For that knowledge, scanty as it was, he was indebted to Leontius Pilatus, with whose aid Boccaccio (1313-1375) became “the first of modern men” to study Greek to some purpose during the three years that Leontius spent as his guest in Florence (1360-1363). It was also at Florence that Greek was taught in the next generation by Chrysoloras (in 1396-1400). Another generation passed, and the scholars of the East and West met at the council of Florence (1439). One of the envoys of the Greeks, Gemistus Pletho, then inspired Cosimo dei Medici with the thought of founding an academy for the study of Plato. The academy was founded, and, in the age of Lorenzo, Plato and Plotinus were translated into Latin by Marsilio Ficino (d. 1499). The Apology and Crito, the Phaedo, Phaedrus and Gorgias of Plato, as well as speeches of Demosthenes and Aeschines, with the Oeconomics, Ethics and Politics of Aristotle, had already been translated by Leonardo Bruni (d. 1444); the Rhetoric by Filelfo (1430), and Plato’s Republic by Decembrio (1439). A comprehensive scheme for translating the principal Greek prose authors into Latin was carried out at Rome by the founder of the manuscript collections of the Vatican, Nicholas V. (1447-1455), who had belonged to the literary circle of Cosimo at Florence. The translation of Aristotle was entrusted to three of the learned Greeks who had already arrived in Italy, Trapezuntius, Gaza and Bessarion, while other authors were undertaken by Italian scholars such as Guarino, Valla, Decembrio and Perotti. Among the scholars of Italian birth, probably the only one in this age who rivalled the Greeks as a public expositor of their own literature was Politian (1454-1494), who lectured on Homer and Aristotle in Florence, translated Herodian, and was specially interested in the Latin authors of the Silver Age and in the text of the Pandects of Justinian. It will be observed that the study of Greek had been resumed in Florence half a century before the fall of Constantinople, and that the principal writers of Greek prose had been translated into Latin before that event.

(iv.) The Modern Age.—(a) Our fourth period begins with the Renaissance in Italy (c. 1350-1527). Petrarch (1304-1374) is often referred to as “the first of modern men.” Unlike the Schoolmen of the Middle Ages, he didn’t favor Aristotle. He was interested in Greek, and well before the fall of Constantinople, he had manuscripts of Homer and Plato, although his understanding of the language was very basic. He gained this limited knowledge from Leontius Pilatus, who helped Boccaccio (1313-1375) become “the first of modern men” to study Greek meaningfully during the three years that Leontius stayed as his guest in Florence (1360-1363). It was also in Florence that Greek was taught in the next generation by Chrysoloras (in 1396-1400). Another generation went by, and the scholars of the East and West met at the Council of Florence (1439). One of the Greek envoys, Gemistus Pletho, inspired Cosimo dei Medici to think about founding an academy for the study of Plato. The academy was established, and during Lorenzo's time, Plato and Plotinus were translated into Latin by Marsilio Ficino (d. 1499). The Apology, Crito, Phaedo, Phaedrus, and Gorgias of Plato, along with speeches by Demosthenes and Aeschines, and Aristotle's Oeconomics, Ethics, and Politics had already been translated by Leonardo Bruni (d. 1444); Rhetoric by Filelfo (1430), and Plato’s Republic by Decembrio (1439). A comprehensive plan to translate major Greek prose authors into Latin was carried out in Rome by Nicholas V (1447-1455), who had been part of Cosimo's literary circle in Florence. The translation of Aristotle was assigned to three educated Greeks who had already come to Italy: Trapezuntius, Gaza, and Bessarion, while other texts were translated by Italian scholars like Guarino, Valla, Decembrio, and Perotti. Among Italian scholars, the only one during this period who could compete with the Greeks as a public expositor of their own literature was Politian (1454-1494), who lectured on Homer and Aristotle in Florence, translated Herodian, and had a particular interest in the Latin authors of the Silver Age and in the text of the Pandects of Justinian. It’s noteworthy that the study of Greek had resumed in Florence half a century before the fall of Constantinople, and that major Greek prose writers had been translated into Latin before that event.

Meanwhile, the quest of MSS. of the Latin classics had been actively pursued. Petrarch had discovered Cicero’s Speech pro Archia at Liége (1333) and the Letters to Atticus and Quintus at Verona (1345). Boccaccio had discovered Martial and Ausonius, and had been the first of the humanists to be familiar with Varro and Tacitus, while Salutati had recovered Cicero’s letters Ad Familiares (1389). During the council of Constance, Poggio, the papal secretary, spent in the quest of MSS. the interval between May 1415 and November 1417, during which he was left at leisure by the vacancy in the apostolic see.

Meanwhile, the search for manuscripts of the Latin classics was in full swing. Petrarch had found Cicero’s Speech pro Archia in Liège (1333) and the Letters to Atticus and Quintus in Verona (1345). Boccaccio had discovered Martial and Ausonius and was the first of the humanists to be acquainted with Varro and Tacitus, while Salutati had retrieved Cicero’s letters Ad Familiares (1389). During the Council of Constance, Poggio, the papal secretary, used the time between May 1415 and November 1417, when he had no official duties due to a vacancy in the apostolic see, to search for manuscripts.

Thirteen of Cicero’s speeches were found by him at Cluny and Langres, and elsewhere in France or Germany; the commentary of Asconius, a complete Quintilian, and a large part of Valerius Flaccus were discovered at St Gallen. A second expedition to that monastery and to others in the neighbourhood led to the recovery of Lucretius, Manilius, Silius Italicus and Ammianus 453 Marcellinus, while the Silvae of Statius were recovered shortly afterwards. A complete MS. of Cicero, De Oratore, Brutus and Orator, was found by Bishop Landriani at Lodi (1421). Cornelius Nepos was discovered by Traversari in Padua (1434). The Agricola, Germania and Dialogue of Tacitus reached Italy from Germany in 1455, and the early books of the Annals in 1508. Pliny’s Panegyric was discovered by Aurispa at Mainz (1433), and his correspondence with Trajan by Fra Giocondo in Paris about 1500.

Thirteen of Cicero’s speeches were found by him in Cluny and Langres, as well as other places in France and Germany; Asconius's commentary, a complete Quintilian, and much of Valerius Flaccus were discovered at St. Gallen. A second trip to that monastery and others nearby led to the recovery of Lucretius, Manilius, Silius Italicus, and Ammianus Marcellinus, while Statius's Silvae were found shortly after. A complete manuscript of Cicero's De Oratore, Brutus, and Orator was found by Bishop Landriani at Lodi (1421). Cornelius Nepos was discovered by Traversari in Padua (1434). Tacitus's Agricola, Germania, and Dialogue arrived in Italy from Germany in 1455, and the early books of the Annals came in 1508. Pliny's Panegyric was found by Aurispa in Mainz (1433), and his letters with Trajan were discovered by Fra Giocondo in Paris around 1500.

Greek MSS. were brought from the East by Aurispa, who in 1423 returned with no less than two hundred and thirty-eight, including the celebrated Laurentian MS. of Aeschylus, Sophocles and Apollonius Rhodius. A smaller number was brought from Constantinople by Filelfo (1427), while Quintus Smyrnaeus was discovered in south Italy by Bessarion, who presented his own collection of MSS. to the republic of Venice and thus led to the foundation of the library of St Mark’s (1468). As the emissary of Lorenzo, Janus Lascaris paid two visits to the East, returning from his second visit in 1492 with two hundred MSS. from Mount Athos.

Greek manuscripts were brought from the East by Aurispa, who in 1423 returned with a remarkable two hundred and thirty-eight, including the famous Laurentian manuscript of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Apollonius Rhodius. A smaller number was brought from Constantinople by Filelfo in 1427, while Quintus Smyrnaeus was found in southern Italy by Bessarion, who donated his personal collection of manuscripts to the Republic of Venice, eventually leading to the establishment of the Library of St. Mark’s in 1468. As an emissary of Lorenzo, Janus Lascaris made two trips to the East, returning from his second trip in 1492 with two hundred manuscripts from Mount Athos.

The Renaissance theory of a humanistic education is illustrated by several treatises still extant. In 1392 Vergerio addressed to a prince of Padua the first treatise which methodically maintains the claims of Latin as an essential part of a liberal education. Eight years later, he was learning Greek from Chrysoloras. Among the most distinguished pupils of the latter was Leonardo Bruni, who, about 1405, wrote “the earliest humanistic tract on education expressly addressed to a lady.” He here urges that the foundation of all true learning is a “sound and thorough knowledge of Latin,” and draws up a course of reading, in which history is represented by Livy, Sallust, Curtius, and Caesar; oratory by Cicero; and poetry by Virgil. The same year saw the birth of Maffeo Vegio, whose early reverence for the muse of Virgil and whose later devotion to the memory of Monica have left their mark on the educational treatise which he wrote a few years before his death in 1458. The authors he recommends include “Aesop” and Sallust, the tragedies of Seneca and the epic poets, especially Virgil, whom he interprets in an allegorical sense. He is in favour of an early simultaneous study of a wide variety of subjects, to be followed later by the special study of one or two. Eight years before the death of Vegio, Aeneas Sylvius Piccolomini (Pius II.) had composed a brief treatise on education in the form of a letter to Ladislaus, the young king of Bohemia and Hungary. The Latin poets to be studied include Virgil, Lucan, Statius, Ovid’s Metamorphoses, and (with certain limitations) Horace, Juvenal and Persius, as well as Plautus, Terence and the tragedies of Seneca; the prose authors recommended are Cicero, Livy and Sallust. The first great school of the Renaissance was that established by Vittorino da Feltre at Mantua, where he resided for the last twenty-two years of his life (1424-1446). Among the Latin authors studied were Virgil and Lucan, with selections from Horace, Ovid and Juvenal, besides Cicero and Quintilian, Sallust and Curtius, Caesar and Livy. The Greek authors were Homer, Hesiod, Pindar and the dramatists, with Herodotus, Xenophon and Plato, Isocrates and Demosthenes, Plutarch and Arrian.

The Renaissance idea of a humanistic education is shown in various surviving treatises. In 1392, Vergerio addressed a prince of Padua in the first systematic treatise that argues for the importance of Latin as a key component of a liberal education. Eight years later, he was studying Greek with Chrysoloras. One of Chrysoloras’s most notable students was Leonardo Bruni, who, around 1405, wrote “the first humanistic work on education specifically aimed at a woman.” He insists that the basis of all true learning is a “solid and comprehensive understanding of Latin,” and outlines a reading curriculum that includes history represented by Livy, Sallust, Curtius, and Caesar; oratory by Cicero; and poetry by Virgil. The same year marked the birth of Maffeo Vegio, whose early admiration for the muse of Virgil and later dedication to the memory of Monica influenced the educational treatise he wrote shortly before he died in 1458. The authors he suggests include “Aesop” and Sallust, the tragedies of Seneca, and the epic poets, especially Virgil, whom he interprets allegorically. He advocates for an early simultaneous study of a broad range of subjects, followed later by a focused study of one or two. Eight years before Vegio's death, Aeneas Sylvius Piccolomini (Pius II.) wrote a short educational treatise in the form of a letter to Ladislaus, the young king of Bohemia and Hungary. The Latin poets recommended for study include Virgil, Lucan, Statius, Ovid’s Metamorphoses, and (with some restrictions) Horace, Juvenal, and Persius, as well as Plautus, Terence, and the tragedies of Seneca; the prose authors suggested are Cicero, Livy, and Sallust. The first major school of the Renaissance was founded by Vittorino da Feltre in Mantua, where he lived for the last twenty-two years of his life (1424-1446). Among the Latin authors studied were Virgil and Lucan, with selections from Horace, Ovid, and Juvenal, along with Cicero, Quintilian, Sallust, Curtius, Caesar, and Livy. The Greek authors included Homer, Hesiod, Pindar, and the dramatists, along with Herodotus, Xenophon, Plato, Isocrates, Demosthenes, Plutarch, and Arrian.

Meanwhile, Guarino had been devoting five years to the training of the eldest son of the marquis of Ferrara. At Ferrara he spent the last thirty years of his long life (1370-1460), producing text-books of Greek and Latin grammar, and translations from Strabo and Plutarch. His method may be gathered from his son’s treatise, De Ordine Docendi et Studendi. In that treatise the essential marks of an educated person are, not only ability to write Latin verse, but also, a point of “at least equal importance,” “familiarity with the language and literature of Greece.” “Without a knowledge of Greek, Latin scholarship itself is, in any real sense, impossible” (1459).

Meanwhile, Guarino had dedicated five years to training the oldest son of the Marquis of Ferrara. He spent the last thirty years of his long life (1370-1460) in Ferrara, creating textbooks on Greek and Latin grammar, as well as translations of Strabo and Plutarch. You can understand his teaching method from his son’s treatise, De Ordine Docendi et Studendi. In that treatise, the key qualities of an educated person include not only the ability to write Latin verse but also, importantly, “familiarity with the language and literature of Greece.” “Without knowledge of Greek, Latin scholarship itself is, in any real sense, impossible” (1459).

By the fall of Constantinople in 1453, “Italy (in the eloquent phrase of Carducci) became sole heir and guardian of the ancient civilization,” but its fall was in no way necessary for the revival of learning, which had begun a century before. Bessarion, Theodorus Gaza, Georgius Trepezuntius, Argyropulus, Chalcondyles, all had reached Italy before 1453. A few more Greeks fled to Italy after that date, and among these were Janus Lascaris, Musurus and Callierges. All three were of signal service in devoting their knowledge of Greek to perpetuating and popularizing the Greek classics with the aid of the newly-invented art of printing. That art had been introduced into Italy by the German printers, Sweynheym and Pannartz, who had worked under Fust at Mainz. At Subiaco and at Rome they had produced in 1465-1471 the earliest editions of Cicero, De Oratore and the Letters, and eight other Latin authors.

By the fall of Constantinople in 1453, “Italy (as Carducci eloquently put it) became the sole heir and guardian of ancient civilization,” but its fall was not necessary for the revival of learning that had started a century earlier. Bessarion, Theodorus Gaza, Georgius Trepezuntius, Argyropulus, and Chalcondyles had all arrived in Italy before 1453. A few more Greeks fled to Italy after that date, including Janus Lascaris, Musurus, and Callierges. All three played an important role in using their knowledge of Greek to preserve and promote the Greek classics with the help of the newly-invented printing press. This technology had been brought to Italy by the German printers Sweynheym and Pannartz, who had worked with Fust in Mainz. At Subiaco and Rome, they produced the earliest editions of Cicero’s De Oratore and the Letters, along with eight other Latin authors, between 1465 and 1471.

The printing of Greek began at Milan with the Greek grammar of Constantine Lascaris (1476). At Florence the earliest editions of Homer (1488) and Isocrates (1493) had been produced by Demetrius Chalcondyles, while Janus Lascaris was the first to edit the Greek anthology, Apollonius Rhodius, and parts of Euripides, Callimachus and Lucian (1494-1496). In 1494-1515 Aldus Manutius published at Venice no less than twenty-seven editiones principes of Greek authors and of Greek works of reference, the authors including Aristotle, Theophrastus, Theocritus, Aristophanes, Thucydides, Sophocles, Herodotus, Euripides, Demosthenes (and the minor Attic orators), Pindar, Plato and Athenaeus. In producing Plato, Athenaeus and Aristophanes, the scholar-printer was largely aided by Musurus, who also edited the Aldine Pausanias (1516) and the Etymologicum printed in Venice by another Greek immigrant, Callierges (1499).

The first Greek printing started in Milan with the Greek grammar by Constantine Lascaris in 1476. In Florence, the earliest editions of Homer in 1488 and Isocrates in 1493 were produced by Demetrius Chalcondyles, while Janus Lascaris was the first to edit the Greek anthology, as well as works by Apollonius Rhodius, parts of Euripides, Callimachus, and Lucian from 1494 to 1496. Between 1494 and 1515, Aldus Manutius published twenty-seven editiones principes of Greek authors and reference works in Venice, including notable authors like Aristotle, Theophrastus, Theocritus, Aristophanes, Thucydides, Sophocles, Herodotus, Euripides, Demosthenes (along with the minor Attic orators), Pindar, Plato, and Athenaeus. In his productions of Plato, Athenaeus, and Aristophanes, the scholar-printer received significant help from Musurus, who also edited the Aldine Pausanias in 1516 and the Etymologicum printed in Venice by another Greek immigrant, Callierges, in 1499.

The Revival of Learning in Italy ends with the sack of Rome (1527). Before 1525 the study of Greek had begun to decline in Italy, but meanwhile an interest in that language had been transmitted to the lands beyond the Alps.

The Revival of Learning in Italy ends with the sack of Rome (1527). Before 1525, the study of Greek had started to decline in Italy, but during that time, an interest in the language had spread to the regions beyond the Alps.

In the study of Latin the principal aim of the Italian humanists was the imitation of the style of their classical models. In the case of poetry, this imitative spirit is apparent in Petrarch’s Africa, and in the Latin poems of Politian, Pontano, Sannazaro, Vida and many others. Petrarch was not only the imitator of Virgil, who had been the leading name in Latin letters throughout the middle ages; it was the influence of Petrarch that gave a new prominence to Cicero. The imitation of Cicero was carried on with varying degrees of success by humanists such as Gasparino da Barzizza (d. 1431), who introduced a new style of epistolary Latin; by Paolo Cortesi, who discovered the importance of a rhythmical structure in the composition of Ciceronian prose (1490); and by the accomplished secretaries of Leo X., Bembo and Sadoleto. Both of these papal secretaries were mentioned in complimentary terms by Erasmus in his celebrated dialogue, the Ciceronianus (1528), in which no less than one hundred and six Ciceronian scholars of all nations are briefly and brilliantly reviewed, the slavish imitation of Cicero denounced, and the law laid down that “to speak with propriety we must adapt ourselves to the age in which we live—an age that differs entirely from that of Cicero.” One of the younger Ciceronians criticized by Erasmus was Longolius, who had died at Padua in 1522. The cause of the Ciceronians was defended by the elder Scaliger in 1531 and 1536, and by Étienne Dolet in 1535, and the controversy was continued by other scholars down to the year 1610. Meanwhile, in Italy, a strict type of Ciceronianism was represented by Paulus Manutius (d. 1574), and a freer and more original form of Latinity by Muretus (d. 1585).

In studying Latin, the main goal of Italian humanists was to imitate the style of their classical models. This imitative spirit is clear in Petrarch’s Africa and in the Latin poems of Politian, Pontano, Sannazaro, Vida, and many others. Petrarch was not just an imitator of Virgil, who had been the most important figure in Latin literature throughout the Middle Ages; it was Petrarch's influence that gave renewed significance to Cicero. The imitation of Cicero was pursued with varying success by humanists like Gasparino da Barzizza (d. 1431), who introduced a new style of letter-writing in Latin; by Paolo Cortesi, who recognized the importance of a rhythmic structure in Ciceronian prose (1490); and by the skilled secretaries of Leo X., Bembo and Sadoleto. Both of these papal secretaries were praised by Erasmus in his famous dialogue, the Ciceronianus (1528), in which he briefly and brilliantly reviews one hundred and six Ciceronian scholars from various countries, condemns the excessive imitation of Cicero, and establishes the principle that “to speak properly we must adapt ourselves to the age we live in—an age that is completely different from Cicero’s.” One of the younger Ciceronians criticized by Erasmus was Longolius, who died in Padua in 1522. The Ciceronian cause was defended by the elder Scaliger in 1531 and 1536, and by Étienne Dolet in 1535, and the debate continued with other scholars until 1610. Meanwhile, in Italy, a strict form of Ciceronianism was represented by Paulus Manutius (d. 1574), while a more flexible and original version of Latin was championed by Muretus (d. 1585).

Before touching on the salient points in the subsequent centuries, in connexion with the leading nations of Europe, we may briefly note the cosmopolitan position of Erasmus (1466-1536), who, although he was a native of the Netherlands, was far more closely connected with France, England, Italy, Germany and Switzerland, than with the land of his birth. He was still a school-boy at Deventer when his high promise was recognized by Rudolf Agricola, “the first (says Erasmus) who brought from Italy some breath of a better culture.” Late in 1499 Erasmus spent some two months at Oxford, where he met Colet; it was in London that he met More and Linacre and Grocyn, who had already ceased to lecture at Oxford. At Paris, in 1500, he was fully conscious that “without Greek the amplest 454 knowledge of Latin was imperfect”; and, during his three years in Italy (1506-1509), he worked quietly at Greek in Bologna and attended the lectures of Musurus in Padua. In October 1511 he was teaching Greek to a little band of students in Cambridge; at Basel in 1516 he produced his edition of the Greek Testament, the first that was actually published; and during the next few years he was helping to organize the college lately founded at Louvain for the study of Greek and Hebrew, as well as Latin. Seven years at Basel were followed by five at Freiburg, and by two more at Basel, where he died. The names of all these places are suggestive of the wide range of his influence. By his published works, his Colloquies, his Adages and his Apophthegms, he was the educator of the nations of Europe. An educational aim is also apparent in his editions of Terence and of Seneca, while his Latin translations made his contemporaries more familiar with Greek poetry and prose, and his Paraphrase promoted a better understanding of the Greek Testament. He was not so much a scientific scholar as a keen and brilliant man of letters and a widely influential apostle of humanism.

Before discussing the key points in the following centuries related to the leading nations of Europe, we should briefly mention the global perspective of Erasmus (1466-1536). Though he was born in the Netherlands, he was much more connected to France, England, Italy, Germany, and Switzerland than to his homeland. While still a schoolboy in Deventer, his great potential was recognized by Rudolf Agricola, who Erasmus claimed was “the first who brought from Italy some breath of a better culture.” In late 1499, Erasmus spent about two months at Oxford, where he met Colet. It was in London that he encountered More, Linacre, and Grocyn, who had already stopped lecturing at Oxford. In Paris, in 1500, he realized that “without Greek, the deepest knowledge of Latin was incomplete.” During his three years in Italy (1506-1509), he quietly worked on Greek in Bologna and attended Musurus's lectures in Padua. By October 1511, he was teaching Greek to a small group of students in Cambridge. In Basel in 1516, he published his edition of the Greek Testament, the first to be actually published; in the following years, he helped organize a new college at Louvain for the study of Greek, Hebrew, and Latin. After seven years in Basel, he spent five years in Freiburg and then two more years back in Basel, where he passed away. The names of all these places highlight the broad scope of his influence. Through his published works, his *Colloquies*, *Adages*, and *Apophthegms*, he educated the nations of Europe. His educational goals are also clear in his editions of Terence and Seneca. His Latin translations made Greek poetry and prose more accessible to his contemporaries, and his *Paraphrase* helped foster a better understanding of the Greek Testament. He was not primarily a scientific scholar but rather a sharp and talented man of letters who had a significant impact as an advocate for humanism.

In France the most effective of the early teachers of Greek was Janus Lascaris (1495-1503). Among his occasional pupils was Budaeus (d. 1540), who prompted Francis I. France. to found in 1530 the corporation of the Royal Readers in Greek, as well as Latin and Hebrew, afterwards famous under the name of the Collège de France. In the study of Greek one of the earliest links between Italy and Germany was Rudolf Agricola, who had learned Greek under Germany. Gaza at Ferrara. It was in Paris that his younger contemporary Reuchlin acquired part of that proficiency in Greek which attracted the notice of Argyropulus, whose admiration of Reuchlin is twice recorded by Melanchthon, who soon afterwards was pre-eminent as the “praeceptor” of Germany.

In France, one of the earliest and most influential teachers of Greek was Janus Lascaris (1495-1503). Among his occasional students was Budaeus (d. 1540), who encouraged Francis I. France. to establish the Royal Readers in Greek, as well as Latin and Hebrew, in 1530, which later became known as the Collège de France. In the study of Greek, one of the first connections between Italy and Germany was Rudolf Agricola, who had studied Greek under Germany. Gaza in Ferrara. It was in Paris that his younger contemporary Reuchlin gained part of the expertise in Greek that caught the attention of Argyropulus, whose admiration for Reuchlin is noted twice by Melanchthon, who soon became renowned as the “praeceptor” of Germany.

In the age of the revival the first Englishman who studied Greek was a Benedictine monk, William of Selling (d. 1494), who paid two visits to Italy. At Canterbury he inspired with his own love of learning his nephew, England. Linacre, who joined him on one of those visits, studied Greek at Florence under Politian and Chalcondyles, and apparently stayed in Italy from 1485 to 1499. His translation of a treatise of Galen was printed at Cambridge in 1521 by Siberch, who, in the same year and place, was the first to use Greek type in England. Greek had been first taught to some purpose at Oxford by Grocyn on his return from Italy in 1491. One of the younger scholars of the day was William Lilye, who picked up his Greek at Rhodes on his way to Palestine and became the first high-master of the school founded by Colet at St Paul’s (1510).

In the era of the Renaissance, the first Englishman to study Greek was a Benedictine monk named William of Selling (d. 1494), who made two trips to Italy. Back in Canterbury, he inspired his nephew, England. Linacre, who accompanied him on one of those trips. Linacre studied Greek in Florence under Politian and Chalcondyles, and he seems to have stayed in Italy from 1485 to 1499. His translation of a treatise by Galen was printed at Cambridge in 1521 by Siberch, who was also the first to use Greek type in England that same year. Greek was first effectively taught at Oxford by Grocyn after he returned from Italy in 1491. One of the younger scholars of that time was William Lilye, who learned Greek in Rhodes on his journey to Palestine and became the first headmaster of the school founded by Colet at St Paul's in 1510.

(b) That part of the Modern Period of classical studies which succeeds the age of the Revival in Italy may be subdivided into three periods distinguished by the names of the nations most prominent in each.

(b) That part of the Modern Period of classical studies that follows the Renaissance in Italy can be divided into three periods named after the nations that were most influential in each.

1. The first may be designated the French period. It begins with the foundation of the Royal Readers by Francis I. in 1530, and it may perhaps be regarded as extending to 1700. This period is marked by a many-sided erudition The French period. rather than by any special cult of the form of the classical languages. It is the period of the great polyhistors of France. It includes Budaeus and the elder Scaliger (who settled in France in 1529), with Turnebus and Lambinus, and the learned printers Robertus and Henricus Stephanus, while among its foremost names are those of the younger (and greater) Scaliger, Casaubon and Salmasius. Of these, Casaubon ended his days in England (1614); Scaliger, by leaving France for the Netherlands in 1593, for a time at least transferred the supremacy in scholarship from the land of his birth to that of his adoption. The last sixteen years of his life (1593-1609) were spent at Leiden, which was also for more than twenty years (1631-1653) the home of Salmasius, and for thirteen (1579-1592) that of Lipsius (d. 1606). In the 17th century the erudition of France is best represented by “Henricus Valesius,” Du Cange and Mabillon. In the same period Italy was represented by Muretus, who had left France in 1563, and by her own sons, Nizolius, Victorius, Robortelli and Sigonius, followed in the 17th century by R. Fabretti. The Netherlands, in the 16th, claim W. Canter as well as Lipsius, and, in the 17th, G.J. Vossius, Johannes Meursius, the elder and younger Heinsius, Hugo Grotius, J.F. Gronovius, J.G. Graevius and J. Perizonius. Scotland, in the 16th, is represented by George Buchanan; England by Sir John Cheke, Roger Ascham, and Sir Henry Savile, and, in the 17th, by Thomas Gataker, Thomas Stanley, Henry Dodwell, and Joshua Barnes; Germany by Janus Gruter, Ezechiel Spanheim and Chr. Cellarius, the first two of whom were also connected with other countries.

1. The first can be called the French period. It starts with the establishment of the Royal Readers by Francis I in 1530 and likely lasts until 1700. This time is characterized by a diverse range of knowledge The French era. rather than a specific focus on the form of the classical languages. It was the era of the great scholars of France. This includes Budaeus and the elder Scaliger (who moved to France in 1529), along with Turnebus and Lambinus, as well as the learned printers Robertus and Henricus Stephanus. Among its leading figures are the younger (and greater) Scaliger, Casaubon, and Salmasius. Casaubon spent his final days in England (1614); Scaliger shifted the center of scholarship from his native France to the Netherlands when he left in 1593. He spent the last sixteen years of his life (1593-1609) in Leiden, which was also the home of Salmasius for more than twenty years (1631-1653) and of Lipsius for thirteen (1579-1592) before his death in 1606. In the 17th century, France's scholarship is best represented by “Henricus Valesius,” Du Cange, and Mabillon. At the same time, Italy was represented by Muretus, who had departed France in 1563, and by its own scholars Nizolius, Victorius, Robortelli, and Sigonius, followed in the 17th century by R. Fabretti. The Netherlands produced W. Canter and Lipsius in the 16th century, and in the 17th, G.J. Vossius, Johannes Meursius, both elder and younger Heinsius, Hugo Grotius, J.F. Gronovius, J.G. Graevius, and J. Perizonius. Scotland in the 16th century is represented by George Buchanan; England by Sir John Cheke, Roger Ascham, and Sir Henry Savile, and in the 17th century by Thomas Gataker, Thomas Stanley, Henry Dodwell, and Joshua Barnes; Germany by Janus Gruter, Ezechiel Spanheim, and Chr. Cellarius, the first two of whom also had connections with other countries.

We have already seen that a strict imitation of Cicero was one of the characteristics of the Italian humanists. In and after the middle of the 16th century a correct and pure Latinity was promoted by the educational Literary Latin. system of the Jesuits; but with the growth of the vernacular literatures Latin became more and more exclusively the language of the learned. Among the most conspicuous Latin writers of the 17th century are G.J. Vossius and the Heinsii, with Salmasius and his great adversary, Milton. Latin was also used in works on science and philosophy, such as Sir Isaac Newton’s Principia (1687), and many of the works of Leibnitz (1646-1705). In botany the custom followed by John Ray (1627-1705) in his Historia Plantarum and in other works was continued in 1760 by Linnaeus in his Systema Naturae. The last important work in English theology written in Latin was George Bull’s Defensio Fidei Nicenae (1685). The use of Latin in diplomacy died out towards the end of the 17th century; but, long after that date negotiations with the German empire were conducted in Latin, and Latin was the language of the debates in the Hungarian diet down to 1825.

We’ve already noted that closely mimicking Cicero was a key trait of the Italian humanists. Starting in the mid-16th century, the Jesuits’ educational system promoted correct and pure Latin; however, as the vernacular languages grew, Latin increasingly became the language of scholars. Among the most notable Latin writers of the 17th century are G.J. Vossius and the Heinsii, along with Salmasius and his significant opponent, Milton. Latin was also utilized in scientific and philosophical works, such as Sir Isaac Newton’s Principia (1687) and many of Leibnitz’s works (1646-1705). In botany, the practice followed by John Ray (1627-1705) in his Historia Plantarum and other writings was carried on in 1760 by Linnaeus in his Systema Naturae. The last major work in English theology written in Latin was George Bull’s Defensio Fidei Nicenae (1685). The use of Latin in diplomacy faded away toward the end of the 17th century; yet, for a long time after that, discussions with the German empire were conducted in Latin, and Latin remained the language of debates in the Hungarian diet until 1825.

2. During the 18th century the classical scholarship of the Netherlands was under the healthy and stimulating influence of Bentley (1662-1742), who marks the beginning of the English and Dutch period, mainly represented The English and Dutch period. in Holland by Bentley’s younger contemporary and correspondent, Tiberius Hemsterhuys (1685-1766), and the latter scholar’s great pupil David Ruhnken (1723-1798). It is the age of historical and literary, as well as verbal, criticism. Both of these were ably represented in the first half of the century by Bentley himself, while, in the twenty years between 1782 and 1803, the verbal criticism of the tragic poets of Athens was the peculiar province of Richard Porson (1759-1808), who was born in the same year as F.A. Wolf. Among other representatives of England were Jeremiah Markland and Jonathan Toup, Thomas Tyrwhitt and Thomas Twining, Samuel Parr and Sir William Jones; and of the Netherlands, the two Burmanns and L. Küster, Arnold Drakenborch and Wesseling, Lodewyk Valckenaer and Daniel Wyttenbach (1746-1829). Germany is represented by Fabricius and J.M. Gesner, J.A. Ernesti and J.J. Reiske, J.J. Winckelmann and Chr. G. Heyne; France by B. de Montfaucon and J.B.G.D. Villoison; Alsace by French subjects of German origin, R.F.P. Brunck and J. Schweighäuser; and Italy by E. Forcellini and Ed. Corsini.

2. In the 18th century, classical scholarship in the Netherlands was positively influenced by Bentley (1662-1742), marking the start of the English and Dutch period, primarily represented in Holland by Bentley’s younger contemporary and correspondent, Tiberius Hemsterhuys (1685-1766), along with his outstanding student David Ruhnken (1723-1798). This was a time of historical and literary criticism, as well as verbal criticism. Bentley himself skillfully represented these fields in the first half of the century, while in the twenty years from 1782 to 1803, Richard Porson (1759-1808) focused on the verbal criticism of the tragic poets of Athens; he was born in the same year as F.A. Wolf. Other notable figures from England included Jeremiah Markland, Jonathan Toup, Thomas Tyrwhitt, Thomas Twining, Samuel Parr, and Sir William Jones; from the Netherlands, the two Burmanns, L. Küster, Arnold Drakenborch, Wesseling, Lodewyk Valckenaer, and Daniel Wyttenbach (1746-1829). Germany contributed Fabricius, J.M. Gesner, J.A. Ernesti, J.J. Reiske, J.J. Winckelmann, and Chr. G. Heyne; France was represented by B. de Montfaucon and J.B.G.D. Villoison; Alsace by French nationals of German descent, R.F.P. Brunck and J. Schweighäuser; and Italy by E. Forcellini and Ed. Corsini.

3. The German period begins with F.A. Wolf (1759-1824), whose Prolegomena to Homer appeared in 1795. He is the founder of the systematic and encyclopaedic type of scholarship embodied in the comprehensive term The German period. Altertumswissenschaft, or “a scientific knowledge of the old classical world.” The tradition of Wolf was ably continued by August Böckh (d. 1867), one of the leaders of the historical and antiquarian school, brilliantly represented in the previous generation by B.G. Niebuhr (d. 1831).

3. The German period starts with F.A. Wolf (1759-1824), whose Prolegomena to Homer was published in 1795. He is the founder of the systematic and comprehensive type of scholarship captured in the broad term The German era. Altertumswissenschaft, or "scientific knowledge of the ancient classical world." Wolf's tradition was skillfully carried on by August Böckh (d. 1867), one of the leaders of the historical and antiquarian school, effectively represented in the previous generation by B.G. Niebuhr (d. 1831).

In contrast with this school we have the critical and grammatical school of Gottfried Hermann (d. 1848). During this period, while Germany remains the most productive of the nations, scholarship has been more and more international and cosmopolitan in its character.

In contrast to this school, we have the critical and grammatical school of Gottfried Hermann (d. 1848). During this time, while Germany continues to be the most productive of nations, scholarship has increasingly become more international and cosmopolitan in nature.

19th Century.—We must here be content with simply recording the names of a few of the more prominent representatives of 455 the 19th century in some of the most obvious departments of classical learning. Among natives of Germany the leading Germany. scholars have been, in Greek, C.F.W. Jacobs, C.A. Lobeck, L. Dissen, I. Bekker, A. Meineke, C. Lehrs, W. Dindorf, T. Bergk, F.W. Schneidewin, H. Köchly, A. Nauck, H. Usener, G. Kaibel, F. Blass and W. Christ; in Latin, C. Lachmann, F. Ritschl, M. Haupt, C. Halm, M. Hertz, A. Fleckeisen, E. Bährens, L. Müller and O. Ribbeck. Grammar and kindred subjects have been represented by P. Buttmann, A. Matthiae, F.W. Thiersch, C.G. Zumpt, G. Bernhardy, C.W. Krüger, R. Kühner and H.L. Ahrens; and lexicography by F. Passow and C.E. Georges. Among editors of Thucydides we have had E.F. Poppo and J. Classen; among editors of Demosthenes or other orators, G.H. Schäfer, J.T. Vömel, G.E. Benseler, A. Westermann, G.F. Schömann, H. Sauppe, and C. Rehdantz (besides Blass, already mentioned). The Platonists include F. Schleiermacher, G.A.F. Ast, G. Stallbaum and the many-sided C.F. Hermann; the Aristotelians, C.A. Brandis, A. Trendelenburg, L. Spengel, H. Bonitz, C. Prantl, J. Bernays and F. Susemihl. The history of Greek philosophy was written by F. Ueberweg, and, more fully, by E. Zeller. Greek history was the domain of G. Droysen, Max Duncker, Ernst Curtius, Arnold Schäfer and Adolf Holm; Greek antiquities that of M.H. Meier and G.F. Schömann and of G. Gilbert; Greek epigraphy that of J. Franz, A. Kirchhoff, W. von Hartel, U. Köhler, G. Hirschfeld and W. Dittenberger; Roman history and constitutional antiquities that of Theodor Mommsen (1817-1903), who was associated in Latin epigraphy with E. Hübner and W. Henzen. Classical art and archaeology were represented by F.G. Welcker, E. Gerhard, C.O. Müller, F. Wieseler, O. Jahn, C.L. Urlichs, H. Brunn, C.B. Stark, J. Overbeck, W. Helbig, O. Benndorf and A. Furtwängler; mythology (with cognate subjects) by G.F. Creuzer, P.W. Forchhammer, L. Preller, A. Kuhn, J.W. Mannhardt and E. Rohde; and comparative philology by F. Bopp, A.F. Pott, T. Benfey, W. Corssen, Georg Curtius, A. Schleicher and H. Steinthal. The history of classical philology in Germany was written by Conrad Bursian (1830-1883).

19th Century.—We must now simply note the names of some of the most prominent figures in the 19th century across various areas of classical learning. Among German scholars, the leading names in Greek include C.F.W. Jacobs, C.A. Lobeck, L. Dissen, I. Bekker, A. Meineke, C. Lehrs, W. Dindorf, T. Bergk, F.W. Schneidewin, H. Köchly, A. Nauck, H. Usener, G. Kaibel, F. Blass, and W. Christ; in Latin, they are C. Lachmann, F. Ritschl, M. Haupt, C. Halm, M. Hertz, A. Fleckeisen, E. Bährens, L. Müller, and O. Ribbeck. Grammar and related subjects have been represented by P. Buttmann, A. Matthiae, F.W. Thiersch, C.G. Zumpt, G. Bernhardy, C.W. Krüger, R. Kühner, and H.L. Ahrens; lexicography by F. Passow and C.E. Georges. Among editors of Thucydides, we find E.F. Poppo and J. Classen; among editors of Demosthenes or other orators, G.H. Schäfer, J.T. Vömel, G.E. Benseler, A. Westermann, G.F. Schömann, H. Sauppe, and C. Rehdantz (in addition to Blass, already mentioned). The Platonists include F. Schleiermacher, G.A.F. Ast, G. Stallbaum, and the versatile C.F. Hermann; the Aristotelians are C.A. Brandis, A. Trendelenburg, L. Spengel, H. Bonitz, C. Prantl, J. Bernays, and F. Susemihl. The history of Greek philosophy was documented by F. Ueberweg, and more comprehensively by E. Zeller. Greek history was explored by G. Droysen, Max Duncker, Ernst Curtius, Arnold Schäfer, and Adolf Holm; Greek antiquities by M.H. Meier, G.F. Schömann, and G. Gilbert; Greek epigraphy by J. Franz, A. Kirchhoff, W. von Hartel, U. Köhler, G. Hirschfeld, and W. Dittenberger; Roman history and constitutional antiquities were covered by Theodor Mommsen (1817-1903), who also worked in Latin epigraphy alongside E. Hübner and W. Henzen. Classical art and archaeology were represented by F.G. Welcker, E. Gerhard, C.O. Müller, F. Wieseler, O. Jahn, C.L. Urlichs, H. Brunn, C.B. Stark, J. Overbeck, W. Helbig, O. Benndorf, and A. Furtwängler; mythology (and related subjects) by G.F. Creuzer, P.W. Forchhammer, L. Preller, A. Kuhn, J.W. Mannhardt, and E. Rohde; and comparative philology by F. Bopp, A.F. Pott, T. Benfey, W. Corssen, Georg Curtius, A. Schleicher, and H. Steinthal. The history of classical philology in Germany was written by Conrad Bursian (1830-1883).

In France we have J.F. Boissonade, J.A. Letronne, L.M. Quicherat, M.P. Littré, B. Saint-Hilaire, J.V. Duruy, B.E. Miller, É. Egger, C.V. Daremberg, C. Thurot, L.E. France, Benoist, O. Riemann and C. Graux; (in archaeology) A.C. Quatremère de Quincy, P. le Bas, C.F.M. Texier, the duc de Luynes, the Lenormants (C. and F.), W.H. Waddington and O. Rayet; and (in comparative philology) Victor Belgium, Holland, Henry. Greece was ably represented in France by A. Koraes. In Belgium we have P. Willems and the Baron De Witte (long resident in France); in Holland, C.G. Cobet; in Denmark, J.N. Madvig. Among the scholars of Great Britain and Ireland may be mentioned: England. P. Elmsley, S. Butler, T. Gaisford, P.P. Dobree, J.H. Monk, C.J. Blomfield, W. Veitch, T.H. Key, B.H. Kennedy, W. Ramsay, T.W. Peile, R. Shilleto, W.H. Thompson, J.W. Donaldson, Robert Scott, H.G. Liddell, C. Badham, G. Rawlinson, F.A. Paley, B. Jowett, T.S. Evans, E.M. Cope, H.A.J. Munro, W.G. Clark, Churchill Babington, H.A. Holden, J. Riddell, J. Conington, W.Y. Sellar, A. Grant, W.D. Geddes, D.B. Monro, H. Nettleship, A. Palmer, R.C. Jebb, A.S. Wilkins, W.G. Rutherford and James Adam; among historians and archaeologists, W.M. Leake, H. Fynes-Clinton, G. Grote and C. Thirlwall, T. Arnold, G. Long and Charles Merivale, Sir Henry Maine, Sir Charles Newton and A.S. Murray, Robert Burn and H.F. Pelham. Among comparative philologists Max Müller belonged to Germany by birth and to England by adoption, while, in the United States, his ablest counterpart was W.D. Whitney. B.L. Gildersleeve, W.W. Goodwin, Henry Drisler, J.B. Greenough and G.M. Lane were prominent American classical scholars.

In France, we have J.F. Boissonade, J.A. Letronne, L.M. Quicherat, M.P. Littré, B. Saint-Hilaire, J.V. Duruy, B.E. Miller, É. Egger, C.V. Daremberg, C. Thurot, L.E. Benoist, O. Riemann, and C. Graux; (in archaeology) A.C. Quatremère de Quincy, P. le Bas, C.F.M. Texier, the duke de Luynes, the Lenormants (C. and F.), W.H. Waddington, and O. Rayet; and (in comparative philology) Victor Henry. Greece was well represented in France by A. Koraes. In Belgium, we have P. Willems and Baron De Witte (who lived in France for a long time); in Holland, C.G. Cobet; in Denmark, J.N. Madvig. Among the scholars of Great Britain and Ireland, we can mention: P. Elmsley, S. Butler, T. Gaisford, P.P. Dobree, J.H. Monk, C.J. Blomfield, W. Veitch, T.H. Key, B.H. Kennedy, W. Ramsay, T.W. Peile, R. Shilleto, W.H. Thompson, J.W. Donaldson, Robert Scott, H.G. Liddell, C. Badham, G. Rawlinson, F.A. Paley, B. Jowett, T.S. Evans, E.M. Cope, H.A.J. Munro, W.G. Clark, Churchill Babington, H.A. Holden, J. Riddell, J. Conington, W.Y. Sellar, A. Grant, W.D. Geddes, D.B. Monro, H. Nettleship, A. Palmer, R.C. Jebb, A.S. Wilkins, W.G. Rutherford, and James Adam; among historians and archaeologists, W.M. Leake, H. Fynes-Clinton, G. Grote, C. Thirlwall, T. Arnold, G. Long, and Charles Merivale, Sir Henry Maine, Sir Charles Newton, and A.S. Murray, Robert Burn, and H.F. Pelham. Among comparative philologists, Max Müller was German by birth and English by choice, while in the United States, his most capable counterpart was W.D. Whitney. B.L. Gildersleeve, W.W. Goodwin, Henry Drisler, J.B. Greenough, and G.M. Lane were leading American classical scholars.

The 19th century in Germany was marked by the organization of the great series of Greek and Latin inscriptions, and by the foundation of the Archaeological Institute in Rome (1829), which was at first international in its character. The Athenian Institute was founded in 1874. Schools at Athens and Rome were founded by France in 1846 and 1873, by the United States of America in 1882 and 1895, and by England in 1883 and 1901; Schools of Rome and Athens. and periodicals are published by the schools of all these four nations. An interest in Greek studies (and especially in art and archaeology) has been maintained in England by the Hellenic Society, founded in 1879, with its organ the Journal of Hellenic Studies. A further interest in Greek archaeology has been awakened in all civilized lands by the excavations of Troy, Mycenae, Tiryns, Epidaurus, Sparta, Olympia, Dodona, Delphi, Delos and of important sites in Crete. The extensive discoveries of papyri in Egypt have greatly extended our knowledge of the administration of that country in the times of the Ptolemies, and have materially added to the existing remains of Greek literature. Scholars have been enabled to realize in their own experience some of the enthusiasm that attended the recovery of lost classics during the Revival of Learning. They have found themselves living in a new age of editiones principes, and have eagerly welcomed the first publication of Aristotle’s Constitution of Athens (1891), Herondas (1891) and Bacchylides (1897), as well as the Persae of Timotheus of Miletus (1903), with some of the Paeans of Pindar (1907) and large portions of the plays of Menander (1898-1899 and 1907). The first four of these were first edited by F.G. Kenyon, Timotheus by von Wilamowitz-Möllendorff, Menander partly by J. Nicole and G. Lefebre and partly by B.P. Grenfell and A.S. Hunt, who have also produced fragments of the Paeans of Pindar and many other classic texts (including a Greek continuation of Thucydides and a Latin epitome of part of Livy) in the successive volumes of the Oxyrhynchus papyri and other kindred publications.

The 19th century in Germany saw the organization of a comprehensive collection of Greek and Latin inscriptions and the establishment of the Archaeological Institute in Rome (1829), which initially had an international focus. The Athenian Institute was founded in 1874. France set up schools in Athens and Rome in 1846 and 1873, the United States followed with institutions in 1882 and 1895, and England established its schools in 1883 and 1901; Schools of Rome and Athens. Periodicals are published by the schools of these four nations. Interest in Greek studies, especially in art and archaeology, has been sustained in England through the Hellenic Society, founded in 1879, which publishes the Journal of Hellenic Studies. A renewed interest in Greek archaeology has emerged across all developed countries due to excavations at Troy, Mycenae, Tiryns, Epidaurus, Sparta, Olympia, Dodona, Delphi, Delos, and significant sites in Crete. The extensive discoveries of papyri in Egypt have greatly enhanced our understanding of the administration of that country during the Ptolemaic period and have significantly contributed to the existing body of Greek literature. Scholars have experienced some of the excitement that came with the recovery of lost classics during the Renaissance. They find themselves in a new era of editiones principes and have eagerly embraced the first publication of Aristotle’s Constitution of Athens (1891), Herondas (1891) and Bacchylides (1897), along with the Persae of Timotheus of Miletus (1903), some of the Paeans of Pindar (1907), and large portions of the plays of Menander (1898-1899 and 1907). The first four of these were initially edited by F.G. Kenyon, Timotheus by von Wilamowitz-Möllendorff, and Menander was edited partly by J. Nicole and G. Lefebre and partly by B.P. Grenfell and A.S. Hunt, who also published fragments of the Paeans of Pindar and many other classic texts (including a Greek continuation of Thucydides and a Latin summary of part of Livy) in the successive volumes of the Oxyrhynchus papyri and other related publications.

Authorities.—For a full bibliography of the history of classical philology, see E. Hübner, Grundriss zu Vorlesungen über die Geschichte und Encyklopädie der klassischen Philologie (2nd ed., 1889); and for a brief outline, C.L. Urlichs in Iwan von Müller’s Handbuch, vol. i. (2nd ed., 1891). 33-145; S. Reinach, Manuel de philologie classique (2nd ed., 1883-1884; nouveau tirage 1907), 1-22; and A. Gudemann, Grundris (Leipzig, 1907), pp. 224 seq. For the Alexandrian period, F. Susemihl, Gesch. der griechischen Litteratur in der Alexandrinerzeit (2 vols., 1891-1892); cf. F.A. Eckstein, Nomenclator Philologorum (1871), and W. Pökel, Philologisches Schriftsteller-Lexikon (1882). For the period ending A.D. 400, see A. Gräfenhan, Gesch. der klass. Philologie (4 vols., 1843-1850); for the Byzantine period, C. Krumbacher in Iwan von Müller, vol. ix. (1) (2nd ed., 1897); for the Renaissance, G. Voigt, Die Wiederbelebung des class. Altertums (3rd ed., 1894, with bibliography); L. Geiger, Renaissance und Humanismus in Italien und Deutschland (1882, with bibliography); J.A. Symonds, Revival of Learning (1877, &c.); R.C. Jebb, in Cambridge Modern History, i. (1902), 532-584; and J.E. Sandys, Harvard Lectures on the Revival of Learning (1905); also P. de Nolhac, Pétrarque et l’humanisme (2nd ed., 1907). On the history of Greek scholarship in France, É. Egger, L’Histoire d’hellénisme en France (1869); Mark Pattison, Essays, i., and Life of Casaubon; in Germany, C. Bursian, Gesch. der class. Philologie in Deutschland (1883); in Holland, L. Müller, Gesch. der class. Philologie in den Niederlanden (1869); in Belgium, L.C. Roersch in E.P. van Bemmel’s Patria Belgica, vol. iii. (1875), 407-432; and in England, R.C. Jebb, “Erasmus” (1890) and “Bentley” (1882), and “Porson” (in Dict. Nat. Biog.). On the subject as a whole see J.E. Sandys, History of Classical Scholarship (with chronological tables, portraits and facsimiles), vol. i.; From the Sixth Century B.C. to the end of the Middle Ages (1903, 2nd ed., 1906); vols. ii. and iii., From the Revival of Learning to the Present Day (1908), including the history of scholarship in all the countries of Europe and in the United States of America. See also the separate biographical articles in this Encyclopaedia.

Authorities.—For a complete bibliography on the history of classical philology, refer to E. Hübner's Grundriss zu Vorlesungen über die Geschichte und Encyklopädie der klassischen Philologie (2nd ed., 1889); for a concise summary, see C.L. Urlichs in Iwan von Müller’s Handbuch, vol. i. (2nd ed., 1891). 33-145; S. Reinach, Manuel de philologie classique (2nd ed., 1883-1884; nouveau tirage 1907), 1-22; and A. Gudemann, Grundris (Leipzig, 1907), pp. 224 seq. For the Alexandrian period, consult F. Susemihl's Gesch. der griechischen Litteratur in der Alexandrinerzeit (2 vols., 1891-1892); see also F.A. Eckstein, Nomenclator Philologorum (1871), and W. Pökel, Philologisches Schriftsteller-Lexikon (1882). For the period ending CE 400, refer to A. Gräfenhan, Gesch. der klass. Philologie (4 vols., 1843-1850); for the Byzantine period, C. Krumbacher in Iwan von Müller, vol. ix. (1) (2nd ed., 1897); for the Renaissance, see G. Voigt, Die Wiederbelebung des class. Altertums (3rd ed., 1894, with bibliography); L. Geiger, Renaissance und Humanismus in Italien und Deutschland (1882, with bibliography); J.A. Symonds, Revival of Learning (1877, &c.); R.C. Jebb, in Cambridge Modern History, i. (1902), 532-584; and J.E. Sandys, Harvard Lectures on the Revival of Learning (1905); also P. de Nolhac, Pétrarque et l’humanisme (2nd ed., 1907). For the history of Greek scholarship in France, see É. Egger, L’Histoire d’hellénisme en France (1869); Mark Pattison, Essays, i., and Life of Casaubon; in Germany, C. Bursian, Gesch. der class. Philologie in Deutschland (1883); in Holland, L. Müller, Gesch. der class. Philologie in den Niederlanden (1869); in Belgium, L.C. Roersch in E.P. van Bemmel’s Patria Belgica, vol. iii. (1875), 407-432; and in England, R.C. Jebb, “Erasmus” (1890), “Bentley” (1882), and “Porson” (in Dict. Nat. Biog.). For an overview of the subject, see J.E. Sandys, History of Classical Scholarship (with chronological tables, portraits, and facsimiles), vol. i.; From the Sixth Century BCE to the end of the Middle Ages (1903, 2nd ed., 1906); vols. ii. and iii., From the Revival of Learning to the Present Day (1908), including the history of scholarship in all European countries and the United States. Also, check the individual biographical articles in this Encyclopaedia.

(B) The Study of the Classics in Secondary Education

(B) The Study of the Classics in Secondary Education

After the Revival of Learning the study of the classics owed much to the influence and example of Vittorino da Feltre, Budacus, Erasmus and Melanchthon, who were among the leading representatives of that revival in Italy, France, England and Germany.

After the Renaissance, the study of the classics greatly benefited from the influence and example of Vittorino da Feltre, Budacus, Erasmus, and Melanchthon, who were key figures in that revival in Italy, France, England, and Germany.

1. In England, the two great schools of Winchester (1382) and Eton (1440) had been founded during the life of Vittorino, but before the revival had reached Britain. The first school2 which came into being under the immediate England. influence of humanism was that founded at St Paul’s by Dean 456 Colet (1510), the friend of Erasmus, whose treatise De pueris instituendis (1529) has its English counterpart in the Governor of Sir Thomas Elyot (1531). The highmaster of St Paul’s was to be “learned in good and clean Latin, and also in Greek, if such may be gotten.” The master and the second master of Shrewsbury (founded 1551) were to be “well able to make a Latin verse, and learned in the Greek tongue.” The influence of the revival extended to many other schools, such as Christ’s Hospital (1552), Westminster (1560), and Merchant Taylors’ (1561); Repton (1557), Rugby (1567) and Harrow (1571).

1. In England, the two prominent schools of Winchester (1382) and Eton (1440) were established during Vittorino's lifetime, but before the revival reached Britain. The first school2 that was created under the direct influence of humanism was the one founded at St Paul’s by Dean Colet (1510), a friend of Erasmus, whose treatise De pueris instituendis (1529) has its English equivalent in Sir Thomas Elyot's Governor (1531). The headmaster of St Paul’s was expected to be "knowledgeable in good and clear Latin, and also in Greek, if it could be found." The headmaster and the second master of Shrewsbury (founded 1551) were to be "capable of composing Latin verses, and knowledgeable in the Greek language." The revival's impact spread to many other schools, including Christ’s Hospital (1552), Westminster (1560), and Merchant Taylors’ (1561); Repton (1557), Rugby (1567), and Harrow (1571).

At the grammar school of Stratford-on-Avon, about 1571-1577, Shakespeare presumably studied Terence, Horace, Ovid and the Bucolics of Baptista Mantuanus (1502). In the early plays he quotes Ovid and Seneca. Similarly, Shakespeare and the grammar-school. in Titus Andronicus (iv. 2) he says, of Integer vitae: “’Tis a verse in Horace; I know it well: I read it in the grammar long ago.” In Henry VI. part ii. sc. 7, when Jack Cade charges Lord Say with having “most traitorously corrupted the youth of the realm in erecting a grammar-school,” Lord Say replies that “ignorance is the curse of God, knowledge the wing wherewith we fly to heaven.” In the Taming of the Shrew (I. i. 157) a line is quoted as from Terence (Andria, 74): “redime te captum quam queas minimo.” This is taken verbatim from Lilye’s contribution to the Brevis Institutio, originally composed by Colet, Erasmus and Lilye for Early text-books. St Paul’s School (1527), and ultimately adopted as the Eton Latin Grammar. The Westminster Greek Grammar of Grant (1575) was succeeded by that of Camden (1595), founded mainly on a Paduan text-book, and apparently adopted in 1596 by Sir Henry Savile at Eton, where it long remained in use as the Eton Greek Grammar, while at Westminster itself it was superseded by that of Busby (1663). The text-books to be used at Harrow in 1590 included Hesiod and some of the Greek orators and historians.

At the grammar school in Stratford-on-Avon, around 1571-1577, Shakespeare likely studied Terence, Horace, Ovid, and the Bucolics by Baptista Mantuanus (1502). In his early plays, he references Ovid and Seneca. Likewise, in Titus Andronicus (iv. 2), he mentions Integer vitae: “It’s a line from Horace; I remember it well: I read it in grammar school a long time ago.” In Henry VI. part ii. sc. 7, when Jack Cade accuses Lord Say of “most traitorously corrupting the youth of the realm by establishing a grammar school,” Lord Say responds that “ignorance is God’s curse, and knowledge is the wing that helps us soar to heaven.” In Taming of the Shrew (I. i. 157), a line is quoted from Terence (Andria, 74): “redime te captum quam queas minimo.” This is taken verbatim from Lilye’s addition to the Brevis Institutio, originally created by Colet, Erasmus, and Lilye for St. Paul’s School (1527), and eventually became known as the Eton Latin Grammar. The Westminster Greek Grammar by Grant (1575) was followed by Camden’s version (1595), which was mainly based on a Paduan textbook and was apparently adopted in 1596 by Sir Henry Savile at Eton, where it remained in use as the Eton Greek Grammar, while at Westminster, it was replaced by Busby’s version (1663). The textbooks used at Harrow in 1590 included Hesiod and several Greek orators and historians.

In one of the Paston Letters (i. 301), an Eton boy of 1468 quotes two Latin verses of his own composition. Nearly a century later, on New Year’s Day, 1560, forty-four boys of the school presented Latin verses to Queen Elizabeth. The queen’s Ascham. former tutor, Roger Ascham, in his Scholemaster (1570), agrees with his Strassburg friend, J. Sturm, in making the imitation of the Latin classics the main aim of instruction. He is more original when he insists on the value of translation and retranslation for acquiring a mastery over Latin prose composition, and when he protests against compelling boys to converse in Latin too soon. Ascham’s influence is apparent in the Positions of Mulcaster, who in 1581 insists on instruction in English before admission to a grammar-school, while he is distinctly in advance of his age in urging the foundation of a special college for the training of teachers.

In one of the Paston Letters (i. 301), a boy from Eton in 1468 quotes two Latin verses he composed himself. Almost a century later, on New Year’s Day, 1560, forty-four boys from the school presented Latin verses to Queen Elizabeth. The queen's former tutor, Roger Ascham, in his Scholemaster (1570), agrees with his friend J. Sturm from Strassburg that imitating the Latin classics should be the main focus of teaching. He is more original when he emphasizes the importance of translation and retranslation for mastering Latin prose composition, and when he argues against forcing boys to speak in Latin too early. Ascham’s influence can be seen in the Positions of Mulcaster, who in 1581 insists on teaching in English before admitting students to grammar school, while he is notably ahead of his time in advocating for the creation of a special college to train teachers.

Cleland’s Institution of a Young Nobleman (1607) owes much to the Italian humanists. The author follows Ascham in protesting against compulsory Latin conversation, and only slightly modifies his predecessor’s method of teaching Cleland. Latin prose. When Latin grammar has been mastered, he bids the teacher lead his pupil “into the sweet fountain and spring of all Arts and Science,” that is, Greek learning which is “as profitable for the understanding as the Latin tongue for speaking.” In the study of ancient history, “deeds and not words” are the prime interest. “In Plutarch pleasure is so mixed and confounded with profit; that I esteem the reading of him as a paradise for a curious spirit to walk in at all time.” Bacon in his Advancement of Learning (1605) notes it as “the first distemper of learning when men study words and not matter” (I. iv. 3); he also observes that the Jesuits “have much Bacon, Milton, Petty. quickened and strengthened the state of learning” (I. vi. 15). He is on the side of reform in education; he waves the humanist aside with the words: vetustas cessit, ratio vicit. Milton, in his Tractate on Education (1644), advances further on Bacon’s lines, protesting against the length of time spent on instruction in language, denouncing merely verbal knowledge, and recommending the study of a large number of classical authors for the sake of their subject-matter, and with a view to their bearing on practical life. His ideal place of education is an institution combining a school and a university. Sir William Petty, the economist (1623-1687), urged the establishment of ergastula literaria for instruction of a purely practical kind. Locke, who had been educated Locke. at Winchester and had lectured on Greek at Oxford (1660), nevertheless almost completely eliminated Greek from the scheme which he unfolded in his Thoughts on Education (1693). With Locke, the moral and practical qualities of virtue and prudence are of the first consideration. Instruction, he declares, is but the least part of education; his aim is to train, not men of letters or men of science, but practical men armed for the battle of life. Latin was, above all, to be learned through use, with as little grammar as possible, but with the reading of easy Latin texts, and with no repetition, no composition. Greek he absolutely proscribes, reserving a knowledge of that language to the learned and the lettered, and to professional scholars.

Cleland’s Institution of a Young Nobleman (1607) is heavily influenced by Italian humanists. The author agrees with Ascham in opposing mandatory Latin conversation and only makes slight adjustments to his predecessor’s teaching method for Latin prose. Once Latin grammar is mastered, he instructs the teacher to guide his student “into the sweet fountain and spring of all Arts and Science,” which refers to Greek learning that is “just as valuable for understanding as the Latin language is for speaking.” In studying ancient history, “actions and not words” are what truly matters. “In Plutarch, enjoyment is so intertwined with usefulness that I see reading him as a paradise for a curious mind to explore at all times.” Bacon, in his Advancement of Learning (1605), mentions it as “the first disturbance of learning when people focus on words instead of substance” (I. iv. 3); he also notes that the Jesuits “have significantly energized and advanced the state of learning” (I. vi. 15). He supports educational reform, dismissing the humanist perspective with the phrase: vetustas cessit, ratio vicit. Milton, in his Tractate on Education (1644), pushes further along Bacon’s lines, criticizing the excessive time spent on language instruction, denouncing superficial knowledge, and advocating for the study of a wide range of classical authors for the sake of their content and its relevance to practical life. His ideal educational setting is a combination of a school and a university. Sir William Petty, the economist (1623-1687), encouraged the creation of ergastula literaria for practical education. Locke, who had studied at Winchester and lectured on Greek at Oxford (1660), nearly eliminated Greek from the framework he presented in his Thoughts on Education (1693). With Locke, the moral and practical aspects of virtue and prudence take precedence. He states that teaching is just a minor part of education; his goal is to train not scholars or scientists but practical individuals ready for the challenges of life. Latin should be learned primarily through practice, with minimal emphasis on grammar, using straightforward Latin texts, and avoiding repetition and composition. Greek, he completely prohibits, designating knowledge of that language for the educated and scholarly, as well as professional academics.

Throughout the 18th century and the early part of the 19th, the old routine went on in England with little variety, and with no sign of expansion. The range of studies was widened, however, at Rugby in 1828-1842 by Thomas Arnold. Arnold, whose interest in ancient history and geography, as a necessary part of classical learning, is attested by his edition of Thucydides; while his influence was still further extended when those who had been trained in his traditions became head masters of other schools.

Throughout the 18th century and the early 19th century, the old routine continued in England with little change and no signs of growth. However, the range of studies expanded at Rugby from 1828 to 1842 under Thomas Arnold. Arnold, who had a keen interest in ancient history and geography as essential components of classical education, is supported by his edition of Thucydides. His influence grew even more when those trained in his methods became headmasters of other schools.

During the rest of the century the leading landmarks are the three royal commissions known by the names of their chairmen: (1) Lord Clarendon’s on nine public schools, Eton, Winchester, Westminster, Charterhouse, Harrow, Rugby, Shrewsbury, St Paul’s and Merchant Taylors’ (1861-1864), resulting in the Public Schools Act of 1868; (2) Lord Taunton’s on 782 endowed schools (1864-1867), followed by the act of 1869; and (3) Mr Bryce’s on secondary education (1894-1895).

During the rest of the century, the key milestones are marked by three major royal commissions named after their chairmen: (1) Lord Clarendon’s review of nine public schools—Eton, Winchester, Westminster, Charterhouse, Harrow, Rugby, Shrewsbury, St Paul’s, and Merchant Taylors’ (1861-1864), which led to the Public Schools Act of 1868; (2) Lord Taunton’s review of 782 endowed schools (1864-1867), followed by the act of 1869; and (3) Mr. Bryce’s inquiry into secondary education (1894-1895).

A certain discontent with the current traditions of classical training found expression in the Essays on a Liberal Education (1867). The author of the first essay, C.S. Parker, closed his review of the reforms instituted in Germany Controversy on classical education. and France by adding that in England there had been but little change. The same volume included a critical examination of the “Theory of Classical Education” by Henry Sidgwick, and an attack on compulsory Greek and Latin verse composition by F.W. Farrar. The claims of verse composition have since been judiciously defended by the Hon. Edward Lyttelton (1897), while a temperate and effective restatement of the case for the classics may be found in Sir Richard Jebb’s Romanes Lecture on “Humanism in Education” (1899).

A certain dissatisfaction with the existing traditions of classical training was expressed in the Essays on a Liberal Education (1867). The author of the first essay, C.S. Parker, concluded his review of the reforms implemented in Germany and France by noting that there had been very little change in England. This volume also included a critical examination of the “Theory of Classical Education” by Henry Sidgwick and a critique of mandatory Greek and Latin verse composition by F.W. Farrar. The merits of verse composition have since been reasonably defended by the Hon. Edward Lyttelton (1897), while a balanced and effective restatement of the case for the classics can be found in Sir Richard Jebb’s Romanes Lecture on “Humanism in Education” (1899).

The question of the position of Greek in secondary education has from time to time attracted attention in connexion with the requirement of Greek in Responsions at Oxford, and in the Previous Examination at Cambridge.

The question of the role of Greek in secondary education has occasionally drawn interest in relation to the requirement of Greek in Responsions at Oxford and in the Previous Examination at Cambridge.

In the Cambridge University Reporter for November 9, 1870, it was stated that, “in order to provide adequate encouragement for the study of Modern Languages and Natural Science,” the commissioners for endowed schools had “Compulsory Greek.” determined on the establishment of modern schools of the first grade in which Greek would be excluded. The commissioners feared that, so long as Greek was a sine qua non at the universities, these schools would be cut off from direct connexion with the universities, while the universities would in some degree lose their control over a portion of the higher culture of the nation. On the 9th of March 1871 a syndicate recommended that, in the Previous Examination, French and German (taken together) should be allowed in place of Greek; on the 27th of April this recommendation (which only affected candidates for honours or for medical degrees) was rejected by 51 votes to 48.

In the Cambridge University Reporter for November 9, 1870, it was stated that, “to encourage the study of Modern Languages and Natural Science,” the commissioners for endowed schools had “Mandatory Greek.” decided to establish first-grade modern schools where Greek would be excluded. The commissioners were concerned that as long as Greek remained a sine qua non at the universities, these schools would be disconnected from the universities, while the universities would lose some control over a part of the nation's higher culture. On March 9, 1871, a syndicate recommended that, in the Previous Examination, French and German (combined) be accepted instead of Greek; on April 27, this recommendation (which only affected candidates for honors or medical degrees) was rejected by 51 votes to 48.

All the other proposals and votes relating to Greek in the Previous Examination in 1870-1873, 1878-1880, and 1891-1892 are set forth in the Cambridge University Reporter for November 11, 1904, pp. 202-205. In November 1903 a syndicate was 457 appointed to consider the studies and examinations of the university, their report of November 1904 on the Previous Examination was fully discussed, and the speeches published in the Reporter fcr December 17, 1904. In the course of the discussion Sir Richard Jebb drew attention to the statistics collected by the master of Emmanuel, Mr W. Chawner, showing that, out of 86 head masters belonging to the Head Masters’ Conference whose replies had been published, “about 56 held the opinion that the exemption from Greek for all candidates for a degree would endanger or altogether extinguish the study of Greek in the vast majority of schools, while about 21 head masters held a different opinion.” On the 3rd of March 1905 a proposal for accepting either French or German as an alternative for either Latin or Greek in the Previous Examination was rejected by 1559 to 1052 votes, and on the 26th of May 1906 proposals distinguishing between students in letters and students in science, and (inter alia) requiring the latter to take either French or German for either Latin or Greek in the Previous Examination, were rejected by 746 to 241.

All the other proposals and votes concerning Greek in the Previous Examination from 1870-1873, 1878-1880, and 1891-1892 are outlined in the Cambridge University Reporter for November 11, 1904, pp. 202-205. In November 1903, a committee was appointed to look into the university's studies and exams; their report from November 1904 on the Previous Examination was fully discussed, and the speeches were published in the Reporter for December 17, 1904. During the discussion, Sir Richard Jebb highlighted the statistics gathered by the head of Emmanuel, Mr. W. Chawner, showing that, out of 86 headmasters from the Head Masters’ Conference whose responses had been published, “about 56 believed that exempting all candidates for a degree from Greek would jeopardize or completely eliminate the study of Greek in the vast majority of schools, while about 21 headmasters disagreed.” On March 3, 1905, a proposal to allow either French or German as an alternative to Latin or Greek in the Previous Examination was rejected by 1559 to 1052 votes. Additionally, on May 26, 1906, proposals that differentiated between students in the arts and students in sciences, and that (inter alia) required the latter to take either French or German instead of Latin or Greek in the Previous Examination, were rejected by 746 to 241.

Meanwhile, at Oxford a proposal practically making Greek optional with all undergraduates was rejected, in November 1902, by 189 votes to 166; a preliminary proposal permitting students of mathematics or natural science to offer one or more modern languages in lieu of Greek was passed by 164 to 162 in February 1904, but on the 29th of November the draft of a statute to this effect was thrown out by 200 to 164. In the course of the controversy three presidents of the Royal Society, Lord Kelvin, Lord Lister and Sir W. Huggins, expressed the opinion that the proposed exemption was not beneficial to science students.

Meanwhile, at Oxford, a proposal that would make Greek optional for all undergraduates was rejected in November 1902, by 189 votes to 166. A preliminary proposal allowing math or natural science students to offer one or more modern languages instead of Greek was passed by 164 to 162 in February 1904, but on November 29th, the draft of a statute for this was thrown out by 200 to 164. During the debate, three presidents of the Royal Society—Lord Kelvin, Lord Lister, and Sir W. Huggins—shared their belief that the proposed exemption wouldn’t benefit science students.

Incidentally, the question of “compulsory Greek” has stimulated a desire for greater efficiency in classical teaching. In December 1903, a year before the most important of the public discussions at Cambridge, the Classical The Classical Association. Association was founded in London. The aim of that association is “to promote the development, and maintain the well-being, of classical studies, and in particular (a) to impress upon public opinion the claim of such studies to an eminent place in the national scheme of education; (b) to improve the practice of classical teaching by free discussion of its scope and methods; (c) to encourage investigation and call attention to new discoveries; (d) to create opportunities of friendly intercourse and co-operation between all lovers of classical learning in this country.”

Incidentally, the issue of “mandatory Greek” has sparked a desire for more effective classical education. In December 1903, a year before the most significant public discussions at Cambridge, the Classical The Classical Association. Association was established in London. The purpose of this association is “to promote the development and maintain the well-being of classical studies, and in particular (a) to make the case for such studies to have a prominent place in the national education system; (b) to enhance the practice of classical teaching through open discussions about its scope and methods; (c) to encourage research and highlight new discoveries; (d) to create opportunities for friendly interaction and collaboration among all enthusiasts of classical learning in this country.”

The question of the curriculum and the time-table in secondary education has occupied the attention of the Classical Association, the British Association and the Education Department of Scotland. The general effect of the recommendations The curriculum. already made would be to begin the study of foreign languages with French, and to postpone the study of Latin to the age of twelve and that of Greek to the age of thirteen. At the Head Masters’ Conference of December 1907 a proposal to lower the standard of Greek in the entrance scholarship examinations of public schools was lost by 10 votes to 16, and the “British Association report” was adopted with reservations in 1908. In the case of secondary schools in receipt of grants of public money (about 700 in England and 100 in Wales in 1907-1908), “the curriculum, and time-table must be approved by the Board of Education.” The Board has also a certain control over the curriculum of schools under the Endowed Schools Acts and the Charitable Trusts Acts, and also over that of schools voluntarily applying for inspection with a view to being recognized as efficient.

The issue of the curriculum and timetable in secondary education has been a focus for the Classical Association, the British Association, and the Education Department of Scotland. The general outcome of the recommendations already made would be to start teaching foreign languages with French and to delay the study of Latin until age twelve and Greek until age thirteen. At the Head Masters’ Conference in December 1907, a proposal to lower the standard of Greek in the entrance scholarship exams for public schools was defeated by a vote of 10 to 16, and the “British Association report” was accepted with reservations in 1908. For secondary schools receiving public funding (about 700 in England and 100 in Wales in 1907-1908), “the curriculum and timetable must be approved by the Board of Education.” The Board also has some control over the curriculum of schools governed by the Endowed Schools Acts and the Charitable Trusts Acts, as well as schools that voluntarily apply for inspection to be recognized as efficient.

Further efficiency in classical education has been the aim of the movement in favour of the reform of Latin pronunciation. In 1871 this movement resulted in Munro and Palmer’s Syllabus of Latin Pronunciation. The reform was Reform in Latin pronunciation. carried forward at University College, London, by Professor Key and by Professor Robinson Ellis in 1873, and was accepted at Shrewsbury, Marlborough, Liverpool College, Christ’s Hospital, Dulwich, and the City of London school. It was taken up anew by the Cambridge Philological Society in 1886, by the Modern Languages Association in 1901, by the Classical Association in 1904-1905, and the Philological Societies of Oxford and Cambridge in 1906. The reform was accepted by the various bodies of head masters and assistant masters in December 1906-January 1907, and the proposed scheme was formally approved by the Board of Education in February 1907.

Further efficiency in classical education has been the goal of the movement to reform Latin pronunciation. In 1871, this movement led to Munro and Palmer’s Syllabus of Latin Pronunciation. The reform was advanced at University College, London, by Professor Key and Professor Robinson Ellis in 1873, and it was adopted at Shrewsbury, Marlborough, Liverpool College, Christ’s Hospital, Dulwich, and the City of London school. It was revived by the Cambridge Philological Society in 1886, the Modern Languages Association in 1901, the Classical Association in 1904-1905, and the Philological Societies of Oxford and Cambridge in 1906. The reform was accepted by various groups of headmasters and assistant masters in December 1906-January 1907, and the proposed plan was formally approved by the Board of Education in February 1907.

See W.H. Woodward, Studies in Education during the Age of the Renaissance (1906), chap. xiii.; Acland and Llewellin Smith, Studies in Secondary Education, with introduction by James Bryce (1892); Essays on a Liberal Education, ed. F.W. Farrar (1867); R.C. Jebb, “Humanism in Education,” Romanes Lecture of 1899, reprinted with other lectures on cognate subjects in Essays and Addresses (1907); Foster Watson, The Curriculum and Practice of the English Grammar Schools up to 1660 (1908); “Greek at Oxford,” by a Resident, in The Times (December 27, 1904); Cambridge University Reporter (November 11 and December 17, 1904); British Association Report on Curricula of Secondary Schools (with an independent paper by Professor Armstrong on “The Teaching of Classics”), (December 1907); W.H.D. Rouse in The Year’s Work in Classical Studies (1907 and 1908), chap. i.; J.P. Postgate, How to pronounce Latin (Appendix B, on “Recent Progress”), (1907). For further bibliographical details see pp. 875-890 of Dr Karl Breul’s “Grossbritannien” in Baumeister’s Handbuch, I. ii. 737-892 (Munich, 1897).

See W.H. Woodward, Studies in Education during the Age of the Renaissance (1906), chap. xiii.; Acland and Llewellin Smith, Studies in Secondary Education, with introduction by James Bryce (1892); Essays on a Liberal Education, ed. F.W. Farrar (1867); R.C. Jebb, “Humanism in Education,” Romanes Lecture of 1899, reprinted with other lectures on related subjects in Essays and Addresses (1907); Foster Watson, The Curriculum and Practice of the English Grammar Schools up to 1660 (1908); “Greek at Oxford,” by a Resident, in The Times (December 27, 1904); Cambridge University Reporter (November 11 and December 17, 1904); British Association Report on Curricula of Secondary Schools (with an independent paper by Professor Armstrong on “The Teaching of Classics”), (December 1907); W.H.D. Rouse in The Year’s Work in Classical Studies (1907 and 1908), chap. i.; J.P. Postgate, How to pronounce Latin (Appendix B, on “Recent Progress”), (1907). For further bibliographical details see pp. 875-890 of Dr. Karl Breul’s “Grossbritannien” in Baumeister’s Handbuch, I. ii. 737-892 (Munich, 1897).

2. In France it was mainly with a view to promoting the study of Greek that the corporation of Royal Readers was founded by Francis I. in 1530 at the prompting of Budaeus. In the university of Paris, which was France. originally opposed to this innovation, the statutes of 1598 prescribed the study of Homer, Hesiod, Pindar, Theocritus, Plato, Demosthenes and Isocrates (as well as the principal Latin classics), and required the production of three exercises in Greek or Latin in each week.

2. In France, the Royal Readers was established by Francis I in 1530, mainly to promote the study of Greek, following the encouragement of Budaeus. At the University of Paris, which initially resisted this change, the regulations of 1598 mandated the study of Homer, Hesiod, Pindar, Theocritus, Plato, Demosthenes, and Isocrates (along with major Latin classics) and required students to complete three assignments in Greek or Latin each week.

From the middle of the 16th century the elements of Latin were generally learned from unattractive abridgments of the grammar of the Flemish scholar, van Pauteren or Despautère (d. 1520), which, in its original folio Textbooks. editions of 1537-1538, was an excellent work. The unhappy lot of those who were compelled to learn their Latin from the current abridgments was lamented by a Port-Royalist in a striking passage describing the gloomy forest of le pays de Despautère (Guyot, quoted in Sainte-Beuve’s Port-Royal, iii. 429). The first Latin grammar written in French was that of Père de Condren of the Oratoire (c. 1642), which was followed by the Port-Royal Méthode latine of Claude Lancelot (1644), and by the grammar composed by Bossuet for the dauphin, and also used by Fénelon for the instruction of the duc de Bourgogne. In the second half of the 17th century the rules of grammar and rhetoric were simplified, and the time withdrawn from the practice of composition (especially verse composition) transferred to the explanation and the study of authors.

From the mid-16th century, people generally learned Latin from unattractive summaries of the grammar by the Flemish scholar van Pauteren or Despautère (d. 1520), which, in its original folio editions of 1537-1538, was a great work. The unfortunate fate of those forced to learn Latin from the available summaries was lamented by a Port-Royalist in a striking passage describing the gloomy forest of le pays de Despautère (Guyot, quoted in Sainte-Beuve’s Port-Royal, iii. 429). The first Latin grammar written in French was by Père de Condren from the Oratoire (c. 1642), followed by Claude Lancelot's Port-Royal Méthode latine (1644) and the grammar written by Bossuet for the dauphin, which was also used by Fénelon to teach the duc de Bourgogne. In the latter half of the 17th century, the rules of grammar and rhetoric were simplified, and time that used to be spent on practicing composition (especially verse composition) was redirected toward explaining and studying texts.

Richelieu, in 1640, formed a scheme for a college in which Latin was to have a subordinate place, while room was to be found for the study of history and science, Greek, and French and modern languages. Bossuet, in educating Richelieu, Bossuet, Fénelon, Fleury. the dauphin, added to the ordinary classical routine represented by the extensive series of the “Delphin Classics” the study of history and of science. A greater originality in the method of teaching the ancient languages was exemplified by Fénelon, whose views were partially reflected by the Abbé Fleury, who also desired the simplification of grammar, the diminution of composition, and even the suppression of Latin verse. Of the ordinary teaching of Greek in his day, Fleury wittily observed that most boys “learned just enough of that language to have a pretext for saying for the rest of their lives that Greek was a subject easily forgotten.”

In 1640, Richelieu came up with a plan for a college where Latin would take a backseat, allowing space for the study of history and science, Greek, and French and modern languages. When Bossuet was teaching the dauphin, he supplemented the usual classical curriculum shown in the extensive series of the “Delphin Classics” with the study of history and science. Fénelon brought a more original approach to teaching ancient languages, and his ideas were partly echoed by the Abbé Fleury, who also pushed for simpler grammar, less focus on composition, and even the elimination of Latin verses. Commenting on the typical way Greek was taught in his time, Fleury humorously noted that most boys “learned just enough of that language to have an excuse for saying for the rest of their lives that Greek was a subject easily forgotten.”

In the 18th century Rollin, in his Traité des études (1726), agreed with the Port-Royalists in demanding that Latin grammars should be written in French, that the rules should be simplified and explained by a sufficient Rollin. number of examples, and that a more important place should be assigned to translation than to composition. The supremacy of Latin was the subject of a long series of attacks in the same century. Even at the close of the previous century the brilliant achievements of French literature had prompted La Bruyère 458 to declare in Des ouvrages de l’esprit (about 1680), “We have at last thrown off the yoke of Latinism”; and, in the same year, Jacques Spon claimed in his correspondence the right to use the French language in discussing points of archaeology.

In the 18th century, Rollin, in his Traité des études (1726), agreed with the Port-Royalists that Latin grammars should be written in French, that the rules should be simplified and explained with enough examples, and that translation should be prioritized over composition. The dominance of Latin faced a series of criticisms during that same century. Even at the end of the previous century, the remarkable achievements of French literature led La Bruyère 458 to state in Des ouvrages de l’esprit (around 1680), “We have finally thrown off the yoke of Latinism”; and, in the same year, Jacques Spon asserted in his letters the right to use the French language when discussing topics related to archaeology.

Meanwhile, in 1563, notwithstanding the opposition of the university of Paris, the Jesuits had succeeded in founding the Collegium Claromontanum. After the accession of Henry IV. they were expelled from Paris and other The Jesuits. important towns in 1594, and not allowed to return until 1609, when they found themselves confronted once more by their rival, the university of Paris. They opened the doors of their schools to the Greek and Latin classics, but they represented the ancient masterpieces dissevered from their original historic environment, as impersonal models of taste, as isolated standards of style. They did much, however, for the cultivation of original composition modelled on Cicero and Virgil. They have been charged with paying an exaggerated attention to form, and with neglecting the subject-matter of the classics. This neglect is attributed to their anxiety to avoid the “pagan” element in the ancient literature. Intensely conservative in their methods, they kept up the system of using Latin in their grammars (and in their oral instruction) long after it had been abandoned by others.

Meanwhile, in 1563, despite the opposition from the University of Paris, the Jesuits successfully established the Collegium Claromontanum. After Henry IV came to power, they were expelled from Paris and other major cities in 1594 and weren't allowed to return until 1609, when they once again faced off against their rival, the University of Paris. They welcomed the Greek and Latin classics into their schools, but they presented these ancient masterpieces stripped of their original historical context, treating them as impersonal examples of style and isolated standards of taste. However, they made significant contributions to the development of original writing modeled on Cicero and Virgil. They have been criticized for focusing too much on form and neglecting the content of the classics. This neglect is said to stem from their desire to avoid the “pagan” elements in ancient literature. Highly conservative in their methods, they continued to use Latin in their grammars (and in their oral instruction) long after it had been abandoned by others.

The use of French for these purposes was a characteristic of the “Little Schools” of the Jansenists of Port-Royal(1643-1660). The text-books prepared for them by Lancelot included not only the above-mentioned Latin grammar (1644) Port-Royal. but also the Méthode grecque of 1655 and the Jardin des racines grecques (1657), which remained in use for two centuries and largely superseded the grammar of Clenardus (1636) and the Tirocinium of Père Labbe (1648). Greek began to decline in the university about 1650, at the very time when the Port-Royalists were aiming at its revival. During the brief existence of their schools their most celebrated pupils were Tillemont and Racine.

The use of French for these purposes was a hallmark of the “Little Schools” of the Jansenists of Port-Royal (1643-1660). The textbooks created for them by Lancelot included not only the previously mentioned Latin grammar (1644) Port Royal. but also the Méthode grecque from 1655 and the Jardin des racines grecques (1657), which were in use for two centuries and largely replaced the grammar of Clenardus (1636) and the Tirocinium of Père Labbe (1648). Greek started to decline in the university around 1650, just when the Port-Royalists were working to revive it. During the brief time their schools were open, their most famous students were Tillemont and Racine.

The Jesuits, on the other hand, claimed Corneille and Molière, as well as Descartes and Bossuet, Fontenelle, Montesquieu and Voltaire. Of their Latin poets the best-known were Denis Petau (d. 1652), René Rapin (d. 1687) and N.E. Sanadon (d. 1733). In 1762 the Jesuits were suppressed, and more than one hundred schools were thus deprived of their teachers. The university of Paris, which had prompted their suppression, and the parliament, which had carried it into effect, made every endeavour to replace them. The university took possession of the Collegium Claromontanum, then known as the Collège Louis-le-Grand, and transformed it into an école normale. Many of the Jesuit schools were transferred to the congregations of the Oratoire and the Benedictines, and to the secular clergy. On the eve of the Revolution, out of a grand total of 562 classical schools, 384 were in the hands of the clergy and 178 in those of the congregations.

The Jesuits, on the other hand, claimed Corneille and Molière, as well as Descartes, Bossuet, Fontenelle, Montesquieu, and Voltaire. Among their Latin poets, the best-known were Denis Petau (d. 1652), René Rapin (d. 1687), and N.E. Sanadon (d. 1733). In 1762, the Jesuits were suppressed, leaving more than one hundred schools without their teachers. The University of Paris, which had pushed for their suppression, and the parliament that implemented it did everything they could to replace them. The university took over the Collegium Claromontanum, then known as the Collège Louis-le-Grand, and turned it into an école normale. Many of the Jesuit schools were handed over to the congregations of the Oratoire and the Benedictines, as well as to the secular clergy. On the eve of the Revolution, out of a total of 562 classical schools, 384 were under the control of the clergy and 178 were managed by the congregations.

The expulsion of the Jesuits gave a new impulse to the attacks directed against all schemes of education in which Latin held a prominent position. At the moment when the university of Paris was, by the absence of its rivals, Classical education attacked. placed in complete control of the education of France, she found herself driven to defend the principles of classical education against a crowd of assailants. All kinds of devices were suggested for expediting the acquisition of Latin; grammar was to be set aside; Latin was to be learned as a “living language”; much attention was to be devoted to acquiring an extensive vocabulary; and, “to save time,” composition was to be abolished. To facilitate the reading of Latin texts, the favourite method was the use of interlinear translations, originally proposed by Locke, first popularized in France by Dumarsais (1722), and in constant vogue down to the time of the Revolution.

The expulsion of the Jesuits led to a renewed wave of criticism against all education methods that focused heavily on Latin. At a time when the University of Paris, free from its competitors, gained complete control over education in France, it found itself having to defend classical education principles against numerous attackers. Various suggestions were made to speed up learning Latin; grammar was to be ignored; Latin was to be taught as a "living language"; more emphasis was to be placed on building a large vocabulary, and, "to save time," writing exercises were to be eliminated. To make reading Latin texts easier, the popular approach was to use interlinear translations, originally suggested by Locke, first made widely known in France by Dumarsais (1722), and this method remained in use until the time of the Revolution.

Early in the 18th century Rollin pleaded for the “utility of Greek,” while he described that language as the heritage of the university of Paris. In 1753 Berthier feared that in thirty years no one would be able to read Greek. In 1768 Rolland declared that the university, which held Greek in high honour, nevertheless had reason to lament that her students learnt little of the language, and he traced this decline to the fact that attendance at lectures had ceased to be compulsory. Greek, however, was still recognized as part of the examination held for the appointment of schoolmasters.

Early in the 18th century, Rollin argued for the “importance of Greek,” describing it as a legacy of the University of Paris. In 1753, Berthier worried that in thirty years, no one would be able to read Greek. In 1768, Rolland stated that although the university valued Greek highly, it had good reason to regret that its students were learning very little of the language, attributing this decline to the fact that attending lectures was no longer mandatory. However, Greek was still acknowledged as part of the exam for hiring schoolmasters.

During the 18th century, in Greek as well as in Latin, the general aim was to reach the goal as rapidly as possible, even at the risk of missing it altogether. On the eve of the Revolution, France was enjoying the study of the Eve of the Revolution. institutions of Greece in the attractive pages of the Voyage du jeune Anacharsis (1789), but the study of Greek was menaced even more than that of Latin. For fifty years before the Revolution there was a distinct dissatisfaction with the routine of the schools. To meet that dissatisfaction, the teachers had accepted new subjects of study, had improved their methods, and had simplified the learning of the dead languages. But even this was not enough. In the study of the classics, as in other spheres, it was revolution rather than evolution that was loudly demanded.

During the 18th century, in both Greek and Latin, the main goal was to achieve results as quickly as possible, even if that meant potentially missing the target entirely. On the brink of the Revolution, France was captivated by the study of Greek institutions through the engaging pages of the Voyage du jeune Anacharsis (1789), but the study of Greek was even more at risk than Latin. For fifty years leading up to the Revolution, there was clear dissatisfaction with the traditional school routines. In response to this discontent, teachers embraced new subjects, improved their teaching methods, and made learning dead languages simpler. However, this still wasn't sufficient. In the realm of classics, as in other areas, people were calling for revolution instead of just gradual change.

The Revolution was soon followed by the long-continued battle of the “Programmes.” Under the First Republic the schemes of Condorcet (April 1792) and J. Lakanal (February 1795) were superseded by that of P.C.F. First Republic. Daunou (October 1795), which divided the pupils of the “central schools” into three groups, according to age, with corresponding subjects of study: (1) twelve to fourteen,—drawing, natural history, Greek and Latin, and a choice of modern languages; (2) fourteen to sixteen,—mathematics, physics, chemistry; (3) over sixteen,—general grammar, literature, history and constitutional law..

The Revolution was soon followed by the ongoing struggle over the “Programmes.” During the First Republic, the plans of Condorcet (April 1792) and J. Lakanal (February 1795) were replaced by P.C.F. Daunou’s proposal (October 1795), which grouped the students of the “central schools” into three age categories, with corresponding subjects of study: (1) ages twelve to fourteen—drawing, natural history, Greek and Latin, and a choice of modern languages; (2) ages fourteen to sixteen—mathematics, physics, chemistry; (3) over sixteen—general grammar, literature, history, and constitutional law.

In July 1801, under the consulate, there were two courses, (1) nine to twelve,—elementary knowledge, including elements of Latin; (2) above twelve,—a higher course, with two Consulate. alternatives, “humanistic” studies for the “civil,” and purely practical studies for the “military” section. The law of the 1st of May 1802 brought the lycées into existence, the subjects being, in Napoleon’s own phrase, “mainly Latin and mathematics.”

In July 1801, during the consulate, there were two courses: (1) for ages nine to twelve—basic knowledge, including some Latin; (2) for those above twelve—a higher course with two options: “humanistic” studies for the “civil” section, and purely practical studies for the “military” section. The law of May 1, 1802, established the lycées, with the subjects being, in Napoleon’s own words, “mainly Latin and mathematics.”

At the Restoration (1814) the military discipline of the lycées was replaced by the ecclesiastical discipline of the “Royal Colleges.” The reaction of 1815-1821 in favour of classics was followed by the more liberal programme of Restoration. Vatimesnil (1829), including, for those who had no taste for a classical education, certain “special courses” (1830), which were the germ of the enseignement spécial and the enseignement moderne.

At the Restoration (1814), the military discipline in the lycées was replaced by the church-based discipline of the “Royal Colleges.” The reaction from 1815 to 1821 that favored classical studies was followed by a more liberal agenda of Revival. Vatimesnil (1829) introduced, for those uninterested in a classical education, certain “special courses” (1830), which were the foundation of the enseignement spécial and the enseignement moderne.

Under Louis Philippe (1830-1848), amid all varieties of administration there was a consistent desire to hold the balance fairly between all the conflicting subjects of study. After the revolution of 1848 the difficulties raised by the excessive number of subjects were solved by H.N.H. Fortoul’s expedient of “bifurcation,” the alternatives being letters and science. In 1863, under Napoleon III., Victor Duruy encouraged the study of history, and also did much for classical learning by founding the École des Hautes Études. In 1872, under the Third Republic, Jules Simon found time for hygiene, geography and modern Third Republic. languages by abolishing Latin verse composition and reducing the number of exercises in Latin prose, while he insisted on the importance of studying the inner meaning of the ancient classics. The same principles were carried out by Jules Ferry (1880) and Paul Bert (1881-1882). In the scheme of 1890 the Latin course of six years began with ten hours a week and ended with four; Greek was begun a year later with two hours, increasing to six and ending with four.

Under Louis Philippe (1830-1848), there was a consistent effort to maintain a fair balance among all the various subjects of study. After the revolution of 1848, the challenges posed by the overwhelming number of subjects were addressed by H.N.H. Fortoul’s approach of “bifurcation,” choosing between letters and science. In 1863, during Napoleon III.’s reign, Victor Duruy promoted the study of history and contributed significantly to classical education by founding the École des Hautes Études. In 1872, under the Third Republic, Jules Simon dedicated attention to hygiene, geography, and modern languages by eliminating Latin verse composition and reducing the exercises in Latin prose, while emphasizing the importance of understanding the deeper meanings of the ancient classics. These same principles were upheld by Jules Ferry (1880) and Paul Bert (1881-1882). In the 1890 curriculum, the Latin course began with ten hours a week for six years and ended with four; Greek was introduced a year later, starting with two hours, increasing to six, and then concluding with four.

The commission of 1899, under the able chairmanship of M. Alexandre Ribot, published an important report, which was followed in 1902 by the scheme of M. Georges Leygues. The preamble includes a striking tribute to the advantages that France had derived from the study of the classics:—

The 1899 commission, led by M. Alexandre Ribot, released a significant report, which was followed in 1902 by M. Georges Leygues’ plan. The introduction contains a powerful acknowledgment of the benefits France gained from studying the classics:—

“L’étude de l’antiquité grecque et latine a donné au génie français une mesure, une clarté et une élégance incomparables. C’est par elle que notre philosophie, nos lettres et nos arts ont brillé d’un si 459 vif éclat; c’est par elle que notre influence morale s’est exercée en souveraine dans le monde. Les humanités doivent être protégées contre toute atteinte et fortifiées. Elles font partie du patrimoine national.

“Studying Greek and Latin antiquity has given French genius unmatched measure, clarity, and elegance. It's through this that our philosophy, literature, and arts have shone with such bright brilliance; it's through this that our moral influence has exerted itself supremely in the world. The humanities must be protected from any harm and strengthened. They are part of our national heritage.

“L’esprit classique n’est pas ... incompatible avec l’esprit moderne. Il est de tous les temps, parce qu’il est le culte de la raison claire et libre, la recherche de la beauté harmonieuse et simple dans toutes les manifestations de la pensée.”

“Classic thought is not ... incompatible with modern thought. It is timeless because it honors clear and free reason, seeking harmonious and simple beauty in all expressions of thought.”

By the scheme introduced in these memorable terms the course of seven years is divided into two cycles, the first cycle (of four years) having two parallel courses: (1) without Greek or Latin, and (2) with Latin, and with optional Greek at the beginning of the third year. In the second cycle (of three years) those who have been learning both Greek and Latin, and those who have been learning neither, continue on the same lines as before; while those who have been learning Latin only may either (1) discontinue it in favour of modern languages and science, or (2) continue it with either. As an alternative to the second cycle, which normally ends in the examination for the baccalauréat, there is a shorter course, mainly founded on modern languages or applied science and ending in a public examination without the baccalauréat. The baccalauréat, however, has been condemned by the next minister, M. Briand, who prefers to crown the course with the award of a school diploma (1907).

By the framework outlined in these notable terms, the seven-year course is divided into two cycles. The first cycle (lasting four years) offers two parallel paths: (1) one without Greek or Latin, and (2) one with Latin, along with optional Greek starting in the third year. In the second cycle (lasting three years), students who have been learning both Greek and Latin, as well as those who haven’t learned either, continue on the same path as before. Meanwhile, those who have been studying only Latin can either (1) stop in favor of modern languages and science, or (2) keep studying Latin with either. Instead of the second cycle, which typically culminates in the examination for the baccalauréat, there is a shorter course focused mainly on modern languages or applied science, concluding with a public exam that does not include the baccalauréat. However, the baccalauréat has been criticized by the next minister, M. Briand, who prefers to conclude the course with the award of a school diploma (1907).

See H. Lantoine, Histoire de l’enseignement secondaire en France au XVIIe siècle (1874); A. Sicard, Les Études classiques avant la Révolution (1887); Sainte-Beuve, Port-Royal, vols. i.-v. (1840-1859), especially iii. 383-588; O. Gréard, Education et instruction, 4 vols., especially “Enseignement secondaire,” vol. ii. pp. 1-90, with conspectus of programmes in the appendix (1889); A. Ribot, La Réforme de l’enseignement secondaire (1900); G. Leygues, Plan d’études, &c. (1902); H.H. Johnson, “Present State of Classical Studies in France,” in Classical Review (December 1907). See also the English Education Department’s Special Reports on Education in France (1899). The earlier literature is best represented in England by Matthew Arnold’s Schools and Universities in France (1868; new edition, 1892) and A French Eton (1864).

See H. Lantoine, Histoire de l’enseignement secondaire en France au XVIIe siècle (1874); A. Sicard, Les Études classiques avant la Révolution (1887); Sainte-Beuve, Port-Royal, vols. i.-v. (1840-1859), especially iii. 383-588; O. Gréard, Education et instruction, 4 vols., especially “Enseignement secondaire,” vol. ii. pp. 1-90, with conspectus of programmes in the appendix (1889); A. Ribot, La Réforme de l’enseignement secondaire (1900); G. Leygues, Plan d’études, &c. (1902); H.H. Johnson, “Present State of Classical Studies in France,” in Classical Review (December 1907). See also the English Education Department’s Special Reports on Education in France (1899). The earlier literature is best represented in England by Matthew Arnold’s Schools and Universities in France (1868; new edition, 1892) and A French Eton (1864).

3. The history of education in Germany since 1500 falls into three periods: (a) the age of the Revival of Learning and the Reformation (1500-1650), (b) the age of French influence Germany. (1650-1800), and (c) the 19th century.

3. The history of education in Germany since 1500 can be divided into three periods: (a) the era of the Renaissance and the Reformation (1500-1650), (b) the era of French influence Germany. (1650-1800), and (c) the 19th century.

(a) During the first twenty years of the 16th century the reform of Latin instruction was carried out by setting aside the old medieval grammars, by introducing new manuals of classical literature, and by prescribing the study of classical authors and the imitation of classical models. In all these points the lead was first taken by south Germany, and by the towns along the Rhine down to the Netherlands. The old schools and universities were being quietly interpenetrated by the new spirit of humanism, when the sky was suddenly darkened by the clouds of religious conflict. In 1525-1535 there was a marked depression in the classical studies of Germany. Erasmus, writing to W. Pirckheimer in 1528, exclaims: “Wherever the spirit of Luther prevails, learning goes to the ground.” Such a fate was, however, averted by the intervention of Melanchthon (d. 1560), the Melanchthon. praeceptor Germaniae, who was the embodiment of the spirit of the new Protestant type of education, with its union of evangelical doctrine and humanistic culture. Under his influence, new schools rapidly rose into being at Magdeburg, Eisleben and Nuremberg (1521-1526). During more than forty years of academic activity he not only provided manuals of Latin and Greek grammar and many other text-books that long remained in use, but he also formed for Germany a well-trained class of learned teachers, who extended his influence throughout the land. His principal ally as an educator and as a writer of text-books was Camerarius (d. 1574). Precepts of style, and models taken from the best Latin authors, were the means whereby a remarkable skill in the imitation of Cicero was attained at Strassburg during the forty-four years of the headmastership of Johannes von Sturm (d. 1589), who had himself been influenced by the De disciplinis of J.L. Vivès (1531), and in all his teaching aimed at the formation of a sapiens atque eloquens pietas. Latin continued to be the living language of learning and of literature, and a correct and elegant Latin style was regarded as the mark of an educated person. Greek was taught in all the great schools, but became more and more confined to the study of the Greek Testament. In 1550 it was proposed in Brunswick to The Greek Testament. banish all “profane” authors from the schools, and in 1589 a competent scholar was instructed to write a sacred epic on the kings of Israel as a substitute for the works of the “pagan” poets. In 1637, when the doubts of Scaliger and Heinsius as to the purity of the Greek of the New Testament prompted the rector of Hamburg to introduce the study of classical authors, any reflection on the style of the Greek Testament was bitterly resented.

(a) During the first twenty years of the 16th century, Latin instruction was reformed by moving away from old medieval grammars, introducing new manuals of classical literature, and requiring the study of classical authors and imitation of classical models. South Germany and the towns along the Rhine to the Netherlands were the first to take the lead in all these areas. The old schools and universities were quietly being infused with the new spirit of humanism when suddenly, religious conflict darkened the skies. Between 1525 and 1535, there was a noticeable decline in classical studies in Germany. Erasmus, writing to W. Pirckheimer in 1528, exclaimed, “Wherever the spirit of Luther prevails, learning goes to the ground.” However, this fate was averted by the intervention of Melanchthon (d. 1560), the Melanchthon. praeceptor Germaniae, who embodied the spirit of the new Protestant type of education, combining evangelical doctrine with humanistic culture. Under his influence, new schools quickly emerged in Magdeburg, Eisleben, and Nuremberg (1521-1526). Over more than forty years of academic work, he not only provided manuals of Latin and Greek grammar and many other textbooks that remained in use for a long time, but also trained a skilled group of learned teachers who spread his influence throughout the country. His main ally as an educator and textbook writer was Camerarius (d. 1574). Guidelines for style and models from the best Latin authors were used to achieve remarkable proficiency in imitating Cicero at Strassburg during the forty-four years of Johannes von Sturm’s (d. 1589) headmastership, who had been influenced by the De disciplinis of J.L. Vivès (1531) and aimed in all his teaching for the formation of a sapiens atque eloquens pietas. Latin remained the living language of learning and literature, and a proper and elegant Latin style was seen as the hallmark of an educated person. Greek was taught in all the major schools but became increasingly limited to the study of the Greek Testament. In 1550, it was proposed in Brunswick to ban all “profane” authors from schools, and in 1589, a qualified scholar was instructed to write a sacred epic on the kings of Israel to replace the works of the “pagan” poets. In 1637, when doubts from Scaliger and Heinsius about the purity of the Greek in the New Testament led the rector of Hamburg to introduce the study of classical authors, any comments on the style of the Greek Testament were met with strong resentment.

The Society of Jesus was founded in 1540, and by 1600 most of the teachers in the Catholic schools and universities of Germany were Jesuits. The society was “dissolved” in 1773, but survived its dissolution. In accordance The Jesuits. with the Ratio Studiorum of Aquaviva (1599), which long remained unaltered and was only partially revised by J. Roothaan (1832), the main subjects of instruction were the litterae humaniores diversarum linguarum. The chief place among these was naturally assigned to Latin, the language of the society and of the Roman Church. The Latin grammar in use was that of the Jesuit rector of the school at Lisbon, Alvarez (1572). As in the Protestant schools, the principal aim was the attainment of eloquentia. A comparatively subordinate place was assigned to Greek, especially as the importance attributed to the Vulgate weakened the motive for studying the original text. It was recognized, however, that Latin itself (as Vivès had said) was “in no small need of Greek,” and that, “unless Greek was learnt in boyhood, it would hardly ever be learnt at all.” The text-book used was the Institutiones linguae Graecae of the German Jesuit, Jacob Gretser, of Ingolstadt (c. 1590), and the reading in the highest class included portions of Demosthenes, Isocrates, Plato, Thucydides, Homer, Hesiod, Pindar, Gregory of Nazianzus, Basil and Chrysostom. The Catholic and Protestant schools of the 16th century succeeded, as a rule, in giving a command over a correct Latin style and a taste for literary form and for culture. Latin was still the language of the law-courts and of a large part of general literature. Between Luther and Lessing there was no great writer of German prose.

The Society of Jesus was founded in 1540, and by 1600, most of the teachers in the Catholic schools and universities in Germany were Jesuits. The society was “dissolved” in 1773, but it continued to exist after that. According to the Ratio Studiorum by Aquaviva (1599), which remained largely unchanged and was only partially updated by J. Roothaan (1832), the main subjects taught were the litterae humaniores diversarum linguarum. Naturally, Latin was given the most importance as it was the language of the society and the Roman Church. The Latin grammar that was used came from the Jesuit rector of the school in Lisbon, Alvarez (1572). Similar to Protestant schools, the primary goal was to achieve eloquentia. Greek was assigned a relatively minor role, particularly as the focus on the Vulgate reduced the incentive to study the original text. However, it was acknowledged that Latin itself (as Vivès had said) was “in no small need of Greek,” and that, “unless Greek was learned in childhood, it would hardly ever be learned at all.” The textbook used was the Institutiones linguae Graecae by the German Jesuit, Jacob Gretser, from Ingolstadt (c. 1590), and the reading for the highest class included excerpts from Demosthenes, Isocrates, Plato, Thucydides, Homer, Hesiod, Pindar, Gregory of Nazianzus, Basil, and Chrysostom. Generally, the Catholic and Protestant schools of the 16th century were successful in helping students develop a proper Latin style and a taste for literary form and culture. Latin remained the language of the courts and a significant portion of general literature. Between Luther and Lessing, there wasn’t a major writer of German prose.

(b) In the early part of the period 1650-1800, while Latin continued to hold the foremost place, it was ceasing to be Latin of the strictly classical type. Greek fell still further into the background; and Homer and Demosthenes The age of French influence. gradually gave way to the Greek Testament. Between 1600 and 1775 there was a great gap in the production of new editions of the principal Greek classics. The spell was only partially broken by J.A. Ernesti’s Homer (1759 f.) and Chr. G. Heyne’s Pindar (1773 f.).

(b) In the early part of the period from 1650 to 1800, while Latin remained the top language, it was starting to drift away from its strictly classical form. Greek fell even further into obscurity, and Homer and Demosthenes gradually gave way to the Greek Testament. Between 1600 and 1775, there was a significant gap in the publication of new editions of the major Greek classics. This trend was only partially interrupted by J.A. Ernesti’s Homer (1759 f.) and Chr. G. Heyne’s Pindar (1773 f.).

The peace of Westphalia (1648) marks a distinct epoch in the history of education in Germany. Thenceforth, education became more modern and more secular. The long wars of religion in Germany, as in France and England, Modern and secular education. were followed by a certain indifference as to disputed points of theology. But the modern and secular type of education that now supervened was opposed by the pietism of the second half of the 17th century, represented at the newly-founded university of Halle (1694) by A.H. Francke, the professor of Greek (d. 1727), whose influence was far greater than that of Chr. Cellarius (d. 1707), the founder of the first philological Seminar (1697). Francke’s contemporary, Chr. Thomasius (d. 1728), was never weary of attacking scholarship of the old humanistic type and everything that savoured of antiquarian pedantry, and it was mainly his influence that made German the language of university lectures and of scientific and learned literature. A modern education is also the aim of the general introduction to the nova methodus of Leibnitz, where the study of Greek is recommended solely for the sake of the Greek Testament (1666). Meanwhile, Ratichius (d. 1635) had in vain pretended to teach Hebrew, Greek and Latin in the space of six months (1612), but he had the merit of maintaining that the study of a language should begin with the study of an author. Comenius (d. 1671) had proposed to teach Latin by drilling his 460 pupils in a thousand graduated phrases distributed over a hundred instructive chapters, while the Latin authors were banished because of their difficulty and their “paganism” (1631). One of the catchwords of the day was to insist on a knowledge of things instead of a knowledge of words, on “realism” instead of “verbalism.”

The Peace of Westphalia (1648) marks a significant turning point in the history of education in Germany. From this point on, education became more modern and secular. The long religious wars in Germany, as in France and England, Contemporary and secular education. were followed by a certain indifference to controversial theological issues. However, the modern and secular approach to education that emerged faced opposition from the pietism of the late 17th century, represented at the newly-founded University of Halle (1694) by A.H. Francke, the professor of Greek (d. 1727), whose influence was much greater than that of Chr. Cellarius (d. 1707), the founder of the first philological Seminar (1697). Francke’s contemporary, Chr. Thomasius (d. 1728), tirelessly criticized the scholarship of the old humanistic style and anything that seemed like antiquarian pedantry, and it was largely his influence that established German as the language of university lectures and of scientific and scholarly literature. A modern education is also the goal of the general introduction to the nova methodus of Leibnitz, where the study of Greek is recommended solely for the purpose of understanding the Greek Testament (1666). Meanwhile, Ratichius (d. 1635) had, in vain, claimed he could teach Hebrew, Greek, and Latin within six months (1612), but he did have the merit of arguing that language study should begin with the study of an author. Comenius (d. 1671) proposed teaching Latin by training his students with a thousand graded phrases spread over a hundred educational chapters, while Latin authors were excluded due to their difficulty and their “paganism” (1631). One of the popular phrases of the day emphasized the importance of knowing things instead of merely knowing words, advocating for “realism” over “verbalism.”

Under the influence of France the perfect courtier became the ideal in the German education of the upper classes of the 17th and 18th centuries. A large number of aristocratic schools (Ritter-Akademien) were founded, Ritter-akademien. beginning with the Collegium Illustre of Tübingen (1589) and ending with the Hohe Karlschule of Stuttgart (1775). In these schools the subjects of study included mathematics and natural sciences, geography and history, and modern languages (especially French), with riding, fencing and dancing; Latin assumed a subordinate place, and classical composition in prose or verse was not considered a sufficiently courtly accomplishment. The youthful aristocracy were thus withdrawn from the old Latin schools of Germany, but the aristocratic schools vanished with the dawn of the 19th century, and the ordinary public schools were once more frequented by the young nobility.

Under the influence of France, the ideal courtier became the standard in the education of the German upper classes during the 17th and 18th centuries. Many aristocratic schools (Ritter-Akademien) were established, starting with the Collegium Illustre of Tübingen (1589) and ending with the Hohe Karlschule of Stuttgart (1775). In these schools, subjects included mathematics and natural sciences, geography and history, and modern languages (especially French), along with riding, fencing, and dancing; Latin was given less importance, and classical writing in prose or verse was not seen as a suitably elegant skill. The young aristocracy were thus separated from the old Latin schools of Germany, but the aristocratic schools faded away with the start of the 19th century, and the young nobility once again attended regular public schools.

(c) The Modern Period.—In the last third of the 18th century two important movements came into play, the “naturalism” of Rousseau and the “new humanism.” While Rousseau sought his ideal in a form of education and The “new humanism.” of culture that was in close accord with nature, the German apostles of the new humanism were convinced that they had found that ideal completely realized in the old Greek world. Hence the aim of education was to make young people thoroughly “Greek,” to fill them with the “Greek” spirit, with courage and keenness in the quest of truth, and with a devotion to all that was beautiful. Herder. The link between the naturalism of Rousseau and the new humanism is to be found in J.G. Herder, whose passion for all that is Greek inspires him with almost a hatred of Latin. The new humanism was a kind of revival of the Renaissance, which had been retarded by the Reformation in Germany and by the Counter-Reformation in Italy, or had at least been degraded to the dull classicism of the schools. The new humanism agreed with the Renaissance in its unreserved recognition of the old classical world as a perfect pattern of culture. But, while the Renaissance aimed at reproducing the Augustan age of Rome, the new humanism found its golden age in Athens. The Latin Renaissance in Italy aimed at recovering and verbally imitating the ancient literature; the Greek Renaissance in Germany sought inspiration from the creative originality of Greek literature with a view to producing an original literature in the German language. The movement had its effect on the schools by discouraging the old classical routine of verbal imitation, and giving a new prominence to Greek and to German. The new humanism found a home in Göttingen (1783) in the days of J.M. Gesner and C.G. Heyne. It was represented at Leipzig by Gesner’s successor, Ernesti (d. 1781); and at Halle by F.A. Wolf, who in 1783 was appointed professor of education by Zedlitz, the minister of Frederick the Great. In literature, its leading names were Winckelmann, Lessing and Voss, and Herder, Goethe and Schiller. The tide of the new movement had reached its height about 1800. Goethe and Schiller were convinced that the old Greek world was the highest revelation of humanity; and the universities and schools of Germany were reorganized in this spirit by F.A. Wolf and his illustrious pupil, Wilhelm von Humboldt. In 1809-1810 Humboldt was at the School reorganization. head of the educational section of the Prussian Home Office, and, in the brief interval of a year and a half, gave to the general system of education the direction which it followed (with slight exceptions) throughout the whole century. In 1810 the examen pro facultate docendi first made the profession of a schoolmaster independent of that of a minister of religion. The new scheme drawn up by J.W. Süvern recognized four principal co-ordinated branches of learning: Latin, Greek, German, mathematics. All four were studied throughout the school, Greek being begun in the fourth of the nine classes, that corresponding to the English “third form.” The old Latin school had only one main subject, the study of Latin style (combined with a modicum of Greek). The new gymnasium aimed at a wider education, in which literature was represented by Latin, Greek and German, by the side of mathematics and natural science, history and religion. The uniform employment of the term Gymnasium for the highest type of a Prussian school dates from 1812. The leaving examination (Abgangsprüfung), instituted in that year, required Greek translation at sight, with Greek prose composition, and ability to speak and to write Latin. In 1818-1840 the leading spirit on the board of education was Johannes Schulze, and a complete and comprehensive system of education continued to be the ideal kept in view. Such an education, however, was found in practice to involve a prolongation of the years spent at school and a correspondingly later start in life. It was also attacked on the ground that it led to “overwork.” This attack was partially met by the scheme of 1837. Schulze’s period of prominence in Berlin closely corresponded to that of Herbart at Königsberg (1809-1833) and Göttingen (1833-1841), who insisted that for boys of eight to twelve there was no better text-book than the Greek Odyssey, and this principle was brought into practice at Hanover by his distinguished pupil, Ahrens.

(c) The Modern Period.—In the last third of the 18th century, two important movements emerged: Rousseau's “naturalism” and the “new humanism.” While Rousseau aimed for an ideal rooted in a type of education and culture that aligned closely with nature, the German proponents of new humanism believed they had discovered that ideal fully realized in the ancient Greek world. Consequently, the goal of education was to make young people thoroughly “Greek,” instilling in them the “Greek” spirit, with bravery and eagerness in the pursuit of truth, and a dedication to all things beautiful. The "new humanism." The connection between Rousseau's naturalism and the new humanism can be seen in J.G. Herder, whose love for everything Greek fuels a near dislike for Latin. The new humanism was a revival of the Renaissance, which had been held back by the Reformation in Germany and by the Counter-Reformation in Italy, or at least had been reduced to the tedious classicism of the schools. The new humanism shared the Renaissance's enthusiastic recognition of the ancient classical world as an ideal model of culture. However, while the Renaissance sought to recreate the Augustan age of Rome, the new humanism found its golden age in Athens. The Latin Renaissance in Italy focused on recovering and imitating ancient literature, while the Greek Renaissance in Germany aimed to draw inspiration from the creative originality of Greek literature to produce an original literature in the German language. This movement influenced schools by discouraging the old classical practice of verbal imitation and elevating both Greek and German studies. The new humanism found its stronghold in Göttingen (1783) during the time of J.M. Gesner and C.G. Heyne. It was represented in Leipzig by Gesner’s successor, Ernesti (d. 1781), and at Halle by F.A. Wolf, who was appointed professor of education in 1783 by Zedlitz, Frederick the Great's minister. Key figures in literature included Winckelmann, Lessing, Voss, Herder, Goethe, and Schiller. The peak of the new movement occurred around 1800. Goethe and Schiller believed that the ancient Greek world represented the highest expression of humanity, prompting the restructuring of German universities and schools in this spirit by F.A. Wolf and his notable student, Wilhelm von Humboldt. In 1809-1810, Humboldt led the educational section of the Prussian Home Office and, in the short span of a year and a half, set the direction for the overall education system that would be followed (with minor exceptions) throughout the century. In 1810, the examen pro facultate docendi made the teaching profession independent from that of a religious minister. The new plan created by J.W. Süvern recognized four main coordinated branches of learning: Latin, Greek, German, and mathematics. All four subjects were taught throughout the school, with Greek starting in the fourth of the nine classes, equivalent to the English “third form.” The former Latin school only focused on one main subject, the study of Latin style (with a bit of Greek). The new gymnasium aimed for a broader education, encompassing literature represented by Latin, Greek, and German, alongside mathematics, natural science, history, and religion. The consistent use of the term Gymnasium for the highest type of Prussian school started in 1812. The leaving examination (Abgangsprüfung) introduced that year required students to translate Greek at sight, complete Greek prose composition, and demonstrate proficiency in speaking and writing Latin. From 1818-1840, Johannes Schulze was a dominant figure on the board of education, and a complete and inclusive education system continued to be the ideal. However, this approach often resulted in extended years spent in school and a correspondingly delayed start in adult life. It also faced criticism for causing “overwork.” This criticism was partly addressed by the 1837 reform. Schulze’s prominent period in Berlin occurred alongside Herbart in Königsberg (1809-1833) and Göttingen (1833-1841), who argued that for boys aged eight to twelve, the best textbook was the Greek Odyssey, and this principle was implemented at Hanover by his notable student, Ahrens.

The Prussian policy of the next period, beginning with the accession of Friedrich Wilhelm IV. in 1840, was to lay a new stress on religious teaching, and to obviate the risk of overwork resulting from the simultaneous study of all subjects by the encouragement of specialization in a few. Ludwig Wiese’s scheme of 1856 insisted on the retention of Latin verse as well as Latin prose, and showed less favour to natural science, but it awakened little enthusiasm, while the attempt to revive the old humanistic Gymnasium led to a demand for schools of a more modern type, which issued in the recognition of the Realgymnasium (1859).

The Prussian policy of the next period, starting with Friedrich Wilhelm IV's accession in 1840, focused more on religious education and aimed to prevent the risk of students being overworked by encouraging them to specialize in a few subjects instead of studying everything at once. Ludwig Wiese’s plan from 1856 insisted on keeping both Latin verse and Latin prose while showing less support for natural science. However, it didn’t generate much enthusiasm, and the effort to revive the traditional humanistic Gymnasium led to a demand for more modern schools, resulting in the recognition of the Realgymnasium in 1859.

In the age of Bismarck, school policy in Prussia had for its aim an increasing recognition of modern requirements. In 1875 Wiese was succeeded by Bonitz, the eminent Aristotelian scholar, who in 1849 had introduced mathematics and natural science into the schools of Austria, and had substituted the wide reading of classical authors for the prevalent practice of speaking and writing Latin. By his scheme of 1882 natural science recovered its former position in Prussia, and the hours assigned in each week to Latin were diminished from 86 to 77. But neither of the two great parties in the educational world was satisfied; and great expectations were aroused when the question of reform was taken up by the German emperor, William II., in 1890. The result of the conference of December 1890 was a compromise between the conservatism of a majority of its members and the forward policy of the emperor. The scheme of 1892 reduced the number of hours assigned to Latin from 77 to 62, and laid special stress on the German essay; but the modern training given by the Realgymnasium was still unrecognized as an avenue to a university education. A conference held in June 1900, in which the speakers included Mommsen and von Wilamowitz, Harnack and Diels, was followed by the “Kiel Decree” of the 26th of November. In that decree the emperor urged the equal recognition of the classical and the modern Gymnasium, and emphasized the importance of giving more time to Latin and to English in both. In the teaching of Greek, “useless details” were to be set aside, and special care devoted to the connexion between ancient and modern culture, while, in all subjects, attention was to be paid to the classic precept: multum, non multa.

In Bismarck's time, Prussia's school policy aimed to better meet modern needs. In 1875, Wiese was replaced by Bonitz, a noted scholar of Aristotle, who had introduced math and science into Austrian schools in 1849 and shifted from teaching and writing in Latin to encouraging extensive reading of classical authors. His 1882 plan reinstated the importance of natural science in Prussia, reducing the weekly hours for Latin from 86 to 77. However, neither of the two major educational factions was satisfied, and there were high hopes when German Emperor William II took up the reform issue in 1890. The December 1890 conference resulted in a compromise between the more conservative views of many members and the progressive stance of the emperor. The 1892 plan cut Latin hours from 77 to 62 and emphasized the importance of the German essay; however, the modern education offered by the Realgymnasium was still not recognized as a pathway to university. A conference in June 1900, featuring speakers like Mommsen, von Wilamowitz, Harnack, and Diels, led to the "Kiel Decree" on November 26. In this decree, the emperor called for equal recognition of classical and modern Gymnasiums and stressed the need to allocate more time to both Latin and English in each. Greek teaching was to eliminate "useless details" and focus on the connection between ancient and modern cultures, while all subjects should adhere to the classic principle: multum, non multa.

By the scheme of 1901 the pupils of the Realgymnasium, the Oberrealschule and the Gymnasium were admitted to the university on equal terms in virtue of their leaving-certificates, but Greek and Latin were still required for students of classics or divinity.

By the 1901 system, students from the Realgymnasium, Oberrealschule, and Gymnasium were allowed to attend the university on equal footing based on their graduation certificates, but Greek and Latin were still mandatory for those studying classics or theology.

For the Gymnasium the aim of the new scheme is, in Latin, “to supply boys with a sound basis of grammatical training, with a view to their understanding the more important classical 461 writers of Rome, and being thus introduced to the intellectual life and culture of the ancient world”; and, in Greek, “to give them a sufficient knowledge of the language with a view to their obtaining an acquaintance with some of the Greek classical works which are distinguished both in matter and in style, and thus gaining an insight into the intellectual life and culture of Ancient Greece.” In consequence of these changes Greek is now studied by a smaller number of boys, but with better results, and a new lease of life has been won for the classical Gymnasium.

For the Gymnasium, the purpose of the new program is, in Latin, “to provide boys with a solid foundation in grammar so they can understand the key classical writers of Rome and be introduced to the intellectual life and culture of the ancient world”; and, in Greek, “to give them enough knowledge of the language to become familiar with some of the Greek classical works that are notable for both their content and style, thereby gaining insight into the intellectual life and culture of Ancient Greece.” As a result of these changes, fewer boys are now studying Greek, but they are achieving better outcomes, and a new lease on life has been secured for the classical Gymnasium.

Lastly, by the side of the classical Gymnasium, we now have the “German Reform Schools” of two different types, that of Altona (dating from 1878) and that of Frankfort-on-the-Main (1892). The leading principle in both is the postponement of the time for learning Latin. Schools of the Frankfort type take French as their only foreign language in the first three years of the course, and aim at achieving in six years as much as has been achieved by the Gymnasia in nine; and it is maintained that, in six years, they succeed in mastering a larger amount of Latin literature than was attempted a generation ago, even in the best Gymnasia of the old style. It may be added that in all the German Gymnasia, whether reformed or not, more time is given to classics than in the corresponding schools in England.

Lastly, alongside the traditional Gymnasium, we now have the "German Reform Schools" of two different kinds, one in Altona (established in 1878) and another in Frankfurt-on-the-Main (1892). The main idea in both is to delay the learning of Latin. Schools of the Frankfurt type focus on teaching only French as the foreign language during the first three years of the program and aim to cover in six years what the Gymnasia cover in nine. It's argued that in six years, they manage to master a greater amount of Latin literature than what was tackled a generation ago, even in the best traditional Gymnasia. Additionally, it's worth noting that in all German Gymnasia, whether reformed or not, more time is dedicated to classical studies than in the equivalent schools in England.

See F. Paulsen, Geschichte des gelehrten Unterrichts vom Ausgang des Mittelalters bis auf die Gegenwart mit besonderer Rücksicht auf den klassischen Unterricht (2 vols., 2nd ed., 1896); Das Realgymnasium und die humanistische Bildung (1889); Die höheren Schulen und das Universitätsstudium im 20. Jahrhundert (1901); “Das moderne Bildungswesen” in Die Kulture der Gegenwart, vol. i. (1904); Das deutsche Bildungswesen in seiner geschichtlichen Entwickelung (1906) (with the literature there quoted, pp. 190-192), translated by Dr T. Lorenz, German Education, Past and Present (1908); T. Ziegler, Notwendigkeit ... des Realgymnasiums (Stuttgart, 1894); F.A. Eckstein, Lateinischer und griechischer Unterricht (1887); O. Kohl, “Griechischer Unterricht” (Langensalza, 1896) in W. Rein’s Handbuch; A. Baumeister’s Handbuch (1895), especially vol. i. 1 (History) and i. 2 (Educational Systems); P. Stötzner, Das öffentliche Unterrichtswesen Deutschlands in der Gegenwart (1901); F. Seiler, Geschichte des deutschen Unterrichtswesens (2 vols., 1906); Verhandlungen of June 1900 (2nd ed., 1902); Lehrpläne, &c. (1901); Die Reform des höheren Schulwesens, ed. W. Lexis (1902); A. Harnack’s Vortrag and W. Parow’s Erwiderung (1905); H. Müller, Das höhere Schulwesen Deutschlands am Anfang des 20. Jahrhunderts (Stuttgart, 1904); O. Steinbart, Durchführung des preussischen Schulreform in ganz Deutschland (Duisburg, 1904); J. Schipper, Alte Bildung und moderne Cultur (Vienna, 1901); Papers by M.E. Sadler: (1) “Problems in Prussian Secondary Education” (Special Reports of Education Dept., 1899); (2) “The Unrest in Secondary Education in Germany and Elsewhere” (Special Reports of Board of Education, vol. 9, 1902); J.L. Paton, The Teaching of Classics in Prussian Secondary Schools (on “German Reform Schools”) (1907, Wyman, London); J.E. Russell, German Higher Schools (New York, 1899); and (among earlier English publications) Matthew Arnold’s Higher Schools and Universities in Germany (1874, reprinted from Schools and Universities on the Continent, 1865).

See F. Paulsen, History of Scholarly Education from the End of the Middle Ages to the Present Day with Special Consideration of Classical Education (2 vols., 2nd ed., 1896); The Real Gymnasium and Humanistic Education (1889); The Higher Schools and University Studies in the 20th Century (1901); “The Modern Education System” in The Culture of the Present, vol. i. (1904); The German Education System in its Historical Development (1906) (with the literature there quoted, pp. 190-192), translated by Dr T. Lorenz, German Education, Past and Present (1908); T. Ziegler, The Necessity ... of the Real Gymnasium (Stuttgart, 1894); F.A. Eckstein, Latin and Greek Instruction (1887); O. Kohl, “Greek Instruction” (Langensalza, 1896) in W. Rein’s Handbook; A. Baumeister’s Handbook (1895), especially vol. i. 1 (History) and i. 2 (Educational Systems); P. Stötzner, The Public Education System in Germany Today (1901); F. Seiler, History of the German Education System (2 vols., 1906); Proceedings of June 1900 (2nd ed., 1902); Curricula, & c. (1901); The Reform of Higher Education, ed. W. Lexis (1902); A. Harnack’s Lecture and W. Parow’s Response (1905); H. Müller, The Higher Education System in Germany at the Beginning of the 20th Century (Stuttgart, 1904); O. Steinbart, Implementation of the Prussian School Reform Across Germany (Duisburg, 1904); J. Schipper, Old Education and Modern Culture (Vienna, 1901); Papers by M.E. Sadler: (1) “Problems in Prussian Secondary Education” (Special Reports of Education Dept., 1899); (2) “The Unrest in Secondary Education in Germany and Elsewhere” (Special Reports of Board of Education, vol. 9, 1902); J.L. Paton, The Teaching of Classics in Prussian Secondary Schools (on “German Reform Schools”) (1907, Wyman, London); J.E. Russell, German Higher Schools (New York, 1899); and (among earlier English publications) Matthew Arnold’s Higher Schools and Universities in Germany (1874, reprinted from Schools and Universities on the Continent, 1865).

(4) In the United States of America the highest degree of educational development has been subsequent to the Civil War. The study of Latin begins in the “high schools,” the average age of admission being fifteen and the normal United States. course extending over four years. Among classical teachers an increasing number would prefer a longer course extending over six years for Latin, and at least three for Greek, and some of these would assign to the elementary school the first two of the proposed six years of Latin study. Others are content with the late learning of Latin and prefer that it should be preceded by a thorough study of modern languages (see Prof. B.I. Wheeler, in Baumeister’s Handbuch, 1897, ii. 2, pp. 584-586).

(4) In the United States, the highest level of educational development has happened after the Civil War. Latin studies begin in high school, with an average admission age of fifteen and a standard curriculum lasting four years. Many classical educators increasingly favor a longer Latin course of six years, and at least three years for Greek. Some suggest that the first two of the proposed six years of Latin be taught in elementary school. Others are fine with starting Latin later and believe it should follow a solid study of modern languages (see Prof. B.I. Wheeler, in Baumeister’s Handbuch, 1897, ii. 2, pp. 584-586).

It was mainly owing to a pamphlet issued in 1871 by Prof. G.M. Lane, of Harvard, that a reformed pronunciation of Latin was adopted in all the colleges and schools of the United States. Some misgivings on this reform found Latin pronunciation. expression in a work on the Teaching of Latin, published by Prof. C.E. Bennett of Cornell in 1901, a year in which it was estimated that this pronunciation was in use by more than 96% of the Latin pupils in the secondary schools.

It was primarily due to a pamphlet released in 1871 by Prof. G.M. Lane from Harvard that a revised way of pronouncing Latin was adopted in colleges and schools across the United States. Some doubts about this reform were expressed in a book on the Teaching of Latin, published by Prof. C.E. Bennett from Cornell in 1901, a year when it was estimated that this pronunciation was used by more than 96% of Latin students in secondary schools.

Some important statistics as to the number studying Latin and Greek in the secondary schools were collected in 1900 by a committee of twelve educational experts representing all parts of the Union, with a view to a uniform course of instruction being pursued in all classical schools. They had the advantage of the co-operation of Dr W.T. Harris, the U.S. commissioner of education, and they were able to report that, in all the five groups into which they had divided the states, the number of pupils pursuing the study of Latin and Greek showed a remarkable advance, especially in the most progressive states of the middle west. The number learning Latin had increased from 100,144 in 1890 to 314,856 in 1899-1900, and those learning Greek from 12,869 to 24,869. Thus the number learning Latin at the later date was three times, and the number learning Greek twice, as many as those learning Latin or Greek ten years previously. But the total number in 1000 was 630,048; so that, notwithstanding this proof of progress, the number learning Greek in 1900 was only about one twenty-fifth of the total number, while the number learning Latin was as high as half.

Some important statistics regarding the number of students studying Latin and Greek in secondary schools were collected in 1900 by a committee of twelve educational experts from all over the country, aimed at creating a uniform curriculum in all classical schools. They worked with Dr. W.T. Harris, the U.S. Commissioner of Education, and reported that in all five groups they categorized the states into, the number of students studying Latin and Greek showed significant growth, especially in the most progressive states in the Midwest. The number of students learning Latin had increased from 100,144 in 1890 to 314,856 in 1899-1900, and those learning Greek had risen from 12,869 to 24,869. Thus, the number learning Latin at the later date was three times greater, and the number learning Greek was twice as many as those studying Latin or Greek ten years earlier. However, the total number was 630,048; so, despite this evidence of progress, the number studying Greek in 1900 was only about one twenty-fifth of the total, while the number studying Latin was as high as half.

The position of Greek as an “elective” or “optional” subject (notably at Harvard), an arrangement regarded with approval by some eminent educational authorities and with regret by others, probably has some effect on the high schools in the small number of those who learn Greek, and in their lower rate of increase, as compared with those who learn Latin. Some evidence as to the quality of the study of those languages in the schools is supplied by English commissioners in the Reports of the Mosely Commission. Thus Mr Papillon considered that, while the teaching of English literature was admirable, the average standard of Latin and Greek teaching and attainment in the upper classes was “below that of an English public school”; he felt, however, that the secondary schools of the United States had a “greater variety of the curriculum to suit the practical needs of life,” and that they existed, not “for the select few,” but “for the whole people” (pp. 250 f.).

The status of Greek as an “elective” or “optional” subject (especially at Harvard) is seen positively by some respected educational leaders and negatively by others. This likely impacts the limited number of students learning Greek in high schools, contributing to a slower growth rate compared to those studying Latin. Some insight into the quality of language teaching in schools comes from English officials in the Reports of the Mosely Commission. Mr. Papillon noted that while the teaching of English literature was excellent, the average level of Latin and Greek instruction and achievement in upper grades was “lower than that of an English public school.” However, he believed that secondary schools in the United States offered a “greater variety of the curriculum to meet the practical needs of life” and existed, not “for the select few,” but “for the whole people” (pp. 250 f.).

For full information see the “Two volumes of Monographs prepared for the United States Educational Exhibit at the Paris Exposition of 1900,” edited by Dr N. Murray Butler; the Annual Reports of the U.S. commissioner of education (Washington); and the Reports of the Mosely Commission to the United States of America (London, 1904). Cf. statistics quoted in G.G. Ramsay’s “Address on Efficiency in Education” (Glasgow, 1902, 17-20), from the Transactions of the Amer. Philol. Association, xxx. (1899), pp. lxxvii-cxxii; also Bennett and Bristol, The Teaching of Latin and Greek in the Secondary School (New York, 1901).

For full information, see the “Two volumes of Monographs prepared for the United States Educational Exhibit at the Paris Exposition of 1900,” edited by Dr. N. Murray Butler; the Annual Reports of the U.S. Commissioner of Education (Washington); and the Reports of the Mosely Commission to the United States of America (London, 1904). Also, check the statistics quoted in G.G. Ramsay’s “Address on Efficiency in Education” (Glasgow, 1902, pp. 17-20), from the Transactions of the Amer. Philol. Association, xxx. (1899), pp. lxxvii-cxxii; and also Bennett and Bristol, The Teaching of Latin and Greek in the Secondary School (New York, 1901).

(J. E. S.*)

1 The above derivation is in accordance with English usage. In the New English Dictionary the earliest example of the word “classical” is the phrase “classical and canonical,” found in the Europae Speculum of Sir Edwin Sandys (1599), and, as applied to a writer, it is explained as meaning “of the first rank or authority.” This exactly corresponds with the meaning of classicus in the above passage of Gellius. On the other hand, the French word classique (in Littré’s view) primarily means “used in class.”

1 The derivation mentioned above follows English usage. In the New English Dictionary, the earliest instance of the word “classical” is the phrase “classical and canonical,” found in the Europae Speculum by Sir Edwin Sandys (1599). When applied to a writer, it means “of the first rank or authority.” This aligns perfectly with the meaning of classicus in the passage from Gellius. Conversely, the French word classique (according to Littré) primarily means “used in class.”

2 See also the article Schools.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See also the article Schools.


CLASSIFICATION (Lat. classis, a class, probably from the root cal-, cla-, as in Gr. καλέω, clamor), a logical process, common to all the special sciences and to knowledge in general, consisting in the collection under a common name of a number of objects which are alike in one or more respects. The process consists in observing the objects and abstracting from their various qualities that characteristic which they have in common. This characteristic constitutes the definition of the “class” to which they are regarded as belonging. It is this process by which we arrive first at “species” and then at “genus,” i.e. at all scientific generalization. Individual things, regarded as such, constitute a mere aggregate, unconnected with one another, and so far unexplained; scientific knowledge consists in systematic classification. Thus if we observe the heavenly bodies individually we can state merely that they have been observed to have certain motions through the sky, that they are luminous, and the like. If, however, we compare them one with another, we discover that, whereas all partake in the general movement of the heavens, some have a movement of their own. Thus we arrive at a system of classification according to motion, by which fixed stars are differentiated from planets. A further classification according to other criteria gives us stars of the first magnitude and stars of the second magnitude, and so forth. We thus arrive at a systematic understanding expressed in laws by the application of which accurate forecasts of celestial phenomena can be made. Classification in the strict logical sense consists in discovering the casual interrelation of natural objects; it thus differs from what is often called “artificial” classification, which is the preparation, e.g. of statistics for particular purposes, administrative and the like.

CLASSIFICATION (Lat. classis, a class, likely from the root cal-, cla-, as in Gr. call, clamor), is a logical process common to all scientific disciplines and knowledge in general. It involves grouping together a number of objects that share one or more similarities under a common name. This process requires observing the objects and identifying the characteristic they all have in common while overlooking their other qualities. This shared characteristic defines the "class" to which these objects belong. Through this process, we first arrive at “species” and then at “genus,” i.e., at all scientific generalizations. Individual things, viewed as separate entities, form a mere collection that is unrelated to one another and, thus, not fully understood; scientific knowledge is based on systematic classification. For example, if we observe celestial bodies individually, we can only say that they exhibit certain movements across the sky and that they are bright, among other observations. However, when we compare them, we find that, although all share the general movement of the heavens, some have independent movements. This leads us to classify them by their motion, distinguishing fixed stars from planets. A further classification based on additional criteria allows for the grouping of first and second magnitude stars, and so forth. This results in a systematic understanding that can be expressed through laws, enabling accurate predictions of celestial events. Strictly speaking, classification involves uncovering the causal relationships among natural objects, which sets it apart from what is often referred to as “artificial” classification, such as compiling statistics for specific purposes, like administrative needs.

Of the systems of classification adopted in physical science, only one requires treatment here, namely, the classification of 462 the sciences as a whole, a problem which has from the time of Aristotle attracted considerable attention. Its object is to delimit the spheres of influence of the positive sciences and show how they are mutually related. Of such attempts three are specially noteworthy, those of Francis Bacon, Auguste Comte and Herbert Spencer.

Of the classification systems used in physical science, only one needs to be discussed here: the classification of 462 the sciences in general, an issue that has captured significant attention since Aristotle's time. The goal is to define the areas of influence of the positive sciences and illustrate how they are interconnected. Three attempts in this regard are particularly notable: those by Francis Bacon, Auguste Comte, and Herbert Spencer.

Bacon’s classification is based on the subjective criterion of the various faculties which are specially concerned. He thus distinguished History (natural, civil, literary, ecclesiastical) as the province of memory, Philosophy (including Theology) as that of reason, and Poetry, Fables and the like, as that of imagination. This classification was made the basis of the Encyclopédie. Comte adopted an entirely different system based on an objective criterion. Having first enunciated the theory that all science passes through three stages, theological, metaphysical and positive, he neglects the two first, and divides the last according to the “things to be classified,” in view of their real affinity and natural connexions, into six, in order of decreasing generality and increasing complexity—mathematics, astronomy, physics, chemistry, physiology and biology (including psychology), and sociology. This he conceives to be not only the logical, but also the historical, order of development, from the abstract and purely deductive to the concrete and inductive. Sociology is thus the highest, most complex, and most positive of the sciences. Herbert Spencer, condemning this division as both incomplete and theoretically unsound, adopted a three-fold division into (1) abstract science (including logic and mathematics) dealing with the universal forms under which all knowledge of phenomena is possible, (2) abstract-concrete science (including mechanics, chemistry, physics), dealing with the elements of phenomena themselves, i.e. laws of forces as deducible from the persistence of forces, and (3) concrete science (e.g. astronomy, biology, sociology), dealing with “phenomena themselves in their totalities,” the universal laws of the continuous redistribution of Matter and Motion, Evolution and Dissolution.

Bacon’s classification is based on the subjective criteria of the various faculties involved. He distinguished History (natural, civil, literary, ecclesiastical) as the domain of memory, Philosophy (including Theology) as that of reason, and Poetry, Fables, and similar works as that of imagination. This classification served as the foundation for the Encyclopédie. Comte took a completely different approach based on an objective criterion. He first articulated the theory that all science goes through three stages: theological, metaphysical, and positive. He ignores the first two stages and divides the last one into six categories, based on real affinities and natural connections, in order of decreasing generality and increasing complexity—mathematics, astronomy, physics, chemistry, physiology and biology (including psychology), and sociology. He sees this as not just the logical order but also the historical order of development, moving from the abstract and purely deductive to the concrete and inductive. Sociology is thus considered the highest, most complex, and most positive of the sciences. Herbert Spencer criticized this division as both incomplete and theoretically flawed, proposing a three-fold division instead: (1) abstract science (including logic and mathematics) that deals with the universal forms under which all knowledge of phenomena is possible, (2) abstract-concrete science (including mechanics, chemistry, physics) that deals with the elements of phenomena themselves, meaning the laws of forces that can be deduced from the persistence of forces, and (3) concrete science (e.g., astronomy, biology, sociology) that focuses on “phenomena themselves in their totalities,” which includes the universal laws governing the continuous redistribution of Matter and Motion, Evolution, and Dissolution.

Beside the above three systems several others deserve brief mention. In Greece at the dawn of systematic thought the physical sciences were few in number; none the less philosophers were not agreed as to their true relation. The Platonic school adopted a triple classification, physics, ethics and dialectics; Aristotle’s system was more complicated, nor do we know precisely how he subdivided his three main classes, theoretical, practical and poetical (i.e. technical, having to do with ποίησις, creative). The second class covered ethics and politics, the latter of which was often regarded by Aristotle as including ethics; the third includes the useful and the imitative sciences; the first includes metaphysics and physics. As regards pure logic Aristotle sometimes seems to include it with metaphysics and physics, sometimes to regard it as ancillary to all the sciences.

Besides the three systems mentioned above, several others are worth a quick mention. In Greece, at the beginning of systematic thought, there were few physical sciences; still, philosophers disagreed about their true relationships. The Platonic school used a three-part classification: physics, ethics, and dialectics. Aristotle’s system was more complex, and we don’t exactly know how he subdivided his three main categories, which were theoretical, practical, and poetical (i.e., technical, related to poetry, or creative). The second category covered ethics and politics, with Aristotle often considering politics to include ethics. The third category encompasses the useful and imitative sciences, while the first includes metaphysics and physics. Regarding pure logic, Aristotle sometimes seems to include it with metaphysics and physics, while at other times he sees it as supplementary to all the sciences.

Thomas Hobbes (Leviathan) drew up an elaborate paradigm of the sciences, the first stage of which was a dichotomy into “Naturall Philosophy” (“consequences from the accidents of bodies naturall”) and “Politiques and Civill Philosophy” (“consequences from accidents of Politique bodies”). The former by successive subdivisions is reduced to eighteen special sciences; the latter is subdivided into the rights and duties of sovereign powers, and those of the subject.

Thomas Hobbes (Leviathan) created a detailed framework for the sciences, starting with a split between “Natural Philosophy” (“the outcomes of the occurrences in natural bodies”) and “Political and Civil Philosophy” (“the outcomes of occurrences in political bodies”). The former is further divided into eighteen specific sciences, while the latter is divided into the rights and responsibilities of sovereign powers and those of the subjects.

Jeremy Bentham and A.M. Ampère both drew up elaborate systems based on the principle of dichotomy, and beginning from the distinction of mind and body. Bentham invented an artificial terminology which is rather curious than valuable. The science of the body was Somatology, that of the mind Pneumatology. The former include Posology (science of quantity, mathematics) and Poiology (science of quality); Posology includes Morphoscopic (geometry) and Alegomorphic(arithmetic). See further Bentham’s Chrestomathia and works quoted under Bentham, Jeremy.

Jeremy Bentham and A.M. Ampère both created complex systems based on the principle of dichotomy, starting from the distinction between mind and body. Bentham came up with an artificial terminology that is more interesting than useful. The science of the body was called Somatology, and the science of the mind was called Pneumatology. The former includes Posology (the science of quantity, or mathematics) and Poiology (the science of quality); Posology includes Morphoscopic (geometry) and Alegomorphic (arithmetic). See further Bentham’s Chrestomathia and works mentioned under Bentham, Jeremy.

Carl Wundt criticized most of these systems as taking too little account of the real facts, and preferred a classification based on the standpoint of the various sciences towards their subject-matter. His system may, therefore, be described as conceptional. It distinguishes philosophy, which deals with facts in their widest universal relations, from the special sciences, which consider facts in the light of a particular relation or set of relations.

Carl Wundt criticized most of these systems for not paying enough attention to the actual facts and preferred a classification based on how different sciences approach their subjects. His system can thus be described as conceptual. It differentiates philosophy, which examines facts in their broadest universal connections, from the specific sciences, which look at facts through the lens of a particular relationship or set of relationships.

All these systems have a certain value, and are interesting as throwing light on the views of those who invented them. It will be seen, however, that none can lay claim to unique validity. The fundamenta divisionis, though in themselves more or less logical, are quite arbitrarily chosen, generally as being germane to a preconceived philosophical or scientific theory.

All these systems have their value and are interesting because they reflect the perspectives of their creators. However, it becomes clear that none can claim to be uniquely valid. The fundamenta divisionis, while somewhat logical, are chosen quite arbitrarily, often because they relate to a specific philosophical or scientific theory.


CLASTIDIUM (mod. Casteggio), a village of the Anamares, in Gallia Cispadana, on the Via Postumia, 5 m. E. of Iria (mod. Voghera) and 31 m. W. of Placentia. Here in 222 B.C. M. Claudius Marcellus defeated the Gauls and won the spolia opima; in 218 Hannibal took it and its stores of corn by treachery. It never had an independent government, and not later than 190 B.C. was made part of the colony of Placentia (founded 219). In the Augustan division of Italy, however, Placentia belonged to the 8th region, Aemilia, whereas Iria certainly, and Clastidium possibly, belonged to the 9th, Liguria (see Th. Mommsen in Corp. Inscrip. Lat. vol. v. Berlin, 1877, p. 828). The remains visible at Clastidium are scanty; there is a fountain (the Fontana d’Annibale), and a Roman bridge, which seems to have been constructed of tiles, not of stone, was discovered in 1857, but destroyed.

CLASTIDIUM (now Casteggio), a village in Anamares, located in Gallia Cispadana, along the Via Postumia, 5 miles east of Iria (now Voghera) and 31 miles west of Placentia. In 222 BCE, M. Claudius Marcellus defeated the Gauls here and claimed the spolia opima; in 218, Hannibal captured it along with its grain supplies through deceit. It never had an independent government and by no later than 190 BCE became part of the colony of Placentia (founded in 219). In the Augustan division of Italy, however, Placentia belonged to the 8th region, Aemilia, while Iria definitely, and Clastidium possibly, were part of the 9th, Liguria (see Th. Mommsen in Corp. Inscrip. Lat. vol. v. Berlin, 1877, p. 828). The visible remains at Clastidium are limited; there is a fountain (the Fontana d’Annibale) and a Roman bridge, which appears to have been built with tiles instead of stone, discovered in 1857 but subsequently destroyed.

See C. Giulietti, Casteggio, notizie storiche II. Avanzi di antichità (Voghera, 1893).

See C. Giulietti, Casteggio, Historical Notes II. Remains of Antiquity (Voghera, 1893).


CLAUBERG, JOHANN (1622-1665), German philosopher, was born at Solingen, in Westphalia, on the 24th of February 1622. After travelling in France and England, he studied the Cartesian philosophy under John Raey at Leiden. He became (1649) professor of philosophy and theology at Herborn, but subsequently (1651), in consequence of the jealousy of his colleagues, accepted an invitation to a similar post at Duisburg, where he died on the 31st of January 1665. Clauberg was one of the earliest teachers of the new doctrines in Germany and an exact and methodical commentator on his master’s writings. His theory of the connexion between the soul and the body is in some respects analogous to that of Malebranche; but he is not therefore to be regarded as a true forerunner of Occasionalism, as he uses “Occasion” for the stimulus which directly produces a mental phenomenon, without postulating the intervention of God (H. Müller, J. Clauberg und seine Stellung im Cartesianismus). His view of the relation of God to his creatures is held to foreshadow the pantheism of Spinoza. All creatures exist only through the continuous creative energy of the Divine Being, and are no more independent of his will than are our thoughts independent of us,—or rather less, for there are thoughts which force themselves upon us whether we will or not. For metaphysics Clauberg suggested the names ontosophy or ontology, the latter being afterwards adopted by Wolff. He also devoted considerable attention to the German languages, and his researches in this direction attracted the favourable notice of Leibnitz. His chief works are: De conjunctione animae et corporis humani; Exercitationes centum de cognitione Dei et nostri; Logica vetus et nova; Initiatio philosophi, seu Dubitatio Cartesiana; a commentary on Descartes’ Meditations; and Ars etymologica Teutonum.

CLAUBERG, JOHANN (1622-1665), a German philosopher, was born in Solingen, Westphalia, on February 24, 1622. After traveling in France and England, he studied Cartesian philosophy under John Raey in Leiden. He became a professor of philosophy and theology at Herborn in 1649, but later, due to jealousy from his colleagues, he accepted a similar position in Duisburg in 1651, where he died on January 31, 1665. Clauberg was one of the first teachers of the new doctrines in Germany and was a precise and methodical commentator on his master's writings. His theory of the connection between the soul and the body is somewhat similar to Malebranche’s, but he should not be viewed as a true precursor of Occasionalism, as he uses "Occasion" to refer to the stimulus that directly produces a mental phenomenon without claiming that God's intervention is necessary (H. Müller, J. Clauberg und seine Stellung im Cartesianismus). His perspective on the relationship between God and his creations is seen as a precursor to Spinoza's pantheism. All creatures exist only through the continuous creative energy of the Divine Being, and are not any more independent of His will than our thoughts are independent of us—and in fact, they are even less independent, since there are thoughts that intrude upon us whether we want them or not. For metaphysics, Clauberg proposed the terms ontosophy or ontology, the latter of which was later adopted by Wolff. He also focused a lot on the German languages, and his research in this area caught the attention of Leibnitz. His major works include: De conjunctione animae et corporis humani; Exercitationes centum de cognitione Dei et nostri; Logica vetus et nova; Initiatio philosophi, seu Dubitatio Cartesiana; a commentary on Descartes’ Meditations; and Ars etymologica Teutonum.

A collected edition of his philosophical works was published at Amsterdam (1691), with life by H.C. Hennin; see also E. Zeller, Geschichte der deutschen Philosophie seit Leibnitz (1873).

A collected edition of his philosophical works was published in Amsterdam (1691), featuring a biography by H.C. Hennin; also see E. Zeller, History of German Philosophy Since Leibniz (1873).


CLAUDE, JEAN (1619-1687), French Protestant divine, was born at La Sauvetat-du-Dropt near Agen. After studying at Montauban, he entered the ministry in 1645. He was for eight years professor of theology in the Protestant college of Nîmes; but in 1661, having successfully opposed a scheme for re-uniting Catholics and Protestants, he was forbidden to preach in Lower Languedoc. In 1662 he obtained a post at Montauban similar to that which he had lost; but after four years he was removed from this also. He next became pastor at Charenton near Paris, where he engaged in controversies with Pierre Nicole (Réponse aux deux traités intitulés la perpétuité de la foi, 1665), Antoine Arnauld (Réponse au livre de M. Arnauld, 1670), and J.B. Bossuet (Réponse au livre de M. l’évêque de Meaux, 1683). 463 On the revocation of the edict of Nantes he fled to Holland, and received a pension from William of Orange, who commissioned him to write an account of the persecuted Huguenots (Plaintes des protestants cruellement opprimés dans le royaume de France, 1686). The book was translated into English, but by order of James II, both the translation and the original were publicly burnt by the common hangman on the 5th of May 1686, as containing “expressions scandalous to His Majesty the king of France.” Other works by him were Réponse au livre de P. Nouet sur l’eucharistie (1668); Œuvres posthumes (Amsterdam, 1688), containing the Traité de la composition d’un sermon, translated into English in 1778.

CLAUDE, JEAN (1619-1687), French Protestant leader, was born in La Sauvetat-du-Dropt near Agen. After studying in Montauban, he became a minister in 1645. He spent eight years as a theology professor at the Protestant college in Nîmes; however, in 1661, after successfully opposing a plan to unite Catholics and Protestants, he was banned from preaching in Lower Languedoc. In 1662, he got a similar position back in Montauban but was removed from that after four years. He then became the pastor in Charenton near Paris, where he engaged in debates with Pierre Nicole (Réponse aux deux traités intitulés la perpétuité de la foi, 1665), Antoine Arnauld (Réponse au livre de M. Arnauld, 1670), and J.B. Bossuet (Réponse au livre de M. l’évêque de Meaux, 1683). 463 After the revocation of the Edict of Nantes, he fled to Holland and received a pension from William of Orange, who asked him to write about the persecuted Huguenots (Plaintes des protestants cruellement opprimés dans le royaume de France, 1686). The book was translated into English, but by order of James II, both the translation and the original were publicly burned by the common hangman on May 5, 1686, for containing "expressions scandalous to His Majesty the king of France." Other works by him include Réponse au livre de P. Nouet sur l’eucharistie (1668); Œuvres posthumes (Amsterdam, 1688), which contains the Traité de la composition d’un sermon, translated into English in 1778.

See biographies by J.P. Nicéron and Abel Rotholf de la Devèze; E. Haag, La France protestante, vol. iv. (1884, new edition).

See biographies by J.P. Nicéron and Abel Rotholf de la Devèze; E. Haag, La France protestante, vol. iv. (1884, new edition).


CLAUDE OF LORRAINE, or Claude Gelée (1600-1682), French landscape-painter, was born of very poor parents at the village of Chamagne in Lorraine. When it was discovered that he made no progress at school, he was apprenticed, it is commonly said, to a pastry-cook, but this is extremely dubious. At the age of twelve, being left an orphan, he went to live at Freiburg on the Rhine with an elder brother, Jean Gelée, a wood-carver of moderate merit, and under him he designed arabesques and foliage. He afterwards rambled to Rome to seek a livelihood; but from his clownishness and ignorance of the language, he failed to obtain permanent employment. He next went to Naples, to study landscape painting under Godfrey Waals, a painter of much repute. With him he remained two years; then he returned to Rome, and was domesticated until April 1625 with another landscape-painter, Augustin Tassi, who hired him to grind his colours and to do all the household drudgery.

CLAUDE OF LORRAINE, or Claude Lorrain (1600-1682), a French landscape painter, was born to very poor parents in the village of Chamagne in Lorraine. When it became clear that he wasn’t making any progress in school, he was reportedly apprenticed to a pastry chef, though this is highly questionable. At the age of twelve, after losing both parents, he moved to Freiburg on the Rhine to live with his older brother, Jean Gelée, a woodcarver of limited skill, where he designed arabesques and foliage. He later traveled to Rome in search of work; however, because of his awkwardness and lack of language skills, he struggled to find steady employment. He then went to Naples to study landscape painting under Godfrey Waals, a well-known painter. He spent two years with him before returning to Rome, where he lived for a while until April 1625 with another landscape painter, Augustin Tassi, who employed him to grind paints and handle various household chores.

His master, hoping to make Claude serviceable in some of his greatest works, advanced him in the rules of perspective and the elements of design. Under his tuition the mind of Claude began to expand, and he devoted himself to artistic study with great eagerness. He exerted his utmost industry to explore the true principles of painting by an incessant examination of nature; and for this purpose he made his studies in the open fields, where he very frequently remained from sunrise till sunset, watching the effect of the shifting light upon the landscape. He generally sketched whatever he thought beautiful or striking, marking every tinge of light with a similar colour; from these sketches he perfected his landscapes. Leaving Tassi, he made a tour in Italy, France and a part of Germany, including his native Lorraine, suffering numerous misadventures by the way. Karl Dervent, painter to the duke of Lorraine, kept him as assistant for a year; and he painted at Nancy the architectural subjects on the ceiling of the Carmelite church. He did not, however, relish this employment, and in 1627 returned to Rome. Here, painting two landscapes for Cardinal Bentivoglio, he earned the protection of Pope Urban VIII, and from about 1637 he rapidly rose into celebrity. Claude was acquainted not only with the facts, but also with the laws of nature; and the German painter Joachim von Sandrart relates that he used to explain, as they walked together through the fields, the causes of the different appearances of the same landscape at different hours of the day, from the reflections or refractions of light, or from the morning and evening dews or vapours, with all the precision of a natural philosopher. He elaborated his pictures with great care; and if any performance fell short of his ideal, he altered, erased and repainted it several times over.

His master, wanting to help Claude become useful in some of his greatest works, taught him the rules of perspective and the basics of design. Under his guidance, Claude's mind began to grow, and he became very eager to study art. He worked hard to discover the true principles of painting by constantly observing nature; for this, he often spent hours outdoors from sunrise to sunset, watching how the changing light affected the landscape. He usually sketched anything he found beautiful or striking, capturing every shade of light with a similar color; he used these sketches to refine his landscapes. After leaving Tassi, he traveled through Italy, France, and parts of Germany, including his home region of Lorraine, and faced many challenges along the way. Karl Dervent, the painter for the duke of Lorraine, employed him as an assistant for a year, during which he painted the architectural designs on the ceiling of the Carmelite church in Nancy. However, he didn't enjoy this work, and in 1627, he returned to Rome. While there, he painted two landscapes for Cardinal Bentivoglio, gaining the support of Pope Urban VIII, and by around 1637, he quickly became famous. Claude understood not just the facts, but also the laws of nature; the German painter Joachim von Sandrart noted that while walking together in the fields, Claude would explain the reasons behind the different appearances of the same landscape at different times of day—due to light reflections or refractions, or the morning and evening dews or mists—with the precision of a natural philosopher. He put great effort into his paintings; if any piece didn't meet his standards, he would change, erase, and repaint it multiple times.

His skies are aerial and full of lustre, and every object harmoniously illumined. His distances and colouring are delicate, and his tints have a sweetness and variety till then unexampled. He frequently gave an uncommon tenderness to his finished trees by glazing. His figures, however, are very indifferent; but he was so conscious of his deficiency in this respect, that he usually engaged other artists to paint them for him, among whom were Courtois and Filippo Lauri. Indeed, he was wont to say that he sold his landscapes and gave away his figures. In order to avoid a repetition of the same subject, and also to detect the very numerous spurious copies of his works, he made tinted outline drawings (in six paper books prepared for this purpose) of all those pictures which were transmitted to different countries; and on the back of each drawing he wrote the name of the purchaser. These books he named Libri di verità. This valuable work (now belonging to the duke of Devonshire) has been engraved and published, and has always been highly esteemed by students of the art of landscape. Claude, who had suffered much from gout, died in Rome at the age of eighty-two, on the 21st (or perhaps the 23rd) of November 1682, leaving his wealth, which was considerable, between his only surviving relatives, a nephew and an adopted daughter (? niece).

His skies are vibrant and shiny, with every object bathed in harmonious light. The depths and colors are soft, and his shades have a sweetness and variety that were previously unmatched. He often added an unusual tenderness to his finished trees by glazing. However, his figures are quite lacking; he was so aware of this shortcoming that he usually hired other artists to paint them for him, including Courtois and Filippo Lauri. In fact, he used to say that he sold his landscapes and gave away his figures. To avoid repeating the same subject and to identify the many counterfeit copies of his works, he created tinted outline drawings (in six prepared paper books) of all the pictures sent to different countries; he also wrote the name of each buyer on the back of these drawings. He called these books Libri di verità. This valuable collection (now owned by the Duke of Devonshire) has been engraved and published, and it has always been highly regarded by landscape art students. Claude, who endured much pain from gout, passed away in Rome at the age of eighty-two, on the 21st (or possibly the 23rd) of November 1682, leaving his considerable wealth to his only surviving relatives, a nephew and an adopted daughter (? niece).

Many choice specimens of his genius may be seen in the National Gallery and in the Louvre; the landscapes in the Altieri and Colonna palaces in Rome are also of especial celebrity. A list has been printed showing no less than 92 examples in the various public galleries of Europe. He himself regarded a landscape which he painted in the Villa Madama, being a cento of various views with great abundance and variety of leafage, and a composition of Esther and Ahasuerus, as his finest works; the former he refused to sell, although Clement IX. offered to cover its surface with gold pieces. He etched a series of twenty-eight landscapes, fine impressions of which are greatly prized. Full of amenity, and deeply sensitive to the graces of nature, Claude was long deemed the prince of landscape painters, and he must always be accounted a prime leader in that form of art, and in his day a great enlarger and refiner of its province.

Many great examples of his talent can be found in the National Gallery and the Louvre; the landscapes in the Altieri and Colonna palaces in Rome are especially well-known. A list has been published showing at least 92 pieces in various public galleries across Europe. He considered a landscape he painted in the Villa Madama, which combined several views with a rich variety of foliage, and a composition of Esther and Ahasuerus, to be his best works; he refused to sell the former, even when Clement IX offered to cover it in gold coins. He created a series of twenty-eight landscapes, and fine prints of these are highly valued. Full of charm and deeply attuned to the beauty of nature, Claude was long seen as the master of landscape painting, and he will always be recognized as a key figure in that art form, significantly expanding and refining its scope during his time.

Claude was a man of amiable and simple character, very kind to his pupils, a patient and unwearied worker; in his own sphere of study, his mind was stored (as we have seen) with observation and knowledge, but he continued an unlettered man till his death. Famous and highly patronized though he was in all his later years, he seems to have been very little known to his brother artists, with the single exception of Sandrart. This painter is the chief direct authority for the facts of Claude’s life (Academia Artis Pictoriae, 1683); Baldinucci, who obtained information from some of Claude’s immediate survivors, relates various incidents to a different effect (Notizie dei professori del disegno).

Claude was a friendly and straightforward guy, really kind to his students, always patient and tireless in his work. In his area of study, his mind was filled (as we've seen) with observations and knowledge, but he remained uneducated until his death. Although he was famous and well-supported in his later years, he didn’t seem to be known much by his fellow artists, with the exception of Sandrart. This painter is the main source for the facts of Claude’s life (Academia Artis Pictoriae, 1683); Baldinucci, who got information from some of Claude’s close acquaintances, tells different stories about him (Notizie dei professori del disegno).

See also Victor Cousin, Sur Claude Gelée (1853); M.F. Sweetser, Claude Lorrain (1878); Lady Dilke, Claude Lorrain (1884).

See also Victor Cousin, Sur Claude Gelée (1853); M.F. Sweetser, Claude Lorrain (1878); Lady Dilke, Claude Lorrain (1884).

(W. M. R.)

CLAUDET, ANTOINE FRANÇOIS JEAN (1797-1867), French photographer, was born at Lyons on the 12th of August 1797. Having acquired a share in L.J.M. Daguerre’s invention, he was one of the first to practise daguerreotype portraiture in England, and he improved the sensitizing process by using chlorine in addition to iodine, thus gaining greater rapidity of action. In 1848 he produced the photographometer, an instrument designed to measure the intensity of photogenic rays; and in 1849 he brought out the focimeter, for securing a perfect focus in photographic portraiture. He was elected a fellow of the Royal Society in 1853, and in 1858 he produced the stereomonoscope, in reply to a challenge from Sir David Brewster. He died in London on the 27th of December 1867.

CLAUDET, ANTOINE FRANÇOIS JEAN (1797-1867), a French photographer, was born in Lyon on August 12, 1797. Having obtained a share in L.J.M. Daguerre’s invention, he was among the first to practice daguerreotype portraiture in England. He enhanced the sensitizing process by using chlorine along with iodine, which increased the speed of development. In 1848, he created the photographometer, a device for measuring light intensity; and in 1849, he introduced the focimeter to ensure perfect focus in photographic portraits. He was made a fellow of the Royal Society in 1853, and in 1858, he developed the stereomonoscope as a response to a challenge from Sir David Brewster. He passed away in London on December 27, 1867.


CLAUDIANUS, CLAUDIUS, Latin epic poet and panegyrist, flourished during the reign of Arcadius and Honorius. He was an Egyptian by birth, probably an Alexandrian, but it may be conjectured from his name and his mastery of Latin that he was of Roman extraction. His own authority has been assumed for the assertion that his first poetical compositions were in Greek, and that he had written nothing in Latin before A.D. 395; but this seems improbable, and the passage (Carm. Min. xli. 13) which is taken to prove it does not necessarily bear this meaning. In that year he appears to have come to Rome, and made his début as a Latin poet by a panegyric on the consulship of Olybrius and Probinus, the first brothers not belonging to the imperial family who had ever simultaneously filled the office of consul. This piece proved the precursor of the series of panegyrical poems which compose the bulk of his writings. In Birt’s edition a complete chronological list of Claudian’s poems is given, and also in J.B. Bury’s edition of Gibbon (iii. app. i. p. 485), where the dates given differ slightly from those in the present article.

CLAUDIANUS, CLAUDIUS, a Latin epic poet and panegyrist, thrived during the reign of Arcadius and Honorius. He was born in Egypt, likely in Alexandria, but given his name and his skill in Latin, it's possible he had Roman roots. He claimed that his earliest poems were in Greek and that he hadn’t written anything in Latin before CE 395; however, this seems unlikely, and the passage (Carm. Min. xli. 13) that is thought to support this doesn’t necessarily mean that. In that year, he seems to have arrived in Rome and made his debut as a Latin poet with a panegyric on the consulship of Olybrius and Probinus, the first brothers outside the imperial family to serve as consuls at the same time. This work laid the groundwork for a series of panegyrical poems that make up the majority of his writings. Birt’s edition provides a complete chronological list of Claudian’s poems, and J.B. Bury’s edition of Gibbon (iii. app. i. p. 485) includes a list as well, although the dates provided differ slightly from those in this article.

In 396 appeared the encomium on the third consulship of the emperor Honorius, and the epic on the downfall of Rufinus, the 464 unworthy minister of Arcadius at Constantinople. This revolution was principally effected by the contrivance of Stilicho, the great general and minister of Honorius. Claudian’s poem appears to have obtained his patronage, or rather perhaps that of his wife Serena, by whose interposition the poet was within a year or two enabled to contract a wealthy marriage in Africa (Epist. 2). Previously to this event he had produced (398) his panegyric on the fourth consulship of Honorius, his epithalamium on the marriage of Honorius to Stilicho’s daughter, Maria, and his poem on the Gildonic war, celebrating the repression of a revolt in Africa. To these succeeded his piece on the consulship of Manlius Theodorus (399), the unfinished or mutilated invective against the Byzantine prime minister Eutropius in the same year, the epics on Stilicho’s first consulship and on his repulse of Alaric (400 and 403), and the panegyric on the sixth consulship of Honorius (404). From this time all trace of Claudian is lost, and he is generally supposed to have perished with his patron Stilicho in 408. It may be conjectured that he must have died in 404, as he could hardly otherwise have omitted to celebrate the greatest of Stilicho’s achievements, the destruction of the barbarian host led by Radagaisus in the following year. On the other hand, he may have survived Stilicho, as in the dedication to the second book of his epic on the Rape of Proserpine (which Birt, however, assigns to 395-397), he speaks of his disuse of poetry in terms hardly reconcilable with the fertility which he displayed during his patron’s lifetime. From the manner in which Augustine alludes to him in his De civitate Dei, it may be inferred that he was no longer living at the date of the composition of that work, between 415 and 428.

In 396, the praise for the third consulship of Emperor Honorius and the epic about the fall of Rufinus, the unworthy minister of Arcadius in Constantinople, were published. This shift was mainly orchestrated by Stilicho, the great general and minister of Honorius. Claudian’s poem seems to have gained the support of Stilicho, or perhaps more likely his wife, Serena, who helped the poet secure a prosperous marriage in Africa within a year or two (Epist. 2). Before this, he had written (398) his tribute to Honorius’s fourth consulship, his poem celebrating the marriage of Honorius to Stilicho’s daughter, Maria, and his work on the Gildonic war, which honored the suppression of a revolt in Africa. Following these, he composed his piece on the consulship of Manlius Theodorus (399), the incomplete or damaged attack on the Byzantine prime minister Eutropius in the same year, the epics on Stilicho’s first consulship and his victory over Alaric (400 and 403), and the tribute to Honorius’s sixth consulship (404). After this point, there’s no record of Claudian, and it’s widely believed he died with his patron Stilicho in 408. It’s possible he died in 404, as he likely would have celebrated Stilicho’s biggest achievement, the defeat of the barbarian army led by Radagaisus the following year. However, he may have survived Stilicho, because in the dedication of the second book of his epic on the *Rape of Proserpine* (which Birt dates to 395-397), he mentions a break from poetry that doesn’t quite match the creativity he showed while his patron was alive. From Augustine’s references to him in *De civitate Dei*, we can infer that he was no longer alive when that work was written, between 415 and 428.

Besides Claudian’s chief poems, his lively Fescennines on the emperor’s marriage, his panegyric on Serena, and the Gigantomachia, a fragment of an unfinished Greek epic, may also be mentioned. Several poems expressing Christian sentiments are undoubtedly spurious. Claudian’s paganism, however, neither prevented his celebrating Christian rulers and magistrates nor his enjoying the distinction of a court laureate. It is probable that he was nominally a Christian, like his patron Stilicho and Ausonius, although at heart attached to the old religion. The very decided statements of Orosius and Augustine as to his heathenism may be explained by the pagan style of Claudian’s political poems. We have his own authority for his having been honoured by a bronze statue in the forum, and Pomponius Laetus discovered in the 15th century an inscription (C.I.L. vi. 1710) on the pedestal, which, formerly considered spurious, is now generally regarded as genuine.

Besides Claudian’s major poems, his lively Fescennines about the emperor’s marriage, his praise for Serena, and the Gigantomachia, a fragment of an unfinished Greek epic, are worth mentioning. Several poems expressing Christian themes are definitely not authentic. Claudian’s pagan beliefs, however, didn’t stop him from celebrating Christian rulers and officials or from being recognized as a court laureate. It’s likely that he was nominally a Christian, like his patron Stilicho and Ausonius, although he was really devoted to the old religion. The strong remarks from Orosius and Augustine about his paganism can be explained by the pagan style of Claudian’s political poetry. We have his own word that he was honored with a bronze statue in the forum, and Pomponius Laetus found an inscription in the 15th century (C.I.L. vi. 1710) on the pedestal, which was previously thought to be fake but is now generally accepted as genuine.

The position of Claudian—the last of the Roman poets—is unique in literature. It is sufficiently remarkable that, after nearly three centuries of torpor, the Latin muse should have experienced any revival in the age of Honorius, nothing less than amazing that this revival should have been the work of a foreigner, most surprising of all that a just and enduring celebrity should have been gained by official panegyrics on the generally uninteresting transactions of an inglorious epoch. The first of these particulars bespeaks Claudian’s taste, rising superior to the prevailing barbarism, the second his command of language, the third his rhetorical skill. As remarked by Gibbon, “he was endowed with the rare and precious talent of raising the meanest, of adorning the most barren, and of diversifying the most similar topics.” This gift is especially displayed in his poem on the downfall of Rufinus, where the punishment of a public malefactor is exalted to the dignity of an epical subject by the magnificence of diction and the ostentation of supernatural machinery. The noble exordium, in which the fate of Rufinus is propounded as the vindication of divine justice, places the subject at once on a dignified level; and the council of the infernal powers has afforded a hint to Tasso, and through him to Milton. The inevitable monotony of the panegyrics on Honorius is relieved by just and brilliant expatiation on the duties of a sovereign. In his celebration of Stilicho’s victories Claudian found a subject more worthy of his powers, and some passages, such as the description of the flight of Alaric, and of Stilicho’s arrival at Rome, and the felicitous parallel between his triumphs and those of Marius, rank among the brightest ornaments of Latin poetry. Claudian’s panegyric, however lavish and regardless of veracity, is in general far less offensive than usual in his age, a circumstance attributable partly to his more refined taste and partly to the genuine merit of his patron Stilicho. He is a valuable authority for the history of his times, and is rarely to be convicted of serious inaccuracy in his facts, whatever may be thought of the colouring he chooses to impart to them. He was animated by true patriotic feeling, in the shape of a reverence for Rome as the source and symbol of law, order and civilization. Outside the sphere of actual life he is less successful; his Rape of Proserpine, though the beauties of detail are as great as usual, betrays his deficiency in the creative power requisite for dealing with a purely ideal subject. This denotes the rhetorician rather than the poet, and in general it may be said that his especial gifts of vivid natural description, and of copious illustration, derived from extensive but not cumbrous erudition, are fully as appropriate to eloquence as to poetry. In the general cast of his mind and character of his writings, and especially, in his faculty for bestowing enduring interest upon occasional themes, we may fitly compare him with Dryden, remembering that while Dryden exulted in the energy of a vigorous and fast-developing language, Claudian was cramped by an artificial diction, confined to the literary class.

The position of Claudian—the last of the Roman poets—is unique in literature. It's remarkable that, after nearly three centuries of stagnation, the Latin muse should have experienced any revival during the age of Honorius, and even more surprising that this revival came from a foreigner. Most astonishing of all is that he gained lasting fame through official praises of the generally uninteresting events of a dull era. The first detail speaks to Claudian’s taste, which rose above the prevailing barbarism; the second highlights his command of language; and the third showcases his rhetorical skill. As Gibbon noted, "he had the rare and valuable talent of elevating the simplest topics, embellishing the most barren subjects, and varying the most similar themes." This gift is especially evident in his poem about the downfall of Rufinus, where the punishment of a public villain is elevated to an epic theme through magnificent language and the display of supernatural elements. The noble introduction, which presents Rufinus's fate as a vindication of divine justice, immediately elevates the subject; and the council of the underworld has inspired Tasso, who in turn influenced Milton. The inevitable monotony of the praises for Honorius is lightened by insightful and brilliant reflections on the responsibilities of a ruler. In his celebration of Stilicho’s victories, Claudian found a subject more worthy of his talents, with passages like the description of Alaric's flight, Stilicho’s arrival in Rome, and the happy comparison between his triumphs and those of Marius being among the brightest highlights of Latin poetry. Claudian’s praise, however extravagant and indifferent to truth, is generally far less offensive than typical for his time, which can be attributed partly to his refined taste and partly to the genuine merit of his patron Stilicho. He serves as a valuable source for the history of his times and is rarely caught in serious factual inaccuracies, regardless of how one views the embellishments he applies to them. He was driven by true patriotic feelings, reflecting a reverence for Rome as the source and symbol of law, order, and civilization. Outside of real-life subjects, he is less successful; his Rape of Proserpine, while rich in detail, reveals his lack of creative power necessary for addressing purely ideal themes. This indicates a tendency towards rhetoric rather than poetry, and overall it can be said that his special gifts of vivid natural description and abundant illustration, drawn from extensive but not overwhelming knowledge, are equally suited to eloquence as to poetry. In the general nature of his thinking and the character of his works, and especially in his ability to maintain enduring interest in occasional topics, we can fittingly compare him to Dryden, keeping in mind that while Dryden thrived in the energy of a vigorous and rapidly developing language, Claudian was restricted by an artificial style, limited to the literary elite.

The editio princeps of Claudian was printed at Vicenza in 1482; the editions of J.M. Gesner (1759) and P. Burmann (1760) are still valuable for their notes. The first critical edition was that of L. Jeep (1876-1879), now superseded by the exhaustive work of T. Birt, with bibliography, in Monumenta Germaniae Historica (x., 1892; smaller ed. founded on this by J. Koch, Teubner series, 1893). There is a separate edition with commentary and verse translation of Il Ratto di Proserpina, by L. Garces de Diez (1889); the satire In Eutropium is discussed by T. Birt in Zwei politische Satiren des alten Rom (1888). There is a complete English verse translation of little merit by A. Hawkins (1817). See the articles by Ramsay in Smith’s Classical Dictionary and Vollmer in Pauly-Wissowa’s Realencyclopädie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft, iii. 2 (1899); also J.H.E. Crees, Claudian as an Historian (1908), the “Cambridge Historical Essay” for 1906 (No. 17); T. Hodgkin, Claudian, the last of the Roman Poets (1875).

The first edition of Claudian was printed in Vicenza in 1482; the editions by J.M. Gesner (1759) and P. Burmann (1760) are still valuable for their notes. The first critical edition was by L. Jeep (1876-1879), now replaced by the comprehensive work of T. Birt, which includes a bibliography, in Monumenta Germaniae Historica (x., 1892; smaller edition based on this by J. Koch, Teubner series, 1893). There's a separate edition with commentary and verse translation of Il Ratto di Persephone, by L. Garces de Diez (1889); the satire In Eutropium is discussed by T. Birt in Zwei politische Satiren des alten Rom (1888). A complete English verse translation of limited quality was done by A. Hawkins (1817). See the articles by Ramsay in Smith’s Classical Dictionary and Vollmer in Pauly-Wissowa’s Realencyclopädie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft, iii. 2 (1899); also J.H.E. Crees, Claudian as an Historian (1908), the “Cambridge Historical Essay” for 1906 (No. 17); T. Hodgkin, Claudian, the last of the Roman Poets (1875).


CLAUDIUS [Tiberius Claudius Drusus Nero Germanicus], Roman emperor A.D. 41-54, son of Drusus and Antonia, nephew of the emperor Tiberius, and grandson of Livia, the wife of Augustus, was born at Lugdunum (Lyons) on the 1st of August 10 B.C. During his boyhood he was treated with contempt, owing to his weak and timid character and his natural infirmities; the fact that he was regarded as little better than an imbecile saved him from death at the hands of Caligula. He chiefly devoted himself to literature, especially history, and until his accession he took no real part in public affairs, though Caligula honoured him with the dignity of consul. He was four times married: to Plautia Urgulanilla, whom he divorced because he suspected her of designs against his life; to Aelia Petina, also divorced; to the infamous Valeria Messallina (q.v.); and to his niece Agrippina.

CLAUDIUS [Tiberius Claudius Drusus Nero Germanicus], Roman emperor CE 41-54, was the son of Drusus and Antonia, nephew of Emperor Tiberius, and grandson of Livia, the wife of Augustus. He was born in Lugdunum (Lyons) on August 1, 10 BCE During his childhood, he was treated with disdain because of his weak and timid personality and his physical disabilities; being seen as almost an imbecile kept him safe from being killed by Caligula. He mainly focused on literature, particularly history, and didn’t really engage in public affairs until he became emperor, although Caligula honored him with the title of consul. He was married four times: to Plautia Urgulanilla, whom he divorced out of suspicion that she was plotting against him; to Aelia Petina, also divorced; to the notorious Valeria Messallina (q.v.); and to his niece Agrippina.

In A.D. 41, on the murder of Caligula, Claudius was seized by the praetorians, and declared emperor. The senate, which had entertained the idea of restoring the republic, was obliged to acquiesce. One of Claudius’s first acts was to proclaim an amnesty for all except Cassius Chaerea, the assassin of his predecessor, and one or two others. After the discovery of a conspiracy against his life in 42, he fell completely under the influence of Messallina and his favourite freedmen Pallas and Narcissus, who must be held responsible for acts of cruelty which have brought undeserved odium upon the emperor. There is no doubt that Claudius was a liberal-minded man of kindly nature, anxious for the welfare of his people. Humane regulations were made in regard to freedmen, slaves, widows and orphans; the police system was admirably organized; commerce was put on a sound footing; the provinces were governed in a spirit of liberality; the rights of citizens and admission to the senate were extended to communities outside Italy. The speech of Claudius delivered (in the year 48) in the senate in support of the petition of the Aeduans that their senators should have the jus petendorum honorum (claim of 465 admission to the senate and magistracies) at Rome has been partly preserved on the fragment of a bronze tablet found at Lyons in 1524; an imperial edict concerning the citizenship of the Anaunians (15th of March 46) was found in the southern Tirol in 1869 (C.I.L. v. 5050). Claudius was especially fond of building. He completed the great aqueduct (Aqua Claudia) begun by Caligula, drained the Lacus Fucinus, and built the harbour of Ostia. Nor were his military operations unsuccessful. Mauretania was made a Roman province; the conquest of Britain was begun; his distinguished general Domitius Corbulo (q.v.) gained considerable successes in Germany and the East. The intrigues of Narcissus caused Messallina to be put to death by order of Claudius, who took as his fourth wife his niece Agrippina, a woman as criminal as any of her predecessors. She prevailed upon him to set aside his own son Britannicus in favour of Nero, her son by a former marriage; and in 54, to make Nero’s position secure, she put the emperor to death by poison. The apotheosis of Claudius was the subject of a lampoon by Seneca called apokolokyntosis, the “pumpkinification” of Claudius.

In A.D. 41, after Caligula was murdered, the praetorians captured Claudius and declared him emperor. The senate, which had considered reinstating the republic, had no choice but to accept this. One of Claudius’s first decisions was to announce an amnesty for everyone except Cassius Chaerea, Caligula's assassin, and a few others. After a conspiracy against his life was uncovered in 42, he became heavily influenced by Messallina and his favorite freedmen, Pallas and Narcissus, who are responsible for the cruel actions that unfairly brought shame on the emperor. There's no doubt that Claudius was a kind-hearted man with progressive views, genuinely concerned for the well-being of his people. He established humane policies for freedmen, slaves, widows, and orphans; improved the police system; strengthened commerce; governed the provinces generously; and expanded citizens' rights and admission to the senate to communities outside of Italy. Claudius's speech in the senate in 48, supporting the Aeduans' petition for their senators to have the jus petendorum honorum (the right to seek admission to the senate and magistracies) in Rome, is partially preserved on a fragment of a bronze tablet found in Lyons in 1524; an imperial edict regarding the citizenship of the Anaunians (March 15, 46) was discovered in southern Tirol in 1869 (C.I.L. v. 5050). Claudius particularly enjoyed building projects. He completed the Aqua Claudia aqueduct started by Caligula, drained the Lacus Fucinus, and constructed the harbor at Ostia. His military endeavors were also successful; Mauretania became a Roman province, the conquest of Britain began, and his notable general Domitius Corbulo (q.v.) achieved significant victories in Germany and the East. The machinations of Narcissus led to the execution of Messallina on Claudius's orders, and he married his niece Agrippina, who was as ruthless as any of his predecessors. She convinced him to disinherit his own son Britannicus in favor of Nero, her son from a previous marriage; and in 54, to secure Nero’s position, she poisoned the emperor. The deification of Claudius was mocked in a satire by Seneca titled apokolokyntosis, the "pumpkinification" of Claudius.

Claudius was a prolific writer, chiefly on history, but his works are lost. He wrote (in Greek) a history of Carthage and a history of Etruria; (in Latin) a history of Rome from the death of Caesar, an autobiography, and an essay in defence of Cicero against the attacks of Asinius Gallus. He also introduced three new letters into the Latin alphabet: Ⅎ for the consonantal V, ⃝ for BS and PS, ˫ for the intermediate sound between I and U.

Claudius was a highly productive writer, mostly on history, but his works are gone. He wrote (in Greek) a history of Carthage and a history of Etruria; (in Latin) a history of Rome from the death of Caesar, an autobiography, and an essay defending Cicero against the criticisms of Asinius Gallus. He also added three new letters to the Latin alphabet: Ⅎ for the consonantal V, ⃝ for BS and PS, and ˫ for the sound between I and U.

Authorities.—Ancient: the Annals of Tacitus, Suetonius and Dio Cassius. Modern: H. Lehmann, Claudius und seine Zeit, with introductory chapter on the ancient authorities (1858); Lucien Double, L’Empereur Claude (1876); A. Ziegler, Die politische Seite der Regierung des Kaisers Claudius (1885); H.F. Pelham in Quarterly Review (April 1905), where certain administrative and political changes introduced by Claudius, for which he was attacked by his contemporaries, are discussed and defended; Merivale, Hist. of the Romans under the Empire, chs. 49, 50; H. Schiller, Geschichte der römischen Kaiserzeit, i., pt. 1; H. Furneaux’s ed. of the Annals of Tacitus (introduction).

Authorities.—Ancient: the Annals of Tacitus, Suetonius, and Dio Cassius. Modern: H. Lehmann, Claudius and His Time, with an introductory chapter on the ancient authorities (1858); Lucien Double, The Emperor Claudius (1876); A. Ziegler, The Political Aspects of Emperor Claudius's Reign (1885); H.F. Pelham in Quarterly Review (April 1905), where certain administrative and political changes introduced by Claudius, for which he was criticized by his contemporaries, are discussed and defended; Merivale, History of the Romans under the Empire, chs. 49, 50; H. Schiller, History of the Roman Imperial Period, i., pt. 1; H. Furneaux’s edition of the Annals of Tacitus (introduction).


CLAUDIUS, the name of a famous Roman gens. The by-form Clodius, in its origin a mere orthographical variant, was regularly used for certain Claudii in late republican times, but otherwise the two forms were used indifferently. The gens contained a patrician and a plebeian family; the chief representatives of the former were the Pulchri, of the latter the Marcelli (see Marcellus). The following members of the gens deserve particular mention.

CLAUDIUS, the name of a well-known Roman family. The variant Clodius, initially just a spelling difference, was often used for certain Claudii in the late republican period, but usually, both forms were interchangeable. The family included both a patrician and a plebeian branch; the main representatives of the former were the Pulchri, and of the latter, the Marcelli (see Marcellus). The following members of the family are particularly noteworthy.

1. Appius Saminus Inregillensis, or Regillensis, Claudius, so called from Regillum (or Regilli) in Sabine territory, founder of the Claudian gens. His original name was Attus or Attius Clausus. About 504 B.C. he settled in Rome, where he and his followers formed a tribe. In 495 he was consul, and his cruel enforcement of the laws of debtor and creditor, in opposition to his milder colleague, P. Servilius Priscus, was one of the chief causes of the “secession” of the plebs to the Sacred Mount. On several occasions he displayed his hatred of the people, although it is stated that he subsequently played the part of mediator.

1. Appius Saminus Inregillensis, or Regillensis, Claudius, named after Regillum (or Regilli) in Sabine territory, was the founder of the Claudian family. His original name was Attus or Attius Clausus. Around 504 BCE, he moved to Rome, where he and his followers established a tribe. In 495, he became consul, and his harsh enforcement of debtor and creditor laws, in contrast to his more lenient colleague, P. Servilius Priscus, was one of the main reasons for the “secession” of the common people to the Sacred Mount. On several occasions, he showed his disdain for the people, although it is said that he later took on the role of mediator.

Suetonius, Tiberius, i.; Livy ii. 16-29; Dion. Halic. v. 40, vi. 23, 24.

Suetonius, Tiberius, i.; Livy ii. 16-29; Dion. Halic. v. 40, vi. 23, 24.

2. Claudius, Appius, surnamed Crassus, a Roman patrician, consul in 471 and 451 B.C., and in the same and following year one of the decemvirs. At first he was conspicuous for his aristocratic pride and bitter hatred of the plebeians. Twice they refused to fight under him, and fled before their enemies. He retaliated by decimating the army. He was banished, but soon returned, and again became consul. In the same year (451) he was made one of the decemviri who had been appointed to draw up a code of written laws. When it was decided to elect decemvirs for another year, he who had formerly been looked upon as the champion of the aristocracy, suddenly came forward as the friend of the people, and was himself re-elected together with several plebeians. But no sooner was the new body in office, than it treated both patricians and plebeians with equal violence, and refused to resign at the end of the year. Matters were brought to a crisis by the affair of Virginia. Enamoured of the beautiful daughter of the plebeian centurion Virginius, Claudius attempted to seize her by an abuse of justice. One of his clients, Marcus Claudius, swore that she was the child of a slave belonging to him, and had been stolen by the childless wife of the centurion. Virginius was summoned from the army, and on the day of trial was present to expose the conspiracy. Nevertheless, judgment was given according to the evidence of Marcus, and Claudius commanded Virginia to be given up to him. In despair, her father seized a knife from a neighbouring stall and plunged it in her side. A general insurrection was the result; and the people seceded to the Sacred Mount. The decemvirs were finally compelled to resign and Appius Claudius died in prison, either by his own hand or by that of the executioner. For a discussion of the character of Appius Claudius, see Mommsen’s appendix to vol. i. of his History of Rome. He holds that Claudius was never the leader of the patrician party, but a patrician demagogue who ended by becoming a tyrant to patricians as well as plebeians. The decemvirate, one of the triumphs of the plebs, could hardly have been abolished by that body, but would naturally have been overthrown by the patricians. The revolution which ruined Claudius was a return to the rule of the patricians represented by the Horatii and Valerii.

2. Claudius, Appius, known as Crassus, was a Roman noble, consul in 471 and 451 B.C., and in those same years, one of the decemvirs. Initially, he stood out for his elitist arrogance and strong animosity toward the common people. Twice, the plebeians refused to fight under his command and retreated before their enemies. He responded by decimating the army. He was exiled, but soon returned and became consul again. In 451, he was appointed as one of the decemviri tasked with creating a written legal code. When it was decided to elect decemvirs for another year, he, who had once been seen as the defender of the aristocracy, suddenly presented himself as a supporter of the people and was re-elected alongside several plebeians. However, once the new officials were in power, they treated both patricians and plebeians with equal brutality and refused to step down after their term. The situation escalated with the case of Virginia. Obsessed with the beautiful daughter of the plebeian centurion Virginius, Claudius attempted to claim her through a wrongful application of the law. One of his associates, Marcus Claudius, falsely asserted that she was the daughter of a slave he owned and had been stolen by the centurion's childless wife. Virginius was called from the army and was present on the trial day to expose the conspiracy. Despite this, the ruling favored Marcus’s testimony, and Claudius ordered that Virginia be surrendered to him. In despair, her father took a knife from a nearby stall and stabbed her. This led to a widespread uprising, and the people retreated to the Sacred Mount. Ultimately, the decemvirs were forced to resign, and Appius Claudius died in prison, either by his own hand or that of an executioner. For a discussion of Appius Claudius's character, refer to Mommsen’s appendix to volume one of his History of Rome. He argues that Claudius was never the leader of the patrician faction but rather a patrician demagogue who ultimately became a tyrant to both patricians and plebeians. The decemvirate, one of the victories of the plebs, could hardly have been dismantled by that group but would have been naturally overthrown by the patricians. The revolution that led to Claudius's downfall marked a return to the patrician rule represented by the Horatii and Valerii.

Livy iii. 32-58; Dion. Halic. x. 59, xi. 3.

Livy iii. 32-58; Dion. Halic. x. 59, xi. 3.

3. Claudius, Appius, surnamed Caecus, Roman patrician and author. In 312 B.C. he was elected censor without having passed through the office of consul. His censorship—which he retained for five years, in spite of the lex Aemilia which limited the tenure of that office to eighteen months—was remarkable for the actual or attempted achievement of several great constitutional changes. He filled vacancies in the senate with men of low birth, in some cases even the sons of freedmen (Diod. Sic. xx. 36; Livy ix. 30; Suetonius, Claudius, 24). His most important political innovation was the abolition of the old free birth, freehold basis of suffrage. He enrolled the freedmen and landless citizens both in the centuries and in the tribes, and, instead of assigning them to the four urban tribes, he distributed them through all the tribes and thus gave them practical control of the elections. In 304, however, Q. Fabius Rullianus limited the landless and poorer freedmen to the four urban tribes, thus annulling the effect of Claudius’s arrangement. Appius Claudius transferred the charge of the public worship of Hercules in the Forum Boarium from the Potitian gens to a number of public slaves. He further invaded the exclusive rights of the patricians by directing his secretary Gnaeus Flavius (whom, though a freedman, he made a senator) to publish the legis actiones (methods of legal practice) and the list of dies fasti (or days on which legal business could be transacted). Lastly, he gained enduring fame by the construction of a road and an aqueduct, which—a thing unheard of before—he called by his own name (Livy ix. 29; Frontinus, De Aquis, 115; Diod. Sic. xx. 36). In 307 he was elected consul for the first time. In 298 he was interrex; in 296, as consul, he led the army in Samnium, and although, with his colleague, he gained a victory over the Etruscans and Samnites, he does not seem to have specially distinguished himself as a soldier (Livy x. 19). Next year he was praetor, and he was once dictator. His character, like his namesake the decemvir’s is not easy to define. In spite of his political reforms, he opposed the admission of the plebeians to the consulship and priestly offices; and, although these reforms might appear to be democratic in character and calculated to give preponderance to the lowest class of the people, his probable aim was to strengthen the power of the magistrates (and lessen that of the senate) by founding it on the popular will, which would find its expression in the urban inhabitants and could be most easily influenced by the magistrate. He was already blind and too feeble to walk, when Cineas, the minister of Pyrrhus, visited him, but so vigorously did he oppose every concession that all the eloquence of Cineas was in vain, and the Romans forgot past misfortunes in the inspiration of Claudius’s patriotism (Livy x. 13; Justin xviii. 2; Plutarch, Pyrrhus, 19). The story of his blindness, however, may be merely a method of 466 accounting for his cognomen. Tradition regarded it as the punishment of his transference of the cult of Hercules from the Potitii.

3. Claudius, Appius, nicknamed Caecus, was a Roman patrician and author. In 312 BCE, he was elected censor without having held the consul position first. His term as censor lasted five years, even though the lex Aemilia limited the position to eighteen months. His censorship was notable for attempting several major constitutional changes. He filled senate vacancies with individuals from lower social classes, including some who were the sons of freedmen (Diod. Sic. xx. 36; Livy ix. 30; Suetonius, Claudius, 24). His most significant political change was eliminating the old requirement of being freeborn and owning property to vote. He included freedmen and landless citizens in both the centuries and tribes, distributing them across all tribes instead of just the four urban tribes, giving them substantial influence over elections. However, in 304, Q. Fabius Rullianus restricted the landless and poorer freedmen to the four urban tribes, undoing Claudius’s arrangement. Appius Claudius also transferred the responsibility for the public worship of Hercules in the Forum Boarium from the Potitian gens to a group of public slaves. He further challenged the exclusive rights of the patricians by instructing his secretary Gnaeus Flavius (who, although a freedman, he made a senator) to publish the legis actiones (methods of legal practice) and the list of dies fasti (days on which legal matters could be addressed). Finally, he became well-known for constructing a road and an aqueduct, which—something unheard of at the time—he named after himself (Livy ix. 29; Frontinus, De Aquis, 115; Diod. Sic. xx. 36). In 307, he was elected consul for the first time. In 298, he served as interrex; in 296, as consul, he led the army in Samnium, and although he and his colleague achieved victory over the Etruscans and Samnites, he did not seem to particularly stand out as a soldier (Livy x. 19). The following year he was praetor, and he once served as dictator. His character, much like the decemvir's, is hard to define. Despite his political reforms, he opposed allowing plebeians into the consulship and priestly offices; these reforms might seem democratic and aimed at empowering the lower class, but his actual goal was likely to strengthen the power of the magistrates (and weaken the senate) by basing it on the will of the populace, which would be most easily swayed by the magistrates. By the time Cineas, Pyrrhus's minister, visited him, he was already blind and too weak to walk, yet he resisted every concession so strongly that Cineas’s eloquence proved ineffective, and the Romans were inspired by Claudius’s patriotism, forgetting their past misfortunes (Livy x. 13; Justin xviii. 2; Plutarch, Pyrrhus, 19). However, the story of his blindness may merely be a way to explain his nickname. Tradition viewed it as punishment for transferring the worship of Hercules from the Potitii.

Appius Claudius Caecus is also remarkable as the first writer mentioned in Roman literature. His speech against peace with Pyrrhus was the first that was transmitted to writing, and thereby laid the foundation of prose composition. He was the author of a collection of aphorisms in verse mentioned by Cicero (of which a few fragments remain), and of a legal work entitled De Usurpationibus. It is very likely also that he was concerned in the drawing up of the Legis Actiones published by Flavius. The famous dictum “Every man is the architect of his own fortune” is attributed to him. He also interested himself in grammatical questions, distinguished the two sounds R and S in writing, and did away with the letter Z.

Appius Claudius Caecus is notable as the first writer cited in Roman literature. His speech against making peace with Pyrrhus was the first to be written down, establishing the foundation for prose writing. He created a collection of aphorisms in verse mentioned by Cicero (of which a few fragments still exist), and authored a legal work titled De Usurpationibus. It’s also likely that he helped draft the Legis Actiones published by Flavius. The famous saying “Every man is the architect of his own fortune” is attributed to him. He was also involved in grammatical discussions, recognized the distinction between the sounds of R and S in writing, and eliminated the letter Z.

See Mommsen’s appendix to his Roman History (vol. i.); treatises by W. Siebert (1863) and F.D. Gerlach (1872), dealing especially with the censorship of Claudius.

See Mommsen’s appendix to his Roman History (vol. i.); studies by W. Siebert (1863) and F.D. Gerlach (1872), particularly focusing on the censorship of Claudius.

4. Claudius, Publius, surnamed Pulcher, son of (3). He was the first of the gens who bore this surname. In 249 he was consul and appointed to the command of the fleet in the first Punic War. Instead of continuing the siege of Lilybaeum, he decided to attack the Carthaginians in the harbour of Drepanum, and was completely defeated. The disaster was commonly attributed to Claudius’s treatment of the sacred chickens, which refused to eat before the battle. “Let them drink then,” said the consul, and ordered them to be thrown into the sea. Having been recalled and ordered to appoint a dictator, he gave another instance of his high-handedness by nominating a subordinate official, M. Claudius Glicia, but the nomination was at once overruled. Claudius himself was accused of high treason and heavily fined. He must have died before 246, in which year his sister Claudia was fined for publicly expressing a wish that her brother Publius could rise from the grave to lose a second fleet and thereby diminish the number of the people. It is supposed that he committed suicide.

4. Claudius, Publius, nicknamed Beautiful, was the son of (3). He was the first in the family to have this nickname. In 249, he served as consul and was put in charge of the fleet during the First Punic War. Instead of continuing the siege of Lilybaeum, he chose to attack the Carthaginians in the harbor of Drepanum and suffered a total defeat. The failure was often blamed on Claudius’s handling of the sacred chickens, which refused to eat before the battle. “Let them drink then,” the consul said, and ordered them to be thrown into the sea. After being recalled and instructed to appoint a dictator, he again showed his arrogance by nominating a subordinate official, M. Claudius Glicia, but that nomination was quickly canceled. Claudius was ultimately accused of treason and imposed with a hefty fine. He likely died before 246, the year his sister Claudia was fined for publicly wishing that her brother Publius could rise from the dead to lose a second fleet and reduce the population. It is believed that he committed suicide.

Livy, Epit., 19; Polybius i. 49; Cicero, De Divinatione, i. 16, ii. 8; Valerius Maximus i. 4, viii. I.

Livy, Epit., 19; Polybius i. 49; Cicero, On Divination, i. 16, ii. 8; Valerius Maximus i. 4, viii. I.

5. Claudius, Appius, surnamed Pulcher, Roman statesman and author. He served under his brother-in-law Lucullus in Asia (72 B.C.) and was commissioned to deliver the ultimatum to Tigranes, which gave him the choice of war with Rome or the surrender of Mithradates. In 57 he was praetor, in 56 propraetor in Sardinia, and in 54 consul with L. Domitius Ahenobarbus. Through the intervention of Pompey, he became reconciled to Cicero, who had been greatly offended because Claudius had indirectly opposed his return from exile. In this and certain other transactions Claudius seems to have acted from avaricious motives,—a result of his early poverty. In 53 he entered upon the governorship of Cilicia, in which capacity he seems to have been rapacious and tyrannical. During this period he carried on a correspondence with Cicero, whose letters to him form the third book of the Epistolae ad Familiares. Claudius resented the appointment of Cicero as his successor, avoided meeting him, and even issued orders after his arrival in the province. On his return to Rome Claudius was impeached by P. Cornelius Dolabella on the ground of having violated the sovereign rights of the people. This led him to make advances to Cicero, since it was necessary to obtain witnesses in his favour from his old province. He was acquitted, and a charge of bribery against him also proved unsuccessful. In 50 he was censor, and expelled many of the members of the senate, amongst them the historian Sallust on the ground of immorality. His connexion with Pompey brought upon him the enmity of Caesar, at whose march on Rome he fled from Italy. Having been appointed by Pompey to the command in Greece, in obedience to an ambiguous oracle he crossed over to Euboea, where he died about 48, before the battle of Pharsalus. Claudius was of a distinctly religious turn of mind, as is shown by the interest he took in sacred buildings (the temple at Eleusis, the sanctuary of Amphiaraus at Oropus). He wrote a work on augury, the first book of which he dedicated to Cicero. He was also extremely superstitious, and believed in invocations of the dead. Cicero had a high opinion of his intellectual powers, and considered him a great orator (see Orelli, Onomasticon Tullianum).

5. Claudius, Appius, nicknamed Beautiful, was a Roman statesman and writer. He served under his brother-in-law Lucullus in Asia in 72 BCE and was tasked with delivering an ultimatum to Tigranes, giving him the choice between war with Rome or surrendering Mithradates. In 57, he was praetor; in 56, he became propraetor in Sardinia; and in 54, he served as consul alongside L. Domitius Ahenobarbus. With Pompey's help, he reconciled with Cicero, who had been deeply offended because Claudius had indirectly opposed his return from exile. In this and other situations, Claudius appeared to act out of greed, a consequence of his early hardships. In 53, he took up the governorship of Cilicia, during which time he was seen as greedy and tyrannical. Throughout this time, he corresponded with Cicero, whose letters to him make up the third book of the Epistolae ad Familiares. Claudius resented Cicero's appointment as his successor, avoided seeing him, and even issued orders after Cicero’s arrival in the province. Upon his return to Rome, Claudius was impeached by P. Cornelius Dolabella for violating the people's sovereign rights. This prompted him to reach out to Cicero since he needed witnesses in his defense from his former province. He was acquitted, and a bribery accusation against him also failed. In 50, he was censor and expelled many senators, including the historian Sallust, citing immorality. His association with Pompey earned him Caesar's enmity, and during Caesar's march on Rome, he fled Italy. Appointed by Pompey to lead in Greece, he crossed to Euboea due to an unclear oracle, where he died around 48, before the battle of Pharsalus. Claudius was notably religious, as evidenced by his interest in sacred buildings (like the temple at Eleusis and the sanctuary of Amphiaraus at Oropus). He wrote a book on augury, dedicating the first book to Cicero. He was also very superstitious and believed in communicating with the dead. Cicero had a high regard for his intellect and viewed him as a great orator (see Orelli, Onomasticon Tullianum).

A full account of all the Claudii will be found in Pauly-Wissowa’s Realencyclopädie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft, iii. 2 (1899).

A complete account of all the Claudii can be found in Pauly-Wissowa’s Realencyclopädie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft, iii. 2 (1899).


CLAUDIUS, MARCUS AURELIUS, surnamed Gothicus, Roman emperor A.D. 268-270, belonged to an obscure Illyrian family. On account of his military ability he was placed in command of an army by Decius; and Valerian appointed him general on the Illyrian frontier, and ruler of the provinces of the lower Danube. During the reign of Gallienus, he was called to Italy in order to crush Aureolus; and on the death of the emperor (268) he was chosen as his successor, in accordance, it was said, with his express desire. Shortly after his accession he routed the Alamanni on the Lacus Benacus (some doubt is thrown upon this); in 269 a great victory over the Goths at Naïssus in Moesia gained him the title of Gothicus. In the following year he died of the plague at Sirmium, in his fifty-sixth year. He enjoyed great popularity, and appears to have been a man of ability and character.

CLAUDIUS, MARCUS AURELIUS, known as Gothic, was Roman emperor from CE 268-270 and came from a little-known Illyrian family. Due to his military skills, Decius put him in charge of an army; Valerian later appointed him as general on the Illyrian frontier and governor of the lower Danube provinces. During Gallienus's reign, he was summoned to Italy to deal with Aureolus; following the emperor's death in 268, he was selected as his successor, reportedly at Gallienus's request. Shortly after taking power, he defeated the Alamanni at Lacus Benacus (though this is debated); in 269, a significant victory over the Goths at Naïssus in Moesia earned him the title of Gothicus. The next year, he died from the plague in Sirmium at the age of fifty-six. He was very popular and seems to have been a capable and principled leader.

His life was written by Trebellius Pollio, one of the Scriptores Historiae Augusiae; see also Zosimus i. 40-43, the histories of Th. Bernhardt and H. Schiller, and special dissertations by A. Duncker on the life of Claudius (1868) and the defeat of the Alamanni (Annalen des Vereins für nassauische Altertumskunde, 1879); Homo, De Claudio Gothico (1900); Pauly-Wissowa, Realencyclopädie, ii. 2458 ff. (Henze).

His life was documented by Trebellius Pollio, one of the Scriptores Historiae Augustae; see also Zosimus i. 40-43, the histories of Th. Bernhardt and H. Schiller, along with specific studies by A. Duncker on the life of Claudius (1868) and the defeat of the Alamanni (Annalen des Vereins für nassauische Altertumskunde, 1879); Homo, De Claudio Gothico (1900); Pauly-Wissowa, Realencyclopädie, ii. 2458 ff. (Henze).


CLAUDIUS, MATTHIAS (1740-1815), German poet, otherwise known by the nom de plume of Asmus, was born on the 15th of August 1740 at Reinfeld, near Lübeck, and studied at Jena. He spent the greater part of his life in the little town of Wandsbeck, near Hamburg, where he earned his first literary reputation by editing from 1771 to 1775, a newspaper called the Wandsbecker Bote (Wandsbeck Messenger), in which he published a large number of prose essays and poems. They were written in pure and simple German, and appealed to the popular taste; in many there was a vein of extravagant humour or even burlesque, while others were full of quiet meditation and solemn sentiment. In his later days, perhaps through the influence of Klopstock, with whom he had formed an intimate acquaintance, Claudius became strongly pietistic, and the graver side of his nature showed itself. In 1814 he removed to Hamburg, to the house of his son-in-law, the publisher Friedrich Christoph Perthes, where he died on the 21st of January 1815.

CLAUDIUS, MATTHIAS (1740-1815), a German poet known by the pen name Asmus, was born on August 15, 1740, in Reinfeld, near Lübeck, and studied at Jena. He spent most of his life in the small town of Wandsbeck, near Hamburg, where he gained his first literary fame by editing a newspaper called the Wandsbecker Bote (Wandsbeck Messenger) from 1771 to 1775, in which he published many prose essays and poems. These works were written in clear and straightforward German and appealed to popular tastes; some featured a touch of outrageous humor or burlesque, while others were filled with quiet reflection and serious sentiment. In his later years, likely influenced by Klopstock, with whom he became close friends, Claudius grew more pious, revealing a more serious side to his character. In 1814, he moved to Hamburg to live with his son-in-law, the publisher Friedrich Christoph Perthes, where he passed away on January 21, 1815.

Claudius’s collected works were published under the title of Asmus omnia sua secum portans, oder Sämtliche Werke des Wandsbecker Boten (8 vols., 1775-1812; 13th edition, by C. Redich, 2 vols., 1902). His biography has been written by Wilhelm Herbst (4th ed., 1878). See also M. Schneidereit, M. Claudius, seine Weltanschauung und Lebensweisheit (1898).

Claudius's collected works were published under the title of Asmus omnia sua secum portans, or Complete Works of the Wandsbecker Messenger (8 vols., 1775-1812; 13th edition, by C. Redich, 2 vols., 1902). His biography was written by Wilhelm Herbst (4th ed., 1878). See also M. Schneidereit, M. Claudius, his Worldview and Life Wisdom (1898).


CLAUSEL (more correctly Clauzel), BERTRAND, Count (1772-1842), marshal of France, was born at Mirepoix (Ariège) on the 12th of December 1772, and served in the first campaign of the French Revolutionary Wars as one of the volunteers of 1791. In June 1795, having distinguished himself repeatedly in the war on the northern frontier (1792-1793) and the fighting in the eastern Pyrenees (1793-1794), Clausel was made a general of brigade. In this rank he served in Italy in 1798 and 1799, and in the disastrous campaign of the latter year he won great distinction at the battles of the Trebbia and of Novi. In 1802 he served in the expedition to S. Domingo. He became a general of division in December 1802, and after his return to France he was in almost continuous military employment there until in 1806 he was sent to the army of Naples. Soon after this Napoleon made him a grand officer of the Legion of Honour. In 1808-1809 he was with Marmont in Dalmatia, and at the close of 1809 he was appointed to a command in the army of Portugal under Masséna.

CLAUSEL (more correctly Clauzel), BERTRAND, Count (1772-1842), a marshal of France, was born in Mirepoix (Ariège) on December 12, 1772. He volunteered in the first campaign of the French Revolutionary Wars in 1791. In June 1795, after making a name for himself in the war on the northern frontier (1792-1793) and the fighting in the eastern Pyrenees (1793-1794), Clausel was promoted to general of brigade. He served in this role in Italy in 1798 and 1799, and during the challenging campaign of that year, he gained significant recognition at the battles of the Trebbia and Novi. In 1802, he participated in the expedition to Santo Domingo. He was promoted to general of division in December 1802, and after returning to France, he was almost continuously in military service there until 1806 when he was sent to the army of Naples. Shortly after, Napoleon appointed him a grand officer of the Legion of Honour. In 1808-1809, he served with Marmont in Dalmatia, and by the end of 1809, he was given a command in the army of Portugal under Masséna.

Clausel took part in the Peninsular campaigns of 1810 and 1811, including the Torres Vedras campaign, and under Marmont he did excellent service in re-establishing the discipline, efficiency and mobility of the army, which had suffered severely in the retreat from Torres Vedras. In the Salamanca campaign (1812) the result of Clausel’s work was shown in the marching powers 467 of the French, and at the battle of Salamanca, Clausel, who had succeeded to the command on Marmont being wounded, and had himself received a severe wound, drew off his army with the greatest skill, the retreat on Burgos being conducted by him in such a way that the pursuers failed to make the slightest impression, and had themselves in the end to retire from the siege of Burgos (1812). Early in 1813 Clausel was made commander of the Army of the North in Spain, but he was unable to avert the great disaster of Vittoria. Under the supreme command of Soult he served through the rest of the Peninsular War with unvarying distinction. On the first restoration in 1814 he submitted unwillingly to the Bourbons, and when Napoleon returned to France, he hastened to join him. During the Hundred Days he was in command of an army defending the Pyrenean frontier. Even after Waterloo he long refused to recognize the restored government, and he escaped to America, being condemned to death in absence. He took the first opportunity of returning to aid the Liberals in France (1820), sat in the chamber of deputies from 1827 to 1830, and after the revolution of 1830 was at once given a military command. At the head of the army of Algiers, Clausel made a successful campaign, but he was soon recalled by the home government, which desired to avoid complications in Algeria. At the same time he was made a marshal of France (February 1831). For some four years thereafter he urged his Algerian policy upon the chamber of deputies, and finally in 1835 was reappointed commander-in-chief. But after several victories, including the taking of Mascara in 1835, the marshal met with a severe repulse at Constantine in 1836. A change of government in France was primarily responsible for the failure, but public opinion attributed it to Clausel, who was recalled in February 1837. He thereupon retired from active service, and, after vigorously defending his conduct before the deputies, he ceased to take part in public affairs. He lived in complete retirement up to his death at Secourrieu (Garonne) on the 21st of April 1842.

Clausel participated in the Peninsular campaigns of 1810 and 1811, including the Torres Vedras campaign. Under Marmont, he did an outstanding job of restoring the discipline, efficiency, and mobility of the army, which had suffered greatly during the retreat from Torres Vedras. In the Salamanca campaign (1812), the results of Clausel’s efforts were evident in the marching capabilities of the French. At the battle of Salamanca, after Marmont was wounded, Clausel took command and, despite receiving a serious injury himself, skillfully withdrew his army. The retreat to Burgos was handled so well that the pursuers couldn’t make any significant impact and ultimately had to pull back from the siege of Burgos (1812). Early in 1813, Clausel was appointed commander of the Army of the North in Spain, but he couldn't prevent the major disaster at Vittoria. He served under the overall command of Soult for the remainder of the Peninsular War with consistent distinction. Upon the first restoration in 1814, he reluctantly accepted the Bourbons, but when Napoleon returned to France, he quickly joined him. During the Hundred Days, he commanded an army defending the Pyrenean frontier. Even after Waterloo, he continued to refuse to acknowledge the restored government and fled to America, where he was sentenced to death in absentia. He seized the first chance to return and support the Liberals in France (1820), served in the chamber of deputies from 1827 to 1830, and immediately received a military command after the revolution of 1830. Leading the army of Algiers, Clausel had a successful campaign but was soon recalled by the home government, which wanted to avoid complications in Algeria. At the same time, he was appointed a marshal of France (February 1831). For about four years, he promoted his Algerian policy in the chamber of deputies and was eventually reappointed commander-in-chief in 1835. However, after several victories, including the capture of Mascara in 1835, the marshal faced a significant defeat at Constantine in 1836. The change of government in France was mainly responsible for this failure, but public opinion blamed Clausel, who was recalled in February 1837. He then retired from active service and, after vigorously defending his actions before the deputies, ceased to participate in public affairs. He lived in complete retirement until his death at Secourrieu (Garonne) on April 21, 1842.


CLAUSEN, GEORGE (1852-  ), English painter, was born in London, the son of a decorative artist. He attended the design classes at the South Kensington schools from 1867-1873 with great success. He then worked in the studio of Edwin Long, R.A., and subsequently in Paris under Bouguereau and Robert-Fleury. He became one of the foremost modern painters of landscape and of peasant life, influenced to a certain extent by the impressionists with whom he shared the view that light is the real subject of landscape art. His pictures excel in rendering the appearance of things under flecking outdoor sunlight, or in the shady shelter of a barn or stable. His “Girl at the Gate” was acquired for the nation by the Chantrey Trustees and is now at the National Gallery of British Art (Tate Gallery). He was elected associate of the Royal Academy in 1895, and as professor of painting gave a memorable series of lectures to the students of the schools,—published as Six Lectures on Painting (1904) and Aims and Ideals in Art (1906).

CLAUSEN, GEORGE (1852-  ), English painter, was born in London, the son of a decorative artist. He attended design classes at the South Kensington schools from 1867-1873 with great success. He then worked in Edwin Long's studio, R.A., and later in Paris under Bouguereau and Robert-Fleury. He became one of the leading modern painters of landscapes and peasant life, influenced to some extent by the Impressionists, with whom he shared the belief that light is the main theme of landscape art. His paintings excel at depicting the way things look under dappled outdoor sunlight or in the cool shade of a barn or stable. His artwork “Girl at the Gate” was acquired for the nation by the Chantrey Trustees and is now at the National Gallery of British Art (Tate Gallery). He was elected an associate of the Royal Academy in 1895 and, as a professor of painting, gave a memorable series of lectures to the students of the schools, published as Six Lectures on Painting (1904) and Aims and Ideals in Art (1906).


CLAUSEWITZ, KARL VON (1780-1831), Prussian general and military writer, was born at Burg, near Magdeburg, on the 1st of June 1780. His family, originally Polish, had settled in Germany at the end of the previous century. Entering the army in 1792, he first saw service in the Rhine campaigns of 1793-1794, receiving his commission at the siege of Mainz. On his return to garrison duty he set to work so zealously to remedy the defects in his education caused by his father’s poverty, that in 1801 he was admitted to the Berlin Academy for young officers, then directed by Scharnhorst. Scharnhorst, attracted by his pupil’s industry and force of character, paid special attention to his training, and profoundly influenced the development of his mind. In 1803, on Scharnhorst’s recommendation, Clausewitz was made “adjutant” (aide-de-camp) to Prince August, and he served in this capacity in the campaign of Jena (1806), being captured along with the prince by the French at Prenzlau. A prisoner in France and Switzerland for the next two years, he returned to Prussia in 1809; and for the next three years, as a departmental chief in the ministry of war, as a teacher in the military school, and as military instructor to the crown prince, he assisted Scharnhorst in the famous reorganization of the Prussian army. In 1810 he married the countess Marie von Brühl.

CLAUSEWITZ, KARL VON (1780-1831), Prussian general and military writer, was born in Burg, near Magdeburg, on June 1, 1780. His family, originally from Poland, had moved to Germany at the end of the previous century. He joined the army in 1792 and first served in the Rhine campaigns of 1793-1794, earning his commission at the siege of Mainz. When he returned to garrison duty, he worked diligently to address the gaps in his education caused by his father's financial struggles, so much so that by 1801 he was admitted to the Berlin Academy for young officers, which was then directed by Scharnhorst. Scharnhorst, impressed by his student's hard work and strong character, paid special attention to his training, significantly influencing his intellectual development. In 1803, on Scharnhorst’s recommendation, Clausewitz became an “adjutant” (aide-de-camp) to Prince August, serving in this role during the Jena campaign in 1806, where he was captured alongside the prince by the French at Prenzlau. He was a prisoner in France and Switzerland for the next two years, returning to Prussia in 1809. For the following three years, as a department head in the Ministry of War, a teacher at the military school, and a military instructor to the crown prince, he assisted Scharnhorst in the renowned reorganization of the Prussian army. In 1810, he married Countess Marie von Brühl.

On the outbreak of the Russian war in 1812, Clausewitz, like many other Prussian officers, took service with his country’s nominal enemy. This step he justified in a memorial, published for the first time in the Leben Gneisenaus by Pertz (Berlin, 1869). At first adjutant to General Phull, who had himself been a Prussian officer, he served later under Pahlen at Witepsk and Smolensk, and from the final Russian position at Kaluga he was sent to the army of Wittgenstein. It was Clausewitz who negotiated the convention of Tauroggen, which separated the cause of Yorck’s Prussians from that of the French, and began the War of Liberation (see Yorck Von Wartenburg; also Blumenthal’s Die Konvention von Tauroggen, Berlin, 1901). As a Russian officer he superintended the formation of the Landwehr of east Prussia (see Stein, Baron Vom), and in the campaign of 1813 served as chief of staff to Count Wallmoden. He conducted the fight at Göhrde, and after the armistice, with Gneisenau’s permission, published an account of the campaign (Der Feldzug von 1813 bis zum Waffenstillstand, Leipzig, 1813). This work was long attributed to Gneisenau himself. After the peace of 1814 Clausewitz re-entered the Prussian service, and in the Waterloo campaign was present at Ligny and Wavre as General Thielmann’s chief of staff. This post he retained till 1818, when he was promoted major-general and appointed director of the Allgemeine Kriegsschule. Here he remained till in 1830 he was made chief of the 3rd Artillery Inspection at Breslau. Next year he became chief of staff to Field-marshal Gneisenau, who commanded an army of observation on the Polish frontier. After the dissolution of this army Clausewitz returned to his artillery duties; but on the 18th of November 1831 he died at Breslau of cholera, which had proved fatal to his chief also, and a little previously, to his old Russian commander Diebitsch on the other side of the frontier.

On the outbreak of the Russian war in 1812, Clausewitz, like many other Prussian officers, served with his country’s nominal enemy. He justified this decision in a memorial, which was published for the first time in the Leben Gneisenaus by Pertz (Berlin, 1869). Initially an aide to General Phull, who had also been a Prussian officer, he later served under Pahlen at Witepsk and Smolensk. From the last Russian position at Kaluga, he was sent to the army of Wittgenstein. Clausewitz negotiated the convention of Tauroggen, which separated the cause of Yorck’s Prussians from that of the French and marked the beginning of the War of Liberation (see Yorck Von Wartenburg; also Blumenthal’s Die Konvention von Tauroggen, Berlin, 1901). As a Russian officer, he oversaw the formation of the Landwehr of East Prussia (see Stein, Baron Vom), and in the 1813 campaign, he served as chief of staff to Count Wallmoden. He led the battle at Göhrde, and after the armistice, with Gneisenau’s permission, published an account of the campaign (Der Feldzug von 1813 bis zum Waffenstillstand, Leipzig, 1813). This work was long mistakenly attributed to Gneisenau himself. After the peace of 1814, Clausewitz rejoined the Prussian service, and during the Waterloo campaign, he was present at Ligny and Wavre as General Thielmann’s chief of staff. He held this position until 1818, when he was promoted to major-general and appointed director of the Allgemeine Kriegsschule. He remained there until 1830 when he became chief of the 3rd Artillery Inspection at Breslau. The following year, he became chief of staff to Field-marshal Gneisenau, who commanded an observation army on the Polish frontier. After this army was disbanded, Clausewitz returned to his artillery duties; however, on November 18, 1831, he died of cholera in Breslau, which had also claimed the life of his chief and, previously, his old Russian commander Diebitsch on the other side of the frontier.

His collected works were edited and published by his widow, who was aided by some officers, personal friends of the general, in her task. Of the ten volumes of Hinterlassene Werke über Krieg und Kriegführung (Berlin, 1832-1837, later edition called Clausewitz’s Gesammte Werke, Berlin, 1874) the first three contain Clausewitz’s masterpiece, Vom Kriege, an exposition of the philosophy of war which is absolutely unrivalled. He produced no “system” of strategy, and his critics styled his work “negative” and asked “Qu’a-t-il fondé?” What he had “founded” was that modern strategy which, by its hold on the Prussian mind, carried the Prussian arms to victory in 1866 and 1870 over the “systematic” strategists Krismánic and Bazaine, and his philosophy of war became, not only in Germany but in many other countries, the essential basis of all serious study of the art of war. The English and French translations (Graham, On War, London, 1873; Neuens, La Guerre, Paris, 1849-1852; or Vatry, Théorie de la grande guerre, Paris, 1899), with the German original, place the work at the disposal of students of most nationalities. The remaining volumes deal with military history: vol. 4, the Italian campaign of 1796-97; vols. 5 and 6, the campaign of 1799 in Switzerland and Italy; vol. 7, the wars of 1812, 1813 to the armistice, and 1814; vol. 8, the Waterloo Campaign; vols. 9 and 10, papers on the campaigns of Gustavus Adolphus, Turenne, Luxemburg, Münnich, John Sobieski, Frederick the Great, Ferdinand of Brunswick, &c. He also wrote Über das Leben und den Charakter von Scharnhorst (printed in Ranke’s Historisch-politischer Zeitschrift, 1832). A manuscript on the catastrophe of 1806 long remained unpublished. It was used by v. Höpfner in his history of that war, and eventually published by the Great General Staff in 1888 (French translation, 1903). Letters from Clausewitz to his wife were published in Zeitschrift für preussische Landeskunde (1876). His name is borne by the 28th Field Artillery regiment of the German army.

His collected works were edited and published by his widow, who received help from some officers and personal friends of the general in her efforts. Of the ten volumes of Hinterlassene Werke über Krieg und Kriegführung (Berlin, 1832-1837, later edition titled Clausewitz’s Gesammte Werke, Berlin, 1874), the first three include Clausewitz’s masterpiece, Vom Kriege, which presents a philosophy of war that is truly unmatched. He didn't create a "system" of strategy, and his critics labeled his work as "negative" and questioned “Qu’a-t-il fondé?” What he actually "founded" was the modern strategy that, by its influence on the Prussian mindset, led the Prussian forces to victory in 1866 and 1870 against the "systematic" strategists Krismánic and Bazaine. His philosophy of war became, not only in Germany but in many other countries, the foundational element for all serious studies of military strategy. The English and French translations (Graham, On War, London, 1873; Neuens, La Guerre, Paris, 1849-1852; or Vatry, Théorie de la grande guerre, Paris, 1899), along with the German original, make the work accessible to students from various nationalities. The remaining volumes focus on military history: vol. 4 covers the Italian campaign of 1796-97; vols. 5 and 6 look at the campaign of 1799 in Switzerland and Italy; vol. 7 discusses the wars of 1812, 1813 until the armistice, and 1814; vol. 8 details the Waterloo Campaign; vols. 9 and 10 present papers on the campaigns of Gustavus Adolphus, Turenne, Luxemburg, Münnich, John Sobieski, Frederick the Great, Ferdinand of Brunswick, etc. He also wrote Über das Leben und den Charakter von Scharnhorst (published in Ranke’s Historisch-politischer Zeitschrift, 1832). A manuscript on the disaster of 1806 remained unpublished for a long time. It was utilized by v. Höpfner in his account of that war and was eventually published by the Great General Staff in 1888 (French translation, 1903). Letters from Clausewitz to his wife appeared in Zeitschrift für preussische Landeskunde (1876). His name is carried by the 28th Field Artillery regiment of the German army.

See Schwartz, Leben des General von Clausewitz und der Frau Marie von Clausewitz (2 vols., Berlin, 1877); von Meerheimb, Karl von Clausewitz (Berlin, 1875), also Memoir in Allgemeine deutsche Biographie; Bernhardi, Leben des Generals von Clausewitz (10th Supplement, Militär. Wochenblatt, 1878).

See Schwartz, Leben des General von Clausewitz und der Frau Marie von Clausewitz (2 vols., Berlin, 1877); von Meerheimb, Karl von Clausewitz (Berlin, 1875), also Memoir in Allgemeine deutsche Biographie; Bernhardi, Leben des Generals von Clausewitz (10th Supplement, Militär. Wochenblatt, 1878).

468

468


CLAUSIUS, RUDOLF JULIUS EMMANUEL (1822-1888), German physicist, was born on the 2nd of January 1822 at Köslin, in Pomerania. After attending the Gymnasium at Stettin, he studied at Berlin University from 1840 to 1844. In 1848 he took his degree at Halle, and in 1850 was appointed professor of physics in the royal artillery and engineering school at Berlin. Late in the same year he delivered his inaugural lecture as Privatdocent in the university. In 1855 he became an ordinary professor at Zürich Polytechnic, accepting at the same time a professorship in the university of Zürich In 1867 he moved to Würzburg as professor of physics, and two years later was appointed to the same chair at Bonn, where he died on the 24th of August 1888. During the Franco-German War he was at the head of an ambulance corps composed of Bonn students, and received the Iron Cross for the services he rendered at Vionville and Gravelotte. The work of Clausius, who was a mathematical rather than an experimental physicist, was concerned with many of the most abstruse problems of molecular physics. By his restatement of Carnot’s principle he put the theory of heat on a truer and sounder basis, and he deserves the credit of having made thermodynamics a science; he enunciated the second law, in a paper contributed to the Berlin Academy in 1850, in the well-known form, “Heat cannot of itself pass from a colder to a hotter body.” His results he applied to an exhaustive development of the theory of the steam-engine, laying stress in particular on the conception of entropy. The kinetic theory of gases owes much to his labours, Clerk Maxwell calling him its principal founder. It was he who raised it, on the basis of the dynamical theory of heat, to the level of a theory, and he carried out many numerical determinations in connextion with it, e.g. of the mean free path of a molecule. To Clausius also was due an important advance in the theory of electrolysis, and he put forward the idea that molecules in electrolytes are continually interchanging atoms, the electric force not causing, but merely directing, the interchange. This view found little favour until 1887, when it was taken up by S.A. Arrhenius, who made it the basis of the theory of electrolytic dissociation. In addition to many scientific papers he wrote Die Potentialfunktion und das Potential, 1864, and Abhandlungen über die mechanische Wärmetheorie, 1864-1867.

CLAUSIUS, RUDOLF JULIUS EMMANUEL (1822-1888), was a German physicist born on January 2, 1822, in Köslin, Pomerania. After attending the Gymnasium in Stettin, he studied at Berlin University from 1840 to 1844. He graduated from Halle in 1848 and was appointed professor of physics at the royal artillery and engineering school in Berlin in 1850. Later that year, he gave his inaugural lecture as Privatdocent at the university. In 1855, he became a full professor at Zürich Polytechnic and also accepted a professorship at the University of Zürich. In 1867, he moved to Würzburg as a professor of physics, and two years later, he took the same position in Bonn, where he died on August 24, 1888. During the Franco-German War, he led an ambulance corps made up of Bonn students and was awarded the Iron Cross for his service at Vionville and Gravelotte. Clausius, who was more of a mathematical physicist than an experimental one, dealt with some of the most complex issues in molecular physics. By rephrasing Carnot’s principle, he established a more accurate and solid foundation for the theory of heat, earning recognition for making thermodynamics a scientific discipline; he articulated the second law in a paper presented to the Berlin Academy in 1850 with the well-known statement, “Heat cannot of itself pass from a colder to a hotter body.” He applied his findings to a comprehensive development of steam-engine theory, particularly emphasizing the concept of entropy. The kinetic theory of gases greatly benefited from his work, with Clerk Maxwell calling him its main founder. He elevated it to a theoretical level based on the dynamical theory of heat and carried out many numerical calculations related to it, e.g., determining the mean free path of a molecule. Clausius also made a significant advancement in the theory of electrolysis, proposing that molecules in electrolytes are constantly swapping atoms, with the electric force not causing but merely directing the exchange. This idea was largely overlooked until 1887 when S.A. Arrhenius adopted it as the foundation for his theory of electrolytic dissociation. Besides numerous scientific papers, he authored Die Potentialfunktion und das Potential in 1864, and Abhandlungen über die mechanische Wärmetheorie from 1864-1867.


CLAUSTHAL, or Klausthal, a town of Germany, in the Prussian Harz, lying on a bleak plateau, 1860 ft. above sea-level, 50. m. by rail W.S.W. of Halberstadt. Pop. (1905) 8565. Clausthal is the chief mining town of the Upper Harz Mountains, and practically forms one town with Zellerfeld, which is separated from it by a small stream, the Zellbach. The streets are broad, opportunity for improvement having been given by fires in 1844 and 1854; the houses are mostly of wood. There are an Evangelical and a Roman Catholic church, and a gymnasium. Clausthal has a famous mining college with a mineralogical museum, and a disused mint. Its chief mines are silver and lead, but it also smelts copper and a little gold. Four or five sanatoria are in the neighbourhood. The museum of the Upper Harz is at Zellerfeld.

CLAUSTHAL, or Klausthal, is a town in Germany, located in the Prussian Harz on a bleak plateau at an elevation of 1860 ft. above sea level, about 50 miles by rail W.S.W. of Halberstadt. The population in 1905 was 8,565. Clausthal is the main mining town of the Upper Harz Mountains and effectively merges with Zellerfeld, which is separated by a small stream called the Zellbach. The streets are wide, with opportunities for improvement provided by fires in 1844 and 1854; most of the houses are made of wood. There is an Evangelical church, a Roman Catholic church, and a gymnasium. Clausthal is home to a renowned mining college that features a mineralogical museum, as well as a disused mint. Its primary mines produce silver and lead, but it also processes copper and a bit of gold. There are four or five sanatoria in the vicinity. The museum of the Upper Harz is located in Zellerfeld.

Clausthal was founded about the middle of the 12th century in consequence probably of the erection of a Benedictine monastery (closed in 1431), remains of which still exist in Zellerfeld. At the beginning of the 16th century the dukes of Brunswick made a new settlement here, and under their directions the mining, which had been begun by the monks, was carried on more energetically. The first church was built at Clausthal in 1570. In 1864 the control of the mines passed into the hands of the state.

Clausthal was established around the mid-12th century, likely due to the construction of a Benedictine monastery (which closed in 1431), remnants of which can still be seen in Zellerfeld. At the start of the 16th century, the dukes of Brunswick created a new settlement here, and under their leadership, the mining activities initiated by the monks were intensified. The first church in Clausthal was built in 1570. In 1864, the state took over control of the mines.


CLAVECIN, the French for clavisymbal or harpsichord (Ger. Clavicymbel or Dockenklavier), an abbreviation of the Flemish clavisinbal and Ital. clavicimbalo, a keyboard musical instrument in which the strings were plucked by means of a plectrum consisting of a quill mounted upon a jack.

CLAVICHORD, the French term for clavisymbal or harpsichord (Ger. Clavicymbel or Dockenklavier), is short for the Flemish clavisinbal and Italian clavicimbalo. It’s a keyboard instrument where the strings are plucked using a plectrum made from a quill attached to a jack.


CLAVICEMBALO, or Gravicembalo (from Lat. clavis, key, and cymbalum, cymbal; Eng. clavicymbal, clavisymbal; Flemish, clavisinbal; Span. clavisinbanos), a keyboard musical instrument with strings plucked by means of small quill or leather plectra. “Cymbal” (Gr. κύμβαλον, from κύμβη, a hollow vessel) was the old European term for the dulcimer, and hence its place in the formation of the word.

CLAVICEMBALO, or Harpsichord (from Latin clavis, key, and cymbalum, cymbal; English clavicymbal, clavisymbal; Flemish, clavisinbal; Spanish clavisinbanos), is a keyboard musical instrument with strings that are plucked using small quills or leather plectra. “Cymbal” (Greek cymbal, from cup, a hollow vessel) was the old European term for the dulcimer, which is why it is part of the word's origin.


CLAVICHORD, or Clarichord (Fr. manicorde; Ger. Clavichord; Ital. manicordo; Span. manicordio1), a medieval stringed keyboard instrument, a forerunner of the pianoforte (q.v.), its strings being set in vibration by a blow from a brass tangent instead of a hammer as in the modern instrument. The clavichord, derived from the dulcimer by the addition of a keyboard, consisted of a rectangular case, with or without legs, often very elaborately ornamented with paintings and gilding. The earliest instruments were small and portable, being placed upon a table or stand. The strings, of finely drawn brass, steel or iron wire, were stretched almost parallel with the keyboard over the narrow belly or soundboard resting on the soundboard bridges, often three in number, and wound as in the piano round wrest or tuning pins set in a block at the right-hand side of the soundboard and attached at the other end to hitch pins. The bridges served to direct the course of the strings and to conduct the sound waves to the soundboard. The scaling, or division of the strings determining their vibrating length, was effected by the position of the tangents. These tangents, small wedge-shaped blades of brass, beaten out at the top, were inserted in the end of the arm of the keys. As the latter were depressed by the fingers the tangents rose to strike the strings and stop them at the proper length from the belly-bridge. Thus the string was set in vibration between the point of impact and the belly-bridge just as long as the key was pressed down. The key being released, the vibrations were instantly stopped by a list of cloth acting as damper and interwoven among the strings behind the line of the tangents.

CLAVICHORD, or Clarichord (Fr. manicorde; Ger. Clavichord; Ital. manicordo; Span. manicordio1), is a medieval stringed keyboard instrument, a predecessor of the pianoforte (q.v.), where its strings are made to vibrate by a blow from a brass tangent instead of a hammer like in the modern instrument. The clavichord, which evolved from the dulcimer with the addition of a keyboard, comprised a rectangular case, sometimes with legs, often very ornately decorated with paintings and gold detailing. The earliest instruments were small and portable, designed to be placed on a table or stand. The strings, made from finely drawn brass, steel, or iron wire, were stretched almost parallel to the keyboard over a narrow belly or soundboard resting on soundboard bridges, usually three in total, and wrapped around wrest or tuning pins set in a block on the right-hand side of the soundboard, with the other end attached to hitch pins. The bridges guided the strings and helped transmit the sound waves to the soundboard. The scaling, or division of the strings determining their vibrating length, was influenced by the position of the tangents. These tangents, small wedge-shaped brass blades that were flattened at the top, were placed in the end of the arm of the keys. As the keys were pressed down by the fingers, the tangents rose to strike the strings and stop them at the correct length from the belly-bridge. This allowed the string to vibrate between the point of impact and the belly-bridge as long as the key was held down. Once the key was released, the vibrations were immediately stopped by a cloth pad acting as a damper, which was woven among the strings behind the line of the tangents.

There were two kinds of clavichords—the fretted or gebunden and the fret-free or bund-frei. The term “fretted” was applied to those clavichords which, instead of being provided with a string or set of strings in unison for each note, had one set of strings acting for three or four notes, the arms of the keys being twisted in order to bring the contact of the tangent into the acoustically correct position under the string. The “fret-free” were chromatically-scaled instruments. The first bund-frei clavichord is attributed to Daniel Faber of Crailsheim in Saxony about 1720. This important change in construction increased the size of the instrument, each pair of unison strings requiring a key and tangent of its own, and led to the introduction of the system of tuning by equal temperament upheld by J.S. Bach. Clavichords were made with pedals.2

There were two types of clavichords—the fretted or gebunden and the fret-free or bund-frei. The term “fretted” referred to clavichords that used one set of strings for three or four notes instead of having a string or set of strings in unison for each note. The arms of the keys were twisted to position the contact of the tangent correctly under the string. The “fret-free” clavichords were designed with a chromatic scale. The first bund-frei clavichord is credited to Daniel Faber of Crailsheim in Saxony around 1720. This significant change in construction made the instrument larger, as each pair of unison strings needed its own key and tangent, and it led to the adoption of equal temperament tuning advocated by J.S. Bach. Clavichords were made with pedals.2

The tone of the clavichord, extremely sweet and delicate, was characterized by a tremulous hesitancy, which formed its great charm while rendering it suitable only for the private music room or study. Between 1883 and 1893 renewed attention was drawn to the instrument by A.J. Hipkins’s lectures and recitals on keyboard instruments in London, Oxford and Cambridge; and Arnold Dolmetsch reintroduced the art of making clavichords in 1894.

The tone of the clavichord, incredibly sweet and delicate, had a shaky, hesitant quality that made it very charming, but it was best suited for a private music room or study. Between 1883 and 1893, renewed interest in the instrument was sparked by A.J. Hipkins's lectures and recitals on keyboard instruments in London, Oxford, and Cambridge; and Arnold Dolmetsch brought back the craft of making clavichords in 1894.

(K. S.)

1 The words clavicorde, clavicordo and clavicordio, respectively French, Italian and Spanish, were applied to a different type of instrument, the spinet (q.v.).

1 The words clavicorde, clavicordo, and clavicordio, which are French, Italian, and Spanish respectively, referred to a different type of instrument, the spinet (q.v.).

2 See Sebastian Virdung, Musica getutscht und auszgezogen (Basel, 1511) (facsimile reprint Berlin, 1882, edited by R. Eitner); J. Verschuere Reynvaan, Musijkaal Kunst-Woordenboek (Amsterdam, 1795) (a very scarce book, of which the British Museum does not possess a copy); Jacob Adlung, Musica Mechanica Organoedi (Berlin, 1768), vol. ii. pp. 158-9; A.J. Hipkins, The History of the Pianoforte (London, 1896), pp. 61 and 62.

2 See Sebastian Virdung, Musica getutscht und auszgezogen (Basel, 1511) (facsimile reprint Berlin, 1882, edited by R. Eitner); J. Verschuere Reynvaan, Musijkaal Kunst-Woordenboek (Amsterdam, 1795) (a very scarce book, which the British Museum does not have a copy of); Jacob Adlung, Musica Mechanica Organoedi (Berlin, 1768), vol. ii. pp. 158-9; A.J. Hipkins, The History of the Pianoforte (London, 1896), pp. 61 and 62.


CLAVICYTHERIUM, a name usually applied to an upright spinet (q.v.), the soundboard and strings of which were vertical instead of horizontal, being thus perpendicular to the keyboard; but it would seem that the clavicytherium proper is distinct from the upright spinet in that its strings are placed horizontally. In the early clavicytherium there was, as in the spinet, only one string (of gut) to each key, set in vibration by means of a small quill or leather plectrum mounted on a jack which acted as in the spinet and harpsichord (q.v.). The clavicytherium or keyed 469 cythera or cetra, names which in the 14th and 15th centuries had been applied somewhat indiscriminately to instruments having strings stretched over a soundboard and plucked by fingers or plectrum, was probably of Italian1 or possibly of south German origin. Sebastian Virdung,2 writing early in the 16th century, describes the clavicytherium as a new invention, having gut strings, and gives an illustration of it. (See Pianoforte.) A certain amount of uncertainty exists as to its exact construction, due to the extreme rarity of unrestored specimens extant, and to the almost total absence of trustworthy practical information.

CLAVICYTHERIUM, a term generally used for an upright spinet (q.v.), where the soundboard and strings were vertical rather than horizontal, making them perpendicular to the keyboard; however, it seems that the true clavicytherium is different from the upright spinet in that its strings are arranged horizontally. In the early clavicytherium, like in the spinet, there was only one string (made of gut) for each key, which was set in motion by a small quill or leather plectrum attached to a jack, operating similarly to the spinet and harpsichord (q.v.). The clavicytherium or keyed cythera or cetra, terms that in the 14th and 15th centuries were used somewhat interchangeably for instruments with strings stretched over a soundboard and plucked by fingers or a plectrum, likely originated in Italy or possibly southern Germany. Sebastian Virdung,2 writing in the early 16th century, describes the clavicytherium as a novel invention with gut strings and includes an illustration of it. (See Pianoforte.) There is some uncertainty about its exact construction due to the extreme rarity of unrestored examples and the almost complete lack of reliable practical information.

In a unique specimen with two keyboards dating from the 16th or 17th century, which is in the collection of Baron Alexandre Kraus,3 what appear to be vibrating strings stretched over a soundboard perpendicular to the keyboard are in reality the wires forming part of the mechanism of the action. The arrangement of this mechanism is the distinctive feature of the clavicytherium, for the wires, unlike the strings of the upright spinet, increase in length from left to right, so that the upright harp-shaped back has its higher side over the treble of the keyboard instead of over the bass. The vibrating strings of the clavicytherium in the Kraus Museum are stretched horizontally over two kinds of psalteries fixed one over the other. The first, serving for the lower register, is of the well-known trapezoid shape and lies over the keyboards; it has 30 wire strings in pairs of unisons corresponding to the 15 lowest keys. The second psaltery resembles the kanoun of the Arabs, and has 36 strings in courses of 3 unisons corresponding to the next 12 keys, and 88 very thin strings in courses of 4, completing the 49 keys; the compass thus has a range of four octaves from C to C. The quills of the jacks belonging to the two keyboards are of different length and thickness. The jacks, which work as in the spinet, are attached to the perpendicular wires, disposed in two parallel rows, one for each keyboard.

In a rare instrument with two keyboards from the 16th or 17th century, housed in the collection of Baron Alexandre Kraus, what looks like vibrating strings stretched over a soundboard that is perpendicular to the keyboard are actually the wires that are part of the action mechanism. The setup of this mechanism is what makes the clavicytherium unique because the wires, unlike the strings of the upright spinet, get longer from left to right, so the taller side of the upright harp-shaped back is positioned above the treble notes on the keyboard instead of the bass. The vibrating strings of the clavicytherium in the Kraus Museum are stretched horizontally over two types of psalteries stacked on top of each other. The first psaltery, which provides the lower register, is in the well-known trapezoid shape and sits over the keyboards; it has 30 wire strings arranged in unison pairs, corresponding to the 15 lowest keys. The second psaltery resembles the Arabic kanoun and has 36 strings in groups of 3 unisons for the next 12 keys, as well as 88 very thin strings in groups of 4, completing the 49 keys; thus, it has a range of four octaves from C to C. The quills of the jacks for the two keyboards differ in length and thickness. The jacks, which function similarly to those in the spinet, are attached to the perpendicular wires arranged in two parallel rows, one for each keyboard.

There is a very fine specimen of the so-called clavicytherium (upright spinet) in the Donaldson museum of the Royal College of Music, London, acquired from the Correr collection at Venice in 1885.4 The instrument is undated, but A.J. Hipkins5 placed it early in the 16th or even at the end of the 15th century. There is German writing on the inside of the back, referring to some agreement at Ulm. The case is of pine-wood, and the natural keys of box-wood. The jacks have the early steel springs, and in 1885 traces were found in the instrument of original brass plectra, all of which point to a very early date.

There is a remarkable example of the so-called clavicytherium (upright spinet) in the Donaldson Museum of the Royal College of Music, London, which was acquired from the Correr collection in Venice in 1885.4 The instrument doesn't have a specific date, but A.J. Hipkins5 suggested it dates back to the early 16th century or possibly the late 15th century. There is German writing on the inside of the back, referencing some agreement at Ulm. The case is made of pine, and the natural keys are made of boxwood. The jacks have early steel springs, and in 1885, traces of original brass plectra were found in the instrument, all of which indicate a very early date.

A learned Italian, Nicolo Vicentino,6 living in the 16th century, describes an archicembalo of his own invention, at which the performer had to stand, having four rows of keys designed to obtain a complete mesotonic pure third tuning. This was an attempt to reintroduce the ancient Greek musical system. This instrument was probably an upright harpsichord or clavicembalo.

A knowledgeable Italian, Nicolo Vicentino, living in the 16th century, describes an archicembalo of his own invention, which required the performer to stand and featured four rows of keys designed to achieve a complete mesotonic pure third tuning. This was an effort to bring back the ancient Greek musical system. This instrument was likely an upright harpsichord or clavicembalo.

For the history of the clavicytherium considered as a forerunner of the pianoforte see Pianoforte.

For the history of the clavicytherium viewed as a predecessor to the pianoforte, see Pianoforte.

(K. S.)

1 Mersenne, Harmonie universelle (Paris, 1636), p. 113, calls the clavicytherium “une nouvelle forme d’épinette dont on use en Italie,” and states that the action of the jacks and levers is parallel from back to front.

1 Mersenne, Harmonie universelle (Paris, 1636), p. 113, refers to the clavicytherium as “a new type of spinet used in Italy,” and mentions that the movement of the jacks and levers is parallel from back to front.

2 Musica getutscht und auszgezogen (Basel, 1511).

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Music played and stripped (Basel, 1511).

3 See “Une Pièce unique du Musée Kraus de Florence” in Annales de l’alliance scientifique universelle (Paris, 1907).

3 See “A Unique Piece from the Kraus Museum in Florence” in Annals of the Universal Scientific Alliance (Paris, 1907).

4 See illustration by William Gibb in A.J. Hipkins’s Musical Instruments, Historic, Rare and Unique (1888).

4 See illustration by William Gibb in A.J. Hipkins’s Musical Instruments, Historic, Rare and Unique (1888).

5 History of the Pianoforte, Novello’s Music Primers, No. 52 (1896), p. 75.

5 History of the Pianoforte, Novello’s Music Primers, No. 52 (1896), p. 75.

6 L’Antica Musica ridotta moderna prattica (Rome, 1555).

6 The Ancient Music Adapted for Modern Practice (Rome, 1555).


CLAVIE, BURNING THE, an ancient Scottish custom still observed at Burghead, a fishing village on the Moray Firth, near Forres. The “clavie” is a bonfire of casks split in two, lighted on the 12th of January, corresponding to the New Year of the old calendar. One of these casks is joined together again by a huge nail (Lat. clavus; hence the term). It is then filled with tar, lighted and carried flaming round the village and finally up to a headland upon which stands the ruins of a Roman altar, locally called “the Douro.” It here forms the nucleus of the bonfire, which is built up of split casks. When the burning tar-barrel falls in pieces, the people scramble to get a lighted piece with which to kindle the New Year’s fire on their cottage hearth. The charcoal of the clavie is collected and is put in pieces up the cottage chimneys, to keep spirits and witches from coming down.

CLAVIE, BURNING THE, is an ancient Scottish tradition still practiced in Burghead, a fishing village on the Moray Firth, near Forres. The “clavie” is a bonfire made from casks that are split in half, lit on January 12th, which aligns with the New Year of the old calendar. One of these casks is put back together with a big nail (Latin: clavus; that's where the name comes from). It's then filled with tar, lit, and carried around the village in flames before being taken to a headland where the ruins of a Roman altar, locally called “the Douro,” stand. Here, it forms the center of the bonfire, which is built from split casks. When the burning tar barrel breaks apart, people rush to grab a lit piece to start their New Year’s fire in their cottage. The charcoal from the clavie is collected and placed in chunks up the cottage chimneys to keep spirits and witches from coming down.


CLAVIÈRE, ÉTIENNE (1735-1793), French financier and politician, was a native of Geneva. As one of the democratic leaders there he was obliged in 1782 to take refuge in England, upon the armed interference of France, Sardinia and Berne in favour of the aristocratic party. There he met other Swiss, among them Marat and Étienne Dumont, but their schemes for a new Geneva in Ireland—which the government favoured—were given up when Necker came to power in France, and Clavière, with most of his comrades, went to Paris. There in 1789 he and Dumont allied themselves with Mirabeau, secretly collaborating for him on the Courrier de Provence and also in preparing the speeches which Mirabeau delivered as his own. It was mainly by his use of Clavière that Mirabeau sustained his reputation as a financier. But Clavière also published some pamphlets under his own name, and through these and his friendship with J.P. Brissot, whom he had met in London, he became minister of finance in the Girondist ministry, from March to the 12th of June 1792. After the 10th of August he was again given charge of the finances in the provisional executive council, though with but indifferent success. He shared in the fall of the Girondists, was arrested on the 2nd of June 1793, but somehow was left in prison until the 8th of December, when, on receiving notice that he was to appear on the next day before the Revolutionary Tribunal, he committed suicide.

CLAVIÈRE, ÉTIENNE (1735-1793), a French financier and politician, was originally from Geneva. As a prominent democratic leader there, he was forced to seek refuge in England in 1782 due to military intervention from France, Sardinia, and Berne supporting the aristocratic faction. In England, he met other Swiss individuals, including Marat and Étienne Dumont, but their plans to establish a new Geneva in Ireland, which had government backing, were abandoned when Necker came to power in France, leading Clavière and most of his associates to Paris. There, in 1789, he and Dumont formed an alliance with Mirabeau, secretly working with him on the Courrier de Provence and assisting in drafting the speeches that Mirabeau delivered as his own. Mirabeau relied significantly on Clavière’s expertise to maintain his reputation as a financier. Clavière also published several pamphlets under his own name, and through these and his connection with J.P. Brissot, whom he had met in London, he became the minister of finance in the Girondist government from March until June 12, 1792. After August 10, he resumed control of finances in the provisional executive council, though with only limited success. He was part of the Girondists' downfall, was arrested on June 2, 1793, and somehow remained in prison until December 8. Upon receiving notice that he was to appear before the Revolutionary Tribunal the following day, he took his own life.


CLAVIJO, RUY GONZALEZ DE (d. 1412), Spanish traveller of the 15th century, whose narrative is the first important one of its kind contributed to Spanish literature, was a native of Madrid, and belonged to a family of some antiquity and position. On the return of the ambassadors Pelayo de Sotomayor and Hernan Sanchez de Palazuelos from the court of Timur, Henry III. of Castille determined to send another embassy to the new lord of Western Asia, and for this purpose he selected Clavijo, Gomez de Salazar (who died on the outward journey), and a master of theology named Fray Alonzo Paez de Santa Maria. They sailed from St Mary Port near Cadiz on the 22nd of May 1403, touched at the Balearic Isles, Gaeta and Rhodes, spent some time at Constantinople, sailed along the southern coast of the Black Sea to Trebizond, and proceeded inland by Erzerum, the Ararat region, Tabriz, Sultanieh, Teheran and Meshed, to Samarkand, where they were well received by the conqueror. Their return was at last accomplished, in part after Timur’s death, and with countless difficulties and dangers, and they landed in Spain on the 1st of March 1406. Clavijo proceeded at once to the court, at that time in Alcala de Henares, and served as chamberlain till the king’s death (in the spring of 1406-1407); he then returned to Madrid, and lived there in opulence till his own death on the 2nd of April 1412. He was buried in the chapel of the monastery of St Francis, which he had rebuilt at great expense.

CLAVIJO, RUY GONZALEZ DE (d. 1412), Spanish traveler of the 15th century, whose account is the first significant one of its kind in Spanish literature, was originally from Madrid and came from a family of some historical significance. After the ambassadors Pelayo de Sotomayor and Hernan Sanchez de Palazuelos returned from Timur's court, Henry III of Castile decided to send another delegation to the new ruler of Western Asia. For this mission, he chose Clavijo, Gomez de Salazar (who died on the way), and a theology master named Fray Alonzo Paez de Santa Maria. They set sail from St Mary Port near Cadiz on May 22, 1403, stopped at the Balearic Islands, Gaeta, and Rhodes, spent some time in Constantinople, sailed along the southern coast of the Black Sea to Trebizond, and then traveled inland through Erzerum, the Ararat region, Tabriz, Sultanieh, Tehran, and Meshed, finally reaching Samarkand, where they were well-received by the conqueror. Their journey back was ultimately completed after Timur’s death, facing numerous challenges and dangers, and they landed in Spain on March 1, 1406. Clavijo immediately went to the court, which was then in Alcala de Henares, and served as chamberlain until the king died (in spring 1406-1407); he then returned to Madrid, living in luxury until his own death on April 2, 1412. He was buried in the chapel of the monastery of St Francis, which he had rebuilt at great expense.

There are two leading MSS. of Clavijo’s narrative—(a) London, British Museum, Additional MSS., 16,613 fols. I, n.-125, v.; (b) Madrid, National Library, 9218; and two old editions of the original Spanish—(1) by Gonçalo Argote de Molina (Seville, 1582), (2) by Antonio de Sancha (Madrid, 1782), both having the misleading titles, apparently invented by Molina, of Historia del gran Tamorlan, and Vida y hazañas del gran Tamorlan (the latter at the beginning of the text itself); a better sub-title is added, viz. Itinerario y enarracion del viage y relacion de la embaxada que Ruy Gonzalez de Clavijo le hizo. Both editors, and especially Sancha, supply general explanatory dissertations. The Spanish text has also been published, with a Russian translation, in vol. xxviii. (pp. 1-455) of the Publications of the Russian Imperial Academy of Sciences (Section of Russian Language, &c.), edited by I.I. Sreznevski (1881). An English version, by Sir Clements Markham, was issued by the Hakluyt Society in 1859 (Narrative of the Embassy of R ... G ... de Clavijo to the Court of Timour). The identification of a great number of the places mentioned by Clavijo is a matter of considerable difficulty, and has given rise to some discussion (see Khanikof’s list in Geographical Magazine (1874), and Sreznevski’s Annotated Index in the Russian edition of 1881). A short account ot Clavijo’s life is given by Alvarez y Baena in the Hijos de Madrid, vol. ix. See also C.R. Beazley, Dawn of Modern Geography, iii. 332-56.

There are two main manuscripts of Clavijo’s story—(a) London, British Museum, Additional MSS., 16,613 fols. I, n.-125, v.; (b) Madrid, National Library, 9218; and two old editions of the original Spanish—(1) by Gonçalo Argote de Molina (Seville, 1582), (2) by Antonio de Sancha (Madrid, 1782), both misleadingly titled, seemingly created by Molina, as Historia del gran Tamorlan, and Vida y hazañas del gran Tamorlan (the latter at the start of the text itself); a more accurate subtitle is added, namely Itinerario y enarracion del viage y relacion de la embaxada que Ruy Gonzalez de Clavijo le hizo. Both editors, particularly Sancha, provide general explanatory essays. The Spanish text has also been published, along with a Russian translation, in vol. xxviii. (pp. 1-455) of the Publications of the Russian Imperial Academy of Sciences (Section of Russian Language, etc.), edited by I.I. Sreznevski (1881). An English version by Sir Clements Markham was published by the Hakluyt Society in 1859 (Narrative of the Embassy of R ... G ... de Clavijo to the Court of Timour). Identifying many of the places mentioned by Clavijo is quite challenging and has sparked some discussion (refer to Khanikof’s list in Geographical Magazine (1874), and Sreznevski’s Annotated Index in the Russian edition of 1881). A brief account of Clavijo’s life is provided by Alvarez y Baena in the Hijos de Madrid, vol. ix. See also C.R. Beazley, Dawn of Modern Geography, iii. 332-56.

470

470


CLAVIJO Y FAJARDO, JOSÉ (1730-1806), Spanish publicist, was born at Lanzarote (Canary Islands) in 1730. He settled in Madrid, became editor of El Pensador, and by his campaign against the public performance of autos sacramentales secured their prohibition in 1765. In 1770 he was appointed director of the royal theatres, a post which he resigned in order to take up the editorship of the Mercurio histórico y politico de Madrid: at the time of his death in 1806 he was secretary to the Cabinet of Natural History. He had in abundance the courage, perseverance and gift of pungent expression which form the equipment of the aggressive journalist, but his work would long since have been forgotten were it not that it put an end to a peculiarly national form of dramatic exposition, and that his love affair with one of Beaumarchais’ sisters suggested the theme of Goethe’s first publication, Clavigo.

CLAVIJO AND FAJARDO, JOSÉ (1730-1806), Spanish publicist, was born in Lanzarote (Canary Islands) in 1730. He moved to Madrid, where he became the editor of El Pensador. Through his campaign against the public performance of autos sacramentales, he succeeded in having them banned in 1765. In 1770, he was appointed director of the royal theatres, a position he eventually resigned to become the editor of the Mercurio histórico y politico de Madrid. At the time of his death in 1806, he was the secretary to the Cabinet of Natural History. He possessed the courage, perseverance, and sharp wit essential for an aggressive journalist, but his work would likely have been forgotten if not for the fact that it ended a uniquely national form of dramatic expression and that his romantic involvement with one of Beaumarchais’ sisters inspired Goethe’s first publication, Clavigo.


CLAY, CASSIUS MARCELLUS (1810-1903), American politician, was born in Madison county, Kentucky, on the 19th of October 1810. He was the son of Green Clay (1757-1826), a Kentucky soldier of the war of 1812 and a relative of Henry Clay. He was educated at Centre College, Danville, Kentucky, and at Yale, where he graduated in 1832. Influenced to some extent by William Lloyd Garrison, he became an advocate of the abolition of slavery, and on his return to his native state, at the risk of social and political ostracism, he gave utterance to his belief. He studied law, but instead of practising devoted himself to a political career. In 1835, 1837 and 1840 he was elected as a Whig to the Kentucky legislature, where he advocated a system of gradual emancipation, and secured the establishment of a public school system, and a much-needed reform in the jury system. In 1841 he was defeated on account of his abolition views. In 1844 he delivered campaign speeches for Henry Clay throughout the North. In 1845 he established, at Lexington, Kentucky, an anti-slavery publication known as The True American, but in the same year his office and press were wrecked by a mob, and he removed the publication office to Cincinnati, Ohio. During this and the earlier period of his career his zeal and hot temper involved him in numerous personal encounters and several duels, in all of which he bore himself with a reckless bravery. In the Mexican War he served as a captain of a Kentucky company of militia, and was taken prisoner, while reconnoitring, during General Scott’s advance on the City of Mexico. He left the Whig party in 1850, and as an anti-slavery candidate for governor of Kentucky polled 5000 votes. In 1856 he joined the Republican party, and wielded considerable influence as a Southern representative in its councils. In 1860 he was a leading candidate for the vice-presidential nomination. In 1861 he was sent by President Lincoln as minister to Russia; in 1862 he returned to America to accept a commission as major-general of volunteers, but in March 1863 was reappointed to his former post at St Petersburg, where he remained until 1869. Disapproving of the Republican policy of reconstruction, he left the party, and in 1872 was one of the organizers of the Liberal-Republican revolt, and was largely instrumental in securing the nomination of Horace Greeley for the presidency. In the political campaigns of 1876 and 1880 he supported the Democratic candidate, but rejoined the Republican party in the campaign of 1884. He died at Whitehall, Kentucky, on the 22nd of July 1903.

CLAY, CASSIUS MARCELLUS (1810-1903), American politician, was born in Madison County, Kentucky, on October 19, 1810. He was the son of Green Clay (1757-1826), a soldier from Kentucky who fought in the War of 1812 and was a relative of Henry Clay. He studied at Centre College in Danville, Kentucky, and graduated from Yale in 1832. Influenced partly by William Lloyd Garrison, he became a supporter of abolishing slavery, and upon returning to his home state, he expressed his beliefs despite the risk of social and political rejection. He studied law but focused on a political career instead of practicing. He was elected as a Whig to the Kentucky legislature in 1835, 1837, and 1840, where he pushed for a gradual emancipation plan, helped establish a public school system, and advocated for much-needed jury system reforms. In 1841, he was defeated due to his abolitionist views. In 1844, he delivered campaign speeches for Henry Clay across the North. The following year, he started an anti-slavery publication called The True American in Lexington, Kentucky, but his office and press were destroyed by a mob, prompting him to move the publication to Cincinnati, Ohio. His enthusiasm and fiery temperament led to many personal conflicts and duels during this time, all of which he approached with reckless bravery. He served as a captain in a Kentucky militia company during the Mexican War and was captured while scouting during General Scott’s advance on Mexico City. He left the Whig Party in 1850 and garnered 5,000 votes as an anti-slavery gubernatorial candidate in Kentucky. In 1856, he joined the Republican Party and had considerable influence as a Southern representative. In 1860, he was a prominent candidate for the vice-presidential nomination. In 1861, President Lincoln appointed him as minister to Russia; he returned to the U.S. in 1862 to take a major-general commission in the volunteers but was reappointed to his previous post in St. Petersburg in March 1863, where he stayed until 1869. Disagreeing with the Republican policy of Reconstruction, he left the party and was a key organizer of the Liberal-Republican revolt in 1872, playing a significant role in getting Horace Greeley nominated for the presidency. He supported the Democratic candidate in the 1876 and 1880 campaigns but rejoined the Republican Party for the 1884 campaign. He passed away at Whitehall, Kentucky, on July 22, 1903.

See his autobiography, The Life, Memoirs, Writings, and Speeches of Cassius Marcellus Clay (Cincinnati, 1896); and The Writings of Cassius Marcellus Clay (edited with a “Memoir” by Horace Greeley. New York, 1848).

See his autobiography, The Life, Memoirs, Writings, and Speeches of Cassius Marcellus Clay (Cincinnati, 1896); and The Writings of Cassius Marcellus Clay (edited with a “Memoir” by Horace Greeley, New York, 1848).


CLAY, CHARLES (1801-1893), English surgeon, was born at Bredbury, near Stockport, on the 27th of December 1801. He began his medical education as a pupil of Kinder Wood in Manchester (where he used to attend John Dalton’s lectures on chemistry), and in 1821 went to Edinburgh to continue his studies there. Qualifying in 1823, he began a general practice in Ashton-under-Lyne, but in 1839 removed to Manchester to practise as an operative and consulting surgeon. It was there that, in 1842, he first performed the operation of ovariotomy with which his name is associated. On this occasion it was perfectly successful, and when in 1865 he published an analysis of 111 cases he was able to show a mortality only slightly above 30%. Although his merits in this matter have sometimes been denied, his claim to the title “Father of Ovariotomy” is now generally conceded, and it is admittted that he deserves the credit not only of having shown how that operation could be made a success, but also of having played an important part in the advance of abdominal surgery for which the 19th century was conspicuous. In spite of the claims of a heavy practice, Clay found time for the pursuit of geology and archaeology. Among the books of which he was the author were a volume of Geological Sketches of Manchester (1839) and a History of the Currency of the Isle of Man (1849), and his collections included over a thousand editions of the Old and New Testaments and a remarkably complete series of the silver and copper coins of the United States. He died at Poulton-le-Fylde, near Preston, on the 19th of September 1893.

CLAY, CHARLES (1801-1893), an English surgeon, was born in Bredbury, near Stockport, on December 27, 1801. He started his medical education as a student of Kinder Wood in Manchester, where he attended John Dalton’s chemistry lectures. In 1821, he moved to Edinburgh to continue his studies. After qualifying in 1823, he began a general practice in Ashton-under-Lyne but moved to Manchester in 1839 to work as an operative and consulting surgeon. It was there that he performed the first ovariotomy associated with his name in 1842. This operation was completely successful, and when he published an analysis of 111 cases in 1865, he showed a mortality rate slightly above 30%. Although some have questioned his contributions, he is now widely recognized as the "Father of Ovariotomy," credited not only with demonstrating the surgery's success but also with significantly advancing abdominal surgery throughout the 19th century. Despite his busy practice, Clay made time for his interests in geology and archaeology. Among his works were a volume titled Geological Sketches of Manchester (1839) and a History of the Currency of the Isle of Man (1849). His collections included over a thousand editions of the Old and New Testaments and a remarkably complete set of silver and copper coins from the United States. He passed away in Poulton-le-Fylde, near Preston, on September 19, 1893.


CLAY, FREDERIC (1838-1889), English musical composer, the son of James Clay, M.P., who was celebrated as a player of whist and a writer on that subject, was born in Paris on the 3rd of August 1838. He studied music under W.B. Molique in Paris and Moritz Hauptmann at Leipzig. With the exception of a few songs and two cantatas, The Knights of the Cross (1866) and Lalla Rookh (1877),—the latter of which contained his well-known song “I’ll sing thee songs of Araby,”—his compositions were all written for the stage. Clay’s first public appearance was made with an opera entitled Court and Cottage, the libretto of which was written by Tom Taylor. This was produced at Covent Garden in 1862, and was followed by Constance (1865), Ages Ago (1869), and Princess Toto (1875), to name only three of many works which have long since been forgotten. The last two, which were written to libretti by W.S. Gilbert, are among Clay’s most tuneful and most attractive works. He wrote part of the music for Babil and Bijou (1872) and The Black Crook (1873), both of which were produced at the Alhambra. He also furnished incidental music for a revival of Twelfth Night and for the production of James Albery’s Oriana. His last works, The Merry Duchess (1883) and The Golden Ring (1883), the latter written for the reopening of the Alhambra, which had been burned to the ground the year before, showed an advance upon his previous work, and rendered all the more regrettable the stroke of paralysis which crippled his physical and mental energies during the last few years of his life. He died at Great Marlow on the 24th of November 1889.

CLAY, FREDERIC (1838-1889), was an English composer born in Paris on August 3, 1838. He was the son of James Clay, an M.P. known for his whist playing and writings on the game. He studied music with W.B. Molique in Paris and Moritz Hauptmann in Leipzig. Besides a few songs and two cantatas, The Knights of the Cross (1866) and Lalla Rookh (1877)—the latter featuring his famous song “I’ll sing thee songs of Araby”—all of his works were composed for the stage. Clay made his public debut with the opera Court and Cottage, for which Tom Taylor wrote the libretto. This premiered at Covent Garden in 1862, followed by Constance (1865), Ages Ago (1869), and Princess Toto (1875), just a few of many works that have since been forgotten. The last two, with librettos by W.S. Gilbert, are among Clay’s most melodic and appealing pieces. He composed part of the music for Babil and Bijou (1872) and The Black Crook (1873), both performed at the Alhambra. He also created incidental music for a revival of Twelfth Night and for James Albery’s production of Oriana. His final works, The Merry Duchess (1883) and The Golden Ring (1883), the latter written for the Alhambra’s reopening after it was destroyed by fire the previous year, marked a significant improvement over his earlier compositions and make his later health decline—resulting from a stroke that affected his physical and mental abilities—all the more tragic. He passed away in Great Marlow on November 24, 1889.


CLAY, HENRY (1777-1852), American statesman and orator, was born in Hanover county, Virginia, on the 12th of April 1777, and died in Washington on the 29th of June 1852. Few public characters in the United States have been the subject of more heated controversy. His enemies denounced him as a pretender, a selfish intriguer, and an abandoned profligate; his supporters placed him among the sages and sometimes even among the saints. He was an arranger of measures and leader of political forces, not an originator of ideas and systems. His public life covered nearly half a century, and his name and fame rest entirely upon his own merits. He achieved his success despite serious obstacles. He was tall, rawboned and awkward; his early instruction was scant; but he “read books,” talked well, and so, after his admission to the bar at Richmond, Virginia, in 1797, and his removal next year to Lexington, Kentucky, he quickly acquired a reputation and a lucrative income from his law practice.

CLAY, HENRY (1777-1852), American politician and speaker, was born in Hanover County, Virginia, on April 12, 1777, and died in Washington on June 29, 1852. Few public figures in the United States have sparked more intense debate. His critics called him a fraud, a selfish schemer, and a reckless libertine; his supporters hailed him as a wise man and sometimes even a saint. He was a master of negotiation and leader of political movements, but not a creator of new ideas or systems. His public career spanned nearly fifty years, and his reputation and accomplishments were built solely on his own efforts. He achieved success in spite of significant challenges. He was tall, lanky, and awkward; his early education was limited; but he “read books,” spoke eloquently, and after being admitted to the bar in Richmond, Virginia, in 1797 and moving to Lexington, Kentucky, the following year, he quickly gained a strong reputation and a profitable law practice.

Thereafter, until the end of life, and in a field where he met, as either friend or foe, John Quincy Adams, Gallatin, Madison, Monroe, Webster, Jackson, Calhoun, Randolph and Benton, his political activity was wellnigh ceaseless. At the age of twenty-two (1799), he was elected to a constitutional convention in Kentucky; at twenty-six, to the Kentucky legislature; at twenty-nine, while yet under the age limit of the United States constitution, he was appointed to an unexpired term (1806-1807) in the United States Senate, where, contrary to custom, he at once plunged into business, as though he had been there all his life. He again served in the Kentucky legislature 471 (1808-1809), was chosen speaker of its lower house, and achieved distinction by preventing an intense and widespread anti-British feeling from excluding the common law from the Kentucky code. A year later he was elected to another unexpired term in the United States Senate, serving in 1810-1811. At thirty-four (1811) he was elected to the United States House of Representatives and chosen speaker on the first day of the session. One of the chief sources of his popularity was his activity in Congress in promoting the war with Great Britain in 1812, while as one of the peace commissioners he reluctantly signed the treaty of Ghent on the 24th of December 1814. During the fourteen years following his first election, he was re-elected five times to the House and to the speakership; retiring for one term (1821-1823) to resume his law practice and retrieve his fortunes. He thus served as speaker in 1811-1814, in 1815-1820 and in 1823-1825. Once he was unanimously elected by his constituents, and once nearly defeated for having at the previous session voted to increase congressional salaries. He was a warm friend of the Spanish-American revolutionists (1818) and of the Greek insurgents (1824). From 1825 to 1829 he served as secretary of state in President John Quincy Adams’s cabinet, and in 1831 he was elected to the United States Senate, where he served until 1842, and again from 1849 until his death.

Thereafter, until the end of his life, he was constantly involved in politics, whether as a friend or opponent of notable figures like John Quincy Adams, Gallatin, Madison, Monroe, Webster, Jackson, Calhoun, Randolph, and Benton. At twenty-two (1799), he was elected to a constitutional convention in Kentucky; at twenty-six, to the Kentucky legislature; and at twenty-nine, while still under the age limit set by the U.S. Constitution, he was appointed to fill an unexpired term (1806-1807) in the U.S. Senate, where he jumped straight into the work as if he had been there forever. He served again in the Kentucky legislature 471 (1808-1809), was chosen speaker of its lower house, and gained recognition for stopping a strong anti-British sentiment from removing common law from the Kentucky code. A year later, he was elected to another unexpired term in the U.S. Senate, serving from 1810 to 1811. At thirty-four (1811), he was elected to the U.S. House of Representatives and became speaker on the first day of the session. One of the main reasons for his popularity was his active support for the war with Great Britain in 1812, while as one of the peace commissioners, he reluctantly signed the Treaty of Ghent on December 24, 1814. In the fourteen years following his first election, he was re-elected five times to the House and to the speakership; he took a break for one term (1821-1823) to return to his law practice and recover his finances. He served as speaker in 1811-1814, 1815-1820, and 1823-1825. He was unanimously re-elected by his constituents once and nearly lost his seat for voting to increase congressional salaries in the previous session. He was a strong supporter of the Spanish-American revolutionaries (1818) and the Greek rebels (1824). From 1825 to 1829, he was the secretary of state in President John Quincy Adams’s cabinet, and in 1831, he was elected to the U.S. Senate, serving until 1842, and again from 1849 until his death.

From the beginning of his career he was in favour of internal improvements as a means of opening up the fertile but inaccessible West, and was opposed to the abuse of official patronage known as “the spoils system.” The most important of the national questions with which Clay was associated, however, were the various phases of slavery politics and protection to home industries. The most prominent characteristics of his public life were his predisposition to “compromises” and “pacifications” which generally failed of their object, and his passionate patriotic devotion to the Union.

From the start of his career, he supported internal improvements to make the fertile but hard-to-reach West more accessible and was against the misuse of government favors known as "the spoils system." However, the most crucial national issues he was involved with were the different aspects of slavery politics and supporting domestic industries. The key features of his public life were his tendency towards "compromises" and "pacifications," which usually didn't achieve their goals, and his passionate patriotic commitment to the Union.

His earliest championship of protection was a resolution introduced by him in the Kentucky legislature (1808) which favoured the wearing by its members of home-made clothes; and one in the United States Senate (April His career as a Protectionist. 1810), on behalf of home-grown and home-made supplies for the United States navy, but only to the point of making the nation independent of foreign supply. In 1816 he advocated the Dallas tariff, in which the duties ranged up to 35% on articles of home production, the supply of which could satisfy the home demand; the avowed purpose being to build up certain industries for safety in time of war. In 1824 he advocated high duties to relieve the prevailing distress, which he pictured in a brilliant and effective speech. Although the distress was caused by the reactionary effect of a disordered currency and the inflated prices of the war of 1812, he ascribed it to the country’s dependence on foreign supply and foreign markets. Great Britain, he said, was a shining example of the wisdom of a high tariff. No nation ever flourished without one. He closed his principal speech on the subject in the House of Representatives with a glowing appeal in behalf of what he called “The American System.” In spite of the opposition of Webster and other prominent statesmen, Clay succeeded in enacting a tariff which the people of the Southern states denounced as a “tariff of abominations.” As it overswelled the revenue, in 1832 he vigorously favoured reducing the tariff rates on all articles not competing with American products. His speech in behalf of the measure was for years a protection text-book; but the measure itself reduced the revenue so little and provoked such serious threats of nullification and secession in South Carolina, that, to prevent bloodshed and to forestall a free trade measure from the next Congress, Clay brought forward in 1833 a compromise gradually reducing the tariff rates to an average of 20%. To the Protectionists this was “like a crash of thunder in winter”; but it was received with such favour by the country generally, that its author was hailed as “The Great Pacificator,” as he had been thirteen years before at the time of the Missouri Compromise (see below). As, however, the discontent with the tariff in the South was only a symptom of the real trouble there—the sensitiveness of the slave-power,—Clay subsequently confessed his serious doubts of the policy of his interference.

His earliest push for protection was a resolution he introduced in the Kentucky legislature (1808) that supported its members wearing homemade clothes. He then presented another resolution in the United States Senate (April 1810), advocating for domestic supplies—both grown and made—for the U.S. Navy, but only to the extent of making the nation self-sufficient and not reliant on foreign supplies. In 1816, he backed the Dallas tariff, which imposed duties of up to 35% on home-produced goods that could meet domestic demand, with the aim of strengthening certain industries for national security during wartime. In 1824, he supported high duties to ease widespread economic hardship, which he described in a compelling speech. Even though this hardship stemmed from the fallout of a disrupted currency and inflated prices from the War of 1812, he blamed it on the country’s dependence on foreign supplies and markets. He pointed to Great Britain as a prime example of the benefits of a high tariff, claiming that no nation ever thrived without one. He concluded his main speech on the topic in the House of Representatives with an impassioned plea for what he termed “The American System.” Despite opposition from Webster and other notable politicians, Clay managed to enact a tariff that many in the Southern states condemned as a “tariff of abominations.” Since this increased revenue significantly, in 1832, he strongly supported lowering tariff rates on all items that didn’t compete with American products. His speech advocating for this measure became a reference for protectionists for years. However, the implementation of the measure led to only minimal revenue reduction and triggered serious threats of nullification and secession in South Carolina. To avoid violence and to preempt a free trade proposal from the upcoming Congress, Clay introduced a compromise in 1833 that gradually lowered the tariff rates to an average of 20%. To protectionists, this felt like “a crash of thunder in winter”; yet, it was received positively by the nation overall, earning its creator the title “The Great Pacificator,” as he had been thirteen years earlier during the Missouri Compromise (see below). However, since the discontent with the tariff in the South was merely a sign of deeper issues—the sensitivity of the slave-holding power—Clay later admitted he had serious doubts about his involvement in the matter.

He was only twenty-two, when, as an opponent of slavery, he vainly urged an emancipation clause for the new constitution of Kentucky, and he never ceased regretting that its failure put his state, in improvements and progress, behind its free neighbours. In 1820 he congratulated the new South American republics on having abolished slavery, but the same year the threats of the Southern states to destroy the Union led him to advocate the “Missouri Compromise,” which, while keeping slavery out of all the rest of the territory acquired by the “Louisiana Purchase” north of Missouri’s southern boundary line, permitted it in that state. Then, greeted with the title of “The Great Pacificator” as a reward for his success, he retired temporarily to private life, with a larger stock of popularity than he had ever had before. Although at various times he had helped to strengthen the law for the recovery of fugitive slaves, declining as secretary of state to aid Great Britain in the further suppression of the slave trade, and demanding the return of fugitives from Canada, yet he heartily supported the colonizing of the slaves in Africa, because slavery was the “deepest stain upon the character of the country,” opposition to which could not be repressed except by “blowing out the moral lights around,” and “eradicating from the human soul the light of reason and the law of liberty.” When the slave power became more aggressive, in and after the year 1831, Clay defended the right of petition for the abolition of slavery in the District of Columbia, and opposed Calhoun’s bill forbidding the use of the mails to “abolition” newspapers and documents. He was luke-warm toward recognizing the independence of Texas, lest it should aid the increase of slave territory, and generally favoured the freedom of speech and press as regards the question of slavery; yet his various concessions and compromises resulted, as he himself declared, in the abolitionists denouncing him as a slaveholder, and the slaveholders as an abolitionist. In 1839, only twelve months after opposing the pro-slavery demands, he prepared an elaborate speech, in order “to set himself right with the South,” which, before its delivery, received pro-slavery approval. While affirming that he was “no friend of slavery” he held abolition and the abolitionists responsible for the hatred, strife, disruption and carnage that menaced the nation. In response, Calhoun extended to him a most hearty welcome, and assigned him to a place on the bench of the penitents. Being a candidate for the presidency Clay had to take the insult without wincing. It was in reference to this speech that he made the oft-quoted remark that he “would rather be right than be president.” While a candidate for president in 1844, he opposed in the “Raleigh letter” the annexation of Texas on many grounds except that of its increasing the slave power, thus displeasing both the men of anti-slavery and those of pro-slavery sentiments. In 1847, after the conquest of Mexico, he made a speech against the annexation of that country or the acquiring of any foreign territory for the spread of slavery. Although in 1849 he again vainly proposed emancipation in Kentucky, he was unanimously elected to the United States Senate, where in 1850 he temporarily pacified both sections of the country by successfully offering, for the sake of the “peace, concord and harmony of these states,” a measure or series of measures that became known as the “Compromise of 1850.” It admitted California as a free state, organized Utah and New Mexico as Territories without reference to slavery, and enacted a more efficient fugitive slave law. In spite of great physical weakness he made several earnest speeches in behalf of these measures to save the Union.

He was only twenty-two when, as an opponent of slavery, he unsuccessfully pushed for an emancipation clause in Kentucky's new constitution. He always regretted that its failure set his state back in terms of development and progress compared to its free neighbors. In 1820, he congratulated the new South American republics for abolishing slavery, but that same year, as Southern states threatened to dismantle the Union, he supported the “Missouri Compromise.” This compromise kept slavery out of most of the territory acquired through the “Louisiana Purchase” north of Missouri's southern boundary, while allowing it in that state. After being called “The Great Pacificator” for his success, he stepped back into private life, enjoying more popularity than ever before. Although he had at times helped strengthen laws for recovering fugitive slaves, turned down the opportunity as Secretary of State to help Great Britain suppress the slave trade, and demanded the return of fugitives from Canada, he fully supported relocating slaves to Africa. He believed that slavery was the "deepest stain on the character of the country," and argued that opposing it could only be suppressed by "blowing out the moral lights around" and "erasing from the human soul the light of reason and the law of liberty." As the slave power became more aggressive starting in 1831, Clay defended the right to petition for the abolition of slavery in the District of Columbia and opposed Calhoun's bill that sought to ban “abolition” newspapers and documents from the mail. He was hesitant about recognizing Texas's independence, fearing it would expand slave territory, and generally supported freedom of speech and press regarding slavery. Yet his various compromises led, as he himself stated, to abolitionists labeling him a slaveholder and slaveholders accusing him of being an abolitionist. In 1839, just a year after opposing pro-slavery demands, he crafted a detailed speech to “set himself right with the South,” which received pro-slavery approval before it was delivered. While stating he was "no friend of slavery," he blamed abolition and abolitionists for the hatred, conflict, disruption, and violence threatening the nation. Calhoun welcomed him warmly and assigned him a spot among the penitents. As a presidential candidate, Clay had to endure the insult without flinching. It was regarding this speech that he famously remarked he "would rather be right than be president." While running for president in 1844, he opposed in the “Raleigh letter” the annexation of Texas on various grounds, except its potential to increase slave power, which angered both anti-slavery advocates and pro-slavery supporters. In 1847, after the conquest of Mexico, he delivered a speech against the annexation of that country or acquiring any foreign land for the expansion of slavery. Although he again unsuccessfully proposed emancipation in Kentucky in 1849, he was unanimously elected to the United States Senate. In 1850, he temporarily appeased both sides of the country by successfully proposing a series of measures known as the “Compromise of 1850,” aimed at the “peace, concord, and harmony of these states.” This compromise admitted California as a free state, organized Utah and New Mexico as territories without addressing slavery, and implemented a more efficient fugitive slave law. Despite being physically weak, he made several passionate speeches in support of these measures to save the Union.

Another conspicuous feature of Clay’s public career was his absorbing and rightful, but constantly ungratified, ambition to be president of the United States. His name in connexion therewith was mentioned comparatively early, and in 1824, with W.H. Crawford, Andrew Jackson, and John Quincy Adams, he was a candidate for that office. There being no choice by the people, and the House of Representatives having elected Adams, Clay was accused by Jackson and his friends of making a corrupt bargain whereby, in payment of his vote and influence 472 for Adams, he was appointed secretary of state. This made Jackson Clay’s lifelong enemy, and ever after kept Clay busy explaining and denying the allegation. In 1832 Clay was unanimously nominated for the presidency by the National Republicans; Jackson, by the Democrats. The main issue was the policy of continuing the United States Bank, which in 1811 Clay had opposed, but in 1816 and always subsequently warmly favoured. A majority of the voters approved of Jackson’s fight against what Clay had once denounced as a dangerous and unconstitutional monopoly. Clay made the mistake of supposing that he could arouse popular enthusiasm for a moneyed corporation in its contest with the great military “hero of New Orleans.” In 1839 he was a candidate for the Whig nomination, but by a secret ballot his enemies defeated him in the party convention, held in December of that year, and nominated William Henry Harrison. The result threw Clay into paroxysms of rage, and he violently complained that his friends always used him as their candidate when he was sure to be defeated, and betrayed him when he or any one could have been elected. In 1844 he was nominated by the Whigs against James K. Polk, the Democratic candidate. By an audacious fraud that represented him as an enemy, and Polk as a friend of protection, Clay lost the vote of Pennsylvania; and he lost the vote of New York by his own letter abating the force of his previous opposition to the annexation of Texas. Even his enemies felt that his defeat by Polk was almost a national calamity. In 1848, Zachary Taylor, a Mexican War hero, and hardly even a convert to the Whig party, defeated Clay for the nomination, Kentucky herself deserting her “favourite son.”

Another noticeable aspect of Clay’s public career was his intense and rightful, yet constantly unfulfilled, ambition to become president of the United States. He was mentioned in connection with this ambition quite early on, and in 1824, along with W.H. Crawford, Andrew Jackson, and John Quincy Adams, he ran for the position. Since no one received enough votes from the people, the House of Representatives chose Adams, and Jackson and his supporters accused Clay of making a corrupt deal by trading his vote and influence for Adams in exchange for the position of secretary of state. This created a lifelong rivalry between Jackson and Clay, who spent the rest of his career defending against these claims. In 1832, Clay was unanimously nominated for president by the National Republicans, while Jackson was nominated by the Democrats. The main issue was the future of the United States Bank, which Clay had opposed in 1811 but had supported enthusiastically since 1816. Most voters sided with Jackson's fight against what Clay had previously called a dangerous and unconstitutional monopoly. Clay misjudged the situation, thinking he could generate public support for a financial institution in opposition to the popular military “hero of New Orleans.” In 1839, he sought the Whig nomination, but his opponents defeated him through a secret ballot at the party convention in December, leading to the nomination of William Henry Harrison. This outcome enraged Clay, who loudly complained that his allies only chose him as their candidate when they were sure he would lose, and abandoned him when he had a real chance of winning. In 1844, he was nominated by the Whigs to run against James K. Polk, the Democratic candidate. An audacious fraud portrayed him as an enemy and Polk as a supporter of protection, causing Clay to lose the vote in Pennsylvania, and he also lost New York's votes due to his own letter downplaying his earlier resistance to the annexation of Texas. Even his opponents felt that his loss to Polk was nearly a national tragedy. In 1848, Zachary Taylor, a hero of the Mexican War who was barely even a supporter of the Whig party, defeated Clay for the nomination, with Kentucky itself abandoning its “favorite son.”

Clay’s quick intelligence and sympathy, and his irreproachable conduct in youth, explain his precocious prominence in public affairs. In his persuasiveness as an orator and his charming personality lay the secret of his power. He had early trained himself in the art of speech-making, in the forest, the field and even the barn, with horse and ox for audience. By contemporaries his voice was declared to be the finest musical instrument that they ever heard. His eloquence was in turn majestic, fierce, playful, insinuating; his gesticulation natural, vivid, large, powerful. In public he was of magnificent bearing, possessing the true oratorical temperament, the nervous exaltation that makes the orator feel and appear a superior being, transfusing his thought, passion and will into the mind and heart of the listener; but his imagination frequently ran away with his understanding, while his imperious temper and ardent combativeness hurried him and his party into disadvantageous positions. The ease, too, with which he outshone men of vastly greater learning lured him from the task of intense and arduous study. His speeches were characterized by skill of statement, ingenious grouping of facts, fervent diction, and ardent patriotism; sometimes by biting sarcasm, but also by superficial research, half-knowledge and an unwillingness to reason a proposition to its logical results. In private, his never-failing courtesy, his agreeable manners and a noble and generous heart for all who needed protection against the powerful or the lawless, endeared him to hosts of friends. His popularity was as great and as inexhaustible among his neighbours as among his fellow-citizens generally. He pronounced upon himself a just judgment when he wrote: “If any one desires to know the leading and paramount object of my public life, the preservation of this Union will furnish him the key.”

Clay’s sharp intellect and empathy, along with his impeccable behavior in his youth, explain his early prominence in public affairs. His persuasive speaking skills and charismatic personality were the secrets to his influence. He had practiced the art of speech-making early on in the forest, the field, and even in the barn, using horses and oxen as his audience. His contemporaries regarded his voice as the most beautiful musical instrument they had ever heard. His eloquence was majestic, fierce, playful, and suggestive; his gestures were natural, vivid, large, and powerful. In public, he carried himself magnificently, embodying the true orator's temperament, with a nervous energy that made him feel and appear superior, transferring his thoughts, passion, and will into the minds and hearts of his listeners. However, his imagination often outstripped his understanding, and his commanding temperament and fierce competitiveness sometimes led him and his party into difficult positions. The ease with which he surpassed men with far more knowledge distracted him from the hard work of deep study. His speeches were noted for their clear expression, clever organization of facts, passionate language, and fervent patriotism; they sometimes contained sharp sarcasm but also showed superficial research, partial understanding, and a reluctance to fully explore a proposition's logical outcomes. In private, his unwavering courtesy, pleasant manners, and kind, generous heart for those needing protection against the powerful or lawless endeared him to many friends. His popularity was immense and limitless among his neighbors as well as his fellow citizens in general. He accurately assessed himself when he wrote: “If any one desires to know the leading and paramount object of my public life, the preservation of this Union will furnish him the key.”

See Calvin Colton, The Works of Henry Clay (6 vols., New York, 1857; new ed., 7 vols., New York, 1898), the first three volumes of which are an account of Clay’s “Life and Times”; Carl Schurz, Henry Clay (2 vols., Boston, 1887), in the “American Statesmen” series; and the life by T. Hart Clay (1910).

See Calvin Colton, The Works of Henry Clay (6 vols., New York, 1857; new ed., 7 vols., New York, 1898), the first three volumes of which detail Clay’s “Life and Times”; Carl Schurz, Henry Clay (2 vols., Boston, 1887), in the “American Statesmen” series; and the biography by T. Hart Clay (1910).

(C. S.)

CLAY (from O. Eng. claeg, a word common in various forms to Teutonic languages, cf. Ger. Klei), commonly defined as a fine-grained, almost impalpable substance, very soft, more or less coherent when dry, plastic and retentive of water when wet; it has an “earthy” odour when breathed upon or moistened, and consists essentially of hydrous aluminium silicate with various impurities. Of clay are formed a great number of rocks, which collectively are known as “clay-rocks” or “pelitic rocks” (from Gr. πηλός, clay), e.g. mudstone, shale, slate: these exhibit in greater or less perfection the properties above described according to their freedom from impurities. In nature, clays are rarely free from foreign ingredients, many of which can be detected with the unaided eye, while others may be observed by means of the microscope. The commonest impurities are:— (1) organic matter, humus, &c. (exemplified by clay-soils with an admixture of peat, oil shales, carbonaceous shales); (2) fossils (such as plants in the shales of the Lias and Coal Measures, shells in clays of all geological periods and in fresh water marls); (3) carbonate of lime (rarely altogether absent, but abundant in marls, cement-stones and argillaceous limestones); (4) sulphide of iron, as pyrite or marcasite (when finely diffused, giving the clay a dark grey-blue colour, which weathers to brown—e.g. London Clay; also as nodules and concretions, e.g. Gault); (5) oxides of iron (staining the clay bright red when ferric oxide, red ochre; yellow when hydrous, e.g. yellow ochre); (6) sand or detrital silica (forming loams, arenaceous clays, argillaceous sandstones, &c.). Less frequently present are the following:—rock salt (Triassic clays, and marls of Cheshire, &c.); gypsum (London Clay, Triassic clays); dolomite, phosphate of lime, vivianite (phosphate of iron), oxides of manganese, copper ores (e.g. Kupferschiefer), wavellite and amber. As the impurities increase in amount the clay rocks pass gradually into argillaceous sands and sandstones, argillaceous limestones and dolomites, shaly coals and clay ironstones.

CLAY (from Old English claeg, a term found in various forms across Teutonic languages, like German Klei), is typically described as a fine-grained, almost powdery material that is very soft, somewhat cohesive when dry, and plastic and water-retaining when wet. It has an “earthy” smell when you breathe on it or wet it, and it mainly consists of hydrous aluminum silicate along with various impurities. A wide variety of rocks are formed from clay, which are collectively known as “clay-rocks” or “pelitic rocks” (from Greek clay, meaning clay), such as mudstone, shale, and slate; these exhibit the properties mentioned above to varying degrees, depending on how free they are from impurities. In nature, clays rarely lack foreign materials, many of which can be seen with the naked eye, while others can be observed under a microscope. The most common impurities include: (1) organic matter, humus, etc. (like clay-soils mixed with peat, oil shales, and carbonaceous shales); (2) fossils (such as plants found in the shales of the Lias and Coal Measures, and shells in clays from all geological periods and in freshwater marls); (3) carbonate of lime (rarely completely absent, but abundant in marls, cement-stones, and clay-rich limestones); (4) iron sulfide, such as pyrite or marcasite (when finely dispersed, it gives the clay a dark grey-blue color that weathers to brown—e.g. London Clay; also found as nodules and concretions, e.g. Gault); (5) iron oxides (staining the clay bright red when it’s ferric oxide, red ochre; or yellow when hydrous, e.g. yellow ochre); (6) sand or detrital silica (leading to loams, sandy clays, clayey sandstones, etc.). Less commonly found are the following: rock salt (in Triassic clays and marls of Cheshire, etc.); gypsum (in London Clay and Triassic clays); dolomite, phosphate of lime, vivianite (iron phosphate), manganese oxides, copper ores (e.g. Kupferschiefer), wavellite, and amber. As the impurities increase in quantity, clay rocks gradually transition into clayey sands and sandstones, clay-rich limestones and dolomites, shaly coals, and clay ironstones.

Natural clays, even when most pure, show a considerable range of composition, and hence cannot be regarded as consisting of a single mineral; clay is a rock, and has that variability which characterizes all rocks. Of the essential properties of clay some are merely physical, and depend on the minute size of the particles. If any rock be taken (even a piece of pure quartz) and crushed to a very fine powder, it will show some of the peculiarities of clays; for example, it will be plastic, retentive of moisture, impermeable to water, and will shrink to some extent if the moist mass be kneaded, and then allowed to dry. It happens, however, that many rocks are not disintegrated to this extreme degree by natural processes, and weathering invariably accompanies disintegration. Quartz, for example, has little or no cleavage, and is not attacked by the atmosphere. It breaks up into fragments, which become rounded by attrition, but after they reach a certain minuteness are borne along by currents of water or air in a state of suspension, and are not further reduced in size. Hence sands are more coarse grained than clays. A great number of rock-forming minerals, however, possess a good cleavage, so that when bruised they split into thin fragments; many of these minerals decompose somewhat readily, yielding secondary minerals, which are comparatively soft and have a scaly character, with eminently perfect cleavages, which facilitate splitting into exceedingly thin plates. The principal substances of this description are kaolin, muscovite and chlorite. Kaolin and muscovite are formed principally after felspar (and the felspars are the commonest minerals of all crystalline rocks); also from nepheline, leucite, scapolite and a variety of other rock-forming minerals. Chlorite arises from biotite, augite and hornblende. Serpentine, which may be fibrous or scaly, is a secondary product of olivine and certain pyroxenes. Clays consist essentially of the above ingredients (although serpentine is not known to take part in them to any extent, it is closely allied to chlorite). At the same time other substances are produced as decomposition goes on. They are principally finely divided quartz, epidote, zoisite, rutile, limonite, calcite, pyrites, and very small particles of these are rarely absent from natural clays. These fine-grained materials are at first mixed with broken and more or less weathered rock fragments and coarser mineral particles in the soil and subsoil, but by the action of wind and rain they are swept away and deposited in distant situations. “Loess” is a fine calcareous clay, which has been wind-borne, and subsequently laid down on the margins of dry steppes and deserts. Most clays are water-borne, having been carried from the surface of the land by 473 rain and transported by the brooks and rivers into lakes or the sea. In this state the fine particles are known as “mud.” They are deposited where the currents are checked and the water becomes very still. If temporarily laid down in other situations they are ultimately lifted again and removed. A little clay, stirred up with water in a glass vessel, takes hours to settle, and even after two or three days some remains in suspension; in fact, it has been suggested that in such cases the clay forms a sort of “colloidal solution” in the water. Traces of dissolved salts, such as common salt, gypsum or alum, greatly accelerate deposition. For these reasons the principal gathering places of fine pure clays are deep, still lakes, and the sea bottom at considerable distances from the shore. The coarser materials settle nearer the land, and the shallower portions of the sea floor are strewn with gravel and sand, except in occasional depressions and near the mouths of rivers where mud may gather. Farther out the great mud deposits begin, extending from 50 to 200 m. from the land, according to the amount of sediment brought in, and the rate at which the water deepens. A girdle of mud accumulations encircles all the continents. These sediments are fine and tenacious; their principal components, in addition to clay, being small grains of quartz, zircon, tourmaline, hornblende, felspar and iron compounds. Their typical colour is blackish-blue, owing to the abundance of sulphuretted hydrogen; when fresh they have a sulphurous odour, when weathered they are brown, as their iron is present as hydrous oxides (limonite, &c). These deposits are tenanted by numerous forms of marine life, and the sulphur they contain is derived from decomposing organic matter. Occasionally water-logged plant débris is mingled with the mud. In a few places a red colour prevails, the iron being mostly oxidized; elsewhere the muds are green owing to abundant glauconite. Traced landwards the muds become more sandy, while on their outer margins they grade into the abysmal deposits, such as the globigerina ooze (see Ocean and Oceanography). Near volcanoes they contain many volcanic minerals, and around coral islands they are often in large part calcareous.

Natural clays, even at their purest, have a wide range of compositions, so they can’t be seen as consisting of just one mineral; clay is a rock, and has the variability that all rocks have. Some of clay's essential properties are purely physical and depend on the tiny size of the particles. If any rock is taken (even a piece of pure quartz) and crushed into a very fine powder, it will display some of the characteristics of clays; for example, it will be plastic, retain moisture, be impermeable to water, and shrink somewhat if the wet mass is kneaded and then dried. However, many rocks are not broken down to this extreme degree naturally, and weathering always accompanies disintegration. Quartz, for instance, has little or no cleavage and is not affected by the atmosphere. It breaks into fragments that become rounded through wear, but after they reach a certain fineness, they are carried along by currents of water or air in a state of suspension and are not further reduced in size. Therefore, sands are coarser than clays. Many rock-forming minerals, however, have good cleavage, so when crushed, they split into thin pieces; a lot of these minerals decompose relatively easily, producing secondary minerals that are comparatively soft and flaky, with very clear cleavages, allowing them to split into extremely thin plates. The main substances of this type are kaolin, muscovite, and chlorite. Kaolin and muscovite are mainly formed from feldspar (which is the most common mineral in all crystalline rocks), as well as from nepheline, leucite, scapolite, and various other rock-forming minerals. Chlorite comes from biotite, augite, and hornblende. Serpentine, which can be fibrous or scaly, is a secondary product of olivine and certain pyroxenes. Clays are mainly made up of these components (although serpentine doesn’t significantly participate, it is closely related to chlorite). At the same time, other substances are created as decomposition continues. These are primarily finely divided quartz, epidote, zoisite, rutile, limonite, calcite, pyrites, and very small amounts of these are rarely absent from natural clays. Initially, these fine-grained materials mix with broken and somewhat weathered rock fragments and coarser mineral particles in the soil and subsoil, but the wind and rain sweep them away and deposit them in distant locations. "Loess" is a fine, calcareous clay that has been carried by the wind and subsequently deposited on the edges of dry steppes and deserts. Most clays are transported by water, having been moved from land surfaces by 473 rain and carried by streams and rivers into lakes or the sea. In this state, the fine particles are known as “mud.” They settle where currents are slowed and the water becomes very calm. If temporarily laid down in other spots, they are ultimately lifted again and removed. A little clay, when stirred into water in a glass container, takes hours to settle, and even after two or three days, some remains suspended; in fact, it has been suggested that in these cases, the clay forms a sort of “colloidal solution” in the water. Traces of dissolved salts, like common salt, gypsum, or alum, greatly speed up deposition. For these reasons, the main places where fine pure clays gather are deep, still lakes, and the seabed at significant distances from the shore. Coarser materials settle closer to land, and shallower parts of the sea floor are covered in gravel and sand, except in occasional dips and near river mouths where mud can accumulate. Farther out, large mud deposits begin, extending from 50 to 200 meters from land, depending on the amount of sediment brought in and the depth of the water. A belt of mud accumulations surrounds all the continents. These sediments are fine and sticky; their main components, aside from clay, include small grains of quartz, zircon, tourmaline, hornblende, feldspar, and iron compounds. They typically have a blackish-blue color due to the abundance of hydrogen sulfide; when fresh, they have a sulfurous smell, but when weathered, they turn brown as their iron exists as hydrous oxides (limonite, etc.). These deposits host numerous forms of marine life, and the sulfur they contain comes from decomposing organic matter. Occasionally, water-logged plant debris mixes with the mud. In some areas, a red color prevails, with most iron oxidized; elsewhere, the muds are green due to abundant glauconite. Tracing landward, the muds become sandier, while on their outer edges, they blend into deep-sea deposits, like the globigerina ooze (see Ocean and Oceanography). Near volcanoes, they contain many volcanic minerals, and around coral islands, they often consist largely of calcium carbonate.

Microscopic sections of some of the more coherent clays and shales may be prepared by saturating them with Canada balsam by long boiling, and slicing the resultant mass in the same manner as one of the harder rocks. They show that clay rocks contain abundant very small grains of quartz (about 0.01 to 0.05 mm. in diameter), with often felspar, tourmaline, zircon, epidote, rutile and more or less calcite. These may form more than one-third of an ordinary shale; the greater part, however, consists of still smaller scales of other minerals (0.01 mm. in diameter and less than this). Some of these are recognizable as pale yellowish and white mica; others seem to be chlorite, the remainder is perhaps kaolin, but, owing to the minute size of the flakes, they yield very indistinct reactions to polarized light. They are also often stained with iron oxide and organic substances, and in consequence their true nature is almost impossible to determine. It is certain, however, that the finer-grained rocks are richest in alumina, and in combined water; hence the inference is clear that kaolin or some other hydrous aluminium silicate is the dominating constituent. These results are confirmed by the mechanical analysis of clays. This process consists in finely pulverizing the soil or rock, and levigating it in vessels of water. A series of powders is obtained progressively finer according to the time required to settle to the bottom of the vessel. The clay is held to include those particles which have less than 0.005 mm. diameter, and contains a higher percentage of alumina than any of the other ingredients.

Microscopic sections of some of the more coherent clays and shales can be made by soaking them in Canada balsam for a long time and cutting the resulting mass in the same way as one would with harder rocks. They reveal that clay rocks hold a lot of very small quartz grains (around 0.01 to 0.05 mm in diameter), often alongside feldspar, tourmaline, zircon, epidote, rutile, and varying amounts of calcite. These can make up more than one-third of an ordinary shale; however, the majority consists of even smaller mineral scales (0.01 mm in diameter or smaller). Some are identifiable as pale yellowish and white mica; others appear to be chlorite, and the rest may be kaolin. However, due to the tiny size of these flakes, they produce very faint reactions to polarized light. They are often stained with iron oxide and organic materials, making it nearly impossible to determine their exact nature. It is clear, however, that finer-grained rocks are richest in alumina and combined water; thus, it is reasonable to conclude that kaolin or another hydrous aluminum silicate is the main component. These findings are supported by the mechanical analysis of clays, which involves finely grinding the soil or rock and mixing it in containers of water. A series of progressively finer powders is obtained based on how long it takes for them to settle at the bottom of the container. Clay is considered to include those particles with diameters less than 0.005 mm and has a higher percentage of alumina than any of the other components.

As might be inferred from the differences they exhibit in other respects, clay rocks vary greatly in their chemical composition. Some of them contain much iron (yellow, blue and red clays); others contain abundant calcium carbonate (calcareous clays and marls). Pure clays, however, may be found almost quite free from these substances. Their silica ranges from about 60 to 45%, varying in accordance with the amount of quartz and alkali-felspar present. It is almost always more than would be the case if the rock consisted of kaolin mixed with muscovite. Alumina is high in the finer clays (18 to 30%), and they are the most aluminous of all sediments, except bauxite. Magnesia is never absent, though its amount may be less than 1%; it is usually contained in minerals of the chlorite group, but partly also in dolomite. The alkalis are very interesting; often they form 5 or 10% of the whole rock; they indicate abundance of white micas or of undecomposed particles of felspar. Some clays, however, such as fireclays, contain very little potash or soda, while they are rich in alumina; and it is a fair inference that hydrated aluminous silicates, such as kaolin, are well represented in these rocks. There are, in fact, a few clays which contain about 45% of alumina, that is to say, more than in pure kaolin. It is probable that these are related to bauxite and certain kinds of laterite.

As you might guess from the differences they show in other ways, clay rocks have a wide range of chemical compositions. Some have high iron content (yellow, blue, and red clays); others are rich in calcium carbonate (calcareous clays and marls). However, pure clays can be found that are almost free from these substances. Their silica content ranges from about 60% to 45%, depending on the amounts of quartz and alkali-feldspar present. It's usually higher than you'd find if the rock was just kaolin mixed with muscovite. Alumina is high in finer clays (18% to 30%), making them the most aluminous of all sediments, except for bauxite. Magnesia is always present, though it might be less than 1%; it's generally found in minerals from the chlorite group and also partly in dolomite. The alkalis are particularly interesting; they often make up 5% to 10% of the entire rock, signaling the presence of white micas or unaltered feldspar particles. Some clays, like fireclays, have very low levels of potash or soda but are high in alumina. It's reasonable to conclude that hydrated aluminous silicates, such as kaolin, are well represented in these rocks. In fact, there are a few clays with about 45% alumina, which is more than pure kaolin. It's likely that these are connected to bauxite and certain types of laterite.

A few of the most important clay rocks, such as china-clay, brick-clay, red-clay and shale, may be briefly described here.

A few of the most important types of clay, like china clay, brick clay, red clay, and shale, can be described briefly here.

China-clay is white, friable and earthy. It occurs in regions of granite, porphyry and syenite, and usually occupies funnel-shaped cavities of no great superficial area, but of considerable depth. It consists of very fine scaly kaolin, larger, shining plates of white mica, grains of quartz and particles of semi-decomposed felspar, tourmaline, zircon and other minerals, which originally formed part of the granite. These clays are produced by the decomposition of the granite by acid vapours, which are discharged after the igneous rock has solidified (“fumarole or pneumatolytic action”). Fluorine and its compounds are often supposed to have been among the agencies which produce this change, but more probably carbonic acid played the principal role. The felspar decomposes into kaolin and quartz; its alkalis are for the most part set free and removed in solution, but are partly retained in the white mica which is constantly found in crude china-clays. Semi-decomposed varieties of the granite are known as china-stone. The kaolin may be washed away from its original site, and deposited in hollows or lakes to form beds of white clay, such as pipe-clay; in this case it is always more or less impure. Yellow and pinkish varieties of china-clay and pipe-clay contain a small quantity of oxide of iron. The best known localities for china-clay are Cornwall, Limoges (France), Saxony, Bohemia and China; it is found also in Pennsylvania, N. Carolina and elsewhere in the United States.

China clay is white, crumbly, and earthy. It occurs in areas with granite, porphyry, and syenite and typically fills funnel-shaped cavities that aren't very wide but are quite deep. It consists of very fine, scaly kaolin, larger, shiny flakes of white mica, grains of quartz, and bits of semi-decomposed felspar, tourmaline, zircon, and other minerals that originally came from the granite. These clays are formed by the breakdown of granite through acid vapors released after the igneous rock solidifies (“fumarole or pneumatolytic action”). While fluorine and its compounds are often thought to contribute to this process, carbonic acid likely played a more significant role. The felspar breaks down into kaolin and quartz; its alkalis are mostly freed and washed away, but some are retained in the white mica commonly found in crude china clay. Semi-decomposed forms of granite are known as china stone. The kaolin can be washed away from its original location and deposited in depressions or lakes to create beds of white clay, like pipe clay; in this case, it is usually somewhat impure. Yellow and pinkish varieties of china clay and pipe clay have small amounts of iron oxide. The most well-known locations for china clay are Cornwall, Limoges (France), Saxony, Bohemia, and China; it is also found in Pennsylvania, North Carolina, and other places in the United States.

Fire-clays include all those varieties of clay which are very refractory to heat. They must contain little alkalis, lime, magnesia and iron, but some of them are comparatively rich in silica. Many of the clays which pass under this designation belong to the Carboniferous period, and are found underlying seams of coal. Either by rapid growth of vegetation, or by subsequent percolation of organic solutions, most of the alkalis and the lime have been carried away.

Fire clays are all the types of clay that are extremely resistant to heat. They should have low amounts of alkalis, lime, magnesia, and iron, although some can be relatively high in silica. Many clays classified this way are from the Carboniferous period and are found beneath coal seams. Most of the alkalis and lime have been removed either through rapid plant growth or later processes involving the percolation of organic solutions.

Any argillaceous material, which can be used for the manufacture of bricks, may be called a brick-clay. In England, Kimmeridge Clay, Lias clays, London Clay and pulverized shale and slate are all employed for this purpose. Each variety needs special treatment according to its properties. The true brick-clays, however, are superficial deposits of Pleistocene or Quaternary age, and occur in hollows, filled-up lakes and deserted stream channels. Many of them are derived from the glacial boulder-clays, or from the washing away of the finer materials contained in older clay formations. They are always very impure.

Any clay-like material that can be used to make bricks can be called a brick-clay. In England, Kimmeridge Clay, Lias clays, London Clay, and ground-up shale and slate are all used for this purpose. Each type requires specific treatment based on its characteristics. However, the true brick-clays are surface deposits from the Pleistocene or Quaternary period, found in depressions, filled lakes, and abandoned river beds. Many of them come from glacial boulder-clays or from the erosion of finer materials in older clay formations. They are always quite impure.

The red-clay is an abysmal formation, occurring in the sea bottom in the deepest part of the oceans. It is estimated to cover over fifty millions of square miles, and is probably the most extensive deposit which is in course of accumulation at the present day. In addition to the reddish or brownish argillaceous matrix it contains fresh or decomposed crystals of volcanic minerals, such as felspar, augite, hornblende, olivine and pumiceous or palagonitic rocks. These must either have been ejected by submarine volcanoes or drifted by the wind from active vents, as the fine ash discharged by Krakatoa was wafted over the whole globe. Larger rounded lumps of pumice, found in the clay, have probably floated to their present situations, and sank when decomposed, all their cavities becoming filled 474 with sea water. Crystals of zeolites (phillipsite) form in the red-clay as radiate, nodular groups. Lumps of manganese oxide, with a black, shining outer surface, are also characteristic of this deposit, and frequently encrust pieces of pumice or animal remains. The only fossils of the clay are radiolaria, sharks’ teeth and the ear-bones of whales, precisely those parts of the skeleton of marine creatures which are hardest and can longest survive exposure to sea-water. Their comparative abundance shows how slowly the clay gathers. Small rounded spherules of iron, believed by some to be meteoric dust, have also been obtained in some numbers. Among the rocks of the continents nothing exactly the same as this remarkable deposit is known to occur, though fine dark clays, with manganese nodules, are found in many localities, accompanied by other rocks which indicate deep-water conditions of deposit.

The red-clay is a deep-sea formation found on the ocean floor in the most profound parts of the oceans. It's estimated to cover over fifty million square miles and is likely the largest deposit currently accumulating. Along with the reddish or brownish clay-like material, it contains fresh or broken crystals of volcanic minerals, such as feldspar, augite, hornblende, olivine, and pumice or palagonitic rocks. These materials must have either been expelled by underwater volcanoes or carried by the wind from active vents, similar to how the fine ash from Krakatoa was spread around the globe. Larger, rounded pieces of pumice found in the clay likely floated to their current locations and sank as they decayed, filling all their cavities with seawater. Crystals of zeolites (specifically phillipsite) form in the red clay as radiating, nodular clusters. Clumps of manganese oxide, with a shiny black outer surface, are also typical of this deposit and often coat pieces of pumice or animal remains. The only fossils found in the clay are radiolaria, shark teeth, and whale ear bones—exactly those parts of marine creatures' skeletons that are the hardest and can endure exposure to seawater the longest. Their relative abundance indicates how slowly the clay accumulates. Small, rounded spheres of iron, thought by some to be meteoric dust, have also been found in significant quantities. Among continental rocks, nothing exactly like this unique deposit is known to exist, although fine dark clays with manganese nodules can be found in many locations alongside other rocks that suggest deep-water deposition conditions.

Another type of red-clay is found in caves, and is known as cave-earth or red-earth (terra rossa). It is fine, tenacious and bright red, and represents the insoluble and thoroughly weathered impurities which are left behind when the calcareous matter is removed in solution by carbonated waters. Similar residual clays sometimes occur on the surface of areas of limestone in hollows and fissures formed by weathering.

Another type of red clay can be found in caves and is called cave-earth or red-earth (terra rossa). It's fine, sticky, and bright red, representing the insoluble and completely weathered impurities that remain when the calcium-rich material is dissolved by carbonated water. Similar residual clays can sometimes be found on the surface of limestone areas in the depressions and cracks created by weathering.

Boulder-clay is a coarse unstratified deposit of fine clay, with more or less sand, and boulders of various sizes, the latter usually marked with glacial striations.

Boulder clay is a rough, unlayered mix of fine clay, with varying amounts of sand, and boulders of different sizes, which are usually marked with glacial scratches.

Some clay rocks which have been laid down by water are very uniform through their whole thickness, and are called mud-stones. Others split readily into fine leaflets or laminae parallel to their bedding, and this structure is accentuated by the presence of films of other materials, such as sand or vegetable debris. Laminated clays of this sort are generally known as shales; they occur in many formations but are very common in the Carboniferous. Some of them contain much organic debris, and when distilled yield paraffin oil, wax, compounds of ammonia, &c. In these oil-shales there are clear, globular, yellow bodies which seem to be resinous. It has been suggested that the admixture of large quantities of decomposed fresh-water algae among the original mud is the origin of the paraffins. In New South Wales, Scotland and several parts of America such oil-shales are worked on a commercial scale. Many shales contain great numbers of ovoid or rounded septarian nodules of clay ironstone. Others are rich in pyrites, which, on oxidation, produces sulphuric acid; this attacks the aluminous silicates of the clay and forms aluminium sulphate (alum shales). The lias shales of Whitby contain blocks of semi-mineralized wood, or jet, which is black with a resinous lustre, and a fibrous structure. The laminated structure of shales, though partly due to successive very thin sheets of deposit, is certainly dependent also on the vertical pressure exerted by masses of super-incumbent rock; it indicates a transition to the fissile character of clay slates.

Some clay rocks formed by water are very uniform throughout their thickness and are called mudstones. Others easily break into fine sheets or layers parallel to their bedding, and this structure is highlighted by the presence of layers of other materials, like sand or plant debris. Laminated clays like these are generally referred to as shales; they occur in many formations but are especially common in the Carboniferous period. Some of them contain a lot of organic material, and when distilled, they produce paraffin oil, wax, ammonia compounds, etc. In these oil shales, there are clear, round, yellow bodies that appear to be resinous. It's been suggested that large amounts of decayed freshwater algae mixed in with the original mud are the source of the paraffins. In New South Wales, Scotland, and several areas of America, such oil shales are mined commercially. Many shales contain numerous oval or rounded septarian nodules of clay ironstone. Others are rich in pyrites, which, when oxidized, produce sulfuric acid; this attacks the aluminous silicates in the clay and forms aluminum sulfate (alum shales). The lias shales of Whitby contain pieces of semi-mineralized wood, or jet, which is black with a resinous shine and a fibrous texture. The laminated structure of shales, although partly due to successive very thin layers of sediment, is also significantly influenced by the vertical pressure from layers of rock above; it indicates a transition to the fissile nature of clay slates.

(J. S. F.)

CLAY CROSS, an urban district in the Chesterfield parliamentary division of Derbyshire, England, near the river Amber, on the Midland railway, 5 m. S. of Chesterfield. Pop. (1901) 8358. The Clay Cross Colliery and Ironworks Company, whose mines were for a time leased by George Stephenson, employ a great number of hands.

CLAY CROSS is an urban district in the Chesterfield parliamentary division of Derbyshire, England, located near the river Amber and on the Midland railway, 5 miles south of Chesterfield. The population (in 1901) was 8,358. The Clay Cross Colliery and Ironworks Company, whose mines were once leased by George Stephenson, employs a large number of workers.


CLAYMORE (from the Gaelic claidheamh mòr, “great sword”), the old two-edged broadsword with cross hilt, of which the guards were usually turned down, used by the Highlanders of Scotland. The name is also wrongly applied to the single-edged basket-hilted sword adopted in the 16th century and still worn as the full-dress sword in the Highland regiments of the British army.

CLAYMORE (from the Gaelic claidheamh mòr, "great sword"), the traditional two-edged broadsword with a cross hilt, typically featuring guards that are angled downward, used by the Highlanders of Scotland. The term is also incorrectly used to refer to the single-edged basket-hilted sword that emerged in the 16th century and is still worn as the ceremonial sword in the Highland regiments of the British army.


CLAYS, PAUL JEAN (1819-1900), Belgian artist, was born at Bruges in 1819, and died at Brussels in 1900. He was one of the most esteemed marine painters of his time, and early in his career he substituted a sincere study of nature for the extravagant and artificial conventionality of most of his predecessors. When he began to paint, the sea was considered by continental artists as worth representing only under its most tempestuous aspects. Artists cared only for the stirring drama of storm and wreck, and they clung still to the old-world tradition of the romantic school. Clays was the first to appreciate the beauty of calm waters reflecting the slow procession of clouds, the glories of sunset illuminating the sails of ships or gilding the tarred sides of heavy fishing-boats. He painted the peaceful life of rivers, the poetry of wide estuaries, the regulated stir of roadsteads and ports. And while he thus broke away from old traditions he also threw off the trammels imposed on him by his master, the marine painter Theodore Gudin (1802-1880). Endeavouring only to give truthful expression to the nature that delighted his eyes, he sought to render the limpid salt atmosphere, the weight of waters, the transparence of moist horizons, the gem-like sparkle of the sky. A Fleming in his feeling for colour, he set his palette with clean strong hues, and their powerful harmonies were in striking contrast with the rusty, smoky tones then in favour. If he was not a “luminist” in the modern use of the word, he deserves at any rate to be classed with the founders of the modern naturalistic school. This conscientious and healthy interpretation, to which the artist remained faithful, without any important change, to the end of an unusually long and laborious career, attracted those minds which aspired to be bold, and won over those which were moderate. Clays soon took his place among the most famous Belgian painters of his generation, and his pictures, sold at high prices, are to be seen in most public and private galleries. We may mention, among others, “The Beach at Ault,” “Boats in a Dutch Port,” and “Dutch Boats in the Flushing Roads,” the last in the National Gallery, London. In the Brussels gallery are “The Port of Antwerp,” “Coast near Ostend,” and a “Calm on the Scheldt”; in the Antwerp museum, “The Meuse at Dordrecht”; in the Pinakothek at Munich, “The Open North Sea”; in the Metropolitan Museum of Fine Arts, New York, “The Festival of the Freedom of the Scheldt at Antwerp in 1863”; in the palace of the king of the Belgians, “Arrival of Queen Victoria at Ostend in 1857”; in the Bruges academy, “Port of Feirugudo, Portugal.” Clays was a member of several Academies, Belgian and foreign, and of the Order of Leopold, the Legion of Honour, &c.

CLAYS, PAUL JEAN (1819-1900), Belgian artist, was born in Bruges in 1819 and died in Brussels in 1900. He was one of the most respected marine painters of his time, and early in his career, he replaced the exaggerated and artificial styles of many of his predecessors with a sincere study of nature. When he began painting, continental artists considered the sea only worth depicting in its most tempestuous moods. They focused on the dramatic scenes of storms and shipwrecks and stuck to the old-world traditions of the romantic school. Clays was the first to recognize the beauty of calm waters reflecting the slow movement of clouds, the splendor of sunsets illuminating ships' sails or gilding the dark sides of heavy fishing boats. He painted the tranquil life of rivers, the poetry of expansive estuaries, and the organized activity of docks and harbors. As he distanced himself from traditional practices, he also broke free from the constraints imposed by his mentor, marine painter Theodore Gudin (1802-1880). Striving to express the true nature that fascinated him, he aimed to capture the clear salty atmosphere, the weight of the water, the transparency of damp horizons, and the sparkling brilliance of the sky. A Fleming at heart, he chose clean, vibrant colors for his palette, and their strong harmonies contrasted sharply with the dull, smoky tones that were popular at the time. While he may not fit the modern definition of a "luminist," he certainly deserves recognition as one of the early founders of the modern naturalistic school. This diligent and healthy interpretation, which he remained committed to throughout his unusually long and productive career, drew in those who aspired to be bold and appealed to those with more moderate tastes. Clays quickly established himself among the most renowned Belgian painters of his generation, and his works, which fetched high prices, can be found in most public and private galleries. Notable examples include “The Beach at Ault,” “Boats in a Dutch Port,” and “Dutch Boats in the Flushing Roads,” the last of which is in the National Gallery in London. In the Brussels gallery, you'll find “The Port of Antwerp,” “Coast near Ostend,” and “Calm on the Scheldt”; in the Antwerp museum, “The Meuse at Dordrecht”; in the Pinakothek in Munich, “The Open North Sea”; in the Metropolitan Museum of Fine Arts in New York, “The Festival of the Freedom of the Scheldt at Antwerp in 1863”; in the palace of the king of the Belgians, “Arrival of Queen Victoria at Ostend in 1857”; and in the Bruges academy, “Port of Feirugudo, Portugal.” Clays was a member of several Belgian and foreign academies and received honors such as the Order of Leopold and the Legion of Honour, among others.

See Camille Lemonnier, Histoire des Beaux-Arts (Brussels, 1887).

See Camille Lemonnier, Histoire des Beaux-Arts (Brussels, 1887).

(O. M.*)

CLAYTON, JOHN MIDDLETON (1796-1856), American politician, was born in Dagsborough, Sussex county, Delaware, on the 24th of July 1796. He came of an old Quaker family long prominent in the political history of Delaware. He graduated at Yale in 1815, and in 1819 began to practise law at Dover, Delaware, where for a time he was associated with his cousin, Thomas Clayton (1778-1854), subsequently a United States senator and chief-justice of the state. He soon gained a large practice. He became a member of the state House of Representatives in 1824, and from December 1826 to October 1828 was secretary of state of Delaware. In 1829, by a combination of anti-Jackson forces in the state legislature, he was elected to the United States Senate. Here his great oratorical gifts gave him a high place as one of the ablest and most eloquent opponents of the administration. In 1831 he was a member of the Delaware constitutional convention, and in 1835 he was returned to the Senate as a Whig, but resigned in the following year. In 1837-1839 he was chief justice of Delaware. In 1845 he again entered the Senate, where he opposed the annexation of Texas and the Mexican War, but advocated the active prosecution of the latter once it was begun. In March 1849 he became secretary of state in the cabinet of President Zachary Taylor, to whose nomination and election his influence had contributed. His brief tenure of the state portfolio, which terminated on the 22nd of July 1850, soon after Taylor’s death, was notable chiefly for the negotiation with the British minister, Sir Henry Lytton Bulwer, of the Clayton-Bulwer Treaty (q.v.). He was once more a member of the Senate from March 1853 until his death at Dover, Delaware, on the 9th of November 1856. By his contemporaries Clayton was considered one of the ablest debaters and orators in the Senate.

CLAYTON, JOHN MIDDLETON (1796-1856), American politician, was born in Dagsborough, Sussex County, Delaware, on July 24, 1796. He came from an old Quaker family that had been influential in Delaware's political history for a long time. He graduated from Yale in 1815, and in 1819 he began practicing law in Dover, Delaware, where he was briefly partnered with his cousin, Thomas Clayton (1778-1854), who later became a United States senator and chief justice of the state. He quickly built a large legal practice. He became a member of the state House of Representatives in 1824 and served as secretary of state of Delaware from December 1826 to October 1828. In 1829, with the help of various anti-Jackson factions in the state legislature, he was elected to the United States Senate. His exceptional speaking skills established him as one of the most capable and eloquent critics of the administration. In 1831, he participated in the Delaware constitutional convention, and in 1835 he returned to the Senate as a Whig but resigned the following year. From 1837 to 1839, he was chief justice of Delaware. In 1845, he rejoined the Senate, where he opposed the annexation of Texas and the Mexican War, although he did support actively pursuing the war once it began. In March 1849, he became secretary of state in President Zachary Taylor's cabinet, to whose nomination and election his influence had been significant. His short time as secretary lasted until July 22, 1850, shortly after Taylor's death, and was primarily marked by the negotiation of the Clayton-Bulwer Treaty with British minister Sir Henry Lytton Bulwer (q.v.). He returned to the Senate from March 1853 until his death in Dover, Delaware, on November 9, 1856. His contemporaries regarded Clayton as one of the most skilled debaters and speakers in the Senate.

See the memoir by Joseph P. Comegys in the Papers of the Historical Society of Delaware, No. 4 (Wilmington, 1882).

See the memoir by Joseph P. Comegys in the Papers of the Historical Society of Delaware, No. 4 (Wilmington, 1882).

475

475


CLAYTON-BULWER TREATY, a famous treaty between the United States and Great Britain, negotiated in 1850 by John M. Clayton and Sir Henry Lytton Bulwer (Lord Dalling), in consequence of the situation created by the project of an interoceanic canal across Nicaragua, each signatory being jealous of the activities of the other in Central America. Great Britain had large and indefinite territorial claims in three regions—Belize or British Honduras, the Mosquito Coast and the Bay Islands.1 On the other hand, the United States, without territorial claims, held in reserve, ready for ratification, treaties with Nicaragua and Honduras, which gave her a certain diplomatic vantage with which to balance the de facto dominion of Great Britain. Agreement on these points being impossible and agreement on the canal question possible, the latter was put in the foreground. The resulting treaty had four essential points. It bound both parties not to “obtain or maintain” any exclusive control of the proposed canal, or unequal advantage in its use. It guaranteed the neutralization of such canal. It declared that, the intention of the signatories being not only the accomplishment of “a particular object”—i.e. that the canal, then supposedly near realization, should be neutral and equally free to the two contracting powers—“but also to establish a general principle,” they agreed “to extend their protection by treaty stipulation to any other practicable communications, whether by canal or railway, across the isthmus which connects North and South America.” Finally, it stipulated that neither signatory would ever “occupy, or fortify, or colonize, or assume or exercise any dominion over Nicaragua, Costa Rica, the Mosquito Coast or any part of Central America,” nor make use of any protectorate or alliance, present or future, to such ends.

CLAYTON-BULWER TREATY, a well-known treaty between the United States and Great Britain, was negotiated in 1850 by John M. Clayton and Sir Henry Lytton Bulwer (Lord Dalling). This was a response to the situation created by the proposal for an interoceanic canal through Nicaragua, as both countries were wary of each other's activities in Central America. Great Britain had extensive and unclear territorial claims in three areas—Belize (or British Honduras), the Mosquito Coast, and the Bay Islands. On the other side, the United States didn't have territorial claims but had treaties with Nicaragua and Honduras that were ready to be ratified, giving it a diplomatic edge to counter Great Britain's actual control. Since they couldn't agree on these issues but could on the canal, they focused on that. The resulting treaty had four main points. It required both parties not to “obtain or maintain” any exclusive control over the proposed canal or any unfair advantage in its use. It guaranteed that the canal would be neutral. It stated that the signatories aimed not only to achieve “a particular objective”—specifically that the canal, which was thought to be close to completion, would be neutral and available to both contracting powers—but also to establish a “general principle.” They agreed “to extend their protection by treaty stipulation to any other feasible communications, whether by canal or railway, across the isthmus connecting North and South America.” Lastly, it specified that neither signatory would ever “occupy, fortify, colonize, or claim or exercise any control over Nicaragua, Costa Rica, the Mosquito Coast, or any part of Central America,” nor use any protectorate or alliance, present or future, for those purposes.

The treaty was signed on the 19th of April, and was ratified by both governments; but before the exchange of ratifications Lord Palmerston, on the 8th of June, directed Sir H. Bulwer to make a “declaration” that the British government did not understand the treaty “as applying to Her Majesty’s settlement at Honduras, or its dependencies.” Mr Clayton made a counter-declaration, which recited that the United States did not regard the treaty as applying to “the British settlement in Honduras commonly called British-Honduras ... nor the small islands in the neighbourhood of that settlement which may be known as its dependencies”; that the treaty’s engagements did apply to all the Central American states, “with their just limits and proper dependencies”; and that these declarations, not being submitted to the United States Senate, could of course not affect the legal import of the treaty. The interpretation of the declarations soon became a matter of contention. The phraseology reflects the effort made by the United States to render impossible a physical control of the canal by Great Britain through the territory held by her at its mouth—the United States losing the above-mentioned treaty advantages,—just as the explicit abnegations of the treaty rendered impossible such control politically by either power. But great Britain claimed that the excepted “settlement” at Honduras was the “Belize” covered by the extreme British claim; that the Bay Islands were a dependency of Belize; and that, as for the Mosquito Coast, the abnegatory clauses being wholly prospective in intent, she was not required to abandon her protectorate. The United States contended that the Bay Islands were not the “dependencies” of Belize, these being the small neighbouring islands mentioned in the same treaties; that the excepted “settlement” was the British-Honduras of definite extent and narrow purpose recognized in British treaties with Spain; that she had not confirmed by recognition the large, indefinite and offensive claims whose dangers the treaty was primarily designed to lessen; and that, as to the Mosquito Coast, the treaty was retrospective, and mutual in the rigour of its requirements, and as the United States had no de facto possessions, while Great Britain had, the clause binding both not to “occupy” any part of Central America or the Mosquito Coast necessitated the abandonment of such territory as Great Britain was already actually occupying or exercising dominion over; and the United States demanded the complete abandonment of the British protectorate over the Mosquito Indians. It seems to be a just conclusion that when in 1852 the Bay Islands were erected into a British “colony” this was a flagrant infraction of the treaty; that as regards Belize the American arguments were decidedly stronger, and more correct historically; and that as regards the Mosquito question, inasmuch as a protectorate seems certainly to have been recognized by the treaty, to demand its absolute abandonment was unwarranted, although to satisfy the treaty Great Britain was bound materially to weaken it.

The treaty was signed on April 19th and was ratified by both governments. However, before the exchange of ratifications, Lord Palmerston directed Sir H. Bulwer on June 8th to issue a “declaration” stating that the British government did not view the treaty as applicable to Her Majesty’s settlement in Honduras or its dependencies. Mr. Clayton issued a counter-declaration, which stated that the United States did not consider the treaty applicable to the British settlement in Honduras, commonly known as British Honduras, or to the small islands nearby, which may be referred to as its dependencies. The treaty’s commitments were deemed to apply to all Central American states, along with their legitimate boundaries and proper dependencies. These declarations, not being presented to the United States Senate, could not alter the legal meaning of the treaty. The interpretation of these declarations quickly became a point of dispute. The language used reflected the United States’ aim to prevent Great Britain from having physical control over the canal through the territory it held at its mouth, causing the United States to lose the treaty advantages mentioned earlier, just as the explicit renunciations in the treaty made such control politically impossible for either government. However, Great Britain argued that the excepted “settlement” in Honduras referred to “Belize,” which fell under British claims; that the Bay Islands were a dependency of Belize; and as for the Mosquito Coast, since the renunciatory clauses were entirely prospective in intent, they were not obligated to give up their protectorate. The United States maintained that the Bay Islands were not the “dependencies” of Belize, but were instead the small neighboring islands mentioned in the same treaties. They argued that the excepted “settlement” referred specifically to British-Honduras, which had a defined extent and narrow purpose recognized in British treaties with Spain; that they had not endorsed the large, vague, and aggressive claims that the treaty aimed to mitigate; and concerning the Mosquito Coast, the treaty was retrospective and mutual in its strict requirements. Since the United States had no de facto possessions while Great Britain had, the clause requiring both not to “occupy” any part of Central America or the Mosquito Coast necessitated the withdrawal of territory that Great Britain was already occupying or exerting control over. The United States also demanded the complete abandonment of British protectorate over the Mosquito Indians. It appears reasonable to conclude that when the Bay Islands were established as a British “colony” in 1852, it was a blatant violation of the treaty; that regarding Belize, the American arguments were considerably stronger and more historically accurate; and that regarding the Mosquito issue, while a protectorate seemed to be acknowledged by the treaty, demanding its total abandonment was unjustified, although Great Britain was required to significantly reduce its influence to comply with the treaty.

In 1859-1860, by British treaties with Central American states, the Bay Islands and Mosquito questions were settled nearly in accord with the American contentions.2 But by the same treaties Belize was accorded limits much greater than those contended for by the United States. This settlement the latter power accepted without cavil for many years.

In 1859-1860, through British treaties with Central American states, the Bay Islands and Mosquito issues were resolved mostly in line with American claims.2 However, the same treaties granted Belize boundaries much larger than those claimed by the United States. The U.S. accepted this settlement without complaint for many years.

Until 1866 the policy of the United States was consistently for inter-oceanic canals open equally to all nations, and unequivocally neutralized; indeed, until 1880 there was practically no official divergence from this policy. But in 1880-1884 a variety of reasons were advanced why the United States might justly repudiate at will the Clayton-Bulwer Treaty.3 The new policy was based on national self-interest. The arguments advanced on its behalf were quite indefensible in law and history, and although the position of the United States in 1850-1860 was in general the stronger in history, law and political ethics, that of Great Britain was even more conspicuously the stronger in the years 1880-1884. In 1885 the former government reverted to its traditional policy, and the Hay-Pauncefote Treaty of 1902, which replaced the Clayton-Bulwer Treaty, adopted the rule of neutralization for the Panama Canal.

Until 1866, the United States consistently supported the idea of inter-oceanic canals being open to all nations and firmly neutralized; in fact, until 1880, there was almost no official deviation from this policy. However, between 1880 and 1884, several reasons were put forward for why the United States could justifiably disregard the Clayton-Bulwer Treaty. The new policy was driven by national self-interest. The arguments made in its favor were largely indefensible in terms of law and history, and while the United States had a generally stronger position in 1850-1860 regarding history, law, and political ethics, Great Britain's position was even more evidently stronger in the years 1880-1884. In 1885, the previous government returned to its traditional policy, and the Hay-Pauncefote Treaty of 1902, which replaced the Clayton-Bulwer Treaty, established the rule of neutralization for the Panama Canal.

See the collected diplomatic correspondence in I.D. Travis, History of the Clayton-Bulwer Treaty (Ann Arbor, Mich., 1899); J.H. Latané, Diplomatic Relations of the United States and Spanish America (Baltimore, 1900); T.J. Lawrence, Disputed Questions of Modern International Law (2nd ed., Cambridge, England, 1885); Sir E.L. Bulwer in 99 Quarterly Rev. 235-286, and Sir H. Bulwer in 104 Edinburgh Rev. 280-298.

See the compiled diplomatic correspondence in I.D. Travis, History of the Clayton-Bulwer Treaty (Ann Arbor, Mich., 1899); J.H. Latané, Diplomatic Relations of the United States and Spanish America (Baltimore, 1900); T.J. Lawrence, Disputed Questions of Modern International Law (2nd ed., Cambridge, England, 1885); Sir E.L. Bulwer in 99 Quarterly Rev. 235-286, and Sir H. Bulwer in 104 Edinburgh Rev. 280-298.


1 The claims to a part of the first two were very old in origin, but all were heavily clouded by interruptions of possession, contested interpretations of Spanish-British treaties, and active controversy with the Central American States. The claim to some of the territory was new and still more contestable. See particularly on these claims Travis’e book cited below.

1 The claims to parts of the first two were very old, but all were complicated by interruptions in ownership, differing interpretations of Spanish-British treaties, and ongoing disputes with the Central American States. The claim to some of the territory was newer and even more debatable. See especially Travis’s book mentioned below for more on these claims.

2 The islands were ceded to Honduras. The Mosquito Coast was recognized as under Nicaraguan rule limited by an attenuated British protectorate over the Indians, who were given a reservation and certain peculiar rights. They were left free to accept full Nicaraguan rule at will. This they did in 1894.

2 The islands were handed over to Honduras. The Mosquito Coast was acknowledged as being under Nicaraguan control, although it was still somewhat overseen by the British protectorate regarding the Indigenous people, who were given a reservation and specific unique rights. They had the option to fully accept Nicaraguan governance whenever they chose. They made that choice in 1894.

3 It was argued, e.g., that the “general principle” of that engagement was contingent on the prior realization of its “particular object,” which had failed, and the treaty had determined as a special contract; moreover, none of the additional treaties to embody the “general principle” had been negotiated, and Great Britain had not even offered co-operation in the protection and neutrality-guarantee of the Panama railway built in 1850-1855, so that her rights had lapsed; certain engagements of the treaty she had violated, and therefore the whole treaty was voidable, &c.

3 It was argued, e.g., that the “general principle” of that agreement depended on achieving its “specific goal,” which hadn’t happened, and the treaty was established as a special contract; furthermore, none of the additional treaties to represent the “general principle” had been negotiated, and Great Britain hadn’t even offered to help protect and guarantee neutrality for the Panama railway built from 1850 to 1855, so her rights had expired; she had violated certain commitments of the treaty, and as a result, the entire treaty was voidable, &c.


CLAY-WITH-FLINTS, in geology, the name given by W. Whitaker in 1861 to a peculiar deposit of stiff red, brown or yellow clay containing unworn whole flints as well as angular shattered fragments, also with a variable admixture of rounded flint, quartz, quartzite and other pebbles. It occurs “in sheets or patches of various sizes over a large area in the south of England, from Hertfordshire on the north to Sussex on the south, and from Kent on the east to Devon on the west. It almost always lies on the surface of the Upper Chalk, but in Dorset it passes on to the Middle and Lower Chalk, and in Devon it is found on the Chert-Beds of the Selbornian group” (A.J. Jukes-Browne, “The Clay-with-Flints, its Origin and Distribution,” Q.J.G.S., vol. lxii., 1906, p. 132). Many geologists have supposed, and some still hold, that the Clay-with-Flints is the residue left by the slow solution and disintegration of the Chalk by the processes of weathering; on the other hand, it has long been known that the deposit very frequently contains materials foreign to the Chalk, derived either from the Tertiary rocks or from overlying drift. In the paper quoted above, Jukes-Browne ably summarizes 476 the evidence against the view that the deposit is mainly a Chalk residue, and brings forward a good deal of evidence to show that many patches of the Clay-with-Flints lie upon the same plane and may be directly associated with Reading Beds. He concludes “that the material of the Clay-with-Flints has been chiefly and almost entirely derived from Eocene clay, with addition of some flints from the Chalk; that its presence is an indication of the previous existence of Lower Eocene Beds on the same site and nearly at the same relative level, and, consequently, that comparatively little Chalk has been removed from beneath it. Finally, I think that the tracts of Clay-with-Flints have been much more extensive than they are now” (loc. cit. p. 159).

CLAY WITH FLINTS, in geology, is the term W. Whitaker used in 1861 to describe a unique deposit of hard red, brown, or yellow clay that contains both intact flints and angular, shattered pieces, along with a mix of rounded flint, quartz, quartzite, and other pebbles. It appears "in sheets or patches of various sizes over a large area in the south of England, from Hertfordshire in the north to Sussex in the south, and from Kent in the east to Devon in the west. It almost always sits on the surface of the Upper Chalk, but in Dorset, it extends onto the Middle and Lower Chalk, and in Devon, it can be found on the Chert-Beds of the Selbornian group" (A.J. Jukes-Browne, “The Clay-with-Flints, its Origin and Distribution,” Q.J.G.S., vol. lxii., 1906, p. 132). Many geologists have speculated, and some still believe, that the Clay-with-Flints is the leftover material from the gradual dissolution and breakdown of the Chalk due to weathering; however, it has long been recognized that the deposit often contains materials not native to the Chalk, sourced from either Tertiary rocks or the overlying drift. In the previously mentioned paper, Jukes-Browne effectively summarizes 476 the arguments against the idea that the deposit is primarily a Chalk residue and provides substantial evidence that many patches of Clay-with-Flints are on the same plane and may be directly linked to the Reading Beds. He concludes "that the material of the Clay-with-Flints has been mainly and almost entirely sourced from Eocene clay, with some flints from the Chalk added; that its presence indicates the prior existence of Lower Eocene Beds on the same site and nearly at the same level, and, therefore, that comparatively little Chalk has been removed from beneath it. Finally, I believe that the areas of Clay-with-Flints were much more extensive than they are now" (loc. cit. p. 159).

It is noteworthy that the Clay-with-Flints is developed over an area which is just beyond the limits of the ice sheets of the Glacial epoch, and the peculiar conditions of late Pliocene and Pleistocene times; involving heavy rains, snow and frost, may have had much to do with the mingling of the Tertiary and Chalky material. Besides the occurrence in surface patches, Clay-with-Flints is very commonly to be observed descending in “pipes” often to a considerable depth into the Chalk; here, if anywhere, the residual chalk portion of the deposit should be found, and it is surmised that a thin layer of very dark clay with darkly stained flints, which appears in contact with the sides and bottom of the pipe, may represent all there is of insoluble residue.

It’s worth noting that the Clay-with-Flints is found in an area just outside the reach of the ice sheets from the Glacial period, and the unique conditions of the late Pliocene and Pleistocene—like heavy rainfall, snow, and frost—might have contributed significantly to the mixing of Tertiary and Chalky materials. In addition to being seen in surface patches, Clay-with-Flints is often noticed descending in “pipes,” frequently reaching a considerable depth into the Chalk. Here, if anywhere, the residual chalk part of the deposit should be located. It’s believed that a thin layer of very dark clay with darkly stained flints, which appears in contact with the sides and bottom of the pipe, may represent all that remains of the insoluble residue.

A somewhat similar deposit, a “conglomérat de silex” or “argue à silex,” occurs at the base of the Eocene on the southern and western borders of the Paris basin, in the neighbourhood of Chartres, Thimerais and Sancerrois.

A somewhat similar deposit, a “conglomérat de silex” or “argue à silex,” is found at the base of the Eocene on the southern and western edges of the Paris basin, near Chartres, Thimerais, and Sancerrois.

(J. A. H.)

CLAZOMENAE (mod. Kelisman), an ancient town of Ionia and a member of the Ionian Dodecapolis (Confederation of Twelve Cities), on the Gulf of Smyrna, about 20 m. W. of that city. Though not in existence before the arrival of the Ionians in Asia, its original founders were largely settlers from Phlius and Cleonae. It stood originally on the isthmus connecting the mainland with the peninsula on which Erythrae stood; but the inhabitants, alarmed by the encroachments of the Persians, removed to one of the small islands of the bay, and there established their city. This island was connected with the mainland by Alexander the Great by means of a pier, the remains of which are still visible. During the 5th century it was for some time subject to the Athenians, but about the middle of the Peloponnesian war (412 B.C.) it revolted. After a brief resistance, however, it again acknowledged the Athenian supremacy, and repelled a Lacedaemonian attack. Under the Romans Clazomenae was included in the province of Asia, and enjoyed an immunity from taxation. The site can still be made out, in the neighbourhood of Vourla, but nearly every portion of its ruins has been removed. It was the birthplace of the philosopher Anaxagoras. It is famous for its painted terra-cotta sarcophagi, which are the finest monuments of Ionian painting in the 6th century B.C.

CLAZOMENAE (mod. Kelisman), an ancient town in Ionia and part of the Ionian Dodecapolis (Confederation of Twelve Cities), located on the Gulf of Smyrna, about 20 miles west of that city. Although it didn't exist before the Ionians arrived in Asia, its original founders were primarily settlers from Phlius and Cleonae. It was originally situated on the isthmus that connected the mainland to the peninsula where Erythrae was located; however, the residents, fearing the advances of the Persians, moved to one of the small islands in the bay and established their city there. Alexander the Great connected this island to the mainland with a pier, parts of which can still be seen today. During the 5th century, it was under Athenian control for a time, but around the middle of the Peloponnesian War (412 BCE), it revolted. After a brief struggle, it recognized Athenian authority again and defended against a Spartan attack. Under Roman rule, Clazomenae became part of the province of Asia and was exempt from taxes. The site can still be identified near Vourla, but most of its ruins have been removed. It was the birthplace of the philosopher Anaxagoras. It is well-known for its painted terra-cotta sarcophagi, which are the finest examples of Ionian painting from the 6th century BCE

(E. GR.)

CLEANTHES (c. 301-232 or 252 B.C.), Stoic philosopher, born at Assos in the Troad, was originally a boxer. With but four drachmae in his possession he came to Athens, where he listened first to the lectures of Crates the Cynic, and then to those of Zeno, the Stoic, supporting himself meanwhile by working all night as water-carrier to a gardener (hence his nickname Φρεάντλης). His power of patient endurance, or perhaps his slowness, earned him the title of “the Ass”; but such was the esteem awakened by his high moral qualities that, on the death of Zeno in 263, he became the leader of the school. He continued, however, to support himself by the labour of his own hands. Among his pupils were his successor, Chrysippus, and Antigonus, king of Macedon, from whom he accepted 2000 minae. The manner of his death was characteristic. A dangerous ulcer had compelled him to fast for a time. Subsequently he continued his abstinence, saying that, as he was already half-way on the road to death, he would not trouble to retrace his steps.

CLEANTHES (c. 301-232 or 252 BCE), a Stoic philosopher born in Assos in the Troad, was originally a boxer. With only four drachmas in his pocket, he arrived in Athens, where he first attended lectures from Crates the Cynic and then from Zeno the Stoic, supporting himself by working all night as a water carrier for a gardener (hence his nickname Φρεάντλης). His ability to endure hardship, or maybe his slowness, earned him the nickname "the Ass"; however, his strong moral character gained him so much respect that after Zeno's death in 263, he became the leader of the school. Nevertheless, he continued to provide for himself through manual labor. Among his students were his successor, Chrysippus, and Antigonus, the king of Macedon, from whom he accepted 2000 minae. His manner of death was notable. A serious ulcer had forced him to fast for a while. Afterward, he maintained his abstinence, stating that since he was already halfway to death, he wouldn't bother to turn back.

Cleanthes produced very little that was original, though he wrote some fifty works, of which fragments have come down to us. The principal is the large portion of the Hymn to Zeus which has been preserved in Stobaeus. He regarded the sun as the abode of God, the intelligent providence, or (in accordance with Stoical materialism) the vivifying fire or aether of the universe. Virtue, he taught, is life according to nature; but pleasure is not according to nature. He originated a new theory as to the individual existence of the human soul; he held that the degree of its vitality after death depends upon the degree of its vitality in this life. The principal fragments of Cleanthes’s works are contained in Diogenes Laertius and Stobaeus; some may be found in Cicero and Seneca.

Cleanthes didn't produce much original work, though he wrote around fifty pieces, some of which have survived. The most notable is the large portion of the Hymn to Zeus that was preserved by Stobaeus. He believed the sun was the dwelling place of God, the intelligent providence, or, in line with Stoic materialism, the life-giving fire or aether of the universe. He taught that virtue is living in accordance with nature, while pleasure is not. He came up with a new theory about the individual existence of the human soul, arguing that its vitality after death depends on how vibrant it was during this life. The main fragments of Cleanthes's works are found in Diogenes Laertius and Stobaeus, with some others in Cicero and Seneca.

See G.C. Mohinke, Kleanthes der Stoiker (Greifswald, 1814); C. Wachsmuth, Commentationes de Zenone Citiensi et Cleanthe Assio (Göttingen, 1874-1875); A.C. Pearson, Fragments of Zeno and Cleanthes (Camb., 1891); article by E. Wellmann in Ersch and Gruber’s Allgemeine Encyklopädie; R. Hirzel, Untersuchungen zu Ciceros philosophischen Schriften, ii. (1882), containing a vindication of the originality of Cleanthes; A.B. Krische, Forschungen auf dem Gebiete der alten Philosophie (1840); also works quoted under STOICS.

See G.C. Mohinke, Kleanthes the Stoic (Greifswald, 1814); C. Wachsmuth, Commentaries on Zeno of Citium and Cleanthes of Assos (Göttingen, 1874-1875); A.C. Pearson, Fragments of Zeno and Cleanthes (Cambridge, 1891); article by E. Wellmann in Ersch and Gruber’s General Encyclopedia; R. Hirzel, Research on Cicero's Philosophical Writings, vol. ii. (1882), which includes a defense of the originality of Cleanthes; A.B. Krische, Studies in Ancient Philosophy (1840); also see works cited under STOICS.


CLEARCHUS, the son of Rhamphias, a Spartan general and condottiere. Born about the middle of the 5th century B.C., Clearchus was sent with a fleet to the Hellespont in 411 and became governor (ἁρμοστής) of Byzantium, of which town he was proxenus. His severity, however, made him unpopular, and in his absence the gates were opened to the Athenian besieging army under Alcibiades (409). Subsequently appointed by the ephors to settle the political dissensions then rife at Byzantium and to protect the city and the neighbouring Greek colonies from Thracian attacks, he made himself tyrant of Byzantium, and, when declared an outlaw and driven thence by a Spartan force, he fled to Cyrus. In the “expedition of the ten thousand” undertaken by Cyrus to dethrone his brother Artaxerxes Mnemon, Clearchus led the Peloponnesians, who formed the right wing of Cyrus’s army at the battle of Cunaxa (401). On Cyrus’s death Clearchus assumed the chief command and conducted the retreat, until, being treacherously seized with his fellow-generals by Tissaphernes, he was handed over to Artaxerxes and executed (Thuc. viii. 8. 39, 80; Xen. Hellenica, i. 3. 15-19; Anabasis, i. ii.; Diodorus xiv. 12. 19-26). In character he was a typical product of the Spartan educational system. He was a warrior to the finger-tips (πολεμικὸς καὶ φιλοπόλεμος ἐσχάτως. Xen. Anab. ii. 6. 1), and his tireless energy, unfaltering courage and strategic ability made him an officer of no mean order. But he seems to have had no redeeming touch of refinement or humanity.

CLEARCHUS, the son of Rhamphias, was a Spartan general and mercenary. Born around the middle of the 5th century BCE, Clearchus was sent with a fleet to the Hellespont in 411 and became the governor (curator) of Byzantium, where he was also a proxenus. However, his harshness made him unpopular, and while he was away, the gates were opened to the Athenian besieging army led by Alcibiades (409). Later, appointed by the ephors to resolve the political turmoil in Byzantium and to protect the city and the nearby Greek colonies from Thracian attacks, he made himself the tyrant of Byzantium. When declared an outlaw and chased away by a Spartan force, he fled to Cyrus. During the “expedition of the ten thousand” organized by Cyrus to overthrow his brother Artaxerxes Mnemon, Clearchus led the Peloponnesians, who formed the right wing of Cyrus’s army at the battle of Cunaxa (401). After Cyrus's death, Clearchus took command and led the retreat, until he was treacherously captured along with his fellow generals by Tissaphernes, handed over to Artaxerxes, and executed (Thuc. viii. 8. 39, 80; Xen. Hellenica, i. 3. 15-19; Anabasis, i. ii.; Diodorus xiv. 12. 19-26). In terms of character, he was a typical product of the Spartan education system. He was a warrior through and through (war and militaristic lately. Xen. Anab. ii. 6. 1), and his relentless energy, unwavering courage, and strategic skill made him a notable officer. However, he seemed to lack any redeeming qualities of refinement or humanity.


CLEARFIELD, a borough and the county-seat of Clearfield county, Pennsylvania, U.S.A., on the W. branch of the Susquehanna river, in the W. central part of the state. Pop. (1890) 2248; (1900) 5081 (310 foreign-born); (1910) 6851. It is served by the New York Central & Hudson River, the Pennsylvania, and the Buffalo, Rochester & Pittsburg railways. The borough is about 1105 ft. above sea-level, in a rather limited space between the hills, which command picturesque views of the narrow valley. The river runs through the borough. Coal and fireclay abound in the vicinity, and these, with leather, iron, timber and the products of the fertile soil, are the bases of its leading industries. Before the arrival of the whites the place had been cleared of timber (whence its name), and in 1805 it was chosen as a site for the county-seat of the newly erected county and laid out as a town; in 1840 it was incorporated as a borough.

CLEARFIELD is a borough and the county seat of Clearfield County, Pennsylvania, U.S.A., located on the west branch of the Susquehanna River in the west-central part of the state. Population: (1890) 2,248; (1900) 5,081 (310 foreign-born); (1910) 6,851. It is served by the New York Central & Hudson River, Pennsylvania, and the Buffalo, Rochester & Pittsburgh railways. The borough sits about 1,105 feet above sea level, in a somewhat confined area between the hills, which offer scenic views of the narrow valley. The river flows through the borough. Coal and fireclay are plentiful in the area, and along with leather, iron, timber, and the products of the fertile soil, these resources form the foundation of its main industries. Before the arrival of white settlers, the area had been cleared of trees (which is where its name comes from), and in 1805 it was selected as the county seat of the newly formed county and developed into a town; it was incorporated as a borough in 1840.


CLEARING-HOUSE, the general term for a central institution employed in connexion with large and interrelated businesses for the purpose of facilitating the settlement of accounts.

CLEARING-HOUSE, the general term for a central organization used in connection with large and interconnected businesses to help settle accounts.

Banking.—The London Clearing-House was established between 1750 and 1770 as a place where the clerks of the bankers of the city of London could assemble daily to exchange with one another the cheques drawn upon and bills payable at their respective houses. Before the clearing-house existed, each banker had to send a clerk to the places of business of all the other bankers in London to collect the sums payable by them in respect of cheques and bills; and it is obvious that much 477 time was consumed by this process, which involved the use of an unnecessary quantity of money and corresponding risks of safe carriage. In 1775 a room in Change Alley was settled upon as a common centre of exchange; this was afterwards removed to Post Office Court, Lombard Street. This clearing centre was at first confined to the bankers—at that time and long afterwards exclusively private bankers—doing business within the city, and the bankers in the west end of the metropolis used some one or other of the city banks as their agent in clearing. When the joint-stock banks were first established, the jealousy of the existing banks was powerful enough to exclude them altogether from the use of the Clearing-House; and it was not until 1854 that this feeling was removed so as to allow them to be admitted.

Banking.—The London Clearing-House was established between 1750 and 1770 as a place where the clerks of the banks in London could gather daily to exchange cheques and bills payable at their respective banks. Before the clearing-house existed, each banker had to send a clerk to visit all the other banks in London to collect the amounts due for cheques and bills; and it's clear that this process took up a lot of time and involved using an unnecessary amount of cash, which came with risks of safe transport. In 1775, a room in Change Alley was chosen as a common exchange center; this was later moved to Post Office Court, Lombard Street. Initially, this clearing center was limited to the bankers—at that time and for a long period afterwards, exclusively private bankers—operating within the city, while the bankers in the west end of the city used one of the city banks as their clearing agent. When the joint-stock banks were first created, the existing banks were so wary that they completely excluded them from the Clearing-House; it wasn't until 1854 that this sentiment changed enough to allow their inclusion.

At first the Clearing-House was simply a place of meeting, but it came to be perceived that the sorting and distribution of cheques, bills, &c, could be more expeditiously conducted by the appointment of two or three common clerks to whom each banker’s clerk could give all the instruments of exchange he wished to collect, and from whom he could receive all those payable at his own house. The payment of the balance settled the transaction, but the arrangements were afterwards so perfected that the balance is now settled by means of transfers made at the Bank of England between the Clearing-House account and those of the various banks, the Clearing-House, as well as each banker using it, having an account at the Bank of England. The use of the Clearing-House was still further extended in 1858, so as to include the settlement of exchanges between the country bankers of England. Before that time each country banker receiving cheques on other country bankers sent them to those other bankers by post (supposing they were not carrying on business in the same place), and requested that the amount should be paid by the London agent of the banker on whom the cheques were drawn to the London agent of the banker remitting them. Cheques were thus collected by correspondence, and each remittance involved a separate payment in London. Since 1858, accordingly, a country banker sends cheques on other country banks to his London correspondent, who exchanges them at the Clearing-House with the correspondents of the bankers on whom they are drawn.

At first, the Clearing-House was just a meeting place, but people realized that sorting and distributing checks, bills, etc., could be done more efficiently by hiring two or three common clerks. Each bank clerk could hand over all the instruments of exchange they needed to collect and receive all those payable at their own bank. Paying the balance completed the transaction, but later the process was refined so that now the balance is settled through transfers made at the Bank of England between the Clearing-House account and the accounts of the various banks, with both the Clearing-House and each bank using it having an account at the Bank of England. The Clearing-House's use was further expanded in 1858 to include the settlement of exchanges between country bankers in England. Before that, country bankers receiving checks from other country bankers would send them by post (assuming they weren’t operating in the same location) and ask for the amount to be paid by the London agent of the banker on whom the checks were drawn to the London agent of the banker who sent them. Checks were collected by mail, and each remittance required a separate payment in London. Since 1858, a country banker now sends checks on other country banks to their London correspondent, who exchanges them at the Clearing-House with the correspondents of the banks on which they are drawn.

The Clearing-House consists of one long room, lighted from the roof. Around the walls and down the centre are placed desks, allotted to the various banks, according to the amount of their business. The desks are arranged alphabetically, so that the clerks may lose no time in passing round the room and delivering their “charges” or batches of cheques to the representatives of the various banks. There are three clearings in London each day. The first is at 10.30 A.M., the second at noon, and the third at 2.30 P.M. It is the busiest of all, and continues until five minutes past four, when the last delivery must be made. The three clearings were, in 1907, divided into town, metropolitan and country clearings, each with a definite area. All the clearing banks have their cheques marked with the letters “T,” “M” and “C,” according to the district in which the issuing bank is situated. Every cheque issued by the clearing banks, even though drawn in the head office of a bank, goes through the Clearing-House.

The Clearing-House is a long room that's lit from the roof. Desks are set along the walls and in the center, assigned to different banks based on their transaction volume. The desks are arranged alphabetically so that clerks can quickly move around the room and deliver their “charges” or batches of checks to the representatives of each bank. There are three clearings in London daily. The first is at 10:30 A.M., the second at noon, and the third at 2:30 P.M. This is the busiest time, continuing until five minutes past four, when the last delivery must happen. In 1907, the three clearings were organized into town, metropolitan, and country clearings, each with a specific area. All clearing banks have their checks marked with the letters “T,” “M,” and “C,” depending on the district where the issuing bank is located. Every check issued by the clearing banks, even if drawn at a bank's head office, goes through the Clearing-House.

The amount of business transacted at the Clearing-House varies very much with the seasons of the year, the busiest time being when dividends are paid and stock exchange settlements are made, but the volume of transactions averages roughly from 200 to 300 millions sterling a week, and the yearly clearances amount to something like £12,000,000,000. There are provincial clearing-houses at Manchester, Liverpool, Birmingham, Newcastle-on-Tyne, Leeds, Sheffield, Leicester and Bristol. There are also clearing-houses in most of the large towns of Scotland and Ireland. In New York and the other large cities of the United States there are clearing-houses providing accommodation for the various banking institutions (see Banks and Banking).

The amount of business done at the Clearing-House varies greatly with the seasons. The busiest time is when dividends are paid and stock exchange settlements happen, but the average volume of transactions ranges from £200 to £300 million a week, with yearly clearances totaling around £12 billion. There are provincial clearing-houses in Manchester, Liverpool, Birmingham, Newcastle-on-Tyne, Leeds, Sheffield, Leicester, and Bristol. Additionally, most large towns in Scotland and Ireland have clearing-houses. In New York and other major cities in the United States, there are clearing-houses that offer services for various banking institutions (see Banks and Banking).

The progress of banking on the continent of Europe has been slow in comparison with that of the United Kingdom, and the use of cheques is not so general, consequently the need for clearing-houses is not so great. In France, too, the greater proportion of the banking business is carried on through three banks only, the Banque de France, the Société Générale and the Crédit Lyonnais, and a great part of their transactions are settled at their own head offices. But at the same time large sums pass through the Paris Chambre de Compensation (the clearing-house), established in 1872.

The development of banking in Europe has been slower compared to the United Kingdom, and cheques aren't used as widely, which means there's less demand for clearing-houses. In France, most banking activity is conducted through just three banks: the Banque de France, the Société Générale, and the Crédit Lyonnais, and a significant amount of their transactions are settled at their main offices. However, large sums are still processed through the Paris Chambre de Compensation (the clearing-house), which was established in 1872.

There are clearing-houses also in Berlin, Hamburg and many other European cities.

There are clearinghouses in Berlin, Hamburg, and many other European cities as well.

Railways.—The British Railway Clearing-House was established in 1842, its purpose, as defined by the Railway Clearing-House Act of 1850, being “to settle and adjust the receipts arising from railway traffic within, or partly within, the United Kingdom, and passing over more than one railway within the United Kingdom, booked or invoiced at throughout rates or fares.” It is an independent body, governed by a committee which is composed of delegates (usually the chairman or one of the directors) from each of the railways that belong to it. Any railway company may be admitted a party to the clearing-system with the assent of the committee, may cease to be a member at a month’s notice, and may be expelled if such expulsion be voted for by two-thirds of the delegates present at a specially convened meeting. The cost of maintaining it is defrayed by contributions from the companies proportional to the volume of business passed through it by each. It has two main functions. (1) When passengers or goods are booked through between stations belonging to different railway companies at an inclusive charge for the whole journey, it distributes the money received in due proportions between the companies concerned in rendering the service. To this end it receives, in the case of passenger traffic, a monthly return of the tickets issued at each station to stations on other lines, and, in the case of goods traffic, it is supplied by both the sending and receiving stations (when these are on different companies’ systems) with abstracts showing the character, weight, &c., of the goods that have travelled between them. By the aid of these particulars it allocates the proper share of the receipts to each company, having due regard to the distance over which the traffic has been carried on each line, to the terminal services rendered by each company, to any incidental expenses to which it may have been put, and to the existence of any special agreements for the division of traffic. (2) To avoid the inconvenience of a change of train at points where the lines of different companies meet, passengers are often, and goods and minerals generally, carried in through vehicles from their starting-point to their destination. In consequence, vehicles belonging to one company are constantly forming part of trains that belong to, and run over the lines of, other companies, which thus have the temporary use of rolling stock that does not belong to them. By the aid of a large staff of “number takers” who are stationed at junctions all over the country, and whose business is to record particulars of the vehicles which pass through those junctions, the Clearing-House follows the movements of vehicles which have left their owners’ line, ascertains how far they have run on the lines of other companies, and debits each of the latter with the amount it has to pay for their use. This charge is known as “mileage”; another charge which is also determined by the Clearing-House is “demurrage,” that is, the amount exacted from the detaining company if a vehicle is not returned to its owners within a prescribed time. By the exercise of these functions the Clearing-House accumulates a long series of credits to, and debits against, each company; these are periodically added up and set against each other, with the result that the accounts between it and the companies are finally settled by the transfer of comparatively small balances. It also distributes the money paid by the post-office to the railways on account of the conveyance of parcel-post traffic, and through its lost luggage department many thousands of articles left in railway carriages are every year returned to their owners. Its situation in London further renders it a convenient meeting-place for several “Clearing-House Conferences” of railway officials, as of the general managers, the goods managers, and the superintendents of the line, held four times a year for the consideration of questions in which all the companies are interested. The Irish Railway 478 Clearing-House, established in 1848, has its headquarters in Dublin, and was incorporated by act of parliament in 1860.

Railways.—The British Railway Clearing-House was established in 1842. According to the Railway Clearing-House Act of 1850, its purpose is “to settle and adjust the receipts arising from railway traffic within, or partly within, the United Kingdom, and passing over more than one railway within the United Kingdom, booked or invoiced at throughout rates or fares.” It operates as an independent body, overseen by a committee made up of representatives (usually the chairman or one of the directors) from each of the railways that are part of it. Any railway company can join the clearing system with the committee's approval, can leave with a month’s notice, and can be expelled if two-thirds of the delegates at a specially convened meeting vote for it. The costs of maintaining it are covered by contributions from the companies based on the volume of business they conduct through it. It has two main functions. (1) When passengers or goods are booked through from stations belonging to different railway companies at an all-inclusive charge for the entire journey, it distributes the money collected in appropriate shares among the companies providing the service. For passenger traffic, it receives a monthly report of tickets issued from each station to stations on other lines. For goods traffic, both the sending and receiving stations (when they are on different companies’ networks) provide summaries showing the type, weight, etc., of the items transported. Using this information, it allocates the right share of the receipts to each company, taking into account the distances traveled on each line, the terminal services each company provided, any additional expenses incurred, and any special agreements regarding traffic division. (2) To avoid the hassle of changing trains at junctions where different companies' lines meet, passengers are often transported in dedicated vehicles directly from their starting point to their destination, and goods and minerals are generally handled the same way. As a result, vehicles from one company often form part of trains belonging to and operating over the lines of other companies, allowing those companies to temporarily use equipment they don’t own. A large team of “number takers” stationed at junctions throughout the country records details of the vehicles that pass through, allowing the Clearing-House to track the movements of vehicles that have left their original line, determine how far they’ve traveled on other companies’ lines, and charge those companies for their use. This charge is called “mileage.” Additionally, “demurrage” is another fee determined by the Clearing-House, which is charged to the company detaining a vehicle if it isn’t returned to its owner within a specified time. By performing these functions, the Clearing-House keeps a detailed record of credits and debits for each company. These are regularly totaled and reconciled, resulting in relatively small balances being settled between the Clearing-House and the companies. It also distributes funds received from the post office for handling parcel post traffic, and through its lost luggage department, thousands of items left on trains are returned to their owners each year. Its location in London makes it an ideal meeting spot for various “Clearing-House Conferences” of railway officials, including general managers, goods managers, and line superintendents, held four times a year to discuss issues that concern all the companies. The Irish Railway Clearing-House, established in 1848, is headquartered in Dublin and was incorporated by act of parliament in 1860.

General.—The principle of clearing adopted by banks and railways has been applied with considerable success in other businesses.

General.—The clearing principle used by banks and railways has been successfully applied in various other businesses.

In 1874 the London Stock Exchange Clearing-House was established for the purpose of settling transactions in stock, the clearing being effected by balance-sheets and tickets; the balance of stock to be received or delivered is shown on a balance-sheet sent in by each member, and the items are then cancelled against one another and tickets issued for the balances outstanding. The New York Stock Exchange Clearing-House was established in 1892. The settlements on the Paris Bourse are cleared within the Bourse itself, through the Compagnie des Agents de Change de Paris.

In 1874, the London Stock Exchange Clearing-House was set up to handle stock transactions. Clearing was done using balance sheets and tickets; the amount of stock to be received or delivered is listed on a balance sheet submitted by each member. The items are then matched against each other, and tickets are issued for the outstanding balances. The New York Stock Exchange Clearing-House was established in 1892. Settlements on the Paris Bourse are cleared within the Bourse itself, through the Compagnie des Agents de Change de Paris.

In 1888 a society was formed in London called the Beetroot Sugar Association for clearing bargains in beetroot sugar. For every 500 bags of sugar of a definite weight which a broker sells, he issues a filière (a form something like a dock-warrant), giving particulars as to the ship, the warehouse, trade-marks, &c. The filière contains also a series of transfer forms which are filled up and signed by each successive holder, so transferring the property to a new purchaser. The new purchaser also fills up a coupon attached to the transfer, quoting the date and hour of sale. This coupon is detached by the seller and retained by him as evidence to determine any liability through subsequent delay in the delivery of the sugar. Any purchaser requiring delivery of the sugar forwards the filière to the clearing-house, and the officials then send on his name to the first seller who tenders him the warrant direct. These filières pass from hand to hand within a limit of six days, a stamp being affixed on each transfer as a clearing-house fee. The difference between each of the successive transactions is adjusted by the clearing-house to the profit or loss of the seller.

In 1888, a group was established in London called the Beetroot Sugar Association to manage transactions in beetroot sugar. For every 500 bags of sugar with a specific weight that a broker sells, they issue a filière (similar to a dock warrant), providing details about the ship, the warehouse, trademarks, etc. The filière also includes a series of transfer forms that are completed and signed by each holder, transferring ownership to a new buyer. The new buyer also completes a coupon attached to the transfer, indicating the date and time of the sale. This coupon is removed by the seller and kept as proof to address any issues arising from delays in delivering the sugar. Any buyer needing the sugar's delivery sends the filière to the clearing house, and the officials then inform the initial seller, who provides the warrant directly. These filières change hands within six days, with a stamp placed on each transfer as a clearing-house fee. The clearing house adjusts the difference for each transaction, reflecting the seller's profit or loss.

The London Produce Clearing-House was established in 1888 for regulating and adjusting bargains in foreign and colonial produce. The object of the association is to guarantee both to the buyer and the seller the fulfilment of bargains for future delivery. The transactions on either side are allowed to accumulate during a month and an adjustment made at the end by a settlement of the final balance owing. On the same lines are the Caisse de Liquidation at Havre and the Waaren Liquidations Casse at Hamburg. The Cotton Association also has a clearing-house at Liverpool for clearing the transactions which arise from dealings in cotton.

The London Produce Clearing-House was set up in 1888 to manage and adjust deals in foreign and colonial produce. The purpose of the association is to ensure that both buyers and sellers fulfill their agreements for future delivery. Transactions on either side can accumulate over a month, with adjustments made at the end through a settlement of the final balance owed. Similar operations exist with the Caisse de Liquidation in Havre and the Waaren Liquidations Casse in Hamburg. The Cotton Association also has a clearing house in Liverpool to handle the transactions that come from dealing in cotton.

Authorities.—W. Howarth, Our Clearing System and Clearing Houses (1897), The Banks in the Clearing House (1905); J.G. Cannon, Clearing-houses, their History, Methods and Administration (1901); H.T. Easton, Money, Exchange and Banking (1905); and the various volumes of the Journal of the Institute of Bankers.

Authorities.—W. Howarth, Our Clearing System and Clearing Houses (1897), The Banks in the Clearing House (1905); J.G. Cannon, Clearing-houses, their History, Methods and Administration (1901); H.T. Easton, Money, Exchange and Banking (1905); and the various volumes of the Journal of the Institute of Bankers.

(T. A. I.)

CLEAT (a word common in various forms to many Teutonic languages, in the sense of a wedge or lump, cf. “clod” and “clot”), a wedge-shaped piece of wood fastened to ships’ masts and elsewhere to prevent a rope, collar or the like from slipping, or to act as a step; more particularly a piece of wood or metal with double or single horns used for belaying ropes. A “cleat” is also a wedge fastened to a ship’s side to catch the shores in a launching cradle or dry dock. “Cleat” is also used in mining for the vertical cleavage-planes of coal.

CLEAT (a word used in various ways across many Germanic languages, meaning a wedge or lump, similar to “clod” and “clot”), is a wedge-shaped piece of wood attached to the masts of ships and other places to stop a rope, collar, or similar item from slipping, or to serve as a step; specifically, it refers to a piece of wood or metal with one or two horns used for securing ropes. A “cleat” can also be a wedge attached to a ship’s side to hold the shores during a launching cradle or dry dock. “Cleat” is additionally a term used in mining to describe the vertical cleavage planes of coal.


CLEATOR MOOR, an urban district in the Egremont parliamentary division of Cumberland, England, 4 m. S.E. of White-haven, served by the Furness, London & North-Western and Cleator & Workington Junction railways. Pop. (1901) 8120. The town lies between the valleys of the Ehen and its tributary the Dub Beck, in a district rich in coal and iron ore. The mining of these, together with blast furnaces and engineering works, occupies the large industrial population.

CLEATOR MOOR is an urban district in the Egremont parliamentary division of Cumberland, England, located 4 miles southeast of Whitehaven. It's served by the Furness, London & North-Western, and Cleator & Workington Junction railways. The population was 8,120 in 1901. The town sits between the valleys of the Ehen and its tributary, the Dub Beck, in an area rich in coal and iron ore. The mining of these resources, along with blast furnaces and engineering works, employs a large industrial workforce.


CLEAVERS, or Goose-grass, Galium Aparine (natural order Rubiaceae), a common plant in hedges and waste places, with a long, weak, straggling, four-sided, green stem, bearing whorls of 6 to 8 narrow leaves, ½ to 2 in. long, and, like the angles of the stem, rough from the presence of short, stiff, downwardly-pointing, hooked hairs. The small, white, regular flowers are borne, a few together, in axillary clusters, and are followed by the large, hispid, two-celled fruit, which, like the rest of the plant, readily clings to a rough surface, whence the common name. The plant has a wide distribution throughout the north temperate zone, and is also found in temperate South America.

CLEAVERS, or Cleavers, Galium Aparine (natural order Rubiaceae), is a common plant found in hedges and neglected areas. It has a long, weak, straggling, four-sided green stem that features whorls of 6 to 8 narrow leaves, which range from ½ to 2 inches long. The stem has rough angles due to short, stiff, hooked hairs that point downward. The small, white, regular flowers grow in clusters in the axils and are followed by large, bristly, two-celled fruit that, like the rest of the plant, easily sticks to rough surfaces, giving rise to its common name. This plant is widely distributed throughout the northern temperate zone and is also found in temperate South America.


CLEBURNE, a town and the county-seat of Johnson county, Texas, U.S.A., 25 m. S. of Fort Worth. Pop. (1890) 3278; (1900) 7493, including 611 negroes; (1910) 10,364. It is served by the Gulf, Colorado & Santa Fé, the Missouri, Kansas & Texas, and the Trinity & Brazos Valley railways. It is the centre of a prosperous farming, fruit and stock-raising region, has large railway repair shops, flour-mills, cotton gins and foundries, a canning factory and machine shops. It has a Carnegie library, and St Joseph’s Academy (Roman Catholic; for girls). The town was named in honour of Patrick Ronayne Cleburne (1828-1864), a major-general of the Confederate army, who was of Irish birth, practised law in Helena, Arkansas, served at Shiloh, Perryville, Stone River, Chickamauga, Missionary Ridge, Ring-gold Gap, Jonesboro and Franklin, and was killed in the last-named battle; he was called the “Stonewall of the West.”

CLEBURNE is a town and the county seat of Johnson County, Texas, USA, located 25 miles south of Fort Worth. Population: 3,278 in 1890; 7,493 in 1900, including 611 Black residents; and 10,364 in 1910. It is served by the Gulf, Colorado & Santa Fé, the Missouri, Kansas & Texas, and the Trinity & Brazos Valley railways. The town is the hub of a thriving farming, fruit, and livestock region, featuring large railway repair shops, flour mills, cotton gins, foundries, a canning factory, and machine shops. It has a Carnegie library and St. Joseph’s Academy (a Roman Catholic school for girls). The town was named in honor of Patrick Ronayne Cleburne (1828-1864), a major general in the Confederate Army, who was born in Ireland, practiced law in Helena, Arkansas, and fought in battles at Shiloh, Perryville, Stone River, Chickamauga, Missionary Ridge, Ringgold Gap, Jonesboro, and Franklin, where he was killed; he was known as the “Stonewall of the West.”


CLECKHEATON, an urban district in the Spen Valley parliamentary division of the West Riding of Yorkshire, England, 5½ m. S. by E. of Bradford, on the Lancashire & Yorkshire, Great Northern and London & North-Western railways. Pop. (1901) 12,524. A chamber of commerce has held meetings here since 1878. The industries comprise the manufacture of woollens, blankets, flannel, wire-card and machinery.

CLECKHEATON is an urban district in the Spen Valley parliamentary division of West Yorkshire, England, located 5.5 miles southeast of Bradford, and served by the Lancashire & Yorkshire, Great Northern, and London & North-Western railways. Population (1901) was 12,524. A chamber of commerce has been meeting here since 1878. The local industries include the production of woollen goods, blankets, flannel, wire card, and machinery.


CLEETHORPES, a watering-place of Lincolnshire, England; within the parliamentary borough of Great Grimsby, 3 m. S.E. of that town by a branch of the Great Central railway. Pop. of urban district of Cleethorpe with Thrunscoe (1901) 12,578. Cleethorpes faces eastward to the North Sea, but its shore of fine sand, affording good bathing, actually belongs to the estuary of the Humber. There is a pier, and the sea-wall extends for about a mile, forming a pleasant promenade. The suburb of New Clee connects Cleethorpes with Grimsby. The church of the Holy Trinity and St Mary is principally Norman of various dates, but work of a date apparently previous to the Conquest appears in the tower. Cleethorpes is greatly favoured by visitors from the midland counties, Lancashire and Yorkshire.

CLEETHORPES is a seaside town in Lincolnshire, England, located within the parliamentary borough of Great Grimsby, 3 miles southeast of that town via a branch of the Great Central railway. The population of the urban district of Cleethorpe with Thrunscoe was 12,578 in 1901. Cleethorpes faces east towards the North Sea, but its sandy beach, which is great for swimming, actually belongs to the Humber estuary. There’s a pier, and the sea wall stretches for about a mile, creating a lovely walking path. New Clee is the suburb that connects Cleethorpes with Grimsby. The church of the Holy Trinity and St Mary is mainly Norman in style and dates from various periods, but there’s evidence of work from before the Conquest in the tower. Cleethorpes is very popular with visitors from the Midlands, Lancashire, and Yorkshire.


CLEFT PALATE and HARE-LIP, in surgery. Cleft Palate is a congenital cleavage, or incomplete development in the roof of the mouth, and is frequently associated with hare-lip. The infant is prevented from sucking, and an operation is necessary. Cleft-palate is often a hereditary defect. The most favourable time for operating is between the age of two weeks and three months, and if the cleft is closed at this early date, not only are the nutrition and general development of the child greatly improved, but the voice is probably saved from much of the unpleasant tone which is usually associated with a defective roof to the mouth and is apt to persist even if a cleft has been successfully operated on later in childhood. The greatest advance which has been made in the operative treatment of cleft palate is due to the teaching of Dr Truman W. Brophy, who adopted the ingenious plan of thrusting together to the middle line of the mouth the halves of the palate which nature had unfortunately left apart. But, as noted above, this operation must, to give the best results, be undertaken in the earliest months of infancy. After the cleft in the palate has been effectually dealt with, the hare-lip can be repaired with ease and success.

Cleft palate and Cleft lip, in surgery. Cleft Palate is a birth defect where the roof of the mouth doesn’t fully develop and is often linked to hare-lip. This prevents the baby from being able to suck, making surgery necessary. Cleft palate is frequently hereditary. The best time for surgery is between two weeks and three months old. If the cleft is closed early, the child's nutrition and overall development improve significantly, and it can help avoid the unpleasant tone that usually comes with a defective roof of the mouth, which can linger even if the cleft is repaired later in childhood. The biggest advancements in treating cleft palate surgically come from Dr. Truman W. Brophy, who developed a clever method for pushing the two halves of the palate together at the center of the mouth. However, as mentioned before, this surgery should be performed in the earliest months of life for the best results. Once the cleft in the palate is properly addressed, repairing the hare-lip becomes much easier and successful.

Hare-lip.—In the hare the splitting of the lip is in the middle line, but in the human subject it is on one side, or on both sides of the middle line. This is accounted for on developmental grounds: a cleft in the exact middle line is of extremely rare occurrence. Hare-lip is often associated with cleft palate. Though we are at present unable to explain why development should so frequently miss the mark in connexion with the formation of the lip and palate, it is unlikely that maternal impressions have anything to do with it. As a rule, the supposed “fright” comes long after the lips are developed. They are completely formed by the ninth week. Heredity has a powerful influence 479 in many cases. The best time for operating on a hare-lip depends upon various circumstances. Thus, if it is associated with cleft palate, the palatine cleft has first to be closed, in which case the child will probably be several months old before the lip is operated on. If the infant is in so poor a state of nutrition that it appears unsuitable for surgical treatment, the operation must be postponed until his condition is sufficiently improved. But, assuming that the infant is in fair health, that he is taking his food well and thriving on it, that he is not troubled by vomiting or diarrhoea, and that the hare-lip is not associated with a defective palate, the sooner it is operated on the better. It may be successfully done even within a few hours of birth. When a hare-lip is unassociated with cleft palate, the infant may possibly be enabled to take the breast within a short time of the gap being closed. In such a case the operation may be advisably undertaken within the first few days of birth. The case being suitable, the operation may be conveniently undertaken at any time after the tenth day.

Hare-lip.—In hares, the split in the lip occurs in the center, while in humans, it can happen on one side or both sides of the center line. This difference is explained by developmental factors: a cleft perfectly in the middle is extremely rare. Hare-lip is often linked with cleft palate. Although we currently can't explain why development often goes wrong with the formation of the lip and palate, it's unlikely that maternal impressions play any role. Generally, the alleged “fright” happens long after the lips have formed. They are fully developed by the ninth week. Heredity has a significant influence in many situations. The best timing for surgery on a hare-lip depends on various factors. For instance, if it's associated with cleft palate, the palatine cleft needs to be closed first, meaning the child will likely be several months old before the lip surgery occurs. If the infant’s nutrition is so poor that surgical treatment is not advisable, the operation should be delayed until their condition improves. However, assuming the infant is in decent health, feeding well, thriving, not experiencing vomiting or diarrhea, and that the hare-lip is not linked to a defective palate, the sooner surgery is done, the better. It can even be performed just a few hours after birth. If the hare-lip is not associated with cleft palate, the infant might be able to breastfeed soon after the gap is closed. In this situation, surgery could ideally take place within the first few days after birth. If the situation is appropriate, the operation can conveniently occur any time after the tenth day.

(E. O.*)

CLEISTHENES, the name of two Greek statesmen, (1) of Athens, (2) of Sicyon, of whom the first is far the more important.

CLEISTHENES, the name of two Greek politicians, (1) from Athens, (2) from Sicyon, with the first being much more significant.

1. Cleisthenes, the Athenian statesman, was the son of Megacles and Agariste, daughter of Cleisthenes of Sicyon. He thus belonged, through his father, to the noble family of the Alcmaeonidae (q.v.), who bore upon them the curse of the Cylonian massacre, and had been in exile during the rule of the Peisistratids. In the hope of washing out the stigma, which damaged their prestige, they spent the latter part of their exile in carrying out with great splendour the contract given out by the Amphictyons for the rebuilding of the temple at Delphi (destroyed by fire in 548 B.C.). By building the pronaos of Parian marble instead of limestone as specified in the contract, they acquired a high reputation for piety; the curse was consigned to oblivion, and their reinstatement was imposed by the oracle itself upon the Spartan king, Cleomenes (q.v.). Cleisthenes, to whom this far-seeing atonement must probably be attributed, had also on his side (1) the malcontents in Athens who were disgusted with the growing severity of Hippias, and (2) the oligarchs of Sparta, partly on religious grounds, and partly owing to their hatred of tyranny. Aristotle’s Constitution of Athens, however, treats the alliance of the Peisistratids with Argos, the rival of Sparta in the Peloponnese, as the chief ground for the action of Sparta (c. 19). In c. 513 B.C. Cleisthenes invaded Attica, but was defeated by the tyrant’s mercenaries at Leipsydrium (S. of Mt. Parnes). Sparta then, in tardy obedience to the oracle, threw off her alliance with the Peisistratids, and, after one failure, expelled Hippias in 511-510 B.C., leaving Athens once again at the mercy of the powerful families.

1. Cleisthenes, the Athenian leader, was the son of Megacles and Agariste, the daughter of Cleisthenes of Sicyon. Through his father, he was part of the noble family of the Alcmaeonidae (q.v.), who carried the burden of the Cylonian massacre curse and had been in exile during the Peisistratid rule. To clear their name, which harmed their reputation, they spent the latter part of their exile completing a contract with the Amphictyons to rebuild the temple at Delphi (which was destroyed by fire in 548 BCE). By using Parian marble for the pronaos instead of the limestone specified in the contract, they gained a reputation for piety; the curse was forgotten, and their reinstatement was mandated by the oracle itself to the Spartan king, Cleomenes (q.v.). Cleisthenes, to whom this strategic atonement can probably be attributed, also had support from (1) the dissatisfied citizens of Athens who were fed up with Hippias's increasing tyranny, and (2) the oligarchs of Sparta, motivated partly by religious beliefs and partly by their disdain for tyranny. However, Aristotle’s Constitution of Athens views the alliance of the Peisistratids with Argos, Sparta's rival in the Peloponnese, as the main reason for Sparta's actions (c. 19). In c. 513 B.C., Cleisthenes invaded Attica but was defeated by the tyrant’s mercenaries at Leipsydrium (south of Mount Parnes). Sparta then, in delayed compliance with the oracle, ended its alliance with the Peisistratids and, after an initial failure, expelled Hippias in 511-510 B.C., leaving Athens vulnerable once again to the powerful families.

Cleisthenes, on his return, was in a difficulty; he realized that Athens would not tolerate a new tyranny, nor were the other nobles willing to accept him as leader of a constitutional oligarchy. It was left for him to “take Home and foreign policy. the people into partnership” as Peisistratus had in a different way done before him. Solon’s reforms had failed, primarily because they left unimpaired the power of the great landed nobles, who, in their several districts, doubled the rôles of landlord, priest and patriarch. This evil of local influence Peisistratus had concealed by satisfying the nominally sovereign people that in him they had a sufficient representative. It was left to Cleisthenes to adopt the remaining remedy of giving substance to the form of the Solonian constitution. His first attempts roused the aristocrats to a last effort; Isagoras appealed to the Spartans (who, though they disliked tyranny, had no love for democracy) to come to his aid. Cleisthenes retired on the arrival of a herald from Cleomenes, reviving the old question of the curse; Isagoras thus became all-powerful1 and expelled seven hundred families. The democrats, however, rose, and after besieging Cleomenes and Isagoras in the Acropolis, let them go under a safe-conduct, and brought back the exiles.

Cleisthenes, upon his return, found himself in a tough situation; he understood that Athens would not accept another tyranny, and the other nobles were not willing to have him as the leader of a constitutional oligarchy. He had to "bring the people into partnership," as Peisistratus had done in a different way before him. Solon’s reforms had failed mainly because they didn’t challenge the power of the powerful landowners, who doubled as landlords, priests, and patriarchs in their regions. Peisistratus had masked this local influence by convincing the supposedly sovereign people that they had a sufficient representative in him. Cleisthenes was left to implement the necessary changes to make the Solonian constitution meaningful. His initial efforts provoked the aristocrats to make one final push; Isagoras called on the Spartans (who, despite hating tyranny, had no affection for democracy) to help him. Cleisthenes withdrew when a herald from Cleomenes arrived, bringing up the old issue of the curse; Isagoras then became immensely powerful and expelled seven hundred families. However, the democrats fought back and, after besieging Cleomenes and Isagoras in the Acropolis, allowed them to leave under safe conduct and brought back the exiles.

Apart from the reforms which Cleisthenes was now able to establish, the period of his ascendancy is a blank, nor are we told when and how it came to an end. It is clear, however—and it is impossible in connexion with the Pan-hellenic patriotism to which Athens laid claim, to overrate the importance of the fact—that Cleisthenes, hard pressed in the war with Boeotia, Euboea and Sparta (Herod, v. 73 and foll.), sent ambassadors to ask the help of Persia. The story, as told by Herodotus, that the ambassadors of their own accord agreed to give “earth and water” (i.e. submission) in return for Persian assistance, and that the Ecclesia subsequently disavowed their action as unauthorized, is scarcely credible. Cleisthenes (1) was in full control and must have instructed the ambassadors; (2) he knew that any help from Persia meant submission. It is practically certain, therefore, that he (cf. the Alcmaeonids and the story of the shield at Marathon) was the first to “medize” (see Curtius, History of Greece). Probably he had hoped to persuade the Ecclesia that the agreement was a mere form. Aelian says that he himself was a victim to his own device of ostracism (q.v.); this, though apparently inconsistent with the Constitution of Athens (c. 22), may perhaps indicate that his political career ended in disgrace, a hypothesis which is explicable on the ground of this act of treachery in respect of the attempted Persian alliance. Whether to Cleisthenes are due the final success over Boeotia and Euboea, the planting of the 4000 cleruchs on the Lelantine Plain, and the policy of the Aeginetan War (see Aegina), in which Athens borrowed ships from Corinth, it is impossible to determine. The eclipse of Cleisthenes in all records is one of the most curious facts in Greek history. It is also curious that we do not know in what official capacity Cleisthenes carried his reforms. Perhaps he was given extraordinary ad hoc powers for a specified time; conceivably he used the ordinary mechanism. It seems clear that he had fully considered his scheme in advance, that he broached it before the last attack of Isagoras, and that it was only after the final expulsion of Isagoras and his Spartan allies that it became possible for him to put it into execution.

Aside from the reforms that Cleisthenes was able to establish, the period of his rise to power is unclear, and we aren’t told when or how it came to an end. However, it’s evident—and it’s impossible to overstate the importance of this fact in relation to the Pan-Hellenic patriotism that Athens claimed—that Cleisthenes, under pressure during the war against Boeotia, Euboea, and Sparta (Herod, v. 73 and following), sent ambassadors to seek help from Persia. The account by Herodotus that the ambassadors voluntarily agreed to give “earth and water” (i.e., submit) in exchange for Persian support, and that the Ecclesia later disavowed their actions as unauthorized, is hardly believable. Cleisthenes (1) had full control and must have instructed the ambassadors; (2) he understood that any assistance from Persia would mean submission. Therefore, it’s almost certain that he (refer to the Alcmaeonids and the story of the shield at Marathon) was the first to “medize” (see Curtius, History of Greece). He probably hoped to convince the Ecclesia that the agreement was merely a formality. Aelian states that he himself fell victim to his own ostracism tactic (q.v.); this, although seemingly inconsistent with the Constitution of Athens (c. 22), might suggest that his political career ended in shame, a possibility explained by this act of betrayal regarding the attempted Persian alliance. It’s impossible to determine whether Cleisthenes is responsible for the final victory over Boeotia and Euboea, the establishment of the 4,000 cleruchs on the Lelantine Plain, and the strategy during the Aeginetan War (see Aegina), in which Athens borrowed ships from Corinth. The lack of records about Cleisthenes is one of the most intriguing facts in Greek history. It’s also puzzling that we don’t know in what official capacity Cleisthenes implemented his reforms. Perhaps he was given extraordinary ad hoc powers for a limited time; it’s possible he used the regular system. It seems clear that he had thoroughly planned his strategy in advance, that he introduced it before Isagoras's final attack, and that it was only after the complete expulsion of Isagoras and his Spartan allies that he could put it into action.

Cleisthenes aimed at being the leader of a self-governing people; in other words he aimed at making the democracy actual. He realized that the dead-weight which held the democracy down was the influence on politics Analysis of his reforms of the local religious unit. Therefore his prime object was to dissociate the clans and the phratries from politics, and to give the democracy a totally new electoral basis in which old associations and vested interests would be split up and become ineffective. It was necessary that no man should govern a pocket-constituency merely by virtue of his religious, financial or ancestral prestige, and that there should be created a new local unit with administrative powers of a democratic character which would galvanize the lethargic voters into a new sense of responsibility and independence. His first step was to abolish the four Solonian tribes and create ten new ones.2 Each of the new tribes was subdivided into “demes’” The ten tribes (roughly “townships”); this organization did not, except politically, supersede the system of clans and phratries whose old religious signification remained untouched. The new tribes, however, though geographically arranged, did not represent local interests. Further, the tribe names were taken from legendary heroes (Cecropis, Pandionis, Aegeis recalled the storied kings of Attica), and, therefore, contributed to the idea of a national unity; even Ajax, the eponym of the tribe Aeantis, though not Attic, was famous as an ally (Herod, v. 66) and ranked as a national hero. Each tribe had its shrine and its particular hero-cult, which, however, was free from local association and the dominance of particular 480 families. This national idea Cleisthenes further emphasized by setting up in the market-place at Athens a statue of each tribal hero.

Cleisthenes wanted to be the leader of a self-governing people; in other words, he aimed to make democracy a reality. He understood that the main barrier to democracy was the influence of local religious groups on politics. So, his primary goal was to separate the clans and the phratries from politics and to establish a completely new electoral system that would break apart old associations and vested interests, rendering them ineffective. It was crucial that no one should control a small constituency simply because of their religious, financial, or family status, and that a new local unit with democratic powers should be created to motivate apathetic voters into a new sense of responsibility and independence. His first move was to abolish the four Solonian tribes and create ten new ones.2 Each of these new tribes was divided into “demes” (roughly “townships”); this organization did not, except politically, replace the system of clans and phratries, whose old religious significance remained unchanged. The new tribes, however, although organized geographically, did not represent local interests. Furthermore, the names of the tribes were taken from legendary heroes (Cecropis, Pandionis, Aegeis referenced the famous kings of Attica), which added to the sense of national unity; even Ajax, the namesake of the tribe Aeantis, although not from Attica, was well-known as an ally (Herod, v. 66) and recognized as a national hero. Each tribe had its own shrine and specific hero-cult, but these were free from local connections and the influence of particular families. Cleisthenes further reinforced this national idea by erecting a statue of each tribal hero in the market-place at Athens.

The next step was the organization of the deme. Within each tribe he grouped ten demes (see below), each of which had (1) its hero and its chapel, and (2) its census-list kept by the demarch. The demarch (local governor), who Demes. was elected popularly and held office for one year, presided over meetings affecting local administration and the provision of crews for the state-navy, and was probably under a system of scrutiny like the dokimasia of the state-magistrates. According to the Aristotelian Constitution of Athens, Cleisthenes further divided Attica into three districts, Urban and Suburban, Inland (Mesogaios), and Maritime (Paralia), each of which was subdivided into ten trittyes; each tribe had three trittyes in each of these districts. The problem of establishing this decimal system in connexion with the demes and trittyes is insoluble. Herodotus says that there were ten3 demes to each tribe (δέκα εἰς τὰς φυλάς); but each tribe was composed of three trittyes, one in each of the three districts. Since the deme was, as will be seen, the electoral unit, it is clear that in tribal voting the object of ending the old threefold schism of the Plain, the Hill and the Shore was attained, but the relation of deme and trittys is obviously of an unsymmetrical kind. The Constitution of Athens says nothing of the ten-deme-to-each-tribe arrangement, and there is no sufficient reason for supposing that the demes originally were exactly a hundred in number. We know the names of 168 demes, and Polemon (3rd century B.C.) enumerated 173. It has been suggested that the demes did originally number exactly a hundred, and that new demes were added as the population increased. This theory, however, presupposes that the demes were originally equal in numbers. In the 5th and 4th centuries this was certainly not the case; the number of demesmen in some cases was only one hundred or two hundred, whereas the deme Acharnae is referred to as a “great part” of the whole state, and is known to have furnished three thousand hoplites. The theory is fundamentally at fault, inasmuch as it regards the deme as consisting of all those resident within its borders. In point of fact membership was hereditary, not residential; Demosthenes “of the Paeanian deme” might live where he would without severing his deme connexion. Thus the increase of population could be no reason for creating new demes. This distinction in a deme between demesmen and residents belonging to another deme (the ἐγκεκτημένοι), who paid a deme-tax for their privilege, is an important one. It should further be noted that the demes belonging to a particular tribe do not, as a fact, appear always in three separate groups; the tribe Aeantis consisted of Phalerum and eleven demes in the district of Marathon; other tribes had demes in five or six groups. It must, therefore, be admitted that the problem is insoluble for want of data. Nor are we better equipped to settle the relation between the Cleisthenean division into Urban, Maritime and Inland, and the old divisions of the Plain, the Shore and the Upland or Hill. The “Maritime” of Cleisthenes and the old “Shore” are certainly not coincident, nor is the “Inland” identical with the “Upland.”

The next step was organizing the deme. Within each tribe, he grouped ten demes (see below), each of which had (1) its hero and its chapel, and (2) a census list kept by the demarch. The demarch (local governor), who was elected by the people and served for one year, oversaw meetings about local administration and providing crews for the state navy, and was likely subject to a review system similar to the dokimasia for state magistrates. According to the Aristotelian Constitution of Athens, Cleisthenes further divided Attica into three districts: Urban and Suburban, Inland (Mesogaios), and Maritime (Paralia), with each of those subdivided into ten trittyes; each tribe had three trittyes in each of these districts. The challenge of establishing this decimal system in relation to the demes and trittyes is impossible to solve. Herodotus states that there were ten demes for each tribe (ten to the guards); however, each tribe was made up of three trittyes, one in each of the three districts. Since the deme was the electoral unit, it’s evident that in tribal voting, the goal of ending the old threefold division of the Plain, Hill, and Shore was achieved, but the relationship between deme and trittys is clearly asymmetrical. The Constitution of Athens doesn’t mention the ten-deme-per-tribe setup, and there’s no solid reason to think that the demes originally were exactly a hundred. We know the names of 168 demes, and Polemon (3rd century BCE) listed 173. Some have suggested that the demes originally numbered exactly a hundred, and that new demes were created as the population grew. However, this theory assumes that the demes started off equal in number. In the 5th and 4th centuries, this was definitely not the case; the number of demesmen in some instances was only one hundred or two hundred, while the deme Acharnae is referred to as a “great part” of the whole state and is known to have provided three thousand hoplites. This theory is fundamentally flawed because it sees the deme as consisting of all those resident within its borders. In reality, membership was hereditary, not based on residence; Demosthenes “of the Paeanian deme” could live anywhere without losing his connection to his deme. Therefore, population growth wouldn’t be a reason to create new demes. The distinction in a deme between demesmen and residents from other demes (the ekdχετομένοι), who paid a deme tax for their privileges, is significant. It should also be noted that the demes belonging to a particular tribe do not always appear in three separate groups; the tribe Aeantis consisted of Phalerum and eleven demes in the Marathon district; other tribes had demes in five or six groups. Thus, it must be acknowledged that the problem is unsolvable due to a lack of data. We are also not better positioned to clarify the relationship between the Cleisthenean division into Urban, Maritime, and Inland, and the older divisions of the Plain, Shore, and Upland or Hill. The “Maritime” of Cleisthenes and the old “Shore” are definitely not the same, nor is the “Inland” identical to the “Upland.”

Lastly, it has been asked whether we are to believe that Cleisthenes invented the demes. To this the answer is in the negative. The demes were undoubtedly primitive divisions of Attica; Herodotus (ix. 73) speaks of the Dioscuri as ravaging the demes of Decelea (see R.W. Macan ad loc.) and we hear of opposition between the city and the demes. The most logical conclusion perhaps is that Cleisthenes, while he did create the demes which Athens itself comprised, did not create the country demes, but merely gave them definition as political divisions. Thus the city itself had six demes in five different tribes, and the other five tribes were represented in the suburbs and the Peiraeus. It is clear that in the Cleisthenean system there was one great source of danger, namely that the residents in and about Athens must always have had more weight in elections than those in distant demes. There can be little doubt that the preponderating influence of the city was responsible for the unwisdom of the later imperial policy and the Peloponnesian war.

Lastly, there’s been a question about whether we should believe that Cleisthenes invented the demes. The answer is no. The demes were definitely early divisions of Attica; Herodotus (ix. 73) mentions the Dioscuri attacking the demes of Decelea (see R.W. Macan ad loc.), and we hear about conflicts between the city and the demes. The most logical conclusion is that while Cleisthenes did create the demes that comprised Athens itself, he did not create the rural demes but simply defined them as political divisions. The city had six demes across five different tribes, and the other five tribes were represented in the suburbs and the Peiraeus. It’s clear that one major issue in the Cleisthenean system was that residents in and around Athens likely had more influence in elections than those in more remote demes. There’s little doubt that the dominant influence of the city played a role in the poor decisions of later imperial policy and the Peloponnesian War.

A second problem is the franchise reform of Cleisthenes. Aristotle in the Politics (iii. 2. 3 = 1275 b) says that Cleisthenes created new citizens by enrolling in the tribes “many resident aliens and emancipated slaves.”4 But the Aristotelian Constitution of Athens asserts that he gave “citizenship to the masses.” These two statements are not compatible. It is The diapsephismus. perfectly clear that Cleisthenes is to be regarded as a democrat, and it would have been no bribe to the people merely to confer a boon on aliens and slaves. Moreover, a revision of the citizen-roll (diapsephismus) had recently taken place (after the end of the tyranny) and a great many citizens had been struck off the roll as being of impure descent ( οἱ τῷ γένει μὴ καθαροί). This class had existed from the time of Solon, and, through fear of political extinction by the oligarchs, had been favourable to Peisistratus. Cleisthenes may have enfranchised aliens and slaves, but it seems certain that he must have dealt with these free Athenians who had lost their rights. Now Isagoras presumably did not carry out this revision of the roll (diapsephismus); as “the friend of the tyrants” (so Ath. Pol. 20; by Meyer, Busolt and others contest this) he would not have struck a blow at a class which favoured his own views. A reasonable hypothesis is that Cleisthenes was the originator of the measure of expulsion, and that he now changed his policy, and strengthened his hold on the democracy by reinstating the disfranchised in much larger numbers. The new citizens, whoever they were, must, of course, have been enrolled also in the (hitherto exclusive) phratry lists and the deme-rolls.

A second issue is Cleisthenes’ franchise reform. Aristotle in the Politics (iii. 2. 3 = 1275 b) states that Cleisthenes created new citizens by including “many resident aliens and freed slaves.” 4 However, the Aristotelian Constitution of Athens claims that he granted “citizenship to the masses.” These two statements don’t match up. It’s clear that Cleisthenes should be seen as a democrat, and it wouldn’t have been a bribe to the people if he simply conferred a benefit on aliens and slaves. Furthermore, a revision of the citizen-roll (diapsephismus) had recently occurred (after the end of the tyranny), and many citizens had been removed from the roll for being of impure descent (unclean by birth). This class had existed since Solon’s time and had been supportive of Peisistratus out of fear of political extinction by the oligarchs. Cleisthenes may have enfranchised aliens and slaves, but it seems certain that he must have also dealt with these free Athenians who had lost their rights. Isagoras likely did not carry out this revision of the roll (diapsephismus); as “the friend of the tyrants” (so Ath. Pol. 20; Meyer, Busolt, and others contest this), he wouldn’t have targeted a class that supported his views. A reasonable hypothesis is that Cleisthenes initiated the measure of expulsion and later changed his policy, strengthening his hold on democracy by reinstating the disfranchised in much larger numbers. The new citizens, whoever they were, must have also been added to the (previously exclusive) phratry lists and the deme-rolls.

The Boulē (q.v.) was reorganized to suit the new tribal arrangement, and was known henceforward as the Council of the Five Hundred, fifty from each tribe. Its exact constitution is unknown, but it was certainly more democratic The council and boards of ten. than the Solonian Four Hundred. Further, the system of ten tribes led in course of time to the construction of boards of ten to deal with military and civil affairs, e.g. the Strategi (see Strategus), the Apodectae, and others. Of these the former cannot be attributed to Cleisthenes, but on the evidence of Androtion it is certain that it was Cleisthenes who replaced the Colacretae5 by the Apodectae (“receivers”), who were controllers and auditors of the finance department, and, before the council in the council-chamber, received the revenues. The Colacretae, who had done this work before, remained in authority over the internal expenses of the Prytaneum. A further change which followed from the new tribal system was the reconstitution of the army; this, however, probably took place about 501 B.C., and cannot be attributed directly to Cleisthenes. It has been said that the deme became the local political unit, replacing the naucrary (q.v.). But the naucraries still supplied the fleet, and were increased in number from forty-eight to fifty; if each naucrary still supplied a ship and two mounted soldiers as before, it is interesting to learn that, only seventy years before the Peloponnesian War, Athens had but fifty ships and a hundred horse.6

The Boulē (q.v.) was reorganized to fit the new tribal system and was now called the Council of the Five Hundred, with fifty representatives from each tribe. Its exact structure is unclear, but it was definitely more democratic than the Solonian Four Hundred. The council and boards of ten. Over time, the system of ten tribes led to the creation of boards of ten to handle military and civil matters, such as the Strategi (see Strategus), the Apodectae, and others. The Strategi can't be credited to Cleisthenes, but according to Androtion, it is clear that Cleisthenes replaced the Colacretae5 with the Apodectae ("receivers"), who managed and audited the finance department and received the revenues before the council in the council chamber. The Colacretae, who previously performed this role, continued to oversee the internal expenses of the Prytaneum. Another change that resulted from the new tribal system was the restructuring of the army, which likely occurred around 501 BCE and cannot be directly attributed to Cleisthenes. It's been noted that the deme became the local political unit, replacing the naucrary (q.v.). However, the naucraries still provided the fleet and increased in number from forty-eight to fifty; if each naucrary still provided a ship and two mounted soldiers as before, it's noteworthy that, just seventy years before the Peloponnesian War, Athens had only fifty ships and a hundred horse.6

The device of ostracism is the final stone in the Cleisthenean structure. An admirable scheme in theory, and, at first, in practice, it deteriorated in the 5th century into a mere party 481 weapon, and in the case of Hyperbolus (417) became an absurdity.

The idea of ostracism is the final piece in the Cleisthenean framework. It was a great concept in theory and initially in practice, but by the 5th century, it had turned into just a tool for political factions, and in the case of Hyperbolus (417), it became ridiculous. 481

In conclusion it should be noticed that Cleisthenes was the founder of the Athens which we know. To him was due the spirit of nationality, the principle of liberty duly apportioned and controlled by centralized and decentralized Summary. administration, which prepared the ground for the rich developments of the Golden Age with its triumphs of art and literature, politics and philosophy. It was Cleisthenes who organized the structure which, for a long time, bore the heavy burden of the Empire against impossible odds, the structure which the very different genius of Pericles was able to beautify. He was the first to appreciate the unique power in politics, literature and society of an organized public opinion.

In conclusion, it's important to note that Cleisthenes was the founder of the Athens we know today. He was responsible for the spirit of national identity and the principle of liberty that was effectively balanced by both centralized and decentralized administration. This laid the foundation for the remarkable developments of the Golden Age, which celebrated achievements in art, literature, politics, and philosophy. Cleisthenes was the one who organized the structure that carried the heavy burden of the Empire against incredible challenges, a structure that Pericles, with his distinct brilliance, was able to enhance. He was the first to recognize the unique influence of organized public opinion in politics, literature, and society.

Authorities.Ancient: Aristotle, Constitution of Athens (ed. J.E. Sandys), cc. 20-22, 41; Herodotus v, 63-73, vi. 131; Aristotle, Politics, iii. 2, 3 (= 1275 b, for franchise reforms). Modern: Histories of Greece in general, especially those of Grote and Curtius (which, of course, lack the information contained in the Constitution of Athens), and J.B. Bury. See also E. Meyer, Geschichte des Altertums (vol. ii.); G. Busolt, Griech. Gesch. (2nd ed., 1893 foll.); Milchhöfer, “Über die Demenordnung des Kleisthenes” in appendix to Abhandlung d. Berl. Akad. (1892); R. Loeper in Athen. Mitteil. (1892), pp. 319-433; A.H.J. Greenidge, Handbook of Greek Constitutional History (1896); Gilbert, Greek Constitutional Antiquities (Eng. trans., 1895); R.W. Macan, Herodotus iv.-vi., vol. ii. (1895), pp. 127-148; U. von Wilamowitz-Moellendorff, Arist. und Athen. See also Bollē; Ecclesia; Ostracism; Naucrary; Solon.

Authorities.Ancient: Aristotle, Constitution of Athens (ed. J.E. Sandys), cc. 20-22, 41; Herodotus v, 63-73, vi. 131; Aristotle, Politics, iii. 2, 3 (= 1275 b, for franchise reforms). Modern: Histories of Greece in general, especially those by Grote and Curtius (which, of course, lack the information found in the Constitution of Athens), and J.B. Bury. See also E. Meyer, Geschichte des Altertums (vol. ii.); G. Busolt, Griech. Gesch. (2nd ed., 1893 foll.); Milchhöfer, “Über die Demenordnung des Kleisthenes” in appendix to Abhandlung d. Berl. Akad. (1892); R. Loeper in Athen. Mitteil. (1892), pp. 319-433; A.H.J. Greenidge, Handbook of Greek Constitutional History (1896); Gilbert, Greek Constitutional Antiquities (Eng. trans., 1895); R.W. Macan, Herodotus iv.-vi., vol. ii. (1895), pp. 127-148; U. von Wilamowitz-Moellendorff, Arist. und Athen. See also Bollē; Ecclesia; Ostracism; Naucrary; Solon.

2. Cleisthenes of Sicyon (c. 600-570), grandfather of the above, became tyrant of Sicyon as the representative of the conquered Ionian section of the inhabitants. He emphasized the destruction of Dorian predominance by giving ridiculous epithets to their tribal units, which from Hylleis, Dymanes and Pamphyli become Hyatae (“Swine-men”), Choireatae (“Pig-men”) and Oneatae (“Ass-men”). He also attacked Dorian Argos, and suppressed the Homeric “rhapsodists” who sang the exploits of Dorian heroes. He championed the cause of the Delphic oracle against the town of Crisa (Cirrha) in the Sacred War (c. 590). Crisa was destroyed, and Delphi became one of the meeting-places of the old amphictyony of Anthela, henceforward often called the Delphic amphictyony. The Pythian games, largely on the initiative of Cleisthenes, were re-established with new magnificence, and Cleisthenes won the first chariot race in 582. He founded Pythian games at Sicyon, and possibly built a new Sicyonian treasury at Delphi. His power was so great that when he offered his daughter Agariste in marriage, some of the most prominent Greeks sought the honour, which fell upon Megacles, the Alcmaeonid. The story of the rival wooers with the famous retort, “Hippocleides don’t care,” is told in Herod. vi. 125; see also Herod, v. 67 and Thuc. i. 18.

2. Cleisthenes from Sicyon (c. 600-570), the grandfather of the one mentioned above, became the tyrant of Sicyon representing the conquered Ionian section of the population. He focused on erasing Dorian dominance by mocking their tribal names, changing Hylleis, Dymanes, and Pamphyli to Hyatae (“Swine-men”), Choireatae (“Pig-men”), and Oneatae (“Ass-men”). He also attacked Dorian Argos and silenced the Homeric “rhapsodists” who celebrated the feats of Dorian heroes. He supported the Delphic oracle in its conflict with the town of Crisa (Cirrha) during the Sacred War (c. 590). Crisa was destroyed, and Delphi became one of the gathering places for the old amphictyony of Anthela, which thereafter was often referred to as the Delphic amphictyony. The Pythian games, largely driven by Cleisthenes' initiative, were revived with great splendor, and Cleisthenes won the first chariot race in 582. He established Pythian games in Sicyon and may have constructed a new treasury for Sicyon at Delphi. His influence was so significant that when he offered his daughter Agariste in marriage, some of the most notable Greeks sought that honor, which eventually went to Megacles, the Alcmaeonid. The story of the competing suitors with the famous line, “Hippocleides doesn't care,” is recounted in Herod. vi. 125; see also Herod, v. 67 and Thuc. i. 18.

Cleisthenes is also the name of an Athenian, pilloried by Aristophanes (Clouds, 354; Thesm. 574) as a fop and a profligate.

Cleisthenes is also the name of an Athenian, criticized by Aristophanes (Clouds, 354; Thesm. 574) as a dandy and a wasteful person.

(J. M. M.)

1 The archonship of Isagoras in 508 is important as showing that Cleisthenes, three years after his return, had so far failed to secure the support of a majority in Athens. There is no sufficient reason for supposing that the election of Isagoras was procured by Cleomenes; all the evidence points to its having been brought about in the ordinary way. Probably, therefore, Cleisthenes did not take the people thoroughly into partnership till after the spring of 508.

1 The archonship of Isagoras in 508 is significant because it shows that Cleisthenes, three years after his return, had not yet secured the support of a majority in Athens. There is no strong evidence to suggest that Cleomenes arranged Isagoras's election; all the evidence indicates that it occurred through normal processes. Therefore, it's likely that Cleisthenes didn't fully engage the people until after the spring of 508.

2 The explanation given for this step by Herodotus (v. 67) is an amusing example of his incapacity as a critical historian. To compare Cleisthenes of Sicyon (see below), bent on humiliating the Dorians of Sicyon by giving opprobrious names to the Dorian tribes, with his grandson, whose endeavour was to elevate the very persons whose tribal organization he replaced, is clearly absurd.

2 The explanation provided for this step by Herodotus (v. 67) is a funny example of his shortcomings as a critical historian. Comparing Cleisthenes of Sicyon (see below), who aimed to embarrass the Dorians of Sicyon by assigning them derogatory names, with his grandson, whose goal was to uplift the very people whose tribal structure he changed, is clearly ridiculous.

3 Wilamowitz-Moellendorff (Arist. und Athen, pp. 149-150) suggests δεκαχά, “in ten batches,” instead of δέκα.

3 Wilamowitz-Moellendorff (Arist. und Athen, pp. 149-150) suggests δεκαχά, “in ten batches,” instead of ten.

4 It should be observed that there are other translations of the difficult phrase ξένους καὶ δούλους μετοίκους.

4 It's important to note that there are other translations of the challenging phrase foreigners and slave settlers.

5 Colacretae were very ancient Athenian magistrates; either (1) those who “cut up the joints” in the Prytaneum (κῶλα, κείρω), or (2) those who “collected the joints” (κῶλα, ἀγείρω) which were left over from public sacrifices, and consumed in the Prytaneum. These officials were again important in the time of Aristophanes (Wasps, 693, 724; Birds, 1541), and they presided over the payment of the dicasts instituted by Pericles. They are not mentioned, though they may have existed, after 403 B.C. At Sicyon also magistrates of this name are found.

5 Colacretae were very old Athenian officials; either (1) those who “cut up the joints” in the Prytaneum (clauses, to cut)), or (2) those who “collected the joints” (clauses, I gather)) that were leftover from public sacrifices and eaten in the Prytaneum. These officials played a significant role during the time of Aristophanes (Wasps, 693, 724; Birds, 1541), overseeing the payment of the dicasts set up by Pericles. They are not mentioned after 403 BCE, although they might have still existed. Magistrates with this title were also found in Sicyon.

6 It is, however, more probable that the right reading of the passage is δέκα ἱππεῖς instead of δύο, which would give a cavalry force in early Athens of 480, a reasonable number in proportion to the total fighting strength.

6 It is, however, more likely that the correct interpretation of the passage is ten horsemen instead of two, which would suggest a cavalry force in early Athens of 480, a reasonable number compared to the total fighting strength.


CLEITARCHUS, one of the historians of Alexander the Great, son of Deinon, also an historian, was possibly a native of Egypt, or at least spent a considerable time at the court of Ptolemy Lagus. Quintilian (Instit. x. i. 74) credits him with more ability than trustworthiness, and Cicero (Brutus, 11) accuses him of giving a fictitious account of the death of Themistocles. But there is no doubt that his history was very popular, and much used by Diodorus Siculus, Quintus Curtius, Justin and Plutarch, and the authors of the Alexander romances. His unnatural and exaggerated style became proverbial.

CLEITARCHUS, one of the historians of Alexander the Great, son of Deinon, who was also a historian, was likely from Egypt or at least spent a significant amount of time at the court of Ptolemy Lagus. Quintilian (Instit. x. i. 74) considers him to be more skilled than reliable, and Cicero (Brutus, 11) accuses him of providing a made-up account of Themistocles' death. However, there’s no doubt that his history was very popular and widely referenced by Diodorus Siculus, Quintus Curtius, Justin, Plutarch, and the writers of the Alexander romances. His unnatural and exaggerated writing style became well-known.

The fragments, some thirty in number, chiefly preserved in Aelian and Strabo, will be found in C. Müller’s Scriptores Rerum Alexandri Magni (in the Didot Arrian, 1846); monographs by C. Raun, De Clitarcho Diodori, Curtii, Justini auctore (1868), and F. Reuss, “Hellenistische Beiträge” in Rhein. Mus. lxiii. (1908), pp. 58-78.

The fragments, about thirty in total, primarily preserved in Aelian and Strabo, can be found in C. Müller’s Scriptores Rerum Alexandri Magni (in the Didot Arrian, 1846); monographs by C. Raun, De Clitarcho Diodori, Curtii, Justini auctore (1868), and F. Reuss, “Hellenistic Contributions” in Rhein. Mus. lxiii. (1908), pp. 58-78.


CLEITHRAL (Gr. κλεῖθρον, an enclosed or shut-up place), an architectural term applied to a covered Greek temple, in contradistinction to hypaethral, which designates one that is uncovered; the roof of a cleithral temple completely covers it.

CLEITHRAL (Gr. κλεῖθρον, an enclosed or shut-up place), an architectural term used for a covered Greek temple, in contrast to hypaethral, which refers to one that is open to the sky; the roof of a cleithral temple fully covers it.


CLEITOR, or Clitor, a town of ancient Greece, in that part of Arcadia which corresponds to the modern eparchy of Kalavryta in the nomos of Elis and Achaea. It stood in a fertile plain to the south of Mt Chelmos, the highest peak of the Aroanian Mountains, and not far from a stream of its own name, which joined the Aroanius, or Katzana. In the neighbourhood was a fountain, the waters of which were said to deprive those who drank them of the taste for wine. The town was a place of considerable importance in Arcadia, and its inhabitants were noted for their love of liberty. It extended its territory over several neighbouring towns, and in the Theban war fought against Orchomenus. It joined the other Arcadian cities in the foundation of Megalopolis. As a member of the Achaean league it was besieged by the Aetolians in 220 B.C., and was on several occasions the seat of the federal assemblies. It coined money up to the time of Septimius Severus. The ruins, which bear the common name of Paleopoli, or Old City, are still to be seen about 3 m. from a village that preserves the ancient designation. The greater part of the walls which enclose an area of about a mile and several of the semi-circular towers with which they were strengthened can be clearly made out; and there are also remains of three Doric temples and a small theatre.

CLEITOR, or Clitoris, was a town in ancient Greece, located in the part of Arcadia that corresponds to today's eparchy of Kalavryta in the nomos of Elis and Achaea. It sat in a fertile plain south of Mt Chelmos, the highest peak of the Aroanian Mountains, and near a stream that shared its name, which connected to the Aroanius, or Katzana. Nearby was a fountain whose water was said to take away the desire for wine from those who drank it. The town was an important center in Arcadia, with its inhabitants known for their love of freedom. It expanded its territory to include several neighboring towns and fought against Orchomenus during the Theban war. It also joined other Arcadian cities in founding Megalopolis. As part of the Achaean league, it was besieged by the Aetolians in 220 B.C., and it served as the venue for federal assemblies on several occasions. The town minted its own money until the time of Septimius Severus. The ruins, commonly referred to as Paleopoli or Old City, can still be seen about 3 miles from a village that retains the ancient name. Most of the walls surrounding an area of around a mile and several of the semi-circular towers that reinforced them are still visible, along with remnants of three Doric temples and a small theater.


CLELAND, WILLIAM (1661?-1689), Scottish poet and soldier, son of Thomas Cleland, gamekeeper to the marquis of Douglas, was born about 1661. He was probably brought up on the marquess of Douglas’s estate in Lanarkshire, and was educated at St Andrews University. Immediately on leaving college he joined the army of the Covenanters, and was present at Drumclog, where, says Robert Wodrow, some attributed to Cleland the manœuvre which led to the victory. He also fought at Bothwell Bridge. He and his brother James were described in a royal proclamation of the 16th of June 1679 among the leaders of the insurgents. He escaped to Holland, but in 1685 was again in Scotland in connexion with the abortive invasion of the earl of Argyll. He escaped once more, to return in 1688 as agent for William of Orange. He was appointed lieutenant-colonel of the Cameronian regiment raised from the minority of the western Covenanters who consented to serve under William III. The Cameronians were entrusted with the defence of Dunkeld, which they held against the fierce assault of the Highlanders on the 26th of August. The repulse of the Highlanders before Dunkeld ended the Jacobite rising, but Cleland fell in the struggle. He wrote A Collection of several Poems and Verses composed upon various occasions (published posthumously, 1697). Of “Hullo, my fancie, whither wilt thou go?” only the last nine stanzas are by Cleland. His poems have small literary merit, and are written, not in pure Lowland Scots, but in English with a large admixture of Scottish words. The longest and most important of them are the “mock poems” “On the Expedition of the Highland Host who came to destroy the western shires in winter 1678” and “On the clergie when they met to consult about taking the Test in the year 1681.”

CLELAND, WILLIAM (1661?-1689), Scottish poet and soldier, son of Thomas Cleland, gamekeeper to the marquis of Douglas, was born around 1661. He likely grew up on the marquess of Douglas’s estate in Lanarkshire and was educated at St Andrews University. Right after graduating, he joined the Covenanters' army and was present at Drumclog, where, according to Robert Wodrow, some people credited Cleland with the strategy that led to victory. He also fought at Bothwell Bridge. He and his brother James were listed in a royal proclamation on June 16, 1679, as leaders of the rebels. He escaped to Holland but was back in Scotland in 1685 for the failed invasion by the earl of Argyll. He managed to escape again, returning in 1688 as an agent for William of Orange. He was appointed lieutenant-colonel of the Cameronian regiment formed from the minority of the western Covenanters who agreed to serve under William III. The Cameronians were tasked with defending Dunkeld, which they successfully held against a fierce attack from the Highlanders on August 26. The defeat of the Highlanders at Dunkeld ended the Jacobite uprising, but Cleland was killed in the conflict. He wrote A Collection of several Poems and Verses composed on various occasions (published posthumously, 1697). Of “Hullo, my fancie, whither wilt thou go?” only the last nine stanzas are by Cleland. His poems hold little literary value and are written not in pure Lowland Scots, but in English with a significant mix of Scottish words. The longest and most significant of them are the “mock poems” “On the Expedition of the Highland Host who came to destroy the western shires in winter 1678” and “On the clergie when they met to consult about taking the Test in the year 1681.”

An Exact Narrative of the Conflict of Dunkeld ... collected from several officers of the regiment ... appeared in 1689.

An Accurate Account of the Battle of Dunkeld ... gathered from various officers of the regiment ... was published in 1689.


CLEMATIS, in botany, a genus of the natural order Ranunculaceae, containing nearly two hundred species, and widely distributed. It is represented in England by Clematis Vitalba, “old man’s beard” or “traveller’s joy,” a common plant on chalky or light soil. The plants are shrubby climbers with generally compound opposite leaves, the stalk of which is sensitive to contact like a tendril, becoming twisted round suitable objects and thereby giving support to the plant. The flowers are arranged in axillary or terminal clusters; they have no petals, but white or coloured, often very large sepals, and an indefinite number of stamens and carpels. They contain no honey, and are visited by insects for the sake of the pollen, which is plentiful. The fruit is a head of achenes, each bearing the long-bearded persistent style, suggesting the popular name. This feathery style is an important agent in the distribution of the seed by means of the wind. Several of the species, especially the large-flowered ones, are favourite garden plants, well adapted for covering trellises or walls, or trailing over the ground. Many garden forms have been produced by hybridization; among the best known is C. Jackmanni, due to Mr George Jackman of Woking.

CLEMATIS, in botany, is a genus in the Ranunculaceae family, with nearly two hundred species found in various places. In England, it is represented by Clematis Vitalba, known as “old man's beard” or “traveller's joy,” a common plant in chalky or light soil. These plants are shrubby climbers with generally compound opposite leaves, and their stems are sensitive to touch like tendrils, curling around suitable objects to support the plant. The flowers are arranged in clusters, either in the axils of leaves or at the ends of stems; they lack petals but have large white or colored sepals and numerous stamens and carpels. They don't produce nectar but attract insects for their abundant pollen. The fruit is a cluster of achenes, each with a long-haired persistent style, which gives rise to the popular name. This feathery style plays a crucial role in distributing seeds by wind. Many species, especially the large-flowered ones, are popular garden plants, perfect for covering trellises, walls, or trailing on the ground. Various garden forms have been created through hybridization, with C. Jackmanni, developed by Mr. George Jackman of Woking, being one of the most well-known.

Further information may be obtained from The Clematis as a Garden Flower, by Thos. Moore and George Jackman. See also G. Nicholson, Dictionary of Gardening, i. (1885) and Supplements.

Further information can be found in The Clematis as a Garden Flower, by Thos. Moore and George Jackman. Also, check out G. Nicholson, Dictionary of Gardening, i. (1885) and Supplements.

482

482


CLEMENCEAU, GEORGES (1841-  ), French statesman, was born at Mouilleron-en-Pareds, Vendée, on the 28th of September 1841. Having adopted medicine as his profession, he settled in 1869 in Montmartre; and after the revolution of 1870 he had become sufficiently well known to be nominated mayor of the 18th arrondissement of Paris (Montmartre)—an unruly district over which it was a difficult task to preside. On the 8th of February 1871 he was elected as a Radical to the National Assembly for the department of the Seine, and voted against the peace preliminaries. The execution, or rather murder, of Generals Lecomte and Clément Thomas by the communists on 18th March, which he vainly tried to prevent, brought him into collision with the central committee sitting at the hôtel de ville, and they ordered his arrest, but he escaped; he was accused, however, by various witnesses, at the subsequent trial of the murderers (November 29th), of not having intervened when he might have done, and though he was cleared of this charge it led to a duel, for his share in which he was prosecuted and sentenced to a fine and a fortnight’s imprisonment.

Clemenceau, Georges (1841-  ), French statesman, was born in Mouilleron-en-Pareds, Vendée, on September 28, 1841. After choosing medicine as his career, he settled in Montmartre in 1869. Following the revolution of 1870, he became well-known enough to be appointed mayor of the 18th arrondissement of Paris (Montmartre)—a tough district to manage. On February 8, 1871, he was elected as a Radical to the National Assembly for the Seine department and voted against the peace preliminaries. The execution, or rather murder, of Generals Lecomte and Clément Thomas by the communists on March 18, which he unsuccessfully tried to prevent, put him at odds with the central committee at the hôtel de ville, who ordered his arrest, but he managed to escape. However, he was later accused by various witnesses during the trial of the murderers (November 29th) of not intervening when he could have, and although he was cleared of this charge, it resulted in a duel. For his involvement, he was prosecuted and sentenced to a fine and two weeks in prison.

Meanwhile, on the 20th of March 1871, he had introduced in the National Assembly at Versailles, on behalf of his Radical colleagues, the bill establishing a Paris municipal council of eighty members; but he was not returned himself at the elections of the 26th of March. He tried with the other Paris mayors to mediate between Versailles and the hôtel de ville, but failed, and accordingly resigned his mayoralty and his seat in the Assembly, and temporarily gave up politics; but he was elected to the Paris municipal council on the 23rd of July 1871 for the Clignancourt quartier, and retained his seat till 1876, passing through the offices of secretary and vice-president, and becoming president in 1875. In 1876 he stood again for the Chamber of Deputies, and was elected for the 18th arrondissement. He joined the Extreme Left, and his energy and mordant eloquence speedily made him the leader of the Radical section. In 1877, after the Seize Mai (see France: History), he was one of the republican majority who denounced the Broglie ministry, and he took a leading part in resisting the anti-republican policy of which the Seize Mai incident was a symptom, his demand in 1879 for the indictment of the Broglie ministry bringing him into particular prominence. In 1880 he started his newspaper, La Justice, which became the principal organ of Parisian Radicalism; and from this time onwards throughout M. Grévy’s presidency his reputation as a political critic, and as a destroyer of ministries who yet would not take office himself, rapidly grew. He led the Extreme Left in the Chamber. He was an active opponent of M. Jules Ferry’s colonial policy and of the Opportunist party, and in 1885 it was his use of the Tongking disaster which principally determined the fall of the Ferry cabinet. At the elections of 1885 he advocated a strong Radical programme, and was returned both for his old seat in Paris and for the Var, selecting the latter. Refusing to form a ministry to replace the one he had overthrown, he supported the Right in keeping M. Freycinet in power in 1886, and was responsible for the inclusion of General Boulanger in the Freycinet cabinet as war minister. When Boulanger (q.v.) showed himself as an ambitious pretender, Clemenceau withdrew his support and became a vigorous combatant against the Boulangist movement, though the Radical press and a section of the party continued to patronize the general.

Meanwhile, on March 20, 1871, he presented a bill in the National Assembly at Versailles on behalf of his Radical colleagues to establish a Paris municipal council with eighty members; however, he was not reelected in the elections held on March 26. He attempted, along with the other Paris mayors, to mediate between Versailles and the city hall but was unsuccessful, which led to his resignation from the mayoralty and his seat in the Assembly, temporarily stepping back from politics. Nevertheless, he was elected to the Paris municipal council on July 23, 1871, for the Clignancourt district, and held his seat until 1876, serving as secretary and vice-president before becoming president in 1875. In 1876, he ran again for the Chamber of Deputies and was elected from the 18th arrondissement. He joined the Extreme Left, and his energy and sharp eloquence quickly established him as the leader of the Radical faction. In 1877, following the Seize Mai (see France: History), he was among the republican majority that condemned the Broglie ministry and played a significant role in opposing the anti-republican policies highlighted by the Seize Mai incident, with his call for the indictment of the Broglie ministry in 1879 gaining him notable attention. In 1880, he launched his newspaper, La Justice, which became the leading voice of Parisian Radicalism; from this point forward, during M. Grévy’s presidency, his reputation as a political critic and a dismantler of ministries—while refusing to take office himself—grew rapidly. He led the Extreme Left in the Chamber, actively opposing M. Jules Ferry’s colonial policy and the Opportunist party. In 1885, it was his critique of the Tonkin disaster that largely contributed to the downfall of the Ferry cabinet. During the 1885 elections, he promoted a strong Radical agenda and was elected for both his previous seat in Paris and for the Var, ultimately choosing the latter. He declined to form a ministry to succeed the one he had toppled and instead supported the Right in keeping M. Freycinet in power in 1886, being instrumental in the appointment of General Boulanger as war minister. When Boulanger (q.v.) revealed himself as an ambitious pretender, Clemenceau withdrew his support and became a fierce opponent of the Boulangist movement, although some in the Radical press and a segment of the party continued to back the general.

By his exposure of the Wilson scandal, and by his personal plain speaking, M. Clemenceau contributed largely to M. Grévy’s resignation of the presidency in 1887, having himself declined Grévy’s request to form a cabinet on the downfall of that of M. Rouvier; and he was primarily responsible, by advising his followers to vote neither for Floquet, Ferry nor Freycinet, for the election of an “outsider” as president in M. Carnot. He had arrived, however, at the height of his influence, and several factors now contributed to his decline. The split in the Radical party over Boulangism weakened his hands, and its collapse made his help unnecessary to the moderate republicans. A further misfortune occurred in the Panama affair, Clemenceau’s relations with Cornelius Herz leading to his being involved in the general suspicion; and, though he remained the leading spokesman of French Radicalism, his hostility to the Russian alliance so increased his unpopularity that in the election for 1893 he was defeated for the Chamber, after having sat in it continuously since 1876. After his defeat for the Chamber, M. Clemenceau confined his political activities to journalism, his career being further overclouded—so far as any immediate possibility of regaining his old ascendancy was concerned—by the long-drawn-out Dreyfus case, in which he took an active and honourable part as a supporter of M. Zola and an opponent of the anti-Semitic and Nationalist campaign. In 1900 he withdrew from La Justice to found a weekly review, Le Bloc, which lasted until March 1902. On the 6th of April 1902 he was elected senator for the Var, although he had previously continually demanded the suppression of the Senate. He sat with the Socialist Radicals, and vigorously supported the Combes ministry. In June 1903 he undertook the direction of the journal L’Aurore, which he had founded. In it he led the campaign for the revision of the Dreyfus affair, and for the separation of Church and State.

By exposing the Wilson scandal and speaking frankly, M. Clemenceau played a big role in M. Grévy’s resignation from the presidency in 1887, after he himself turned down Grévy’s request to form a cabinet following the fall of M. Rouvier’s government. He was primarily responsible for advising his supporters to vote against Floquet, Ferry, or Freycinet, leading to the election of an “outsider” as president, M. Carnot. However, he had reached the peak of his influence, and several factors contributed to his decline. The division in the Radical party over Boulangism weakened him, and its collapse made his support unnecessary for the moderate republicans. A further setback occurred during the Panama scandal, where Clemenceau’s connections with Cornelius Herz led to his involvement in the general suspicion. Although he remained the top spokesperson for French Radicalism, his opposition to the Russian alliance made him increasingly unpopular, resulting in his defeat in the 1893 election for the Chamber, after having served there continuously since 1876. After losing his seat, M. Clemenceau focused his political activities on journalism, and any immediate hopes of regaining his previous power were overshadowed by the protracted Dreyfus case, in which he actively and honorably supported M. Zola and opposed the anti-Semitic and Nationalist campaign. In 1900, he left La Justice to start a weekly review, Le Bloc, which ran until March 1902. On April 6, 1902, he was elected senator for the Var, despite having previously called for the abolition of the Senate. He joined the Socialist Radicals and firmly backed the Combes ministry. In June 1903, he took over the management of the journal L’Aurore, which he had founded, leading the campaign for revising the Dreyfus affair and advocating for the separation of Church and State.

In March 1906 the fall of the Rouvier ministry, owing to the riots provoked by the inventories of church property, at last brought Clemenceau to power as minister of the interior in the Sarrien cabinet. The strike of miners in the Pas de Calais after the disaster at Courrières, leading to the threat of disorder on the 1st of May 1906, obliged him to employ the military; and his attitude in the matter alienated the Socialist party, from which he definitely broke in his notable reply in the Chamber to Jean Jaurès in June 1906. This speech marked him out as the strong man of the day in French politics; and when the Sarrien ministry resigned in October, he became premier. During 1907 and 1908 his premiership was notable for the way in which the new entente with England was cemented, and for the successful part which France played in European politics, in spite of difficulties with Germany and attacks by the Socialist party in connexion with Morocco (see France: History). But on July 20th, 1909, he was defeated in a discussion in the Chamber on the state of the navy, in which bitter words were exchanged between him and Delcassé; and he at once resigned, being succeeded as premier by M. Briand, with a reconstructed cabinet.

In March 1906, the fall of the Rouvier government, due to riots sparked by the inventory of church property, finally led to Clemenceau taking office as Minister of the Interior in the Sarrien cabinet. The miners' strike in Pas de Calais following the Courrières disaster, which threatened disorder on May 1, 1906, forced him to deploy the military; his handling of the situation caused a rift with the Socialist party, and he definitively broke ties with them in a notable reply to Jean Jaurès in the Chamber in June 1906. This speech positioned him as the leading figure in French politics at the time, and when the Sarrien cabinet resigned in October, he became Prime Minister. During 1907 and 1908, his premiership was marked by the solidification of the new entente with England and the successful role France played in European politics, despite challenges with Germany and attacks from the Socialist party regarding Morocco (see France: History). However, on July 20, 1909, he lost a debate in the Chamber about the state of the navy, which led to a heated exchange between him and Delcassé; he promptly resigned and was succeeded as Prime Minister by M. Briand, who formed a new cabinet.


CLEMENCÍN, DIEGO (1765-1834), Spanish scholar and politician, was born on the 27th of September 1765, at Murcia, and was educated there at the Colegio de San Fulgencio. Abandoning his intention of taking orders, he found employment at Madrid in 1788 as tutor to the sons of the countess-duchess de Benavente, and devoted himself to the study of archaeology. In 1807 he became editor of the Gaceta de Madrid, and in the following year was condemned to death by Murat for publishing a patriotic article; he fled to Cadiz, and under the Junta Central held various posts from which he was dismissed by the reactionary government of 1814. During the liberal régime of 1820-1823 Clemencín took office as colonial minister, was exiled till 1827, and in 1833 published the first volume of his edition (1833-1839) of Don Quixote. Its merits were recognized by his appointment as royal librarian, but he did not long enjoy his triumph: he died on the 30th of July 1834. His commentary on Don Quixote owes something to John Bowle, and is disfigured by a patronizing, carping spirit; nevertheless it is the most valuable work of its kind, and is still unsuperseded. Clemencín is also the author of an interesting Elogio de la reina Isabel la Católica, published as the sixth volume of the Memorias of the Spanish Academy of History, to which body he was elected on the 12th of September 1800.

CLEMENCÍN, DIEGO (1765-1834), a Spanish scholar and politician, was born on September 27, 1765, in Murcia, where he was educated at the Colegio de San Fulgencio. After deciding not to pursue a religious career, he found work in Madrid in 1788 as a tutor to the sons of the countess-duchess de Benavente and dedicated himself to the study of archaeology. In 1807, he became the editor of the Gaceta de Madrid, and the following year, he was sentenced to death by Murat for publishing a patriotic article; he fled to Cadiz, where he held various positions under the Junta Central until he was dismissed by the reactionary government of 1814. During the liberal regime of 1820-1823, Clemencín served as colonial minister, was exiled until 1827, and in 1833 published the first volume of his edition (1833-1839) of Don Quixote. His contributions were acknowledged when he was appointed royal librarian, but he did not enjoy this victory for long: he passed away on July 30, 1834. His commentary on Don Quixote draws from John Bowle and displays a patronizing, critical tone; however, it remains the most significant work of its kind and has yet to be surpassed. Clemencín also authored an interesting Elogio de la reina Isabel la Católica, published as the sixth volume of the Memorias of the Spanish Academy of History, to which he was elected on September 12, 1800.


CLEMENT (Lat. Clemens, i.e. merciful; Gr. Κλήμης), the name of fourteen popes and two anti-popes.

CLEMENT (Lat. Clemens, meaning merciful; Gr. Clement), the name of fourteen popes and two anti-popes.

Clement I., generally known as Clement of Rome, or Clemens Romanus (flor. c. A.D. 96), was one of the “Apostolic Fathers,” and in the lists of bishops of Rome is given the third or fourth place—Peter, Linus, (Anencletus), Clement. There is no ground for identifying him with the Clement of Phil. iv. 3. He may have been a freedman of T. Flavius Clemens, who was consul 483 with his cousin, the Emperor Domitian, in A.D. 95. A 9th- century tradition says he was martyred in the Crimea in 102; earlier authorities say he died a natural death; he is commemorated on the 23rd of November.

Clement I., widely recognized as Clement of Rome, or Clemens Romanus (active around CE 96), was one of the “Apostolic Fathers” and is listed as the third or fourth bishop of Rome—Peter, Linus, (Anencletus), Clement. There’s no basis for linking him to the Clement mentioned in Phil. iv. 3. He might have been a freedman of T. Flavius Clemens, who served as consul 483 alongside his cousin, Emperor Domitian, in CE 95. A tradition from the 9th century states that he was martyred in Crimea in 102; however, earlier sources indicate he died of natural causes. He is celebrated on November 23rd.

In The Shepherd of Hermas (q.v.) (Vis. 11. iv. 3) mention is made of one Clement whose office it is to communicate with other churches, and this function agrees well with what we find in the letter to the church at Corinth by which Clement is best known. Whilst being on our guard against reading later ideas into the title “bishop” as applied to Clement, there is no reason to doubt that he was one of the chief personalities in the Christian community at Rome, where since the time of Paul the separate house congregations (Rom. xvi.) had been united into one church officered by presbyters and deacons (Clem. 40-42). The letter in question was occasioned by a dispute in the church of Corinth, which had led to the ejection of several presbyters from their office. It does not contain Clement’s name, but is addressed by “the Church of God which sojourneth in Rome to the Church of God which sojourneth in Corinth.” But there is no reason for doubting the universal tradition which ascribes it to Clement, or the generally accepted date, c. A.D. 96. No claim is made by the Roman Church to interfere on any ground of superior rank; yet it is noteworthy that in the earliest document outside the canon which we can securely date, the church in the imperial city comes forward as a peacemaker to compose the troubles of a church in Greece. Nothing is known of the cause of the discontent; no moral offence is charged against the presbyters, and their dismissal is regarded by Clement as high-handed and unjustifiable, and as a revolt of the younger members of the community against the elder. After a laudatory account of the past conduct of the Corinthian Church, he enters upon a denunciation of vices and a praise of virtues, and illustrates his various topics by copious citations from the Old Testament scriptures. Thus he paves the way for his tardy rebuke of present disorders, which he reserves until two-thirds of his epistle is completed. Clement is exceedingly discursive, and his letter reaches twice the length of the Epistle to the Hebrews. Many of his general exhortations are but very indirectly connected with the practical issue to which the epistle is directed, and it is very probable that he was drawing largely upon the homiletical material with which he was accustomed to edify his fellow-Christians at Rome.

In The Shepherd of Hermas (q.v.) (Vis. 11. iv. 3), there is a mention of a man named Clement, whose role is to communicate with other churches. This aligns well with what we see in the letter to the church at Corinth, which is how Clement is best known. While we should be careful not to apply later ideas to the title “bishop” when referring to Clement, there’s no reason to doubt that he was one of the key figures in the Christian community in Rome, where, since Paul’s time, separate house congregations (Rom. xvi.) had united into one church led by presbyters and deacons (Clem. 40-42). The letter was prompted by a dispute within the church of Corinth that resulted in the expulsion of several presbyters from their positions. Though Clement's name is not mentioned, the letter is addressed from “the Church of God which sojourns in Rome to the Church of God which sojourns in Corinth.” However, there’s no reason to question the universal tradition attributing it to Clement or the commonly accepted date of around CE 96. The Roman Church does not claim to interfere on any grounds of superior rank; still, it’s notable that in the earliest securely dated document outside the canon, the church in the imperial city steps up as a mediator to resolve issues in a church in Greece. Nothing is known about the reasons for the discontent; no moral charges are brought against the presbyters, and their removal is seen by Clement as overbearing and unjustified, representing a revolt of the younger members against the elders. After praising the past actions of the Corinthian Church, he proceeds to condemn various vices and commend virtues, supporting his points with extensive citations from the Old Testament. This sets the stage for his delayed criticism of current issues, which he holds off until two-thirds of his letter is complete. Clement is quite verbose, and his letter is twice the length of the Epistle to the Hebrews. Many of his general exhortations are only loosely connected to the practical issues at hand, and it's very likely that he drew heavily on the homiletical material he was used to using to educate his fellow Christians in Rome.

This view receives some support from the long liturgical prayer at the close, which almost certainly represents the intercession used in the Roman eucharists. But we must not allow such a theory to blind us to the true wisdom with which the writer defers his censure. He knows that the roots of the quarrel lie in a wrong condition of the church’s life. His general exhortations, courteously expressed in the first person plural, are directed towards a wide reformation of manners. If the wrong spirit can be exorcised, there is hope that the quarrel will end in a general desire for reconciliation. The most permanent interest of the epistle lies in the conception of the grounds on which the Christian ministry rests according to the view of a prominent teacher before the 1st century has closed. The orderliness of nature is appealed to as expressing the mind of its Creator. The orderliness of Old Testament worship bears a like witness; everything is duly fixed by God; high priests, priests and Levites, and the people in the people’s place. Similarly in the Christian dispensation all is in order due. “The apostles preached the gospel to us from the Lord Jesus Christ; Jesus Christ was sent from God. Christ then is from God, and the apostles from Christ. . . . They appointed their first-fruits, having tested them by the Spirit, as bishops and deacons of those who should believe. . . . Our apostles knew through our Lord Jesus Christ that there would be strife about the name of the bishop’s office. For this cause therefore, having received perfect foreknowledge, they appointed the aforesaid, and afterwards gave a further injunction (ἐπινομήν] has now the further evidence of the Latin legem) that, if these should fall asleep, other approved men should succeed to their ministry. . . . It will be no small sin in us if we eject from the bishop’s office those who have offered the gifts blamelessly and holily” (cc. xlii. xliv.).

This perspective is supported by the long liturgical prayer at the end, which likely reflects the intercession used in Roman Eucharists. However, we shouldn't let this theory distract us from the writer's true wisdom in holding back his criticism. He understands that the roots of the conflict stem from a deeper issue within the church’s life. His general encouragements, politely expressed in the first person plural, aim at a broad reformation of behavior. If the negative spirit can be driven out, there’s hope that the conflict will give way to a shared desire for reconciliation. The lasting importance of the epistle lies in its understanding of the foundations of Christian ministry from the perspective of a key teacher before the end of the 1st century. The order of nature reflects the mind of its Creator. The organization of Old Testament worship serves as a similar witness; everything is properly established by God: high priests, priests, Levites, and the people occupy their rightful places. In the Christian era, everything is also in proper order. “The apostles preached the gospel to us from the Lord Jesus Christ; Jesus Christ was sent from God. Christ is from God, and the apostles are from Christ. . . . They appointed their first-fruits, having tested them by the Spirit, as bishops and deacons of those who would believe. . . . Our apostles knew through our Lord Jesus Christ that there would be disputes over the name of the bishop’s office. Therefore, having received perfect foreknowledge, they appointed those mentioned and later issued a further command (Invention] supported by the Latin legem) that if these should pass away, other approved individuals should take over their ministry. . . . It would be a serious sin on our part if we were to remove from the bishop’s office those who have served blamelessly and holily” (cc. xlii. xliv.).

Clement’s familiarity with the Old Testament points to his being a Christian of long standing rather than a recent convert. We learn from his letter (i. 7) that the church at Rome, though suffering persecution, was firmly held together by faith and love, and was exhibiting its unity in an orderly worship. The epistle was publicly read from time to time at Corinth, and by the 4th century this usage had spread to other churches. We even find it attached to the famous Alexandrian MS. (Codex A) of the New Testament, but this does not imply that it ever reached canonical rank. For the mass of early Christian literature that was gradually attached to his name see Clementine Literature.

Clement’s knowledge of the Old Testament suggests that he was a long-time Christian rather than a recent convert. We learn from his letter (i. 7) that the church in Rome, despite facing persecution, was strongly united by faith and love, and demonstrated its unity in structured worship. The epistle was read publicly from time to time in Corinth, and by the 4th century, this practice had spread to other churches. We even find it included with the well-known Alexandrian manuscript (Codex A) of the New Testament, but this doesn’t mean it was ever considered canonical. For the extensive early Christian writings that were gradually associated with his name, see Clementine Literature.

The epistle was published in 1633 by Patrick Young from Cod. Alexandrinus, in which a leaf near the end was missing, so that the great prayer (cc. lv.-lxiv.) remained unknown. In 1875 (six years after J.B. Lightfoot’s first edition) Bryennius (q.v.) published a complete text from the MS. in Constantinople (dated 1055), from which in 1883 he gave us the Didaché. In 1876 R.L. Bensly found a complete Syriac text in a MS. recently obtained by the University library at Cambridge. Lightfoot made use of these new materials in an Appendix (1877); his second edition, on which he had been at work at the time of his death, came out in 1890. This must remain the standard edition, notwithstanding Dom Morin’s most interesting discovery of a Latin version (1894), which was probably made in the 3rd century, and is a valuable addition to the authorities for the text. Its evidence is used in a small edition of the epistle by R. Knopf (Leipzig, 1899). See also W. Wrede, Untersuchungen zum ersten Clemensbrief (1891), and the other literature cited in Herzog-Hauck’s Realencyklopädie, vol. iv.

The letter was published in 1633 by Patrick Young from Cod. Alexandrinus, but a page near the end was missing, leaving the important prayer (cc. lv.-lxiv.) unknown. In 1875, six years after J.B. Lightfoot's first edition, Bryennius (q.v.) published a complete text from the manuscript in Constantinople (dated 1055), from which he provided the Didaché in 1883. In 1876, R.L. Bensly discovered a complete Syriac text in a manuscript recently acquired by the University library at Cambridge. Lightfoot used these new materials in an Appendix (1877); his second edition, which he was working on at the time of his death, was released in 1890. This remains the standard edition, despite Dom Morin's fascinating discovery of a Latin version (1894), likely made in the 3rd century, which is a valuable addition to the sources for the text. Its evidence is referenced in a small edition of the letter by R. Knopf (Leipzig, 1899). Also see W. Wrede, Untersuchungen zum ersten Clemensbrief (1891), and other literature cited in Herzog-Hauck’s Realencyklopädie, vol. iv.

(A. J. G.; J. A. R.)

Clement II. (Suidger) became pope on the 25th of December 1046. He belonged to a noble Saxon family, was bishop of Bamberg, and chancellor to the emperor Henry III., to whom he was indebted for his elevation to the papacy upon the abdication of Gregory VI. He was the first pope placed on the throne by the power of the German emperors, but his short pontificate was only signalized by the convocation of a council in which decrees were enacted against simony. He died on the 9th of October 1047, and was buried at Bamberg.

Clem II (Suidger) became pope on December 25, 1046. He came from a noble Saxon family, was the bishop of Bamberg, and served as chancellor to Emperor Henry III., who helped him rise to the papacy after Gregory VI abdicated. He was the first pope to be placed on the throne by the German emperors' power, but his brief time as pope was mostly marked by a council that established rules against simony. He died on October 9, 1047, and was buried in Bamberg.

(L. D.*)

Clement III. (Paolo Scolari), pope from 1187 to 1191, a Roman, was made cardinal bishop of Palestrina by Alexander III. in 1180 or 1181. On the 19th of December 1187 he was chosen at Pisa to succeed Gregory VIII. On the 31st of May 1188 he concluded a treaty with the Romans which removed difficulties of long standing, and in April 1189 he made peace with the emperor Frederick I. Barbarossa. He settled a controversy with William of Scotland concerning the choice of the archbishop of St Andrews, and on the 13th of March 1188 removed the Scottish church from under the legatine jurisdiction of the archbishop of York, thus making it independent of all save Rome. In spite of his conciliatory policy, Clement angered Henry VI. of Germany by bestowing Sicily on Tancred. The crisis was acute when the pope died, probably in the latter part of March 1191.

Clement III (Paolo Scolari), pope from 1187 to 1191, was a Roman who was appointed cardinal bishop of Palestrina by Alexander III in 1180 or 1181. On December 19, 1187, he was elected in Pisa to succeed Gregory VIII. On May 31, 1188, he signed a treaty with the Romans that settled long-standing issues, and in April 1189, he made peace with Emperor Frederick I. Barbarossa. He resolved a dispute with William of Scotland over the selection of the archbishop of St Andrews, and on March 13, 1188, he removed the Scottish church from the legatine authority of the archbishop of York, making it independent of everyone except Rome. Despite his efforts to be conciliatory, Clement frustrated Henry VI. of Germany by giving Sicily to Tancred. The situation was critical when the pope died, likely in late March 1191.

See “Epistolae et Privilegia,” in J.P. Migne, Patrologiae cursus completes, tom. 204 (Paris, 1853), 1253 ff.; additional material in Neues Archiv für die ältere deutsche Geschichtskunde, 2. 219; 6. 293; 14. 178-182; P. Jaffé, Regesta Pontificum Romanorum, tom. 2 (2nd edition, Leipzig, 1888), 535 ff.

See “Epistolae et Privilegia,” in J.P. Migne, Patrologiae cursus completes, vol. 204 (Paris, 1853), 1253 ff.; additional material in Neues Archiv für die ältere deutsche Geschichtskunde, 2. 219; 6. 293; 14. 178-182; P. Jaffé, Regesta Pontificum Romanorum, vol. 2 (2nd edition, Leipzig, 1888), 535 ff.

(W. W. R.*)

Clement IV. (Gui Foulques), pope from 1265 to 1268, son of a successful lawyer and judge, was born at St Gilles-sur-Rhône. He studied law, and became a valued adviser of Louis IX. of France. He married, and was the father of two daughters, but after the death of his wife took orders. In 1257 he became bishop of Le Puy; in 1259 he was elected archbishop of Narbonne; and on the 24th of December 1261 Urban IV. created him cardinal bishop of Sabina. He was appointed legate in England on the 22nd of November 1263, and before his return was elected pope at Perugia on the 5th of February 1265. On the 26th of February he invested Charles of Anjou with the kingdom of Sicily; but subsequently he came into conflict with Charles, especially after the death of Manfred in February 1266. To the cruelty and avarice of Charles he opposed a generous humanity. When Conradin, the last of the Hohenstaufen, appeared in Italy the pope excommunicated him and his supporters, but it is improbable that he was in the remotest degree 484 responsible for his execution. At Viterbo, where he spent most of his pontificate, Clement died on the 29th of November 1268, leaving a name unsullied by nepotism. As the benefactor and protector of Roger Bacon he has a special title to the gratitude of posterity.

Clement IV (Gui Foulques), pope from 1265 to 1268, was born to a successful lawyer and judge in St Gilles-sur-Rhône. He studied law and became a trusted adviser to Louis IX of France. He got married and had two daughters, but after his wife's death, he became a cleric. In 1257, he became the bishop of Le Puy; in 1259, he was elected the archbishop of Narbonne; and on December 24, 1261, Urban IV made him cardinal bishop of Sabina. He was appointed legate in England on November 22, 1263, and before returning, he was elected pope in Perugia on February 5, 1265. On February 26, he gave Charles of Anjou the kingdom of Sicily; however, he later clashed with Charles, especially after Manfred's death in February 1266. Clement opposed Charles's cruelty and greed with a generous humanity. When Conradin, the last of the Hohenstaufen dynasty, showed up in Italy, the pope excommunicated him and his supporters, but it’s unlikely he was in any way responsible for Conradin's execution. Clement spent most of his papacy in Viterbo, where he died on November 29, 1268, leaving behind a reputation untarnished by nepotism. As the benefactor and protector of Roger Bacon, he has a special place in the gratitude of future generations.

See A. Potthast, Regesta Pontificum Romanorum, vol. ii. (Berlin, l875). 1542 ff.; E. Jordan, Les Régistres de Clement IV (Paris, 1893 ff.); Herzog-Hauck, Realencyklopädie (3rd ed., vol. iv., Leipzig, 1898), 144 f.; J. Heidemann, Papst Clemens IV., I. Teil: Das Vorleben des Papstes und sein Legationsregister = Kirchengeschichtliche Studien, herausgegeben von Knöpfler, &c., 6. Band, 4. Heft (Münster, 1903), reprints Processus legationis in Angliam.

See A. Potthast, Regesta Pontificum Romanorum, vol. ii. (Berlin, 1875). 1542 ff.; E. Jordan, Les Régistres de Clement IV (Paris, 1893 ff.); Herzog-Hauck, Realencyklopädie (3rd ed., vol. iv., Leipzig, 1898), 144 f.; J. Heidemann, Papst Clemens IV., I. Teil: Das Vorleben des Papstes und sein Legationsregister = Kirchengeschichtliche Studien, herausgegeben von Knöpfler, &c., 6. Band, 4. Heft (Münster, 1903), reprints Processus legationis in Angliam.

(W. W. R.*)

Clement V. (Bertrand de Gouth), pope from 1305 to 1314, was born of a noble Gascon family about 1264. After studying the arts at Toulouse and law at Orleans and Bologna, he became a canon at Bordeaux and then vicar-general to his brother the archbishop of Lyons, who in 1294 was created cardinal bishop of Albano. Bertrand was made a chaplain to Boniface VIII., who in 1295 nominated him bishop of Cominges (Haute Garonne), and in 1299 translated him to the archbishopric of Bordeaux. Because he attended the synod at Rome in 1302 in the controversy between France and the Pope, he was considered a supporter of Boniface VIII., yet was by no means unfavourably regarded at the French court. At Perugia on the 5th of June 1305 he was chosen to succeed Benedict XI; the cardinals by a vote of ten to five electing one neither an Italian nor a cardinal, in order to end a conclave which had lasted eleven months. The chronicler Villani relates that Bertrand owed his election to a secret agreement with Philip IV., made at St Jean d’Angély in Saintonge; this may be dismissed as gossip, but it is probable that the future pope had to accept certain conditions laid down by the cardinals. At Bordeaux Bertrand was formally notified of his election and urged to come to Italy; but he caused his coronation to take place at Lyons on the 14th of November 1305. From the beginning Clement V. was subservient to French interests. Among his first acts was the creation of nine French cardinals. Early in 1306 he modified or explained away those features of the bulls Clericis Laicos and Unam sanctam which were particularly offensive to the king. Most of the year 1306 he spent at Bordeaux because of ill-health; subsequently he resided at Poitiers and elsewhere, and in March 1309 the entire papal court settled at Avignon, an imperial fief held by the king of Sicily. Thus began the seventy years “Babylonian captivity of the Church.” On the 13th of October 1307 came the arrest of all the Knights Templar in France, the breaking of a storm conjured up by royal jealousy and greed. From the very day of Clement’s coronation the king had charged the Templars with heresy, immorality and abuses, and the scruples of the weak pope were at length overcome by apprehension lest the State should not wait for the Church, but should proceed independently against the alleged heretics, as well as by the royal threats of pressing the accusation of heresy against the late Boniface VIII. In pursuance of the king’s wishes Clement summoned the council of Vienne (see Vienne, Council of), which was unable to conclude that the Templars were guilty of heresy. The pope abolished the order, however, as it seemed to be in bad repute and had outlived its usefulness. Its French estates were granted to the Hospitallers, but actually Philip IV. held them until his death.

Clement V. (Bertrand de Gouth), pope from 1305 to 1314, was born into a noble Gascon family around 1264. After studying arts in Toulouse and law in Orleans and Bologna, he became a canon in Bordeaux and then vicar-general to his brother, the archbishop of Lyons, who was made cardinal bishop of Albano in 1294. Bertrand served as a chaplain for Boniface VIII, who in 1295 appointed him bishop of Cominges (Haute Garonne), and in 1299 moved him to the archbishopric of Bordeaux. He was present at the synod in Rome in 1302 during the dispute between France and the Pope, which led to him being viewed as an ally of Boniface VIII, though he was not seen negatively at the French court. On June 5, 1305, he was elected to succeed Benedict XI; the cardinals, voting ten to five, chose someone who was neither Italian nor a cardinal to end an eleven-month conclave. Chronicler Villani notes that Bertrand's election resulted from a secret agreement with Philip IV made at St Jean d’Angély in Saintonge; while this may just be rumor, it's likely that the future pope had to accept certain conditions from the cardinals. In Bordeaux, Bertrand was officially informed of his election and urged to go to Italy; however, he chose to have his coronation in Lyons on November 14, 1305. From the start, Clement V prioritized French interests. One of his first actions was to create nine French cardinals. Early in 1306, he modified or clarified aspects of the bulls Clericis Laicos and Unam sanctam that were especially troubling to the king. Most of 1306 was spent in Bordeaux due to health issues; later, he lived in Poitiers and other locations, and by March 1309, the entire papal court had moved to Avignon, a territory held by the king of Sicily. This marked the beginning of the seventy-year period known as the “Babylonian captivity of the Church.” On October 13, 1307, all the Knights Templar in France were arrested, a situation fueled by royal envy and greed. From the day of Clement’s coronation, the king accused the Templars of heresy, immorality, and corruption, and the hesitant pope eventually succumbed to fear that the State might act independently against the supposed heretics, along with royal threats of accusing the late Boniface VIII of heresy. Following the king’s requests, Clement convened the council of Vienne (see Vienne, Council of), which ultimately could not determine that the Templars were guilty of heresy. Nonetheless, the pope dissolved the order, as it appeared to be disreputable and had outlived its purpose. Its French properties were assigned to the Hospitallers, but in reality, Philip IV controlled them until his death.

In his relations to the Empire Clement was an opportunist. He refused to use his full influence in favour of the candidacy of Charles of Valois, brother of Philip IV., lest France became too powerful; and recognized Henry of Luxemburg, whom his representatives crowned emperor at the Lateran in 1312. When Henry, however, came into conflict with Robert of Naples, Clement supported Robert and threatened the emperor with ban and interdict. But the crisis passed with the unexpected death of Henry, soon followed by that of the pope on the 20th of April 1314 at Roquemaure-sur-Rhône. Though the sale of offices and oppressive taxation which disgraced his pontificate may in part be explained by the desperate condition of the papal finances and by his saving up gold for a crusade, nevertheless he indulged in unbecoming pomp. Showing favouritism toward his family and his nation, he brought untold disaster on the Church.

In his dealings with the Empire, Clement was an opportunist. He chose not to use his full influence to support the candidacy of Charles of Valois, brother of Philip IV, because he didn't want France to become too powerful. Instead, he recognized Henry of Luxemburg, who was crowned emperor by his representatives at the Lateran in 1312. However, when Henry clashed with Robert of Naples, Clement backed Robert and threatened the emperor with excommunication and interdict. But the crisis ended unexpectedly with Henry’s death, followed soon after by the pope’s on April 20, 1314, at Roquemaure-sur-Rhône. Although the sale of positions and heavy taxation that marked his papacy can partly be attributed to the desperate state of papal finances and his attempts to save money for a crusade, he still engaged in inappropriate extravagance. By favoring his family and his country, he brought immense disaster upon the Church.

Bibliography—See “Clementis V. . . . et aliorum epistolae,” in S. Baluzius, Vitae Paparum Avenionensium, tom. ii. (Paris, 1693), 55 ff.; “Tractatus cum Henrico VII. imp. Germ. anno 1309,” in Pertz, Monumenta Germaniae historica, legum ii. I. 492-496; J.F. Rabanis, Clément V et Philippe le Bel. Suivie du journal de la visite pastorale de Bertrand de Got dans la province ecclésiastique de Bordeaux en 1304 et 1305 (Paris, 1858); “Clementis Papae V. Constitutiones,” in Corpus Iuris Canonici, ed. Aemilius Friedberg, vol. ii. (Leipzig, 1881), 1125-1200; P.B. Gams, Series Episcoporum Ecclesiae Catholicae (Regensburg, 1873); Wetzer und Welte, Kirchenlexikon, vol. iii. (2nd ed., Freiburg, 1884), 462-473; Regestum Clementis Papae V. ex Vaticanis archetypis cura et studio monachorum ord. Ben. (Rome, 1885-1892), 9 vols. and appendix; J. Gmelin, Schuld oder Unschuld des Templerordens (Stuttgart, 1893); Gachon, Pièces relatifs au débat du pape Clément V avec l’empéreur Henri VII (Montpellier 1894); Lacoste, Nouvelles Études sur Clément V (1896); Herzog-Hauck, Realencyklopädie, vol. iv. (3rd ed., Leipzig, 1898), 144 f.; J. Loserth, Geschichte des späteren Mittelalters (Munich, 1903); and A. Eitel, Der Kirchenstaat unter Klemens V. (Berlin, 1907).

References—See “Clement V. . . . and other letters,” in S. Baluzius, Lives of the Popes of Avignon, vol. ii. (Paris, 1693), 55 ff.; “Treatise with Henry VII, Holy Roman Emperor, in the year 1309,” in Pertz, Monumenta Germaniae historica, laws ii. I. 492-496; J.F. Rabanis, Clement V and Philip the Fair. Followed by the journal of Bertrand de Got's pastoral visit in the ecclesiastical province of Bordeaux in 1304 and 1305 (Paris, 1858); “Constitutions of Pope Clement V,” in Corpus Iuris Canonici, ed. Aemilius Friedberg, vol. ii. (Leipzig, 1881), 1125-1200; P.B. Gams, Series of Bishops of the Catholic Church (Regensburg, 1873); Wetzer und Welte, Church Encyclopedia, vol. iii. (2nd ed., Freiburg, 1884), 462-473; Register of Pope Clement V from Vatican manuscripts, edited and prepared by the monks of the Benedictine order (Rome, 1885-1892), 9 vols. and appendix; J. Gmelin, Guilt or Innocence of the Knights Templar (Stuttgart, 1893); Gachon, Documents related to the debate between Pope Clement V and Emperor Henry VII (Montpellier 1894); Lacoste, New Studies on Clement V (1896); Herzog-Hauck, Real Encyclopedia, vol. iv. (3rd ed., Leipzig, 1898), 144 f.; J. Loserth, History of the Later Middle Ages (Munich, 1903); and A. Eitel, The Papal States under Clement V (Berlin, 1907).

(W. W. R.*)

Clement VI. (Pierre Roger), pope from the 7th of May 1342 to the 6th of December 1352, was born at Maumont in Limousin in 1291, the son of the wealthy lord of Rosières, entered the Benedictine order as a boy, studied at Paris, and became successively prior of St Baudil, abbot of Fécamp, bishop of Arras, chancellor of France, archbishop of Sens and archbishop of Rouen. He was made cardinal-priest of Sti Nereo ed Achilleo and administrator of the bishopric of Avignon by Benedict XII. in 1338, and four years later succeeded him as pope. He continued to reside at Avignon despite the arguments of envoys and the verses of Petrarch, but threw a sop to the Romans by reducing the Jubilee term from one hundred years to fifty. He appointed Cola di Rienzo to a civil position at Rome, and, although at first approving the establishment of the tribunate, he later sent a legate who excommunicated Rienzo and, with the help of the aristocratic faction, drove him from the city (December 1347). Clement continued the struggle of his predecessors with the emperor Louis the Bavarian, excommunicating him after protracted negotiations on the 13th of April 1346, and directing the election of Charles of Moravia, who received general recognition after the death of Louis in October 1347, and put an end to the schism which had long divided Germany. Clement proclaimed a crusade in 1343, but nothing was accomplished beyond a naval attack on Smyrna (29th of October 1344). He also carried on fruitless negotiations for church unity with the Armenians and with the Greek emperor, John Cantacuzenus. He tried to end the Hundred Years’ War between England and France, but secured only a temporary truce. He excommunicated Casimir of Poland for marital infidelity and forced him to do penance. He successfully resisted encroachments on ecclesiastical jurisdiction by the kings of England, Castile and Aragon. He made Prague an archbishopric in 1344, and three years later founded the university there. During the disastrous plague of 1347-1348 Clement did all he could to alleviate the distress, and condemned the Flagellants and Jew-baiters. He tried Queen Joanna of Naples for the murder of her husband and acquitted her. He secured full ownership of the county of Avignon through purchase from Queen Joanna (9th of June 1348) and renunciation of feudal claims by Charles IV. of France, and considerably enlarged the papal palace in that city. To supply money for his many undertakings Clement revived the practice of selling reservations and expectancies, which had been abolished by his predecessor. Oppressive taxation and unblushing nepotism were Clement’s great faults. On the other hand, he was famed for his engaging manners, eloquence and theological learning. He died on the 6th of December 1352, and was buried in the Benedictine abbey at Auvergne, but his tomb was destroyed by Calvinists in 1562. His successor was Innocent VI.

Clem VI. (Pierre Roger), pope from May 7, 1342, to December 6, 1352, was born in Maumont, Limousin, in 1291. He was the son of a wealthy lord from Rosières, joined the Benedictine order as a child, studied in Paris, and held various positions including prior of St Baudil, abbot of Fécamp, bishop of Arras, chancellor of France, archbishop of Sens, and archbishop of Rouen. He became cardinal-priest of Sti Nereo ed Achilleo and administrator of the bishopric of Avignon under Benedict XII in 1338, and four years later, he succeeded him as pope. He chose to remain in Avignon despite pressure from envoys and the poetry of Petrarch, but appeased the Romans by shortening the Jubilee period from 100 years to 50. He appointed Cola di Rienzo to a civil role in Rome, and while initially supporting the tribunate, he later sent a legate who excommunicated Rienzo and, with the assistance of the aristocrats, expelled him from the city in December 1347. Clement continued the conflict started by his predecessors with Emperor Louis the Bavarian, excommunicating him after lengthy talks on April 13, 1346, and overseeing the election of Charles of Moravia, who gained widespread acceptance after Louis's death in October 1347, ending the long-standing schism in Germany. Clement announced a crusade in 1343, but only managed to launch a naval assault on Smyrna on October 29, 1344. He also engaged in unproductive talks for church unity with Armenians and the Greek emperor, John Cantacuzenus. He attempted to resolve the Hundred Years’ War between England and France but only managed to secure a brief ceasefire. He excommunicated Casimir of Poland for marital adultery and compelled him to repent. Clement successfully resisted attempts by the kings of England, Castile, and Aragon to undermine church authority. In 1344, he elevated Prague to an archbishopric and founded a university there three years later. During the devastating plague of 1347-1348, Clement did everything he could to ease the suffering and condemned the Flagellants and anti-Semitic groups. He judged Queen Joanna of Naples for her husband's murder and acquitted her. He secured full ownership of the county of Avignon by purchasing it from Queen Joanna on June 9, 1348, and through renunciation of feudal claims by Charles IV of France, significantly expanding the papal palace in that city. To fund his many initiatives, Clement revived the practice of selling reservations and expectancies, which had been abolished by his predecessor. Heavy taxation and blatant nepotism were among Clement's significant shortcomings. Conversely, he was known for his charming demeanor, eloquence, and theological knowledge. He died on December 6, 1352, and was buried in the Benedictine abbey in Auvergne, but his tomb was destroyed by Calvinists in 1562. His successor was Innocent VI.

The chief sources for the life of Clement VI. are in Baluzius, Vitae Pap. Avenion., vol. i. (Paris, 1693); E. Werunsky, Excerpta ex registris Clementis VI. et Innocentii VI. (Innsbruck, 1885); and F. Cerasoli, Clemente VI. e Giovanni I. di Napoli—Documenti inedite dell’ Archivio Vaticano (1896, &c).

The main sources for the life of Clement VI are in Baluzius, Vitae Pap. Avenion., vol. i. (Paris, 1693); E. Werunsky, Excerpta ex registris Clementis VI. et Innocentii VI. (Innsbruck, 1885); and F. Cerasoli, Clemente VI. e Giovanni I. di Napoli—Documenti inedite dell’ Archivio Vaticano (1896, &c).

See L. Pastor, History of the Popes, vol. i., trans, by F.I. Antrobus (London, 1899); F. Gregorovius, Rome in the Middle Ages, vol. vi. trans. by Mrs G.W. Hamilton (London, 1900-1902); J.B. Christophe, 485 Histoire de la papauté pendant le XIVe siècle, vol. ii. (Paris, 1853); also article by L. Küpper in the Kirchenlexikon (2nd ed.).

See L. Pastor, History of the Popes, vol. i., translated by F.I. Antrobus (London, 1899); F. Gregorovius, Rome in the Middle Ages, vol. vi., translated by Mrs G.W. Hamilton (London, 1900-1902); J.B. Christophe, 485 Histoire de la papauté pendant le XIVe siècle, vol. ii. (Paris, 1853); also the article by L. Küpper in the Kirchenlexikon (2nd ed.).

(C. H. HA.)

Clement VII. (Robert of Geneva), (d. 1394), antipope, brother of Peter, count of Genevois, was connected by blood or marriage with most of the sovereigns of Europe. After occupying the episcopal sees of Thérouanne and Cambrai, he attained to the cardinalate at an early age. In 1377, as legate of Pope Gregory XI. in the Romagna, he directed, or rather assisted in, the savage suppression of the revolt of the inhabitants of Cesena against the papal authority. In the following year he took part in the election of Pope Urban VI. at Rome, and was perhaps the first to express doubts as to the validity of that tumultuous election. After withdrawing to Fondi to reconsider the election, the cardinals finally resolved to regard Urban as an intruder and the Holy See as still vacant, and an almost unanimous vote was given in favour of Robert of Geneva (20th of September 1378), who took the name of Clement VII. Thus originated the Great Schism of the West.

Clement VII. (Robert of Geneva), (d. 1394), antipope, brother of Peter, count of Genevois, was related by blood or marriage to most of the rulers in Europe. After serving as bishop in Thérouanne and Cambrai, he became a cardinal at a young age. In 1377, representing Pope Gregory XI. in the Romagna, he oversaw, or more accurately assisted in, the brutal suppression of the revolt by the people of Cesena against papal control. The following year, he participated in the election of Pope Urban VI. in Rome and was possibly the first to question the legitimacy of that chaotic election. After retreating to Fondi to re-evaluate the election, the cardinals ultimately decided to consider Urban an intruder and the Holy See still vacant, with nearly unanimous support for Robert of Geneva (September 20, 1378), who then took the name Clement VII. This marked the beginning of the Great Schism of the West.

To his high connexions and his adroitness, as well as to the gross mistakes of his rival, Clement owed the immediate support of Queen Joanna of Naples and of several of the Italian barons; and the king of France, Charles V., who seems to have been sounded beforehand on the choice of the Roman pontiff, soon became his warmest protector. Clement eventually succeeded in winning to his cause Scotland, Castile, Aragon, Navarre, a great part of the Latin East, and Flanders. He had adherents, besides, scattered through Germany, while Portugal on two occasions acknowledged him, but afterwards forsook him. From Avignon, however, where he had immediately fixed his residence, his eyes were always turned towards Italy, his purpose being to wrest Rome from his rival. To attain this end he lavished his gold—or rather the gold provided by the clergy in his obedience—without stint, and conceived a succession of the most adventurous projects, of which one at least was to leave a lasting mark on history.

Because of his high connections and skill, as well as the serious mistakes made by his rival, Clement quickly gained the support of Queen Joanna of Naples and several Italian barons. The King of France, Charles V., who seems to have been consulted in advance about the selection of the Roman pontiff, soon became his strongest ally. Clement ultimately succeeded in rallying support from Scotland, Castile, Aragon, Navarre, much of the Latin East, and Flanders. He also had supporters spread across Germany, and Portugal recognized him twice before turning away. However, from Avignon, where he immediately set up his residence, he always looked towards Italy, aiming to take Rome from his rival. To achieve this goal, he spent lavishly—actually, the gold supplied by the clergy under his authority—without hesitation and devised a series of bold plans, at least one of which would leave a significant mark on history.

By the bait of a kingdom to be carved expressly out of the States of the Church and to be called the kingdom of Adria, coupled with the expectation of succeeding to Queen Joanna, Clement incited Louis, duke of Anjou, the eldest of the brothers of Charles V., to take arms in his favour. These tempting offers gave rise to a series of expeditions into Italy carried out almost exclusively at Clement’s expense, in the first of which Louis lost his life. These enterprises on several occasions planted Angevin domination in the south of the Italian peninsula, and their most decisive result was the assuring of Provence to the dukes of Anjou and afterwards to the kings of France. After the death of Louis, Clement hoped to find equally brave and interested champions in Louis’ son and namesake; in Louis of Orleans, the brother of Charles VI.; in Charles VI. himself; and in John III., count of Armagnac. The prospect of his briliant progress to Rome was ever before his eyes; and in his thoughts force of arms, of French arms, was to be the instrument of his glorious triumph over his competitor.

By promising a kingdom specifically created from the States of the Church, to be called the Kingdom of Adria, and the chance to succeed Queen Joanna, Clement motivated Louis, Duke of Anjou, the eldest brother of Charles V., to rise up in his support. These enticing offers led to a series of military campaigns in Italy, mostly funded by Clement, and in the first of these, Louis lost his life. These efforts occasionally established Angevin control in the southern part of the Italian peninsula, with the most significant outcome being the securing of Provence for the Dukes of Anjou and later the Kings of France. After Louis's death, Clement hoped to find equally brave and motivated supporters in Louis’s son, also named Louis; Louis of Orleans, brother of Charles VI.; Charles VI. himself; and John III., Count of Armagnac. The vision of his glorious journey to Rome was always in his mind, and he believed that military force, specifically French force, would be the key to his successful victory over his rival.

There came a time, however, when Clement and more particularly his following had to acknowledge the vanity of these illusive dreams; and before his death, which took place on the 16th of September 1394, he realized the impossibility of overcoming by brute force an opposition which was founded on the convictions of the greater part of Catholic Europe, and discerned among his adherents the germs of disaffection. By his vast expenditure, ascribable not only to his wars in Italy, his incessant embassies, and the necessity of defending himself in the Comtat Venaissin against the incursions of the adventurous Raymond of Turenne, but also to his luxurious tastes and princely habits, as well as by his persistent refusal to refer the question of the schism to a council, he incurred general reproach. Unity was the crying need; and men began to fasten upon him the responsibility of the hateful schism, not on the score of insincerity—which would have been very unjust,—but by reason of his obstinate persistence in the course he had chosen.

There came a time, though, when Clement and especially his followers had to face the reality of these misleading dreams. Before his death on September 16, 1394, he recognized that it was impossible to overcome an opposition based on the beliefs of most of Catholic Europe through sheer force, and he noticed signs of discontent among his supporters. His huge spending, driven not only by his wars in Italy, his endless diplomatic missions, and the need to defend himself in the Comtat Venaissin against the incursions of the daring Raymond of Turenne, but also by his extravagant tastes and royal lifestyle, as well as his stubborn refusal to bring the schism issue to a council, led to widespread criticism. Unity was desperately needed, and people began to hold him responsible for the divisive schism, not because of dishonesty—which would have been quite unfair—but due to his stubborn adherence to the path he had chosen.

See N. Valois, La France el le grand schisme d’occident (Paris, 1896).

See N. Valois, La France et le grand schisme d'occident (Paris, 1896).

(N. V.)

Clement VII. (Giulio de’ Medici), pope from 1523 to 1534, was the son of Giuliano de’ Medici, assassinated in the conspiracy of the Pazzi at Florence, and of a certain Fioretta, daughter of Antonia. Being left an orphan he was taken into his own house by Lorenzo the Magnificent and educated with his sons. In 1494 Giulio went with them into exile; but, on Giovanni’s restoration to power, returned to Florence, of which he was made archbishop by his cousin Pope Leo X., a special dispensation being granted on account of his illegitimate birth, followed by a formal declaration of the fact that his parents had been secretly married and that he was therefore legitimate. On the 23rd of September 1513 the pope conferred on him the title of cardinal and made him legate at Bologna. During the reign of the pleasure-loving Leo, Cardinal Giulio had practically the whole papal government in his hands and displayed all the qualities of a good administrator; and when, on the death of Adrian VI.—whose election he had done most to secure—he was chosen pope (Nov. 18, 1523), his accession was hailed as the dawn of a happier era. It soon became clear, however, that the qualities which had made Clement an excellent second in command were not equal to the exigencies of supreme power at a time of peculiar peril and difficulty.

Clement VII (Giulio de’ Medici), pope from 1523 to 1534, was the son of Giuliano de’ Medici, who was assassinated in the Pazzi conspiracy in Florence, and a woman named Fioretta, the daughter of Antonia. After being left an orphan, he was taken into the home of Lorenzo the Magnificent and raised alongside his sons. In 1494, Giulio went into exile with them; however, when Giovanni was restored to power, he returned to Florence and was made archbishop by his cousin Pope Leo X, who granted a special dispensation due to his illegitimate birth. This was eventually followed by an official declaration stating that his parents had been secretly married, making him legitimate. On September 23, 1513, the pope appointed him a cardinal and made him legate in Bologna. During the reign of the pleasure-loving Leo, Cardinal Giulio effectively held most of the papal government and demonstrated strong administrative skills. But when Adrian VI died—an election he had largely influenced—Giulio was elected pope on November 18, 1523, and his ascension was seen as the start of a brighter era. However, it soon became apparent that the qualities that made Clement a great second-in-command were not sufficient for the challenges of supreme power during such a risky and complex time.

Though free from the grosser vices of his predecessors, a man of taste, and economical without being avaricious, Clement VII. was essentially a man of narrow outlook and interests. He failed to understand the great spiritual movement which was convulsing the Church; and instead of bending his mind to the problem of the Reformation, he from the first subordinated the cause of Catholicism and of the world to his interests as an Italian prince and a Medici. Even in these purely secular affairs, moreover, his timidity and indecision prevented him from pursuing a consistent policy; and his ill fortune, or his lack of judgment, placed him, as long as he had the power of choice, ever on the losing side.

Though free from the major vices of his predecessors, Clement VII was a man of taste and was economical without being greedy. However, he was fundamentally narrow-minded and had limited interests. He didn’t grasp the significant spiritual movement shaking the Church; instead of focusing on the issue of the Reformation, he prioritized his personal interests as an Italian prince and a Medici over the cause of Catholicism and the world. Even in these purely secular matters, his fearfulness and indecision kept him from following a consistent policy. His bad luck, or lack of judgment, consistently positioned him on the losing side whenever he had the chance to choose.

Clement’s accession at once brought about a political change in favour of France; yet he was unable to take a strong line, and wavered between the emperor and Francis I., concluding a treaty of alliance with the French king, and then, when the crushing defeat of Pavia had shown him his mistake, making his peace with Charles (April 1, 1525), only to break it again by countenancing Girolamo Morone’s League of Freedom, of which the aim was to assert the independence of Italy from foreign powers. On the betrayal of this conspiracy Clement made a fresh submission to the emperor, only to follow this, a year later, by the Holy League of Cognac with Francis I. (May 22, 1526). Then followed the imperial invasion of Italy and Bourbon’s sack of Rome (May 1527) which ended the Augustan age of the papal city in a horror of fire and blood. The pope himself was besieged in the castle of St Angelo, compelled on the 6th of June to ransom himself with a payment of 400,000 scudi, and kept in confinement until, on the 26th of November, he accepted the emperor’s terms, which besides money payments included the promise to convene a general council to deal with Lutheranism. On the 6th of December Clement escaped, before the day fixed for his liberation, to Orvieto, and at once set to work to establish peace. After the signature of the treaty of Cambrai on the 3rd of August 1529 Charles met Clement at Bologna and received from him the imperial crown and the iron crown of Lombardy. The pope was now restored to the greater part of his temporal power; but for some years it was exercised in subservience to the emperor. During this period Clement was mainly occupied in urging Charles to arrest the progress of the Reformation in Germany and in efforts to elude the emperor’s demand for a general council, which Clement feared lest the question of the mode of his election and his legitimacy should be raised. It was due to his dependence on Charles V., rather than to any conscientious scruples, that Clement evaded Henry VIII.’s demand for the nullification of his marriage with Catherine of Aragon, and so brought about the breach between England and Rome. Some time before his death, however, the dynastic interests of his family led him once more to a rapprochement with France. On the 9th of June 1531 an agreement was 486 signed for the marriage of Henry of Orleans with Catherine de’ Medici; but it was not till October 1533 that Clement met Francis at Marseilles, the wedding being celebrated on the 27th. Before, however, the new political alliance, thus cemented, could take effect, Clement died, on the 25th of September 1534.

Clement’s rise to power immediately shifted politics in favor of France; however, he struggled to take a firm stance, wavering between the emperor and Francis I. He initially formed an alliance with the French king but, after the disastrous defeat at Pavia made him realize his error, he reconciled with Charles on April 1, 1525, only to break this peace again by supporting Girolamo Morone’s League of Freedom, which aimed to establish Italy’s independence from foreign powers. When this conspiracy was exposed, Clement submitted again to the emperor, but a year later, on May 22, 1526, he formed the Holy League of Cognac with Francis I. This was followed by the imperial invasion of Italy and Bourbon’s sack of Rome in May 1527, which marked the end of the Augustan era in the papal city in a horrific blaze of destruction. The pope was besieged in the castle of St. Angelo and forced on June 6 to ransom himself for 400,000 scudi, remaining imprisoned until he accepted the emperor’s terms on November 26, which included monetary payments and a promise to convene a general council to address Lutheranism. On December 6, Clement escaped to Orvieto before his scheduled release and immediately began working to establish peace. After signing the treaty of Cambrai on August 3, 1529, Charles met Clement in Bologna, where the pope presented him with the imperial crown and the iron crown of Lombardy. Though the pope regained much of his temporal authority, he exercised it largely under the emperor’s dominance for several years. During this time, Clement primarily focused on persuading Charles to halt the Reformation's spread in Germany and trying to avoid the emperor’s call for a general council, fearing it might bring up questions about how he was elected and his legitimacy. His reliance on Charles V. rather than any principled beliefs led Clement to dodge Henry VIII’s request to annul his marriage to Catherine of Aragon, which ultimately caused a rift between England and Rome. However, shortly before his death, the dynastic interests of his family led him to realign with France. On June 9, 1531, an agreement was signed for the marriage of Henry of Orleans to Catherine de’ Medici; but it wasn’t until October 1533 that Clement met Francis in Marseilles, with the wedding taking place on the 27th. Before this new political alliance could take effect, Clement died on September 25, 1534.

See E. Casanova, Lettere di Carlo V. a Clemente VII. (Florence, 1893); Hugo Lämmer, Monumenta Vaticana, &c (Freiburg, 1861); P. Balan, Monumenta saeculi XVI. hist. illustr. (Innsbruck, 1885); ib. Mon. Reform. Luther (Regensburg, 1884); Stefan Ehses, Röm. Dokum. z. Gesch. der Ehescheidung Heinrichs VIII. (Paderborn, 1893); Calendar of State Papers (London, 1869, &c.); J.J.I. von Döllinger, Beiträge zur politischen, kirchlichen und Kulturgeschichte (3 vols., Vienna, 1882); F. Guicciardini, Istoria d’Italia; L. von Ranke, Die römischen Päpste in den letzten vier Jahrhunderten, and Deutsche Gesch. im Zeitalter der Reformation; W. Hellwig, Die politischen Beziehungen Clements VII. zu Karl V., 1526 (Leipzig, 1889); H. Baumgarten, Gesch. Karls V. (Stuttgart, 1888); F. Gregorovius, Geschichte der Stadt Rom, vol. viii. p. 414. (2nd ed., 1874); P. Balan, Clemente VII. e l’ Italia de’ suoi tempi (Milan, 1887); E. Armstrong, Charles the Fifth (2 vols., London, 1902); M. Creighton, Hist. of the Papacy during the Period of the Reformation (London, 1882); and H.M. Vaughan, The Medici Popes (1908). Further references will be found in Herzog-Hauck, Realencyklopädie, s. Clemens VII. See also Cambridge Modern History, vol. ii. chap. i. and bibliography.

See E. Casanova, Letters of Charles V to Clement VII (Florence, 1893); Hugo Lämmer, Vatican Monuments, &c. (Freiburg, 1861); P. Balan, Monuments of the 16th Century Histories (Innsbruck, 1885); ib. Luther's Reformation Monuments (Regensburg, 1884); Stefan Ehses, Roman Documents on the History of Henry VIII's Divorce (Paderborn, 1893); Calendar of State Papers (London, 1869, &c.); J.J.I. von Döllinger, Contributions to Political, Church, and Cultural History (3 vols., Vienna, 1882); F. Guicciardini, History of Italy; L. von Ranke, The Roman Popes in the Last Four Centuries and German History in the Age of the Reformation; W. Hellwig, The Political Relations of Clement VII to Charles V, 1526 (Leipzig, 1889); H. Baumgarten, The History of Charles V (Stuttgart, 1888); F. Gregorovius, History of the City of Rome, vol. viii. p. 414. (2nd ed., 1874); P. Balan, Clement VII and Italy in His Time (Milan, 1887); E. Armstrong, Charles the Fifth (2 vols., London, 1902); M. Creighton, History of the Papacy during the Reformation (London, 1882); and H.M. Vaughan, The Medici Popes (1908). Further references will be found in Herzog-Hauck, Real Encyclopedia, s. Clement VII. See also Cambridge Modern History, vol. ii. chap. i. and bibliography.

(W. A. P.)

Clement VIII. (Aegidius Muñoz), antipope from 1425 to the 26th of July 1429, was a canon at Barcelona until elected at Peñiscola by three cardinals whom the stubborn antipope Benedict XIII. had named on his death-bed. Clement was immediately recognized by Alphonso V. of Aragon, who was hostile to Pope Martin V. on account of the latter’s opposition to his claims to the kingdom of Naples, but abdicated as soon as an agreement was reached between Alphonso and Martin through the exertions of Cardinal Pierre de Foix, an able diplomat and relation of the king’s. Clement spent his last years as bishop of Majorca, and died on the 28th of December 1446.

Clement VIII (Aegidius Muñoz), antipope from 1425 to July 26, 1429, was a canon in Barcelona before being elected at Peñiscola by three cardinals that the stubborn antipope Benedict XIII had appointed on his deathbed. Clement was quickly recognized by Alphonso V of Aragon, who opposed Pope Martin V because of Martin’s resistance to his claims on the kingdom of Naples. However, he stepped down as soon as an agreement was reached between Alphonso and Martin, thanks to the efforts of Cardinal Pierre de Foix, a skilled diplomat and relative of the king. Clement spent his final years as bishop of Majorca and died on December 28, 1446.

See. L. Pastor, History of the Popes, vol. i. trans, by F.I. Antrobus (London, 1899); M. Creighton, History of the Papacy, vol. ii. (London, 1899); and consult bibliography on Martin V.

See. L. Pastor, History of the Popes, vol. i. trans, by F.I. Antrobus (London, 1899); M. Creighton, History of the Papacy, vol. ii. (London, 1899); and consult bibliography on Martin V.

(C. H. HA.)

Clement VIII. (Ippolito Aldobrandini), pope from 1592 to 1605, was born at Fano, in 1535. He became a jurist and filled several important offices. In 1585 he was made a cardinal, and subsequently discharged a delicate mission to Poland with skill. His moderation and experience commended him to his fellow cardinals, and on the 30th of January 1592 he was elected pope, to succeed Innocent IX. While not hostile to Philip II., Clement desired to emancipate the papacy from undue Spanish influence, and to that end cultivated closer relations with France. In 1595 he granted absolution to Henry IV., and so removed the last objection to the acknowledgment of his legitimacy. The peace of Vervins (1598), which marked the end of Philip’s opposition to Henry, was mainly the work of the pope. Clement also entertained hopes of recovering England. He corresponded with James I. and with his queen, Anne of Denmark, a convert to Catholicism. But James was only half in earnest, and, besides, dared not risk a breach with his subjects. Upon the failure of the line of Este, Clement claimed the reversion of Ferrara and reincorporated it into the States of the Church (1598). He remonstrated against the exclusion of the Jesuits from France, and obtained their readmission. But in their doctrinal controversy with the Dominicans (see Molina, Luis) he refrained from a decision, being unwilling to offend either party. Under Clement the publication of the revised edition of the Vulgate, begun by Sixtus V., was finished; the Breviary, Missal and Pontifical received certain corrections; the Index was expanded; the Vatican library enlarged; and the Collegium Clementinum founded. Clement was an unblushing nepotist; three of his nephews he made cardinals, and to one of them gradually surrendered the control of affairs. But on the other hand among those whom he promoted to the cardinalate were such men as Baronius, Bellarmine and Toledo. During this pontificate occurred the burning of Giordano Bruno for heresy; and the tragedy of the Cenci (see the respective articles). Clement died on the 5th of March 1605, and was succeeded by Leo XI.

Clem VIII (Ippolito Aldobrandini), pope from 1592 to 1605, was born in Fano in 1535. He became a legal expert and held several important positions. In 1585, he was made a cardinal and successfully managed a sensitive mission to Poland. His moderation and experience earned him the respect of his fellow cardinals, and on January 30, 1592, he was elected pope, succeeding Innocent IX. Although not opposed to Philip II, Clement wanted to reduce the papacy's excessive Spanish influence, so he worked on building closer ties with France. In 1595, he granted absolution to Henry IV, removing the last barrier to acknowledging his legitimacy. The peace of Vervins in 1598, which ended Philip's opposition to Henry, was largely facilitated by the pope. Clement also hoped to regain England, corresponding with James I and his queen, Anne of Denmark, who had converted to Catholicism. However, James was only partially committed and feared upsetting his subjects. After the Este line went extinct, Clement claimed Ferrara and re-integrated it into the States of the Church in 1598. He protested against the exclusion of the Jesuits from France and secured their readmission. However, in their doctrinal disputes with the Dominicans (see Molina, Luis), he chose not to take a side, not wanting to anger either group. Under Clement, the revised edition of the Vulgate, started by Sixtus V, was completed; the Breviary, Missal, and Pontifical received some updates; the Index was expanded; the Vatican library increased; and the Collegium Clementinum was established. Clement was an unabashed nepotist; he made three of his nephews cardinals and gradually handed over control of affairs to one of them. However, among those he promoted to cardinal were notable figures like Baronius, Bellarmine, and Toledo. During his papacy, Giordano Bruno was burned at the stake for heresy, and the tragedy of the Cenci occurred (see the respective articles). Clement died on March 5, 1605, and was succeeded by Leo XI.

See the contemporary life by Ciaconius, Vitae et res gestae summorum Pontiff. Rom. (Rome, 1601-1602); Francolini, Ippolito Aldobrandini, che fu Clemente VIII. (Perugia, 1867); Ranke’s excellent sketch, Popes (Eng. trans. Austin), ii. 234 seq.; v. Reumont, Gesch. der Stadt Rom, iii. 2, 599 seq.; Brosch, Gesch. des Kirchenstaates (1880), i. 301 seq.

See the modern life by Ciaconius, Vitae et res gestae summorum Pontiff. Rom. (Rome, 1601-1602); Francolini, Ippolito Aldobrandini, who was Clement VIII. (Perugia, 1867); Ranke’s excellent overview, Popes (Eng. trans. Austin), ii. 234 seq.; v. Reumont, Gesch. der Stadt Rom, iii. 2, 599 seq.; Brosch, Gesch. des Kirchenstaates (1880), i. 301 seq.

(T. F. C.)

Clement IX. (Giulio Rospigliosi) was born in 1600, became successively auditor of the Rota, archbishop of Tarsus in partibus, and cardinal, and was elected pope on the 20th of June 1667. He effected a temporary adjustment of the Jansenist controversy; was instrumental in concluding the peace of Aix-la-Chapelle (1668); healed a long-standing breach between the Holy See and Portugal; aided Venice against the Turks, and laboured unceasingly for the relief of Crete, the fall of which hastened his death on the 9th of October 1669.

Clem IX (Giulio Rospigliosi) was born in 1600. He later became an auditor of the Rota, the archbishop of Tarsus in partibus, and a cardinal, and was elected pope on June 20, 1667. He managed a temporary resolution of the Jansenist controversy, played a key role in achieving the peace of Aix-la-Chapelle (1668), repaired a long-standing rift between the Holy See and Portugal, assisted Venice against the Turks, and tirelessly worked for the relief of Crete, the fall of which contributed to his death on October 9, 1669.

See Oldoin, continuator of Ciaconius, Vitae et res gestae summorum Pontiff. Rom.; Palazzi, Gesta Pontiff. Rom. (Venice, 1687-1688), iv. 621 seq. (both contemporary); Ranke, Popes (Eng. trans. Austin), iii. 59 seq.; and v. Reumont, Gesch. der Stadt Rom, iii. 2, 634 seq.

See Oldoin, a follower of Ciaconius, Vitae et res gestae summorum Pontiff. Rom.; Palazzi, Gesta Pontiff. Rom. (Venice, 1687-1688), iv. 621 seq. (both contemporary); Ranke, Popes (Eng. trans. Austin), iii. 59 seq.; and v. Reumont, Gesch. der Stadt Rom, iii. 2, 634 seq.

(T. F. C.)

Clement X. (Emilio Altieri) was born in Rome, on the 13th of July 1590. Before becoming pope, on the 29th of April 1670 he had been auditor in Poland, governor of Ancona, and nuncio in Naples. His advanced age induced him to resign the control of affairs to his adopted nephew, Cardinal Paluzzi, who embroiled the papacy in disputes with the resident ambassadors, and incurred the enmity of Louis XIV., thus provoking the long controversy over the regalia (see Innocent XI.). Clement died on the 22nd of July 1676.

Clem X (Emilio Altieri) was born in Rome on July 13, 1590. Before becoming pope on April 29, 1670, he had served as an auditor in Poland, governor of Ancona, and nuncio in Naples. Due to his old age, he handed over control of affairs to his adopted nephew, Cardinal Paluzzi, who got the papacy caught up in disputes with the resident ambassadors and fell out of favor with Louis XIV, triggering the prolonged controversy over the regalia (see Innocent XI). Clement passed away on July 22, 1676.

See Guarnacci, Vitae et res gestae Pontiff. Rom. (Rome, 1751), (contin. of Ciaconius), i. 1 seq.; Palazzi, Gesta Pontiff. Rom. (Venice, 1687-1688), iv. 655 seq.; and Ranke, Popes (Eng. trans. Austin), iii. 172 seq.

See Guarnacci, Vitae et res gestae Pontiff. Rom. (Rome, 1751), (contin. of Ciaconius), i. 1 seq.; Palazzi, Gesta Pontiff. Rom. (Venice, 1687-1688), iv. 655 seq.; and Ranke, Popes (Eng. trans. Austin), iii. 172 seq.

(T. F. C.)

Clement XI (Giovanni Francesco Albani), pope from 1700 to 1721, was born in Urbino, on the 22nd of July 1649, received an extraordinary education in letters, theology and law, filled various important offices in the Curia, and finally, on the 23rd of November 1700, succeeded Innocent XII. as pope. His private life and his administration were blameless, but it was his misfortune to reign in troublous times. In the war of the Spanish Succession he would willingly have remained neutral, but found himself between two fires, forced first to recognize Philip V., then driven by the emperor to recognize the Archduke Charles. In the peace of Utrecht he was ignored; Sardinia and Sicily, Parma and Piacenza, were disposed of without regard to papal claims. When he quarrelled with the duke of Savoy, and revoked his investiture rights in Sicily (1715), his interdict was treated with contempt. The prestige of the papacy had hardly been lower within two centuries. About 1702 the Jansenist controversy broke out afresh. Clement reaffirmed the infallibility of the pope, in matters of fact (1705), and, in 1713, issued the bull Unigenitus, condemning 101 Jansenistic propositions extracted from the Moral Reflections of Pasquier Quesnel. The rejection of this bull by certain bishops led to a new party division and a further prolonging of the controversy (see Jansenism and Quesnel, Pasquier). Clement also forbade the practice of the Jesuit missionaries in China of “accommodating” their teachings to pagan notions or customs, in order to win converts. Clement was a polished writer, and a generous patron of art and letters. He died on the 19th of March 1721.

Clement XI (Giovanni Francesco Albani), pope from 1700 to 1721, was born in Urbino on July 22, 1649. He received an exceptional education in literature, theology, and law, held various important positions in the Curia, and finally became pope on November 23, 1700, succeeding Innocent XII. His private life and administration were unimpeachable, but he unfortunately reigned during tumultuous times. In the War of the Spanish Succession, he would have preferred to stay neutral but found himself caught between two opposing sides, first having to recognize Philip V and then being pressured by the emperor to acknowledge Archduke Charles. At the peace of Utrecht, he was overlooked; Sardinia and Sicily, as well as Parma and Piacenza, were decided without consideration for papal claims. When he clashed with the Duke of Savoy and revoked his rights of investiture in Sicily in 1715, his interdict was disregarded. The prestige of the papacy was at one of its lowest points in two centuries. Around 1702, the Jansenist controversy flared up again. Clement reaffirmed the pope's infallibility in matters of fact in 1705, and in 1713, he issued the bull Unigenitus, condemning 101 Jansenist propositions taken from the Moral Reflections of Pasquier Quesnel. The rejection of this bull by certain bishops led to new factional splits and prolonged the controversy (see Jansenism and Quesnel, Pasquier). Clement also prohibited Jesuit missionaries in China from "accommodating" their teachings to local pagan beliefs or customs in order to gain converts. Clement was an eloquent writer and a generous supporter of the arts and education. He passed away on March 19, 1721.

For contemporary lives see Elci, The Present State of the Court of Rome, trans, from the Ital. (London, 1706); Polidoro, De Vita et Reb. Gest. Clem. XI. (Urbino, 1727); Reboulet, Hist. de Clem. XI. Pape (Avignon, 1752); Guarnacci, Vitae et res gest. Pontiff. Rom. (Rome, 1751); Sandini, Vitae Pontiff Rom. (Padua, 1739); Buder, Leben u. Thaten Clementis XI. (Frankfort, 1720-1721). See also Clementis XI. Opera Omnia (Frankfort, 1729); the detailed “Studii sul pontificato di Clem. XI.,” by Pometti in the Archivio della R. Soc. romana di storia patria, vols. 21, 22, 23 (1898-1900), and the extended bibliography in Hergenröther, Allg. Kirchengesch. (1880), iii. 506.

For modern perspectives, see Elci, The Present State of the Court of Rome, translated from Italian (London, 1706); Polidoro, De Vita et Reb. Gest. Clem. XI. (Urbino, 1727); Reboulet, Hist. de Clem. XI. Pape (Avignon, 1752); Guarnacci, Vitae et res gest. Pontiff. Rom. (Rome, 1751); Sandini, Vitae Pontiff Rom. (Padua, 1739); Buder, Leben u. Thaten Clementis XI. (Frankfort, 1720-1721). Also refer to Clementis XI. Opera Omnia (Frankfort, 1729); the detailed study “Studii sul pontificato di Clem. XI.,” by Pometti in the Archivio della R. Soc. romana di storia patria, vols. 21, 22, 23 (1898-1900), and the extensive bibliography in Hergenröther, Allg. Kirchengesch. (1880), iii. 506.

(T. F. C.)

Clement XII. (Lorenzo Corsini), pope from 1730 to 1740, succeeded Benedict XIII. on the 12th of July 1730, at the age of seventy-eight. The rascally Cardinal Coscia, who had deluded Benedict, was at once brought to justice and forced to disgorge his dishonest gains. Politically the papacy had sunk to the level of pitiful helplessness, unable to resist the aggressions of the Powers, who ignored or coerced it at will. Yet Clement 487 entertained high hopes for Catholicism; he laboured for a union with the Greek Church, and was ready to facilitate the return of the Protestants of Saxony. He deserves well of posterity for his services to learning and art; the restoration of the Arch of Constantine; the enrichment of the Capitoline museum with antique marbles and inscriptions, and of the Vatican library With oriental manuscripts (see Assemani); and the embellishment of the city with many buildings. He died on the 6th of February 1740, and was succeeded by Benedict XIV.

Clement XII. (Lorenzo Corsini), pope from 1730 to 1740, took over from Benedict XIII. on July 12, 1730, when he was seventy-eight. The shady Cardinal Coscia, who had misled Benedict, was quickly brought to justice and forced to give back his ill-gotten gains. Politically, the papacy had fallen into a state of miserable vulnerability, unable to stand against the powerful nations that could ignore or bully it at will. Still, Clement 487 harbored great hopes for Catholicism; he worked towards a union with the Greek Church and was willing to help bring back the Protestants of Saxony. He deserves recognition from future generations for his contributions to learning and art; he restored the Arch of Constantine, enhanced the Capitoline museum with antique marbles and inscriptions, and enriched the Vatican library with oriental manuscripts (see Assemani); plus, he beautified the city with many new buildings. He passed away on February 6, 1740, and was succeeded by Benedict XIV.

See Guarnacci, Vitae et res gestae Pontiff. Rom. (Rome, 1751); Sandini, Vitae Pontiff. Rom. (Padua, 1739); Fabroni, De Vita et Reb. Gest. Clementis XII. (Rome, 1760); Ranke, Popes (Eng. trans. Austin), iii. 191 seq.; v. Reumont, Gesch. der Stadt Rom, iii. 2, 653 seq.

See Guarnacci, Vitae et res gestae Pontiff. Rom. (Rome, 1751); Sandini, Vitae Pontiff. Rom. (Padua, 1739); Fabroni, De Vita et Reb. Gest. Clementis XII. (Rome, 1760); Ranke, Popes (Eng. trans. Austin), iii. 191 seq.; v. Reumont, Gesch. der Stadt Rom, iii. 2, 653 seq.

(T. F. C.)

Clement XIII. (Carlo della Torre Rezzonico), pope from 1758 to 1769, was born in Venice, on the 7th of March 1693, filled various important posts in the Curia, became cardinal in 1737, bishop of Padua in 1743, and succeeded Benedict XIV. as pope on the 6th of July 1758. He was a man of upright, moderate and pacific intentions, but his pontificate of eleven years was anything but tranquil. The Jesuits had fallen upon evil days; in 1758 Pombal expelled them from Portugal; his example was followed by the Bourbon countries—France, Spain, the Two Sicilies and Parma (1764-1768). The order turned to the pope as its natural protector; but his protests (cf. the bull Apostolicum pascendi munus, 7th of January 1765) were unheeded (see Jesuits). A clash with Parma occurred to aggravate his troubles. The Bourbon kings espoused their relative’s quarrel, seized Avignon, Benevento and Ponte Corvo, and united in a peremptory demand for the suppression of the Jesuits (January 1769). Driven to extremities, Clement consented to call a Consistory to consider the step, but on the very eve of the day set for its meeting he died (2nd of February 1769), not without suspicion of poison, of which, however, there appears to be no conclusive evidence.

Clement XIII (Carlo della Torre Rezzonico), pope from 1758 to 1769, was born in Venice on March 7, 1693. He held various important positions in the Curia, became cardinal in 1737, and bishop of Padua in 1743. He succeeded Benedict XIV as pope on July 6, 1758. He was a man of integrity, moderate views, and peaceful intentions, but his eleven-year papacy was far from peaceful. The Jesuits were experiencing tough times; in 1758, Pombal expelled them from Portugal, and the Bourbon countries—France, Spain, the Two Sicilies, and Parma—followed suit between 1764 and 1768. The Jesuit order looked to the pope as their natural protector, but his protests (cf. the bull Apostolicum pascendi munus, January 7, 1765) went ignored (see Jesuits). A conflict with Parma further complicated his troubles. The Bourbon kings backed their relative's dispute, taking Avignon, Benevento, and Ponte Corvo, and united in a firm demand for the Jesuits' suppression in January 1769. Facing extreme pressure, Clement agreed to convene a Consistory to consider the action, but on the eve of the scheduled meeting, he died on February 2, 1769, with suspicions of poison, although there seems to be no conclusive evidence of that.

A contemporary account of Clement was written by Augustin de Andrès y Sobiñas, ... el nacimiento, estudios y empleos de ... Clem. XIII. (Madrid, 1759). Ravignan’s Clement XIII. e Clement XIV. (Paris, 1854) is partisan but free from rancour; and appends many interesting documents. See also the bibliographical note under Clement XIV. infra.; and the extended bibliography in Hergenröther, Allg. Kirchengesch. (1880), iii. 509.

A modern account of Clement was written by Augustin de Andrès y Sobiñas, ... el nacimiento, estudios y empleos de ... Clem. XIII. (Madrid, 1759). Ravignan’s Clement XIII. e Clement XIV. (Paris, 1854) is biased but not spiteful; it includes many interesting documents. See also the bibliographical note under Clement XIV. infra; and the extended bibliography in Hergenröther, Allg. Kirchengesch. (1880), iii. 509.

(T. F. C.)

Clement XIV. (Lorenzo Ganganelli), pope from 1769 to 1774, son of a physician of St Arcangelo, near Rimini, was born on the 31st of October 1705, entered the Franciscan order at the age of seventeen, and became a teacher of theology and philosophy. As regent of the college of S. Bonaventura, Rome, he came under the notice of Benedict XIV., who conceived a high opinion of his talents and made him consulter of the Inquisition. Upon the recommendation of Ricci, general of the Jesuits, Clement XIII. made him a cardinal; but, owing to his disapproval of the pope’s policy, he found himself out of favour and without influence. The conclave following the death of Clement XIII. was the most momentous of at least two centuries. The fate of the Jesuits hung in the balance; and the Bourbon princes were determined to have a pope subservient to their hostile designs. The struggle was prolonged three months. At length, on the 19th of May 1769, Ganganelli was chosen, not as a declared enemy of the Jesuits, but as being least objectionable to each of the contending factions. The charge of simony was inspired by Jesuit hatred; there is absolutely no evidence that Ganganelli pledged himself to suppress the order.

Clement XIV (Lorenzo Ganganelli), pope from 1769 to 1774, was born on October 31, 1705, to a physician in St. Arcangelo, near Rimini. He joined the Franciscan order at seventeen and became a teacher of theology and philosophy. As the head of the college of S. Bonaventura in Rome, he caught the attention of Benedict XIV, who recognized his abilities and made him a consultant for the Inquisition. Recommended by Ricci, the Jesuit general, Clement XIII made him a cardinal; however, due to his disagreement with the pope’s policies, he lost favor and influence. The conclave after Clement XIII's death was the most significant in at least two centuries. The future of the Jesuits was uncertain, and the Bourbon princes were determined to have a pope who would support their antagonistic plans. The conflict lasted three months. Finally, on May 19, 1769, Ganganelli was elected, not as a vocal opponent of the Jesuits, but as someone who was the least objectionable to both sides. The accusation of simony came from Jesuit animosity; there’s no solid evidence that Ganganelli agreed to suppress the order.

The outlook for the papacy was dark; Portugal was talking of a patriarchate; France held Avignon; Naples held Ponte Corvo and Benevento; Spain was ill-affected; Parma, defiant; Venice, aggressive; Poland meditating a restriction of the rights of the nuncio. Clement realized the imperative necessity of conciliating the powers. He suspended the public reading of the bull In Coena Domini, so obnoxious to civil authority; resumed relations with Portugal; revoked the monitorium of his predecessor against Parma. But the powers were bent upon the destruction of the Jesuits, and they had the pope at their mercy. Clement looked abroad for help, but found none. Even Maria Theresa, his last hope, suppressed the order in Austria. Temporizing and partial concessions were of no avail. At last, convinced that the peace of the Church demanded the sacrifice, Clement signed the brief Dominus ac Redemptor, dissolving the order, on the 21st of July 1773. The powers at once gave substantial proof of their satisfaction; Benevento, Ponte Corvo, Avignon and the Venaissin were restored to the Holy See. But it would be unfair to accept this as evidence of a bargain. Clement had formerly indignantly rejected the suggestion of such an exchange of favours.

The situation for the papacy was grim; Portugal was considering a patriarchate; France controlled Avignon; Naples had Ponte Corvo and Benevento; Spain was in a bad position; Parma was defiant; Venice was aggressive; and Poland was thinking about limiting the nuncio's rights. Clement understood the urgent need to appease the powers. He stopped the public reading of the bull In Coena Domini, which was particularly offensive to civil authority; reestablished relations with Portugal; and revoked the monitorium that his predecessor had imposed on Parma. However, the powers were determined to destroy the Jesuits, and they had the pope at their mercy. Clement sought help from abroad but found none. Even Maria Theresa, his last hope, suppressed the order in Austria. Temporary measures and partial concessions were ineffective. Finally, convinced that the peace of the Church required a sacrifice, Clement signed the brief Dominus ac Redemptor, dissolving the order on July 21, 1773. The powers quickly demonstrated their satisfaction; Benevento, Ponte Corvo, Avignon, and the Venaissin were returned to the Holy See. Yet, it would be misleading to view this as an indication of a deal. Clement had previously rejected the idea of such an exchange of favors with indignation.

There is no question of the legality of the pope’s act; whether he was morally culpable, however, continues to be a matter of bitter controversy. On the one hand, the suppression is denounced as a base surrender to the forces of tyranny and irreligion, an act of treason to conscience, which reaped its just punishment of remorse; on the other hand, it is as ardently maintained that Clement acted in full accord with his conscience, and that the order merited its fate by its own mischievous activities which made it an offence to religion and authority alike. But whatever the guilt or innocence of the Jesuits, and whether their suppression were ill-advised or not, there appears to be no ground for impeaching the motives of Clement, or of doubting that he had the approval of his conscience. The stories of his having swooned after signing the brief, and of having lost hope and even reason, are too absurd to be entertained. The decline in health, which set in shortly after the suppression, and his death (on the 22nd of September 1774) proceeded from wholly natural causes. The testimony of his physician and of his confessor ought to be sufficient to discredit the oft-repeated story of slow poisoning (see Duhr, Jesuiten Fabeln, 4th ed., 1904, pp. 69 seq.).

There’s no doubt about the legality of the pope’s action; however, whether he was morally at fault remains a subject of fierce debate. On one side, the suppression is criticized as a shameful capitulation to tyranny and irreligion, an act of betrayal to one’s conscience, resulting in well-deserved regret; on the other side, it is passionately argued that Clement acted in complete alignment with his conscience and that the order deserved its fate due to its own harmful actions that offended both religion and authority. But regardless of the guilt or innocence of the Jesuits, and whether their suppression was poorly judged or not, there seems to be no reason to question Clement’s motives or doubt that he had a clear conscience. The tales of him fainting after signing the brief and losing hope and even sanity are too ridiculous to take seriously. The decline in his health, which began shortly after the suppression, and his death (on September 22, 1774) were due to entirely natural causes. The statements from his doctor and his confessor should be enough to dismiss the often-repeated story of slow poisoning (see Duhr, Jesuiten Fabeln, 4th ed., 1904, pp. 69 seq.).

The suppression of the Jesuits bulks so large in the pontificate of Clement that he has scarcely been given due credit for his praiseworthy attempt to reduce the burdens of taxation and to reform the financial administration, nor for his liberal encouragement of art and learning, of which the museum Pio-Clementino is a lasting monument.

The suppression of the Jesuits looms so large in Clement's papacy that he has barely received proper acknowledgment for his commendable efforts to lessen the tax burdens and reform financial management, nor for his generous support of art and education, with the Pio-Clementino museum standing as a lasting testament to that.

No pope has been the subject of more diverse judgments than Clement XIV. Zealous defenders credit him with all virtues, and bless him as the instrument divinely ordained to restore the peace of the Church; virulent detractors charge him with ingratitude, cowardice and double-dealing. The truth is at neither extreme. Clement’s was a deeply religious and poetical nature, animated by a lofty and refined spirit. Gentleness, equanimity and benevolence were native to him. He cherished high purposes and obeyed a lively conscience. But he instinctively shrank from conflict; he lacked the resoluteness and the sterner sort of courage that grapples with a crisis.

No pope has faced more mixed opinions than Clement XIV. Passionate supporters credit him with all the virtues and praise him as the divinely chosen person to restore peace to the Church; fierce critics accuse him of ingratitude, cowardice, and dishonesty. The reality lies somewhere in between. Clement was deeply religious and poetic, driven by a noble and refined spirit. Kindness, calmness, and goodwill were natural to him. He held lofty ideals and followed a keen sense of conscience. However, he instinctively avoided conflict; he lacked the determination and the tougher kind of courage needed to tackle a crisis.

Caraccioli’s Vie de Clément XIV (Paris, 1775) (freq. translated), is incomplete, uncritical and too laudatory. The middle of the 19th century saw quite a spirited controversy over Clement XIV.; St Priest, in his Hist. de la chute des Jésuites (Paris, 1846), represented Clement as lamentably, almost culpably, weak; Cretineau-Joly, in his Hist. ... de la Comp. de Jésus (Paris, 1844-1845), and his Clément XIV et les Jésuites (Paris, 1847), was outspoken and bitter in his condemnation; this provoked Theiner’s Gesch. des Pontificats Clemens’ XIV. (Leipzig and Paris, 1852), a vigorous defence based upon original documents to which, as custodian of the Vatican archives, the author had freest access; Cretineau-Joly replied with Le Pape Clément XIV; Lettres au P. Theiner (Paris, 1852). Ravignan’s Clem. XIII. e Clem. XIV. (Paris, 1854) is a weak, half-hearted apology for Clement XIV. See also v. Reumont, Ganganelli, Papst Clemens XIV. (Berlin, 1847); and Reinerding, Clemens XIV. u. d. Aufhebung der Gesellschaft Jesu (Augsburg, 1854). The letters of Clement have frequently been printed; the genuineness of Caraccioli’s collection (Paris, 1776; freq. translated) has been questioned, but most of the letters are now generally accepted as genuine; see also Clementis XIV. Epp. ac Brevia, ed. Theiner (Paris, 1852). An extended bibliography is to be found in Hergenröther, Allg. Kirchengesch. (1880), iii. 510 seq.

Caraccioli’s Vie de Clément XIV (Paris, 1775) (often translated) is incomplete, uncritical, and overly complimentary. In the mid-19th century, there was a lively debate about Clement XIV. St Priest, in his Hist. de la chute des Jésuites (Paris, 1846), portrayed Clement as sadly, almost irresponsibly weak. Cretineau-Joly, in his Hist. ... de la Comp. de Jésus (Paris, 1844-1845) and Clément XIV et les Jésuites (Paris, 1847), was blunt and harsh in his criticism; this prompted Theiner’s Gesch. des Pontificats Clemens’ XIV. (Leipzig and Paris, 1852), a strong defense based on original documents to which the author had full access as the custodian of the Vatican archives. Cretineau-Joly responded with Le Pape Clément XIV; Lettres au P. Theiner (Paris, 1852). Ravignan’s Clem. XIII. e Clem. XIV. (Paris, 1854) is a weak, half-hearted defense of Clement XIV. Also see v. Reumont, Ganganelli, Papst Clemens XIV. (Berlin, 1847); and Reinerding, Clemens XIV. u. d. Aufhebung der Gesellschaft Jesu (Augsburg, 1854). The letters of Clement have been printed many times; the authenticity of Caraccioli’s collection (Paris, 1776; often translated) has been questioned, but most of the letters are now widely accepted as genuine; see also Clementis XIV. Epp. ac Brevia, ed. Theiner (Paris, 1852). An extensive bibliography can be found in Hergenröther, Allg. Kirchengesch. (1880), iii. 510 seq.

(T. F. C.)

CLEMENT OF ALEXANDRIA (Clemens Alexandrinus), Greek Father of the Church. The little we know of him is mainly derived from his own works. He was probably born about A.D. 150 of heathen parents in Athens. The earliest writer after himself who gives us any information with regard to him is Eusebius. The only points on which his works now extant inform us are his date and his instructors. In the Stromateis, 488 while attempting to show that the Jewish Scriptures were older than any writings of the Greeks, he invariably brings down his dates to the death of Commodus, a circumstance which at once suggests that he wrote in the reign of the emperor Severus, from 193 to 211 A.D. (see Strom. lib. i. cap. xxi. 140, p. 403, Potter’s edition). The passage in regard to his teachers is corrupt, and the sense is therefore doubtful (Strom. lib. i. cap. i. 11, p. 322, P.).

Clement of Alexandria (Clemens Alexandrinus), Greek Father of the Church. The little we know about him mainly comes from his own writings. He was likely born around CE 150 to pagan parents in Athens. The earliest writer after him who provides any information about him is Eusebius. The only points that his surviving works tell us are his date and his teachers. In the Stromateis, 488, while trying to show that the Jewish Scriptures were older than any Greek writings, he always ties his dates to the death of Commodus, which suggests he wrote during the reign of Emperor Severus, from 193 to 211 CE (see Strom. lib. i. cap. xxi. 140, p. 403, Potter’s edition). The section regarding his teachers is unclear and the meaning is therefore uncertain (Strom. lib. i. cap. i. 11, p. 322, P.).

“This treatise,” he says, speaking of the Stromateis, “has not been contrived for mere display, but memoranda are treasured up in it for my old age to be a remedy for forgetfulness,—an image, truly, and an outline of those clear and living discourses, and those men truly blessed and noteworthy I was privileged to hear. One of these was in Greece, the Ionian, the other was in Magna Graecia; the one of them was from Coele Syria, the other from Egypt; but there were others in the East, one of whom belonged to the Assyrians, but the other was in Palestine, originally a Jew. The last of those whom I met was first in power. On falling in with him I found rest, having tracked him while he lay concealed in Egypt. He was in truth the Sicilian bee, and, plucking the flowers of the prophetic and apostolic meadow, he produced a wonderfully pure knowledge in the souls of the listeners.”

“This treatise,” he says, referring to the Stromateis, “was not created just for show; instead, it holds valuable notes for my old age to help combat forgetfulness—an image, truly, and a sketch of those clear and vibrant discussions, and those truly blessed and remarkable individuals I was fortunate to hear. One of these discussions took place in Greece, the other in Magna Graecia; one was from Coele Syria, the other from Egypt; but there were others from the East, one of whom was Assyrian, and the other from Palestine, originally a Jew. The last person I met was the most powerful. When I encountered him, I found peace, having sought him out while he was hidden in Egypt. He was truly the Sicilian bee, and by gathering the flowers of the prophetic and apostolic meadow, he produced incredibly pure knowledge in the souls of the listeners.”

Some have supposed that in this passage seven teachers are named, others that there are only five, and various conjectures have been hazarded as to what persons were meant. The only one about whom conjecture has any basis for speculating is the last, for Eusebius states (H.E. v. 11) that Clement made mention of Pantaenus as his teacher in the Hypotyposes. The reference in this passage is plainly to one whom he might well designate as his teacher.

Some people think that this passage names seven teachers, while others argue there are only five, and various guesses have been made about who these individuals might be. The only one that seems to have any solid basis for speculation is the last one, since Eusebius states (H.E. v. 11) that Clement referred to Pantaenus as his teacher in the Hypotyposes. It's clear that this passage refers to someone he could reasonably call his teacher.

To the information which Clement here supplies subsequent writers add little. By Eusebius and Photius he is called Titus Flavius Clemens, and “the Alexandrian” is added to his name. Epiphanius tells us that some said Clement was an Alexandrian, others that he was an Athenian (Haer. xxxii. 6), and a modern writer imagined that he reconciled this discordance by the supposition that he was born at Athens, but lived at Alexandria. We know nothing of his conversion except that he passed from heathenism to Christianity. This is expressly stated by Eusebius (Praep. Evangel. lib. ii. cap. 2), though it is likely that Eusebius had no other authority than the works of Clement. These works, however, warrant the inference. They show a singularly minute acquaintance with the ceremonies of pagan religion, and there are indications that Clement himself had been initiated in some of the mysteries (Protrept. cap. ii. sec. 14, p. 13, P.). There is no means of determining the date of his conversion. He attained the position of presbyter in the church of Alexandria (Eus. H.E. vi. 11, and Jerome, De Vir. Ill. 38), and became perhaps the assistant, and certainly the successor of Pantaenus in the catechetical school of that place. Among his pupils were Origen (Eus. H.E. vi. 7) and Alexander, bishop of Jerusalem (Eus. H.E. vi. 14.). How long he continued in Alexandria, and when and where he died, are all matters of pure conjecture. The only further notice of Clement that we have in history is in a letter written in 211 by Alexander, bishop of Jerusalem, to the Antiochians, and preserved by Eusebius (H.E. vi. 11). The words are as follows:—“This letter I sent through Clement the blessed presbyter, a man virtuous and tried, whom ye know and will come to know completely, who being here by the providence and guidance of the Ruler of all strengthened and increased the church of the Lord.” A statement of Eusebius in regard to the persecution of Severus in 202 (H.E. vi. 3) would render it likely that Clement left Alexandria on that occasion. It is conjectured that he went to his old pupil Alexander, who was at that time bishop of Flaviada in Cappadocia, and that when his pupil was raised to the see of Jerusalem Clement followed him there. The letter implies that he was known to the Antiochians, and that it was likely he would be still better known. Some have conjectured that he returned to Alexandria, but there is not the shadow of evidence for such conjecture. Alexander, writing to Origen (c. 216), mentions Clement as dead (Eus. H.E. vi. 14, 9).

To the information that Clement provides here, later writers add very little. Eusebius and Photius refer to him as Titus Flavius Clemens, and “the Alexandrian” is appended to his name. Epiphanius mentions that some believed Clement was from Alexandria, while others claimed he was an Athenian (Haer. xxxii. 6). A modern writer proposed that he resolved this contradiction by suggesting that he was born in Athens but lived in Alexandria. We know nothing about his conversion other than that he transitioned from paganism to Christianity. This is clearly stated by Eusebius (Praep. Evangel. lib. ii. cap. 2), though it’s likely that Eusebius had no sources beyond the works of Clement. However, these works support that conclusion. They show an unusually detailed knowledge of pagan religious ceremonies, and there are signs that Clement himself was initiated into some of the mysteries (Protrept. cap. ii. sec. 14, p. 13, P.). We cannot determine when he converted. He became a presbyter in the church of Alexandria (Eus. H.E. vi. 11, and Jerome, De Vir. Ill. 38) and possibly assisted Pantaenus, ultimately succeeding him in the catechetical school there. Among his students were Origen (Eus. H.E. vi. 7) and Alexander, the bishop of Jerusalem (Eus. H.E. vi. 14). How long he stayed in Alexandria, and when and where he died, are all purely speculative. The only further mention of Clement in history comes from a letter written in 211 by Alexander, the bishop of Jerusalem, to the Antiochians, preserved by Eusebius (H.E. vi. 11). The letter states: “This letter I sent through Clement the blessed presbyter, a virtuous and tested man, whom you know and will come to know completely, who being here by the providence and guidance of the Ruler of all strengthened and increased the church of the Lord.” Eusebius also mentions the persecution by Severus in 202 (H.E. vi. 3), so it seems likely that Clement left Alexandria during that time. It is thought that he went to his former student Alexander, who was then bishop of Flaviada in Cappadocia, and that when Alexander became bishop of Jerusalem, Clement followed him there. The letter suggests that he was recognized by the Antiochians and that his reputation would grow further. Some speculate he returned to Alexandria, but there is no evidence to support that idea. Alexander, writing to Origen around 216, mentions Clement as deceased (Eus. H.E. vi. 14, 9).

Eusebius and Jerome give us lists of the works which Clement left behind him. Photius has also described some of them. They are as follows:—(1) Πρὸς Έλληνας λόγος ὁ προτρεπτικος, A Hortatory Address to the Greeks. (2) Ό Παιδαγωγός, The Tutor, in three books. (3) Στρωματεῖς, or Patch-work, in eight books. (4) Τἰς ὸ σωξὀμενος πλούσιος; Who is the Rich Man that is Saved? (5) Eight books of Ύποτυπώσεις, Adumbrations or Outlines. (6) On the Passover. (7) Discourses on Fasting. (8) On Slander. (9) Exhortation to Patience, or to the Newly Baptized. (10) The Κανὼν ἐκκλησιαστικός, the Rule of the Church, or to those who Judaize, a work dedicated to Alexander, bishop of Jerusalem.

Eusebius and Jerome provide us with lists of the works that Clement left behind. Photius has also described some of them. They are as follows:—(1) Πρόσκληση για τους Έλληνες, A Hortatory Address to the Greeks. (2) The Educator, The Tutor, in three books. (3) Στρωματεῖς, or Patch-work, in eight books. (4) The rich saved one; Who is the Rich Man that is Saved? (5) Eight books of Impressions, Adumbrations or Outlines. (6) On the Passover. (7) Discourses on Fasting. (8) On Slander. (9) Exhortation to Patience, or to the Newly Baptized. (10) The Church rule, the Rule of the Church, or to those who Judaize, a work dedicated to Alexander, bishop of Jerusalem.

Of these, the first four have come down to us complete, or nearly complete. The first three form together a progressive introduction to Christianity corresponding to the stages through which the μὐστης passed at Eleusis—purification, initiation, revelation. The Hortatory Address to the Greeks is an appeal to them to give up the worship of their gods, and to devote themselves to the worship of the one living and true God. Clement exhibits the absurdity and immorality of the stories told with regard to the pagan deities, the cruelties perpetrated in their worship, and the utter uselessness of bowing down before images made by hands. He at the same time shows the Greeks that their own greatest philosophers and poets recognized the unity of the divine Being, and had caught glimpses of the true nature of God, but that fuller light had been thrown on this subject by the Hebrew prophets. He replies to the objection that it was not right to abandon the customs of their forefathers, and points them to Christ as their only safe guide to God.

Of these, the first four have been handed down to us complete or nearly complete. The first three together provide a step-by-step introduction to Christianity, reflecting the stages that the μὐστης went through at Eleusis—purification, initiation, revelation. The Hortatory Address to the Greeks urges them to abandon the worship of their gods and to dedicate themselves to the worship of the one living and true God. Clement highlights the absurdity and immorality of the stories about the pagan deities, the cruel practices involved in their worship, and the complete uselessness of bowing down to man-made images. At the same time, he points out that their greatest philosophers and poets recognized the unity of the divine Being and had glimpsed the true nature of God, but that the Hebrew prophets had provided greater insight into this topic. He addresses the argument that it is wrong to give up the customs of their ancestors and directs them to Christ as their only reliable guide to God.

The Paedagogue is divided into three books. In the first Clement discusses the necessity for and the true nature of the Paedagogus, and shows how Christ as the Logos acted as Paedagogus, and still acts. In the second and third books Clement enters into particulars, and explains how the Christian following the Logos or Reason ought to behave in the various circumstances of life—in eating, drinking, furnishing a house, in dress, in the relations of social life, in the care of the body, and similar concerns, and concludes with a general description of the life of a Christian. Appended to the Paedagogue are two hymns, which are, in all probability, the production of Clement, though some have conjectured that they were portions of the church service of that time. στρωματεῖς were bags in which bedclothes (στρώματα) were kept. The phrase was used as a book-title by Origen and others, and is equivalent to our “miscellanies.” It is difficult to give a brief account of the varied contents of the book. Sometimes Clement discusses chronology, sometimes philosophy, sometimes poetry, entering into the most minute critical and chronological details; but one object runs through all, and this is to show what the true Christian Gnostic is, and what is his relation to philosophy. The work was in eight books. The first seven are complete. The eighth now extant is really an incomplete treatise on logic. Some critics have rejected this book as spurious, since its matter is so different from that of the rest. Others, however, have held to its genuineness, because in a Patch-work or Book of Miscellanies the difference of subject is no sound objection, and because Photius seems to have regarded our present eighth book as genuine (Phot. cod. iii. p. 89b, Bekker).

The Paedagogue is split into three parts. In the first, Clement talks about the need for and the true nature of the Paedagogus, showing how Christ, as the Logos, served as the Paedagogus and continues to do so. In the second and third parts, Clement delves into details, explaining how a Christian who follows the Logos or Reason should act in various life situations—like eating, drinking, furnishing a home, dressing, managing social relationships, taking care of the body, and similar matters—ultimately concluding with a general overview of a Christian's life. Attached to the Paedagogue are two hymns, which are probably by Clement, though some suggest they were parts of church services of that time. στρωματεῖς were bags used for keeping bedclothes (mattresses). This term was used as a book title by Origen and others and is akin to our “miscellanies.” It's hard to provide a brief summary of the book's diverse content. Sometimes Clement tackles chronology, sometimes philosophy, sometimes poetry, going into very detailed critical and chronological discussions; however, one theme runs throughout: to illustrate what a true Christian Gnostic is and what his relationship to philosophy is. The work consists of eight books. The first seven are complete. The eighth, which still exists, is actually an unfinished treatise on logic. Some critics have dismissed this book as inauthentic, as its content differs significantly from the others. Others, however, maintain its authenticity, arguing that in a Patch-work or Book of Miscellanies, subject differences aren’t a valid objection, and since Photius seems to have considered our current eighth book genuine (Phot. cod. iii. p. 89b, Bekker).

The treatise Who is the Rich Man that is Saved? is an admirable exposition of the narrative contained in St Mark’s Gospel x. 17-31. Here Clement argues that wealth, if rightly used, is not unchristian.

The essay Who is the Rich Man that is Saved? is an impressive discussion of the story found in St Mark’s Gospel x. 17-31. In this work, Clement argues that wealth, when used correctly, is not unchristian.

The Hypotyposes1 in eight books, have not come down to us. Cassiodorus translated them into Latin, freely altering to suit his own ideas of orthodoxy. Both Eusebius and Photius describe the work. It was a short commentary on all the books of Scripture, including some of the apocryphal works, such as the Epistle of Barnabas and the Revelation of Peter. Photius speaks in strong language of the impiety of some opinions in the book (Bibl. cod. 109, p. 89 a Bekker), but his statements are such as to prove conclusively that he must have had a corrupt copy, or read very carelessly, or grossly misunderstood Clement. Notes in Latin on the first epistle of Peter, the epistle of Jude, and the first two of John have come down to us; but whether they are the translation of Cassiodorus, or indeed a translation of Clement’s work at all, is a matter of dispute.

The Hypotyposes1 in eight books have not survived. Cassiodorus translated them into Latin, making changes to fit his own views on orthodoxy. Both Eusebius and Photius describe the work. It was a brief commentary on all the books of Scripture, including some of the apocryphal texts, like the Epistle of Barnabas and the Revelation of Peter. Photius strongly criticizes some opinions in the book (Bibl. cod. 109, p. 89 a Bekker), but his comments suggest he must have had a faulty copy, read very carelessly, or completely misunderstood Clement. Notes in Latin on the first epistle of Peter, the epistle of Jude, and the first two of John have survived; however, whether they come from Cassiodorus's translation or are even a translation of Clement’s work is up for debate.

The treatise on the Passover was occasioned by a work of Melito on the same subject. Two fragments of this treatise were given by Petavius, and are contained in the modern editions.

The essay on Passover was prompted by a work from Melito on the same topic. Two fragments of this essay were provided by Petavius and can be found in the modern editions.

We know nothing of the work called The Ecclesiastical Canon from any external testimony. Clement himself often mentions the ἐκκλησιαστικὸς κανών, and defines it as the agreement and harmony of the law and the prophets with the covenant delivered at the appearance of Christ (Strom. vi. cap. xv. 125, p. 803, P.). No doubt this was the subject of the treatise. Jerome and Photius call the work Ecclesiastical Canons, but this seems to be a mistake.

We don't know anything about the work called The Ecclesiastical Canon from any external sources. Clement himself frequently mentions the church canon and defines it as the agreement and harmony of the law and the prophets with the covenant given at the appearance of Christ (Strom. vi. cap. xv. 125, p. 803, P.). It's clear that this was the topic of the treatise. Jerome and Photius refer to the work as Ecclesiastical Canons, but that seems to be an error.

Of the other treatises mentioned by Eusebius and Jerome nothing is known. A fragment of Clement, quoted by Antonius Melissa, is most probably taken from the treatise on slander.

Of the other writings mentioned by Eusebius and Jerome, nothing is known. A fragment of Clement, cited by Antonius Melissa, is most likely from the treatise on slander.

Besides the treatises mentioned by Eusebius, fragments of treatises on Providence and the Soul have been preserved. Mention is also made of a work by Clement on the Prophet Amos, and another on Definitions.

Besides the treatises mentioned by Eusebius, fragments of works on Providence and the Soul have been preserved. There's also a mention of a work by Clement on the Prophet Amos, and another on Definitions.

In addition to these Clement often speaks of his intention to write on certain subjects, but it may well be doubted whether in most cases, if not all, he intended to devote separate treatises to 489 them. Some have found an allusion to the treatise on the Soul already mentioned. The other subjects are Marriage (γαμικὸς λόγος), Continence, the Duties of Bishops, Presbyters, Deacons and Widows, Prophecy, the Soul, the Transmigration of the Soul and the Devil, Angels, the Origin of the World, First Principles and the Divinity of the Logos, Allegorical Interpretations of Statements made with regard to God’s anger and similar affections, the Unity of the Church, and the Resurrection.

In addition to these, Clement often mentions his intention to write about certain subjects, but it’s questionable whether, in most cases, if not all, he actually meant to dedicate separate works to them. Some have found a reference to the already mentioned treatise on the Soul. The other topics include Marriage (ζευγάρια λόγος), Continence, the Duties of Bishops, Presbyters, Deacons, and Widows, Prophecy, the Soul, the Transmigration of the Soul and the Devil, Angels, the Origin of the World, First Principles, and the Divinity of the Logos, Allegorical Interpretations of Statements related to God’s anger and similar emotions, the Unity of the Church, and the Resurrection.

Two works are incorporated in the editions of Clement which are not mentioned by himself or any ancient writer. They are Έκ τῶν Θεοδότου καί τἦς ἀνατολικἦς καλουμένης διδασκαλίας κατὰ τοὺς Οὐαλεντίνου χρόνους ἐπιτομαί, and Έκ τῶν προφητικῶν ἐκλογαἰ. The first, if it is the work of Clement, must be a book merely of excerpts, for it contains many opinions which Clement opposed. Mention is made of Pantaenus in the second, and some have thought it more worthy of him than the first. Others have regarded it as a work similar to the first, and derived from Theodorus.

Two works are included in the editions of Clement that he or any ancient writer doesn't mention. They are From Theodotus and the teaching known as Eastern during the time of Valentinus, summaries., and From prophetic selections. The first, if it is indeed Clement's work, must be just a collection of excerpts, since it includes many views that Clement disagreed with. The second one mentions Pantaenus, and some believe it is more deserving of his name than the first. Others have seen it as a work similar to the first, possibly derived from Theodorus.

Clement occupies a profoundly interesting position in the history of Christianity. He is the first to bring all the culture of the Greeks and all the speculations of the Christian heretics to bear on the exposition of Christian truth. He does not attain to a systematic exhibition of Christian doctrine, but he paves the way for it, and lays the first stones of the foundation. In some respects Justin anticipated him. He also was well acquainted with Greek philosophy, and took a genial view of it; but he was not nearly so widely read as Clement. The list of Greek authors whom Clement has quoted occupies upwards of fourteen of the quarto pages in Fabricius’s Bibliotheca Graeca. He is at home alike in the epic and the lyric, the tragic and the comic poets, and his knowledge of the prose writers is very extensive. Some, however, of the classic poets he appears to have known only from anthologies; hence he was misled into quoting as from Euripides and others verses which were written by Jewish forgers. He made a special study of the philosophers. Equally minute is his knowledge of the systems of the Christian heretics. And in all cases it is plain that he not merely read but thought deeply on the questions which the civilization of the Greeks and the various writings of poets, philosophers and heretics raised. But it was in the Scriptures that he found his greatest delight. He believed them to contain the revelation of God’s wisdom to men. He quotes all the books of the Old Testament except Ruth and the Song of Solomon, and amongst the sacred writings of the Old Testament he evidently included the book of Tobit, the Wisdom of Solomon and Ecclesiasticus. He is equally full in his quotations from the New Testament, for he quotes from all the books except the epistle to Philemon, the second epistle of St Peter, and the epistle of St James, and he quotes from The Shepherd of Hermas, and the epistles of Clemens Romanus and of Barnabas, as inspired. He appeals also to many of the lost gospels, such as those of the Hebrews, of the Egyptians and of Matthias.

Clement holds a fascinating place in the history of Christianity. He was the first to combine Greek culture and the ideas of Christian heretics to explain Christian truth. While he didn’t create a systematic overview of Christian doctrine, he laid the groundwork for it and set the first stones of the foundation. In some ways, Justin was ahead of him. He, too, was familiar with Greek philosophy and had a positive view of it, but he wasn’t as well-read as Clement was. The list of Greek authors that Clement quoted fills over fourteen pages in Fabricius’s Bibliotheca Graeca. He was comfortable with epic and lyric poetry, as well as tragic and comic poets, and he had a very broad knowledge of prose writers. Some of the classic poets, however, he seems to have known only from anthologies, which led him to misquote verses attributed to Euripides and others that were actually written by Jewish forgers. He made a dedicated study of philosophers and had a detailed understanding of the systems of Christian heretics. In all instances, it’s clear that he not only read but also thought deeply about the questions raised by Greek civilization and the various writings of poets, philosophers, and heretics. His greatest joy, however, came from the Scriptures. He believed they contained God’s wisdom for humanity. He quoted from all the books of the Old Testament except Ruth and the Song of Solomon, and he clearly included the book of Tobit, the Wisdom of Solomon, and Ecclesiasticus among the sacred writings. His quotes from the New Testament are just as thorough; he cited all the books except the epistle to Philemon, the second epistle of St. Peter, and the epistle of St. James. He also quoted from The Shepherd of Hermas, as well as the epistles of Clemens Romanus and Barnabas, treating them as inspired. He even referenced many lost gospels, including those of the Hebrews, the Egyptians, and Matthias.

Notwithstanding this adequate knowledge of Scripture, the modern theologian is disappointed to find very little of what he deems characteristically Christian. In fact Clement regarded Christianity as a philosophy. The ancient philosophers sought through their philosophy to attain to a nobler and holier life, and this also was the aim of Christianity. The difference between the two, in Clement’s judgment, was that the Greek philosophers had only glimpses of the truth, that they attained only to fragments of the truth, while Christianity revealed in Christ the absolute and perfect truth. All the stages of the world’s history were therefore preparations leading up to this full revelation, and God’s care was not confined to the Hebrews alone. The worship of the heavenly bodies, for instance, was given to man at an early stage that he might rise from a contemplation of these sublime objects to the worship of the Creator. Greek philosophy in particular was the preparation of the Greeks for Christ. It was the schoolmaster or paedagogue to lead them to Christ. Plato was Moses atticizing. Clement varies in his statement how Plato got his wisdom or his fragments of the Reason. Sometimes he thinks that they came direct from God, like all good things, but he is also fond of maintaining that many of Plato’s best thoughts were borrowed from the Hebrew prophets; and he makes the same statement in regard to the wisdom of the other philosophers. But however this may be, Christ was the end to which all that was true in philosophies pointed. Christ himself was the Logos, the Reason. God the Father was ineffable. The Son alone can manifest Him fully. He is the Reason that pervades the universe, that brings out all goodness, that guides all good men. It was through possessing somewhat of this Reason that the philosophers attained to any truth and goodness; but in Christians he dwells more fully and guides them through all the perplexities of life. Photius, probably on a careless reading of Clement, argued that he could not have believed in a real incarnation. But the words of Clement are quite precise and their meaning indisputable. The real difficulty attaches not to the Second Person, but to the First. The Father in Clement’s mind becomes the Absolute of the philosophers, that is to say, not the Father at all, but the Monad, a mere point devoid of all attributes. He believed in a personal Son of God who was the Reason and Wisdom of God; and he believed that this Son of God really became incarnate though he speaks of him almost invariably as the Word, and attaches little value to his human nature. The object of his incarnation and death was to free man from his sins, to lead him into the path of wisdom, and thus in the end elevate him to the position of a god. But man’s salvation was to be gradual. It began with faith, passed from that to love, and ended in full and complete knowledge. There could be no faith without knowledge. But the knowledge is imperfect, and the Christian was to do many things in simple obedience without knowing the reason. But he has to move upwards continually until he at length does nothing that is evil, and he knows fully the reason and object of what he does. He thus becomes the true Gnostic, but he can become the true Gnostic only by contemplation and by the practice of what is right. He has to free himself from the power of passion. He has to give up all thoughts of pleasure. He must prefer goodness in the midst of torture to evil with unlimited pleasure. He has to resist the temptations of the body, keeping it under strict control, and with the eye of the soul undimmed by corporeal wants and impulses, contemplate God the supreme good, and live a life according to reason. In other words, he must strive after likeness to God as he reveals himself in his Reason or in Christ. Clement thus looks entirely at the enlightened moral elevation to which Christianity raises man. He believed that Christ instructed men before he came into the world, and he therefore viewed heathenism with kindly eye. He was also favourable to the pursuit of all kinds of knowledge. All enlightenment tended to lead up to the truths of Christianity, and hence knowledge of every kind not evil was its handmaid. Clement had at the same time a strong belief in evolution or development. The world went through various stages in preparation for Christianity. The man goes through various stages before he can reach Christian perfection. And Clement conceived that this development took place not merely in this life, but in the future through successive grades. The Jew and the heathen had the gospel preached to them in the world below by Christ and his apostles, and Christians will have to pass through processes of purification and trial after death before they reach knowledge and perfect bliss.

Despite being well-versed in Scripture, the modern theologian is often disappointed to find very little that he considers uniquely Christian. Clement saw Christianity as a philosophy. The ancient philosophers aimed to achieve a nobler and holier life through their philosophies, which was also the goal of Christianity. In Clement’s view, the difference was that the Greek philosophers only had glimpses of the truth, achieving only fragments, while Christianity reveals the complete and perfect truth through Christ. All moments in history were seen as preparations leading to this full revelation, and God’s care extended beyond just the Hebrews. For instance, the worship of celestial bodies was given to humans so they could rise from admiring these remarkable objects to worshiping the Creator. Greek philosophy, in particular, served as preparation for the Greeks to encounter Christ. It acted like a teacher leading them to Him. Plato was Moses adapting to Greek culture. Clement's statements vary about how Plato gained his wisdom or insights. Sometimes he believes they came directly from God, like all good things, but he also frequently argues that many of Plato’s best ideas were borrowed from the Hebrew prophets and makes the same claim regarding other philosophers. Regardless, Christ was the ultimate goal to which all truth in philosophies pointed. He Himself was the Logos, the Reason. God the Father was ineffable, and the Son was the one who could fully reveal Him. The Son embodies the Reason that infuses the universe, generates all goodness, and guides all virtuous people. It was through a partial understanding of this Reason that philosophers were able to grasp any truth and goodness; however, in Christians, this Reason dwells more fully, guiding them through life’s complexities. Photius, possibly due to a careless reading of Clement, argued that he could not have believed in a real incarnation. But Clement's words are clear, and their meaning is unmistakable. The real challenge lies not with the Second Person, but with the First. In Clement’s view, the Father resembles the Absolute of the philosophers, meaning He is not really a Father at all, but a Monad, an abstract point lacking all attributes. He believed in a personal Son of God who was the Reason and Wisdom of God; and he believed this Son truly became incarnate, though he almost always refers to Him as the Word and places little emphasis on His human nature. The purpose of His incarnation and death was to liberate humanity from sin, lead them to wisdom, and eventually elevate them to the status of a god. However, salvation for humanity was meant to be gradual. It started with faith, moved to love, and culminated in complete knowledge. Faith cannot exist without knowledge. But this knowledge is incomplete, and Christians are expected to carry out many actions in simple obedience without understanding the reasons. Yet they must continually strive upwards until they eventually do no evil and fully understand the purpose of their actions. In doing so, they become true Gnostics, but only through contemplation and practicing righteousness. They must free themselves from the grip of passion, renounce all thoughts of pleasure, and choose goodness amid suffering over evil accompanied by unlimited pleasure. They must resist bodily temptations, keep their bodies under control, and with their soul’s clarity free from physical wants and urges, contemplate God, the ultimate good, and live a life guided by reason. In other words, they should aspire to be like God as He reveals Himself through His Reason or in Christ. Clement focuses entirely on the enlightened moral uplift that Christianity offers humanity. He believed that Christ taught people before coming into the world, which led him to view paganism positively. He also supported the pursuit of all forms of knowledge. Enlightenment, in his view, directed individuals toward the truths of Christianity, so all knowledge that isn’t evil serves it as a helper. Clement held a strong belief in evolution or development, asserting that the world went through various stages in preparation for Christianity. People undergo different stages before attaining Christian perfection. He believed this development occurs not just in this life, but also in the afterlife through successive levels. Both Jews and Gentiles had the gospel preached to them in the afterlife by Christ and His apostles, and Christians would need to undergo purification and trials after death before they achieve knowledge and perfect happiness.

The beliefs of Clement have caused considerable difference of opinion among modern scholars. He sought the truth from whatever quarter he could get it, believing that all that is good comes from God, wherever it be found. He belongs therefore to no school of philosophers. He calls himself an Eclectic. He was in the main a Neoplatonist, drawing from that school his doctrines of the Monad and his strong tendency towards mysticism. For his moral doctrine he borrowed freely from Stoicism. Aristotelian features may be found but are quite subordinate. But Clement always regards the articles of the Christian creed as the axioms of a new philosophy. Daehne had tried to show that he was Neoplatonic, and Reinkens has maintained that he was essentially Aristotelian. His mode of viewing Christianity does not fit into any classification. It is the result of the period in which he lived, of his wide culture and the simplicity and noble purity of his character.

The beliefs of Clement have sparked significant debate among modern scholars. He searched for truth from any source, believing that all that is good comes from God, no matter where it's found. He doesn’t align with any specific school of thought; instead, he identifies as an Eclectic. Overall, he was primarily a Neoplatonist, drawing concepts like the Monad and a strong inclination toward mysticism from that tradition. He freely borrowed his moral teachings from Stoicism. While there are some elements of Aristotelian thought, they play a minor role. However, Clement always views the tenets of the Christian creed as the foundation of a new philosophy. Daehne tried to argue that he was Neoplatonic, and Reinkens claimed he was fundamentally Aristotelian. His perspective on Christianity doesn't fit into any specific category. It reflects the time he lived in, his broad education, and the simplicity and noble purity of his character.

It is needless to say that his books well deserve study; but 490 the study is not smoothed by simplicity of style. Clement professed to despise rhetoric, but was himself a rhetorician, and his style is turgid, involved and difficult. He is singularly simple in his character. In discussing marriage he refuses to use any but the plainest language. A euphemism is with him a falsehood. But he is temperate in his opinions; and the practical advices in the second and third books of the Paedagogue are remarkably sound and moderate. He is not always very critical, and he is passionately fond of allegorical interpretations, but these were the faults of his age.

It's obvious that his books deserve serious study, but 490 the study isn't made easier by a straightforward style. Clement claimed to dislike rhetoric, yet he was a skilled rhetorician, and his writing is complex, convoluted, and challenging. However, he is remarkably straightforward in his character. When discussing marriage, he only uses the simplest language. For him, a euphemism is a lie. Still, he is moderate in his opinions, and the practical advice in the second and third books of the Paedagogue is notably sensible and balanced. He isn't always very critical and has a strong passion for allegorical interpretations, but these were common flaws of his time.

All early writers speak of Clement in the highest terms of laudation, and he certainly ought to have been a saint in any Church that reveres saints. But Clement is not a saint in the Roman Church. He was a saint up till the time of Benedict XIV., who read Photius on Clement, believed him, and struck the Alexandrian’s name out of the calendar. But many Roman Catholic writers, though they yield a practical obedience to the papal decision, have adduced good reason why it should be reversed (Cognat, p. 451).

All early writers praise Clement highly, and he definitely should be considered a saint in any Church that honors saints. However, Clement is not recognized as a saint in the Roman Church. He was considered a saint until the time of Benedict XIV, who read Photius on Clement, accepted it, and removed the Alexandrian's name from the calendar. Many Roman Catholic writers, while they comply with the papal decision, have provided compelling reasons for why it should be overturned (Cognat, p. 451).

Editions.—The standard edition of the collected works will be that of O. Stählin (first vol. containing Protrepticus and Paedagogus, Leipzig, 1905). Separate editions of Strom. vii., Hort and Major (1902); Q.D.S., Barnard in Texts and Studies, v. 2 (1897); W. Dindorf’s edition in 4 vols. (Oxford, 1869) is little more than a reprint of the text of Bishop Potter, 1715. For the Fragments see Zahn, Forschungen zur Gesch. des neut. Kanons, part iii., or Harnack and Preuschen, Gesch. der altch. Litt., vol. i.

Editions.—The standard edition of the collected works will be the one by O. Stählin (the first volume includes Protrepticus and Paedagogus, Leipzig, 1905). There are separate editions of Strom. vii., by Hort and Major (1902); Q.D.S., by Barnard in Texts and Studies, v. 2 (1897); and W. Dindorf’s edition in 4 volumes (Oxford, 1869), which is mostly a reprint of Bishop Potter's text from 1715. For the Fragments, see Zahn, Forschungen zur Gesch. des neut. Kanons, part iii., or Harnack and Preuschen, Gesch. der altch. Litt., vol. i.

Literature.—A copious bibliography will be found in Harnack, Chronologie, vol. ii., or in Bardenhewer, Gesch. der altk. Lit. Either of these will supply the names of works upon Clement’s biblical text, his use of Stoic writers, his quotations from heathen writers, and his relation to heathen philosophy. A valuable book is de Faye, Clém. d’Alex. (1898). For his theological position see Harnack, Dogmengeschichte; Hort, Six Lectures on the Ante-Nicene Fathers; Westcott, “Clem, of Alex.” in Dict. Christ. Biog.; Bigg, Christian Platonists of Alex. (1886). A book on Clement’s relation to Mysticism is wanted.

Literature.—You can find a comprehensive bibliography in Harnack, Chronologie, vol. ii., or in Bardenhewer, Gesch. der altk. Lit. Either of these sources will provide the titles of works related to Clement’s biblical text, his references to Stoic writers, his quotes from non-Christian authors, and his connections to non-Christian philosophy. A significant book is de Faye, Clém. d’Alex. (1898). For more on his theological views, see Harnack, Dogmengeschichte; Hort, Six Lectures on the Ante-Nicene Fathers; Westcott, “Clem, of Alex.” in Dict. Christ. Biog.; Bigg, Christian Platonists of Alex. (1886). A book about Clement’s connection to Mysticism is needed.

(C. Bi.; J. D.)

1 Zahn thinks we have part of them in the Adumbrationes Clem. Alex. in epistolas canonicas (Codex Lindum, 96, sec. ix.). They were perhaps intended as a completion of the preceding course.

1 Zahn believes we have some of them in the Adumbrationes Clem. Alex. in epistolas canonicas (Codex Lindum, 96, sec. ix.). They were possibly meant to complement the previous course.


CLÉMENT, FRANÇOIS (1714-1793), French historian, was born at Bèze, near Dijon, and was educated at the Jesuit College at Dijon. At the age of seventeen he entered the society of the Benedictines of Saint Maur, and worked with such intense application that at the age of twenty-five he was obliged to take a protracted rest. He now resided in Paris, where he wrote the 11th and 12th vols. of the Histoire littéraire de la France, and edited (with Dom Brial) the 12th and 13th vols. of the Recueil des historiens des Gauls et de la France. The king appointed him on the committee which was engaged in publishing charters, diplomas and other documents connected with French history (see Xavier Charmes, Le Comité des travaux historiques et scientifiques, vol. i., 1886, passim); and the Academy of Inscriptions chose him as a member (1785). Dom Clément also revised the Art de vérifier les dates, edited in 1750 by Dom Clémencet. Three volumes with the Indexes appeared from 1783 to 1792. He was engaged in preparing another volume including the period before the Christian era, when he died suddenly of apoplexy, at the age of sixty-nine. The work was afterwards brought down from 1770 to 1827 by Julien de Courcelles and Fortia d’Urban.

CLÉMENT, FRANÇOIS (1714-1793), a French historian, was born in Bèze, near Dijon, and educated at the Jesuit College in Dijon. At seventeen, he joined the Benedictines of Saint Maur, and worked so diligently that by the age of twenty-five, he needed an extended break. He then lived in Paris, where he authored the 11th and 12th volumes of the Histoire littéraire de la France and co-edited (with Dom Brial) the 12th and 13th volumes of the Recueil des historiens des Gauls et de la France. The king appointed him to a committee that published charters, diplomas, and other documents related to French history (see Xavier Charmes, Le Comité des travaux historiques et scientifiques, vol. i., 1886, passim); and in 1785, the Academy of Inscriptions elected him as a member. Dom Clément also updated the Art de vérifier les dates, originally edited in 1750 by Dom Clémencet. Three volumes with indexes were published from 1783 to 1792. He was working on another volume covering the period before the Christian era when he suddenly died of apoplexy at the age of sixty-nine. The work was later continued from 1770 to 1827 by Julien de Courcelles and Fortia d’Urban.


CLÉMENT, JACQUES (1567-1589), murderer of the French king Henry III., was born at Sorbon in the Ardennes, and became a Dominican friar. Civil war was raging in France, and Clément became an ardent partisan of the League; his mind appears to have become unhinged by religious fanaticism, and he talked of exterminating the heretics, and formed a plan to kill Henry III. His project was encouraged by some of the heads of the League; he was assured of temporal rewards if he succeeded, and of eternal bliss if he failed. Having obtained letters for the king, he left Paris on the 31st of July 1589, and reached St Cloud, the headquarters of Henry, who was besieging Paris. On the following day he was admitted to the royal presence, and presenting his letters he told the king that he had an important and confidential message to deliver. The attendants then withdrew, and while Henry was reading the letters Clément mortally wounded him with a dagger which had been concealed beneath his cloak. The assassin was at once killed by the attendants who rushed in, and Henry died early on the following day. Clément’s body was afterwards quartered and burned. This deed, however, was viewed with far different feelings in Paris and by the partisans of the League, the murderer being regarded as a martyr and extolled by Pope Sixtus V., while even his canonization was discussed.

CLÉMENT, JACQUES (1567-1589), the assassin of French king Henry III, was born in Sorbon, Ardennes, and became a Dominican friar. Civil war was raging in France, and Clément became a passionate supporter of the League; his mind seems to have been affected by religious fanaticism, and he spoke of wiping out heretics and created a plan to kill Henry III. His plot received backing from some leaders of the League; he was promised rewards in this life if he succeeded and eternal happiness if he failed. After getting letters for the king, he left Paris on July 31, 1589, and arrived at St Cloud, where Henry was commanding the siege of Paris. The next day, he was allowed into the royal presence, and upon presenting his letters, he told the king he had an important and confidential message to convey. The attendants then left the room, and while Henry was reading the letters, Clément fatally stabbed him with a dagger hidden under his cloak. The assassin was immediately killed by the attendants who rushed in, and Henry died early the next day. Clément's body was later dismembered and burned. However, this act was perceived very differently in Paris and among the League supporters; Clément was viewed as a martyr and praised by Pope Sixtus V, with discussions even held about his canonization.

See E. Lavisse, Histoire de France, tome vi. (Paris, 1904).

See E. Lavisse, Histoire de France, volume 6. (Paris, 1904).


CLEMENTI, MUZIO (c. 1751-1832), Italian pianist and composer, was born at Rome between 1750 and 1752. His father, a jeweller, encouraged his son’s early musical talent. Buroni and Cordicelli were his first masters, and at the age of nine Clementi’s theoretical and practical studies had advanced to such a degree that he was able to win the position of organist at a church. He continued his studies under Santarelli and Carpani, and at the age of fourteen wrote a mass which was performed in public. About 1766 Beckford, the author of Vathek, persuaded Clementi to follow him to England, where the young composer lived in retirement at one of the country seats of his protector in Dorsetshire until 1770. In that year he first appeared in London, where his success both as composer and pianist was rapid and brilliant. In 1777 he was for some time employed as conductor of the Italian opera, but he soon afterwards left London for Paris. Here also his concerts were crowded by enthusiastic audiences, and the same success accompanied Clementi on a tour about the year 1780 to southern Germany and Austria. At Vienna, which he visited between 1781 and 1782, he was received with high honour by the emperor Joseph II., in whose presence he met Mozart, and fought a kind of musical duel with him. His technical skill proved to be equal if not superior to that of his rival, who on the other hand infinitely surpassed him by the passionate beauty of his interpretation. It is worth noting that one of the finest of Clementi’s sonatas, that in B flat, shows an exactly identical opening theme with Mozart’s overture to the Flauto Magico.

CLEMENTI, MUZIO (c. 1751-1832), Italian pianist and composer, was born in Rome between 1750 and 1752. His father, a jeweler, nurtured his son’s early musical talent. Buroni and Cordicelli were his first teachers, and by the age of nine, Clementi’s theory and practice had progressed to the point where he won the role of organist at a church. He continued his studies under Santarelli and Carpani, and at fourteen, he composed a mass that was performed publicly. Around 1766, Beckford, the author of Vathek, convinced Clementi to accompany him to England, where the young composer lived privately at one of his patron's country estates in Dorset until 1770. That year, he debuted in London, achieving rapid and remarkable success as both a composer and pianist. In 1777, he briefly worked as the conductor for the Italian opera, but soon left London for Paris. There, his concerts drew enthusiastic crowds, and he enjoyed similar success during a tour around 1780 in southern Germany and Austria. In Vienna, where he visited between 1781 and 1782, he was greeted with great honor by Emperor Joseph II., in whose presence he met Mozart and engaged in a sort of musical duel with him. His technical prowess was equal, if not superior, to that of his rival, who, in contrast, far surpassed him with the passionate beauty of his performance. Notably, one of Clementi’s finest sonatas, the one in B flat, features an exactly identical opening theme as Mozart’s overture to Flauto Magico.

In May 1782 Clementi returned to London, where for the next twelve years he continued his lucrative occupations of fashionable teacher and performer at the concerts of the aristocracy. He took shares in the pianoforte business of a firm which went bankrupt in 1800. He then established a pianoforte and music business of his own, under the name of Clementi & Co. Other members were added to the firm, including Collard and Davis, and the firm was ultimately taken over by Messrs Collard alone. Amongst his pupils on the pianoforte during this period may be mentioned John Field, the composer of the celebrated Nocturnes. In his company Clementi paid, in 1804, a visit to Paris, Vienna, St Petersburg, Berlin and other cities. While he was in Berlin, Meyerbeer became one of his pupils. He also revisited his own country after an absence of more than thirty years. In 1810 Clementi returned to London, but refused to play again in public, devoting the remainder of his life to composition. Several symphonies belong to this time, and were played with much success at contemporary concerts, but none of them seem to have been published. His intellectual and musical faculties remained unimpaired until his death, on the 9th of March 1832, at Evesham, Worcester.

In May 1782, Clementi returned to London, where for the next twelve years he continued his profitable work as a sought-after teacher and performer at aristocratic concerts. He invested in a piano company that went bankrupt in 1800. He then started his own piano and music business, called Clementi & Co. Other partners joined the firm, including Collard and Davis, and it was eventually taken over solely by Messrs Collard. Among his piano students during this time was John Field, the composer of the famous Nocturnes. With Clementi, he traveled in 1804 to Paris, Vienna, St. Petersburg, Berlin, and other cities. While in Berlin, Meyerbeer became one of his students. He also returned to his homeland after being away for more than thirty years. In 1810, Clementi came back to London but chose not to perform publicly again, dedicating the rest of his life to composition. He composed several symphonies during this period, which were performed successfully at contemporary concerts, but none seem to have been published. His intellectual and musical abilities remained intact until his death on March 9, 1832, in Evesham, Worcester.

Of Clementi’s playing in his youth, Moscheles wrote that it was “marked by a most beautiful legato, a supple touch in lively passages, and a most unfailing technique.” Mozart may be said to have closed the old and Clementi to have founded the newer school of technique on the piano. Amongst Clementi’s compositions the most remarkable are sixty sonatas for pianoforte, and the great collection of Études called Gradus ad Parnassum.

Of Clementi's playing in his youth, Moscheles noted that it was “characterized by a beautiful legato, a smooth touch in lively sections, and an exceptional technique.” Mozart can be seen as closing the old school, while Clementi established the newer school of technique for the piano. Among Clementi's works, the most notable are sixty sonatas for pianoforte and the significant collection of Études titled Gradus ad Parnassum.


CLEMENTINE LITERATURE, the name generally given to the writings which at one time or another were fathered upon Pope Clement I. (q.v.), commonly called Clemens Romanus, who was early regarded as a disciple of St Peter. Thus they are for the most part a species of the larger pseudo-Petrine genus. Chief among them are: (1) The so-called Second Epistle; (2) two Epistles on Virginity; (3) the Homilies and Recognitions; (4) the Apostolical Constitutions (q.v.); and (5) five epistles forming part of the Forged Decretals (see Decretals). The present article deals mainly with the third group, to which the title “Clementine literature” is usually confined, owing to the stress 491 laid upon it in the famous Tübingen reconstruction of primitive Christianity, in which it played a leading part; but later criticism has lowered its importance as its true date and historical relations have been progressively ascertained. (1) and (2) became “Clementine” only by chance, but (3) was so originally by literary device or fiction, the cause at work also in (4) and (5). But while in all cases the suggestion of Clement’s authorship came ultimately from his prestige as writer of the genuine Epistle of Clement (see Clement i.), both (3) and (4) were due to this idea as operative on Syrian soil; (5) is a secondary formation based on (3) as known to the West.

Clementine Literature, the name generally given to the writings that have at some point been attributed to Pope Clement I. (q.v.), commonly known as Clemens Romanus, who was early considered a disciple of St. Peter. Thus, they are mostly a type of the larger pseudo-Petrine category. The main ones include: (1) The so-called Second Epistle; (2) two Epistles on Virginity; (3) the Homilies and Recognitions; (4) the Apostolical Constitutions (q.v.); and (5) five epistles that are part of the Forged Decretals (see Decretals). This article primarily focuses on the third group, which is usually referred to as “Clementine literature,” due to its emphasis in the famous Tübingen reconstruction of early Christianity, where it played a major role; however, later critiques have diminished its significance as its actual date and historical connections have been gradually established. (1) and (2) became “Clementine” merely by coincidence, but (3) originally held that title due to literary devices or fiction, a trend also seen in (4) and (5). Nonetheless, in all instances, the suggestion of Clement’s authorship ultimately stemmed from his reputation as the writer of the genuine Epistle of Clement (see Clement i.), while both (3) and (4) were influenced by this concept on Syrian soil; (5) is a secondary creation based on (3) as it was recognized in the West.

(1) The “Second Epistle of Clement.”—This is really the earliest extant Christian homily (see Apostolic Fathers). Its theme is the duty of Christian repentance, with a view to obedience to Christ’s precepts as the true confession and homage which He requires. Its special charge is “Preserve the flesh pure and the seal (i.e. baptism) unstained” (viii. 6). But the peculiar way in which it enforces its morals in terms of the Platonic contrast between the spiritual and sensuous worlds, as archetype and temporal manifestation, suggests a special local type of theology which must be taken into account in fixing its provenance. This theology, the fact that the preacher seems to quote the Gospel according to the Egyptians (in ch. xii. and possibly elsewhere) as if familiar to his hearers, and indeed its literary affinities generally, all point to Alexandria as the original home of the homily, at a date about 120-140 (see Zeit. f. N. T. Wissenschaft, vii. 123 ff). Neither Corinth (as Lightfoot) nor Rome (as Harnack, who assigns it to Bishop Soter, c. 166-174) satisfies all the internal conditions, while the Eastern nature of the external evidence and the homily’s quasi-canonical status in the Codex-Alexandrinus strongly favour an Alexandrine origin.

(1) The “Second Epistle of Clement.”—This is actually the earliest existing Christian homily (see Apostolic Fathers). Its main focus is the necessity of Christian repentance, emphasizing obedience to Christ's teachings as the true expression of faith and respect that He demands. A key message is “Keep the body pure and the seal (i.e. baptism) unblemished” (viii. 6). However, the unique way it discusses morals through the Platonic distinction between the spiritual and physical realms, as ideals and their earthly counterparts, indicates a specific local kind of theology that must be considered when determining its provenance. This theology, along with the preacher seemingly quoting the Gospel according to the Egyptians (in ch. xii. and maybe elsewhere) as if his audience was familiar with it, as well as its overall literary connections, all suggest that Alexandria is where this homily originated, around 120-140 (see Zeit. f. N. T. Wissenschaft, vii. 123 ff). Neither Corinth (as Lightfoot suggests) nor Rome (as Harnack, who attributes it to Bishop Soter, c. 166-174) meets all the internal criteria, while the Eastern nature of the external evidence and the homily’s semi-canonical status in the Codex-Alexandrinus strongly support an Alexandrian origin.

(2) The Two Epistles to Virgins, i.e. to Christian celibates of both sexes. These are known in their entirety only in Syriac, and were first published by Wetstein (1752), who held them genuine. This view is now generally discredited, even by Roman Catholics like Funk, their best recent editor (Patres Apost., vol. ii.). External evidence begins with Epiphanius (Haer. xxx. 15) and Jerome (Ad Jovin. i. 12); and the silence of Eusebius tells heavily against their existence before the 4th century, at any rate as writings of Clement. The Monophysite Timothy of Alexandria (A.D. 457) cites one of them as Clement’s, while Antiochus of St Saba (c. A.D. 620) makes copious but unacknowledged extracts from both in the original Greek. There is no trace of their use in the West. Thus their Syrian origin is manifest, the more so that in the Syriac MS. they are appended to the New Testament, like the better-known epistles of Clement in the Codex Alexandrinus. Indeed, judging from another Syriac MS. of earlier date, which includes the latter writings in its canon, it seems that the Epistles on Virginity gradually replaced the earlier pair in certain Syrian churches—even should Lightfoot be right in doubting if this had really occurred by Epiphanius’s day (S. Clement of Rome, i. 412).

(2) The Two Epistles to Virgins, meaning to Christian celibates of both genders. These are only known in full in Syriac and were first published by Wetstein in 1752, who considered them authentic. This belief is now largely rejected, even by Roman Catholics like Funk, their most recent editor (Patres Apost., vol. ii.). External evidence begins with Epiphanius (Haer. xxx. 15) and Jerome (Ad Jovin. i. 12); and Eusebius’s silence strongly argues against their existence prior to the 4th century, at least as writings of Clement. The Monophysite Timothy of Alexandria (A.D. 457) quotes one of them as Clement’s, while Antiochus of St Saba (circa A.D. 620) makes extensive but uncredited extracts from both in the original Greek. There’s no sign they were used in the West. Thus, their Syrian origin is clear, especially since in the Syriac manuscript they are included with the New Testament, like the more well-known epistles of Clement in the Codex Alexandrinus. In fact, based on another earlier Syriac manuscript that includes those writings in its canon, it seems that the Epistles on Virginity gradually replaced the earlier pair in certain Syrian churches—even if Lightfoot is correct in questioning whether this really happened by Epiphanius’s time (S. Clement of Rome, i. 412).

Probably these epistles did not originally bear Clement’s name at all, but formed a single epistle addressed to ascetics among an actual circle of churches. In that case they, or rather it, may date from the 3rd century in spite of Eusebius’s silence, and are not pseudo-Clementine in any real sense. It matters little whether or not the false ascription was made before the division into two implied already by Epiphanius (c. A.D. 375). Special occasion for such a hortatory letter may be discerned in its polemic against intimate relations between ascetics of opposite sex, implied to exist among its readers, in contrast to usage in the writer’s own locality. Now we know that spiritual unions, prompted originally by highstrung Christian idealism as to a religious fellowship transcending the law of nature in relation to sex, did exist between persons living under vows of celibacy during the 3rd century in particular, and not least in Syria (cf. the case of Paul of Samosata, c. 265, and the Synod of Ancyra in Galatia, c. 314). It is natural, then, to see in the original epistle a protest against the dangers of such spiritual boldness (cf. “Subintroductae” in Herzog-Hauck’s Realencyklopädie), prior perhaps to the famous case at Antioch just noted. Possibly it is the feeling of south Syria or Palestine that here expresses itself in remonstrance against usages prevalent in north Syria. Such a view finds support also in the New Testament canon implied in these epistles.

Probably, these letters didn’t originally have Clement’s name attached to them at all, but formed a single letter aimed at ascetics in a specific group of churches. If that’s the case, they—or rather it—might date back to the 3rd century despite Eusebius’s silence, and they're not truly pseudo-Clementine. It doesn’t matter much whether the false attribution happened before the split into two, as suggested by Epiphanius (circa A.D. 375). A particular reason for this encouraging letter can be seen in its argument against close relationships between ascetics of different genders, which seems to have existed among its readers, unlike the customs in the writer’s own area. We know that spiritual unions, initially driven by intense Christian ideals about a religious connection that transcends natural laws regarding sex, did exist among people living under vows of celibacy, especially in the 3rd century and notably in Syria (see the case of Paul of Samosata, circa 265, and the Synod of Ancyra in Galatia, circa 314). It’s reasonable, then, to interpret the original letter as a warning against the risks of such spiritual daring (see “Subintroductae” in Herzog-Hauck’s Realencyklopädie), likely preceding the well-known case in Antioch mentioned earlier. It’s possible that the sentiments of southern Syria or Palestine are expressed here in opposition to practices common in northern Syria. Such a perspective is also supported by the New Testament canon implied in these letters.

(3)[a] The Epistle of Clement to James (the Lord’s brother). This was originally part of (3)[b], in connexion with which its origin and date are discussed. But as known to the West through Rufinus’s Latin version, it was quoted as genuine by the synod of Vaison (A.D. 442) and throughout the middle ages. It became “the starting point of the most momentous and gigantic of medieval forgeries, the Isidorian Decretals,” “where it stands at the head of the pontifical letters, extended to more than twice its original length.” This extension perhaps occurred during the 5th century. At any rate the letter in this form, along with a “second epistle to James” (on the Eucharist, church furniture, &c.), dating from the early 6th century, had separate currency long before the 9th century, when they were incorporated in the Decretals by the forger who raised the Clementine epistles to five (see Lightfoot, Clement, i. 414 ff.).

(3)[a] The Epistle of Clement to James (the Lord’s brother). This was originally part of (3)[b], which discusses its origin and date. However, it was known in the West through Rufinus’s Latin version and was cited as authentic by the synod of Vaison (AD 442) and throughout the Middle Ages. It became “the starting point of the most significant and massive medieval forgeries, the Isidorian Decretals,” where it was placed at the beginning of the papal letters, expanded to more than twice its original length. This extension likely happened during the 5th century. In any case, the letter in this form, along with a “second epistle to James” (on the Eucharist, church furnishings, etc.), dating from the early 6th century, circulated separately long before the 9th century, when they were included in the Decretals by the forger who expanded the Clementine epistles to five (see Lightfoot, Clement, i. 414 ff.).

(3)[b] The “Homilies” and “Recognitions”—“The two chief extant Clementine writings, differing considerably in some respects in doctrine, are both evidently the outcome of a peculiar speculative type of Judaistic Christianity, for which the most characteristic name of Christ was ‘the true Prophet.’ The framework of both is a narrative purporting to be written by Clement (of Rome) to St James, the Lord’s brother, describing at the beginning his own conversion and the circumstances of his first acquaintance with St Peter, and then a long succession of incidents accompanying St Peter’s discourses and disputations, leading up to a romantic recognition of Clement’s father, mother and two brothers, from whom he had been separated since childhood. The problems discussed under this fictitious guise are with rare exceptions fundamental problems for every age; and, whatever may be thought of the positions maintained, the discussions are hardly ever feeble or trivial. Regarded simply as mirroring the past, few, if any, remains of Christian antiquity present us with so vivid a picture of the working of men’s minds under the influence of the new leaven which had entered into the world” (Hort, Clem. Recog., p. xiv.).

(3)[b] The “Homilies” and “Recognitions”—“The two main surviving writings of Clement, which differ quite a bit in their doctrines, are clearly products of a unique speculative form of Judaistic Christianity, where the most defining title for Christ is ‘the true Prophet.’ Both are framed as narratives supposedly written by Clement (of Rome) to St. James, the Lord’s brother. They begin with his conversion and his first encounter with St. Peter, followed by a series of incidents connected to St. Peter’s teachings and debates, ultimately leading to a dramatic reunion with Clement’s father, mother, and two brothers, whom he had not seen since childhood. The issues tackled in this fictional narrative are, with few exceptions, fundamental concerns for all times; and, regardless of what one might think about the viewpoints presented, the discussions are rarely weak or trivial. Simply as reflections of the past, few, if any, remnants of early Christianity give us such a vivid insight into how people’s minds worked under the influence of the new ideas that had entered the world” (Hort, Clem. Recog., p. xiv.).

The indispensable preliminary to a really historic view of these writings is some solution of the problem of their mutual relations. The older criticism assumed a dependence of one upon the other, and assigned one or both to the latter part of the 2nd century. Recent criticism, however, builds on the principle, which emerges alike from the external and internal evidence (see Salmon in the Dict. of Christian Biography), that both used a common basis. Our main task, then, is to define the nature, origin and date of the parent document, and if possible its own literary antecedents. Towards the solution of this problem two contributions of prime importance have recently been made. The earlier of these is by F.J.A. Hort, and was delivered in the form of lectures as far back as 1884, though issued posthumously only in 1901; the other is the elaborate monograph of Dr Hans Waitz (1904).

The essential first step to understanding these writings historically is figuring out their relationships with each other. Earlier criticism thought that one depended on the other and dated them both to the later part of the 2nd century. However, modern criticism is based on the principle, supported by both external and internal evidence (see Salmon in the Dict. of Christian Biography), that both writings shared a common source. Our main task is to clarify the nature, origin, and date of this original document, and, if possible, its literary predecessors. Recently, two major contributions have been made toward solving this problem. The first is by F.J.A. Hort, which was presented as lectures way back in 1884 but was published posthumously in 1901; the second is the detailed monograph by Dr. Hans Waitz (1904).

Criticism.—(i.) External Evidence as to the Clementine Romance. The evidence of ancient writers really begins, not with Origen,1 but with Eusebius of Caesarea, who in his Eccl. Hist. iii. 38, writes as follows: “Certain men have quite lately brought forward as written by him (Clement) other verbose and lengthy writings, containing dialogues of Peter, forsooth, and Apion, whereof not the slightest mention is to be found among the ancients, for they do not even preserve in purity the stamp of the Apostolic orthodoxy.” Apion, the Alexandrine grammarian 492 and foe of Judaism, whose criticism was answered by Josephus, appears in this character both in Homilies and Recognitions, though mainly in the former (iv. 6-vii. 5). Thus Eusebius implies (1) a spurious Clementine work containing matter found also in our Homilies at any rate; and (2) its quite recent origin. Next we note that an extract in the Philocalia is introduced as follows: “Yea, and Clement the Roman, a disciple of Peter the Apostle, after using words in harmony with these on the present problem, in conversation with his father at Laodicea in the Circuits, speaks a very necessary word for the end of arguments touching this matter, viz. those things which seem to have proceeded from genesis (= astrological destiny), in the fourteenth book.” The extract answers to Recognitions, x. 10-13, but it is absent from our Homilies. Here we observe that (1) the extract agrees this time with Recognitions, not with Homilies; (2) its framework is that of the Clementine romance found in both; (3) the tenth and last book of Recognitions is here parallel to book xiv. of a work called Circuits (Periodoi).

Criticism.—(i.) External Evidence about the Clementine Romance. The evidence from ancient writers truly starts, not with Origen, 1 but with Eusebius of Caesarea, who in his Eccl. Hist. iii. 38, writes: “Some people have recently presented other lengthy and elaborate writings as being by him (Clement), containing dialogues of Peter and Apion, which are not mentioned at all by ancient sources, as they don't even maintain the purity of the Apostolic orthodoxy.” Apion, the Alexandrian grammarian 492 and opponent of Judaism, whose critiques were addressed by Josephus, appears in this context both in Homilies and Recognitions, mainly in the former (iv. 6-vii. 5). Therefore, Eusebius suggests (1) a fake Clementine work containing material also found in our Homilies; and (2) its fairly recent origin. Next, we see that an excerpt in the Philocalia is introduced as follows: “Yes, and Clement the Roman, a disciple of Peter the Apostle, after expressing thoughts aligned with these on the current issue, in a conversation with his father at Laodicea in the Circuits, makes a very important point for concluding discussions on this topic, namely those concepts that seem to arise from genesis (= astrological destiny), in the fourteenth book.” The excerpt corresponds to Recognitions, x. 10-13, but is missing from our Homilies. Here we notice that (1) the excerpt aligns this time with Recognitions, not with Homilies; (2) its structure is that of the Clementine romance found in both; (3) the tenth and final book of Recognitions parallels book xiv of a work called Circuits (Periodoi).

This last point leads on naturally to the witness of Epiphanius (c. 375), who, speaking of Ebionites or Judaizing Christians of various sorts, and particularly the Essene type, says (Haer. xxx. 15) that “they use certain other books likewise, to wit, the so-called Circuits of Peter, which were written by the hand of Clement, falsifying their contents, though leaving a few genuine things.” Here Ephiphanius simply assumes that the Ebionite Circuits of Peter was based on a genuine work of the same scope, and goes on to say that the spurious elements are proved such by contrast with the tenor of Clement’s “encyclic epistles” (i.e. those to virgins, (2) above); for these enjoin virginity (celibacy), and praise Elijah, David, Samson, and all the prophets, whereas the Ebionite Circuits favour marriage (even in Apostles) and depreciate the prophets between Moses and Christ, “the true Prophet.” “In the Circuits, then, they adapted the whole to their own views, representing Peter falsely in many ways, as that he was daily baptized for the sake of purification, as these also do; and they say that he likewise abstained from animal food and meat, as they themselves also do.” Now all the points here noted in the Circuits can be traced in our Homilies and Recognitions, though toned down in different degrees.

This last point naturally leads to the testimony of Epiphanius (c. 375), who, discussing the Ebionites or Judaizing Christians of various kinds, particularly the Essene type, states (Haer. xxx. 15) that “they use certain other books too, specifically the so-called Circuits of Peter, which were written by Clement, altering their contents while leaving some genuine material.” Here, Epiphanius assumes that the Ebionite Circuits of Peter was based on a genuine work of the same nature and continues to say that the inauthentic parts are evident when compared to the content of Clement’s “encyclic epistles” (i.e. those to virgins, (2) above); because these promote virginity (celibacy) and praise Elijah, David, Samson, and all the prophets, while the Ebionite Circuits support marriage (even for the Apostles) and diminish the significance of the prophets from Moses to Christ, “the true Prophet.” “In the Circuits, they shaped everything to fit their own beliefs, misrepresenting Peter in various ways, such as saying he was baptized daily for the sake of purification, just like they do; and they claim that he also avoided animal food and meat, as they themselves also do.” Now all the points mentioned here in the Circuits can be seen in our Homilies and Recognitions, though softened to varying degrees.

The witness of the Arianizing Opus Imperfectum in Matthaeum (c. 400) is in general similar. Its usual form of citation is “Peter in Clement” (apud Clementem). This points to “Clement” as a brief title for the Clementine Periodoi, a title actually found in a Syriac MS. of A.D. 411 which contains large parts of Recognitions and Homilies, and twice used by Rufinus, e.g. when he proposes to inscribe his version of the Recognitions “Rufinus Clemens.” Rufinus in his preface to this work—in which for the first time we meet the title Recognition(s)—observes that there are two editions to which the name applies, two collections of books differing in some points but in many respects containing the same narrative. This he remarks in explanation of the order of his version in some places, which he feels may strike his friend Gaudentius as unusual, the inference being that the other edition was the better-known one, although it lacked “the transformation of Simon” (i.e. of Clement’s father into Simon’s likeness), which is common to the close both of our Recognitions and Homilies, and so probably belonged to the Circuits. We may assume, too (e.g. on the basis of our Syriac MS.), that the Greek edition of the Recognition(s) actually used by Rufinus was much nearer the text of the Periodoi of which we have found traces than we should imagine from its Latin form.

The witness of the Arianizing Opus Imperfectum in Matthaeum (c. 400) is generally similar. Its usual way of citation is “Peter in Clement” (apud Clementem). This indicates “Clement” as a short title for the Clementine Periodoi, a title actually found in a Syriac manuscript from A.D. 411 that contains large portions of Recognitions and Homilies, and is mentioned twice by Rufinus, e.g. when he plans to label his version of the Recognitions as “Rufinus Clemens.” In his preface to this work—where we first encounter the title Recognition(s)—Rufinus notes that there are two editions to which this title refers, two collections of books that differ in some aspects but largely share the same story. He comments on this to explain the order of his version in some places, which he thinks might seem unusual to his friend Gaudentius, implying that the other edition was the more widely known one, even though it lacked “the transformation of Simon” (i.e. the change of Clement’s father into Simon’s likeness), which is typical of the endings of both our Recognitions and Homilies, and so likely belonged to the Circuits. We can also assume, based on our Syriac manuscript, that the Greek edition of the Recognition(s) that Rufinus actually used was much closer to the text of the Periodoi we have found traces of than we would think from its Latin version.

So far we have no sure trace of our Homilies at all, apart from the Syriac version. Even four centuries later, Photius, in referring to a collection of books called both Acts of Peter and the Recognition of Clement, does not make clear whether he means Homilies or Recognitions or either. “In all the copies which we have seen (and they are not a few) after those different epistles (viz. ‘Peter to James’ and ‘Clement to James,’ prefixed, the one in some MSS. the other in others) and titles, we found without variation the same treatise, beginning, I, Clement, &c.” But it is not clear that he had read more than the opening of these MSS. The fact that different epistles are prefixed to the same work leads him to conjecture “that there were two editions made of the Acts of Peter (his usual title for the collection), but in course of time the one perished and that of Clement prevailed.” This is interesting as anticipating a result of modern criticism, as will appear below. The earliest probable reference to our Homilies occurs in a work of doubtful date, the pseudo-Athanasian Synopsis, which mentions “Clementines, whence came by selection and rewriting the true and inspired form.” Here too we have the first sure trace of an expurgated recension, made with the idea of recovering the genuine form assumed, as earlier by Epiphanius, to lie behind an unorthodox recension of Clement’s narrative. As, moreover, the extant Epitome is based on our Homilies, it is natural to suppose it was also the basis of earlier orthodox recensions, one or more of which may be used in certain Florilegia of the 7th century and later. Nowhere do we find the title Homilies given to any form of the Clementine collection in antiquity.

So far, we haven’t found any definitive trace of our Homilies apart from the Syriac version. Even four centuries later, Photius, when referring to a collection of books called both Acts of Peter and the Recognition of Clement, doesn’t clarify whether he means Homilies, Recognitions, or either one. “In all the copies we’ve seen (and there are quite a few), after those different letters (namely ‘Peter to James’ and ‘Clement to James,’ which are listed first, one in some manuscripts and the other in others) and titles, we consistently found the same treatise, starting with, I, Clement, &c.” But it’s not clear that he read more than the beginning of these manuscripts. The fact that different letters are placed in front of the same work leads him to speculate “that there were two versions of the Acts of Peter (his usual title for the collection), but over time, one disappeared, and Clement’s version prevailed.” This is intriguing because it anticipates a result of modern criticism, as will be discussed below. The earliest likely reference to our Homilies appears in a work of uncertain date, the pseudo-Athanasian Synopsis, which mentions “Clementines, from which the true and inspired form was created through selection and rewriting.” Here, we also find the first solid evidence of an edited version, made with the intention of recovering the authentic form that was earlier assumed, as noted by Epiphanius, to underlie an unorthodox version of Clement’s narrative. Additionally, since the existing Epitome is based on our Homilies, it’s reasonable to believe it was also the foundation for earlier orthodox versions, one or more of which may have been used in certain Florilegia from the 7th century onwards. Nowhere do we see the title Homilies attributed to any form of the Clementine collection in antiquity.

(ii.) The Genesis of the Clementine Literature. It has been needful to cite so much of the evidence proving that our Homilies and Recognitions are both recensions of a common basis, at first known as the Circuits of Peter and later by titles connecting it rather with Clement, its ostensible author, because it affords data also for the historical problems touching (a) the contents and origin of the primary Clementine work, and (b) the conditions under which our extant recensions of it arose.

(ii.) The Genesis of the Clementine Literature. It has been necessary to present enough evidence showing that our Homilies and Recognitions are both versions of a common foundation, initially referred to as the Circuits of Peter and later by titles that relate it more to Clement, its supposed author, because it also provides information regarding the historical issues concerning (a) the contents and origin of the original Clementine work, and (b) the circumstances under which our existing versions were developed.

(a) The Circuits of Peter, as defined on the one hand by the epistle of Clement to James originally prefixed to it and by patristic evidence, and on the other by the common element in our Homilies and Recognitions, may be conceived as follows. It contained accounts of Peter’s teachings and discussions at various points on a route beginning at Caesarea, and extending northwards along the coast-lands of Syria as far as Antioch. During this tour he meets with persons of typically erroneous views, which it was presumably the aim of the work to refute in the interests of true Christianity, conceived as the final form of divine revelation—a revelation given through true prophecy embodied in a succession of persons, the chief of whom were Moses and the prophet whom Moses foretold, Jesus the Christ. The prime exponent of the spurious religion is Simon Magus. A second protagonist of error, this time of Gentile philosophic criticism directed against fundamental Judaism, is Apion, the notorious anti-Jewish Alexandrine grammarian of Peter’s day; while the rôle of upholder of astrological fatalism (Genesis) is played by Faustus, father of Clement, with whom Peter and Clement debate at Laodicea. Finally, all this is already embedded in a setting determined by the romance of Clement and his lost relatives, “recognition” of whom forms the dénouement of the story.

(a) The Circuits of Peter, as defined both by the letter from Clement to James that was originally attached to it and by early church evidence, as well as by the common themes found in our Homilies and Recognitions, can be understood as follows. It includes accounts of Peter’s teachings and discussions at various points along a route that starts at Caesarea and goes north along the coastal regions of Syria reaching as far as Antioch. During this journey, he encounters individuals with commonly held misguided views, which the work presumably aims to challenge in support of true Christianity, understood as the ultimate form of divine revelation—a revelation delivered through genuine prophecy represented by a succession of individuals, the most prominent being Moses and the prophet Moses prophesied about, Jesus the Christ. The main proponent of the false religion is Simon Magus. Another antagonist of error, this time representing Gentile philosophical criticism of fundamental Judaism, is Apion, the infamous anti-Jewish grammarian from Alexandria during Peter's time; meanwhile, Faustus, Clement's father, embodies astrological fatalism (Genesis), and he debates with Peter and Clement at Laodicea. Ultimately, all this is already woven into a narrative shaped by Clement's romance and his lost relatives, the “recognition” of whom forms the dénouement of the story.

There is no reason to doubt that such, roughly speaking, were the contents of the Clementine work to which Eusebius alludes slightingly, in connexion with that section of it which had to his eye least verisimilitude, viz. the dialogues between Peter and Apion. Now Eusebius believed the work to have been of quite recent and suspicious origin. This points to a date about the last quarter of the 3rd century; and the prevailing doctrinal tone of the contents, as known to us, leads to the same result. The standpoint is that of the peculiar Judaizing or Ebonite Christianity due to persistence among Christians of the tendencies known among pre-Christian Jews as Essene. The Essenes, while clinging to what they held to be original Mosaism, yet conceived and practised their ancestral faith in ways which showed distinct traces of syncretism, or the operation of influences foreign to Judaism proper. They thus occupied an ambiguous position on the borders of Judaism. Similarly Christian Essenism was syncretist in spirit, as we see from its best-known representatives, the Elchasaites, of whom we first hear about 220, when a certain Alcibiades of Apamea in Syria (some 60 m. south of Antioch) brought to Rome the Book of Helxai—the manifesto of their distinctive message (Hippol., Philos. ix. 13)—and again some twenty years later, when Origen refers to one of their leaders as having lately arrived at Caesarea (Euseb. vi. 38). 493 The first half of the 3rd century was marked, especially in Syria, by a strong tendency to syncretism, which may well have stirred certain Christian Essenes to fresh propaganda. Other writings than the Book of Helxai, representing also other species of the same genus, would take shape. Such may have been some of the pseudo-apostolic Acts to which Epiphanius alludes as in use among the Ebionites of his own day: and such was probably the nucleus of our Clementine writings, the Periodoi of Peter.

There’s no reason to doubt that, broadly speaking, these were the contents of the Clementine work that Eusebius referred to dismissively, specifically regarding the part that, in his view, had the least credibility, namely, the dialogues between Peter and Apion. Eusebius believed the work to have a recent and questionable origin. This suggests it dates back to the last quarter of the 3rd century, and the prevailing doctrinal tone of the known content supports this conclusion. The perspective reflected is that of a particular Judaizing or Ebionite Christianity that arose from the persistence of beliefs among Christians that resembled pre-Christian Jewish Essene tendencies. The Essenes, while adhering to what they considered original Mosaic teachings, interpreted and practiced their ancestral faith in ways that showed clear signs of syncretism, meaning influences beyond traditional Judaism were at play. They thus occupied a complicated position on the edge of Judaism. Similarly, Christian Essenism had a syncretic spirit, as evident from its most well-known representatives, the Elchasaites, who we first hear about around 220 when a certain Alcibiades from Apamea in Syria (about 60 miles south of Antioch) brought the Book of Helxai to Rome—a manifesto of their distinctive message (Hippol., Philos. ix. 13)—and again about twenty years later when Origen mentions one of their leaders arriving recently in Caesarea (Euseb. vi. 38). 493 The first half of the 3rd century, especially in Syria, was characterized by a significant trend toward syncretism, which likely motivated certain Christian Essenes to promote new propaganda. Other writings besides the Book of Helxai, also representing different variations of the same type, would likely emerge. Such could have been some of the pseudo-apostolic Acts that Epiphanius refers to as being in use among the Ebionites of his time; and this was probably the core of our Clementine writings, the Periodoi of Peter.

Harnack (Chronologie, ii. 522 f.), indeed, while admitting that much (e.g. in Homilies, viii. 5-7) points the other way, prefers the view that even the Circuits were of Catholic origin (Chapman, as above, says Arian, soon after 325), regarding the syncretistic Jewish-Christian features in it as due either to its earlier basis or to an instinct to preserve continuity of manner (e.g. absence of explicit reference to Paul). Hort, on the contrary, assumes as author “an ingenious Helxaite ... perhaps stimulated by the example of the many Encratite Periodoi” (p. 131), and writing about A.D. 200.

Harnack (Chronologie, ii. 522 f.) acknowledges that while a lot of evidence (e.g. in Homilies, viii. 5-7) suggests otherwise, he leans toward the idea that even the Circuits originated from Catholic sources (Chapman, as above, claims they were Arian, shortly after 325). He sees the mixed Jewish-Christian traits in it as either stemming from its earlier roots or from a tendency to maintain continuity in style (e.g. lack of direct mention of Paul). In contrast, Hort proposes that the author was “an ingenious Helxaite ... perhaps inspired by the numerous Encratite Periodoi” (p. 131), writing around AD 200.

Only it must not be thought of as properly Elchasaite, since it knew no baptism distinct from the ordinary Christian one. It seems rather to represent a later and modified Essene Christianity, already half-Catholic, such as would suit a date after 250, in keeping with Eusebius’s evidence. Confirmation of such a date is afforded by the silence of the Syrian Didascalia, itself perhaps dating from about 250, as to any visit of Simon Magus to Caesarea, in contrast to the reference in its later form, the Apostolical Constitutions (c. 350-400), which is plainly coloured (vi. 9) by the Clementine story. On the other hand, the Didascalia seems to have been evoked partly by Judaizing propaganda in north Syria. If, then, it helps to date the Periodoi as after 250, it may also suggest as place of origin one of the large cities lying south of Antioch, say Laodicea (itself on the coast about 30 m. from Apamea), where the Clementine story reaches its climax. The intimacy of local knowledge touching this region implied in the narrative common to Homilies and Recognitions is notable, and tells against an origin for the Periodoi outside Syria (e.g. in Rome, as Waitz and Harnack hold, but Lightfoot disproves, Clem. i. 55 f., 64,100, cf. Hort, p. 131). Further, though the curtain even in it fell on Peter at Antioch itself (our one complete MS. of the Homilies is proved by the Epitome, based on the Homilies, to be here abridged), the interest of the story culminates at Laodicea.

Only it shouldn't be considered truly Elchasaite, since it didn't recognize a baptism distinct from the usual Christian one. It seems more like a later, modified version of Essene Christianity, already partially Catholic, which would fit a time after 250, in line with Eusebius's evidence. This timeframe is supported by the silence of the Syrian Didascalia, which may date from around 250, regarding any visit from Simon Magus to Caesarea, unlike the reference found in its later version, the Apostolical Constitutions (c. 350-400), that is clearly influenced (vi. 9) by the Clementine narrative. On the other hand, the Didascalia seems to have been partly inspired by Judaizing efforts in north Syria. If it helps date the Periodoi to after 250, it might also suggest that it originated in one of the major cities south of Antioch, like Laodicea (located about 30 miles from Apamea), where the Clementine story reaches its peak. The detailed local knowledge reflected in the narratives common to Homilies and Recognitions is significant and argues against an origin for the Periodoi outside Syria (e.g. in Rome, as Waitz and Harnack claim, but Lightfoot disproves, Clem. i. 55 f., 64, 100, cf. Hort, p. 131). Moreover, even though the narrative concludes with Peter at Antioch itself (our only complete manuscript of the Homilies is shown by the Epitome, which is based on the Homilies, to be abridged here), the focal point of the story is Laodicea.

If we assume, then, that the common source of our extant Clementines arose in Syria, perhaps c. 265,2 had it also a written source or sources which we can trace? Though Hort doubts it, most recent scholars (e.g. Waitz, Harnack) infer the existence of at least one source, “Preachings (Kerygmata) of Peter,” containing no reference at all to Clement. Such a work seems implied by the epistle of Peter to James and its appended adjuration, prefixed in our MSS. to the Homilies along with the epistle of Clement to James. Thus the later work aimed at superseding the earlier, much as Photius suggests (see above). It was, then, to these “Preachings of Peter” that the most Ebionite features, and especially the anti-Pauline allusions under the guise of Simon still inhering in the Periodoi (as implied by Homilies in particular), originally belonged. The fact, however, that these were not more completely suppressed in the later work, proves that it, too, arose in circles of kindred, though largely modified, Judaeo-Christian sentiment (cf. Homilies, vii., e.g. ch. 8). The differences of standpoint may be due not only to lapse of time, and the emergence of new problems on the horizon of Syrian Christianity generally, but also to change in locality and in the degree of Greek culture represented by the two works. A probable date for the “Preachings” used in the Periodoi is c. 200.3

If we assume that the common source of our existing Clementines originated in Syria, maybe around 265, did it also have a written source or sources that we can identify? Although Hort is skeptical, most recent scholars (e.g., Waitz, Harnack) suggest that at least one source, “Preachings (Kerygmata) of Peter,” existed, which does not refer to Clement at all. Such a text seems to be indicated by Peter's letter to James and its accompanying appeal, which is prefixed in our manuscripts to the Homilies along with Clement's letter to James. Thus, the later work aimed to replace the earlier one, much like Photius suggests (see above). It was to these “Preachings of Peter” that the most Ebionite characteristics, especially the anti-Pauline references disguised as Simon still found in the Periodoi (as particularly implied by the Homilies), originally belonged. However, the fact that these elements were not completely erased in the later work shows that it also came from circles with a similar, though largely altered, Judaeo-Christian perspective (cf. Homilies, vii., e.g., ch. 8). The differences in perspective may be due not only to the passage of time and the emergence of new issues within Syrian Christianity generally, but also to shifts in location and the level of Greek culture represented in the two works. A likely date for the “Preachings” referenced in the Periodoi is around 200.

If the home of the Periodoi was the region of the Syrian Laodicea, we can readily explain most of its characteristics. Photius refers to the “excellences of its language and its learning”; while Waitz describes the aim and spirit of its contents as those of an apology for Christianity against heresy and paganism, in the widest sense of the word, written in order to win over both Jews (cf. Recognitions, i. 53-70) and pagans, but mainly the latter. In particular it had in view persons of culture, as most apt to be swayed by the philosophical tendencies in the sphere of religion prevalent in that age, the age of neo-Platonism. It was in fact designed for propaganda among religious seekers in a time of singular religious restlessness and varied inquiry, and, above all, for use by catechumens (cf. Ep. Clem. 2, 13) in the earlier stages of their preparation for Christian baptism. To such its romantic setting would be specially adapted, as falling in with the literary habits and tastes of the period; while its doctrinal peculiarities would least give offence in a work of the aim and character just described.

If the home of the Periodoi was in the region of Syrian Laodicea, we can easily explain most of its features. Photius mentions the “great qualities of its language and its learning,” while Waitz describes its purpose and spirit as an apology for Christianity against heresy and paganism, broadly speaking, aimed at converting both Jews (cf. Recognitions, i. 53-70) and pagans, but primarily the latter. Specifically, it targeted educated individuals, as they were more likely to be influenced by the philosophical trends in religion that were common during that time, the era of neo-Platonism. It was actually meant for outreach among spiritual seekers during a time of significant religious uncertainty and diverse exploration, and, above all, for use by catechumens (cf. Ep. Clem. 2, 13) in the early stages of their preparation for Christian baptism. Its romantic setting would be particularly suited for this purpose, aligning with the literary tastes and habits of the time, while its doctrinal nuances would be least likely to offend in a work with such intent and character.

As regards the sources to the narrative part of the Periodoi, it is possible that the “recognition” motif was a literary commonplace. The account of Peter’s journeyings was no doubt based largely on local Syrian tradition, perhaps as already embodied in written Acts of Peter (so Waitz and Harnack), but differing from the Western type, e.g. in bringing Peter to Rome long before Nero’s reign. As for the allusions, more or less indirect, to St Paul behind the figure of Simon, as the arch-enemy of the truth—allusions which first directed attention to the Clementines in the last century—there can be no doubt as to their presence, but only as to their origin and the degree to which they are so meant in Homilies and Recognitions. There is certainly “an application to Simon of words used by or of St Paul, or of claims made by or in behalf of St Paul” (Hort), especially in Homilies (ii. 17 f., xi. 35, xvii. 19), where a consciousness also of the double reference must still be present, though this does not seem to be the case in Recognitions (in Rufinus’s Latin.) Such covert reference to Paul must designedly have formed part of the Periodoi, yet as adopted from its more bitterly anti-Pauline basis, the “Preachings of Peter” (cf. Homilies, ii. 17 f. with Ep. Pet. ad Jac. 2), which probably shared most of the features of Ebionite Essenism as described by Epiphanius xxx. 15 f. (including the qualified dualism of the two kingdoms—the present one of the devil, and the future one of the angelic Christ—which appears also in the Periodoi, cf. Ep. Clem. ad Jac. 1 fin.).

As for the sources of the narrative in the Periodoi, it's likely that the “recognition” motif was a common literary theme. The story of Peter's travels was probably largely influenced by local Syrian traditions, possibly already found in written Acts of Peter (as noted by Waitz and Harnack), but it differs from the Western version, for example, in placing Peter in Rome long before Nero’s reign. Regarding the indirect references to St. Paul behind the character of Simon, who represents the main antagonist of the truth—references that first brought attention to the Clementines in the last century—there's no doubt about their existence, but there's uncertainty about their origin and how prominently they are featured in Homilies and Recognitions. There is certainly “an application to Simon of words used by or about St Paul, or of claims made by or on behalf of St Paul” (Hort), especially in Homilies (ii. 17 f., xi. 35, xvii. 19), where an awareness of the dual reference likely remains, though that doesn't seem to be the case in Recognitions (in Rufinus’s Latin). This subtle reference to Paul must have intentionally been a part of the Periodoi, taken from its more vehemently anti-Pauline roots, the “Preachings of Peter” (cf. Homilies, ii. 17 f. with Ep. Pet. ad Jac. 2), which probably shared most characteristics of Ebionite Essenism as described by Epiphanius xxx. 15 f. (including the qualified dualism of the two kingdoms—the current one of the devil and the future one of the angelic Christ—which also appears in the Periodoi, cf. Ep. Clem. ad Jac. 1 fin.).

(b) That the Periodoi was a longer work than either our Homilies or Recognitions is practically certain; and its mere bulk may well, as Hort suggests (p. 88), have been a chief cause of the changes of form. Yet Homilies and Recognitions are abridgments made on different principles and convey rather different impressions to their readers. “The Homilies care most for doctrine,” especially philosophical doctrine, “and seem to transpose very freely for doctrinal purposes” (e.g. matter in xvi.-xix. is placed at the end for effect, while xx. 1-10 gives additional emphasis to the Homilies’ theory of evil, perhaps over against Manichaeism). “The Recognitions care most for the story,” as a means of religious edification, “and have preserved the general framework much more nearly.” They arose in different circles: indeed, save the compiler of the text represented by the Syriac MS. of 411 A.D., “not a single ancient writer shows a knowledge of both books in any form.” But Hort is hardly right in suggesting that, while Homilies arose in Syria, Recognitions took shape in Rome. Both probably arose in Syria (so Lightfoot), but in circles varying a good deal in religious standpoint.4 Homilies was a sort of second edition, made largely in the spirit of its original and perhaps in much the same locality, with a view to maintaining and propagating the doctrines of a semi-Judaic Christianity (cf. bk. vii.), as it existed a generation or two after the Periodoi appeared. The Recognitions, in both recensions, as is shown by the fact that it was read in the original with general admiration not only by Rufinus but also by others in the West, was more Catholic in tone and aimed chiefly at 494 commending the Christian religion over against all non-Christian rivals or gnostic perversions. That is, more than one effort of this sort had been made to adapt the story of Clement’s Recognitions to general Christian use. Later the Homilies underwent further adaptation to Catholic feeling even before the Epitome, in its two extant forms, was made by more drastic methods of expurgation. One kind of adaptation at least is proved to have existed before the end of the 4th century, namely a selection of certain discourses from the Homilies under special headings, following on Recognitions, i.-iii., as seen in a Syriac MS. of A.D. 411. As this MS. contains transcriptional errors, and as its archetype had perhaps a Greek basis, the Recognitions may be dated c. 350-3755 (its Christology suggested to Rufinus an Arianism like that of Eunomius of Cyzicus, c. 362), and the Homilies prior even to 350. But the different circles represented by the two make relative dating precarious.

(b) It's almost certain that the Periodoi was a longer work than either our Homilies or Recognitions; its sheer length may have been a key reason for the changes in form, as Hort suggests (p. 88). However, Homilies and Recognitions are summaries based on different principles and give rather different impressions to their readers. “The Homilies mainly focus on doctrine,” especially philosophical doctrine, and seem to adapt the content quite freely for doctrinal purposes” (e.g. material in xvi.-xix. is positioned at the end for effect, while xx. 1-10 emphasizes the Homilies’ theory of evil, possibly in contrast to Manichaeism). “The Recognitions prioritize the story,” as a way of religious edification, “and have kept the general framework much closer.” They emerged from different circles: in fact, aside from the compiler of the text represented by the Syriac MS. of 411 A.D., “no ancient writer demonstrates knowledge of both books in any form.” But Hort is likely mistaken in suggesting that, while Homilies originated in Syria, Recognitions developed in Rome. Both probably originated in Syria (Lightfoot agrees), but in circles with quite different religious views. Homilies was a sort of second edition, largely reflecting its original spirit and perhaps created in a similar location, aimed at supporting and spreading the beliefs of a semi-Judaic Christianity (cf. bk. vii.) as it existed a generation or two after the Periodoi was released. The Recognitions, in both versions, as demonstrated by the fact that it was read in the original with general admiration not just by Rufinus but also by others in the West, had a more Catholic tone and mainly sought to promote the Christian faith against all non-Christian competitors or gnostic distortions. In other words, there had been multiple attempts to adapt the story of Clement’s Recognitions for general Christian use. Later, the Homilies underwent further adaptation to fit Catholic sentiment even before the Epitome, in its two surviving forms, was created through more drastic methods of editing. At least one type of adaptation is confirmed to have existed before the end of the 4th century, specifically a selection of certain discourses from the Homilies under special headings, following Recognitions, i.-iii., as seen in a Syriac MS. from CE 411. Since this MS. contains transcriptional errors and its source might have been based on Greek, the Recognitions can be dated to around 350-375 CE (its Christology led Rufinus to associate it with an Arianism similar to that of Eunomius of Cyzicus, c. 362), and the Homilies prior to 350. However, the different circles represented by the two make relative dating uncertain.

Summary.—The Clementine literature throws light upon a very obscure phase of Christian development, that of Judaeo-Christianity, and proves that it embraced more intermediate types, between Ebionism proper and Catholicism, than has generally been realized. Incidentally, too, its successive forms illustrate many matters of belief and usage among Syrian Christians generally in the 3rd and 4th centuries, notably their apologetic and catechetical needs and methods. Further, it discusses, as Hort observes, certain indestructible problems which much early Christian theology passes by or deals with rather perfunctorily; and it does so with a freshness and reality which, as we compare the original 3rd-century basis with the conventional manner of the Epitome, we see to be not unconnected with origin in an age as yet free from the trammels of formal orthodoxy. Again it is a notable specimen of early Christian pseudepigraphy, and one which had manifold and far-reaching results. Finally the romance to which it owed much of its popular appeal, became, through the medium of Rufinus’s Latin, the parent of the late medieval legend of Faust, and so the ancestor of a famous type in modern literature.

Summary.—The Clementine literature sheds light on a very obscure phase of Christian development known as Judaeo-Christianity, showing that it included more intermediate types between true Ebionism and Catholicism than has typically been acknowledged. Additionally, its various forms illustrate many beliefs and practices among Syrian Christians during the 3rd and 4th centuries, particularly their needs and methods for apologetics and catechesis. Moreover, it addresses, as Hort points out, some enduring issues that much of early Christian theology tends to overlook or handle superficially; and it does this with a freshness and authenticity that, when we compare the original 3rd-century foundation to the conventional style of the Epitome, reveals a connection to an era not yet bound by rigid orthodoxy. Furthermore, it serves as a significant example of early Christian pseudepigraphy, with numerous and far-reaching consequences. Finally, the narrative which contributed to its widespread appeal became the basis, through Rufinus’s Latin translation, for the late medieval legend of Faust, thus serving as the precursor to a well-known archetype in modern literature.

Literature.—For a full list of this down to 1904 see Hans Waitz, “Die Pseudoklementinen” (Texte u. Untersuchungen zur Gesch. der altchr. Literatur, neue Folge, Bd. x. Heft 4), and A. Harnack, Chronologie der altchr. Litteratur (1904), ii. 518 f. In English, besides Hort’s work, there are articles by G. Salmon, in Dict. of Christ. Biog., C. Bigg, Studia Biblica, ii., A.C. Headlam, Journal of Theol. Studies, iii.

Literature.—For a complete list of this up to 1904, see Hans Waitz, “Die Pseudoklementinen” (Texts and Investigations on the History of Early Christian Literature, New Series, Vol. x, Issue 4), and A. Harnack, Chronology of Early Christian Literature (1904), ii. 518 f. In English, in addition to Hort’s work, there are articles by G. Salmon in Dictionary of Christian Biography, C. Bigg in Studia Biblica, ii., and A.C. Headlam in Journal of Theological Studies, iii.

(J. V. B.)

1 Dr Armitage Robinson, in his edition of the Philocalia (extracts made c. 358 by Basil and Gregory from Origen’s writings), proved that the passage cited below is simply introduced as a parallel to an extract of Origen’s; while Dom Chapman, in the Journal of Theol. Studies, iii. 436 ff., made it probable that the passages in Origen’s Comm. on Matthew akin to those in the Opus Imperf. in Matth. are insertions in the former, which is extant only in a Latin version. Subsequently he suggested (Zeitsch. f. N.T. Wissenschaft, ix. 33 f.) that the passage in the Philocalia is due not to its authors but to an early editor, since it is the only citation not referred to Origen.

1 Dr. Armitage Robinson, in his edition of the Philocalia (excerpts created around 358 by Basil and Gregory from Origen’s writings), demonstrated that the passage cited below is simply included as a counterpart to an excerpt from Origen; meanwhile, Dom Chapman, in the Journal of Theol. Studies, iii. 436 ff., suggested that the passages in Origen’s Comm. on Matthew similar to those in the Opus Imperf. in Matth. are additions to the former, which only exists in a Latin version. Later, he proposed (Zeitsch. f. N.T. Wissenschaft, ix. 33 f.) that the passage in the Philocalia is not from its authors but from an early editor since it is the only citation not linked to Origen.

2 While Hort and Waitz say c. 200, Harnack says c. 260. The reign of Gallienus (260-268) would suit the tone of its references to the Roman emperor (Waitz, p. 74), and also any polemic against the Neoplatonic philosophy of revelation by visions and dreams which it may contain.

2 While Hort and Waitz say around 200, Harnack states around 260. The reign of Gallienus (260-268) fits the tone of its references to the Roman emperor (Waitz, p. 74), as well as any critique of Neoplatonic philosophy regarding revelations through visions and dreams that it might include.

3 Even Waitz agrees to this, though he argues back to a yet earlier anti-Pauline (rather than anti-Marcionite) form, composed in Caesarea, c. 135.

3 Even Waitz agrees with this, although he counters with an earlier anti-Pauline (instead of anti-Marcionite) version, created in Caesarea, around 135.

4 Dom Chapman maintains that the Recognitions (c. 370-390,) even attack the doctrine of God in the Homilies or their archetype.

4 Dom Chapman argues that the Recognitions (c. 370-390) even challenge the concept of God presented in the Homilies or their original version.

5 Dom Chapman (ut supra, p. 158) says during the Neoplatonist reaction under Julian 361-363, to which period he also assigns the Homilies.

5 Dom Chapman (as mentioned earlier, p. 158) states that during the Neoplatonist response under Julian 361-363, he also attributes the Homilies to this period.


CLEOBULUS, one of the Seven Sages of Greece, a native and tyrant of Lindus in Rhodes. He was distinguished for his strength and his handsome person, for the wisdom of his sayings, the acuteness of his riddles and the beauty of his lyric poetry. Diogenes Laërtius quotes a letter in which Cleobulus invites Solon to take refuge with him against Peisistratus; and this would imply that he was alive in 560 B.C. He is said to have held advanced views as to female education, and he was the father of the wise Cleobuline, whose riddles were not less famous than his own (Diogenes Laërtius i. 89-93).

CLEOBULUS was one of the Seven Sages of Greece, originally from Lindus in Rhodes and known for being a ruler there. He was recognized for his physical strength and good looks, as well as the wisdom in his sayings, the cleverness of his riddles, and the beauty of his lyric poetry. Diogenes Laërtius cites a letter where Cleobulus invites Solon to seek safety with him from Peisistratus, suggesting he was alive around 560 BCE He is said to have had progressive views on women's education, and he was also the father of the wise Cleobuline, whose riddles were just as famous as his own (Diogenes Laërtius i. 89-93).

See F.G. Mullach, Fragmenta Philosophorum Graecorum, i.

See F.G. Mullach, Fragmenta Philosophorum Graecorum, i.


CLEOMENES (Κλεομένης), the name of three Spartan kings of the Agiad line.

CLEOMENES (Κλεομένης), the name of three kings of Sparta from the Agiad lineage.

Cleomenes I. was the son of Anaxandridas, whom he succeeded about 520 B.C. His chief exploit was his crushing victory near Tiryns over the Argives, some 6000 of whom he burned to death in a sacred grove to which they had fled for refuge (Herodotus vi. 76-82). This secured for Sparta the undisputed hegemony of the Peloponnese. Cleomenes’ interposition in the politics of central Greece was less successful. In 510 he marched to Athens with a Spartan force to aid in expelling the Peisistratidae, and subsequently returned to support the oligarchical party, led by Isagoras, against Cleisthenes (q.v.). He expelled seven hundred families and transferred the government from the council to three hundred of the oligarchs, but being blockaded in the Acropolis he was forced to capitulate. On his return home he collected a large force with the intention of making Isagoras despot of Athens, but the opposition of the Corinthian allies and of his colleague Demaratus caused the expedition to break up after reaching Eleusis (Herod. v. 64-76; Aristotle, Ath. Pol. 19, 20). In 491 he went to Aegina to punish the island for its submission to Darius, but the intrigues of his colleague once again rendered his mission abortive. In revenge Cleomenes accused Demaratus of illegitimacy and secured his deposition in favour of Leotychides (Herod. vi. 50-73). But when it was discovered that he had bribed the Delphian priestess to substantiate his charge he was himself obliged to flee; he went first to Thessaly and then to Arcadia, where he attempted to foment an anti-Spartan rising. About 488 B.C. he was recalled, but shortly afterwards, in a fit of madness, he committed suicide (Herod. vi. 74, 75). Cleomenes seems to have received scant justice at the hands of Herodotus or his informants, and Pausanias (iii. 3, 4) does little more than condense Herodotus’s narrative. In spite of some failures, largely due to Demaratus’s jealousy, Cleomenes strengthened Sparta in the position, won during his father’s reign, of champion and leader of the Hellenic race; it was to him, for example, that the Ionian cities of Asia Minor first applied for aid in their revolt against Persia (Herod. v. 49-51).

Cleomenes I was the son of Anaxandridas, and he took over around 520 BCE His main achievement was a decisive victory near Tiryns against the Argives, around 6000 of whom he burned alive in a sacred grove where they had sought refuge (Herodotus vi. 76-82). This ensured Sparta's unquestioned dominance in the Peloponnese. Cleomenes' involvement in the politics of central Greece was less successful. In 510, he marched to Athens with a Spartan army to help expel the Peisistratidae and later returned to support the oligarchic faction led by Isagoras against Cleisthenes (q.v.). He expelled seven hundred families and shifted the government from the council to three hundred oligarchs, but after being trapped in the Acropolis, he had to surrender. When he returned home, he gathered a large force to try to make Isagoras the ruler of Athens, but the opposition from the Corinthian allies and his colleague Demaratus caused the mission to break up after reaching Eleusis (Herod. v. 64-76; Aristotle, Ath. Pol. 19, 20). In 491, he went to Aegina to punish the island for submitting to Darius, but once again, his colleague's scheming made his mission fail. In revenge, Cleomenes accused Demaratus of being illegitimate and got him replaced by Leotychides (Herod. vi. 50-73). However, when it was found out that he had bribed the Delphian priestess to back up his accusation, he had to flee; first to Thessaly and then to Arcadia, where he tried to stir up an anti-Spartan revolt. Around 488 BCE, he was called back, but soon after, in a fit of madness, he committed suicide (Herod. vi. 74, 75). Cleomenes seems to have received little justice from Herodotus or his sources, and Pausanias (iii. 3, 4) mostly just summarizes Herodotus’ account. Despite some failures, mainly due to Demaratus's jealousy, Cleomenes reinforced Sparta's position, established during his father’s reign, as the champion and leader of the Hellenic race; it was he, for example, that the Ionian cities of Asia Minor first turned to for help in their rebellion against Persia (Herod. v. 49-51).

For the chronology see J. Wells, Journal of Hellenic Studies (1905), p. 193 ff., who assigns the Argive expedition to the outset of the reign, whereas nearly all historians have dated it in or about 495 B.C.

For the timeline, see J. Wells, Journal of Hellenic Studies (1905), p. 193 ff., who places the Argive expedition at the beginning of the reign, while almost all historians have dated it around 495 BCE

Cleomenes II. was the son of Cleombrotus I., brother and successor of Agesipolis II. Nothing is recorded of his reign save the fact that it lasted for nearly sixty-one years (370-309 B.C.).

Cleomenes II was the son of Cleombrotus I, who was the brother and successor of Agesipolis II. The only thing noted about his reign is that it lasted for almost sixty-one years (370-309 BCE).

Cleomenes III., the son and successor of Leonidas II., reigned about 235-219 B.C. He made a determined attempt to reform the social condition of Sparta along the lines laid down by Agis IV., whose widow Agiatis he married; at the same time he aimed at restoring Sparta’s hegemony in the Peloponnese. After twice defeating the forces of the Achaean League in Arcadia, near Mount Lycaeum and at Leuctra, he strengthened his position by assassinating four of the ephors, abolishing the ephorate, which had usurped the supreme power, and banishing some eighty of the leading oligarchs. The authority of the council was also curtailed, and a new board of magistrates, the patronomi, became the chief officers of state. He appointed his own brother Eucleidas as his colleague in succession to the Eurypontid Archidamus, who had been murdered. His social reforms included a redistribution of land, the remission of debts, the restoration of the old system of training (ἀγωγή) and the admission of picked perioeci into the citizen body. As a general Cleomenes did much to revive Sparta’s old prestige. He defeated the Achaeans at Dyme, made himself master of Argos, and was eventually joined by Corinth, Phlius, Epidaurus and other cities. But Aratus, whose jealousy could not brook to see a Spartan at the head of the Achaean league called in Antigonus Doson of Macedonia, and Cleomenes, after conducting successful expeditions to Megalopolis and Argos, was finally defeated at Sellasia, to the north of Sparta, in 222 or 221 B.C. He took refuge at Alexandria with Ptolemy Euergetes, but was arrested by his successor, Ptolemy Philopator, on a charge of conspiracy. Escaping from prison he tried to raise a revolt, but the attempt failed and to avoid capture he put an end to his life. Both as general and as politician Cleomenes was one of Sparta’s greatest men, and with him perished her last hope of recovering her ancient supremacy in Greece.

Cleomenes III, the son and successor of Leonidas II, ruled from around 235 to 219 B.C. He made a strong effort to reform the social conditions in Sparta based on the principles established by Agis IV, whose widow Agiatis he married. At the same time, he aimed to restore Sparta’s dominance in the Peloponnese. After defeating the Achaean League's forces twice in Arcadia, near Mount Lycaeum and at Leuctra, he solidified his power by assassinating four of the ephors, abolishing the ephorate that had taken control, and exiling about eighty leading oligarchs. The authority of the council was also reduced, and a new board of magistrates, the patronomi, became the main officials of the state. He appointed his brother Eucleidas as his colleague, succeeding Eurypontid Archidamus, who had been killed. His social reforms included redistributing land, forgiving debts, restoring the traditional training system (education), and allowing select perioeci to join the citizen body. As a general, Cleomenes revived Sparta’s former prestige. He defeated the Achaeans at Dyme, took control of Argos, and was eventually joined by Corinth, Phlius, Epidaurus, and other cities. However, Aratus, unable to tolerate a Spartan in charge of the Achaean League, called in Antigonus Doson from Macedonia. Despite leading successful campaigns in Megalopolis and Argos, Cleomenes was finally defeated at Sellasia, north of Sparta, in 222 or 221 B.C. He sought refuge in Alexandria with Ptolemy Euergetes but was arrested by his successor, Ptolemy Philopator, on charges of conspiracy. After escaping from prison and attempting to incite a revolt, he failed and, to avoid capture, ended his own life. Both as a general and a politician, Cleomenes was one of Sparta’s greatest leaders, and with his death, any hope of reclaiming her ancient supremacy in Greece vanished.

See Polybius ii. 45-70, v. 35-39, viii. 1; Plutarch, Cleomenes; Aratus, 35-46; Philopoemen, 5, 6; Pausanias ii. 9; Gehlert, De Cleomene (Leipzig, 1883); Holm, History of Greece, iv. cc. 10, 15.

See Polybius ii. 45-70, v. 35-39, viii. 1; Plutarch, Cleomenes; Aratus, 35-46; Philopoemen, 5, 6; Pausanias ii. 9; Gehlert, De Cleomene (Leipzig, 1883); Holm, History of Greece, iv. cc. 10, 15.

(M. N. T.)

CLEON (d. 422 B.C.), Athenian politician during the Peloponnesian War, was the son of Cleaenetus, from whom he inherited a lucrative tannery business. He was the first prominent representative of the commercial class in Athenian politics. He came into notice first as an opponent of Pericles, to whom his advanced ideas were naturally unacceptable, and in his opposition somewhat curiously found himself acting in concert with the aristocrats, who equally hated and feared Pericles. During the dark days of 430, after the unsuccessful expedition of Pericles to 495 Peloponnesus, and when the city was devastated by the plague, Cleon headed the opposition to the Periclean régime. Pericles was accused by Cleon of maladministration of public money, with the result that he was actually found guilty (see Grote’s Hist. of Greece, abridged ed., 1907, p. 406, note 1). A revulsion of feeling, however, soon took place. Pericles was reinstated, and Cleon now for a time fell into the background. The death of Pericles (429) left the field clear for him. Hitherto he had only been a vigorous opposition speaker, a trenchant critic and accuser of state officials. He now came forward as the professed champion and leader of the democracy, and, owing to the moderate abilities of his rivals and opponents, he was for some years undoubtedly the foremost man in Athens. Although rough and unpolished, he was gifted with natural eloquence and a powerful voice, and knew exactly how to work upon the feelings of the people. He strengthened his hold on the poorer classes by his measure for trebling the pay of the jurymen, which provided the poorer Athenians with an easy means of livelihood. The notorious fondness of the Athenians for litigation increased his power; and the practice of “sycophancy” (raking up material for false charges; see Sycophant), enabled him to remove those who were likely to endanger his ascendancy. Having no further use for his former aristocratic associates, he broke off all connexion with them, and thus felt at liberty to attack the secret combinations for political purposes, the oligarchical clubs to which they mostly belonged. Whether he also introduced a property-tax for military purposes, and even held a high position in connexion with the treasury, is uncertain. His ruling principles were an inveterate hatred of the nobility, and an equal hatred of Sparta. It was mainly through him that the opportunity of concluding an honourable peace (in 425) was lost, and in his determination to see Sparta humbled he misled the people as to the extent of the resources of the state, and dazzled them by promises of future benefits.

CLEON (d. 422 BCE), an Athenian politician during the Peloponnesian War, was the son of Cleaenetus, from whom he inherited a profitable tannery business. He was the first significant representative of the commercial class in Athenian politics. He first came to prominence as an opponent of Pericles, whose progressive ideas he found unacceptable, and in his opposition he interestingly aligned himself with the aristocrats, who equally disliked and feared Pericles. During the tough times of 430, after Pericles' failed campaign in the Peloponnesus and while the city was suffering from a plague, Cleon led the opposition against the Periclean regime. Cleon accused Pericles of mismanaging public funds, resulting in Pericles actually being found guilty (see Grote’s Hist. of Greece, abridged ed., 1907, p. 406, note 1). However, public sentiment soon shifted. Pericles was reinstated, and Cleon temporarily faded into the background. The death of Pericles (429) cleared the way for him. Until then, he had only been a vigorous opposition speaker, a harsh critic, and accuser of state officials. He then emerged as the self-proclaimed champion and leader of the democracy, and due to the moderate skills of his rivals and opponents, he became the leading figure in Athens for several years. Although rough around the edges, he had a natural gift for speaking and a powerful voice, and he knew how to appeal to the emotions of the people. He solidified his support among the poorer classes by increasing jurymen’s pay threefold, providing an easy way for poorer Athenians to make a living. The Athenians' well-known love for lawsuits boosted his power; and the practice of "sycophancy" (gathering material for false accusations; see Sycophant) allowed him to eliminate those who could threaten his dominance. Having no further use for his former aristocratic allies, he cut ties with them and felt free to attack the covert political alliances, the oligarchical clubs to which they primarily belonged. It’s uncertain whether he also introduced a property tax for military purposes or held a high position related to finance. His guiding principles were a deep-seated hatred of the nobility and a similar disdain for Sparta. It was largely due to him that a chance for a peaceful resolution (in 425) was missed, and in his quest to see Sparta defeated, he misled the populace about the state's resources and dazzled them with promises of future gains.

In 427 Cleon gained an evil notoriety by his proposal to put to death indiscriminately all the inhabitants of Mytilene, which had put itself at the head of a revolt. His proposal, though accepted, was, fortunately for the credit of Athens, rescinded, although, as it was, the chief leaders and prominent men, numbering about 1000, fell victims. In 425, he reached the summit of his fame by capturing and transporting to Athens the Spartans who had been blockaded in Sphacteria (see Pylos). Much of the credit was probably due to the military skill of his colleague Demosthenes; but it must be admitted that it was due to Cleon’s determination that the Ecclesia sent out the additional force which was needed. It was almost certainly due to Cleon that the tribute of the “allies” was doubled in 425 (see Delian League). In 422 he was sent to recapture Amphipolis, but was outgeneralled by Brasidas and killed. His death removed the chief obstacle to an arrangement with Sparta, and in 421 the peace of Nicias was concluded (see Peloponnesian War).

In 427, Cleon gained a terrible reputation by proposing to execute all the inhabitants of Mytilene, which had led a revolt. His proposal was accepted but thankfully rescinded, although about 1,000 of the main leaders and prominent citizens were executed. In 425, he reached the height of his fame by capturing and bringing to Athens the Spartans who had been trapped in Sphacteria (see Pylos). Much of the credit likely went to the military skills of his colleague Demosthenes; however, it’s important to acknowledge that Cleon’s determination was key in getting the Ecclesia to send the additional troops that were needed. It was almost certainly thanks to Cleon that the tribute from the "allies" was doubled in 425 (see Delian League). In 422, he was sent to recapture Amphipolis but was outmaneuvered by Brasidas and killed. His death eliminated the main barrier to a settlement with Sparta, leading to the peace of Nicias being concluded in 421 (see Peloponnesian War).

The character of Cleon is represented by Aristophanes and Thucydides in an extremely unfavourable light. But neither can be considered an unprejudiced witness. The poet had a grudge against Cleon, who had accused him before the senate of having ridiculed (in his Babylonians) the policy and institutions of his country in the presence of foreigners and at the time of a great national war. Thucydides, a man of strong oligarchical prejudices, had also been prosecuted for military incapacity and exiled by a decree proposed by Cleon. It is therefore likely that Cleon has had less than justice done to him in the portraits handed down by these two writers.

The character of Cleon is portrayed by Aristophanes and Thucydides in a very negative way. However, neither can be seen as an impartial observer. The poet held a grudge against Cleon, who had accused him in front of the senate of mocking (in his Babylonians) the policies and institutions of his country while foreign visitors were present and during a major national war. Thucydides, a man with strong oligarchical biases, had also been charged with military incompetence and was exiled due to a decree proposed by Cleon. Therefore, it’s likely that Cleon has been unfairly depicted in the accounts left by these two writers.

Authorities.—For the literature on Cleon see C.F. Hermann, Lehrbuch der griechischen Antiquitäten, i. pt. 2 (6th ed. by V. Thumser, 1892), p. 709, and G. Busolt, Griechische Geschichte, iii. pt. 2 (1904), p. 988, note 3. The following are the chief authorities:—(a) Favourable to Cleon.—C.F. Ranke, Commentatio de Vita Aristophanis (Leipzig, 1845); J.G. Droysen, Aristophanes, ii., introd. to the Knights (Berlin, 1837); G. Grote, Hist. of Greece, chs. 50, 54; W. Oncken, Athen und Hellas, ii. p. 204 (Leipzig, 1866); H. Müller-Strübing, Aristophanes und die historische Kritik (Leipzig, 1873); J.B. Bury, Hist. of Greece, i. (1902). (b) Unfavourable.—J.F. Kortüm, Geschichtliche Forschungen (Leipzig, 1863), and Zur Geschichte hellenischen Staatsverfassungen (Heidelberg, 1821); F. Passow, Vermischte Schriften (Leipzig, 1843); C. Thirlwall, Hist. of Greece, ch. 21; E. Curtius, Hist. of Greece (Eng. tr.) iii. p. 112; J. Schvarcz, Die Demokratie (Leipzig, 1882); H. Delbrück, Die Strategie des Perikles (Berlin, 1890); E. Meyer, Forschungen zur alten Geschichte, ii. p. 333 (Halle, 1899). The balance between the two extreme views is fairly held by J. Beloch, Die attische Politik seit Perikles (Leipzig, 1884), and Griechische Geschichte, i. p. 537; and by A. Holm, Hist. of Greece, ii. (Eng. tr.), ch. 23, with the notes.

Authorities.—For the literature on Cleon, see C.F. Hermann, Lehrbuch der griechischen Antiquitäten, i. pt. 2 (6th ed. by V. Thumser, 1892), p. 709, and G. Busolt, Griechische Geschichte, iii. pt. 2 (1904), p. 988, note 3. The main sources are:—(a) Favorable to Cleon.—C.F. Ranke, Commentatio de Vita Aristophanis (Leipzig, 1845); J.G. Droysen, Aristophanes, ii., intro to the Knights (Berlin, 1837); G. Grote, Hist. of Greece, chs. 50, 54; W. Oncken, Athen und Hellas, ii. p. 204 (Leipzig, 1866); H. Müller-Strübing, Aristophanes und die historische Kritik (Leipzig, 1873); J.B. Bury, Hist. of Greece, i. (1902). (b) Unfavorable.—J.F. Kortüm, Geschichtliche Forschungen (Leipzig, 1863), and Zur Geschichte hellenischen Staatsverfassungen (Heidelberg, 1821); F. Passow, Vermischte Schriften (Leipzig, 1843); C. Thirlwall, Hist. of Greece, ch. 21; E. Curtius, Hist. of Greece (Eng. tr.) iii. p. 112; J. Schvarcz, Die Demokratie (Leipzig, 1882); H. Delbrück, Die Strategie des Perikles (Berlin, 1890); E. Meyer, Forschungen zur alten Geschichte, ii. p. 333 (Halle, 1899). A balanced perspective between these two extreme views is presented by J. Beloch, Die attische Politik seit Perikles (Leipzig, 1884), and Griechische Geschichte, i. p. 537; and by A. Holm, Hist. of Greece, ii. (Eng. tr.), ch. 23, with the notes.


CLEOPATRA, the regular name of the queens of Egypt in the Ptolemaic dynasty after Cleopatra, daughter of the Seleucid Antiochus the Great, wife of Ptolemy V., Epiphanes. The best known was the daughter of Ptolemy XIII. Auletes, born 69 (or 68) B.C. At the age of seventeen she became queen of Egypt jointly with her younger brother Ptolemy Dionysus, whose wife, in accordance with Egyptian custom, she was to become. A few years afterwards, deprived of all royal authority, she withdrew into Syria, and made preparation to recover her rights by force of arms. At this juncture Julius Caesar followed Pompey into Egypt. The personal fascinations of Cleopatra induced him to undertake a war on her behalf, in which Ptolemy lost his life, and she was replaced on the throne in conjunction with a younger brother, of whom, however, she soon rid herself by poison. In Rome she lived openly with Caesar as his mistress until his assassination, when, aware of her unpopularity, she returned at once to Egypt. Subsequently she became the ally and mistress of Mark Antony (see Antonius). Their connexion was highly unpopular at Rome, and Octavian (see Augustus) declared war upon them and defeated them at Actium (31 B.C.). Cleopatra took to flight, and escaped to Alexandria, where Antony joined her. Having no prospect of ultimate success, she accepted the proposal of Octavian that she should assassinate Antony, and enticed him to join her in a mausoleum which she had built in order that “they might die together.” Antony committed suicide, in the mistaken belief that she had already done so, but Octavian refused to yield to the charms of Cleopatra who put an end to her life, by applying an asp to her bosom, according to the common tradition, in the thirty-ninth year of her age (29th of August, 30 B.C.). With her ended the dynasty of the Ptolemies, and Egypt was made a Roman province. Cleopatra had three children by Antony, and by Julius Caesar, as some say, a son, called Caesarion, who was put to death by Octavian. In her the type of queen characteristic of the Macedonian dynasties stands in the most brilliant light. Imperious will, masculine boldness, relentless ambition like hers had been exhibited by queens of her race since the old Macedonian days before Philip and Alexander. But the last Cleopatra had perhaps some special intellectual endowment. She surprised her generation by being able to speak the many tongues of her subjects. There may have been an individual quality in her luxurious profligacy, but then her predecessors had not had the Roman lords of the world for wooers.

CLEOPATRA, the common name for the queens of Egypt during the Ptolemaic dynasty after Cleopatra, who was the daughter of the Seleucid Antiochus the Great and the wife of Ptolemy V, Epiphanes. The most famous was the daughter of Ptolemy XIII Auletes, born in 69 (or 68) BCE At seventeen, she became queen of Egypt alongside her younger brother Ptolemy Dionysus, whom she was supposed to marry according to Egyptian tradition. A few years later, after losing all royal power, she fled to Syria and began planning to reclaim her rights with military force. At this point, Julius Caesar followed Pompey into Egypt. Cleopatra's allure led him to wage war for her, resulting in Ptolemy's death and her reinstatement on the throne with a younger brother, whom she soon eliminated with poison. In Rome, she openly lived with Caesar as his mistress until his assassination; realizing her unpopularity, she quickly returned to Egypt. Later, she allied with and became the mistress of Mark Antony (see Antonius). Their relationship was very unpopular in Rome, and Octavian (see Augustus) declared war on them, defeating them at Actium in 31 BCE Cleopatra fled to Alexandria, where Antony joined her. With no hope of success, she agreed to Octavian's proposal to have Antony killed, luring him to a mausoleum she built so that “they might die together.” Believing she had already died, Antony committed suicide, but Octavian resisted Cleopatra's charms, leading her to end her life by allowing an asp to bite her, according to popular tradition, at the age of thirty-nine on August 29, 30 BCE With her death, the Ptolemaic dynasty came to an end, and Egypt became a Roman province. Cleopatra had three children with Antony and, according to some accounts, a son named Caesarion with Julius Caesar, who was killed by Octavian. She embodies the archetype of queens from the Macedonian dynasties in a vivid way. Her strong will, boldness, and relentless ambition reflected those of queens from her lineage since the old Macedonian times before Philip and Alexander. However, the last Cleopatra might have had some unique intellectual gifts. She amazed her contemporaries by being able to speak many of the languages of her subjects. While there may have been something distinctive in her extravagant lifestyle, her predecessors had not courted the Roman lords of the world.

For the history of Cleopatra see Antonius, Marcus; Caesar, Gaius Julius; Ptolemies. The life of Antony by Plutarch is our main authority; it is upon this that Shakespeare’s Antony and Cleopatra is based. Her life is the subject of monographs by Stahr (1879, an apologia), and Houssaye, Aspasie, Cléopâtre, &c. (1879).

For the history of Cleopatra, see Antonius, Marcus; Caesar, Gaius Julius; Ptolemies. The life of Antony by Plutarch is our main source; it's the foundation for Shakespeare’s Antony and Cleopatra. Her life is explored in monographs by Stahr (1879, an apologia) and Houssaye, Aspasie, Cléopâtre, etc. (1879).


CLEPSYDRA (from Gr. κλἐπτειν, to steal, and ὕδωρ, water), the chronometer of the Greeks and Romans, which measured time by the flow of water. In its simplest form it was a short-necked earthenware globe of known capacity, pierced at the bottom with several small holes, through which the water escaped or “stole away.” The instrument was employed to set a limit to the speeches in courts of justice, hence the phrases aquam dare, to give the advocate speaking time, and aquam perdere, to waste time. Smaller clepsydrae of glass were very early used in place of the sun-dial, to mark the hours. But as the length of the hour varied according to the season of the year, various arrangements, of which we have no clear account, were necessary to obviate this and other defects. For instance, the flow of water varied with the temperature and pressure of the air, and secondly, the rate of flow became less as the vessel emptied itself. The latter defect was remedied by keeping the level of the water in the clepsydra uniform, the volume of that discharged being noted. Plato is said to have invented a complicated clepsydra to indicate the 496 hours of the night as well as of the day. In the clepsydra or hydraulic clock of Ctesibius of Alexandria, made about 135 B.C., the movement of water-wheels caused the gradual rise of a little figure, which pointed out the hours with a little stick on an index attached to the machine. The clepsydra is said to have been known to the Egyptians. There was one in the Tower of the Winds at Athens; and the turret on the south side of the tower is supposed to have contained the cistern which supplied the water.

CLEPSYDRA (from Gr. κλἐπτειν, to steal, and water, water), the timekeeping device of the Greeks and Romans that measured time by the flow of water. In its simplest form, it was a short-necked earthenware globe with a known capacity, with several small holes pierced at the bottom through which the water would escape or "steal away." This device was used to limit the time for speeches in courts of law, leading to phrases like aquam dare, to give the speaker time, and aquam perdere, to waste time. Smaller clepsydrae made of glass were used early on instead of sundials to indicate the hours. However, since the length of the hour varied with the season, different arrangements, which we don't have a clear record of, were needed to address this and other issues. For instance, the flow of water changed with temperature and air pressure, and the rate of flow decreased as the vessel emptied. To counter this, a uniform water level was maintained in the clepsydra, with the amount discharged being recorded. Plato is said to have created a complex clepsydra to show the hours of both day and night. In the clepsydra or hydraulic clock designed by Ctesibius of Alexandria around 135 BCE, the motion of water-wheels caused a small figure to gradually rise, which indicated the hours with a stick on an index attached to the machine. The clepsydra is believed to have been known to the Egyptians. There was one in the Tower of the Winds in Athens, and the turret on the south side of the tower is thought to have contained the cistern that supplied the water.

See Marquardt, Das Privatleben der Römer, i. (2nd ed., 1886), p. 792; G. Bilfinger, Die Zeitmesser der antiken Völker (1886), and Die antiken Stundenangaben (1888).

See Marquardt, Das Privatleben der Römer, i. (2nd ed., 1886), p. 792; G. Bilfinger, Die Zeitmesser der antiken Völker (1886), and Die antiken Stundenangaben (1888).


CLERESTORY, or Clearstory (Ital. chiaro piano, Fr. clairevoie, claire étage, Ger. Lichtgaden), in architecture, the upper storey of the nave of a church, the walls of which rise above the aisles and are pierced with windows (“clere” being simply “clear,” in the sense of “lighted”). Sometimes these windows are very small, being mere quatrefoils or spherical triangles. In large buildings, however, they are important objects, both for beauty and utility. The windows of the clerestories of Norman work, even in large churches, are of less importance than in the later styles. In Early English they became larger; and in the Decorated they are more important still, being lengthened as the triforium diminishes. In Perpendicular work the latter often disappears altogether, and in many later churches, as at Taunton, and many churches in Norfolk and Suffolk, the clerestories are close ranges of windows. The term is equally applicable to the Egyptian temples, where the lighting of the hall of columns was obtained over the stone roofs of the adjoining aisles, through slits pierced in vertical slabs of stone. The Romans also in their baths and palaces employed the same method, and probably derived it from the Greeks; in the palaces at Crete, however, light-wells would seem to have been employed.

CLERESTORY, or Clearstory (Ital. chiaro piano, Fr. clairevoie, claire étage, Ger. Lichtgaden), in architecture, refers to the upper level of a church’s nave, where the walls rise above the aisles and are fitted with windows (“clere” simply means “clear,” referring to being “lighted”). Sometimes these windows are quite small, merely quatrefoils or spherical triangles. However, in large buildings, they play a significant role, both aesthetically and functionally. The windows of clerestories in Norman architecture, even in large churches, are less significant than in later styles. In Early English style, they became larger, and in the Decorated style, they gained more importance, being elongated as the triforium becomes smaller. In Perpendicular architecture, the triforium often disappears altogether, and in many later churches, like those in Taunton and various churches in Norfolk and Suffolk, the clerestories consist of continuous ranges of windows. The term is also applicable to Egyptian temples, where lighting in the hall of columns was achieved over the stone roofs of the adjacent aisles through slits cut in vertical stone slabs. The Romans also used this method in their baths and palaces, likely borrowing it from the Greeks; however, in the palaces of Crete, it appears that light-wells were utilized.


CLERFAYT (or Clairfayt), FRANÇOIS SEBASTIEN CHARLES JOSEPH DE CROIX, Count of (1733-1798), Austrian field marshal, entered the Austrian army in 1753. In the Seven Years’ War he greatly distinguished himself, earning rapid promotion, and receiving the decoration of the order of Maria Theresa. At the conclusion of the peace, though still under thirty, he was already a colonel. During the outbreak of the Netherlands in 1787, he was, as a Walloon by birth, subjected to great pressure to induce him to abandon Joseph II., but he resisted all overtures, and in the following year went to the Turkish war in the rank of lieutenant field marshal. In an independent command Clerfayt achieved great success, defeating the Turks at Mehadia and Calafat. In 1792, as one of the most distinguished of the emperor’s generals, he received the command of the Austrian contingent in the duke of Brunswick’s army, and at Croix-sous-Bois his corps inflicted a reverse on the troops of the French revolution. In the Netherlands, to which quarter he was transferred after Jemappes, he opened the campaign of 1793 with the victory of Aldenhoven and the relief of Maestricht, and on March 18th mainly brought about the complete defeat of Dumouriez at Neerwinden. Later in the year, however, his victorious career was checked by the reverse at Wattignies, and in 1794 he was unsuccessful in West Flanders against Pichegru. In the course of the campaign Clerfayt succeeded the duke of Saxe-Coburg in the supreme command, but was quite unable to make head against the French, and had to recross the Rhine. In 1795, now field marshal, he commanded on the middle Rhine against Jourdan, and this time the fortune of war changed. Jourdan was beaten at Höchst and Mainz brilliantly relieved. But the field marshal’s action in concluding an armistice with the French not being approved by Thugut, he resigned the command, and became a member of the Aulic Council in Vienna. He died in 1798. A brave and skilful soldier, Clerfayt perhaps achieved more than any other Austrian commander (except the archduke Charles) in the hopeless struggle of small dynastic armies against a “nation in arms.”

CLERFAYT (or Clairvoyant), FRANÇOIS SEBASTIEN CHARLES JOSEPH DE CROIX, Count of (1733-1798), was an Austrian field marshal who joined the Austrian army in 1753. He made a name for himself during the Seven Years' War, quickly rising through the ranks and receiving the Maria Theresa order award. By the end of the peace, he was already a colonel, even though he was still under thirty. When the Netherlands crisis emerged in 1787, as a Walloon by birth, he faced significant pressure to turn against Joseph II., but he turned down all offers. The following year, he joined the Turkish war as a lieutenant field marshal. In an independent command, Clerfayt achieved significant victories against the Turks at Mehadia and Calafat. In 1792, recognized as one of the emperor's top generals, he took command of the Austrian contingent in the duke of Brunswick’s army, where his corps dealt a blow to the French revolutionary troops at Croix-sous-Bois. Transferred to the Netherlands after Jemappes, he kicked off the 1793 campaign with a victory at Aldenhoven and the relief of Maestricht, and on March 18th, he played a key role in the total defeat of Dumouriez at Neerwinden. However, later that year, his successful track was interrupted by a setback at Wattignies, and in 1794, he faced defeat in West Flanders against Pichegru. During the campaign, he succeeded the duke of Saxe-Coburg in the top command but found it impossible to counter the French and had to retreat across the Rhine. In 1795, now a field marshal, he led forces on the middle Rhine against Jourdan, and fortunes turned in his favor. He defeated Jourdan at Höchst and successfully relieved Mainz. However, his decision to negotiate an armistice with the French was not approved by Thugut, leading him to resign from the command and join the Aulic Council in Vienna. He passed away in 1798. A brave and skilled soldier, Clerfayt perhaps accomplished more than any other Austrian commander (except for Archduke Charles) in the challenging fight of small dynastic armies against a “nation in arms.”

See von Vivenot, Thugut, Clerfayt, und Würmser (Vienna, 1869).

See von Vivenot, Thugut, Clerfayt, und Würmser (Vienna, 1869).


CLERGY (M.E. clergie, O. Fr. clergie, from Low Lat. form clericia [Skeat], by assimilation with O. Fr. clergié, Fr. clergé, from Low Lat. clericatus), a collective term signifying in English strictly the body of “clerks,” i.e. men in holy orders (see Clerk). The word has, however, undergone sundry modifications of meaning. Its M.E. senses of “clerkship” and “learning” have long since fallen obsolete. On the other hand, in modern times there has been an increasing tendency to depart from its strict application to technical “clerks,” and to widen it out so as to embrace all varieties of ordained Christian ministers. While, however, it is now not unusual to speak of “the Nonconformist clergy,” the word “clergyman” is still, at least in the United Kingdom, used of the clergy of the Established Church in contradistinction to “minister.” As applied to the Roman Catholic Church the word embraces the whole hierarchy, whether its clerici be in holy orders or merely in minor orders. The term has also been sometimes loosely used to include the members of the regular orders; but this use is improper, since monks and friars, as such, have at no time been clerici. The use of the word “clergy” as a plural, though the New English Dictionary quotes the high authority of Cardinal Newman for it, is less rare than wrong; in the case cited “Some hundred Clergy” should have been “Some hundred of the Clergy.”

CLERGY (M.E. clergie, O. Fr. clergie, from Low Lat. form clericia [Skeat], by blending with O. Fr. clergié, Fr. clergé, from Low Lat. clericatus), a collective term that in English strictly refers to the group of “clerks,” i.e. men in holy orders (see Clerk). However, the meaning of the word has changed over time. Its M.E. meanings of “clerkship” and “learning” are now outdated. In modern times, there is a growing trend to move away from its strict use referring to technical “clerks,” and to broaden its application to include all types of ordained Christian ministers. While it is not uncommon to refer to “the Nonconformist clergy,” the term “clergyman” is still, at least in the United Kingdom, specifically used for clergy of the Established Church as opposed to “minister.” When applied to the Roman Catholic Church, the term includes the entire hierarchy, whether its clerici are in holy orders or only in minor orders. The term has also at times been casually used to refer to members of regular orders; however, this usage is incorrect, as monks and friars, in essence, have never been clerici. The use of the word “clergy” as a plural, although the New English Dictionary cites the esteemed authority of Cardinal Newman for it, is more unusual than incorrect; in the case mentioned, “Some hundred Clergy” should have been “Some hundred of the Clergy.”

In distinction to the “clergy” we find the “laity” (Gr. λάος, people), the great body of “faithful people” which, in nearly every various conception of the Christian Church, stands in relation to the clergy as a flock of sheep to its pastor. This distinction was of early growth, and developed, with the increasing power of the hierarchy, during the middle ages into a very lively opposition (see Order, Holy; Church History; Papacy; Investitures). The extreme claim of the great medieval popes, that the priest, as “ruler over spiritual things,” was as much superior to temporal rulers as the soul is to the body (see Innocent III.), led logically to the vast privileges and immunities enjoyed by the clergy during the middle ages. In those countries where the Reformation triumphed, this triumph represented the victory of the civil over the clerical powers in the long contest. The victory was, however, by no means complete. The Presbyterian model was, for instance, as sacerdotal in its essence as the Catholic; Milton complained with justice that “new presbyter is but old priest writ large,” and declared that “the Title of Clergy St Peter gave to all God’s people,” its later restriction being a papal and prelatical usurpation (i.e. i Peter v. 3, for κλῆρος and κλήρων).

In contrast to the “clergy,” we have the “laity” (Gr. λαός, people), the majority of “faithful people” who, in almost every interpretation of the Christian Church, relate to the clergy like a flock of sheep to their shepherd. This distinction began early and developed, along with the growing power of the hierarchy, into a strong opposition during the middle ages (see Order, Holy; Church History; Papacy; Investitures). The extreme claim of the great medieval popes that the priest, as “ruler over spiritual things,” was as superior to temporal rulers as the soul is to the body (see Innocent III.) logically led to the significant privileges and immunities granted to the clergy during the middle ages. In the countries where the Reformation succeeded, this victory represented the triumph of civil over clerical powers in a long-standing struggle. However, the victory was far from complete. The Presbyterian model was, for example, just as sacerdotal in its essence as the Catholic; Milton rightfully complained that “new presbyter is but old priest writ large,” and stated that “the Title of Clergy St. Peter gave to all God’s people,” with its later restriction being a papal and prelatical usurpation (i.e. i Peter v. 3, for κλῆρος and κλήρων).

Clerical immunities, of course, differed largely at different times and in different countries, the extent of them having been gradually curtailed from a period a little earlier than the close of the middle ages. They consisted mainly in exemption from public burdens, both as regarded person and pocket, and in immunity from lay jurisdiction. This last enormous privilege, which became one of the main and most efficient instruments of the subjection of Europe to clerical tyranny, extended to matters both civil and criminal; though, as Bingham shows, it did not (always and everywhere) prevail in cases of heinous crime (Origines Eccles. bk. v.).

Clerical immunities varied greatly over time and across different countries, with their extent gradually shrinking from a time just before the end of the Middle Ages. They mainly included exemptions from public responsibilities, both personally and financially, as well as protection from secular legal authority. This major privilege, which became one of the key tools for establishing clerical control over Europe, covered both civil and criminal matters; however, as Bingham points out, it didn't always apply in serious crime cases (Origines Eccles. bk. v.).

This diversity of jurisdiction, and subjection of the clergy only to the sentences of judges bribed by their esprit de corps to judge leniently, led to the adoption of a scale of punishments for the offences of clerks avowedly much lighter than that which was inflicted for the same crimes on laymen; and this in turn led to the survival in England, long after the Reformation, of the curious legal fiction of benefit of clergy (see below), used to mitigate the extreme harshness of the criminal law.

This variety of jurisdictions, along with the fact that the clergy were only subject to the decisions of judges who were often biased and lenient, resulted in a punishment scale for clerks that was noticeably lighter than what laypeople received for the same offenses. This ultimately contributed to the persistence in England, even after the Reformation, of the strange legal concept known as the benefit of clergy (see below), which was used to soften the severe nature of criminal law.


CLERGY, BENEFIT OF, an obsolete but once very important feature in English criminal law. Benefit of clergy began with the claim on the part of the ecclesiastical authorities in the 12th century that every clericus should be exempt from the jurisdiction of the temporal courts and be subject to the spiritual courts alone. The issue of the conflict was that the common law courts abandoned the extreme punishment of death assigned to some offences when the person convicted was a clericus, and the church was obliged to accept the compromise and let a secondary punishment be inflicted. The term “clerk” or clericus always included a large number of persons in what 497 were called minor orders, and in 1350 the privilege was extended to secular as well as to religious clerks; and, finally, the test of being a clerk was the ability to read the opening words of verse 1 of Psalm li., hence generally known as the “neck-verse.” Even this requirement was abolished in 1705. In 1487 it was enacted that every layman, when convicted of a clergyable felony, should be branded on the thumb, and disabled from claiming the benefit a second time. The privilege was extended to peers, even if they could not read, in 1547, and to women, partially in 1622 and fully in 1692. The partial exemption claimed by the Church did not apply to the more atrocious crimes, and hence offences came to be divided into clergyable and unclergyable. According to the common practice in England of working out modern improvements through antiquated forms, this exemption was made the means of modifying the severity of the criminal law. It became the practice to claim and be allowed the benefit of clergy; and when it was the intention by statute to make a crime really punishable with death, it was awarded “without benefit of clergy.” The benefit of clergy was abolished by a statute of 1827, but as this statute did not repeal that of 1547, under which peers were given the privilege, a further statute was passed in 1841 putting peers on the same footing as commons and clergy.

CLERGY, BENEFIT OF, a now outdated but once very significant aspect of English criminal law. The benefit of clergy started in the 12th century when ecclesiastical authorities claimed that every clericus should be exempt from temporal court jurisdiction and only subject to spiritual courts. The conflict arose because common law courts would not impose the death penalty for certain offenses if the convicted person was a clericus, which forced the church to accept a compromise and allow a lesser punishment. The term “clerk” or clericus included many people in what were known as minor orders, and in 1350, the privilege was extended to both secular and religious clerks. Ultimately, the requirement to be considered a clerk was simply the ability to read the opening lines of verse 1 of Psalm li., commonly referred to as the “neck-verse.” This requirement was abolished in 1705. In 1487, it was established that any layman convicted of a clergyable felony should be branded on the thumb and would be disqualified from claiming the benefit a second time. The privilege was extended to peers in 1547, even if they could not read, and to women partially in 1622 and fully in 1692. The church's partial exemption did not apply to more heinous crimes, which led to offenses being categorized as clergyable and unclergyable. In keeping with England's practice of finding modern solutions through outdated methods, this exemption was used to mitigate the harshness of criminal law. It became customary to claim and be granted the benefit of clergy; and when legislation aimed to make a crime punishable by death, it was declared “without benefit of clergy.” The benefit of clergy was abolished by a law in 1827, but since this law did not repeal the one from 1547 that granted privileges to peers, an additional law was enacted in 1841 to place peers on the same level as common people and clergy.

For a full account of benefit of clergy see Pollock and Maitland, History of English Law, vol. i. 424-440; also Stephen, History of the Criminal Law of England, vol. i.; E. Friedberg, Corpus juris canonici (Leipzig, 1879-1881).

For a complete explanation of benefit of clergy, check out Pollock and Maitland, History of English Law, vol. i. 424-440; also Stephen, History of the Criminal Law of England, vol. i.; E. Friedberg, Corpus juris canonici (Leipzig, 1879-1881).


CLERGY RESERVES, in Canada. By the act of 1791, establishing the provinces of Upper and Lower Canada, the British government set apart one-eighth of all the crown lands for the support of “a Protestant clergy.” These reservations, after being for many years a stumbling-block to the economic development of the province, and the cause of much bitter political and ecclesiastical controversy, were secularized by the Canadian parliament in 1854, and the proceeds applied to other purposes, chiefly educational. Owing to the wording of the imperial act, the amount set apart is often stated as one-seventh, and was sometimes claimed as such by the clergy.

CLERGY RESERVES, in Canada. With the act of 1791, which created the provinces of Upper and Lower Canada, the British government designated one-eighth of all crown lands to support “a Protestant clergy.” These reserves became a significant obstacle to the province's economic growth over the years and sparked intense political and religious debates. In 1854, the Canadian parliament removed these reservations and redirected the funds to other uses, primarily for education. Due to the language of the imperial act, the amount designated is often referred to as one-seventh, and clergy members occasionally claimed it as such.


CLERK1 (from A.S. cleric or clerc, which, with the similar Fr. form, comes direct from the Lat. clericus), in its original sense, as used in the civil law, one who had taken religious orders of whatever rank, whether “holy” or “minor.” The word clericus is derived from the Greek κληρικός, “of or pertaining to an inheritance,” from κλῆρος, “lot,” “allotment,” “estate,” “inheritance”; but the authorities are by no means agreed in which sense the root is connected with the sense of the derivative, some conceiving that the original idea was that the clergy received the service of God as their lot or portion; others that they were the portion of the Lord; while others again, with more reason as Bingham (Orig. Eccl. lib. i. cap. 5, sec. 9) seems to think, maintain that the word has reference to the choosing by lot, as in early ages was the case of those to whom public offices were to be entrusted.

CLERK1 (from A.S. cleric or clerc, which, along with the similar Fr. form, comes directly from the Lat. clericus), originally referred to someone in the civil law who had taken religious orders of any rank, whether “holy” or “minor.” The word clericus comes from the Greek clergyman, meaning “related to an inheritance,” derived from κλῆρος, which means “lot,” “allotment,” “estate,” or “inheritance.” However, experts do not agree on how the root connects to the meaning of the derived term. Some believe the original idea was that the clergy received God's service as their lot or portion; others think they were regarded as the Lord's portion; while some, like Bingham (Orig. Eccl. lib. i. cap. 5, sec. 9), consider it more plausible that the term refers to the practice of selecting by lot, as was done in early times for appointing public officials.

In the primitive times of the church the term canon was used as synonymous with clerk, from the names of all the persons in the service of any church having been inscribed on a roll, or κανών, whence they were termed canonici, a fact which shows that the practice of the Roman Catholic Church of including all persons of all ranks in the service of the church, ordained or unordained, in the term clerks, or clergy, is at least in conformity with the practice of antiquity. Thus, too, in English ecclesiastical law, a clerk was any one who had been admitted to the ecclesiastical state, and had taken the tonsure. The application of the word in this sense gradually underwent a change, and “clerk” became more especially the term applied to those in minor orders, while those in “major” or “holy” orders were designated in full “clerks in holy orders,” which in English law still remains the designation of clergymen of the Established Church. After the Reformation the word “clerk” was still further extended to include laymen who performed duties in cathedrals, churches, &c., e.g. the choirmen, who were designated “lay clerks.” Of these lay clerks or choirmen there was always one whose duty it was to be constantly present at every service, to sing or say the responses as the leader or representative of the laity. His duties were gradually enlarged to include the care of the church and precincts, assisting at baptisms, marriages, &c., and he thus became the precursor of the later parish clerk. In a somewhat similar sense we find bible clerk, singing clerk, &c. The use of the word “clerk” to denote a person ordained to the ministry is now mainly legal or formal.

In the early days of the church, the term "canon" was synonymous with "clerk," as the names of all individuals serving in any church were recorded on a roll, or κανών, leading to the term canonici. This indicates that the Roman Catholic Church's practice of including all individuals, regardless of rank, in church service under the term clerks or clergy aligns with ancient practices. Similarly, in English ecclesiastical law, a clerk referred to anyone who had been admitted to the ecclesiastical state and had taken the tonsure. Over time, the term's application changed, and "clerk" became more specifically associated with those in minor orders, while those in "major" or "holy" orders were referred to as "clerks in holy orders," which remains the term for clergymen in the Established Church today. After the Reformation, the term "clerk" was broadened to include laypeople performing duties in cathedrals and churches, such as choir members, who were called "lay clerks." Among these lay clerks or choir members, there was always one responsible for attending every service, singing or reciting the responses as the representative of the laity. His responsibilities gradually expanded to include maintaining the church and its grounds, assisting at baptisms, marriages, etc., thus becoming the forerunner of the later parish clerk. In a similar vein, we find terms like bible clerk and singing clerk. Today, the use of the word "clerk" to refer to a person ordained to the ministry is mainly legal or formal.

The word also developed in a different sense. In medieval times the pursuit of letters and general learning was confined to the clergy, and as they were practically the only persons who could read and write all notarial and secretarial work was discharged by them, so that in time the word was used with special reference to secretaries, notaries, accountants or even mere penmen. This special meaning developed into what is now one of the ordinary senses of the word. We find, accordingly, the term applied to those officers of courts, corporations, &c., whose duty consists in keeping records, correspondence, and generally managing business, as clerk of the market, clerk of the petty bag, clerk of the peace, town clerk, &c. Similarly, a clerk also means any one who in a subordinate position is engaged in writing, making entries, ordinary correspondence, or similar “clerkly” work. In the United States the word means also an assistant in a commercial house, a retail salesman.

The word also took on a different meaning. In medieval times, the pursuit of learning was mostly limited to the clergy, and since they were basically the only ones who could read and write, all notarial and secretarial tasks were handled by them. Over time, the word came to specifically refer to secretaries, notaries, accountants, or even just scribes. This specific meaning evolved into what is now one of the common uses of the word. We therefore see the term applied to officers of courts, corporations, etc., whose job involves keeping records, managing correspondence, and generally handling business, such as clerk of the market, clerk of the petty bag, clerk of the peace, town clerk, etc. Similarly, a clerk also refers to anyone in a subordinate role engaged in writing, making entries, handling regular correspondence, or similar "clerkly" tasks. In the United States, the word also refers to an assistant in a commercial business or a retail salesperson.


1 The accepted English pronunciation, “clark,” is found in southern English as early as the 15th century; but northern dialects still preserve the e sound (“clurk”), which is the common pronunciation in America.

1 The standard English pronunciation, “clark,” has been used in southern England since the 15th century; however, northern dialects still maintain the e sound (“clurk”), which is the usual pronunciation in America.


CLERKE, AGNES MARY (1842-1907), English astronomer and scientific writer, was born on the 10th of February 1842, and died in London on the 20th of January 1907. She wrote extensively on various scientific subjects, but devoted herself more especially to astronomy. Though not a practical astronomer in the ordinary sense, she possessed remarkable skill in collating, interpreting and summarizing the results of astronomical research, and as a historian her work has an important place in scientific literature. Her chief works were A Popular History of Astronomy during the 19th Century, first edition 1885, fourth 1902; The System of the Stars, first edition 1890, second 1905; and Problems in Astrophysics, 1903. In addition she wrote Familiar Studies in Homer (1892), The Herschels and Modern Astronomy (1895), Modern Cosmogonies (1906), and many valuable articles, such as her contributions to the Encyclopaedia Britannica. In 1903 she was elected an honorary member of the Royal Astronomical Society.

CLERKE, AGNES MARY (1842-1907), was an English astronomer and science writer. She was born on February 10, 1842, and passed away in London on January 20, 1907. She wrote extensively on various scientific topics but focused mainly on astronomy. Although she wasn't a practical astronomer in the traditional sense, she had exceptional talent for collecting, interpreting, and summarizing results from astronomical research, and her contributions as a historian are significant in scientific literature. Her major works include A Popular History of Astronomy during the 19th Century, first published in 1885 with a fourth edition in 1902; The System of the Stars, first published in 1890 with a second edition in 1905; and Problems in Astrophysics, published in 1903. Additionally, she wrote Familiar Studies in Homer (1892), The Herschels and Modern Astronomy (1895), Modern Cosmogonies (1906), and several valuable articles, including her contributions to the Encyclopaedia Britannica. In 1903, she was elected an honorary member of the Royal Astronomical Society.


CLERKENWELL, a district on the north side of the city of London, England, within the metropolitan borough of Finsbury (q.v.). It is so called from one of several wells or springs in this district, near which miracle plays were performed by the parish clerks of London. This well existed until the middle of the 19th century. Here was situated a priory, founded in 1100, which grew to great wealth and fame as the principal institution in England of the Knights Hospitallers of the Order of St John of Jerusalem. Its gateway, erected in 1504, and remaining in St John’s Square, served various purposes after the suppression of the monasteries, being, for example, the birthplace of the Gentleman’s Magazine in 1731, and the scene of Dr Johnson’s work in connexion with that journal. In modern times the gatehouse again became associated with the Order, and is the headquarters of the St John’s Ambulance Association. An Early English crypt remains beneath the neighbouring parish church of St John, where the notorious deception of the “Cock Lane Ghost,” in which Johnson took great interest, was exposed. Adjoining the priory was St Mary’s Benedictine nunnery, St James’s church (1792) marking the site, and preserving in its vaults some of the ancient monuments. In the 17th century Clerkenwell became a fashionable place of residence. A prison erected here at this period gave place later to the House of Detention, notorious as the scene of a Fenian outrage in 1867, when it was sought to release certain prisoners by blowing up part of the building. Clerkenwell is a centre of the watch-making and jeweller’s industries, long established here; and the Northampton 498 Polytechnic Institute, Northampton Square, a branch of the City Polytechnic, has a department devoted to instruction in these trades.

CLERKENWELL is a neighborhood on the north side of London, England, in the metropolitan borough of Finsbury (q.v.). It gets its name from one of several wells or springs in the area, where miracle plays were performed by the parish clerks of London. This well was around until the mid-19th century. A priory was established here in 1100 and became very wealthy and well-known as the main institution in England for the Knights Hospitallers of the Order of St John of Jerusalem. Its gateway, built in 1504 and still standing in St John’s Square, served various purposes after the monasteries were closed, including being the birthplace of the Gentleman’s Magazine in 1731, and the location where Dr. Johnson worked in relation to that journal. In more recent times, the gatehouse was again linked with the Order and now serves as the headquarters for the St John’s Ambulance Association. An Early English crypt still exists beneath the nearby parish church of St John, where the infamous “Cock Lane Ghost” deception, which Johnson was very interested in, was revealed. Next to the priory was St Mary’s Benedictine nunnery, with St James’s church (1792) marking the site and preserving some ancient monuments in its vaults. In the 17th century, Clerkenwell became a trendy place to live. A prison built during this time was later replaced by the House of Detention, which became infamous for a Fenian attack in 1867 when there was an attempt to free certain prisoners by blowing up part of the building. Clerkenwell is a hub for the watchmaking and jewelry industries, which have long been established here; and the Northampton 498 Polytechnic Institute, located in Northampton Square and part of the City Polytechnic, has a department dedicated to training in these trades.


CLERMONT-EN-BEAUVAISIS, or Clermont-de-l’Oise, a town of northern France, capital of an arrondissement in the department of Oise, on the right bank of the Brèche, 41 m. N. of Paris on the Northern railway to Amiens. Pop. (1906) 4014. The hill on which the town is built is surmounted by a keep of the 14th century, the relic of a fortress the site of which is partly occupied by a large penitentiary for women. The church dates from the 14th to the 16th centuries. The hôtel-de-ville, built by King Charles IV., who was born at Clermont in 1294, is the oldest in the north of France. The most attractive feature of the town is the Promenade du Châtellier on the site of the old ramparts. Clermont is the seat of a sub-prefect and has a tribunal of first instance, a communal college and a large lunatic asylum. It manufactures felt and corsets, and carries on a trade in horses, cattle and grain.

CLERMONT-EN-BEAUVAISIS, or Clermont-de-l'Oise, is a town in northern France, serving as the capital of an arrondissement in the Oise department, located on the right bank of the Brèche, 41 miles north of Paris along the Northern railway to Amiens. Population (1906) was 4,014. The hill where the town sits is topped by a 14th-century keep, which is a remnant of a fortress, with part of the site occupied by a large women's penitentiary. The church was built from the 14th to the 16th centuries. The town hall, constructed by King Charles IV, who was born in Clermont in 1294, is the oldest in northern France. The most appealing aspect of the town is the Promenade du Châtellier, situated on the site of the old ramparts. Clermont hosts a sub-prefect and has a first-instance court, a communal college, and a large asylum for the mentally ill. It produces felt and corsets, and trades in horses, cattle, and grain.

The town was probably founded during the time of the Norman invasions, and was an important military post, during the middle ages. It was several times taken and retaken by the contending parties during the Hundred Years’ War, and the Wars of Religion, and in 1615 Henry II., prince of Condé, was besieged and captured there by the marshal d’Ancre.

The town was likely established during the Norman invasions and served as a crucial military outpost during the Middle Ages. It changed hands multiple times between the opposing sides during the Hundred Years’ War and the Wars of Religion. In 1615, Henry II, Prince of Condé, was besieged and captured there by Marshal d’Ancre.

Counts of Clermont. Clermont was at one time the seat of a countship, the lords of which were already powerful in the 11th century. Raoul de Clermont, constable of France, died at Acre in 1191, leaving a daughter who brought Clermont to her husband, Louis, count of Blois and Chartres. Theobald, count of Blois and Clermont, died in 1218 without issue, and King Philip Augustus, having received the countship of Clermont from the collateral heirs of this lord, gave it to his son Philip Hurepel, whose daughter Jeanne, and his widow, Mahaut, countess of Dammartin, next held the countship. It was united by Saint Louis to the crown, and afterwards given by him (1269) to his son Robert, from whom sprang the house of Bourbon. In 1524 the countship of Clermont was confiscated from the constable de Bourbon, and later (1540) given to the duke of Orleans, to Catherine de’ Medici (1562), to Eric, duke of Brunswick (1569), from whom it passed to his brother-in-law Charles of Lorraine (1596), and finally to Henry II., prince of Condé (1611). In 1641 it was again confiscated from Louis de Bourbon, count of Soissons, then in 1696 sold to Louis Thomas Amadeus of Savoy, count of Soissons, in 1702 to Françoise de Brancas, princesse d’Harcourt, and in 1719 to Louis-Henry, prince of Condé. From a branch of the old lords of Clermont were descended the lords of Nesle and Chantilly.

Counts of Clermont. Clermont was once the center of a countship, with lords who were already influential in the 11th century. Raoul de Clermont, the constable of France, died at Acre in 1191, leaving behind a daughter who brought Clermont to her husband, Louis, count of Blois and Chartres. Theobald, count of Blois and Clermont, died in 1218 without any children, and King Philip Augustus, after receiving the countship of Clermont from the collateral heirs of this lord, gave it to his son Philip Hurepel. His daughter Jeanne and his widow Mahaut, countess of Dammartin, subsequently held the countship. It was annexed to the crown by Saint Louis, and later given by him (1269) to his son Robert, from whom the house of Bourbon originated. In 1524, the countship of Clermont was confiscated from constable de Bourbon, and later (1540) granted to the duke of Orleans, then to Catherine de’ Medici (1562), to Eric, duke of Brunswick (1569), who passed it to his brother-in-law Charles of Lorraine (1596), and finally to Henry II., prince of Condé (1611). In 1641, it was once again confiscated from Louis de Bourbon, count of Soissons, then in 1696 sold to Louis Thomas Amadeus of Savoy, count of Soissons, in 1702 to Françoise de Brancas, princesse d’Harcourt, and in 1719 to Louis-Henry, prince of Condé. From a branch of the old lords of Clermont came the lords of Nesle and Chantilly.


CLERMONT-FERRAND, a city of central France, capital of the department of Puy-de-Dôme, 113 m. W. of Lyons on the Paris-Lyon railway. Pop. (1906) town, 44,113; commune, 58,363. Clermont-Ferrand is situated on an eminence on the western border of the fertile plain of Limagne. On the north, west and south it is surrounded by hills, with a background of mountains amongst which the Puy-de-Dôme stands out prominently. A small river, the Tiretaine, borders the town on the north. Since 1731 it has been composed of the two towns of Clermont and Montferrand, now connected by a fine avenue of walnut trees and willows, 2 m. in length, bordered on one side by barracks. The watering-place of Royat lies a little more than a mile to the west. Clermont has several handsome squares ornamented with fountains, the chief of which is a graceful structure erected by Bishop Jacques d’Amboise in 1515. The streets of the older and busier quarter of Clermont in the neighbourhood of the cathedral and the Place de Jaude, the principal square, are for the most part narrow, sombre and bordered by old houses built of lava; boulevards divide this part from more modern and spacious quarters, which adjoin it. To the south lies the fine promenade known as the Jardin Lecoq.

CLERMONT-FERRAND, a city in central France, is the capital of the Puy-de-Dôme department, located 113 miles west of Lyons on the Paris-Lyon railway. Population (1906) town: 44,113; commune: 58,363. Clermont-Ferrand is situated on a rise at the western edge of the fertile Limagne plain. It is surrounded by hills to the north, west, and south, with the prominent Puy-de-Dôme mountain in the background. A small river, the Tiretaine, runs along the northern border of the town. Since 1731, it has been formed by the two towns of Clermont and Montferrand, now linked by a beautiful 2-mile avenue lined with walnut trees and willows, one side of which features barracks. The spa town of Royat is a little over a mile to the west. Clermont boasts several lovely squares adorned with fountains, the most notable being a lovely structure built by Bishop Jacques d’Amboise in 1515. The streets in the older, busier quarter of Clermont, near the cathedral and the principal square, Place de Jaude, are mostly narrow, gloomy, and lined with old lava-built houses; boulevards separate this area from the more modern and spacious neighborhoods that border it. To the south is the charming promenade known as the Jardin Lecoq.

The principal building is the cathedral, a Gothic edifice begun in the 13th century. It was not completed, however, till the 19th century, when the west portal and towers and two bays of the nave were added, according to the plans of Viollet-le-Duc. The fine stained glass of the windows dates from the 13th to the 15th centuries. A monument of the Crusades with a statue of Pope Urban II. stands in the Cathedral square. The church of Notre-Dame du Port is a typical example of the Romanesque style of Auvergne, dating chiefly from the 11th and 12th centuries. The exterior of the choir, with its four radiating chapels, its jutting cornices supported by modillions and columns with carved capitals, and its mosaic decoration of black and white stones, is the most interesting part of the exterior. The rest of the church comprises a narthex surmounted by a tower, three naves and a transept, over which rises another tower. There are several churches of minor importance in the town. Among the old houses one, dating from the 16th century, was the birthplace of Blaise Pascal, whose statue stands in a neighbouring square. There is a statue of General Louis Charles Desaix de Veygoux in the Place de Jaude. Montferrand has several interesting houses of the 15th and 16th centuries, and a church of the 13th, 14th and 15th centuries.

The main building is the cathedral, a Gothic structure that started construction in the 13th century. However, it wasn't completed until the 19th century, when the west portal, towers, and two bays of the nave were added according to the plans by Viollet-le-Duc. The beautiful stained glass windows date from the 13th to the 15th centuries. A monument commemorating the Crusades, featuring a statue of Pope Urban II, is located in the Cathedral square. The church of Notre-Dame du Port is a classic example of the Romanesque style from Auvergne, mainly built in the 11th and 12th centuries. The exterior of the choir, with its four radiating chapels, protruding cornices supported by modillions, and columns with carved capitals, as well as its black and white stone mosaic decoration, is the most striking part of the outside. The rest of the church includes a narthex topped by a tower, three naves, and a transept, over which rises another tower. There are several smaller churches in the town. Among the old houses, one from the 16th century was the birthplace of Blaise Pascal, whose statue stands in a nearby square. There's also a statue of General Louis Charles Desaix de Veygoux in the Place de Jaude. Montferrand features several interesting houses from the 15th and 16th centuries, along with a church from the 13th, 14th, and 15th centuries.

Clermont-Ferrand is the seat of a bishopric and a prefecture and headquarters of the XIII. army corps; it has tribunals of first instance and of commerce, a board of trade-arbitrators, a chamber of commerce, an exchange and a branch of the Bank of France. The town is the centre of an educational division (académie), and has faculties of science and of literature. It also has lycées and training colleges for both sexes, ecclesiastical seminaries, a preparatory school of medicine and pharmacy, schools of architecture, music, commerce and industry, museums of art and antiquities and natural history and a library. A great variety of industries is carried on, the chief being the manufacture of semolina and other farinaceous foods, confectionery, preserved fruit and jams, chemicals and rubber goods. Liqueurs, chicory, chocolate, candles, hats, boots and shoes, and woollen and linen goods are also made, and tanning is practised. Clermont is the chief market for the grain and other agricultural produce of Auvergne and Velay. Its waters are in local repute. On the bank of the Tiretaine there is a remarkable calcareous spring, the fountain of St Allyre, the copious deposits of which have formed a curious natural bridge over the stream.

Clermont-Ferrand is the seat of a bishopric and a prefecture, as well as the headquarters of the XIII Army Corps. It has courts of first instance and commercial courts, a panel of trade arbitrators, a chamber of commerce, an exchange, and a branch of the Bank of France. The town is the center of an educational division (académie) and has faculties of science and literature. It also features high schools and training colleges for both men and women, ecclesiastical seminaries, a preparatory school for medicine and pharmacy, and schools of architecture, music, commerce, and industry, along with museums of art, antiquities, natural history, and a library. A wide range of industries operates here, with the main ones being the production of semolina and other flour-based foods, confectionery, preserved fruits and jams, chemicals, and rubber products. Other goods produced include liqueurs, chicory, chocolate, candles, hats, boots, shoes, and wool and linen products, along with tanning activities. Clermont is the main market for grains and other agricultural products from Auvergne and Velay. Its waters have a good local reputation. Along the bank of the Tiretaine, there is a notable calcareous spring known as the Fountain of St. Allyre, whose abundant deposits have created an interesting natural bridge over the stream.

Clermont is identified with the ancient Augustonemetum, the chief town of the Arverni, and it still preserves some remains of the Roman period. The present name, derived from Clarus Mons and originally applied only to the citadel, was used of the town as early as the 9th century. During the disintegration of the Roman empire Clermont suffered as much perhaps from capture and pillage as any city in the country; its history during the middle ages chiefly records the struggles between its bishops and the counts of Auvergne, and between the citizens and their overlord the bishop. It was the seat of seven ecclesiastical councils, held in the years 535, 549, 587, 1095, 1110, 1124 and 1130; and of these the council of 1095 is for ever memorable as that in which Pope Urban II. proclaimed the first crusade. In the wars against the English in the 14th and 15th centuries and the religious wars of the 16th century the town had its full participation; and in 1665 it acquired a terrible notoriety by the trial and execution of many members of the nobility of Auvergne who had tyrannized over the neighbouring districts. The proceedings lasted six months, and the episode is known as les Grands Jours de Clermont. Before the Revolution the town possessed several monastic establishments, of which the most important were the abbey of Saint Allyre, founded, it is said, in the 3rd century by St Austremonius (St Stremoine), the apostle of Auvergne and first bishop of Clermont, and the abbey of St André, where the counts of Clermont were interred.

Clermont corresponds to the ancient Augustonemetum, the main town of the Arverni, and it still has some remains from the Roman era. The current name, which comes from Clarus Mons and was originally used only for the citadel, has been applied to the town since at least the 9th century. During the decline of the Roman Empire, Clermont likely experienced as much capture and looting as any city in the country; its history during the Middle Ages mainly records the conflicts between its bishops and the counts of Auvergne, as well as between the citizens and their overlord, the bishop. It was the site of seven ecclesiastical councils, held in 535, 549, 587, 1095, 1110, 1124, and 1130; of these, the council of 1095 is particularly notable as the event where Pope Urban II. announced the first crusade. The town was heavily involved in the wars against the English in the 14th and 15th centuries and the religious wars of the 16th century; in 1665, it gained a notorious reputation due to the trial and execution of several members of the Auvergne nobility who had oppressed the nearby regions. The proceedings lasted six months, and this event is known as les Grands Jours de Clermont. Before the Revolution, the town had several monastic institutions, the most significant being the abbey of Saint Allyre, which is said to have been founded in the 3rd century by St Austremonius (St Stremoine), the apostle of Auvergne and the first bishop of Clermont, and the abbey of St André, where the counts of Clermont were buried.


CLERMONT-GANNEAU, CHARLES SIMON (1846-  ), French Orientalist, the son of a sculptor of some repute, was born in Paris on the 19th of February 1846. After an education at the École des Langues Orientales, he entered the diplomatic service as dragoman to the consulate at Jerusalem, and afterwards at Constantinople. He laid the foundation of his reputation by his discovery (in 1870) of the “stele” of Mesha (Moabite Stone), which bears the oldest Semitic inscription known. In 1874 he was employed by the British government to take charge of an archaeological expedition to Palestine, and was 499 subsequently entrusted by his own government with similar missions to Syria and the Red Sea. He was made chevalier of the Legion of Honour in 1875. After serving as vice-consul at Jaffa from 1880 to 1882, he returned to Paris as “secrétaire-interprète” for oriental languages, and in 1886 was appointed consul of the first class. He subsequently accepted the post of director of the École des Langues Orientales and professor at the Collège de France. In 1889 he was elected a member of the Académie des Inscriptions et Belles Lettres, of which he had been a correspondent since 1880. In 1896 he was promoted to be consul-general, and was minister plenipotentiary in 1906. He was the first in England to expose the famous forgeries of Hebrew texts offered to the British Museum by M.W. Shapira (q.v.) in 1883, and in 1903 he took a prominent part in the investigation of the so-called “tiara of Saïtapharnes.” This tiara had been purchased by the Louvre for 400,000 francs, and exhibited as a genuine antique. Much discussion arose as to the perpetrators of the fraud, some believing that it came from southern Russia. It was agreed, however, that the whole object, except perhaps the band round the tiara, was of modern manufacture.

CLERMONT-GANNEAU, CHARLES SIMON (1846-  ), French Orientalist, the son of a well-known sculptor, was born in Paris on February 19, 1846. After studying at the École des Langues Orientales, he joined the diplomatic service as a dragoman at the consulate in Jerusalem and later in Constantinople. He built his reputation with his discovery (in 1870) of the “stele” of Mesha (Moabite Stone), which features the oldest known Semitic inscription. In 1874, he was hired by the British government to lead an archaeological expedition to Palestine and was later given similar assignments in Syria and the Red Sea by his own government. He was honored as a chevalier of the Legion of Honour in 1875. After serving as vice-consul in Jaffa from 1880 to 1882, he returned to Paris as a “secrétaire-interprète” for Oriental languages and was appointed consul of the first class in 1886. He later accepted the role of director of the École des Langues Orientales and became a professor at the Collège de France. In 1889, he was elected a member of the Académie des Inscriptions et Belles Lettres, where he had been a correspondent since 1880. In 1896, he was promoted to consul-general and became minister plenipotentiary in 1906. He was the first in England to reveal the famous forgeries of Hebrew texts presented to the British Museum by M.W. Shapira (q.v.) in 1883, and in 1903, he played a significant role in investigating the so-called “tiara of Saïtapharnes.” This tiara had been purchased by the Louvre for 400,000 francs and was displayed as a genuine antique. There was much debate about who was behind the fraud, with some believing it originated from southern Russia. However, it was generally agreed that the entire object, except possibly the band around the tiara, was of modern creation.

His chief publications, besides a number of contributions to journals, are:—Palestine inconnue (1886), Études d’archéologie orientale (1880, &c.), Les Fraudes archéologiques (1885), Recueil d’archéologie orientale (1885, &c.), Album d’antiquités orientales (1897, &c.).

His main publications, in addition to various contributions to journals, are:—Palestine inconnue (1886), Études d’archéologie orientale (1880, etc.), Les Fraudes archéologiques (1885), Recueil d’archéologie orientale (1885, etc.), Album d’antiquités orientales (1897, etc.).


CLERMONT-L’HERAULT, or Clermont de Lodève, a town of southern France in the department of Hérault, 10 m. S.S.E. by rail of Lodève. Pop. (1906) 4731. The town is built on the slope of a hill which is crowned by an ancient castle and skirted by the Rhonel, a tributary of the Lergue. It has an interesting church of the 13th and 14th centuries. The chief manufacture is that of cloth for military clothing, and woollen goods, an industry which dates from the latter half of the 17th century. Tanning and leather-dressing are also carried on, and there is trade in wine, wool and grain. Among the public institutions are a tribunal of commerce, a chamber of arts and manufactures, a board of trade-arbitration and a communal college. The town was several times taken and retaken in the religious wars of the 16th century.

CLERMONT-L’HERAULT, or Clermont-l'Hérault, is a town in southern France located in the Hérault department, 10 miles S.S.E. by rail from Lodève. Population (1906) was 4,731. The town is situated on the slope of a hill topped by an ancient castle and bordered by the Rhonel, a tributary of the Lergue. It features an interesting church from the 13th and 14th centuries. The main industry is the production of cloth for military uniforms and woolen goods, a trade that began in the latter half of the 17th century. Tanning and leather production also take place here, along with trade in wine, wool, and grain. Public institutions in the town include a commercial court, a chamber of arts and manufacturing, a trade arbitration board, and a local college. The town was captured and recaptured multiple times during the religious wars of the 16th century.


CLERMONT-TONNERRE, the name of a French family, members of which played some part in the history of France, especially in Dauphiné, from about 1100 to the Revolution. Sibaud, lord of Clermont in Viennois, who first appears in 1080, was the founder of the family. His descendant, another Sibaud, commanded some troops which aided Pope Calixtus II. in his struggle with the anti-pope Gregory VIII.; and in return for this service it is said that the pope allowed him to add certain emblems—two keys and a tiara—to the arms of his family. A direct descendant, Ainard (d. 1349), called vicomte de Clermont, was granted the dignity of captain-general and first baron of Dauphiné by his suzerain Humbert, dauphin of Viennois, in 1340; and in 1547 Clermont was made a county for Antoine (d. 1578), who was governor of Dauphiné and the French king’s lieutenant in Savoy. In 1572 Antoine’s son Henri was created a duke, but as this was only a “brevet” title it did not descend to his son. Henri was killed before La Rochelle in 1573. In 1596 Henri’s son, Charles Henri, count of Clermont (d. 1640), added Tonnerre to his heritage; but in 1648 this county was sold by his son and successor, François (d. 1679).

CLERMONT-TONNERRE, the name of a French family, members of which played a role in the history of France, especially in Dauphiné, from around 1100 to the Revolution. Sibaud, lord of Clermont in Viennois, first appeared in 1080 and was the founder of the family. His descendant, another Sibaud, led some troops that assisted Pope Calixtus II in his conflict with the anti-pope Gregory VIII; in return for this service, it is said that the pope allowed him to add certain emblems—two keys and a tiara—to his family coat of arms. A direct descendant, Ainard (d. 1349), known as vicomte de Clermont, was granted the title of captain-general and first baron of Dauphiné by his lord Humbert, dauphin of Viennois, in 1340; and in 1547, Clermont was made a county for Antoine (d. 1578), who was the governor of Dauphiné and the French king’s lieutenant in Savoy. In 1572, Antoine’s son Henri was made a duke, but since this was only a “brevet” title, it did not pass down to his son. Henri was killed before La Rochelle in 1573. In 1596, Henri’s son, Charles Henri, count of Clermont (d. 1640), added Tonnerre to his inheritance; but in 1648, this county was sold by his son and successor, François (d. 1679).

A member of a younger branch of Charles Henri’s descendants was Gaspard de Clermont-Tonnerre (1688-1781). This soldier served his country during a long period, fighting in Bohemia and Alsace, and then distinguishing himself greatly at the battles of Fontenoy and Lawfeldt. In 1775 he was created duke of Clermont-Tonnerre, and made a peer of France; as the senior marshal (cr. 1747) of France he assisted as constable at the coronation of Louis XVI. in 1774. His son and successor, Charles Henri Jules, governor of Dauphiné, was guillotined in July 1794, a fate which his grandson, Gaspard Charles, had suffered at Lyons in the previous year. A later duke, Aimé Marie Gaspard (1779-1865), served for some years as a soldier, afterwards becoming minister of marine and then minister of war under Charles X., and retiring into private life after the revolution of 1830. Aimé’s grandson, Roger, duke of Clermont-Tonnerre, was born in 1842.

A member of a younger branch of Charles Henri’s descendants was Gaspard de Clermont-Tonnerre (1688-1781). This soldier served his country for a lengthy period, fighting in Bohemia and Alsace, and then greatly distinguished himself at the battles of Fontenoy and Lawfeldt. In 1775, he was made duke of Clermont-Tonnerre and became a peer of France; as the senior marshal (created 1747) of France, he served as constable at the coronation of Louis XVI in 1774. His son and successor, Charles Henri Jules, governor of Dauphiné, was guillotined in July 1794, a fate that his grandson, Gaspard Charles, endured in Lyons the previous year. A later duke, Aimé Marie Gaspard (1779-1865), served for several years as a soldier, later becoming minister of marine and then minister of war under Charles X, before retiring into private life after the revolution of 1830. Aimé’s grandson, Roger, duke of Clermont-Tonnerre, was born in 1842.

Among other distinguished members of this family was Catherine (c. 1545-1603), only daughter of Claude de Clermont-Tonnerre. This lady, dame d’honneur to Henry II.’s queen, Catherine de’ Medici, and afterwards wife of Albert de Gondi, due de Retz, won a great reputation by her intellectual attainments, being referred to as the “tenth muse” and the “fourth grace.” One of her grandsons was the famous cardinal de Retz. Other noteworthy members of collateral branches of the family were: François (1629-1701), bishop of Noyon from 1661 until his death, a member of the French Academy, notorious for his inordinate vanity; Stanislas M. A., comte de Clermont-Tonnerre (q.v.); and Anne Antoine Jules (1740-1830), cardinal and bishop of Châlons, who was a member of the states-general in 1789, afterwards retiring into Germany, and after the return of the Bourbons to France became archbishop of Toulouse.

Among other distinguished members of this family was Catherine (c. 1545-1603), the only daughter of Claude de Clermont-Tonnerre. This lady, dame d’honneur to Queen Catherine de’ Medici, wife of Henry II, and later wife of Albert de Gondi, Duke of Retz, gained a great reputation for her intelligence, being called the “tenth muse” and the “fourth grace.” One of her grandsons was the famous Cardinal de Retz. Other notable members from collateral branches of the family included: François (1629-1701), bishop of Noyon from 1661 until his death, a member of the French Academy, known for his excessive vanity; Stanislas M. A., Count de Clermont-Tonnerre (q.v.); and Anne Antoine Jules (1740-1830), cardinal and bishop of Châlons, who was a member of the states-general in 1789, later moving to Germany, and after the return of the Bourbons to France, became archbishop of Toulouse.


CLERMONT-TONNERRE, STANISLAS MARIE ADELAIDE, Comte de (1757-1792), French politican, was born at Pont-à-Mousson on the 10th of October 1757. At the beginning of the Revolution he was a colonel, with some reputation as a freemason and a Liberal. He was elected to the states-general of 1789 by the noblesse of Paris, and was the spokesman of the minority of Liberal nobles who joined the Third Estate on the 25th of June. He desired to model the new constitution of France on that of England. He was elected president of the Constituent Assembly on the 17th of August 1789; but on the rejection by the Assembly of the scheme elaborated by the first constitutional committee, he attached himself to the party of moderate royalists, known as monarchiens, led by P.V. Malouet. His speech in favour of reserving to the crown the right of absolute veto under the new constitution drew down upon him the wrath of the advanced politicians of the Palais Royal; but in spite of threats and abuse he continued to advocate a moderate liberal policy, especially in the matter of removing the political disabilities of Jews and Protestants and of extending the system of trial by jury. In January 1790 he collaborated with Malouet in founding the Club des Impartiaux and the Journal des Impartiaux, the names of which were changed in November to the Société des Amis de la Constitution Monarchique and Journal de la Société, &c.. in order to emphasize their opposition to the Jacobins (Société des Amis de la Constitution). This club was denounced by Barnave in the Assembly (January 21st, 1791), and on the 28th of March it was attacked by a mob, whereupon it was closed by order of the Assembly. Clermont-Tonnerre was murdered by the populace during the rising of the 9th and 10th of August 1792. He was an excellent orator, having acquired practice in speaking, before the Revolution, in the masonic lodges. He is a good representative of the type of the grands seigneurs holding advanced and liberal ideas, who helped to bring about the movement of 1789, and then tried in vain to arrest its course.

CLERMONT-TONNERRE, STANISLAS MARIE ADELAIDE, Count of (1757-1792), a French politician, was born in Pont-à-Mousson on October 10, 1757. At the start of the Revolution, he was a colonel, known as a freemason and a Liberal. He was elected to the estates-general of 1789 by the nobles of Paris and spoke for the minority of Liberal nobles who joined the Third Estate on June 25. He aimed to model the new constitution of France after that of England. He was elected president of the Constituent Assembly on August 17, 1789; however, after the Assembly rejected the proposal developed by the first constitutional committee, he aligned with the moderate royalists known as monarchiens, led by P.V. Malouet. His speech advocating for the crown's right to an absolute veto under the new constitution drew the ire of the more radical politicians at the Palais Royal; yet, despite threats and insults, he continued to support a moderate liberal agenda, particularly regarding the removal of political restrictions on Jews and Protestants and the expansion of the jury trial system. In January 1790, he worked with Malouet to establish the Club des Impartiaux and the Journal des Impartiaux, which were renamed in November to Société des Amis de la Constitution Monarchique and Journal de la Société, & c. to highlight their opposition to the Jacobins (Société des Amis de la Constitution). This club was denounced by Barnave in the Assembly on January 21, 1791, and was attacked by a mob on March 28, leading to its closure by the Assembly. Clermont-Tonnerre was killed by the crowd during the uprising of August 9 and 10, 1792. He was an outstanding orator, having honed his speaking skills in masonic lodges before the Revolution. He represents the type of grands seigneurs with advanced and liberal ideas who contributed to the events of 1789 and then unsuccessfully tried to steer its course.

See Recueil des opinions de Stanislas de Clermont-Tonnerre (4 vols., Paris, 1791), the text of his speeches as published by himself; A. Aulard, Les Orateurs de la Constituante (2nd ed., Paris, 1905).

See Recueil des opinions de Stanislas de Clermont-Tonnerre (4 vols., Paris, 1791), the text of his speeches as published by himself; A. Aulard, Les Orateurs de la Constituante (2nd ed., Paris, 1905).


CLERUCHY (Gr. κληρουχία, from κλῆρος, a lot, ἔχειν, to have), in ancient Greek history a kind of colony composed of Athenian1 citizens planted, practically as a garrison, in a conquered country. Strictly, the settlers (cleruchs) were not colonists, inasmuch as they retained their status as citizens of Athens (e.g. ὁ δῆμος ὁ ἐν Ήφαιστίᾳ), and their allotments were politically part of Attic soil. These settlements were of three kinds: (1) where the earlier inhabitants were extirpated or expatriated, and the settlers occupied the whole territory; (2) where the settlers occupied allotments in the midst of a conquered people; and (3) where the inhabitants gave up portions of land to settlers in return for certain pecuniary concessions. The primary object (cf. the 4000 cleruchs settled in 506 B.C. upon the lands of the conquered oligarchs of Euboea, known as the Hippobotae) was unquestionably military, and in the later days of the Delian 500 League the system was the simplest precaution against disaffection on the part of the allies, the strength of whose resentment may be gathered from an inscription (Hicks and Hill, 101 [81]), which, in setting forth the terms of the second Delian Confederacy, expressly forbids the holding of land by Athenians in allied territory.

CLERUCHY (Gr. κληρουχία, from κληρονομιά, a lot, have, to have), in ancient Greek history, a type of colony made up of Athenian citizens established, essentially as a garrison, in a conquered area. Strictly speaking, the settlers (cleruchs) were not colonists since they kept their status as citizens of Athens (e.g. the people in Hephaestia), and their land allotments were politically considered part of Attic land. These settlements fell into three categories: (1) where the original inhabitants were removed or exiled, and the settlers took over the entire territory; (2) where the settlers occupied plots within a conquered population; and (3) where the inhabitants ceded portions of land to settlers in exchange for specific financial concessions. The main purpose (see the 4000 cleruchs settled in 506 B.C. on the lands of the conquered oligarchs of Euboea, referred to as the Hippobotae) was undoubtedly military, and in the later years of the Delian League, the system served as a basic precaution against potential disloyalty from the allies, whose resentment can be inferred from an inscription (Hicks and Hill, 101 [81]), which, when outlining the terms of the second Delian Confederacy, explicitly prohibited Athenians from holding land in allied territories.

A secondary object of the cleruchies was social or agrarian, to provide a source of livelihood to the poorer Athenians. Plutarch (Pericles, 11) suggests that Pericles by this means rid the city of the idle and mischievous loafers; but it would appear that the cleruchs were selected by lot, and in any case a wise policy would not deliberately entrust important military duties to recognized wastrels. When we remember that in 50 years of the 5th century some 10,000 cleruchs went out, it is clear that the drain on the citizen population was considerable.

A secondary purpose of the cleruchies was social or agricultural, aimed at providing a source of income for the poorer Athenians. Plutarch (Pericles, 11) suggests that Pericles used this approach to get rid of idle and troublesome loafers in the city; however, it seems that the cleruchs were chosen by lot, and in any case, a smart policy wouldn’t intentionally assign important military responsibilities to recognized slackers. When we consider that in a span of 50 years during the 5th century, about 10,000 cleruchs were sent out, it becomes clear that the impact on the citizen population was significant.

It is impossible to decide precisely how far the state retained control over the cleruchs. Certainly they were liable to military service and presumably to that taxation which fell upon Athenians at home. That they were not liable for the tribute which members of the Delian League paid is clear from the fact that the assessments of places where cleruchs were settled immediately went down considerably (cf. the Periclean cleruchies, 450-445); indeed, this follows from their status as Athenian citizens, which is emphasized by the fact that they retained their membership of deme and tribe. In internal government the cleruchs adopted the Boulē and Assembly system of Athens itself; so we read of Polemarchs, Archons Eponymi, Agoranomi, Strategi, in various places. With a measure of local self-government there was also combined a certain central authority (e.g. in the matter of jurisdiction, some case being tried by the Nautodicae at Athens); in fact we may assume that the more important cases, particularly those between a cleruch and a citizen at home, were tried before the Athenian dicasts. In a few cases, the cleruchs, e.g. in the case of Lesbos (427), were apparently allowed to remain in Athens receiving rent for their allotments from the original Lesbian owners (Thuc. iii. 50); but this represents the perversion of the original idea of the cleruchy to a system of reward and punishment.

It’s difficult to determine exactly how much control the state had over the cleruchs. They were definitely required to serve in the military and likely subject to the same taxes as Athenians living in Athens. It’s clear that they weren’t required to pay the tribute that members of the Delian League paid since the assessments for places where cleruchs were settled dropped significantly (see the Periclean cleruchies, 450-445). This is due to their status as Athenian citizens, which is highlighted by the fact that they maintained their membership in their deme and tribe. In terms of local governance, the cleruchs adopted the same Boulē and Assembly system as Athens; hence we find references to Polemarchs, Archons Eponymi, Agoranomi, and Strategi in various locations. Alongside a degree of local self-governance, there was also some central authority (for example, in legal matters, certain cases were tried by the Nautodicae in Athens); we can assume that more significant cases, particularly those involving a cleruch and a citizen from Athens, were judged by Athenian dicasts. In a few instances, cleruchs, such as in Lesbos (427), were apparently allowed to stay in Athens and receive rent for their allotments from the original Lesbian owners (Thuc. iii. 50); however, this reflects a deviation from the original concept of the cleruchy into a system of rewards and punishments.

See G. Gilbert, Constitutional Antiquities of Athens and Sparta (Eng. trans., London, 1895), but note that Brea, wrongly quoted as an example, is not a cleruchy but a colony (Hicks and Hill, 41 [29]); A.H.J. Greenidge, Handbook of Greek Constitutional Antiquities (London, 1896); for the Periclean cleruchs see Pericles; Delian League.

See G. Gilbert, Constitutional Antiquities of Athens and Sparta (Eng. trans., London, 1895), but note that Brea, incorrectly cited as an example, is not a cleruchy but a colony (Hicks and Hill, 41 [29]); A.H.J. Greenidge, Handbook of Greek Constitutional Antiquities (London, 1896); for the Periclean cleruchs see Pericles; Delian League.


1 It seems (Strabo, p. 635) that similar colonies were sent out by the Milesians, e.g. to Leros.

1 It appears (Strabo, p. 635) that similar colonies were established by the Milesians, for example, to Leros.





        
        
    
Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!